As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2023

Registration No. 333-274913

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   2300   86-1437114
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

 

307 Canalot Studios

222 Kensal Road

London W10 5BN

United Kingdom

+44 (0)204 558 8849

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

National Registered Agents, Inc.

28 Liberty Street

New York, New York 10005

(800) 717-2810

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

 

Nimish Patel   Barrett S. DiPaolo
Blake Baron   Sichenzia Ross Ference Carmel LLP
Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP   1185 Avenue of the Americas, 31st Floor
2049 Century Park East, 18th Floor   New York, NY 10036
Los Angeles, CA 90064   212-930-9700
(310) 312-2000    

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: ☒

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer Smaller reporting company
    Emerging growth company

 

If an emerging growth company, check indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Preliminary Prospectus

Subject to Completion

dated NOVEMBER 6, 2023

 

2,500,000 Shares

Common Stock

  

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.

 

 

 

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Perfect Moment Ltd. We are offering 2,500,000 shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share of our common stock will be between $6.00 and $7.00. 

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “PMNT.” If our application is not approved or we otherwise determine that we will not be able to secure the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, we will not complete this offering.   

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our common stock.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and we have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

 

   Per Share   Total 
Initial public offering price  $               $          
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)   $    $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us  $    $  

 

(1)

We have agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase up to a total of 143,750 shares of common stock (5% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, including shares sold to cover over-allotments, if any). The registration statement of which this prospectus is a part also covers the warrants and the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise thereof. See “Underwriting” beginning on page 104 of this prospectus for information regarding underwriter compensation.

 

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 45 days to purchase up to 375,000 additional shares of common stock, at the public offering price per share less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock against payment on             , 2023.

 

 

 

ThinkEquity Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd.

  

Prospectus dated                , 2023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

 

    Page
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS   ii
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA   iii
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS   iv
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY   1
THE OFFERING   13
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA   14
RISK FACTORS   16
USE OF PROCEEDS   39
Dividend Policy   39
CAPITALIZATION   40
DILUTION   41
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   43
OUR BUSINESS   59
MANAGEMENT   76
Executive Compensation   83
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS   90
PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS   93
Description of Securities   95
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   100
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK   101
UNDERWRITING   104
Legal Matters   112
Experts   112
CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM   112
Where You Can Find More Information   113
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   F-1

 

Through and including                   , 2023 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

  

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement or amendment. Neither we, nor the underwriters, have authorized any other person to provide you with information that is different from, or adds to, that contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell and seeking offers to buy our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date. We are not making an offer of any securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer is unlawful.

 

For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our common stock, and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

 

i

 

 

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

Throughout this prospectus, unless otherwise designated or the context suggests otherwise,

 

  all references to the “company,” the “registrant,” “Perfect Moment,” “we,” “our” or “us” mean Perfect Moment Ltd. and its subsidiaries;
     
  we assume an initial public offering price of our common stock of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated range of $6.00 to $7.00 per share, unless otherwise specified;
     
  “year” or “fiscal year” mean the year ending March 31st;
     
  all dollar or $ references refer to United States dollars;
     
 

“China” or “PRC” refers to the People’s Republic of China, including the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau for the purposes of this prospectus only;

     
  “HK$” or “HK Dollar” refer to the legal currency of Hong Kong;
     
 

“Hong Kong” refers to the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China for the purposes of this prospectus only;

     
 

“mainland China” refers to the mainland China of the PRC, excluding Taiwan, the special administrative regions of Hong Kong and Macau for the purposes of this prospectus only;

     
 

“Chinese government” or “PRC government” refers to the government of mainland China for the purposes of this prospectus only; and

     
  “PRC laws and regulations” or “PRC laws” refers to the laws and regulations of mainland China.

 

Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included in this prospectus have been subject to rounding adjustments. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in certain tables or charts may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them. In addition, we round certain percentages presented in this prospectus to the nearest whole number. As a result, figures expressed as percentages in the text may not total 100% or, as applicable, when aggregated may not be the arithmetic aggregation of the percentages that precede them.

 

ii

 

 

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

 

Market data and certain industry data and forecasts used throughout this prospectus were obtained from internal company surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information, reports of governmental agencies and industry publications, articles and surveys. Industry surveys, publications, consultant surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but the accuracy and completeness of such information is not guaranteed. We have not independently verified any of the data from third party sources, nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Similarly, internal surveys, industry forecasts and market research, which we believe to be reliable based on our management’s knowledge of the industry, have not been independently verified. Forecasts are particularly likely to be inaccurate, especially over long periods of time. Statements as to our market position are based on the most currently available data. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented in this prospectus, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Among other items, certain of the market research included in this prospectus was published prior to the COVID-19 pandemic and did not anticipate the virus or the impact it has caused on our industry. We have utilized this pre-pandemic market research in the absence of updated sources. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the projections and estimates made by the independent third parties and us. 

 

References in this prospectus to “Generation Y” refer to those born between 1981 and 1996 (ages 27 to 42 in 2023), references to “Generation Z” refer to those born between 1997 and 2012 (ages 11 to 26 in 2023) and references to “Generation Alpha” refer to those born from 2013 onward.

 

iii

 

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” Forward-looking statements reflect the current view about future events. When used in this prospectus, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “future,” “intend,” “plan,” or the negative of these terms and similar expressions, as they relate to us or our management, identify forward-looking statements. Such statements, include, but are not limited to, statements contained in this prospectus relating to our business strategy, our future operating results and liquidity and capital resources outlook. Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees of assurance of future performance. We caution you therefore against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:

 

  our expectations regarding our revenue, expenses, profitability and other operating results;
     
  the growth rates of the markets in which we compete;
     
  the costs and effectiveness of our marketing efforts, as well as our ability to promote our brand;
     
  our ability to provide quality products that are acceptable to our customers;
     
  our reliance on key personnel and our ability to identify, recruit, and retain skilled personnel;
     
  our ability to effectively manage our growth, including offering new product categories and any international expansion;
     
  our ability to maintain the security and availability of our software;
     
  our ability to protect our intellectual property rights and avoid disputes in connection with the use of intellectual property rights of others;
     
  our ability to protect our users’ information and comply with growing and evolving data privacy laws and regulations;
     
  future investments in our business, our anticipated capital expenditures, and our estimates regarding our capital requirements;
     
  our ability to compete effectively with existing competitors and new market entrants; and
     
  our success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

 

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should the underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may differ significantly from those anticipated, believed, estimated, expected, intended or planned.

 

Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, including the securities laws of the United States, we do not intend to update any of the forward-looking statements to conform these statements to actual results.

 

iv

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision.

 

All references to “PMA” herein refer to Perfect Moment Asia Limited, a Hong Kong corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. In March 2021, PMA, as the previous global parent company, engaged in a transaction (the “2021 share exchange”) to exchange shareholder interests in PMA for newly issued shares of the common stock and Series A convertible preferred stock of Perfect Moment Ltd. As a result, PMA became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and the Company became the U.S. domiciled ultimate parent company of the Perfect Moment business. PMA has two wholly owned subsidiaries, Perfect Moment (UK) Limited, a United Kingdom corporation (“PMUK”), and Perfect Moment TM Sarl, a Swiss corporation (“TMS”). Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, references to “Perfect Moment,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or similar terms refer to Perfect Moment Ltd. and our subsidiaries, PMA, PMUK and TMS.

 

Our Mission

 

Our mission is to become the number one luxury ski brand in the world. We exist to inspire shared perfect moments. We aim to deliver this by creating statement pieces to ski, surf, swim and move in for perfect moments and the people who make them.

 

Overview

 

Perfect Moment is a luxury lifestyle brand that combines fashion and technical performance for its ranges of skiwear, outerwear, swimwear and activewear. We create apparel and products that feature what we believe is an unmatched combination of fashion, form, function and fun for women, men and children.

 

The idea for the Perfect Moment brand was born in Chamonix, France in 1984, when the professional skier and extreme sports filmmaker, Thierry Donard, began making apparel for his team of free-ride skiers and surfers. Donard used his experience to create designs that were characterized by quality, style and performance to enable his athletes to achieve their perfect ski-run or perfect wave-ride: that “perfect moment.” His designs – combining high performance materials with daring prints and colors – were inspired by his team of free-ride skiers and surfers. The Perfect Moment trademark was initially licensed by us in May 2012 then acquired by us between December 2017 and November 2018. For further information regarding our formation and corporate structure, see the sections below under “— Corporate and Other Information,” “Business — Overview” and “Business — Corporate and Other Information.”

 

Today, the brand continues to draw on its rich heritage of performance garments and statement designs. Retro-inspired vivid and bold color palates complement technical fabrics to deliver fashion, form, function and fun for women, men and children. Initially known for its on-and-off the slopes skiwear, in 2016 PMA developed a summer range inspired by the island of Ibiza to bring its unique style to swimwear and activewear. We believe our bold fashion and technical proposition resonates with the modern fashion-conscious consumer that sees value in authentic European heritage and statement-design tailored for an active and healthy lifestyle at a compelling quality-to-value price point.

 

1

 

 

Perfect Moment’s growth plan is predicated on (i) continuing to develop its winter and summer product ranges at improved gross margins, including extensions into more all-year-round lifestyle ranges, (ii) drive more direct sales through its marketing strategies and (iii) test strategic pop-up and physical retail.

 

The Company has experienced significant growth over recent years with an increase in revenue from $9.74 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 to $16.45 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, representing an increase of 69%. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Company had revenues of $23.44 million, representing a year-on-year increase of 42%. Gross margin increased year on year from 30% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 to 34% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023. For the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, the Company had revenues of $0.99 million compared to revenues of $0.77 million for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022, representing an increase of 28%. Gross margin remained consistent at 11% for both the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023 and the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022.

 

However, the Company has incurred recurring losses, including a net loss of $2.67 million and $7.38 million for the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively, and $10.31 million and $12.17 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively. The Company has incurred operating losses of $2.71 million and $6.14 million in the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively, and $8.63 million and $10.18 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively. The decrease in operating losses of $3.43 million in the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023 is largely attributed to a decrease of stock-based compensation costs of $4.06 million. The decrease in operating losses of $1.55 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, is largely attributed to an increase in gross margins. Operating losses includes stock-based compensation costs of $0.20 million and $4.26 million in the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively, and $5.52 million and $4.48 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively. Operating cashflows saw a net outflow of $0.80 million and $2.35 million during the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively, and $3.51 million and $3.56 million during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022 respectively. The Company had an accumulated deficit of $42.93 million as at June 30, 2023. These factors raise, and our auditor has expressed, substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

2

 

 

Our Industry

 

We operate at the intersection of luxury fashion and multi-channel commerce. The global luxury industry is large and characterized by specific market dynamics and consumer trends that are shaping the future of the industry, including the following:

 

Large, Stable and Resilient Addressable Markets

  

Perfect Moment has an attractive luxury ski apparel market in which it believes is well-positioned and has a large growth runway. According to MarketWatch, the global luxury ski apparel market was valued at $1.6 billion in 2022 and is expected to expand at a Compound Annual Growth Rate (“CAGR”) of 6.49% reaching $2.3 billion by 2028. The luxury ski apparel market has a relatively narrow target demographic and we believe that this demographic is characterized by relatively high affluence and either proximity to a ski area or a location with a traditional interest in skiing as a recreational activity. We believe that due to the relatively high affluence and international nature of the demographic, there has been, and continues to be, significant space for premium and luxury products that deliver both fashion and technical performance.

 

Perfect Moment has started to make inroads into the adjacent, significantly larger, luxury outerwear market, which we believe is set to continue growing, yet remains somewhat fragmented and localized. The luxury outerwear market, compared to the luxury ski apparel market, is a larger and faster growing market. According to MarketWatch, the luxury outerwear market was valued at $15.9 billion in 2022 and is expected to expand at a CAGR of 6.51% reaching $23.3 billion by 2028. Again, we believe the demographic for this market has relatively high affluence but has a broader geographical spread as it is not linked to the activity of skiing. In the luxury outerwear market, we believe an increasingly large number of consumers are turning to heritage brands with technical credentials for luxury outerwear products that not only serve a technical function but also make a fashion statement.

 

In addition, Perfect Moment is also targeting the broader leisure markets for swimwear, activewear and lifestyle products. Both the luxury ski apparel market and luxury outerwear market share some key consumer demographics and purchasing behavior with the broader leisure markets.  We believe these markets stretch beyond skiing and winter sports to a range of healthy and athletic pursuits, with products increasingly being worn as part of a broader day-to-day lifestyle statement. We also believe the growth of this market goes hand-in-hand with broader cultural shifts, such as a greater emphasis on health, exercise and well-being, as well as a relaxation in dress codes at work and social occasions. Based on the characteristics of these respective markets, we believe Perfect Moment has the right brand profile, geographic footprint, target demographic, marketing tools and operational expansion plan to gain significant share.

 

Luxury Channel Shift to Online

 

According to Bain & Company (“Bain”), online is set to become the leading channel for luxury purchases by 2030. The online share of the global personal luxury goods market in 2017 was 9%, significantly lower than other retail markets, according to Bain, which has been driven by luxury brands’ cautious approach to adopting technology and social platforms; however, and online sales accounted for 22% of the luxury goods market in 2021 and online sales are expected to become a larger percentage of the total luxury market, reaching 32% to 34% by 2030.

 

Transition to Digital

 

We believe the digital shopping behavior of consumers is evolving at a rapid pace and the shift to digital is affecting how the luxury industry and consumers interact. E-commerce sales have climbed steadily for years, according to Statista, with continuous further growth expected. Statista estimates a growth in global e-commerce market revenue from approximately $2.4 billion in 2017 to approximately $8.1 billion in 2026, and with the COVID-19 pandemic, e-commerce use among consumers has advanced even faster than expected. Since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020, according to Statista, there have been a significant number of first-time online shoppers around the world.

 

3

 

 

On the marketing side, we believe that inspiration and trends have shifted from editorial content on the printed pages of monthly fashion magazines to the real-time social media channels of the world’s leading fashion bloggers, influencers and celebrities.

 

Generational Demographic Shift

 

As new generations of global luxury consumers account for a larger share of spending, we believe they are fundamentally changing the way luxury products are purchased. According to Bain, Generation Y and Generation Z accounted for all of the market’s growth in 2022. The spending of Generation Z and the younger Generation Alpha is set to grow three times faster than that of other generations though 2030, making up a third of the market. Generation Y, Generation Z and Generation Alpha are forecast by Bain to become the biggest buyers of luxury by 2030, representing 80% of global purchases.

 

Emerging Markets and Future Growth

 

We believe the demand for luxury fashion is truly global. According to Bain, consumers of luxury fashion have traditionally been from Europe and the Americas, but, by 2030, mainland China is forecast to overcome the Americas and Europe to become the biggest global luxury market. Growth of the global luxury goods market is expected to be significantly driven by demand from China and from emerging markets, including India and emerging Southeast Asian and African countries, based on forecasts between 2022 and 2030. Chinese consumers are forecast by Bain to regain their pre-COVID-19 status as the dominant nationality for luxury, growing to represent circa 40% of global purchases by 2030.

 

Our Strengths

 

  Strong Brand Positioning. Perfect Moment’s affordable luxury offering sits below the ultra-luxury positioning and luxury performance positioning by our direct luxury competitors. Most of our competitors skew to either fashion or pure performance, while Perfect Moment focuses on both.

 

  Authentic Brand That Resonates with Highly Valuable Customer Segments. With the Perfect Moment brand having approximately 40 years of European ski and worldwide surf heritage, bold fashion, distinct design aesthetic and technical performance, we believe our products and our mission resonate with the modern fashion-conscious consumer who sees value in authentic European heritage and statement-design tailored for an active and healthy lifestyle, which generates brand loyalty among our key customers, Generation Y and Generation Z consumers, and drives repeat purchases.

 

  Proven and Unique Marketing Engine and Significant Growth Runway. We believe that e-commerce will continue to shape the consumer and retail industries by changing shopping behavior as well as contributing to the digital transformation of retail business models, which we believe has been accelerated as a direct result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Our retail business commenced and continues to exist primarily online. We are a direct-to-consumer retailer that utilizes technology to deliver what we believe is a customer experience with a specific focus on engaging and interacting with the Generation Y and Generation Z tech-savvy consumer segment by offering speed, convenience and a seamless customer experience. By selling directly through our digital platform, we control all aspects of the customer experience and are able to engage with our community before, during and after purchase, through our digital platform and social channels. We believe this direct engagement enables us to establish personal relationships at scale and provides us with valuable customer data and feedback that we leverage across our organization to better serve our customers. We also have collaborations with a growing group of A-list celebrities and influencers whom we consider to have an authentic feel and on-brand partner collaborations with luxury brands that we believe speak to the same audience. We also focus on top-tier editorial coverage in fashion magazines and arrangements with luxury wholesale partners, which include The Wall Street Journal, Forbes, Vogue, Conde Nast Traveler and Harper’s Bazaar to name a few. We believe these marketing efforts will be translated into an engaged lifestyle-driven Instagram community.

 

4

 

 

  Visionary, Passionate and Committed Management Team. Through steady brand discipline and a focus on sustainable growth, our management team has transformed a small family business into a global brand. We have assembled a team of seasoned executives from diverse and relevant backgrounds who draw on experience working with a wide range of leading global companies including Burberry, Jimmy Choo, Michael Kors, Nike, North Face, Rapha and Elemis. Members of our team have created and grown leading luxury, fashion and digital businesses globally, and they retain a strong entrepreneurial spirit. Their leadership and passion have accelerated our evolution into a lifestyle brand and the growth of our direct-to-consumer channel alongside strengthening our wholesale business.

 

  Multi-Channel Distribution. Our global distribution strategy allows us to reach customers through two distinct, brand-enhancing channels. In our wholesale channel, which as of March 31, 2023 extended into 25 countries, we carefully select the best retail partners and distributors to represent our brand in a manner consistent with our heritage and growth strategy. As a result, we believe our wholesale partnerships include best-in-class luxury and online retailers. Through our fast growing direct-to-consumer channel, which includes our global e-commerce site, we are able to more directly control the customer experience, driving deeper brand engagement and loyalty, while also driving towards more favorable margins. Our direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) e-commerce channel, www.perfectmoment.com, is complemented by our luxury marketplace partnerships globally and in emerging markets. We employ product supply discipline across both of our channels to manage scarcity, preserve brand strength and optimize profitable growth for us and our retail partners. Going forward, we plan to open a limited number of pop-up and retail stores in major metropolitan centers as well as premium outdoor destinations where we believe they can operate profitably.

 

  Established Partner Relationships. As of June 30, 2023, we have two luxury marketplace partners, Farfetch and Amazon Luxury, and 167 wholesale partners, of which 16 are luxury department stores (including those we believe are the most sought-after and prestigious names in the fashion industry), 19 operate as exclusively online multi brand retailers and 94 are respected specialty stores with a focus on either sports or winter goods, which is key to our branding strategy.

 

  Flexible Supply Chain. We directly control the design, innovation and testing of our products, which we believe allows us to achieve greater operating efficiencies and deliver quality products. We manage our production through long-standing relationships with our third-party suppliers and vendors. We believe our flexible supply chain gives us distinct advantages including the ability to broaden and scale our operations, adapt to customer demand, shorten product development cycles and achieve higher margins.

 

  Culture of Innovation and Uncompromised Craftsmanship. We strive to create the most innovative, functional, comfortable and stylish apparel in the industry. We develop cross-functional products that we believe are characterized by quality, style and performance. We continue to use best-in-class materials in every product, and we will continue to innovate.

5

 

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Perfect Moment sits at the intersection of three large and growing markets (luxury ski apparel, premium outerwear and athleisure and lifestyle). Based on the characteristics of these respective markets, we believe we have the right brand profile, geographic footprint, target demographic, marketing tools and operational expansion plan to gain significant market share. We believe we are also well-positioned to drive sustainable growth and profitability by executing on the following strategies:

 

Grow Brand Awareness and Attract New Customers

 

Building brand awareness among potential new customers and strengthening our connections with those who already know us will be a key driver of our growth. While we believe our brand has achieved substantial traction globally and those who have experienced our products demonstrate strong loyalty, our presence is relatively nascent in many of our markets. We believe we have a significant opportunity to grow brand awareness and attract new customers to Perfect Moment through word of mouth, brand marketing and performance marketing.

 

In the past, Perfect Moment’s strong skiing heritage has been used to engage with a core ski audience for whom we believe the combination of technical performance and retro inspired designs resonate strongly. We believe the nature of skiing as a largely affluent, international pursuit means there is a large opportunity in aspirational, lifestyle-led social media engagement. We believe Perfect Moment has captured this social media opportunity to great effect, combining the style and form of the brand with celebrities, influencers, top-tier editorial, collaborations and luxury locations to create a distinct, fun and engaging aspirational lifestyle narrative. Beyond social media, we believe Perfect Moment has been able to deploy this same core brand proposition and narrative to direct digital marketing and traditional media, elevating brand profile and driving high levels of engagement simultaneously. Perfect Moment has also been able to build an effective online marketing engine driving large volumes of direct, organic search and paid search traffic to our e-commerce website, www.perfectmoment.com.

 

Perfect Moment expects to continue its approach to social media, building its follower base through a similar and evolving mix of celebrities, influencers, editorials and locations. It also expects to continue to pursue and scale the effective search engine optimization and paid search strategies which have contributed to online sales growth, as well as direct marketing and customer engagement via their successful newsletter. Perfect Moment is developing plans to leverage a new Perfect Moment owned physical store network to deepen its brand identity and profile, as well as drive higher levels of loyalty and engagement at the local level.

 

Brand marketing and performance marketing also work together to drive millions of visits to our digital platforms. Brand marketing includes differentiated content, our network of ambassadors, and social media, all of which result in what we believe is outsized engagement with our community. Our performance marketing efforts are designed to drive customers from awareness to consideration to conversion. These efforts include retargeting, paid search and product listing advertisements, paid social media advertisements, search engine optimization and personalized email. We believe our highly productive, diversified strategy generates a significant return on brand equity, driving sales and building a growing customer database.

 

We approach this strategy as a funnel, with brand awareness at the top and customer conversion at the bottom, allocating resources across the top, middle and bottom, and measuring returns on these respective investments.

 

Accelerate Digital Growth

 

Having used the wholesale channel to establish our brand globally, we believe we will become less reliant on wholesale partners during the next 5 years by committing more resources to our direct-to-consumer strategy and accelerating our digital growth. We believe technology and partnerships are the key underpinning factors in any e-commerce business and as such we will continue to enhance customer experience, focusing on mobile as the dominant growth channel and leveraging the emerging benefits of social and conversational commerce.

 

Pursue International Expansion and Enter New Markets

 

We believe there is an opportunity to increase penetration across our existing markets and selectively enter new regions. Although the Perfect Moment brand is recognized globally, our past investments have been focused on North America, the United Kingdom and the EU and have driven revenue growth in the United States during the past fiscal year.

 

6

 

 

While we expect the majority of our near-term growth to continue to come from the United States, the United Kingdom and the EU, we believe there is a tremendous opportunity over the long term throughout the rest of the world. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, we increased our outreach in what we believe are the most promising countries in continental Europe. As part of the plan to enter new markets, we will start with China, as we seek to enhance our ability to serve our international customers and further establish Perfect Moment as a global brand.

 

We believe there is a significant opportunity beyond our existing markets, with China representing the next market opening for Perfect Moment. China is projected to become the largest winter sports market, with people participating expected to reach 50 million by 2025 with 1,000 ski resorts to be open by 2030, according to reports by Daxue Consulting and Capital Mind. We plan to enter the Chinese market directly in 2024 on Tmall, using local partners to operate, with a digital approach to selling. We are forecasting running losses with respect to such activities for two years, then become profitable from the third year of such activities, with China representing less than 10% of our revenue by 2027. We believe the most significant hurdle to overcome with respect to our plan to enter the Chinese market is liquidity to fund the initial operating losses.

 

In order to offer a more localized experience to customers internationally, we intend to offer market-specific languages, currency and content, as well as strategic international shipping and distribution hubs. We plan to leverage our social media strategy and expand our network of social media ambassadors to grow our brand awareness globally. We expect to appoint a new third party to implement this strategy in the second half of 2023.

 

Enhance Our Wholesale Network

 

Although in the next 5 years we will be mainly focused on accelerating digital growth and our direct-to-consumer channel, we still intend to continue broadening customer access and strengthening our global foothold in new and existing markets by strategically expanding our wholesale network and deepening current relationships. In all of our markets, we have an opportunity to increase sales by adding new wholesale partners and increasing volume in existing retailers. Additionally, we are focused on strengthening relationships with our retail partners through broader offerings, exclusive products and shop-in-shop formats, which are dedicated spaces within another company’s retail store on a short term rental basis. We believe our retail partners have a strong incentive to showcase our brand as our products drive customer traffic and consistent full-price sell-through in their stores.

  

Broaden Our Product Offering

 

Continuing to enhance and expand our product offering represents a meaningful growth driver for Perfect Moment. We expect that broadening our product line will allow us to strengthen brand loyalty with the existing Perfect Moment customer base, drive higher penetration in our existing markets and expand our appeal across new geographies. We intend to continue developing our offering through the following strategies.

 

Elevate Fall and Winter. Perfect Moment will continue to focus on quality materials and distinctive designs in order to create luxury products which aim to deliver technical performance and style impact. However, believing that people want to bring the functionality of our ski apparel into their everyday lives, Perfect Moment is broadening the product range beyond the core “on-slope” skiwear to encompass less technical lifestyle products and a wide range of exceptional products for any occasion, including all year round accessories.

 

Expand Spring and Summer. We intend to continue building our successful Spring and Summer collections in categories such as surfwear, activewear, loungewear and swimwear. We believe offering inspiring new and complementary product categories that are consistent with our values of heritage, functionality and quality and can become part of our core business represents an opportunity to develop a closer relationship with our customers and expand our addressable market.

 

7

 

 

We believe this strategy will deliver a number of benefits:

 

  Increased Revenues. We expect that cross-over into adjacent product markets will increase sales by allowing us to sell outerwear, lifestyle products, activewear and swimwear to non-skiers and cross-sell lifestyle and “off-slope” products to existing skiwear customers in a winter setting.
     
  Reduced Seasonality. We expect that sales of new lifestyle products as well as activewear and swimwear products will be less concentrated in the winter months and increase revenue from new and existing customers as we grow brand awareness.

 

  Improved Margins. We believe that our margins will be improved by this strategy because modest price increases across the existing range will allow Perfect Moment to strengthen its gross margins, greater use of high-margin luxury materials such as cashmere will support price and margin increases and a move towards more less technically-complex lifestyle pieces will also drive margin improvement. Full price sales with limited promotional activity will further improve margins.

 

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 and the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, we have restructured and invested in our design, product development, merchandizing and production teams to create a pathway to execute on this underpinning strategy. We expect the first products resulting from this investment to launch in the spring of 2024. We plan to then gradually increase our product offering as we evaluate demand, supply and profitability.

 

Establish Perfect Moment Owned Physical Retail

 

Perfect Moment has grown to date without a Perfect Moment owned physical stand-alone store presence. Sales growth has been driven by our online offering and wholesale network. As part of our growth strategy, we believe opening directly operated stores in strategically selected major cities and pop-up stores in strategic ski resorts would provide an excellent opportunity to generate sales in key locations, providing a luxury in-store experience, reflecting the character of the brand and providing an experiential contact point for customers.

 

As our product range expands, we see the potential to further grow our community with a physical presence by opening directly operated stores. We already have physical presence in department stores, operated under wholesale arrangements. Operating Perfect Moment owned stores would provide our community a home for the brand and act as a beacon for new or potential customers, but they also add extra complexity and risk. In order to test our retail model we plan to first establish pop-up locations. We are exploring options in London for an initial pop-up location. We are also in the process of testing a shop-in-shop location in Los Angeles, with an expected opening in the fall/winter of 2023. Shop-in-shop locations are dedicated spaces within another company’s retail store on a short term rental basis. We expect that our experience with such temporary spaces would help us develop our strategy for all-year-round stores, including location, size, capital expenditure need, as well as the financial and operating impact. Operating temporary spaces would also provide our management team experience with opening and operating retail stores. We evaluate each potential store location based on lease availability and projected viability, and plan to open popups in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2025 and year-round stores beginning the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026.

 

Other Strategies to Improve Margin

 

We intend to focus on the following other strategies to improve our margin:

 

  Shift towards direct-to-consumer revenue (such as ecommerce and physical retail). We expect that reducing our focus on wholesale from a two-thirds share of sales to 40% over time would result in a double-digit percentage point improvement in our gross margin.

 

  Reducing product range within skiwear. We believe the current range offers too much choice, and yields poorer margins, resulting from a lack of economies of scale and higher levels of markdown and discounts.

 

  Review and modify supplier base.  We are expecting our supplier base to evolve as we source fabrics and trims more efficiently and introduce new finished good suppliers with better commercial terms (such as lower labor costs or better duty rates due to factories being based in the EU, UK or Vietnam).

 

  Review and revise price positioning. We will continue reviewing our selling prices. We are expecting to introduce better discipline and processes to assess price positioning with a focus on margin by each product, country of manufacture and country of selling. We expect to raise selling prices to improve the gross margin over time as part of the range development process and will monitor price elasticity. We believe prices are relatively in-elastic for our industry and our customer segment, and that pricing increases are generally expected by customers annually for luxury goods.

 

  Focusing on reducing costs relating to crossing borders. Operating a global business requires crossing borders with products resulting in high costs for freight, duty, couriers and other handling costs. Perfect Moment has grown very quickly and as a result has not been able to focus on crossing borders in a cost-effective way. We are focused on reducing these costs and expect to see savings over time in freight (for example by using less air freight and more sea freight), lowering duty costs (for example moving production to countries with lower tariffs) and reducing broker fees through better processes.

 

8

 

 

Corporate and Other Information

 

Perfect Moment Ltd. was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 11, 2021. The Company acquired PMA on March 15, 2021 through the 2021 share exchange. PMA was formed and commenced business operations on May 10, 2012. Perfect Moment Ltd. is a holding company and carries out all its operations through its subsidiaries. PMA is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and PMUK and TMS are wholly owned subsidiaries of PMA. PMA is a wholesale business, while PMUK sells to both wholesale and e-commerce customers. Both PMA and PMUK are global businesses and collectively sell to customers across 60 countries. TMS, up until June 30, 2021, held the intellectual property rights, including the trademark, for the Perfect Moment brand, for which it received licensing fees from PMA. On July 1, 2021, TMS assigned such intellectual property rights to PMUK and from that date, TMS has had no operations or income, except for the payment of fees related to accounting and office management. The production team still sits in Hong Kong but the majority of the employees, including the marketing and finance teams, and all senior management and our board of directors are located in the United Kingdom.

 

In the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, all of our revenue was generated by PMUK’s operations. In the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022, PMA’s operations generated 14% of our revenue while PMUK’s operations generated 86% of our revenue. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, PMA’s operations generated 60% of our revenue while PMUK’s operations generated 40% of our revenue. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, PMA’s operations generated 43% of our revenue while PMUK’s operations generated 57% of our revenue. We have direct ownership of our Hong Kong operating entity and currently do not have or intend to have any contractual arrangement to establish a variable interest entity (VIE) structure with any entity in mainland China. While the majority of our products are made in China, using raw materials sourced mainly from the Asia Pacific region, we purchase our finished product from our manufacturers on a purchase order basis and do not have any long-term agreements requiring us to use any supplier or manufacturer. The Company does not have any operations in mainland China. Hong Kong is a special administrative region of the PRC and the basic policies of the PRC regarding Hong Kong are reflected in the Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China, or the Basic Law, which provides Hong Kong with a high degree of autonomy and executive, legislative and independent judicial powers, including that of final adjudication under the principle of “one country, two systems”. Accordingly, the PRC laws and regulations do not currently have any material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. However, in the event that we or our Hong Kong subsidiary were to become subject to PRC laws and regulations that would have a material impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations, we may incur material costs to ensure compliance, and our Hong Kong subsidiary may be subject to fines and/or no longer be permitted to continue business operations as presently conducted. In such event, we expect to be able to relocate the business currently conducted by PMA to a location outside of Hong Kong or China. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — Recently, the PRC government initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in certain areas in mainland China with little or no advance notice. In the future, we may be subject to PRC laws and regulations related to the current business operations of our operating subsidiary and any changes in such laws and regulations and interpretations may impair its ability to operate profitably, which could result in a material negative impact on its operations and/or the value of the securities we are registering for sale.” on page 23.

 

The current organization structure of the Company is as follows:

 

 

Our principal executive office and mailing address is 307 Canalot Studios, 222 Kensal Rd, London W10 5BN, United Kingdom. Our main telephone number is +44 (0)204 558 8849. Our corporate website address is www.perfectmoment.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon with respect to this offering. 

 

Perfect Moment, the Perfect Moment logo and any other current or future trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of the Company. Other trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the symbols ® and ™, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

 

This Prospectus Summary highlights information contained elsewhere and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should also consider, among other things, the matters described under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in each case appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

9

 

 

Nasdaq Listing Application and Proposed Symbol

 

We have filed an application to have our common stock listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “PMNT.” No assurance can be given that our application will be approved. If our application is not approved or we otherwise determine that we will not be able to secure the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, we will not complete this offering.

 

Summary Risk Factors

 

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below and other risks described elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks are discussed more fully in the “Risk Factors” section appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

  Our history of losses and the substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, which could cause our stockholders to lose some or all of their investment in us.

 

  Our business depends on our strong brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand we may be unable to sell our products, which would adversely affect our business. 

 

  Our business partially depends on our wholesale partners, and our failure to maintain and further develop our relationships with our wholesale partners could harm our business.

 

  A downturn in the global economy will likely affect customer purchases of discretionary items, which could materially harm our sales, profitability and financial condition.

 

  Our financial performance is subject to significant seasonality and variability, which could significantly impact our cash flow and cause the price of our common stock to decline.
     
  We currently do not operate Perfect Moment owned physical retail stores. Our plans to open Perfect Moment owned physical retail stores are dependent on a variety of factors, including store locations being available for lease and the stores being economically viable to operate.
     
  Our limited operating experience and limited brand recognition in new international markets may limit our expansion and cause our business and growth to suffer.

 

  Our success is substantially dependent on the service of certain members of our board of directors and senior management.
     
  We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our Hong Kong subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. In the future, funds may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of Hong Kong, due to interventions in, or the imposition of restrictions and limitations on, our ability or our Hong Kong subsidiary by the PRC government to transfer cash. Any limitation on the ability of our Hong Kong subsidiary to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business and might materially decrease the value of our common stock.
     
  Recently, the PRC government initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in certain areas in mainland China with little or no advance notice. In the future, we may be subject to PRC laws and regulations related to the current business operations of our operating subsidiary and any changes in such laws and regulations and interpretations may impair its ability to operate profitably, which could result in a material negative impact on its operations and/or the value of the securities we are registering for sale.
     
 

The fluctuating cost of raw materials could increase our cost of goods sold and cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer.

 

 

Our business is reliant on a limited number of third-party manufacturers and raw material suppliers.

 

  Our ability to deliver our products to the market and to meet customer expectations could be harmed if we encounter problems with our distribution system.
     
  It may be difficult for overseas shareholders and/or regulators to conduct investigations or collect evidence within the territory of China, including Hong Kong. 
     
  Data security breaches and other cyber security events could result in disruption to our operations or financial losses and could negatively affect our reputation, credibility and business.
     
  The PRC laws and regulations and the enforcement of such that apply or are to be applied to Hong Kong can change quickly with little or no advance notice. As a result, the Hong Kong legal system embodies uncertainties which could limit the availability of legal protections, which could result in a material change in PMA’s operations and/or the value of the securities we are registering for sale.
     
  Our fabrics and manufacturing technology generally are not patented and can be imitated by our competitors. If our competitors sell products similar to ours at lower prices, our net revenue and profitability could suffer.

10

 

 

  An active, liquid and orderly market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained. You may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the price at which you purchased them.
     
  Our share price may be volatile, and you may be unable to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

 

  Our management has broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use the net proceeds effectively.

 

If we are unable to adequately address these and other risks we face, our business may be harmed.

 

Transfers of Cash to and from Our Hong Kong Subsidiary

 

Perfect Moment Ltd. is a holding company with no operations of its own. Currently, substantially all of our operations are conducted through our two operating subsidiaries, PMA, a Hong Kong corporation, and PMUK, a United Kingdom corporation. In the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, all of our revenue was generated by PMUK’s operations. In the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022, PMA’s operations generated 14% of our revenue while PMUK’s operations generated 86% of our revenue. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, PMA’s operations generated 60% of our revenue while PMUK’s operations generated 40% of our revenue. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, PMA’s operations generated 43% of our revenue while PMUK’s operations generated 57% of our revenue. Additionally, the majority of our products are made in China using raw materials sourced mainly from the Asia Pacific region. Perfect Moment Ltd. may rely on dividends or payments to be paid by its Hong Kong subsidiary (i.e., PMA to Perfect Moment Ltd.), to fund its cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders and U.S. investors, to service any debt we may incur and to pay our operating expenses. If PMA incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us.

 

Perfect Moment Ltd. is permitted under U.S. law to provide funding to PMA through loans or capital contributions without restrictions on the amount of the funds. PMA is permitted under the laws of Hong Kong to provide funding to Perfect Moment Ltd. through dividend distributions or payments, without restrictions on the amount of the funds.

 

There are no restrictions or limitation on our ability to distribute earnings by dividends from our Hong Kong subsidiary to Perfect Moment Ltd. and our shareholders and U.S. investors, provided that the entity remains solvent after such distribution. Subject to any applicable U.S. laws, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, our board of directors may authorize and declare a dividend to shareholders at such time and of such an amount as they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately following the dividend payment the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities and Perfect Moment Ltd. will be able to pay our debts as they become due. According to the Companies Ordinance of Hong Kong, a Hong Kong company may only make a distribution out of profits available for distribution. Other than the above, we did not adopt or maintain any cash management policies and procedures as of the date of this prospectus. Additionally, as of the date of this prospectus, there are no further U.S. or Hong Kong statutory restrictions on the amount of funds which may be distributed by us by dividend. Under the current practice of the Inland Revenue Department of Hong Kong, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by us.

 

As of the date of this prospectus, there are no restrictions or limitation under the laws of Hong Kong imposed on the conversion of HK$ into foreign currencies and the remittance of currencies out of Hong Kong or across borders and to U.S investors. The laws and regulations of the PRC do not currently have any material impact on transfer of cash from Perfect Moment Ltd. to PMA nor from PMA to Perfect Moment Ltd., our shareholders or U.S. investors. However, in the future, funds may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of Hong Kong, due to interventions in, or the imposition of restrictions and limitations on, our ability or on PMA’s ability by the PRC government to transfer cash. Any limitation on the ability of PMA to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business and might materially decrease the value of our common stock. We do not have or intend to set up any subsidiary or enter into any contractual arrangements to establish a variable interest entity, or VIE, structure with any entity in mainland China. Since Hong Kong is a special administrative region of the PRC and the basic policies of the PRC regarding Hong Kong are reflected in the Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China, or the Basic Law, providing Hong Kong with a high degree of autonomy and executive, legislative and independent judicial powers, including that of final adjudication under the principle of “one country, two systems”. The PRC laws and regulations do not currently have any material impact on transfer of cash from Perfect Moment Ltd. to PMA nor from PMA to Perfect Moment Ltd. and the investors in the U.S. However, the Chinese government may, in the future, impose restrictions or limitations on our ability to transfer money out of Hong Kong, to distribute earnings and pay dividends to and from the other entities within our organization, or to reinvest in our business outside of Hong Kong. Such restrictions and limitations, if imposed in the future, may delay or hinder the expansion of our business to outside of Hong Kong and may affect our ability to receive funds from our operating subsidiary in Hong Kong. The promulgation of new laws or regulations, or the new interpretation of existing laws and regulations, in each case, that restrict or otherwise unfavorably impact the ability or way we conduct our business, could require us to change certain aspects of our business to ensure compliance, which could decrease demand for our services, reduce revenues, increase costs, require us to obtain more licenses, permits, approvals or certificates, or subject us to additional liabilities. To the extent any new or more stringent measures are required to be implemented, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected and such measured could materially decrease the value of our common stock.

 

11

 

 

Each of Perfect Moment Ltd., PMA and PMUK currently intend to retain all of their respective remaining funds and future earnings, if any, for the operation and expansion of our business and do not currently anticipate declaring or paying any dividends. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

 

See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our Hong Kong subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. In the future, funds may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of Hong Kong, due to interventions in, or the imposition of restrictions and limitations on, our ability or our Hong Kong subsidiary by the PRC government to transfer cash. Any limitation on the ability of our Hong Kong subsidiary to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business and might materially decrease the value of our common stock” on page 23, and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes beginning on F-1 of this prospectus, for more information. 

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

 

  the requirement that we provide only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

  reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

 

  an exemption from the requirement that we hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

 

  an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

 

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company on the date that is the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold securities.

 

Going Concern

 

Our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

Through June 30, 2023, we have funded its operations with proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt, preferred stock and common stock, alongside existing trade, invoice and shareholder financing arrangements. We incurred recurring losses, including a net loss of $2.67 million for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023 and used cash in operations of $0.80 million. As of June 30, 2023, we had an accumulated deficit of $42.93 million and a shareholders’ deficit of $6.37 million.

 

These factors raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans to alleviate the conditions that raise substantial doubt include pursuing this offering and exploring sources of long-term funding in the private markets, taking out short-term loans and debt factoring to assist with working capital shortfalls, closely monitoring the collection of debt, and putting other strategies and plans in place to deliver positive EBITDA in the next fiscal year.

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $14.2 million (or approximately $16.5 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $6.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Based upon our current operating plan and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash balances and expected cash flows from operations, alongside the continuance of our existing financing arrangements, the automatic conversion of the outstanding balance of the Notes will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 18 months. However, our operating plan may change, and our assumptions may prove to be wrong, as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other third-party funding or a combination of these approaches. Even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans, we may seek additional capital if market conditions are favorable or based upon specific strategic considerations. Our ability to continue as a going concern for 12 months from the date of this prospectus is dependent upon our success in the efforts mentioned above. No assurance can be given that we will be successful in the efforts mentioned above. Our independent registered public accounting firm, in its report on our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, has also expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus do not include any adjustments as a result of this uncertainty.

12

 

 

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us   2,500,000 shares.
     
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering(1)   16,502,685 shares (16,877,685 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).
     
Over-allotment option of common stock offered by us   The underwriters have a 45-day option to purchase up to 375,000 additional shares of common stock.
     
Use of proceeds   We currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities and general and administrative matters. See the section of this prospectus titled “Use of Proceeds” beginning on page 39.
     
Proposed trading symbol   We have applied to list our shares of common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “PMNT.”
     
Dividend policy   We do not expect to pay any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”
     
Risk factors   Investing in our securities is highly speculative. See the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 16.

 

(1)

The number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, as set forth in the table above, is based on 14,002,685 shares of our common stock outstanding as of October 27, 2023, assuming (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock into 5,323,782 shares of common stock, (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock into 1,189,998 shares of common stock, (iii) 2,255,502 shares of common stock (calculated based on the assumptions described below) that will be issued upon the automatic conversion, in connection with the closing of this offering, of $10,001,967 in principal amount plus accrued interest in the amount of $1,726,644 under our 8% senior subordinated secured convertible promissory notes (the “2021 Notes”) and our 8% senior subordinated secured convertible promissory notes (the “2022 Notes” and, together with the 2021 Notes, the “Notes”), at 80% of the initial public offering price, calculated assuming conversion on October 27, 2023 and an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, (iv) the issuance of 75,333 shares of common stock in July 2023 for which we received advance funds of $0.45 million in June 2023 for common stock subscriptions and (v) the issuance of 179,531 shares of common stock during July 2023 to August 2023 for net proceeds of $0.91 million, and excludes, as of that date, the following:

 

 

927,247 shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and any other additional shares of our common stock that may become available under such plan;

     
 

299,957 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options (vested and non-vested), having a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share;

     
 

options to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock we have agreed to grant, but not yet granted, to Mark Buckley, our Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to and upon the terms and conditions of his employment agreement with us, vesting over a period of four years from the effective date of such agreement; options to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock we have agreed to grant, but not yet granted, to Jeff Clayborne, our Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to and upon the terms and conditions of his employment agreement with us, vesting over a period of two years from the effective date of such agreement; options to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock each (for a total of 90,000 shares of our common stock) we have agree to grant, but not yet granted, to Andre Keijsers, Tracy Barwin and Berndt Hauptkorn, our three independent directors, pursuant to and upon the terms and conditions of their independent director agreement with us, vesting over a period of three years from the effective date of each such agreement;

     
  rights granted to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, or if we sell our equity securities before the closing of this offering at the purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, pursuant to which right such holders would be granted 0 additional shares of common stock in the aggregate, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no sales of equity securities, stock split or stock combination by the Company before the closing of this offering.

 

Unless expressly indicated or the context requires otherwise, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

  the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock into 5,323,782 shares of our common stock in connection with the closing of this offering;
     
  the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock into 1,189,998 shares of our common stock in connection with the closing of this offering;
     
 

no exercise by the underwriters of warrants to purchase up to 143,750 shares of our common stock (5% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, including shares sold to cover over-allotments, if any) issuable to the underwriters in connection with this offering;

 

  no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any; and

 

  the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws in connection with this offering.

13

 

 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table summarizes our consolidated financial data as of and for (i) the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, which have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and (ii) the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, which have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the consolidated financial data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any period in the future.

 

   For the quarters ended
June 30,
   For the years ended
March 31,
 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
   (unaudited)   (unaudited)         
(Amounts in thousands)                
Statements of operations data:                
Revenue  $988   $769   $23,438   $16,447 
Cost of goods sold   (883)   (685)   (15,369)   (11,498)
Gross profit   105    84    8,069    4,949 
Operating expenses                    
Selling, general and administrative expenses   (2,105)   (5,326)   (11,682)   (10,878)
Marketing and advertising expenses   (709)   (897)   (5,012)   (4,248)
Total operating expenses   (2,814)   (6,223)   (16,694)   (15,126)
Loss from operations   (2,709)   (6,139)   (8,625)   (10,177)
Interest expense   (374)   (385)   (1,840)   (1,392)
Foreign currency transactions gains (losses)   410    (851)   39    (599)
Loss before income taxes   (2,673)   (7,375)   (10,426)   (12,168)
Income tax benefit   -    -    121    - 
Net loss   (2,673)   (7,375)   (10,305)   (12,168)
Other comprehensive gains                    
Foreign currency translation gains   388    682    303    289 
Comprehensive loss  $(2,285)  $(6,693)  $(10,002)  $(11,879)
                     
Basic and diluted loss per share  $(0.55)  $(1.58)  $(2.16)  $(4.34)

 

14

 

 

Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

 

    At June 30, 2023  
    Actual     Pro Forma (1)     Pro Forma As
Adjusted (2)
 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
(Amounts in thousands)                  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,145     $ 2,054     $ 16,298  
Restricted cash   $ 4,062     $ 4,062     $ 4,062  
Advances for stock subscription     452       -       -  
Convertible debt obligations and accrued interest     11,143       -       -  
Common shares; $0.0001 par value; 4,978,538 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2023 and 14,002,685 shares on a Pro Forma basis and 16,502,685 shares on a Pro Forma as adjusted basis     -       1       1  
Series A and Series B convertible preference shares; $0.0001 par value; 6,513,780 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2023 and 0 shares on a Pro Forma basis and 0 shares on a Pro Forma as adjusted basis     1       -       -  
Additional paid-in capital     36,738       49,828       64,072  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (185 )     (185 )     (185 )
Accumulated deficit     (42,928 )     (43,514     (43,514 )
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity     (6,374 )     6,130       20,374  

 

(1) The pro forma information gives effect to (i) the automatic conversion, in connection with the closing of this offering, of all of our outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock into 5,323,782 shares of common stock, (ii) the automatic conversion, in connection with the closing of this offering, of all outstanding shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock into 1,189,998 shares of common stock, (iii) the automatic conversion, in connection with the closing of this offering, of $10,001,967 in principal amount plus accrued interest in the amount of $1,726,644 under the Notes into an aggregate of 2,255,502 shares of common stock, at 80% of the initial public offering price, calculated assuming conversion on October 27, 2023 and an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, (iv) the issuance of 75,333 shares of common stock in July 2023 for which the Company received advance funds of $0.45 million in June 2023 for common stock subscriptions, (v) the issuance of 179,531 shares of common stock during July 2023 to August 2023 for net proceeds of $0.91 million, (vi) the issuance of 0 shares of common stock in the aggregate issued pursuant to rights granted to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, or if we sell our equity securities before the closing of this offering at the purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no sales of equity securities, stock split or stock combination by the Company before the closing of this offering, and (vii) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation in connection with this offering.

 

(2) The pro forma as-adjusted information gives further effect to the issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering, at the assumed public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

15

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, before making a decision to invest in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

 

Risks Related to Our Business, Our Brand, Our Products and Our Industry

 

We have a history of losses, expect to continue to incur losses in the near term and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future, and as a result, our management has identified and our auditors reported that there is a substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

For the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, our operating loss was $2.71 million and $6.14 million, respectively, and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, our operating loss was $8.63 million and $10.18 million, respectively. We intend to rely on debt and equity financing for working capital until positive cash flows from operations can be achieved, which may never occur. These matters raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $14.2 million (or approximately $16.5 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $6.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Based upon our current operating plan and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash balances and expected cash flows from operations, alongside the continuance of our existing financing arrangements, the automatic conversion of the outstanding balance of the Notes will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 18 months. However, our operating plan may change, and our assumptions may prove to be wrong, as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other third-party funding or a combination of these approaches. Even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans, we may seek additional capital if market conditions are favorable or based upon specific strategic considerations.

 

Any additional capital raising efforts may divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. In addition, we cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain sufficient amounts of additional capital, when and if we require it, we may be required to reduce the scope of our operations, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of these uncertainties.

 

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm that accompanies our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022 contains a going concern explanatory paragraph in which such firm stated that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus do not include any adjustments that might result if we are unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, holders of our securities might lose their entire investment. Although based upon our current operating plan and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash balances and expected cash flows from operations, alongside the continuance of our existing financing arrangements, the automatic conversion of the outstanding balance of the Notes will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 18 months, the doubts raised relating to our ability to continue as a going concern may make our shares an unattractive investment for potential investors. These factors, among others, may make it difficult to raise any additional capital and may cause us to be unable to continue to operate our business. 

 

16

 

 

Our business depends on our strong brand, and if we are not able to maintain and enhance our brand we may be unable to sell our products, which would adversely affect our business.

 

The Perfect Moment name and brand image are integral to the growth of our business, and to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. We believe that the brand image we have developed has significantly contributed to the success of our business and is critical to maintaining and expanding our customer base. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on the success of our marketing and merchandising efforts and our ability to provide a consistent, high quality product and customer experience. Maintaining and enhancing our brand may require us to make substantial investments in areas such as product design, store openings and operations, marketing, e-commerce, community relations and employee training, and these investments may not be successful. We anticipate that, as our business continues to expand into new markets and new product categories and as the market becomes increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brand may become difficult and expensive. Conversely, as we penetrate these new markets and our brand becomes more widely available, it could potentially detract from the appeal stemming from the scarcity of our brand. Our brand may also be adversely affected if our public image or reputation is tarnished by negative publicity. In addition, ineffective marketing, product diversion to unauthorized distribution channels, product defects, counterfeit products, unfair labor practices, and failure to protect the intellectual property rights in our brand are some of the potential threats to the strength of our brand, and those and other factors could rapidly and severely diminish consumer confidence in us. Maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to be a leader in affordable luxury skiwear, outerwear and activewear and to continue to offer a range of high-quality products to our customers, which we may not execute successfully. Any of these factors could harm our sales, profitability or financial condition. A key element of our growth strategy is expansion of our product offerings into new product categories. We may be unsuccessful in designing products that meet our customers’ expectations for our brand or that are attractive to new customers. If we are unable to anticipate customer preferences or industry changes, or if we are unable to modify our products on a timely basis or expand effectively into new product categories, we may lose customers. As we expand into new geographic markets, consumers in these new markets may be less compelled by our brand image and may not be willing to pay a higher price to purchase our products as compared to traditional outerwear. More generally, our results of operations would suffer if our investments and innovations do not anticipate the needs of our customers, are not appropriately timed with market opportunities or are not effectively brought to market.

 

We continue to focus on our direct-to-consumer channel, which may be costly and could materially harm our sales, profitability and financial condition.

 

Our business operates on a multi-channel distribution model, which includes distributing products on a wholesale basis for resale by others and online by us. Focusing on our e-commerce platform is essential to our future strategy. This strategy has and will continue to require significant investment in cross-functional operations and management focus, along with investment in supporting technologies. If we are unable to provide a convenient and consistent experience for our customers, our ability to compete and our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, if our e-commerce platform does not appeal to our customers, reliably function as designed, or maintain the privacy of customer data, or if we are unable to consistently meet our brand promise to our customers, we may experience a loss of customer confidence or lost sales, or be exposed to fraudulent purchases, which could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.

 

A downturn in the global economy will likely affect customer purchases of discretionary items, which could materially impact our sales, profitability and financial condition.

 

Many factors affect the level of consumer spending for discretionary items including performance luxury outerwear. These factors include general economic conditions, interest and tax rates, the availability of consumer credit, disposable consumer income, unemployment and consumer confidence in future economic conditions. Consumer purchases of discretionary items, such as our performance luxury outerwear, tend to decline during recessionary periods when disposable income is lower. During our history, we have experienced recessionary periods, but we cannot predict the effect of future recessionary periods on our sales and profitability. A downturn in the economy in markets in which we sell our products may materially harm our sales, profitability and financial condition. If periods of decreased consumer spending persist, our sales could decrease, and our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

 

17

 

 

We operate in a highly competitive market and the size and resources of some of our competitors may allow them to compete more effectively than we can, resulting in a loss of our market share and a decrease in our revenue and profitability.

 

The market for premium outerwear is highly fragmented. We compete against a wide range of brands and retailers. Many of our competitors have significant competitive advantages, including larger and broader customer bases, more established relationships with a broader set of suppliers, greater brand recognition, greater financial resources, more established research and development processes, a longer history of store development, greater marketing resources, more established distribution processes, and other resources which we do not have. Our competitors may be able to achieve and maintain brand affinity and market share more quickly and effectively than we can. Many of our competitors have more established and diversified marketing programs, including with respect to promotion of their brands through traditional forms of advertising, such as print media and television commercials, and through celebrity endorsements, and have substantial resources to devote to such efforts. Our competitors may also create and maintain brand affinity using traditional forms of advertising more quickly than we can. Our competitors may also be able to increase sales in their new and existing markets faster than we can by emphasizing different distribution channels than we can, such as catalog sales or an extensive retail network, and many of our competitors have substantial resources to devote toward increasing sales in such ways.

 

Use of social media and influencers may adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

 

We use third-party social media platforms as, among other things, marketing tools. For example, we maintain Instagram, Facebook (Meta), Pinterest, Twitter and TikTok accounts. We also maintain relationships with thousands of social media influencers and engage in collaborations. As existing e-commerce and social media platforms continue to rapidly evolve and new platforms develop, we must continue to maintain a presence on these platforms and establish presences on new or emerging social media platforms. If we are unable to cost-effectively use social media platforms as marketing tools or if the social media platforms we use change their policies or algorithms, we may not be able to fully optimize such platforms, and our ability to maintain and acquire consumers and our financial condition may suffer. Furthermore, as laws and regulations and public opinion rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees, our network of social media influencers, our sponsors or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices or otherwise could subject us to regulatory investigations, class action lawsuits, liability, fines or other penalties and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

In addition, an increase in the use of social media influencers for product promotion and marketing may cause an increase in the burden on us to monitor compliance of the content they post, and increase the risk that such content could contain problematic product or marketing claims in violation of applicable laws and regulations. For example, in some cases, the Federal Trade Commission has sought enforcement action where an endorsement has failed to clearly and conspicuously disclose a financial relationship or material connection between an influencer and an advertiser. We do not control the content that our influencers post, and if we were held responsible for any false, misleading or otherwise unlawful content of their posts or their actions, we could be fined or subjected to other monetary liabilities or forced to alter our practices, which could have an adverse impact on our business.

 

18

 

 

Negative commentary regarding us, our products or influencers and other third parties who are affiliated with us may also be posted on social media platforms and may be adverse to our reputation or business. Influencers with whom we maintain relationships could engage in behavior or use their platforms to communicate directly with our consumers in a manner that reflects poorly on our brand and may be attributed to us or otherwise adversely affect us. It is not possible to prevent such behavior, and the precautions we take to detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Our target consumers often value readily available information and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. The harm may be immediate, without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.

 

Our current and future products may experience quality problems from time to time that can result in negative publicity, litigation, product recalls and warranty claims, which could result in decreased revenue and operating margin, and harm to our brand.

 

We have occasionally received, and may in the future receive, shipments of products that fail to comply with our technical specifications or that fail to conform to our quality control standards. We have also received, and may in the future receive, products that are otherwise unacceptable to us or our customers. Under these circumstances, unless we are able to obtain replacement products in a timely manner, we risk the loss of revenue resulting from the inability to sell those products and related increased administrative and shipping costs. Additionally, if the unacceptability of our products is not discovered until after such products are sold, our customers could lose confidence in our products or we could face a product recall and our results of operations could suffer and our business, reputation, and brand could be harmed. There can be no assurance we will be able to detect, prevent, or fix all defects that may affect our products. Failure to detect, prevent, or fix defects, or the occurrence of real or perceived quality, health or safety problems or material defects in our current and future products, could result in a variety of consequences, including a greater number of product returns than expected from customers and our wholesale partners, litigation, product recalls, and credit, warranty or other claims, among others, which could harm our brand, sales, profitability and financial condition. Each Perfect Moment clothing product has a warranty against defects with reasonable use, for the expected lifetime of the product. Because of this comprehensive warranty, quality problems could lead to increased warranty costs, and divert the attention of our manufacturing facilities. Such problems could hurt our luxury brand image, which is critical to maintaining and expanding our business. Any negative publicity or lawsuits filed against us related to the perceived quality and safety of our products could harm our brand and decrease demand for our products.

 

If we are unable to manage our operations at our current size or to manage any future growth effectively, our growth may be slowed.

 

We have expanded our operations for many years and plan to continue our expansion efforts. In order to support growth, of which there can be no assurance, we will be required to continue to expand our sales and marketing, product development, manufacturing and distribution functions, to upgrade our management information systems and other processes, and to obtain more space for our expanding administrative support and other personnel. Continued or fluctuating growth could strain our resources, and we could experience operating difficulties, including difficulties in hiring, training and managing an increasing number of employees and manufacturing capacity to produce our products, and delays in production and shipments. These difficulties may result in the erosion of our brand image, divert the attention of management and key employees and impact financial and results of operations. In order to continue to expand our direct-to-consumer channel, we expect to add selling, general and administrative expenses to our cost base. These costs, which include capital assets, lease commitments and headcount, could result in decreased margins if we are unable to drive commensurate direct-to-consumer revenue growth.

 

Our financial performance is subject to significant seasonality and variability, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 

Our business is affected by a number of factors common to our industry and by other factors specific to our business model, which drive seasonality and variability. Historically, key metrics, including those related to our growth, profitability and financial condition, have fluctuated significantly across fiscal periods. Consumer purchases of Women, Men and Kids skiwear and outerwear, which are the Perfect Moment core categories, are concentrated in the Fall/Winter season. As a result, a large proportion of our direct-to-consumer revenue is recognized in the third and fourth fiscal quarter. Our wholesale revenue is weighted earlier in the second and third fiscal quarters, when most orders are shipped to wholesale partners. At the consolidated level, our net revenue is concentrated in the third and fourth fiscal quarters, while our operating costs are more evenly distributed throughout the year. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the third and fourth fiscal quarters represented 86% of total net revenue. Working capital requirements typically increase throughout the first, second and early third quarters as overheads continue to be incurred and inventory builds to support our peak shipping and selling periods in the third and fourth quarter. Cash provided by operating activities is typically highest in the fourth quarter following the significant inflows associated with our peak selling season. Historical results, especially comparisons across fiscal quarters, should not be considered indicative of the results to be expected for any future periods. In addition to the seasonality of demand for our products, our financial performance is influenced by a number of factors which are difficult to predict and variable in nature. These include input cost volatility, the timing of consumer purchases and wholesale deliveries which very often shift between fiscal quarters, demand forecast accuracy, inventory availability and the evolution of our channel mix, as well as external trends in weather and discretionary consumer spending. A number of other factors which are difficult to predict could also affect the seasonality or variability of our financial performance. Therefore, you should not rely on the results of a single fiscal quarter as an indication of our annual results or future performance.

 

19

 

 

Our sales and profitability may decline as a result of increasing product costs and decreasing selling prices.

 

Our business is subject to significant pressure on costs and pricing caused by many factors, including intense competition, constrained sourcing capacity and related inflationary pressure, pressure from consumers to reduce the prices we charge for our products, and changes in consumer demand. These factors may cause us to experience increased costs, reduce our prices to consumers or experience reduced sales in response to increased prices, any of which could cause our operating margin to decline if we are unable to offset these factors with reductions in operating costs and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Our success depends on our ability to identify and originate product trends as well as to anticipate and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner.

 

All of our products are subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. If we are unable to introduce new products or novel technologies in a timely manner or our new products or technologies are not accepted by our customers, our competitors may introduce similar products in a more timely fashion, which could hurt our goal to be viewed as a leader in affordable luxury skiwear and activewear. Our new products may not receive consumer acceptance as consumer preferences could shift rapidly to different types of athletic apparel or away from these types of products altogether, and our future success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes. If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences and successfully develop and introduce new, innovative, and differentiated products, we may not be able to maintain or increase our sales and profitability. Even if we are successful in anticipating consumer preferences, our ability to adequately react to and address those preferences will in part depend upon our continued ability to develop and introduce innovative, high-quality products. Our failure to effectively introduce new products that are accepted by consumers could result in a decrease in net revenue and excess inventory levels, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

Our business and results of operations could be materially harmed if we are unable to accurately forecast customer demand for our products.

 

Our ability to forecast accurately has become increasingly important as we have expanded our direct-to-consumer channel globally and could be affected by many factors outside of our control, including an increase or decrease in consumer demand for our products or for products of our competitors, our failure to accurately forecast consumer acceptance of new products, product introductions by competitors, unanticipated changes in general market conditions and, therefore, consumer spending in the sector and weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions. In our wholesale channel, a majority of orders delivered in a given fiscal year are received in the prior fiscal year, enabling us to manufacture inventory relative to a defined order book. In the direct-to-consumer channel, we manufacture according to our forecasts of consumer demand. If we overestimate the demand for our products, we could face inventory levels in excess of demand, which could result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would harm our gross margins and our brand management efforts. The impact of an overestimation is expected to increase as a larger portion of our sales comes through our direct-to-consumer channel, and as we expand our product offerings. If we underestimate the demand for our products, we may not be able to produce products to meet our wholesale partner requirements, and this could result in delays in the shipment of our products and our failure to satisfy demand, as well as damage to our reputation and wholesale partner relationships. Overall, failures to accurately predict the level of demand for our products could harm our profitability and financial condition.

 

Our plans to improve and expand our product offerings may not be successful, and implementation of these plans may divert our operational, managerial and administrative resources, which could harm our competitive position and reduce our net revenue and profitability.

 

In addition to our global expansion plans, we are growing our business by expanding our product offerings outside performance luxury outerwear, including an expanded winter and summer collection, knitwear, activewear and accessories. The principal risks to our ability to successfully carry out our plans to expand our product offering include:

 

  the success of new products and new product lines will depend on market demand and there is a risk that new products and new product lines will not deliver expected results, which could negatively impact our future sales and results of operations;

 

  if our expanded product offerings fail to maintain and enhance our distinctive brand identity, our brand image may be diminished and our sales may decrease;

 

  implementation of these plans may divert management’s attention from other aspects of our business and place a strain on our management, operational and financial resources, as well as our information systems; and

 

  incorporation of novel materials or features into our products may not be accepted by our customers or may be considered inferior to similar products offered by our competitors.

 

We also may fail to create adequate brand awareness around new product offerings. In addition, our ability to successfully carry out our plans to expand our product offerings may be affected by economic and competitive conditions, changes in consumer spending patterns and changes in consumer preferences and styles. These plans could be abandoned, could cost more than anticipated and could divert resources from other areas of our business, any of which could negatively impact our competitive position and reduce our net revenue and profitability.

 

20

 

 

We currently do not operate Perfect Moment owned physical retail stores. Our plans to open Perfect Moment owned physical retail stores are dependent on a variety of factors, including store locations being available for lease and the stores being economically viable to operate.

 

One of our growth strategies is to own and operate Perfect Moment owned physical retail stores. Our revenue and profit forecasts beginning with fiscal year ending March 31, 2026 include the opening of directly operated retail stores that will need to be leased, staffed, replenished with inventory and operated profitably. In addition, the stores will need to be furnished with the appropriate fittings. As this will be a new selling channel for Perfect Moment, sourcing locations introduces the risk that leases might not be available or be more expensive than our estimates. The initial capital expenditure and ongoing costs and complexities of operating a store, such as staffing and energy costs, could be higher than our forecasts, leading to lower profitability or losses. Brands often see a halo impact on their other revenue channels (for example, online channels) when operating physical stores. However, there is a risk that new stores will cannibalize sales from these channels, which could harm our future business and results of operations.

 

Our limited operating experience and limited brand recognition in new international markets may limit our expansion and cause our business and growth to suffer.

 

Our future growth partially depends on our geographical expansion, starting with establishing a presence in China. We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices internationally, and we may not be able to penetrate or successfully operate in any new market. In connection with our expansion efforts we may encounter obstacles we did not face in our current markets, including cultural and linguistic differences, differences in regulatory environments, labor practices and market practices, difficulties in keeping abreast of market, business and technical developments, and foreign customer tastes and preferences. We may also encounter difficulty expanding into new international markets because of limited brand recognition leading to delayed acceptance of our luxury products by customers in these new international markets. Our failure to develop our business in new international markets or disappointing growth outside of existing markets could harm our future business and results of operations.

 

If we fail to attract new customers, we may not be able to increase sales.

 

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to attract new customers. In order to expand our customer base, we must appeal to and attract consumers who identify with our brand and products. We have made significant investments in enhancing our brand and attracting new customers. We expect to continue to make significant investments to promote our current products to new customers and new products to current and new customers, including through our e-commerce platform. Such marketing investments can be expensive and may not result in increased sales. Further, as our brand becomes more widely known, we may not attract new customers as we have in the past. If we are unable to attract new customers, we may not be able to increase our sales.

  

We partially depend on our wholesale partners to display and present our products to customers in their wholesale channel, and our failure to maintain and further develop our relationships with our wholesale partners could harm our business.

 

We sell our products in our wholesale channel either directly or indirectly, through distributors and to wholesale partners. Our wholesale partners service customers by stocking and displaying our products and explaining our product attributes. Our relationships with these partners are important to the authenticity of our brand and the marketing programs we continue to deploy. Our failure to maintain these relationships with our wholesale partners or financial difficulties experienced by these wholesale partners could harm our business. Our sales depend, in part, on wholesale partners effectively displaying our products, including providing attractive space in their online or physical stores or marketing campaigns, including shop-in-shops, and training their sales personnel to sell our products. If our wholesale partners reduce or terminate those activities, we may experience reduced sales of our products, resulting in lower revenue and gross margins, which would harm our profitability and financial condition. If we lose any of our wholesale partners, or if they reduce their purchases of our existing or new products, or their number of stores or operations are reduced, or they promote products of our competitors over ours, or they suffer financial difficulty or insolvency, our sales would be harmed. The recent decline in the overall retail sector, including ongoing disruptions related to COVID-19, has been challenging for our wholesale partners. Such conditions, among other things, have resulted, and in the future may result, in financial difficulties leading to restructurings, bankruptcies, liquidations and other unfavorable events for our wholesale partners and may cause such partners to reduce or discontinue orders of our products or be unable to pay us for products they have purchased from us. This has caused us to negotiate shortened payment terms and reduce credit limits in certain cases. If the overall retail environment continues to decline or if one or more of our wholesale partners is unable or unwilling to meet our payment terms, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

 

21

 

 

We rely on payment cards to receive payments and are subject to payment-related risks.

 

For our direct-to-consumer sales, we accept a variety of payment methods, including credit cards, debit cards and mobile payment methods. Accordingly, we are, and will continue to be, subject to significant and evolving regulations and compliance requirements relating to payment card processing. This includes laws governing the collection, processing and storage of sensitive consumer information, as well as industry requirements such as the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI-DSS”). These laws and obligations may require us to implement enhanced authentication and payment processes that could result in increased costs and liability and reduce the ease of use of certain payment methods. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. We rely on independent service providers for payment processing, including credit and debit cards. If these independent service providers become unwilling or unable to provide these services to us or if the cost of using these providers increases, our business could be harmed. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules and agreements, including PCI-DSS, certification requirements and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. If we fail to comply with these rules or requirements, or if our data security systems are breached or compromised, we may be liable for losses incurred by card issuing banks or consumers, subject to fines and higher transaction fees, lose our ability to accept credit or debit card payments from our consumers, or process electronic fund transfers or facilitate other types of payments. Any failure to comply could significantly harm our brand, reputation, business, and results of operations.

 

Our success is substantially dependent on the service of certain members of our board or directors and senior management.

 

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of certain members of our board of directors and senior management, including Max Gottschalk, who is the Chairman of our board of directors, and Jane Gottschalk, who is our Chief Creative Officer and a member of our board of directors. The loss of the services of our senior management could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals. We also may be unable to retain existing management, or technical, sales and client support personnel that are critical to our success, which could result in harm to our customer and employee relationships, loss of key information, expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs. We have not obtained key man life insurance policies on any members of our senior management team. As a result, we would not be protected against the associated financial loss if we were to lose the services of members of our senior management team.

 

The market forecasts included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we operate achieve growth, we cannot assure you our business will grow at similar rates, if at all.

 

Growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates, which may not prove to be accurate. Forecasts relating to the expected growth in respective markets, including the forecasts or projections referenced in this prospectus, may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the performance luxury outerwear industry experiences the forecasted growth, we may not grow our business at similar rates, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

 

We face various risks related to health epidemics, pandemics and similar outbreaks, which may adversely affect our business.

 

Our global operations, and those of the third parties upon whom we rely, have been, and could be in the future, adversely affected by health epidemics, pandemics and similar outbreaks, such as the COVID-19 pandemic. Despite our efforts, and the efforts of third parties upon whom we rely, to manage these matters, their ultimate effects also depend on factors beyond our knowledge or control, including the duration, severity and recurrence of any outbreak and actions taken to contain its spread and mitigate its public health effects. Health epidemics, pandemics and similar outbreaks may adversely affect our business, including by resulting in (i) significant volatility in demand for our products and services, (ii) changes in consumer behavior and preferences, (iii) disruptions of our manufacturing and supply chain operations, (iv) limitations on our employees’ ability to work and travel and (v) changes to economic or political conditions in markets in which we operate.

 

22

 

 

We are subject to many hazards and operational risks that can disrupt our business, some of which may not be insured or fully covered by insurance.

 

Our operations are subject to many hazards and operational risks inherent to our business, including general business risks, product liability, product recall and damage to third parties. Our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover our liabilities related to such hazards or operational risks. In addition, we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider reasonable and commercially justifiable, and insurance may not continue to be available on terms as favorable as our current arrangements. The occurrence of a significant uninsured claim, or a claim in excess of the insurance coverage limits maintained by us could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

 

We may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our Hong Kong subsidiary to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. In the future, funds may not be available to fund operations or for other use outside of Hong Kong, due to interventions in, or the imposition of restrictions and limitations on, our ability or our Hong Kong subsidiary by the PRC government to transfer cash. Any limitation on the ability of our Hong Kong subsidiary to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business and might materially decrease the value of our common stock.

 

We are a holding company incorporated in Delaware, and we may rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our Hong Kong subsidiary for our cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders and service any debt we may incur. If PMA incurs debt on its own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict its ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us.

 

Under the current practice of the Inland Revenue Department of Hong Kong, no tax is payable in Hong Kong in respect of dividends paid by us. The PRC laws and regulations do not currently have any material impact on transfers of cash from Perfect Moment to PMA or from PMA to Perfect Moment Ltd., our shareholders and U.S. investors. However, the Chinese government may, in the future, impose restrictions or limitations on our ability to transfer money out of Hong Kong, to distribute earnings and pay dividends to and from the other entities within our organization, or to reinvest in our business outside of Hong Kong. Such restrictions and limitations, if imposed in the future, may delay or hinder the expansion of our business to outside of Hong Kong and may affect our ability to receive funds from our operating subsidiary in Hong Kong. The promulgation of new laws or regulations, or the new interpretation of existing laws and regulations, in each case, that restrict or otherwise unfavorably impact the ability or way we conduct our business, could require us to change certain aspects of our business to ensure compliance, which could decrease demand for our services, reduce revenues, increase costs, require us to obtain more licenses, permits, approvals or certificates, or subject us to additional liabilities. To the extent any new or more stringent measures are required to be implemented, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected and such measured could materially decrease the value of our common stock.

 

Recently, the PRC government initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in certain areas in mainland China with little or no advance notice. In the future, we may be subject to PRC laws and regulations related to the current business operations of our operating subsidiary and any changes in such laws and regulations and interpretations may impair its ability to operate profitably, which could result in a material negative impact on its operations and/or the value of the securities we are registering for sale.

 

Although we have direct ownership of our operating entities in Hong Kong and currently do not have or intend to have any subsidiary or any contractual arrangement to establish a VIE structure with any entity in mainland China, we are still subject to certain legal and operational risks associated with one of our operating subsidiaries, PMA, being based in Hong Kong and having all of its operations to date in Hong Kong. Additionally, the legal and operational risks associated in mainland China may also apply to operations in Hong Kong, and we face the risks and uncertainties associated with the complex and evolving PRC laws and regulations and as to whether and how the recent PRC government statements and regulatory developments. In the event that we or our Hong Kong subsidiary were to become subject to PRC laws and regulations, we could incur material costs to ensure compliance, and we or our Hong Kong subsidiary might be subject to fines, and/or no longer be permitted to continue business operations as presently conducted.

 

Risks Related to Our Supply Chain

 

We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers to provide high quality raw materials.

 

Our products require high quality raw materials, including down, softshell, wool, neoprene, and cotton. We do not manufacture our products or the raw materials for them and rely instead on suppliers. Many of the specialty fabrics used in our products are technically advanced textile products developed and manufactured by third parties and may be available, in the short-term, from only one or a limited number of sources. We have no long-term contracts with any of our suppliers or manufacturers for the production and supply of our raw materials and products, and we compete with other companies for fabrics, other raw materials, and production.

 

23

 

 

We work with a group of approximately 11 vendors that manufacture our products, 9 of which produced products in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023. No purchases of manufactured goods took place during the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the largest single manufacturer, Everich Garments Group Ltd., produced approximately 72% of our products and substantially all of our products were manufactured in China. We work with a group of approximately 3 suppliers to provide the fabrics for our products. In the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023 and the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the largest single supplier, Toray International Inc., produced approximately 79% and 70% of fabric, respectively. During the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, approximately 79% of our fabrics originated from Japan and 21% from China. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, approximately 51% of our fabrics originated from Japan and 49% from China. We also source other raw materials which are used in our products, including items such as content labels, elastics, buttons, clasps and drawcords from suppliers located predominantly in the Asia Pacific region. 

 

The price of raw materials depends on a wide variety of factors largely beyond the control of the Company. A shortage, delay or interruption of supply for any reason, including delays caused by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, could negatively impact our ability to fulfill orders and have an adverse impact on our financial results. In addition, while our suppliers, in turn, source from a number of sub-suppliers, we rely on a very small number of direct suppliers for certain raw materials. As a result, any disruption to these relationships could have an adverse effect on our business. Events that adversely affect our suppliers could impair our ability to obtain inventory in the quantities and at the quality that we require. Such events include difficulties or problems with our suppliers’ businesses, finances, labor relations, ability to import raw materials, costs, production, insurance and reputation, as well as natural disasters, public health emergencies or other catastrophic occurrences. Our supply of fabrics and raw materials, for example, could be disrupted by the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, especially in Asia, and the related government and private sector responsive actions such as border closures, restrictions on product shipments, and travel restrictions. A significant slowdown in the retail industry as a whole may also result in bankruptcies or permanent closures of some of our suppliers and third party vendors. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our suppliers will continue to provide fabrics and raw materials or provide products that are consistent with our standards. More generally, if we need to replace an existing supplier, additional supplies or additional manufacturing capacity may not be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, and any new supplier may not meet our strict quality requirements. In the event we are required to find new sources of supply, we may encounter delays in production, inconsistencies in quality and added costs as a result of the time it takes to train our suppliers and manufacturers in our methods, products and quality control standards. Any delays, interruption or increased costs in the supply of our raw materials could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet customer demand for our products and result in lower revenue and profitability both in the short and long-term.

 

If our independent manufacturers or our suppliers fail to use ethical business practices and fail to comply with changing laws and regulations or our applicable guidelines, our brand image could be harmed due to negative publicity.

 

Our core values, which include developing the highest quality products while operating with integrity, are an important component of our brand image, which makes our reputation sensitive to allegations of unethical or improper business practices, whether real or perceived. We do not control our suppliers and manufacturers or their business practices. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee their compliance with our guidelines or the law. A lack of compliance could lead to reduced sales or recalls or damage to our brand or cause us to seek alternative suppliers, which could increase our costs and result in delayed delivery of our products, product shortages or other disruptions of our operations. In addition, many of our products include materials that are heavily regulated in many jurisdictions. Certain jurisdictions in which we sell have various regulations related to manufacturing processes and the chemical content of our products, including their component parts. Monitoring compliance by our manufacturers and suppliers is complicated, and we are reliant on their compliance reporting in order to comply with regulations applicable to our products. This is further complicated by the fact that expectations of ethical business practices continually evolve and may be substantially more demanding than applicable legal requirements. Ethical business practices are also driven in part by legal developments and by diverse groups active in publicizing and organizing public responses to perceived ethical shortcomings. Accordingly, we cannot predict how such regulations or expectations might develop in the future and cannot be certain that our guidelines or current practices would satisfy all parties who are active in monitoring our products or other business practices worldwide.

 

24

 

 

Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, relating to our suppliers may adversely affect our operations.

 

Potential labor disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports, or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a dispute results in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions during our peak manufacturing, shipping and selling seasons. Any potential labor dispute could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our sales, profitability or financial condition. Further, the risks to our business due to a pandemic or other public health emergency, such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, include risks to worker health and safety, prolonged restrictive measures put in place in order to control the crisis and limitations on travel, which may result in temporary shortages of staff or unavailability of certain workers with key expertise or knowledge of our business and, impact on productivity.

 

The operations of many of our suppliers are subject to additional risks that are beyond our control.

 

Almost all of our suppliers are located outside of North America and the United Kingdom, and as a result, we are subject to risks associated with doing business outside of these regions, including:

 

  the impact of health conditions, including COVID-19, and related government and private sector responsive actions, and other changes in local economic conditions in countries where our suppliers or manufacturers are located;

 

  political unrest, terrorism, labor disputes, and economic instability resulting in the disruption of trade from foreign countries in which our products are manufactured;

 

  fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

  the imposition of new laws and regulations, including those relating to labor conditions, quality and safety standards, imports, duties, taxes and other charges on imports, as well as trade restrictions and restrictions on currency exchange or the transfer of funds;

 

  reduced protection for intellectual property rights, including trademark protection, in some countries, particularly in the PRC; and

 

  disruptions or delays in shipments whether due to port congestion, labor disputes, product regulations and/or inspections or other factors, natural disasters or health pandemics, or other transportation disruptions.

 

These and other factors beyond our control could interrupt our suppliers’ production in offshore facilities, influence the ability of our suppliers to export our products cost-effectively or at all and inhibit our suppliers’ ability to procure certain materials, any of which could harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

The fluctuating cost of raw materials could increase our cost of goods sold and cause our results of operations and financial condition to suffer.

 

The fabrics used to make our products include synthetic fabrics whose raw materials include petroleum-based products. Our products also include silver and natural fibers, including cotton. Our costs for raw materials are affected by, among other things, weather, consumer demand, speculation on the commodities market, the relative valuations and fluctuations of the currencies of producer versus consumer countries, and other factors that are generally unpredictable and beyond our control. Increases in the cost of raw materials, including petroleum or the prices we pay for silver and our cotton yarn and cotton-based textiles, could have a material adverse effect on our cost of goods sold, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows.

 

Additionally, increasing costs of labor, freight and energy could increase our and our suppliers’ cost of goods. If our suppliers are affected by increases in their costs of labor, freight and energy, they may attempt to pass these cost increases on to us. If we pay such increases, we may not be able to offset them through increases in our pricing, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

25

 

 

If we encounter problems with our distribution system, our ability to deliver our products to the market and to meet customer expectations could be harmed.

 

We rely on our distribution facilities for substantially all of our product distribution. Our distribution facilities include computer controlled and automated equipment, which means their operations may be subject to a number of risks related to security or computer viruses, the proper operation of software and hardware, electronic or power interruptions, or other system failures. In addition, our operations could also be interrupted by labor difficulties, extreme or severe weather conditions or by floods, fires, or other natural disasters near our distribution centers. If we encounter problems with our distribution system, our ability to meet customer expectations, manage inventory, complete sales, and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies could be harmed.

 

Increasing labor costs and other factors associated with the production of our products in China could increase the costs to produce our products.

 

Substantially all of our products are produced in China and increases in the costs of labor and other costs of doing business in the countries in this area could significantly increase our costs to produce our products and could have a negative impact on our operations and earnings. Factors that could negatively affect our business include labor shortages and increases in labor costs, difficulties and additional costs in transporting products manufactured from these countries to our distribution centers and significant revaluation of the currencies used in these countries, which may result in an increase in the cost of producing products. Also, the imposition of trade sanctions or other regulations against products imported by us from, or the loss of “normal trade relations” status with any country in which our products are manufactured, could significantly increase our cost of products and harm our business.

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in Hong Kong

 

It may be difficult for overseas shareholders and/or regulators to conduct investigations or collect evidence within the territory of China, including Hong Kong.

 

Shareholder claims or regulatory investigations that are common in the United States generally are difficult to pursue as a matter of law or practicality in China. For example, in China, there are significant legal and other obstacles to providing information needed for regulatory investigations or litigation initiated outside China. Although the authorities in China may establish a regulatory cooperation mechanism with the securities regulatory authorities of another country or region to implement cross-border supervision and administration, such cooperation with the securities regulatory authorities in the Unities States may not be efficient in the absence of mutual and practical cooperation mechanism. Furthermore, according to Article 177 of the PRC Securities Law, or Article 177, which became effective in March 2020, no overseas securities regulator is allowed to directly conduct investigations or evidence collection activities within the territory of the mainland China. While detailed interpretation of or implementation rules under Article 177 have yet to be promulgated, the inability for an overseas securities regulator to directly conduct investigations or evidence collection activities within mainland China may further increase difficulties faced by you in protecting your interests.

 

The PRC laws and regulations and the enforcement of such that apply or are to be applied to Hong Kong can change quickly with little or no advance notice. As a result, the Hong Kong legal system embodies uncertainties which could limit the availability of legal protections, which could result in a material change in PMA’s operations and/or the value of the securities we are registering for sale.

 

As one of the conditions for the handover of the sovereignty of Hong Kong to China, China accepted conditions such as Hong Kong’s Basic Law. The Basic Law ensured Hong Kong will retain its own currency (the Hong Kong Dollar), legal system, parliamentary system and people’s rights and freedom for fifty years from 1997. This agreement has given Hong Kong the freedom to function with a high degree of autonomy. The Special Administrative Region of Hong Kong is responsible for its own domestic affairs including, but not limited to, the judiciary and courts of last resort, immigration and customs, public finance, currencies and extradition. Hong Kong continues using the English common law system.

 

However, if the PRC attempts to alter its agreement to allow Hong Kong to function autonomously, this could potentially impact Hong Kong’s common law legal system and may in turn bring about uncertainty in, for example, the enforcement of our contractual rights. This could, in turn, materially and adversely affect our operating subsidiary’s business and operations. Additionally, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in Hong Kong may not be as effective as in the United States or other countries. Accordingly, we cannot predict the effect of future developments in the Hong Kong legal system, including the promulgation of new laws, changes to existing laws or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, or the preemption of local regulations by national laws. These uncertainties could limit the legal protections available to us, including the ability to enforce agreements with the customers.

 

26

 

 

There are some political risks associated with conducting business in Hong Kong.

 

Any adverse economic, social and/or political conditions, material social unrest, strike, riot, civil disturbance or disobedience, as well as significant natural disasters, may affect the market and may adversely affect the business operations of PMA. Hong Kong is a special administrative region of the PRC and the basic policies of the PRC regarding Hong Kong are reflected in the Basic Law, namely, Hong Kong’s constitutional document, which provides Hong Kong with a high degree of autonomy and executive, legislative and independent judicial powers, including that of final adjudication under the principle of “one country, two systems”. However, there is no assurance that there will not be any changes in the economic, political and legal environment in Hong Kong in the future. Any change of such political arrangements may pose an immediate threat to the stability of the economy in Hong Kong, thereby directly and adversely affecting our results of operations and financial positions.

 

Under the Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China, Hong Kong is exclusively in charge of its internal affairs and external relations, while the government of the PRC is responsible for its foreign affairs and defense. As a separate customs territory, Hong Kong maintains and develops relations with foreign states and regions. Based on certain recent development including the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Safeguarding National Security in the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region issued by the Standing Committee of the PRC National People’s Congress in June 2020, the U.S. State Department has indicated that the United States no longer considers Hong Kong to have significant autonomy from China and President Trump signed an executive order and Hong Kong Autonomy Act, or HKAA, to remove Hong Kong’s preferential trade status and to authorize the U.S. administration to impose blocking sanctions against individuals and entities who are determined to have materially contributed to the erosion of Hong Kong’s autonomy. The United States may impose the same tariffs and other trade restrictions on exports from Hong Kong that it places on goods from mainland China. These and other recent actions may represent an escalation in political and trade tensions involving the U.S, China and Hong Kong, which could potentially harm our business.

 

Our revenue is susceptible to the ongoing incidents or factors which affect the stability of the social, economic and political conditions in Hong Kong. Any drastic events may adversely affect our operating subsidiary’s business operations. Such adverse events may include changes in economic conditions and regulatory environment, social and/or political conditions, civil disturbance or disobedience, as well as significant natural disasters. Given the relatively small geographical size of Hong Kong, any of such incidents may have a widespread effect on our operating subsidiary’s business operations, which could in turn adversely and materially affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. It is difficult to predict the full impact of the HKAA on Hong Kong and companies with operations in Hong Kong like us. Furthermore, legislative or administrative actions in respect of China-U.S. relations could cause investor uncertainty for affected issuers, including us, and the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

Risks Related to Information Security and Technology

 

Our marketing programs, e-commerce initiatives and use of customer information are governed by an evolving set of laws and enforcement trends and unfavorable changes in those laws or trends, or our failure to comply with existing or future laws, could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

 

We collect, process, maintain and use data, including sensitive information on individuals, available to us through online activities and other customer interactions in our business. Our current and future marketing programs may depend on our ability to collect, maintain and use this information, and our ability to do so is subject to evolving and increasingly demanding international, U.S., U.K., European and other laws and enforcement trends. We are subject to laws and regulations such as the European Union’s General Data Privacy Regulation (“GDPR”), the United Kingdom’s General Data Privacy Regulation (“UK-GDPR”) and the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”). These regulations require companies to satisfy new requirements regarding the handling of personal and sensitive data, including its use, protection, and the ability of persons whose data is stored to correct or delete such data about themselves. Failure to comply with GDPR and UK-GDPR requirements could result in penalties of up to four percent of worldwide revenue. The GDPR, UK-GDPR, CCPA, and other similar laws and regulations, as well as any associated inquiries or investigations or any other government actions, may be costly to comply with, increase our operating costs, require significant management time and attention, and subject us to remedies that may harm our business, including fines, negative publicity, or demands or orders that we modify or cease existing business practices. We strive to comply with all applicable laws and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection and customer protection, including those relating to the use of data for marketing purposes. It is possible, however, that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another, may conflict with other rules, may conflict with our practices or fail to be observed by our employees or business partners. If so, we may suffer damage to our reputation and be subject to proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. Any such proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts to defend our practices, distract our management or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. Certain of our marketing practices rely upon e-mail to communicate with consumers on our behalf. We may face risk if our use of e-mail is found to violate the applicable law. We post our privacy policy and practices concerning the use and disclosure of user data on our websites. Any failure by us to comply with our posted privacy policy or other privacy-related laws and regulations could result in proceedings which could potentially harm our business. In addition, as data privacy and marketing laws change, we may incur additional costs to ensure we remain in compliance. If applicable data privacy and marketing laws become more restrictive at the international, federal or state levels, our compliance costs may increase, our ability to effectively engage customers via personalized marketing may decrease, our investment in our e-commerce platform may not be fully realized, our opportunities for growth may be curtailed by our compliance burden and our potential reputational harm or liability for security breaches may increase.

 

27

 

 

Disruption of our information technology systems or unexpected network interruption could disrupt our business.

 

Many of our customers shop with us through our e-commerce website. Increasingly, customers are using tablets and smart phones to shop online with us and with our competitors and to do comparison shopping. We are increasingly using social media and proprietary mobile apps to interact with our customers and as a means to enhance their shopping experience. Any failure on our part to provide attractive, effective, reliable, user-friendly e-commerce platforms that offer a wide assortment of merchandise with rapid delivery options and that continually meet the changing expectations of online shoppers could place us at a competitive disadvantage, result in the loss of e-commerce and other sales, harm our reputation with customers, have a material adverse impact on the growth of our e-commerce business globally and could have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

 

We are increasingly dependent on information technology systems and third-parties to operate our e-commerce websites, process transactions, process and handle inventory, producing, selling and shipping goods on a timely basis and maintain cost-efficient operations. We rely on a number of third parties to help us effectively manage these systems. The failure of our information technology systems to operate properly or effectively, problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems, or difficulty in integrating new systems, could adversely affect our business. In addition, we have a global e-commerce website, with the ability to localize content internationally. Our information technology systems, website and operations of third parties on whom we rely may encounter damage or disruption or slowdown caused by a failure to successfully upgrade systems, system failures, viruses, computer “hackers”, natural disasters or other causes. These could cause information, including data related to customer orders, to be lost or delayed which could, especially if the disruption or slowdown occurred during the holiday season, result in delays in the delivery of products to our customers or lost sales, which could reduce demand for our products and cause our sales to decline. For example, we implemented a work-from-home policy due to the COVID-19 pandemic for our workforce. This increase in working remotely could increase our cyber security risk, create data accessibility concerns, and make us more susceptible to communication disruptions, any of which could adversely impact our business operations. In addition, if changes in technology cause our information systems to become obsolete, or if our information systems are inadequate to handle our growth, we could lose customers. We have limited back-up systems and redundancies, and our information technology systems and websites have experienced system failures and electrical outages in the past which have disrupted our operations. Any significant disruption in our information technology systems or websites could harm our reputation and credibility and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

 

Data security breaches and other cyber security events could result in disruption to our operations or financial losses and could negatively affect our reputation, credibility and business.

 

As with other companies, we are subject to risks associated with data security breaches and other cyber security events. We collect, process, maintain and use personal information relating to our customers, employees and job-applicants and rely on third parties for the operation of our e-commerce site and for the various social media tools and websites we use as part of our marketing strategy. Any attempted or actual unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable information regarding our employees, customers or website visitors could harm our reputation and credibility, reduce our e-commerce sales, impair our ability to attract website visitors, reduce our ability to attract and retain customers and could result in litigation against us or the imposition of significant fines or penalties. Attacks may be targeted at us, our vendors or customers, or others who have entrusted us with information. Our on-line activities, including our e-commerce websites, also may be subject to denial of service or other forms of cyber-attacks. While we have taken measures we believe are reasonable to protect against those types of attacks, those measures may not adequately protect our on-line activities from such attacks. If a denial-of-service attack or other cyber event were to affect our e-commerce sites or other information technology systems, our business could be disrupted, we may lose sales or valuable data, and our reputation may be adversely affected. Additionally, new and evolving data protection legislation such as the GDPR impose new requirements such as shorter notification timeframes that could increase the risks associated with data security breaches. We have procedures and technology in place designed to safeguard our customers’ debit and credit cards and our customers’ and employees’ other personal information, and we continue to devote significant resources to network security, backup and disaster recovery, and other security measures. Nevertheless, these security measures cannot provide absolute security or guarantee that we will be successful in preventing or responding to every such breach or disruption. Recently, data security breaches suffered by well-known companies and institutions have attracted a substantial amount of media attention, prompting new foreign, federal, provincial and state laws and legislative proposals addressing data privacy and security, as well as increased data protection obligations imposed on merchants by credit card issuers. As a result, we may become subject to more extensive requirements to protect the customer information that we process in connection with the purchase of our products, resulting in increased compliance costs. Actual or anticipated attacks may cause us to incur increasing costs including costs to deploy additional personnel and protection technologies, train employees and engage third party experts and consultants. Advances in computer capabilities, new technological discoveries or other developments may result in the technology used by us to protect transaction or other data being breached or compromised. Measures we implement to protect against cyber-attacks may also have the potential to impact our customers’ shopping experience or decrease activity on our websites by making them more difficult to use. Data and security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues including intentional or inadvertent breach by employees or persons with whom we have commercial relationships that result in the unauthorized release of personal or confidential information. Any compromise or breach of our security could result in a violation of applicable privacy and other laws, significant legal and financial exposure and damage to our brand and reputation or other harm to our business.

 

28

 

 

Risks Related to Environmental, Social and Governance Issues

 

Climate change, and related legislative and regulatory responses to climate change, may adversely impact our business.

 

There is increasing concern that a gradual rise in global average temperatures due to increased concentration of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere will cause significant changes in weather patterns around the globe, an increase in the frequency, severity and duration of extreme weather conditions and natural disasters, and water scarcity and poor water quality. A significant portion of our business is highly dependent on cold-weather seasons and patterns to generate consumer demand for our products. Consumer demand for our products may be negatively affected to the extent global weather patterns trend warmer, reducing typical patterns of cold-weather events or increasing weather volatility, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

These events could also adversely impact the cultivation of cotton, which is a key resource in the production of our products, disrupt the operation of our supply chain and the productivity of our contract manufacturers, increase our production costs, impose capacity restraints and impact the types of apparel products that consumers purchase. These events could also compound adverse economic conditions and impact consumer confidence and discretionary spending. As a result, the effects of climate change could have a long-term adverse impact on our business and results of operations. In many countries, governmental bodies are enacting new or additional legislation and regulations to reduce or mitigate the potential impacts of climate change. If we, our suppliers or our contract manufacturers are required to comply with these laws and regulations, or if we choose to take voluntary steps to reduce or mitigate our impact on climate change, we may experience increases in energy, production, transportation and raw material costs, capital expenditures or insurance premiums and deductibles, which could adversely impact our operations. Inconsistency of legislation and regulations among jurisdictions may also affect the costs of compliance with such laws and regulations. Any assessment of the potential impact of future climate change legislation, regulations or industry standards, as well as any international treaties and accords, is uncertain given the wide scope of potential regulatory change in the countries in which we operate.

 

Increased scrutiny from investors and others regarding our environmental, social, governance or sustainability responsibilities could result in additional costs or risks and adversely impact our reputation, employee retention and willingness of customers and suppliers to do business with us.

 

Investor advocacy groups, certain institutional investors, investment funds, other market participants, stockholders and customers have focused increasingly on the environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) or “sustainability” practices of companies. These parties have placed increased importance on the implications of the social cost of their investments. If our ESG practices do not meet investor or other industry stakeholder expectations and standards, which continue to evolve, our brand, reputation and employee retention may be negatively impacted based on an assessment of our ESG practices. Any sustainability report that we publish or other sustainability disclosure we make may include our policies and practices on a variety of social and ethical matters, including corporate governance, environmental compliance, employee health and safety practices, human capital management, product quality, supply chain management and workforce inclusion and diversity. It is possible that stakeholders may not be satisfied with our ESG practices or the speed of their adoption. We could also incur additional costs and require additional resources to monitor, report and comply with various ESG practices. Also, our failure, or perceived failure, to meet the standards included in any sustainability disclosure could negatively impact our reputation, employee retention and the willingness of our customers and suppliers to do business with us.

 

29

 

 

Risks Related to Global Economic, Political and Regulatory Conditions

 

An economic recession, depression, downturn or economic or political uncertainty in our key markets may adversely affect consumer discretionary spending and demand for our products.

 

Many of our products may be considered discretionary items for consumers. Uncertain or challenging global economic and political conditions could impact our performance, including our ability to successfully expand internationally. Some of the factors that may influence consumer spending on discretionary items include general economic conditions (particularly those in North America), high levels of unemployment, health pandemics (such as the impact of the current COVID-19 pandemic, including reduced store traffic and widespread temporary closures of retail locations), higher consumer debt levels, reductions in net worth based on market declines and uncertainty, home foreclosures and reductions in home values, fluctuating interest and foreign currency rates and credit availability, government austerity measures, fluctuating fuel and other energy costs, fluctuating commodity prices, tax rates and general uncertainty regarding the overall future economic environment. To date, COVID-19 and related restrictions and mitigation measures have negatively impacted the global economy and created significant volatility and disruption of financial markets. Political unrest could also negatively impact our customers and employees, reduce consumer spending and adversely impact our business and results of operations. As global economic conditions continue to be volatile or economic uncertainty remains, trends in consumer discretionary spending also remain unpredictable and subject to reductions due to credit constraints and uncertainties about the future. Unfavorable economic conditions may lead consumers to delay or reduce purchases of our products. Consumer demand for our products may not reach our targets, or may decline, when there is an economic downturn or economic uncertainty in our key markets, particularly in North America. China is a target growth market for us, although consumer demand for our products there may also be impacted by unfavorable economic conditions in China. Our sensitivity to economic cycles and any related fluctuation in consumer demand may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

  

We may be unable to source and sell our merchandise profitably or at all if new trade restrictions are imposed or existing restrictions become more burdensome.

 

The countries in which our products are produced or sold have imposed and may impose additional quotas, duties, tariffs or other restrictions or regulations, or may adversely adjust prevailing quota, duty or tariff levels. The results of any audits or related disputes regarding these restrictions or regulations could have an adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements for the period or periods for which the applicable final determinations are made. Countries impose, modify and remove tariffs and other trade restrictions in response to a diverse array of factors, including global and national economic and political conditions, which make it impossible for us to predict future developments regarding tariffs and other trade restrictions. Trade restrictions, including tariffs, quotas, embargoes, safeguards and customs restrictions, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of products available to us, could increase shipping times or may require us to modify our supply chain organization or other current business practices, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We are dependent on international trade agreements and regulations. Adverse changes in, or withdrawal from, trade agreements or political relationships between the United States and the PRC, Canada or other countries where we sell or source our products, could negatively impact our results of operations or cash flows. Any tariffs imposed between the United States and the PRC could increase the costs of our products. General geopolitical instability and the responses to it, such as the possibility of sanctions, trade restrictions and changes in tariffs, including recent sanctions against the PRC, tariffs imposed by the United States and the PRC and the possibility of additional tariffs or other trade restrictions between the United States and Mexico, could adversely impact our business. It is possible that further tariffs may be introduced or increased. Such changes could adversely impact our business and could increase the costs of sourcing our products from the PRC or could require us to source more of our products from other countries. 

 

30

 

 

There could be changes in economic conditions in the United Kingdom or European Union (“EU”), including due to the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the EU, foreign exchange rates and consumer markets. Our business could be adversely affected by these changes, including by additional duties on the importation of our products into the United Kingdom from the EU and as a result of shipping delays or congestion.

 

Changes in tax laws or unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

 

We are subject to the income tax laws of the United States, the United Kingdom and several other foreign jurisdictions. Our effective income tax rates could be unfavorably impacted by a number of factors, including changes in the mix of earnings amongst countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in tax laws, new tax interpretations and guidance, the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions around the world and any repatriation of unremitted earnings for which we have not previously accrued applicable U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes.

 

We and our subsidiaries engage in a number of intercompany transactions across multiple tax jurisdictions and the profit allocation and transfer pricing terms and conditions may be scrutinized by local tax authorities during an audit and any resulting changes may impact our mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates.

 

Current economic and political conditions make tax rules in any jurisdiction, including the United States and the United Kingdom, subject to significant change. Changes in applicable U.S., U.K. or other foreign tax laws and regulations, or their interpretation and application, including the possibility of retroactive effect, could affect our income tax expense and profitability. 

 

Our failure to comply with trade and other regulations could lead to investigations or actions by government regulators and negative publicity.

 

The labeling, distribution, importation, marketing and sale of our products are subject to extensive regulation by various federal agencies, including the Federal Trade Commission, Consumer Product Safety Commission and state attorneys general in the United States, as well as by various other federal, state, local and international regulatory authorities in the countries in which our products are distributed or sold. If we fail to comply with any of these regulations, we could become subject to enforcement actions or the imposition of significant penalties or claims, which could harm our results of operations or our ability to conduct our business. In addition, any audits and inspections by governmental agencies related to these matters could result in significant settlement amounts, damages, fines or other penalties, divert financial and management resources and result in significant legal fees. An unfavorable outcome of any particular proceeding could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the adoption of new regulations or changes in the interpretation of existing regulations may result in significant compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales and could impair the marketing of our products, resulting in significant loss of net revenue.

 

Our international operations are also subject to compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, and other anti-bribery laws applicable to our operations. In many countries, particularly in those with developing economies, it may be a local custom that businesses operating in such countries engage in business practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other U.S. and international laws and regulations applicable to us. Although we have implemented procedures designed to ensure compliance with the FCPA and similar laws, some of our employees, agents or other partners, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, could take actions in violation of our policies. Any such violation could have a material and adverse effect on our business.

 

31

 

 

Because a significant portion of our net revenue and expenses are generated in countries other than the United States, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates have affected our results of operations and may continue to do so in the future.

 

The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries is generally the applicable local currency. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. Therefore, the net revenue, expenses, assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries are translated from their functional currencies into U.S. dollars. Fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar affect the reported amounts of net revenue, expenses, assets and liabilities. Foreign exchange differences which arise on translation of our foreign subsidiaries’ balance sheets into U.S. dollars are recorded as a foreign currency translation adjustment in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss within stockholders’ equity. We also have exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates associated with transactions which are undertaken by our subsidiaries in currencies other than their functional currency. Such transactions include intercompany transactions and inventory purchases denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the purchasing entity. As a result, we have been impacted by changes in exchange rates and may be impacted for the foreseeable future. The potential impact of currency fluctuation increases as our international expansion increases. We are exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to forward currency contracts used in our hedging strategies.

 

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

 

Our fabrics and manufacturing technology generally are not patented and can be imitated by our competitors. If our competitors sell products similar to ours at lower prices, our net revenue and profitability could suffer.

 

The intellectual property rights in the technology, fabrics and processes used to manufacture our products generally are owned or controlled by our suppliers and are generally not unique to us. Our ability to obtain intellectual property protection for our products is therefore limited and we do not generally own patents or hold exclusive intellectual property rights in the technology, fabrics or processes underlying our products. As a result, our current and future competitors are able to manufacture and sell products with performance characteristics, fabrics and styling similar to our products. Because many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, distribution, marketing and other resources than we do, they may be able to manufacture and sell products based on our fabrics and manufacturing technology at lower prices than we can. If our competitors sell products similar to ours at lower prices, our net revenue and profitability could suffer.

 

If we are unable to establish and protect our trademarks and other intellectual property rights, counterfeiters may produce copies of our products and such counterfeit products could damage our brand image.

 

We currently rely on a combination of copyright, trademark, trade dress and unfair competition laws, as well as confidentiality procedures and licensing arrangements, to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. The steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may not be adequate to prevent infringement of these rights by others, including imitation of our products and misappropriation of our brand. In addition, intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries where laws or law enforcement practices may not protect our intellectual property rights as fully as in the United States, and it may be more difficult for us to successfully challenge the use of our intellectual property rights by other parties in these countries. We expect that there is a high likelihood that counterfeit products or other products infringing on our intellectual property rights will continue to emerge, seeking to benefit from the consumer demand for Perfect Moment products. These counterfeit products do not provide the functionality of our products and we believe they are of substantially lower quality, and if customers are not able to differentiate between our products and counterfeit products, this could damage our brand image. In order to protect our brand, we devote significant resources to the registration and protection of our trademarks and to anti-counterfeiting efforts worldwide. We actively pursue entities involved in the trafficking and sale of counterfeit merchandise through legal action or other appropriate measures. In spite of our efforts, counterfeiting still occurs and, if we are unsuccessful in challenging a third-party’s rights related to trademark, copyright or other intellectual property rights, this could adversely affect our future sales, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot guarantee that the actions we have taken to curb counterfeiting and protect our intellectual property will be adequate to protect the brand and prevent counterfeiting in the future or that we will be able to identify and pursue all counterfeiters who may seek to benefit from our brand.

 

32

 

 

Our trademarks and other proprietary rights could potentially conflict with the rights of others and we may be prevented from selling some of our products.

 

Our success depends in large part on our brand image. We believe that our trademarks and other proprietary rights have significant value and are important to identifying and differentiating our products from those of our competitors and creating and sustaining demand for our products. We have applied for and obtained some United States, United Kingdom and foreign trademark registrations, and will continue to evaluate the registration of additional trademarks as appropriate. However, some or all of these pending trademark applications may not be approved by the applicable governmental authorities. Moreover, even if the applications are approved, third parties may seek to oppose or otherwise challenge these registrations. Additionally, we may face obstacles as we expand our product line and the geographic scope of our sales and marketing. Third parties may assert intellectual property claims against us, particularly as we expand our business and the number of products we offer. Our defense of any claim, regardless of its merit, could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management resources. Successful infringement claims against us could result in significant monetary liability or prevent us from selling some of our products. In addition, resolution of claims may require us to redesign our products, license rights from third parties, or cease using those rights altogether. Any of these events could harm our business and cause our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition to suffer.

 

Risks Related to Legal and Governance Matters

 

We are subject to periodic claims, litigation, legal proceedings and audits that could result in unexpected expenses and could ultimately be resolved against us.

 

Our business requires compliance with many laws and regulations, including labor and employment, sales and other taxes, customs and consumer protection laws and ordinances that regulate retailers generally and/or govern the importation, promotion and sale of merchandise, and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could subject us to lawsuits and other proceedings, and could also lead to damage awards, fines and penalties. The outcome of some of these legal proceedings, audits and other contingencies could require us to take, or refrain from taking, actions that could harm our operations or require us to pay substantial amounts of money, harming our financial condition.

 

In addition, from time to time, we are involved in litigation and other proceedings, including matters related to product liability claims, stockholder class action and derivative claims, commercial disputes and intellectual property, as well as trade, regulatory, employment and other claims related to our business.

 

We have in the past and may become involved in legal proceedings or audits, including government and agency investigations, and consumer, employment, tort and other litigation. Any of these proceedings could result in significant settlement amounts, damages, fines or other penalties, divert financial and management resources and result in significant legal fees. An unfavorable outcome of any particular proceeding could exceed the limits of our insurance policies or the carriers may decline to fund such final settlements and/or judgments and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any proceeding could negatively impact our reputation among our customers and our brand image.

 

Our business could be negatively affected as a result of actions of activist stockholders or others.

 

We may be subject to actions or proposals from stockholders or others that may not align with our business strategies or the interests of our other stockholders. Responding to such actions can be costly and time-consuming, disrupt our business and operations and divert the attention of our board of directors, management and employees from the pursuit of our business strategies. Such activities could interfere with our ability to execute our strategic plan. Activist stockholders or others may create perceived uncertainties as to the future direction of our business or strategy which may be exploited by our competitors and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and potential customers, and may affect our relationships with current customers, vendors, investors and other third parties. In addition, a proxy contest for the election of directors at our annual meeting would require us to incur significant legal fees and proxy solicitation expenses and require significant time and attention by management and our board of directors. The perceived uncertainties as to our future direction also could affect the market price and volatility of our securities.

 

33

 

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our management.

 

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws may delay or prevent an acquisition of us or a change in our management. These provisions impact the ability of the board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, which prohibits stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired more than 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner. Although we believe these provisions collectively will provide for an opportunity to receive higher bids by requiring potential acquirers to negotiate with our board of directors, they would apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove then-current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of the board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of management.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of us and may affect the trading price of our common stock.

 

Our corporate documents and the DGCL contain provisions that may enable our board of directors to resist a change in control of us even if a change in control were to be considered favorable by our stockholders. These provisions:

 

  require a 66 and 2/3% stockholder vote to remove directors, who may only be removed for cause;

 

  authorize our board of directors to issue “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the rights and preferences of those shares, which may be senior to our common stock, without prior stockholder approval;

 

  establish advance notice requirements for nominating directors and proposing matters to be voted on by stockholders at stockholders’ meetings;

 

  prohibit our stockholders from calling a special meeting and prohibit stockholders from acting by written consent;

 

  require a 66 and 2/3% stockholder vote to effect certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws; and

 

  prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates.

 

These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions our stockholders desire.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of this offering provides that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein and the claim not being one which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of this offering provides that state and federal courts will have concurrent jurisdiction for actions arising under the Securities Act, and the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce duties and liabilities created by the Exchange Act or any other claims for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of our common stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This choice of forum provision may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, employees and agents even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. Stockholders who do bring a claim in the Court of Chancery could face additional litigation costs in pursuing any such claim, particularly if they do not reside in or near Delaware. The Court of Chancery may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments or results may be more favorable to us than to our stockholders. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

34

 

 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and This Offering

 

There is presently no trading market for our common stock and no assurance can be given that a trading market will exist in the future. Accordingly, you may be unable to liquidate your investment.

 

There is currently no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq in connection with this offering. We cannot assure you that our listing application will be approved. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop on that exchange or elsewhere or, if developed, that any market will be sustained. If an active trading market does not develop or continue, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you purchase. The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our common stock may decline below the initial offering price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid in this offering, or at all.

 

We have granted rights to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, to be issued additional common stock of the Company if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted, which issuance would cause immediate dilution and might affect the price, demand, and liquidity of our common stock. Such rights also create a conflict of interest between an underwriter and joint bookrunner and the Company.

 

On March 11, 2021, we entered into a consulting agreement with Lucius Partners LLC (“Lucius”). Members and managers and/or officers of Lucius are also principals and/or officers of Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. (“Laidlaw”), an underwriter and joint bookrunner in this offering. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, we have granted to Lucius, and in connection with advisory services provided by our other consultants in connection with the 2021 debt financing we have granted rights to five other holders of our common stock, to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, or if we sell our equity securities before the closing of this offering at the purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, pursuant to which right such holders would be granted 0 additional shares of common stock in the aggregate, of which 0 additional shares of common stock would be issued to Lucius, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no sales of equity securities, stock split or stock combination by the Company before the closing of this offering. Such rights expire upon the closing of this initial public offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Description of Securities – Share Adjustment Rights.” Such issuance would cause immediate dilution and might affect the price, demand, and liquidity of our common stock.

 

In addition, such rights granted to Lucius create a conflict of interest between an underwriter and joint bookrunner and the Company with respect to determining the initial offering price for our common stock because such rights create an incentive for Laidlaw, the underwriter affiliated with Lucius, to negotiate a lower offering price than the Company’s valuation and other factors might warrant. Such potential conflicts of interest will be mitigated by the fact that ThinkEquity has been added as joint bookrunner for this offering, and the fact that the Company’s board of directors will make the final determination of the public offering price.

 

35

 

 

An investment in our common stock is extremely speculative and there can be no assurance of any return on your investment.

 

An investment in our common stock is extremely speculative and there is no assurance that investors will obtain any return on their investment. Investors will be subject to substantial risks involved in an investment in the company, including the risk of losing their entire investment.

 

Because the public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock following this offering, new investors will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

 

The public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering based on the total value of our tangible assets less our total liabilities. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $5.27 per share, the difference between the price per share you pay for our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share as of October 27, 2023, after giving effect to the issuance of our common stock in this offering.

 

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

 

For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the end of the fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter after we have been a reporting company in the United States for at least 12 months, (ii) the end of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more during such fiscal year, (iii) the date on which we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three-year period or (iv) five years from the date of this prospectus.

 

36

 

 

We have not conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and will not be required to do so until the fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

 

As a public company, we will be required to maintain internal control over financial reporting for the year ending March 31, 2025 and to report any material weaknesses in such internal control. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) requires that we evaluate and determine the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2025, provide a management report on the internal controls over financial reporting, which must be attested to by our independent registered public accounting firm to the extent we decide not to avail ourselves of the exemption provided to an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act. As we have not conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we may have undiscovered material weaknesses. If we have a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our consolidated financial statements may be materially misstated. We are in the process of designing and implementing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation, which process may be time consuming, costly, and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, if and when required, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation of our common stock, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future financing agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be an investor’s sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

 

We may require additional capital to support business growth, and this capital might not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $14.2 million (or approximately $16.5 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $6.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Based upon our current operating plan and assumptions, we expect that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash balances and expected cash flows from operations, alongside the continuance of our existing financing arrangements, the automatic conversion of the outstanding balance of the Notes will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 18 months. However, our operating plan may change, and our assumptions may prove to be wrong, as a result of many factors currently unknown to us, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we expect. We may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other third-party funding or a combination of these approaches. Even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans, we may seek additional capital if market conditions are favorable or based upon specific strategic considerations.

 

Any additional capital raising efforts may divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. In addition, we cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain sufficient amounts of additional capital, when and if we require it, we may be required to reduce the scope of our planned development, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we raise additional capital through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock. Any debt financing secured by us in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, when and if we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth, and to respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired.

 

37

 

 

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders.

 

We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. To raise capital, we may sell substantial amounts of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock. These future issuances of common stock or common stock-related securities, together with the exercise of outstanding options and any additional shares issued in connection with acquisitions, if any, may result in material dilution to our investors. Such sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock.

 

Pursuant to our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, the plan administrator is authorized to grant equity-based incentive awards to our directors, executive officers and other employees and service providers. As of October 27, 2023, there were 299,957 shares of common stock reserved for issuance in connection with outstanding awards and 927,247 shares of common stock were available for future issuance under the plan. Future equity incentive grants and issuances of common stock under awards outstanding under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan may result in dilution to our stockholders.

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company.

 

Assuming we complete this initial public offering, we will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses as a public company that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, costs have been incurred in the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 in preparation of becoming a public company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including the requirements of Section 404, as well as new rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) impose additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. We expect that compliance with these public company requirements will increase our costs and make some activities more time-consuming. A number of those requirements will require us to carry out activities we have not done previously. For example, we will adopt new internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures. In addition, we will incur additional expense associated with our SEC reporting requirements. Furthermore, if we identify an issue in complying with those requirements (for example, if we or our accountants identify a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting), we could incur additional costs rectifying those issues, and the existence of those issues could adversely affect us, our reputation or investor perceptions of us. We also expect that it will be difficult and expensive to obtain director officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and train qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. Advocacy efforts by stockholders and third parties may also prompt even more changes in corporate governance and reporting requirements. We expect that the additional reporting and other obligations imposed on us by these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and administrative fees significantly. These increased costs will require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives.

 

We have filed an application to have our common stock listed on Nasdaq. We can provide no assurance that our common stock will be listed, and if listed, that our common stock will continue to meet Nasdaq listing requirements. If we fail to comply with the continuing listing standards of Nasdaq, our common stock could be delisted.

 

We have applied to list our common stock on Nasdaq under the symbol “PMNT.” We anticipate that our common stock will be eligible to be listed on Nasdaq, subject to actions which may be required to meet the exchange’s listing requirements. However, we can provide no assurance that our application will receive approval, and, if approved, that an active trading market for our common stock will develop and continue. As a result, you may find it more difficult to purchase and dispose of our common stock and to obtain accurate quotations as to the value of our common stock. For our common stock to be listed on Nasdaq, we must meet the current Nasdaq initial and continued listing requirements. If we were unable to meet these requirements, our common stock could be delisted from Nasdaq. Any such delisting of our common stock could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock, not only in terms of the number of shares that can be bought and sold at a given price, but also through delays in the timing of transactions and less coverage of us by securities analysts, if any. Also, if in the future we were to determine that we need to seek additional equity capital, it could have an adverse effect on our ability to raise capital in the public or private equity markets.

 

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they change their recommendations regarding our common stock adversely, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

 

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us, our business, our market or our competitors. If any of the analysts who cover us or may cover us in the future change their recommendation regarding our common stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who covers us or may cover us in the future were to cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the price or trading volume of our common stock to decline.

 

38

 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $14.2 million (or approximately $16.5 million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full) from the sale of the common stock offered by us in this offering, based on an assumed public offering price of $6.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $6.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $1.7 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of 100,000 shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease net proceeds to us from this offering by $0.6 million, assuming no change in the assumed public offering price of $6.50 per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to us from this offering. However, we currently intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities and general and administrative matters. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, technologies, solutions or businesses that complement our business, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or investments.

  

We will retain broad discretion in the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering and could utilize the proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in a money market or other interest-bearing account.

 

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Instead, we currently plan to retain any earnings to finance the growth of our business. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations and capital requirements as well as other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

 

Subject to any applicable U.S. laws, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, our board of directors may authorize and declare a dividend to shareholders at such time and of such an amount as they think fit if they are satisfied, on reasonable grounds, that immediately following the dividend the value of our assets will exceed our liabilities and we will be able to pay our debts as they become due. There are no further U.S. or Hong Kong statutory restrictions on the amount of funds which may be distributed by us by dividend.

 

Cash dividends, if any, on our common stock will be paid in U.S. dollars.

 

39

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization, as of June 30, 2023 on:

 

  an actual basis;
     
 

on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the automatic conversion, in connection with the closing of this offering, of all of our outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock into 5,323,782 shares of common stock, (ii) the automatic conversion, in connection with the closing of this offering, of all outstanding shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock into 1,189,998 shares of common stock, (iii) the automatic conversion, in connection with the closing of this offering, of $10,001,967 in principal amount plus accrued interest in the amount of $1,726,644 under the Notes into an aggregate of 2,255,502 shares of common stock, at 80% of the initial public offering price, calculated assuming conversion on October 27, 2023 and an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, (iv) the issuance of 75,333 shares of common stock in July 2023 for which the Company received advance funds of $0.45 million in June 2023 for common stock subscriptions, (v) the issuance of 179,531 shares of common stock during July 2023 to August 2023 for net proceeds of $0.91 million, (vi) the issuance of 0 shares of common stock in the aggregate issued pursuant to rights granted to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, or if we sell our equity securities before the closing of this offering at the purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no sales of equity securities, stock split or stock combination by the Company before the closing of this offering, and (vii) the amendment and restatement of our certificate of incorporation in connection with this offering; and

     
  a pro forma as-adjusted basis, giving further effect to the issuance and sale of 2,500,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, at the assumed public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

You should read the following table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this prospectus.

 

    At June 30, 2023  
    Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
(Amounts in thousands)                  
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,145     $ 2,054     $ 16,298  
Restricted cash   $ 4,062     $ 4,062     $ 4,062  
Advances for stock subscription     452       -       -  
Convertible debt obligations and accrued interest     11,143       -       -  
Common shares; $0.0001 par value; 4,978,538 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2023 and 14,002,685 shares on a Pro Forma basis and 16,502,685 shares on a Pro Forma as adjusted basis     -       1       1  
Series A and Series B convertible preference shares; $0.0001 par value; 6,513,780 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2023 and 0 shares on a Pro Forma basis and 0 shares on a Pro Forma as adjusted basis     1       -       -  
Additional paid-in capital     36,738       49,828       64,072  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss     (185 )     (185 )     (185 )
Accumulated deficit     (42,928 )     (43,514 )     (43,514 )
Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity     (6,374 )     6,130       20,374  
Total capitalization   $ 5,221     $ 6,130     $ 20,374  

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $2.3 million, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $0.6 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $6.50 per share remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

The actual, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table excludes:

 

  927,247 shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and any other additional shares of our common stock that may become available under such plan;
     
 

warrants to purchase up to 125,000 shares (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) of our common stock issuable to the underwriters in connection with this offering and the exercise of such warrants;

     
 

299,957 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options (vested and non-vested), having a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share; and

     
 

options to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock we have agreed to grant, but not yet granted, to Mark Buckley, our Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to and upon the terms and conditions of his employment agreement with us, vesting over a period of four years from the effective date of such agreement; options to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock we have agreed to grant, but not yet granted, to Jeff Clayborne, our Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to and upon the terms and conditions of his employment agreement with us, vesting over a period of two years from the effective date of such agreement; options to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock each (for a total of 90,000 shares of our common stock) we have agree to grant, but not yet granted, to Andre Keijsers, Tracy Barwin and Berndt Hauptkorn, our three independent directors, pursuant to and upon the terms and conditions of their independent director agreement with us, vesting over a period of three years from the effective date of each such agreement.

40

 

 

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

 

Our historical net tangible book deficit as of June 30, 2023 was $(6.38) million, or $(1.28) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book deficit is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities. Historical net tangible book value per share represents historical net tangible book deficit divided by the number of shares of our common stock issued as of June 30, 2023. This data is solely based on the historical amounts as shown in our balance sheet as of June 30, 2023.

 

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2023 was $6.12 million, or $0.44 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total assets less our total liabilities, after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,323,782 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock into 1,189,998 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, (iii) the automatic conversion of $10,001,967 in principal amount plus accrued interest in the amount of $1,726,644 under the Notes into an aggregate of 2,255,502 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, at 80% of the initial public offering price, calculated assuming conversion on October 27, 2023 and an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, (iv) the issuance of 75,333 shares of common stock in July 2023 for which the Company received advance funds of $0.45 million in June 2023 for common stock subscriptions, (v) the issuance of 179,531 shares of common stock during July 2023 to August 2023 for net proceeds of $0.91 million and (vi) the issuance of 0 shares of common stock in the aggregate issued pursuant to rights granted to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, or if we sell our equity securities before the closing of this offering at the purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no sales of equity securities, stock split or stock combination by the Company before the closing of this offering.

 

After giving further effect to our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2023 would have been approximately $20.4 million, or approximately $1.23 per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $0.79 to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of approximately $5.27 to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share           $

6.50

 
Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of June 30, 2023   $ (1.28 )        
Increase in price per share attributable to the conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock; the conversion of all principal amount and accrued interest under the Notes; and the issuance of 254,864 shares of common stock    

1.72

         
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2023   $

0.44

         
Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering     0.79          
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering    

 

      1.23  
Dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering           $

5.27

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $6.50 per share would increase (decrease) our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value by $2.3 million, the pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.14 and the dilution per share to new investors by $0.86, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 100,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value by $0.6 million, the pro forma as-adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $0.03 and the dilution per share to new investors by $0.03, assuming the assumed public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering in full at the assumed initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $1.34 per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $5.16 per share.

 

41

 

 

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of June 30, 2023, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid, or to be paid, and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

    Shares Purchased     Total
Consideration
    Average
Price
 
    Number     Percent     Amount     Percent     Per Share  
    (in thousands)  
Existing stockholders     14,002,685       85 %   $ 66,986,157       80 %   $ 4.78  
New investors     2,500,000       15 %   $ 16,250,000       20 %   $ 6.50  
Total     16,502,685       100.0 %   $ 83,236,157       100.0 %     5.08  

 

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to 83% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors participating in this offering would be increased to 17% of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $2.5 million and, in the case of an increase, would increase the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by 2 percentage points and, in the case of a decrease, would decrease the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by 3 percentage points.

 

The tables above do not include:

 

  927,247 shares of our common stock available for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and any other additional shares of our common stock that may become available under such plan;
     
 

warrants to purchase up to 125,000 shares (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option) of our common stock issuable to the underwriters in connection with this offering and the exercise of such warrants;

     
 

299,957 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options (vested and non-vested), having a weighted average exercise price of $1.60 per share; and

     
 

options to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock we have agreed to grant, but not yet granted, to Mark Buckley, our Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to and upon the terms and conditions of his employment agreement with us, vesting over a period of four years from the effective date of such agreement; options to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock we have agreed to grant, but not yet granted, to Jeff Clayborne, our Chief Financial Officer, pursuant to and upon the terms and conditions of his employment agreement with us, vesting over a period of two years from the effective date of such agreement; options to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock each (for a total of 90,000 shares of our common stock) we have agree to grant, but not yet granted, to Andre Keijsers, Tracy Barwin and Berndt Hauptkorn, our three independent directors, pursuant to and upon the terms and conditions of their independent director agreement with us, vesting over a period of three years from the effective date of each such agreement.

 

To the extent that outstanding warrants are exercised or new options are issued under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, you will experience further dilution. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital due to market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities may result in further dilution to our stockholders.

 

42

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, include forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

 

Overview

 

Perfect Moment is a luxury lifestyle brand that combines fashion and technical performance across its ranges of skiwear, outerwear, swimwear and activewear. Our products serve the modern fashion-conscious consumer looking for statement designs tailored for an active and healthy lifestyle. The story of the Perfect Moment brand began in Chamonix in 1984 when the professional skier and extreme sports filmmaker Thierry Donard began making apparel characterized by quality style and performance for his team of free-ride skiers and surfers. In 2012, inspired by Thierry Donard’s vision, Max and Jane Gottschalk relaunched the brand, creating a global fashion brand.

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2023, Perfect Moment generated $0.99 million of revenues. This is a 28% increase from the revenues of $0.77 million generated in the quarter ended June 30, 2022. The first quarter of the fiscal year is impacted by the timing of goods production and delivery, with minimal wholesale revenues during the first quarter. During the year ended March 31, 2023, Perfect Moment generated $23.44 million of revenues. This was a 42% increase from the prior year revenues of $16.45 million. The increase in revenue is attributable to the growth in brand awareness across our main geographical markets (United States, United Kingdom and Europe) resulting in stronger sales with our wholesale accounts; through our collaboration with Hugo Boss; and strong performance within e-commerce. Overall, across all revenue channels, Perfect Moment distributes to over 60 countries. We design our products in-house and work with a variety of suppliers to manufacture materials and finished goods. Our collections are worn by an evolving list of celebrities and influencers whose perfect moments are captured across a range of social media platforms. During the quarter ended June 30, 2023, our total followers across all social media platforms increased 25% relative to the quarter ended June 30, 2022. During the year ended March 31, 2023, our total followers across all social media platforms increased 23% relative to the year ended March 30, 2022.

 

From the quarter ended June 30, 2022 to the quarter ended June 30, 2023:

 

  Total net revenue increased 28% from $0.77 million to $0.99 million, respectively;

 

  Ecommerce revenue increased 36% from $0.70 million to $0.96 million, respectively;

 

  Gross profit increased 26% from $0.08 million to $0.11 million, respectively;

 

  Loss before tax decreased 64% from $7.38 million to $2.67 million, respectively;
     
  EBITDA increased 69% from a loss of $6.86 million to a loss of $2.16 million, respectively;

 

  Adjusted EBITDA increased 25% from a loss of $2.60 million to a loss of $1.96 million, respectively.

 

From the year ended March 31, 2022 to the year ended March 31, 2023:

 

  Total net revenue increased 42% from $16.45 million to $23.44 million, respectively;

 

  Wholesale revenue increased 76% from $8.46 million to $14.89 million, respectively;

 

  Ecommerce revenue increased 7% from $7.99 million to $8.55 million, respectively;

 

  Gross profit increased 63% from $4.95 million to $8.07 million, respectively;

 

  Loss before tax decreased 14% from $12.17 million to $10.43 million, respectively;
     
  EBITDA increased 23% from a loss of $10.40 million to a loss of $8.04 million, respectively;

 

  Adjusted EBITDA increased 57% from a loss of $5.92 million to a loss of $2.52 million, respectively.

 

Adjusted EBITDA is a measure that is not defined in US GAAP. For further information about how we calculate Adjusted EBITDA, the limitations of its use and a reconciliations to the most comparable US GAAP measure, see “Key Financial Measures” below.

 

Our model

 

Our business model is centered around creating a desirable brand and selling luxury products. The financial focus is growing revenues and expanding margins as we gain market share from a valuable customer segment through multi-channel commerce.

43

 

 

Key pillars of our model:

 

 

Increasing net revenues and customer acquisition: Net revenue has grown by 28% during the quarter ended June 30, 2023 compared to the same quarter in 2022. 97% of  our revenue during the quarter ended June 30, 2023 was generated from ecommerce channels with the remaining 3% from wholesale channel. The wholesale revenues in the first quarter are impacted by the timing of goods production and delivery and our wholesale revenue is weighted in the second and third fiscal quarters, when most orders are shipped to wholesale partners. During the year ended March 31, 2023, net revenue grew by 42% and 89% of our net revenue was generated through fall and winter from sales of skiwear, outerwear and activewear. Our revenue  during the year ended March 31, 2023 was split 64% wholesale and 36% ecommerce channels and we plan to shift this in favor of ecommerce over the next 3-5 years.

 

 

Maximization of international footprint: Between perfectmoment.com and our wholesale customers, our product is sold across more than 60 countries. During the quarter ended June 30, 2023, the United Kingdom and the United States were our largest source of revenues, representing 42% and 31% of total net revenues, respectively. During the year ended March 31, 2023, the United States was our largest source of revenues, representing 44% of our total net revenues. Europe (excluding the United Kingdom) is also a key source of revenue, and represented 31% of total net revenues during the year ended March 31, 2023. We believe we have an opportunity to expand our current markets further and also enter new markets such as China.

 

  Wholesale relationships: Our wholesale relationships are typically with high-end department stores and luxury online retailers with access to our target customer profile across global footprints. They are chosen selectively to contribute to the build of our brand as well as revenues. The first quarter of the fiscal year traditionally has minimal wholesale orders, with the majority of the orders  being placed towards the end of the second quarter and the beginning of the third quarter. During the year ended March 31, 2023, our wholesale revenues experienced significant growth of 76%, with 113% and 86% of the growth coming from the United States and Europe (excluding the United Kingdom), respectively.

 

 

Growth in our direct-to-consumer channels: Ecommerce revenue, comprising both direct-to-consumer revenues and partner revenues, has increased 36% during the quarter ended June 30, 2023 compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2022, and has increased 7% during the year end ended March 31, 2023 compared to the year ended March 31, 2022. During the quarter ended June 30, 2023, 82% of our ecommerce revenue was generated through sales on perfectmoment.com, our ecommerce site, a decrease of 8% relative to the quarter ended June 30, 2022. During the year ended March 31, 2023, 83% of our ecommerce revenue was generated through sales on perfectmoment.com, which saw a year-on-year growth of 13% relative to the year ended March 31, 2022. Perfectmoment.com enables us to directly engage with customers, providing us with a channel to directly expand revenues and deepen our presence in new geographies as well as providing a channel through which we can enhance gross margins by selling direct to consumer and optimizing production quantities of our collection.

 

  Active social media engagement: We actively use social media platforms to both market and sell our products. We believe that the breadth and depth of our social media engagement is core to the continued build of our brand and customer acquisition. During the quarter ended June 30, 2023, our total followers across all social media platforms increased 25% relative to the quarter ended June 30, 2022. During the year ended March 31, 2023, our total followers across all social media platforms increased 23% relative to the year ended March 31, 2022.

 

 

Growth in gross margins with further upside potential: A focus on balancing our collections between new styles and a popular core collection, alongside a drive to maximize full price sell through to wholesale and ecommerce customers have enabled Perfect Moment to achieve gross margins of 34% during the year ended March 31, 2023 compared to 30% during the year ended March 31, 2022, with upside potential in future years as we scale the business and optimize a range of factors including but not limited to our distribution, ecommerce revenues and product mix. The gross margin in both quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 was 11%, primarily due to the seasonal nature of the business, with the first quarter of the fiscal year being the lowest revenue generating quarter, coupled with fixed warehousing costs.

 

  Scalable cost base: Operating expenses, excluding stock-based compensation costs (“adjusted operating expenses”), were 265% and 256% of revenue during the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and 48% and 65% of revenue during the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

Segment Reporting

 

The Company applies ASC Topic 280, Segment Reporting, in determining reportable segments for its financial statement disclosure. The Chief Operating Decision Maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer.  The Company reports segments based on the financial information it uses in assessing performance and deciding how to allocate resources. Management has determined that the Company operates in one business segment, product sales. Key financial measures including but not limited to gross profit, Adjusted EBITDA and net loss are not reported at a disaggregated level for wholesale and ecommerce and resource allocation decisions to the business strategy are not made based solely on our key financial measures.  

 

Geographic Concentration

 

Although we are organized fundamentally as one business segment, our revenue is primarily split between three geographic areas: the United States, Europe and the United Kingdom. Customers in these regions are served by our leadership and operations teams in the United Kingdom and our production team in Hong Kong. 

 

44

 

 

In the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, total net revenues attributable to the United States totaled $0.31 million and $0.28 million, respectively; total net revenues attributable to Europe, excluding the United Kingdom, totaled $0.18 million and $0.19 million, respectively; and total net revenues attributable to the United Kingdom totaled $0.41 million and $0.20 million, respectively. The remaining net revenue of $0.09 million and $0.10 million, respectively, is attributable to revenues from Canada and countries in the Middle East, Asia Pacific and South America.

 

In the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, total net revenues attributable to the United States totaled $10.77 million and $6.98 million, respectively; total net revenues attributable to Europe, excluding the United Kingdom, totaled $7.29 million and $4.67 million, respectively; and total net revenues attributable to the United Kingdom totaled $3.85 million and $2.87 million, respectively. The remaining net revenue of $1.53 million and $1.93 million, respectively, is attributable to revenues from Canada and countries in the Middle East, Asia Pacific and South America.

 

The long-lived assets of the Company primarily relate to property and equipment, intangible assets and operating lease right-of-use assets in the United Kingdom and Hong Kong. Total long-lived assets as of June 30, 2023 were $0.04 million and $0.94 million in Hong Kong and the United Kingdom, respectively. As of June 30, 2022, total long-lived assets were $0.10 million in Hong Kong and $1.15 million in the United Kingdom. Total long-lived assets as of March 31, 2023 were $0.00 million and $1.09 million in Hong Kong and the UK, respectively. As of March 31, 2022, total long-lived assets were $0.11 million in Hong Kong and $1.20 million in the United Kingdom.

 

Supplier Concentration

 

In the quarter ended June 30, 2023, there were no purchases of manufactured goods. In the quarter ended June 30, 2022, the largest single supplier of manufactured goods, Claire Fashion Limited, produced 92% of the Company’s products. In the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the largest fabric supplier, Toray International Inc., supplied 79% and 40%, respectively, of the fabric used to manufacture the Company’s products.

 

In the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, the largest single supplier of manufactured goods, Everich Garments Group Ltd., produced 72% and 45%, respectively, of the Company’s products. In the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, the largest fabric supplier, Toray International Inc., supplied 70% and 68%, respectively, of the fabric used to manufacture the Company’s products.

 

Key Financial Measures

 

We use the following US GAAP and non-US GAAP financial measures to assess the progress of our business, make decisions on where to allocate time and investment and assess then near-term and longer term performance of our business:

 

   Quarters ended June 30,   Years ended March 31, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
   (unaudited)   (unaudited)         
(Amounts in thousands, except percentages)                
Key Financial Measures                
Net revenue                
Wholesale  $31   $66   $14,888   $8,463 
Ecommerce   957    703    8,550    7,984 
Total net revenue   988    769    23,438    16,447 
Gross profit   105    84    8,069    4,949 
Gross margin (1)   11%   11%   34%   30%
Loss from operations   (2,709)   (6,139)   (8,625)   (10,177)
Net loss  $(2,673)  $(7,375)  $(10,305)  $(12,168)
                     
EBITDA (2)  $(2,158)  $(6,857)  $(8,039)  $(10,402)
Adjusted EBITDA (3)  $(1,963)  $(2,602)  $(2,520)  $(5,922)

 

(1) Gross margin is defined as gross profit as a percentage of total net revenue.
   
(2) EBITDA is defined as net loss adjusted to exclude interest expense, income tax (benefit) expense and depreciation and amortization.

 

(3) We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net loss excluding interest expense, income tax benefit (expense), depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expense.

 

Revenue, gross profit, loss from operations and net loss

 

Revenue, gross profit, loss from operations and net loss are defined as per US GAAP. Revenue is equivalent to net revenue, Net revenue is defined as per US GAAP requirements. It is the sum of revenues earned from sales of skiwear, outerwear, swimwear, surfwear and activewear through our ecommerce and wholesale channels, as well as shipping revenue and delivery duties paid when applicable, net of promotional discounts and returns. Gross Profit is earned from revenue less the cost of goods sold. Gross profit as a percentage is the gross profit divided by net revenue. Loss from operations is the sum of gross profit, selling, general and administrative expenses and marketing and advertising expenses. Net loss is the sum of the loss from operations, interest expense, foreign currency transaction gains (losses) and income tax benefit (expense). Further information on these measures can be found below in “Components of Results of Operations”. These measures are used by management to evaluate our performance, including the growth and demand for our products and the appropriateness of our product pricing and cost of operations.

 

45

 

 

Wholesale revenue and ecommerce revenue

 

Wholesale revenue represents the amount of revenue attributable to wholesale business customers including high-end department stores or luxury online retailers. Ecommerce revenue represents the revenue attributable to sales of product direct to consumer through perfectmoment.com and sales through online marketplace providers and ecommerce partnerships. Wholesale and ecommerce revenues are separately monitored to evaluate the performance of our ecommerce channel relative to our wholesale channel.

 

EBITDA

 

EBITDA is one of our primary non-US GAAP financial measures. EBITDA is calculated as net loss excluding interest expense, income tax benefit (expense), depreciation and amortization.

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

Adjusted EBITDA is one of our primary non-US GAAP financial measures. Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as EBITDA excluding stock-based compensation expense. Adjusted EBITDA is an important measure that provides visibility to the underlying continuing operating performance of the company by excluding the impact of certain expenses that management does not believe are representative of our core earnings.

 

Operating expenses

 

Operating expenses is defined as per US GAAP and is the sum of selling, general and administrative expenses and marketing and advertising expenses.

 

Adjusted operating expenses

 

Adjusted operating expenses is a non-US GAAP measure and we define it as operating expenses excluding stock-based compensation expense.

 

Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported under US GAAP. Additionally, we do not consider our non-US GAAP financial measures as superior to, or a substitute for, the equivalent measures calculated and presented in accordance with US GAAP. While EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are measures we use to track our core earnings, it is not a complete representation of the performance of the business. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not liquidity measures and should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or to distribute to stockholders or as a measure of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA from net loss for the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, and the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

   Quarters ended June 30,   Years ended March 31, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
   (unaudited)   (unaudited)         
(Amounts in thousands, except percentages)                
Net loss  $(2,673)  $(7,375)  $(10,305)  $(12,168)
Add back:                    
Interest expense   374    385    1,840    1,392 
Income tax benefit   -    -    (121)   - 
Depreciation and amortization   141    133    547    374 
EBITDA (1)  $(2,158)  $(6,857)  $(8,039)  $(10,402)
Stock-based compensation expense for consultants (2)   -    3,795    3,795    2,660 
Stock-based compensation expense for non-employees (3)   185    371    1,483    1,298 
Stock-based compensation expense for employees (4)   10    89    241    522 
Adjusted EBITDA (5)  $(1,963)  $(2,602)  $(2,520)  $(5,922)

 

(1) EBITDA is defined as net loss adjusted to exclude interest expense, income tax (benefit) expense and depreciation and amortization.

 

(2) Represents the cost associated with the common stock issued to consultants for the 2021 share exchange and 2021 bridge loan financing.

 

(3) Represents the cost associated with the common stock issued to two non-employees for marketing services.

 

(4) Represents the cost associated with vested stock options granted to employees.

 

(5) We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net loss excluding interest expense, income tax benefit (expense), depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expense.

46

 

 

The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted operating expenses from operating expenses for the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, and the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

   Quarters ended June 30,   Years ended March 31, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
(Amounts in thousands)  (unaudited)   (unaudited)         
                 
Operating expenses (1)  $(2,814)  $(6,223)  $(16,694)  $(15,126)
Stock-based compensation expense                    
Stock-based compensation expense for consultants (2)   -    3,795    3,795    2,660 
Stock-based compensation expense for non-employees (3)   185    371    1,483    1,298 
Stock-based compensation expense for employees (4)   10    89    241    522 
Adjusted operating expenses (5)   (2,619)   (1,968)  $(11,175)  $(10,646)

  

(1) Operating expenses is defined as per US GAAP and is the sum of selling, general and administrative expenses and marketing and advertising expenses.

 

(2) Represents the cost associated with the common stock issued to consultants for the 2021 share exchange and 2021 bridge loan financing.

 

(3) Represents the cost associated with the common stock issued to two non-employees for marketing services.

 

(4) Represents the cost associated with vested stock options granted to employees.

 

(5)

“Adjusted operating expenses” is a non-US GAAP measure and we define it as operating expenses excluding stock-based compensation expense.

 

47

 

 

Key Factors Affecting our Performance

 

Our results and financial condition have been, and will continue to be, affected by a number of factors that present significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors”.

 

Economic trends

 

The overall economic environment and related changes in consumer behavior impact our business. Though it is generally more muted in customer cohorts buying premium products versus a broader demographic, positive conditions in the broader economy promote spending on discretionary items including performance luxury outerwear and travel. Weaker economic conditions in the markets in which we sell our products, however, may have a negative impact on customer spending and global travel. This could result in a reduction in direct-to-consumer sales through perfectmoment.com alongside a reduction in demand from wholesale customers. Wholesale performance and customer creditworthiness may also be impacted, reducing wholesale revenue and increasing the risk of bad debts. Changes in more general macroeconomic factors may also impact the broader operations including the costs of goods sold and the selling, general and administrative costs of the business including the cost of personnel. These factors include but are not limited to, employment rates, the availability of credit, interest rates and inflation. Incrementally, Perfect Moment is exposed to foreign exchange risk as a consequence of a mismatch between the currencies that revenue is generated in and the underlying currency of the Company’s cost of goods, overheads and financing costs. Material movements in foreign exchange markets may therefore impact the performance of the business.

 

International trade and legislation

 

Our net revenue is primarily generated through sales in the United States, Europe and the United Kingdom. Our products are manufactured and shipped from Asia to multiple locations globally and our operations span across the United Kingdom and Hong Kong. Our financial performance and competitiveness is subject to changes in international trade rules insofar as they restrict or change the costs and procedures to be followed in the operation of our overseas operations and the import and export of our goods to existing or new markets. Such changes, as recently experienced through the United Kingdom’s recent exit from the European Union, could impact our costs of goods and impact our operations, resulting in increased overheads for the business, the possibility of reduced pricing competitiveness and an overall reduction in our financial performance.

  

Brand

 

We will continue to invest in brand marketing activities to expand brand awareness. As we build our customer base, we will launch additional brand marketing campaigns, host events and develop in-house product content to attract new customers to our platform. If we fail to cost-effectively promote our brand or convert impressions into new customers, our net sales growth and profitability may be adversely affected.

 

E-commerce customer acquisition, orders and order size

 

Our ecommerce channel generated 97% and 91% of our total net revenue in the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and 36% and 49% of our total net revenue in the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The percentage of our total net revenue that was generated through perfectmoment.com was 82% and 90% for the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and 30% and 38% for the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. A large proportion of our financial performance depends on the expenses we incur to attract and retain consumers as well as maintaining the number and size of their orders. To continue to grow our business profitably, we need to acquire and retain customers in an efficient manner. Incrementally we need to maintain and grow the combination of total orders and average order value. Alongside the monitoring of traffic, conversion rate and average order value we monitor customer acquisition costs to monitor the effectiveness of our marketing spend.

 

48

 

 

Wholesale partners

 

Our wholesale channel generated 3% and 9% of our total net revenue in the quarters ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Our wholesale revenue is weighted earlier in the second and third fiscal quarters, when the majority of our orders are shipped to wholesale partners. Our wholesale channel generated 64% and 51% of our total net revenue in the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Our wholesale partners service customers by stocking and displaying our products and explaining our product attributes. They are often high-end department stores or luxury online retailers with access to our target customer profile across global footprints and therefore form a key component of net revenue and merchandising and marketing strategy. If we fail to maintain and develop our wholesale partnerships, our brand reach may be adversely impacted in addition to our net revenue and profitability. As of March 31, 2023, 57% of our wholesale revenue were concentrated across our top 10 customers. Whilst this offers an opportunity to optimize the overhead costs of servicing our wholesale clients, it also makes our financial performance highly dependent on the creditworthiness of our largest wholesale clients. To help mitigate this risk, we have the ability to utilize debt factoring across several of our largest counterparties in addition to the close monitoring of receivables to minimize aged debt and the risk of provisions and write-offs.

 

Growth of operating platform investment

 

We have expanded our operations over recent years and plan to continue our expansion efforts. Our success expanding our net revenue and operating platform will be dependent upon our ability to anticipate and adapt to new consumer trends, continue to successfully develop new products, successfully navigate new geographical markets and to grow and enter existing and new revenue channels. We will incur expenses and capital expenditure to ensure our operating platform develops in-line with our planned growth. We will invest capital in inventory, fulfilment and logistics capabilities, finance and operating systems, the development of our ecommerce platform and incremental personnel to support growth. If we fail to correctly launch or navigate expansion efforts, our financial performance will be placed at risk. Wherever feasible, we retain flexibility in our investment activity and apply a risk adjusted approach to testing new markets to minimize the capital investment placed at risk in the execution of our growth strategies.

 

Supply chain management

 

The majority of our products are currently manufactured in China using raw materials sourced primarily from Japan and China. In order to maintain close proximity to our key suppliers our production team is located in Hong Kong. Our logistics team is split between the United Kingdom and Hong Kong in order to ensure close proximity to our fulfilment centers in Hong Kong and the United Kingdom. Any disruptions to supplier relationships or the jurisdictions they operate in, or any delay, shortage or interruption to the supply of raw materials or finished goods may impact our ability to fulfil wholesale orders and meet perfectmoment.com revenue targets. A lengthening of delivery timelines can also place pressure on our working capital cycle by causing delays to revenue. Close monitoring of raw materials availability and the production and logistics timetable is maintained at the inception of product design through to the point of shipment to Perfect Moment and our customers in order to anticipate and mitigate potential delays. As the business expands, the scale of our production will provide opportunities to optimize our inventory, production management and sourcing from other countries. To the extent that we are unable maintain our existing processes or capture opportunities to improve it, the growth of our business and its financial performance could be limited.

 

Inventory management

 

Our production team works closely with our ecommerce and sales teams, leveraging customer data and feedback from wholesale and online customers, to help predict demand for our products. Our process assesses the breadth and depth of collection designed and ordered to optimize our production schedules for timely delivery and maximized sell through. If our process to determine our inventory needs fails, there is a risk of reduced sell through and increased inventory provisions. We manage the balance of our collection between popular carry over and new styles to actively manage the risk of stock obsolescence and the missed revenue opportunities associated with inaccuracies in demand projections.

 

49

 

 

Capital, funding and liquidity

 

Our primary uses of cash include personnel, marketing, inventory, logistics and shipping costs, and capital investment in technology to support our operations and our growth. Financing of our inventory and receivables is significantly impacted by the seasonality of our fall/winter collection and the production timeline of our products. We currently utilize trade finance, debt factoring and revenue-based financing to support our working capital needs. Until positive cash flows from operations can be achieved, we intend to rely on new debt and equity financing to support the working capital and investment required to grow the business. An inability to maintain existing financing arrangements, generate new debt and equity finance and/or an inability to renew or raise funding without significant increases in financing costs, will impact our ability to maintain and grow revenue and may place us at risk of being able meet our liabilities and obligations as they fall due.

 

Seasonality 

 

We experience seasonal fluctuations in our net revenue and operating results and we historically have realized a significant portion of our net revenue and earnings in the quarters ending December 31 and March 31. In the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, we generated 89% and 87% of our total net revenue, respectively, in the fall/winter period. Working capital requirements typically increase throughout the first, second and early third quarters as overheads are incurred and inventory levels grow to support our peak shipping and selling periods in the third and fourth fall/winter quarters. Cash provided by operating activities is typically highest in the quarter ending March 31 following the inflows associated with our peak selling season. Our budgeting and planning process is used to establish projected performance and the resultant cash flows and funding needs. Historic performance across the ecommerce channel combined with early insight into wholesale revenue through the seasonal sell-in process, provides data that can be used to help estimate the impact of seasonality on our business. If we do not accurately estimate the seasonality of revenue it may place our performance and cash flow at risk.

 

Components of Results of Operations

 

Revenue

 

Consists of revenue earned from sales of skiwear, outerwear, swimwear, surfwear and activewear through our ecommerce and wholesale channels, as well as shipping revenue, where applicable, net of promotional discounts and returns. Revenue is generally recognized upon transfer of ownership to the customer. For ecommerce customers, this is upon delivery to the customer and for wholesale customers it is either upon delivery by Perfect Moment or at the point that inventory is collected by the customer from the distribution center. Changes in net revenue from wholesale customers are typically driven by increased unit sales and new wholesale customers. Changes in net revenue from ecommerce is driven by changes in perfectmoment.com revenue resulting from a mix of change in customer numbers, orders shipped and average order values.

 

Cost of goods sold

 

Includes the cost of purchased merchandise, which includes acquisition and production costs including raw material and labor as applicable; the cost incurred to deliver inventory to the Company’s third-party distribution centers including freight, non-refundable taxes, duty, and other landing costs; the management fees of the Company’s third-party distribution centers; and inventory provision expense. Cost of goods sold is impacted when underlying costs to manufacture and bring goods to market changes. Cost of goods also fluctuates in line with changes in revenue and inventory provisions.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of all operating expenses not otherwise included in cost of goods sold and marketing and advertising expenses. The Company’s selling, general and administrative expenses include the personnel costs, stock-based compensation expense for consultants and employees, legal and professional fees, information technology expense, accounting, depreciation and amortization expenses and corporate facility and occupancy costs. Through time these expenses are expected to decrease as a percentage of net revenue as we benefit from economies of scale.

 

Marketing and advertising expenses

 

Marketing and advertising expenses includes digital marketing, photoshoots, public relations and branding costs including stock-based compensation expense for marketing services. Marketing and advertising expense is expected to increase as we continue to invest in brand marketing activities to expand brand awareness. As we build our customer base, we will launch additional brand marketing campaigns, host events and develop in-house product content to attract new customers to our platform.

 

50

 

 

Interest expense

 

Interest expense relates to the costs incurred in relation to our convertible debt obligation including both accrued interest charges and the amortization of debt issuance costs, trade finance costs for letters of credit, debt factoring facilities provided in relation to wholesale receivables and interest expense on shareholder loans.

 

Foreign currency transactions gains (losses)

 

Foreign currency transactions gains (losses) represents realized gains and losses incurred in relation to transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of Perfect Moment Ltd and its subsidiaries. Foreign currency transactions gains and losses will move in line with the changes to the currencies in which we earn revenue and incur expenses as well as changes in foreign currency exchange rates.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

   Quarters ended
June 30,
   As of and for the years ended
March 31,
 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
   (unaudited)   (unaudited)         
(Amounts in thousands)                
Statements of operations data:                
Revenue  $988   $769   $23,438   $16,447 
Cost of goods sold   (883)   (685)   (15,369)   (11,498)
Gross profit   105    84    8,069    4,949 
Operating expenses                    
Selling, general and administrative expenses   (2,105)   (5,326)   (11,682)   (10,878)
Marketing and advertising expenses   (709)   (897)   (5,012)   (4,248)
Total operating expenses   (2,814)   (6,223)   (16,694)   (15,126)
Loss from operations   (2,709)   (6,139)   (8,625)   (10,177)
Interest expense   (374)   (385)   (1,840)   (1,392)
Foreign currency transactions gains (losses)   410    (851)   39    (599)
Loss before income taxes   (2,673)   (7,375)   (10,426)   (12,168)
Income tax benefit   -    -    121    - 
Net loss   (2,673)   (7,375)   (10,305)   (12,168)
Other comprehensive gains                    
Foreign currency translation gains   388    682    303    289 
Comprehensive loss  $(2,285)  $(6,693)  $(10,002)  $(11,879)

 

The following table sets forth each line item within the Statements of Operations as a percentage of net sales for each of the periods presented.

 

   Quarters ended June 30,   Years ended March 31, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
   (unaudited)   (unaudited)         
(Amounts in percentages)                
Statements of operations data:                
Revenue   100%   100%   100%   100%
Cost of goods sold   (89)%   (89)%   (66)%   (70)%
Gross profit   11%   11%   34%   30%
Operating expenses                    
Selling, general and administrative expenses   (213)%   (693)%   (50)%   (66)%
Marketing and advertising expenses   (72)%   (116)%   (21)%   (26)%
Total operating expenses   (285)%   (809)%   (71)%   (92)%
Loss from operations   (274)%   (798)%   (37)%   (62)%
Interest expense   (38)%   (50)%   (8)%   (8)%
Foreign currency transactions gains (losses)   41%   (111)%   0%   (4)%
Loss before income taxes   (271)%   (959)%   (45)%   (74)%
Income tax benefit   0%   0%   1%   0%
Net loss   (271)%   (959)%   (44)%   (74)%
Other comprehensive gains                    
Foreign currency translation gains   39%   89%   1%   2%
Comprehensive loss   (232)%   (870)%   (43)%   (72)%

 

51

 

 

Revenue

 

Revenue for the quarter ended June 30, 2023 increased by 28%, an increase of $0.22 million, to $0.99 million from $0.77 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2022. Ecommerce revenue increased by 36%, an increase of $0.26 million, in 2023 driven by an increase in our ecommerce partner revenues and revenue generated through our direct-to-consumer channel, perfectmoment.com. Wholesale revenue decreased by 54%, a decrease of $0.04 million, largely driven by timing of out-of-season wholesale orders and returns.

 

Revenue for the year ended March 31, 2023 increased by 42%, an increase of $6.99 million, to $23.44 million from $16.45 million for the year ended March 31, 2022. Wholesale revenue increased by 76%, an increase of $6.43 million, largely driven by an increase in our fall/winter wholesale revenue which saw an increase of 45% in 2023. Ecommerce revenue increased by 7%, an increase of $0.57 million, in 2023 driven by a 13% increase in revenue generated through our direct-to-consumer channel, perfectmoment.com.

 

Cost of goods sold

 

Cost of goods sold for the quarter ended June 30, 2023 increased by $0.2 million, an increase of 29%, compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2022. The change in cost of goods sold was relative to revenue resulting in a consistent gross margin of 11% for both the quarter ended June 30, 2023 and the quarter ended June 30, 2022.

 

Cost of goods sold for the year ended March 31, 2023 increased by $3.87 million, an increase of 34%, compared to the year ended March 31, 2022. Overall, the change in cost of goods sold relative to revenue resulted in a favorable change in gross profit to 34% for the year ended March 31, 2023 compared to 30% for the year ended March 31, 2022. The improvement in margin was primarily due to increases in selling prices.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of personnel related expenses, stock compensation expense, legal and professional fees, depreciation and amortization and other selling, general and administrative expenses, including IT, property related expenses, travel and product sample costs. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the quarter ended June 30, 2023 decreased by $3.22 million, a decrease of 61%, compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2022. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended March 31, 2023 increased by $0.80 million, an increase of 7%, compared to the year ended March 31, 2022.

 

   Quarters ended June 30,   Years ended March 31, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
   (unaudited)   (unaudited)         
(Amounts in thousands)                
Personnel costs  $1,109   $982   $4,344   $3,840 
Stock-based compensation expense   10    3,884    4,036    3,182 
Legal & professional fees   43    68    443    1,053 
Depreciation and amortization   143    134    547    374 
Other SG&A expenses   800    258    2,312    2,429 
Total  $2,105   $5,326   $11,682   $10,878 

 

Quarter ended June 30, 2023 compared to the quarter ended June 30, 2022

 

Personnel costs increased by $0.13 million, from $0.98 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 to $1.11 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2023, primarily as a result of an increase in headcount.

 

Stock-based compensation expense decreased by $3.87 million, from $3.88 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 to $0.01 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2023. The decrease in stock-based compensation expense is mainly attributable to the shares issued to consultants for advisory and consulting services related to the 2021 share exchange and bridge loan financing, as well as a reduction in stock-based compensation expenses for employees due to leavers.

 

Legal and professional fees decreased by $0.03 million, from $0.07 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 to $0.04 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2023. The overall decrease in legal and professional fees is attributable to general lower professional fees.

 

Depreciation and amortization increased by $0.01 million, from $0.13 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 to $0.14 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2023, driven mainly by the depreciation expense associated with the increase of software and website development capital expenditure.

 

52

 

 

Other selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $0.54 million, from $0.26 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 to $0.80 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2023. The overall increase in costs in 2023 is attributed to higher property related costs, greater website maintenance and support costs, an increase in doubtful debt provisions and auditor’s fees related to the IPO.

 

Year ended March 31, 2023 compared to the year ended March 31, 2022

 

Personnel costs increased by $0.50 million, from $3.84 million for the year ended March 31, 2022 compared to $4.34 million for the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily as a result of severance payments during the year.

 

Stock-based compensation expense increased by $0.85 million, from $3.18 million for the year ended March 31, 2022 to $4.04 million for the year ended March 31, 2023. The increase in stock-based compensation expense is attributable to the shares issued to consultants for advisory and consulting services related to the 2021 share exchange and bridge loan financing, offset by a reduction in stock-based compensation expenses for employees due to leavers.

 

Legal and professional fees decreased by $0.61 million, from $1.05 million for the year ended March 31, 2022 to $0.44 million for the year ended March 31, 2023. The overall decrease in legal and professional fees is primarily attributable to lower professional fees associated with the preparation for the IPO and conversion to US GAAP.

 

Depreciation and amortization increased by $0.17 million, from $0.37 million for the year ended March 31, 2022 to $0.55 million during the year ended March 31, 2023, driven mainly by the depreciation expense associated with the increase of software and website development capital expenditure.

 

Other selling, general and administrative expenses decreased by $0.12 million, from $2.43 million for the year ended March 31, 2022 to $2.31 million during the year ended March 31, 2023. The overall reduction in costs in 2023 includes efficiencies achieved on product samples and lower auditor’s fees, offset to a lesser extent, by higher property related costs and website maintenance costs.

 

Marketing and advertising expense

 

Marketing and advertising costs decreased by $0.19 million, from $0.90 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2022 to $0.71 million for the quarter ended June 30, 2023. The overall decrease is attributable to a decrease in stock-based compensation costs for marketing services.

 

Marketing and advertising costs increased by $0.76 million, from $4.25 million for the year ended March 31, 2022 to $5.01 million for the year ended March 31, 2023. The overall increase is largely attributable to an increase in public relations and brand marketing costs.

 

Foreign currency transactions gains (losses)

 

Foreign currency transactions gains (losses) increased favorably by $1.26 million; a loss of $0.85 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2022 to a gain of $0.41 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2023, mainly driven by fluctuations in the US dollar to the UK pound sterling exchange rate.

 

Foreign currency transactions gains (losses) increased favorably by $0.64 million; a loss of $0.60 million in the year ended March 31, 2022 to a gain of $0.04 million during the year ended March 31, 2023, mainly driven by fluctuations in the US dollar to the UK pound sterling exchange rate.

 

Seasonality and Quarterly Trends

 

Our business is seasonal with revenue concentrated in northern hemisphere countries. Revenue is elevated in the quarters ending December 31 and March 31 owing to sales of ski and outerwear through the fall and winter months. In the quarters ending June 30 and September 30 sales are driven by swimwear and activewear. Our growth rate fluctuates quarter-on-quarter as a result of the seasonality of our business. We expect this fluctuation to continue. In addition to seasonality, quarter-on-quarter results are expected to be impacted owing to the timing of goods production and delivery, promotional activities and the addition of new products and geographies as the business grows. The business is also subject to the impact of economic cycles that influence retail apparel trends.

 

53

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of June 30, 2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1.15 million, restricted cash of $4.06 million and an accumulated deficit of $42.93 million. Historically, Perfect Moment has generated negative cash flows from operations and has primarily financed its operations through private sales of equity securities, debt and working capital finance.

 

Overall, cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, in aggregate, increased by $0.50 million, from $4.71 million as of March 31, 2023 to $5.21 million as of June 30, 2023. The increase includes net proceeds of $1.27 million for shares of common stock.

 

The Company, through PMA, has a trade finance facility extended on goods for which letters of credit are issued to the Company’s suppliers by HSBC. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance under the trade finance facility was zero and $0.03 million, respectively, and the Company had an available trade finance facility of $5.00 million. As of June 30, 2023, there were five pledged letters of credit by HSBC amounting to $4.87 million, however, the trade finance facility does not become the Company’s responsibility until the Company receives the manufactured clothing goods from suppliers. Once drawn, the company has 120 days credit on the loan before repayment is due. For drawings in Hong Kong dollars, the interest rate equals HIBOR plus 3%, and for drawings in U.S. dollars, the interest rate equals SOFR plus 3.3%. The trade finance facility was originally secured by a standby documentary credit for $1.00 million from UBS Switzerland AG and a personal guarantee to the value of $4.00 million from the Chairman of our board of directors, Max Gottschalk. The UBS documentary credit expired on April 30, 2023 and the facility was then secured by charge over cash deposits equal to the amount of the facility used at any given moment in time in addition to the aforementioned personal guarantee. On June 26, 2023, the UBS standby documentary credit was reinstated for $1.00 million, which standby documentary credit was secured by a guarantee from J. Gottschalk & Associates (“JGA”). Such guarantee by JGA is in addition to the $4.00 million personal guarantee of the trade finance facility by Mr. Gottschalk. The JGA guarantee accrues interest of 8% per annum, payable by the Company. The interest charged for the three months ended June 30, 2023 was negligible. The trade finance facility is also secured by a guarantee by Perfect Moment Ltd. in the amount of $2,000,000.

 

During May 2023 to June 2023, the Company issued and sold 154,186 shares of common stock to accredited investors in an equity financing at a purchase price of $6.00 per share for an aggregate consideration of $0.82 million, net of broker fees and expenses of approximately $0.11 million. In addition, during June 2023, the Company received advance funds of $0.45 million for subscriptions of 75,333 shares of common stock issued in July 2023. During July 2023 to August 2023, the Company issued and sold 179,531 shares of common stock to accredited investors as part of the same equity financing at a purchase price of $6.00 per share for an aggregate consideration of $0.91 million, net of broker fees and expenses of approximately $0.17 million.

 

The Company has issued an aggregate of 1,189,998 shares of its Series B convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series B preferred stock”), between September 2022 and November 2022, at a purchase price of $5.00 per share, for net proceeds of $5.20 million, net of broker fees of $0.75 million. The Series B preferred stock is subject to mandatory conversion into common stock upon either an initial public offering or by vote or written consent of at least 66 2/3% holders of the outstanding shares of the Series B preferred stock without payment of additional consideration. The conversion rate will be determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion. The initial conversion price is set at $5.00 per share.

 

On March 15, 2021, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with accredited investors pursuant to which it issued 8% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes (also referred to herein as the “2021 Notes”) with an aggregate principal amount of $6.0 million (such financing, the “2021 Debt Financing”). During April to July 2022, further 8% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes (also referred to herein as the “2022 Notes” and, together with the 2021 Notes, the “Notes”), that rank pari passu to the original convertible debt financing, were issued to accredited investors with an aggregate principal amount of $4.00 million (such financing, the “2022 Debt Financing”). The maturity date for the Notes issued in the 2021 Debt Financing and the 2022 Debt Financing is December 15, 2023. The outstanding balance of the Notes will convert automatically upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of our common stock with aggregate gross proceeds of at least $8.0 million and simultaneous listing on a national stock exchange (such transaction, a “Qualified IPO”), at a conversion price equal to 80% of the offering price to the public in such Qualified IPO.

 

We expect operating losses and negative cash flows from operations to continue into the foreseeable future as we continue to invest in growing our business and expanding our infrastructure. Our primary uses of cash include personnel and marketing expenditures, inventory, capital investment and expenditures in technology and incremental expenses arising from distribution center operating costs to support our operations and our growth.

 

As of June 30, 2023, our cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash are mainly held in US dollar, UK pound sterling, Hong Kong dollar, and euro cash accounts with high credit quality financial institutions. As a result of the seasonality of our business, we typically draw down on our trade finance facilities during summer, fall and early winter to meet a large proportion of the cost of goods associated with the manufacture of our fall/winter collection. Trade finance and debt factoring facilities support our working capital cycle through to the late fall/winter season when wholesale receivables are paid and ecommerce revenues increase.

 

In connection with our 2021 Debt Financing and 2022 Debt Financing, we have covenants that limit the amount of indebtedness we may incur and the assets we may pledge. As of June 30, 2023, we were in compliance with such covenants.

 

54

 

 

Our ability to make principal and interest payments on our outstanding debt obligations and fund inventory and capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our future ability to generate cash from operations is, to a certain extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, regulatory and other conditions. Based on our current level of operations, we believe our existing cash balances and expected cash flows from operations, alongside the continuance of our existing financing arrangements, the automatic conversion of the outstanding balance of the Notes and the anticipated net proceeds of our initial public offering will be sufficient to meet our operating requirements for at least the next 18 months. We may seek additional or alternative debt and equity financing to that set out above. If we raise equity financing, our shareholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests. If we conduct additional debt financing, the terms of such debt financing may be similar or more restrictive that the terms of our current financing arrangements and we would have additional debt service obligations. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. See the sections titled “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and This Offering – Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders” and “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Business, Our Brand, Our Products and Our Industry – We have a history of losses, expect to continue to incur losses in the near term and may not achieve or sustain profitability in the future, and as a result, our management has identified and our auditors reported that there is a substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.”

 

The report of our independent registered public accounting firm that accompanies our audited consolidated financial statements contains for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022 a going concern explanatory paragraph in which such firm expressed that there is substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Our consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus do not include any adjustments that might result if we are unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, holders of our securities might lose their entire investment. As discussed above, although we plan to attempt to raise additional capital through one or more private placements or public offerings, the doubts raised relating to our ability to continue as a going concern may make our shares an unattractive investment for potential investors. These factors, among others, may make it difficult to raise any additional capital and may cause us to be unable to continue to operate our business.

 

The following table shows summary consolidated cash flow information for the periods presented:

 

   Quarters ended June 30,   Years ended March 31, 
   2023   2022   2023   2022 
   (unaudited)   (unaudited)         
(Amounts in thousands)                
Consolidated statement of cash flow data:                
Net cash used in operating activities  $(803)  $(2,349)  $(3,510)  $(3,564)
Net cash used in investing activities   (29)   (113)   (249)   (920)
Net cash provided by financing activities  $1,242   $2,169   $6,930   $226 

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2023, operating activities used $0.80 million in cash and cash equivalents, primarily resulting from a net loss of $2.67 million, an adjustment to add back non-cash charges of $0.41 million and a net cash inflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.47 million. Net cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities during the quarter ended June 30, 2023 consisted primarily of an inflow of cash from a $2.26 million increase in unearned revenue, a $0.53 million increase in prepaid and other current assets and a decrease in accounts receivable of $0.35 million, offset by a cash outflow as a result of a $0.30 million decrease in trade payables and a $0.22 million decrease in accrued expenses. The increase in unearned revenue is primarily due to an advance payment of $1.91 million from a wholesale customer and the remaining movements are due to general timing of working capital receipts and payments.

 

During the quarter ended June 30, 2022, operating activities used $2.35 million in cash and cash equivalents, primarily resulting from a net loss of $7.38 million, an adjustment to add back non-cash charges of $5.48 million and a net cash outflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $0.45 million. Net cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities during the quarter ended June 30, 2022 consisted primarily of an inflow of cash as a result of a $0.54 million decrease in accounts receivables and a decrease of $0.21 million in prepaid and other current assets, offset by an outflow of cash as a result of a $0.67 million decrease in accrued expenses and a $0.25 million decrease in trade payables. The movements being general timing of working capital receipts and payments.

 

During the year ended March 31, 2023, operating activities used $3.51 million in cash and cash equivalents, primarily resulting from a net loss of $10.31 million, an adjustment to add back non-cash charges of $8.74 million and a net cash outflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.94 million. Net cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities during the year ended March 31, 2023 consisted primarily of a $0.81 million increase in inventories, a $0.17 million increase in operating leases, a $0.52 million increase in trade receivables, a $0.52 million decrease in unearned revenue and a $0.76 million decrease in accounts payables, offset by a $0.32 million decrease in prepaid and other current assets, and $0.52 million increase in accrued expenses. The increase in inventories resulted from a larger holding of inventory at year end. The increase in operating leases resulted from new leases during the year. The increase in trade receivables is due to the higher revenues in the year and an increase in aged receivables. The decrease in unearned revenue is due to a significant advance customer receipt as of March 31, 2022 compared to March 31, 2023. The decrease in trade payables is mainly due to lower payables for the UK distribution center and lower IT spend close to the year end. The decrease in prepaid and other receivables and increase in accrued expenses are due to the general timing of payments and invoices.

 

55

 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2022, operating activities used $3.56 million in cash and cash equivalents, primarily resulting from a net loss of $12.17 million, an adjustment to add back non-cash charges of $6.80 million and a net cash inflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.81 million. Net cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities during the year ended March 31, 2022 consisted primarily of a $0.53 million increase in prepaid and other current assets, a $0.50 million increase in accounts receivables, a $0.09 million increase in operating leases, offset by a $1.41 million increase in trade payables, a $0.50 million decrease in inventories, a $0.68 million increase in unearned revenue, and a $0.34 million increase in accrued expenses. The increase in prepaid and other receivables is largely due to an increase in trade deposits and a receivable from an insurance claim for stolen inventory. The increase in trade receivables is due to general timing of invoicing and receipts with one customer accounting for $0.34 million of the increase. The small increase in operating leases is due to lease renewals in the year. The increase in trade payables is mainly due to higher payables for the UK distribution center and IT close to year end. The decrease in inventories is due to lower levels of inventory held at year end. The increase in unearned revenue is due to greater trade deposits received close to year end. The increase in accrued expenses is largely due to the general timing of invoices.  

 

Investing activities

 

Cash used in investing activities was $0.03 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2023 and $0.11 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2022, a decrease of $0.08 million, primarily due to a reduction is software and website development capital expenditure.

 

Cash used in investing activities was $0.25 million in the year ended March 31, 2023 and $0.92 million in the year ended March 31, 2022, an increase of $0.67 million, primarily due to the development of our ecommerce site, perfectmoment.com.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash obtained from financing activities during the quarter ended June 30, 2023 was $1.24 million mainly attributed to $0.82 million net proceeds from the issuance of common shares and $0.45 million funds received for subscriptions of shares of common stock issued in July 2023. Net cash obtained from financing activities during the quarter ended June 30, 2022 was $2.17 million primarily resulting from $2.24 million net proceeds from debt financing transactions and $0.21 million proceeds from other borrowings, both of which were used to fund inventory purchases, offset by $2.80 million repayment of trade finance facilities.

 

Net cash obtained from financing activities during the year ended March 31, 2023 was $6.93 million resulting from $2.56 million net proceeds from debt financing transactions and $5.20 million net proceeds from the issuance of Series B preferred stock, offset by $0.24 million from bank loans relating to the repayment of trade finance facilities, $0.02 million repayment of other borrowings and $0.57 million repayment of shareholder loans. Net cash obtained from financing activities during the year ended March 31, 2022 was $0.23 million resulting from $0.31 million net increase in bank loans related to trade finance facilities used to fund inventory purchases, offset by shareholder loan repayments of $0.08 million.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet financing arrangements or any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, including entities sometimes referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, that were established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP. The preparation of those consolidated financial statements requires our management to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported revenue generated, and expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgements about the carrying value of asset and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include reserves for uncollectible accounts receivables; realizability of inventory; customer returns; useful lives and impairments of long-lived tangible and intangible assets; accounting for income taxes and related uncertain tax positions; and the valuation of stock-based compensation awards. Actual results may differ from these judgements and estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material.

 

We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgements and estimates.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized at a point in time based on the transfer of control. In addition, the majority of the Company’s contracts do not contain variable consideration and contract modifications are minimal. The majority of the Company’s revenue arrangements generally consists of a single performance obligation to transfer promised goods. Revenue is reported net of markdowns, discounts and sales taxes collected from customers on behalf of taxing authorities. Revenue is also presented net of an allowance for expected returns where contracts include the right of return.

 

56

 

 

We estimate returns on an ongoing basis to estimate the consideration from the customer that we expect to ultimately receive. Consideration in determining our estimates for returns may include agreements with customers, the Company’s return policy and historical and current trends. We record the returns as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of operations and the recognition of a provision for returns within accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheets and the estimated value of inventory expected to be returned as an adjustment to inventories, net.

 

Revenue is comprised of direct-to-consumer ecommerce revenue through the Company’s website and revenue related to wholesalers.

 

Revenue is recognized when performance obligations are satisfied through the transfer of control of promised goods to the Company’s customers. Control transfers once a customer has the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the benefits from, the product. This includes the transfer of legal title, physical possession, the risks and rewards of ownership, and customer acceptance. For direct-to-consumer ecommerce revenue, the Company receives payment before the customer receives the promised goods. Revenue is only recognized once the goods have been delivered to the customer. Sales to wholesale customers are recognized when the customer has control which will depend on the agreed upon International Commercial Terms (“inco-terms”). For inventories sold on consignment to wholesalers, the Company records revenue when the inventory is sold to the third-party customer by the wholesaler. The Company may issue merchant credits, which are essentially refund credits. The merchant credits are initially deferred and subsequently recognized as revenue when tendered for payment.

 

The Company’s business is significantly affected by the pattern of seasonality common to most retail apparel businesses. Historically, the Company has recognized a significant portion of its revenue in the fourth fiscal quarter of each year as a result of increased net revenue during the ski season.

 

Accounts receivable

 

Accounts receivable primarily arise out of sales to wholesale accounts and ecommerce partners. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents management’s best estimate of probable credit losses in accounts receivable using the incurred loss methodology. Receivables are written off against the allowance when management believes that it is probable the amount receivable will not be recovered. Additionally, the Company records higher allowances in the first and third quarters following its peak sales seasons after the Company determines it to be probable that it will not collect the related receivables.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories, consisting of finished goods, inventories in transit, and raw materials, are initially recognized at cost and subsequently measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis and is comprised of all costs of purchases, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

 

The Company periodically reviews its inventories and makes a provision as necessary to appropriately value goods that are obsolete, have quality issues, or are damaged. The amount of the provision is equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and its net realizable value based upon assumptions about product quality, damages, future demand, selling prices, and market conditions. If changes in market conditions result in reductions in the estimated net realizable value of its inventory below its previous estimate, the Company would increase its provision in the period in which it made such a determination.

 

In addition, the Company provides for inventory shrinkage based on historical trends from actual physical inventory counts. Inventory shrinkage estimates are made to reduce the inventory value for lost or stolen items. The Company performs a physical inventory at least count once a year and adjusts the shrinkage reserve accordingly.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company is authorized to grant options, warrants, and share units to officers and key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and to non-employees. The equity plans are intended to help the Company attract and retain directors, officers, other key executives and employees and is also intended to provide incentives and rewards relating to the Company’s business plans to encourage such persons to devote themselves to the business of the Company. The Company has historically granted share awards to non-employees in exchange for the provision of services.

 

The Company accounts for such awards based on ASC 505 and 718, whereby the value of the award is measured on the date of grant and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company measures fair value as of the grant date for options and warrants using the Black Scholes option pricing model and for common share awards using a weighted average of the Black Scholes method and probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM).

 

57

 

 

The inputs into the Black Scholes option pricing model are subjective and generally require significant judgment. The fair value of the shares of common and preferred stock has historically been determined by the Company’s management with the assistance of third party specialists as there was no public market for the common stock. The fair value is obtained by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including the valuation of comparable companies, sales of preferred stock to unrelated third parties, projected operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of common and preferred stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term) as the Company’s stock option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. Because the Company is privately held and does not have an active trading market for its common and preferred stock for a sufficient period of time, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies, over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option. The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying dividends on common stock in the foreseeable future. Therefore, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero. 

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

For recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 of our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risk primarily include:

 

Interest rate risk

 

The fair value of our cash equivalents, held primarily in cash deposits, have not been significantly impacted by increases or decreases in interest rates to date, due to the short term nature of these instruments. The interest expense associated with our letter of credit trade finance facility and debt factoring facilities are composed of a fixed spread over HIBOR or SOFR. The fee associated with revenue financing is fixed and the interest rate on our convertible bridge loan is accrued at a fixed rate also. We are exposed to interest rate risk where the interest expense associated with our financing arrangements is depending upon HIBOR or SOFR, a floating reference rate, or in the event that the fixed interest rate associated with our financing arrangements is increased upon roll-over of the financing arrangement at its contractual maturity. Fluctuations in interest rates have not been significant to date. We do not expect that interest rates will have a material impact on our results of operations, owing to the size and short term nature of the floating rate financing arrangements and the fixed rate nature of the convertible bridge loan that is expect to convert to equity before its contractual maturity on December 15, 2023.

 

Inflation risk

 

We are beginning to observe increases in our costs of goods sold, in particular, transportation costs. If these cost increases are sustained and we become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs. Our inability to do so could harm our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 

Foreign exchange risk

 

To date, revenue has primarily been generated in US dollar, UK pound sterling and euro. As a result, our revenue may be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in UK pound sterling and euros relative to the US dollar. Our foreign exchange risk is less pronounced for our cost of sales as to our cost of goods sold being predominantly US dollar denominated. Our selling, general and administrative expenses are primarily made up of US dollar, Hong Kong dollar, UK pound sterling and euro amounts. Although a portion of our non-US dollar costs offset non-US dollar revenue, a currency mismatch arises as to the amount and timing of our different currency cash flows. To date, we have not hedged our foreign currency exposure. We will continue to monitor the impact of foreign exchange risk and review whether to implement a hedging strategy to minimize this risk in future accounting periods. Hedging strategies where implemented are unlikely to completely mitigate this risk. To the extent that foreign exchange risk is not hedged it may result in harm to our business, results of operations and financial condition. 

 

58

 

 

OUR BUSINESS

 

Our Mission

 

Our mission is to become the number one luxury ski brand in the world. We exist to inspire shared perfect moments. We aim to deliver this by creating statement pieces to ski, surf, swim and move in for perfect moments and the people who make them.

 

Overview

 

Perfect Moment is a luxury lifestyle brand that combines fashion and technical performance for its ranges of skiwear, outerwear, swimwear and activewear. We create apparel and products that feature what we believe is an unmatched combination of fashion, form, function and fun for women, men and children.

 

The idea for the Perfect Moment brand was born in Chamonix, France in 1984, when the professional skier and extreme sports filmmaker, Thierry Donard, began making apparel for his team of free-ride skiers and surfers. Donard used his experience to create designs that were characterized by quality, style and performance to enable his athletes to achieve their perfect ski-run or perfect wave-ride: that “perfect moment.” His designs – combining high performance materials with daring prints and colors – were inspired by his team of free-ride skiers and surfers.

 

In May 2012, Mr. Donard assigned the Perfect Moment trademark to TMS, a then newly incorporated Swiss company, 50% of which was owned by Mr. Donard and 50% of which was owned by Fermain, an entity controlled by Max Gottschalk, who is the Chairman of our board of directors, and Jane Gottschalk, who is our Chief Creative Officer and a member of our board of directors. PMA was also incorporated in May 2012 and PMA entered into a licensing agreement with TMS for the Perfect Moment trademark. The Perfect Moment brand was then relaunched by Max and Jane Gottschalk. PMUK was later incorporated in July 2017 as a wholly owned subsidiary of PMA, for the primary purpose of online sales of finished goods. Between December 2017 and November 2018, PMA acquired 100% of the equity of TMS from Mr. Donard and Fermain. In March 2021, we effected a reorganization, in which all of the equity of PMA was exchanged for newly issued shares of Perfect Moment Ltd. common stock and Series A convertible preferred stock, which preferred stock will be converted to common stock in connection with the closing of this offering. The production team still sits in Hong Kong, while the management team and our board of directors and the sales, marketing, operations and finance teams are located in London. In July 2021, PMA assigned the Perfect Moment trademark to PMUK.

 

Today, the brand continues to draw on its rich heritage of performance garments and statement designs. Retro-inspired vivid and bold color palates complement technical fabrics to deliver fashion, form, function and fun for women, men and children. Initially known for its on-and-off the slopes skiwear, in 2016 PMA developed a summer range inspired by the island of Ibiza to bring its unique style to swimwear and activewear. We believe our bold fashion and technical proposition resonates with the modern fashion-conscious consumer that sees value in authentic European heritage and statement-design tailored for an active and healthy lifestyle at a compelling quality-to-value price point.

 

Perfect Moment’s growth plan is predicated on (i) continuing to develop its winter and summer product ranges at improved gross margins, including extensions into more all-year-round lifestyle ranges, (ii) drive more direct sales through its marketing strategies and (iii) test strategic pop-up and physical retail.

 

The Company has experienced significant growth over recent years with an increase in revenue from $9.74 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 to $16.45 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, representing an increase of 69%. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, the Company had revenues of $23.44 million, representing a year-on-year increase of 42%. Gross margin increased year on year from 30% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 to 34% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023. For the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, the Company had revenues of $0.99 million compared to revenues of $0.77 million for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022, representing an increase of 28%. Gross margin remained consistent at 11% for both the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023 and the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022.

 

However, the Company has incurred recurring losses, including a net loss of $2.67 million and $7.38 million for the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively, and $10.31 million and $12.17 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively. The Company has incurred operating losses of $2.71 million and $6.14 million in the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively, and $8.63 million and $10.18 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively. The decrease in operating losses of $3.43 million in the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023 is largely attributed to a decrease of stock-based compensation costs of $4.06 million. The decrease in operating losses of $1.55 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, is largely attributed to an increase in gross margins. Operating losses includes stock-based compensation costs of $0.20 million and $4.26 million in the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively, and $5.52 million and $4.48 million in the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively. Operating cashflows saw a net outflow of $0.80 million and $2.35 million during the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022, respectively, and $3.51 million and $3.56 million during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022 respectively. The Company had an accumulated deficit of $42.93 million as at June 30, 2023. These factors raise, and our auditor has expressed, substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. 

 

59

 

 

Corporate and Other Information

 

Perfect Moment Ltd. was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 11, 2021. The Company acquired PMA on March 15, 2021 through the 2021 share exchange. PMA was formed and commenced business operations on May 10, 2012. Perfect Moment Ltd. is a holding company and carries out all its operations through its subsidiaries. PMA is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and PMUK and TMS are wholly owned subsidiaries of PMA. PMA is a wholesale business, while PMUK sells to both wholesale and e-commerce customers. Both PMA and PMUK are global businesses and collectively sell to customers across 60 countries. TMS, up until June 30, 2021, held the intellectual property rights, including the trademark, for the Perfect Moment brand, for which it received licensing fees from PMA. On July 1, 2021, TMS assigned such intellectual property rights to PMUK and from that date, TMS has had no operations or income, except for the payment of fees related to accounting and office management. The production team still sits in Hong Kong but the majority of the employees, including the marketing and finance teams, and all senior management and our board of directors are located in the United Kingdom.

 

In the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, all of our revenue was generated by PMUK’s operations. In the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2022, PMA’s operations generated 14% of our revenue while PMUK’s operations generated 86% of our revenue. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, PMA’s operations generated 60% of our revenue while PMUK’s operations generated 40% of our revenue. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022, PMA’s operations generated 43% of our revenue while PMUK’s operations generated 57% of our revenue. We have direct ownership of our Hong Kong operating entity and currently do not have or intend to have any contractual arrangement to establish a variable interest entity (VIE) structure with any entity in mainland China. While the majority of our products are made in China, using raw materials sourced mainly from the Asia Pacific region, we purchase our finished product from our manufacturers on a purchase order basis and do not have any long-term agreements requiring us to use any supplier or manufacturer. The Company does not have any operations in mainland China. Hong Kong is a special administrative region of the PRC and the basic policies of the PRC regarding Hong Kong are reflected in the Basic Law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region of the People’s Republic of China, or the Basic Law, which provides Hong Kong with a high degree of autonomy and executive, legislative and independent judicial powers, including that of final adjudication under the principle of “one country, two systems”. Accordingly, the PRC laws and regulations do not currently have any material impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. However, in the event that we or our Hong Kong subsidiary were to become subject to PRC laws and regulations that would have a material impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations, we may incur material costs to ensure compliance, and our Hong Kong subsidiary may be subject to fines and/or no longer be permitted to continue business operations as presently conducted. In such event, we expect to be able to relocate the business currently conducted by PMA to a location outside of Hong Kong or China. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — Recently, the PRC government initiated a series of regulatory actions and statements to regulate business operations in certain areas in mainland China with little or no advance notice. In the future, we may be subject to PRC laws and regulations related to the current business operations of our operating subsidiary and any changes in such laws and regulations and interpretations may impair its ability to operate profitably, which could result in a material negative impact on its operations and/or the value of the securities we are registering for sale.” on page 23.

 

60

 

 

The current organization structure of the Company is as follows:

 

 

Our principal executive office and mailing address is 307 Canalot Studios, 222 Kensal Rd, London W10 5BN, United Kingdom. Our main telephone number is +44 (0)204 558 8849. Our corporate website address is www.perfectmoment.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon with respect to this offering.

 

Our Industry

 

We operate at the intersection of luxury fashion and multi-channel commerce. The global luxury industry is large and characterized by specific market dynamics and consumer trends that are shaping the future of the industry, including the following:

 

Large, Stable and Resilient Addressable Markets

 

Perfect Moment has an attractive luxury ski apparel market in which it believes is well-positioned and has a large growth runway. According to MarketWatch, the global luxury ski apparel market was valued at $1.6 billion in 2022 and is expected to expand at a Compound Annual Growth Rate (“CAGR”) of 6.49% reaching $2.3 billion by 2028. The luxury ski apparel market has a relatively narrow target demographic and we believe that this demographic is characterized by relatively high affluence and either proximity to a ski area or a location with a traditional interest in skiing as a recreational activity. We believe that due to the relatively high affluence and international nature of the demographic, there has been, and continues to be, significant space for premium and luxury products that deliver both fashion and technical performance.

 

Perfect Moment has started to make inroads into the adjacent, significantly larger, luxury outerwear market, which we believe is set to continue growing, yet remains somewhat fragmented and localized. The luxury outerwear market, compared to the luxury ski apparel market, is a larger and faster growing market. According to MarketWatch, the luxury outerwear market was valued at $15.9 billion in 2022 and is expected to expand at a CAGR of 6.51% reaching $23.3 billion by 2028. Again, we believe the demographic for this market has relatively high affluence but has a broader geographical spread as it is not linked to the activity of skiing. In the luxury outerwear market, we believe an increasingly large number of consumers are turning to heritage brands with technical credentials for luxury outerwear products that not only serve a technical function but also make a fashion statement.

 

In addition, Perfect Moment is also targeting the broader leisure markets for swimwear, activewear and lifestyle products. Both the luxury ski apparel market and luxury outerwear market share some key consumer demographics and purchasing behavior with the broader leisure markets.  We believe these markets stretch beyond skiing and winter sports to a range of healthy and athletic pursuits, with products increasingly being worn as part of a broader day-to-day lifestyle statement. We also believe the growth of this market goes hand-in-hand with broader cultural shifts, such as a greater emphasis on health, exercise and well-being, as well as a relaxation in dress codes at work and social occasions. Based on the characteristics of these respective markets, we believe Perfect Moment has the right brand profile, geographic footprint, target demographic, marketing tools and operational expansion plan to gain significant share.

 

61

 

 

Luxury Channel Shift to Online

 

According to Bain & Company (“Bain”), online is set to become the leading channel for luxury purchases by 2030. The online share of the global personal luxury goods market in 2017 was 9%, significantly lower than other retail markets, according to Bain, which has been driven by luxury brands’ cautious approach to adopting technology and social platforms; however, online sales accounted for 22% of the luxury goods market in 2021 and online sales are expected to become a larger percentage of the total luxury market, reaching 32% to 34% by 2030.

 

Transition to Digital

 

We believe the digital shopping behavior of consumers is evolving at a rapid pace and the shift to digital is affecting how the luxury industry and consumers interact. E-commerce sales have climbed steadily for years, according to Statista, with continuous further growth expected. Statista estimates a growth in global e-commerce market revenue from approximately $2.4 billion in 2017 to approximately $8.1 billion in 2026, and with the COVID-19 pandemic, e-commerce use among consumers has advanced even faster than expected. Since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic in March 2020, according to Statista, there have been a significant number of first-time online shoppers around the world.

 

On the marketing side, we believe that inspiration and trends have shifted from editorial content on the printed pages of monthly fashion magazines to the real-time social media channels of the world’s leading fashion bloggers, influencers and celebrities.

 

Generational Demographic Shift

 

As new generations of global luxury consumers account for a larger share of spending, we believe they are fundamentally changing the way luxury products are purchased. According to Bain, Generation Y and Generation Z accounted for all of the market’s growth in 2022. The spending of Generation Z and the younger Generation Alpha is set to grow three times faster than that of other generations though 2030, making up a third of the market. Generation Y, Generation Z and Generation Alpha are forecast by Bain to become the biggest buyers of luxury by 2030, representing 80% of global purchases.

 

Emerging Markets and Future Growth

 

We believe the demand for luxury fashion is truly global. According to Bain, consumers of luxury fashion have traditionally been from Europe and the Americas, but, by 2030, mainland China is forecast to overcome the Americas and Europe to become the biggest global luxury market. Growth of the global luxury goods market is expected to be significantly driven by demand from China and from emerging markets, including India and emerging Southeast Asian and African countries, based on forecasts between 2022 and 2030. Chinese consumers are forecast by Bain to regain their pre-COVID-19 status as the dominant nationality for luxury, growing to represent circa 40% of global purchases by 2030. 

 

Our Strengths

 

  Strong Brand Positioning. Perfect Moment’s affordable luxury offering sits below the ultra-luxury positioning and luxury performance positioning by our direct luxury competitors. Most of our competitors skew to either fashion or pure performance, while Perfect Moment focuses on both.

 

  Authentic Brand That Resonates with Highly Valuable Customer Segments. With the Perfect Moment brand having approximately 40 years of European ski and worldwide surf heritage, bold fashion, distinct design aesthetic and technical performance, we believe our products and our mission resonate with the modern fashion-conscious consumer who sees value in authentic European heritage and statement-design tailored for an active and healthy lifestyle, which generates brand loyalty among our key customers, Generation Y and Generation Z consumers, and drives repeat purchases.

 

62

 

 

  Proven and Unique Marketing Engine and Significant Growth Runway. We believe that e-commerce will continue to shape the consumer and retail industries by changing shopping behavior as well as contributing to the digital transformation of retail business models, which we believe has been accelerated as a direct result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Our retail business commenced and continues to exist primarily online. We are a direct-to-consumer retailer that utilizes technology to deliver what we believe is a customer experience with a specific focus on engaging and interacting with the Generation Y and Generation Z tech-savvy consumer segment by offering speed, convenience and a seamless customer experience. By selling directly through our digital platform, we control all aspects of the customer experience and are able to engage with our community before, during and after purchase, through our digital platform and social channels. We believe this direct engagement enables us to establish personal relationships at scale and provides us with valuable customer data and feedback that we leverage across our organization to better serve our customers. We also have collaborations with a growing group of A-list celebrities and influencers whom we consider to have an authentic feel and on-brand partner collaborations with luxury brands that we believe speak to the same audience. We also focus on top-tier editorial coverage in fashion magazines and arrangements with luxury wholesale partners, which include The Wall Street Journal, Forbes, Vogue, Conde Nast Traveler and Harper’s Bazaar to name a few. We believe these marketing efforts will be translated into an engaged lifestyle-driven Instagram community.

 

  Visionary, Passionate and Committed Management Team. Through steady brand discipline and a focus on sustainable growth, our management team has transformed a small family business into a global brand. We have assembled a team of seasoned executives from diverse and relevant backgrounds who draw on experience working with a wide range of leading global companies including Burberry, Jimmy Choo, Michael Kors, Nike, North Face, Rapha and Elemis. Members of our team have created and grown leading luxury, fashion and digital businesses globally, and they retain a strong entrepreneurial spirit. Their leadership and passion have accelerated our evolution into a lifestyle brand and the growth of our direct-to-consumer channel alongside strengthening our wholesale business.

 

  Multi-Channel Distribution. Our global distribution strategy allows us to reach customers through two distinct, brand-enhancing channels. In our wholesale channel, which as of March 31, 2023 extended into 25 countries, we carefully select the best retail partners and distributors to represent our brand in a manner consistent with our heritage and growth strategy. As a result, we believe our wholesale partnerships include best-in-class luxury and online retailers. Through our fast growing direct-to-consumer channel, which includes our global e-commerce site, we are able to more directly control the customer experience, driving deeper brand engagement and loyalty, while also driving towards more favorable margins. Our direct-to-consumer (“DTC”) e-commerce channel, www.perfectmoment.com, is complemented by our luxury marketplace partnerships globally and in emerging markets. We employ product supply discipline across both of our channels to manage scarcity, preserve brand strength and optimize profitable growth for us and our retail partners. Going forward, we plan to open a limited number of pop-up and retail stores in major metropolitan centers as well as premium outdoor destinations where we believe they can operate profitably.

 

  Established Partner Relationships. As of June 30, 2023, we have two luxury marketplace partners, Farfetch and Amazon Luxury, and 167 wholesale partners, of which 16 are luxury department stores (including those we believe are the most sought-after and prestigious names in the fashion industry), 19 operate as exclusively online multi brand retailers and 94 are respected specialty stores with a focus on either sports or winter goods, which is key to our branding strategy.

 

  Flexible Supply Chain. We directly control the design, innovation and testing of our products, which we believe allows us to achieve greater operating efficiencies and deliver quality products. We manage our production through long-standing relationships with our third-party suppliers and vendors. We believe our flexible supply chain gives us distinct advantages including the ability to broaden and scale our operations, adapt to customer demand, shorten product development cycles and achieve higher margins.

 

  Culture of Innovation and Uncompromised Craftsmanship. We strive to create the most innovative, functional, comfortable and stylish apparel in the industry. We develop cross-functional products that we believe are characterized by quality, style and performance. We continue to use best-in-class materials in every product, and we will continue to innovate.

 

63

 

 

Our Business Strategy

 

Perfect Moment sits at the intersection of three large and growing markets (luxury ski apparel, premium outerwear and athleisure and lifestyle). Based on the characteristics of these respective markets, we believe we have the right brand profile, geographic footprint, target demographic, marketing tools and operational expansion plan to gain significant market share. We believe we are also well-positioned to drive sustainable growth and profitability by executing on the following strategies:

 

Grow Brand Awareness and Attract New Customers

 

Building brand awareness among potential new customers and strengthening our connections with those who already know us will be a key driver of our growth. While we believe our brand has achieved substantial traction globally and those who have experienced our products demonstrate strong loyalty, our presence is relatively nascent in many of our markets. We believe we have a significant opportunity to grow brand awareness and attract new customers to Perfect Moment through word of mouth, brand marketing and performance marketing.

 

In the past, Perfect Moment’s strong skiing heritage has been used to engage with a core ski audience for whom we believe the combination of technical performance and retro inspired designs resonate strongly. We believe the nature of skiing as a largely affluent, international pursuit means there is a large opportunity in aspirational, lifestyle-led social media engagement. We believe Perfect Moment has captured this social media opportunity to great effect, combining the style and form of the brand with celebrities, influencers, top-tier editorial, collaborations and luxury locations to create a distinct, fun and engaging aspirational lifestyle narrative. Beyond social media, we believe Perfect Moment has been able to deploy this same core brand proposition and narrative to direct digital marketing and traditional media, elevating brand profile and driving high levels of engagement simultaneously. Perfect Moment has also been able to build an effective online marketing engine driving large volumes of direct, organic search and paid search traffic to our e-commerce website, www.perfectmoment.com.

 

Perfect Moment expects to continue its approach to social media, building its follower base through a similar and evolving mix of celebrities, influencers, editorials and locations. It also expects to continue to pursue and scale the effective search engine optimization and paid search strategies which have contributed to online sales growth, as well as direct marketing and customer engagement via their successful newsletter. Perfect Moment is developing plans to leverage a new Perfect Moment owned physical store network to deepen its brand identity and profile, as well as drive higher levels of loyalty and engagement at the local level.

 

Brand marketing and performance marketing also work together to drive millions of visits to our digital platforms. Brand marketing includes differentiated content, our network of ambassadors, and social media, all of which result in what we believe is outsized engagement with our community. Our performance marketing efforts are designed to drive customers from awareness to consideration to conversion. These efforts include retargeting, paid search and product listing advertisements, paid social media advertisements, search engine optimization and personalized email. We believe our highly productive, diversified strategy generates a significant return on brand equity, driving sales and building a growing customer database.

 

We approach this strategy as a funnel, with brand awareness at the top and customer conversion at the bottom, allocating resources across the top, middle and bottom, and measuring returns on these respective investments.

 

Accelerate Digital Growth

 

Having used the wholesale channel to establish our brand globally, we believe we will become less reliant on wholesale partners during the next 5 years by committing more resources to our direct-to-consumer strategy and accelerating our digital growth. We believe technology and partnerships are the key underpinning factors in any e-commerce business and as such we will continue to enhance customer experience, focusing on mobile as the dominant growth channel and leveraging the emerging benefits of social and conversational commerce.

 

64

 

 

Pursue International Expansion and Enter New Markets

 

We believe there is an opportunity to increase penetration across our existing markets and selectively enter new regions. Although the Perfect Moment brand is recognized globally, our past investments have been focused on North America, the United Kingdom and the EU and have driven revenue growth in the United States during the past fiscal year.

 

While we expect the majority of our near-term growth to continue to come from the United States, the United Kingdom and the EU, we believe there is a tremendous opportunity over the long term throughout the rest of the world. In the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, we increased our outreach in what we believe are the most promising countries in continental Europe. As part of the plan to enter new markets, we will start with China, as we seek to enhance our ability to serve our international customers and further establish Perfect Moment as a global brand.

 

We believe there is a significant opportunity beyond our existing markets, with China representing the next market opening for Perfect Moment. China is projected to become the largest winter sports market, with people participating expected to reach 50 million by 2025 with 1,000 ski resorts to be open by 2030, according to reports by Daxue Consulting and Capital Mind. We plan to enter the Chinese market directly in 2024 on Tmall, using local partners to operate, with a digital approach to selling. We are forecasting running losses with respect to such activities for two years, then become profitable from the third year of such activities, with China representing less than 10% of our revenue by 2027. We believe the most significant hurdle to overcome with respect to our plan to enter the Chinese market is liquidity to fund the initial operating losses.

 

In order to offer a more localized experience to customers internationally, we intend to offer market-specific languages, currency and content, as well as strategic international shipping and distribution hubs. We plan to leverage our social media strategy and expand our network of social media ambassadors to grow our brand awareness globally. We expect to appoint a new third party to implement this strategy in the second half of 2023.

 

Enhance Our Wholesale Network

 

Although in the next 5 years we will be mainly focused on accelerating digital growth and our direct-to-consumer channel, we still intend to continue broadening customer access and strengthening our global foothold in new and existing markets by strategically expanding our wholesale network and deepening current relationships. In all of our markets, we have an opportunity to increase sales by adding new wholesale partners and increasing volume in existing retailers. Additionally, we are focused on strengthening relationships with our retail partners through broader offerings, exclusive products and shop-in-shop formats, which are dedicated spaces within another company’s retail store on a short term rental basis. We believe our retail partners have a strong incentive to showcase our brand as our products drive customer traffic and consistent full-price sell-through in their stores.

 

Broaden Our Product Offering

 

Continuing to enhance and expand our product offering represents a meaningful growth driver for Perfect Moment. We expect that broadening our product line will allow us to strengthen brand loyalty with the existing Perfect Moment customer base, drive higher penetration in our existing markets and expand our appeal across new geographies. We intend to continue developing our offering through the following strategies.

 

Elevate Fall and Winter. Perfect Moment will continue to focus on quality materials and distinctive designs in order to create luxury products which aim to deliver technical performance and style impact. However, believing that people want to bring the functionality of our ski apparel into their everyday lives, Perfect Moment is broadening the product range beyond the core “on-slope” skiwear to encompass less technical lifestyle products and a wide range of exceptional products for any occasion, including all year round accessories.

 

Expand Spring and Summer. We intend to continue building our successful Spring and Summer collections in categories such as surfwear, activewear, loungewear and swimwear. We believe offering inspiring new and complementary product categories that are consistent with our values of heritage, functionality and quality and can become part of our core business represents an opportunity to develop a closer relationship with our customers and expand our addressable market.

 

65

 

 

We believe this strategy will deliver a number of benefits:

 

  Increased Revenues. We expect that cross-over into adjacent product markets will increase sales by allowing us to sell outerwear, lifestyle products, activewear and swimwear to non-skiers and cross-sell lifestyle and “off-slope” products to existing skiwear customers in a winter setting.
     
  Reduced Seasonality. We expect that sales of new lifestyle products as well as activewear and swimwear products will be less concentrated in the winter months and increase revenue from new and existing customers as we grow brand awareness.

 

  Improved Margins. We believe that our margins will be improved by this strategy because modest price increases across the existing range will allow Perfect Moment to strengthen its gross margins, greater use of high-margin luxury materials such as cashmere will support price and margin increases and a move towards more less technically-complex lifestyle pieces will also drive margin improvement. Full price sales with limited promotional activity will further improve margins.

 

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 and the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2023, we have restructured and invested in our design, product development, merchandizing and production teams to create a pathway to execute on this underpinning strategy. We expect the first products resulting from this investment to launch in the spring of 2024. We plan to then gradually increase our product offering as we evaluate demand, supply and profitability.

 

Establish Perfect Moment Owned Physical Retail

 

Perfect Moment has grown to date without a Perfect Moment owned physical stand-alone store presence. Sales growth has been driven by our online offering and wholesale network. As part of our growth strategy, we believe opening directly operated stores in strategically selected major cities and pop-up stores in strategic ski resorts would provide an excellent opportunity to generate sales in key locations, providing a luxury in-store experience, reflecting the character of the brand and providing an experiential contact point for customers.

 

As our product range expands, we see the potential to further grow our community with a physical presence by opening directly operated stores. We already have physical presence in department stores, operated under wholesale arrangements. Operating Perfect Moment owned stores would provide our community a home for the brand and act as a beacon for new or potential customers, but they also add extra complexity and risk. In order to test our retail model we plan to first establish pop-up locations. We are exploring options in London for an initial pop-up location. We are also in the process of testing a shop-in-shop location in Los Angeles, with an expected opening in the fall/winter of 2023. Shop-in-shop locations are dedicated spaces within another company’s retail store on a short term rental basis. We expect that our experience with such temporary spaces would help us develop our strategy for all-year-round stores, including location, size, capital expenditure need, as well as the financial and operating impact. Operating temporary spaces would also provide our management team experience with opening and operating retail stores. We evaluate each potential store location based on lease availability and projected viability, and plan to open popups in the fiscal year ending March 31, 2025 and year-round stores beginning the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026.

 

Other Strategies to Improve Margin

 

We intend to focus on the following other strategies to improve our margin:

 

  Shift towards direct-to-consumer revenue (such as ecommerce and physical retail). We expect that reducing our focus on wholesale from a two-thirds share of sales to 40% over time would result in a double-digit percentage point improvement in our gross margin.

 

  Reducing product range within skiwear. We believe the current range offers too much choice, and yields poorer margins, resulting from a lack of economies of scale and higher levels of markdown and discounts.

 

  Review and modify supplier base.  We are expecting our supplier base to evolve as we source fabrics and trims more efficiently and introduce new finished good suppliers with better commercial terms (such as lower labor costs or better duty rates due to factories being based in the EU, UK or Vietnam).

 

  Review and revise price positioning. We will continue reviewing our selling prices. We are expecting to introduce better discipline and processes to assess price positioning with a focus on margin by each product, country of manufacture and country of selling. We expect to raise selling prices to improve the gross margin over time as part of the range development process and will monitor price elasticity. We believe prices are relatively in-elastic for our industry and our customer segment, and that pricing increases are generally expected by customers annually for luxury goods.

 

  Focusing on reducing costs relating to crossing borders. Operating a global business requires crossing borders with products resulting in high costs for freight, duty, couriers and other handling costs. Perfect Moment has grown very quickly and as a result has not been able to focus on crossing borders in a cost-effective way. We are focused on reducing these costs and expect to see savings over time in freight (for example by using less air freight and more sea freight), lowering duty costs (for example moving production to countries with lower tariffs) and reducing broker fees through better processes.

 

66

 

 

Our Brand

 

Over the last 39 years, the Perfect Moment brand has grown from our predecessor, a small business founded by Thierry Donard, making apparel for his team of free-ride skiers and surfers, into a global brand by building on our strength of creating luxurious, distinctively designed and functional ski outfits. We have leveraged this strength to expand our brand into multiple seasons and new categories beyond skiwear. With the same discipline, we have also expanded our revenue channels beyond distributors to include a select group of luxury multichannel retailers, as well as our own DTC channel.

 

 

67

 

 

Our Products

 

We approach product design with our customer in mind by designing products that solve their unique needs. We are inspired by free spirits as well as free riders – trailblazers who might not come close to a ski run. We are for anyone who is unafraid to stand out – with the fashion they wear and the moments they make. We are still all about that perfect moment. But it could happen on and off the slopes. Our product truths are standout styles for moment makers, flattering silhouettes for living in the moment, comfortable cuts for moving in the moment and high-performing materials that make the moment last. We are constantly challenging ourselves to create the highest quality and most innovative fabrications, styles and product features for our customers. Our apparel is comfortable, durable, functional and stylish, all at an affordable luxury price point.

 

 

68

 

 

Our Heritage

 

The adventure started in the mountains of Chamonix in 1984, with the Perfect Moment brand a vision of famed extreme sports filmmaker and professional skier Thierry Donard, who designed apparel for his team of expert freeride skiers and surfers for his film production company La Nuite de la Glisse. Donard used his personal experience to create designs that were characterized by quality, style and performance, and focused on the ultimate goal of every athlete: to experience the “perfect moment”. Thierry Donard continues to be a stockholder in Perfect Moment and, in the past, we have provided product placement for his films.

 

Our Evolution

 

Our product offering has evolved significantly since the days of solely making specialty ski and surfwear for the extreme sports. Today, we continue to draw on our rich heritage of performance garments and statement designs. Retro-inspired vivid and bold color palates complement the industry’s leading technical fabrics to deliver fashion, form, function and fun for women, men and children. Primarily known for our on-and-off the slopes skiwear, in 2016 PMA developed a summer range inspired by the island of Ibiza to bring its unique style to swimwear and activewear.

 

Beyond Sport

 

Recognizing our customers want to bring the functionality of our clothing into their everyday lives, we expanded our offering to include products for outdoor enthusiasts, urban explorers and discerning consumers everywhere. The uncompromised craftsmanship and quality of the Perfect Moment brand is preserved in new products and high-performance materials to keep our customers warm and comfortable no matter how low the temperature drops. As we evolved and expanded our winter assortment to suit new uses, climates and geographies, we also refreshed our core offerings with the introduction of our sustainable swimwear collection and enhancing our classic products with a focus on elevated style, luxurious fabrics and refined fits.

 

Beyond Outerwear

 

Perfect Moment has launched a refined line of accessories in response to customer demand for products to complement their skiwear, outerwear or swimwear. Our accessories focus on handwear, headwear, neckwear and everything the customer needs for a day of fun and adventure on the mountain, near the sea or in the city; offering unparalleled fit, function and timeless style to our customers, consistent with the heritage of our core products. Beyond accessories, we continue to selectively respond to customer demand for new product categories. Our customers have shown meaningful interest in key new product categories including travel gear, which we may pursue in the future.

 

69

 

 

As we expand the Perfect Moment brand to serve new uses, wearing occasions, geographies and consumers, we will always stay true to who we are and what the Perfect Moment brand stands for: authentic heritage, uncompromised craftsmanship and quality, exceptional style and superior functionality.

 

 

70

 

 

 

Our Marketing Strategy

 

Brand Awareness and Engagement

 

We believe the nature of skiing as a largely affluent, international pursuit means there is a large opportunity in aspirational, lifestyle-led social media engagement. We have utilized social media to publicize our brand with celebrities, influencers, top-tier editorial, collaborations and luxury locations to create a distinct, fun and engaging aspirational lifestyle narrative. Perfect Moment expects to continue its approach to social media, building its follower base through a similar approach with an evolving mix of celebrities, influencers, editorials and locations. Beyond social media, we believe Perfect Moment has been able to deploy the same core brand proposition and narrative to direct digital marketing and traditional media, elevating brand profile and driving high levels of engagement simultaneously.

 

71

 

 

Consumer Acquisition

 

We principally acquire consumers through online channels, including paid and organic search, metasearch, affiliate partnerships, display advertising and social media channels. We have access to channel experts who work with dedicated analysts, data scientists and engineers and have invested resources to optimize paid search, developing programs and algorithms to maximize our return on paid search.

 

Retention and Loyalty

 

We focus on building continuous dialogue with our consumers given their levels of engagement with luxury shopping. We do this by creating content and developing tailored product recommendations, which we distribute via email, social media, display advertising and directly on our platform. We believe our strategy generates a significant return on new customer acquisition investments resulting from high average order value, strong product margins and attractive repeat purchase behavior.

 

Investing for the Future

 

Moving forward, our marketing focus is on continuing to tell our stories in unique, creative and authentic ways that engage customers. As our distribution model has shifted from pure wholesale to multi-channel, our business needs have evolved. We have supported this shift through a blend of brand and performance marketing that reaches a global audience while maintaining a consistent and authentic brand experience. We will continue to strategically invest in reaching new audiences across platforms in developing audiences, markets and boosting affinity around the world.

 

Product Development and Innovation

 

Uncompromised craftsmanship begins with sourcing the right raw materials. We use premium fabrics and finishings for performance, comfort and longevity. Our blends of down and fabrics enable us to create warmer, lighter and more durable products across seasons and applications.

 

Our insulated products are made with down because it is recognized as the world’s best natural insulator, providing approximately three times the warmth per ounce as synthetic alternatives. We are committed to the sustainable and ethical sourcing of our raw materials. We only use down that is a by-product of the poultry industry and we only purchase down and fur from suppliers who adhere to our stringent standards regarding fair practices and humane treatment of animals.

  

Our Global End-To-End Operations

 

Our core operations areas are supply chain management, fulfilment and premium customer service.

 

Supply Change Management

 

We have built a supply chain that is scalable for our business and through which we control the design and development of our products.

 

Design, Innovation and Manufacturing

 

We have a diversified and flexible supply chain that leverages third-party suppliers and manufacturers to produce our raw materials and finished products. We directly and actively manage every step of our product development and production process. The extent to which we manage production is differentiated from a model of primarily relying on third-party agents to manage production. We believe our approach has enabled us to produce luxury products through greater control of the end-to-end production process.

 

We purchase our finished product from our manufacturers on a purchase order basis and do not have any long-term agreements requiring us to use any supplier or manufacturer. We have long-standing relationships with our vendors, which are strengthened by the consistency and longevity of our core fabric and core style profile.

 

72

 

 

We regularly source new suppliers and manufacturers to support our ongoing innovation and growth, and we carefully evaluate all new suppliers and manufacturers to ensure they share our standards for quality of manufacturing, ethical working conditions and social and environmental sustainability practices.

 

Digital Production

 

Our content creation process includes styling, photographing, photo-editing and content management and allows us to achieve a luxury product presentation with a consistent look and feel. Our third-party studios are the heart of the process, where teams of professional stylists, models and photographers create product images under the leadership and control of our marketing and creative experts. We also develop original content, including tailored merchandise descriptions, convenient size and fit information and detailed measurements information to provide the best consumer experience, maximize revenue and minimize returns.

 

Warehouse and Fulfilment

 

We ship our finished products to our business-to-business (“B2B”) and business-to-consumer (“B2C”) customers globally. We distribute our B2C products from our fulfilment center located in the United Kingdom, where we have created a warehouse-within-a-warehouse model at our third-party logistics provider’s site. We regularly evaluate our distribution infrastructure and capacity to ensure that we are able to meet our anticipated needs and support our continued growth.

 

Premium Customer Service

 

We provide high-quality customer service throughout the consumer experience, from purchase to returns offering advice on size and fit, styling recommendations, responding to customer feedback and managing return and exchange requests. We localize aspects of the consumer journey for convenience, such as offering different languages and payment methods through customer care. Our customer service teams operate five days a week and interacting in 5 languages.

 

 

Figure 1. Perfect Moment Global End-to-End Operations as of March 31, 2023

 

73

 

 

Competition

 

We operate in a competitive industry, and consumers have the option to purchase both online and offline, through our partners. While we believe that we do not have any direct competition, we have indirect competitors in two primary categories:

 

Skiwear Brands – Perfect Moment’s affordable-luxury products are characterized by quality, style and performance where retro-inspired vivid and bold color palates complement the industry’s leading technical fabrics to deliver fashion, form, function and fun for women, men and children. Most other competitors in skiwear skew to either fashion or pure performance. Additionally, Perfect Moment’s Kids-wear range addresses an overlooked premium segment.

 

Outerwear BrandsThe market for outerwear is highly fragmented. We principally operate in the market for premium outerwear, which is part of the broader apparel industry. We compete directly against other manufacturers, wholesalers and direct retailers of outerwear, premium functional outerwear and luxury outerwear. We compete both with global brands and with regional brands operating only in select markets. Because of the fragmented nature of our marketplace, we also compete with other apparel sellers, including those who do not specialize in outerwear. While we operate in a highly competitive market, we believe there are many factors that differentiate us from other manufacturers, wholesalers and retailers of outerwear, including our brand, our heritage and history, our focus on functionality and craftsmanship and the fact that our core products are cross functional and can be used for different purposes for example on the slope and in the city.

 

Activewear Brands – Competition in the athletic apparel industry is principally on the basis of brand image and recognition as well as product quality, innovation, style, distribution and price. We believe that we successfully compete on the basis of our luxury brand image, our focus on women and our technical product innovation. We are also differentiated by our range of surfwear which similar to our skiwear are characterized by quality, style and performance while most other competitors in surfwear are mainly focused on performance.

 

Technology

 

Technology is at the core of our strategy, powering our operational capabilities and the sustainable scalability of our platform. We believe that continuous investment in our technology has given us a competitive advantage and enabled fast innovation. Our technology platform with MACH architecture is designed to provide Perfect Moment with longer term ease of integration, stability, performance, and scalability based on three main components:

 

  (1) Service Oriented Architecture facilitates design and maintenance of partner integrations:

 

  Key enabler of omni-channel

 

  Able to cater to evolving business needs

 

  Decreases Total Cost of Ownership and increases efficiency

 

  (2) Cloud-focused strategy designed to:

 

  Improve scalability and cost efficiency

 

  Allow for better accessibility and performance in markets around the worlds

 

  (3) Headless Architecture allows:

 

  Rapid build of differentiating user experience without impact to the backend systems

 

  Innovative new user experiences build on headless building blocks

 

  Evolution of front-end over time to take advantage of new technologies and innovations

 

74

 

 

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

 

We protect our intellectual property through a combination of trademarks, domain names, copyrights, design rights / design patents and trade secrets, as well as contractual provisions and restrictions on access to our proprietary technology related to our e-commerce platform. Our principle trademark assets include the trademark “Perfect Moment,” which is registered in the United States and targeted foreign jurisdictions, as our logos and taglines. We have applied to register or registered many of our trademarks in the United States and other jurisdictions in all classes relevant to our business, and we will pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe they would be beneficial and cost-effective. We actively oppose and defend our position on the trade mark registers and subscribe to a trade mark watching service for our key assets. Further we subscribe to an online monitoring system to search for infringements of our IP rights and, in addition, act on any reported to us by customers or employees.

 

We are the registered holder of multiple domestic and international domain names that include “perfect moment” and similar variations. We also hold domain registrations for many of our product names and other related trade names and slogans. We own or have control over relevant social media handles which contain our key assets. In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual property rights, we enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors and business partners. Where appropriate we enter into relevant license agreements to allow others to use our Intellectual Property or where we need permission to use Intellectual Property of third parties. We further control the use of our proprietary technology and intellectual property through provisions in both our customer terms of use on our website and the terms and conditions governing our agreements with other third parties.

 

Government Regulation

 

In the United States and the United Kingdom and in the other jurisdictions in which we operate, we are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy and data security laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that apply to retailers and/or the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. Our products sold outside of the United Kingdom are subject to tariffs, treaties and various trade agreements as well as laws affecting the importation of consumer goods. We monitor changes in these laws, regulations, treaties and agreements, and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

 

Licenses, Certificates and Approvals

 

PMA has obtained all licenses, certificates and approvals required for carrying on its business activities during the two fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022 and as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Employees and Human Capital Resources

 

As of June 30, 2023, we had a total of 31 full-time employees, as well as a limited number of temporary employees and consultants. None of our employees are unionized or covered by collective bargaining agreements, and we consider our current employee relations to be good.

 

Facilities

 

Our corporate headquarters is located in London, where we lease office space under a lease that expires in January 2024. In addition to our corporate headquarters, we have an office in Hong Kong, where we lease office space that expires in February 2024.

 

We believe our facilities are adequate and suitable for our current needs, and that should it be needed, suitable additional or alternative space will be available to accommodate our operations.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business. Although the outcome of these and other claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe the ultimate resolution of the current matters will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

 

75

 

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our current executive officers and directors:

 

Name   Age   Position
Executive Officers        
Mark Buckley   42   Chief Executive Officer and Director
Jeff Clayborne   52   Chief Financial Officer
Jane Gottschalk   50   Chief Creative Officer and Director
Non-Executive Directors        
Max Gottschalk   51   Chairman of the Board of Directors
Andre Keijsers   57   Director
Berndt Hauptkorn   55   Director
Tracy Barwin   43   Director

  

Directors are elected to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at the annual meeting of stockholders and hold office until the expiration of the term for which he or she was elected and until a successor has been elected and qualified.

 

A majority of the authorized number of directors constitutes a quorum of the board of directors for the transaction of business. The directors must be present at the meeting to constitute a quorum. However, any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors individually or collectively consent in writing to the action.

 

Executive officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at its pleasure.

 

Executive Officers

 

Mark Buckley –Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

Mr. Buckley has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since November 2022. Mr. Buckley also served as our acting Chief Financial Officer from November 2022 until October 2023. Since November 2022, he has also served as the Chief Financial Officer or PMUK, and since January 2023, he has also served as the Chief Financial Officer of PMA. Since August 2022, he has also been serving as a director at 3rd Rock Private Limited, a rock climbing clothing company based in the United Kingdom. From February 2020 to October 2022, Mr. Buckley served as Chief Financial Officer of Rapha Racing Limited, a producer and retailer of cycling clothing, where he served as Finance Director from October 2016 to February 2020 prior to becoming the Chief Financial Officer. From October 2011 to October 2016, Mr. Buckley worked at Burberry Limited, the global luxury brand, where he held various roles before becoming the Director of Financial Planning Analysis in April 2015. Before that, from April 2000 to October 2011 Mr. Buckley worked at Marks and Spencer Group plc, a major British multinational retailer, including a 17-month secondment to Woolworths in South Africa. Mr. Buckley qualified as an accountant in 2004 from the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants. We believe that Mr. Buckley is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to the perspective and experience he brings as our Chief Executive Officer and former acting Chief Financial Officer.

 

Jeff Clayborne – Chief Financial Officer

 

Mr. Clayborne has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2023. Since July 2023, Mr. Clayborne has served as a financial advisor at Healthy Extracts Inc. From March 2022 to March 2023, Mr. Clayborne served as Chief Financial Officer of SONDORS, Inc., where he prepared the company for a Nasdaq listing; facilitated the hiring of the senior management team, brought accounting in-house, eliminated material control weaknesses, negotiated all supply chain contracts, established a human resource function, and negotiated bridge financing. From March 2023 to June 2023, Mr. Clayborne served as a financial advisor at SONDORS, Inc. Mr. Clayborne served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Verb Technology Company, Inc. (Nasdaq: VERB, VERBW) from July 2016 to January 2022, where he facilitated an uplist from the OTCQB Markets Group to Nasdaq and the acquisition and integration of Sound Concepts Inc., participated in various equity and debt financings, built out the finance and accounting teams, and implemented NetSuite. Mr. Clayborne served as Chief Financial Officer of and a consultant with Breath Life Healing Center from August 2015 to July 2016. From September 2014 to August 2015, he served as Vice President of Business Development of Incroud, Inc and from May 2012 to September 2014, Mr. Clayborne served as President of Blast Music, LLC. Prior to this, Mr. Clayborne was employed by Universal Music Group where he served as Vice President, Head of Finance & Business Development for Fontana, where he managed the financial planning and analysis of the sales and marketing division and led the business development department. He also served in senior finance positions at The Walt Disney Company, including Senior Finance Manager at Walt Disney International, where he oversaw financial planning and analysis for the organization in 37 countries. Mr. Clayborne began his career as a CPA at McGladrey & Pullen LLP (now, RSM US LLP), then at KPMG Peat Marwick (now, KPMG). He brings with him more than 25 years of experience in all aspects of strategy, finance, business development, negotiation, and accounting. Mr. Clayborne earned his Master of Business Administration from the University of Southern California, with high honors, and his Bachelor of Science in Accountancy from Northern Illinois University.

 

76

 

 

Jane Gottschalk – Chief Creative Officer and Director

 

Ms. Gottschalk has served as our Chief Creative Officer since September 2022, as a member of our board of directors since March 2021 and as a member of PMA’s board of directors since May 2012. From July 2017 to September 2022, Ms. Gottschalk served as the Creative Director of PMUK, and since September 2022, Ms. Gottschalk has served, and is serving, as the Chief Creative Officer of PMUK. From May 2012 to September 2022, she served as Creative Director of PMA, and since September 2022, she has served, and is serving, as Chief Creative Officer of PMA. Since August 2011, Ms. Gottschalk is also serving as Director of Jing Holdings Limited, a holding company that operates Jax Coco, a leading coconut water brand, and from September 2012 to May 2023 served as Director of Jax Coco UK Limited. Ms. Gottschalk holds a B.A. from University of Kent. Ms. Gottschalk is the wife of Max Gottschalk, the Chairman of our board of directors. We believe that Ms. Gottschalk is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to the perspective and experience she brings as our Chief Creative Officer and her creative, innovative and entrepreneurial attributes that provide valuable insight to our board and are aligned with our unique culture.

 

Non-Executive Directors

 

Max Gottschalk – Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

Mr. Gottschalk has served as the Chairman of our board of directors since March 2021 and as a member of PMA’s board of directors since May 2012 and a member of PMUK’s board of directors since July 2017. Since April 2022, Mr. Gottschalk has been serving as Director at Nurture Brands Limited, a plant based food and beverage business. Since November 2021, Mr. Gottschalk has been serving as Director at various holding entities for investments of the Hycap Fund, an energy transition private equity fund that invests in the hydrogen ecosystem. Since August 2011, Mr. Gottschalk has also been serving as Director of Jing Holdings Limited, a holding company that operated Jax Coco, a leading coconut water brand that was acquired by Nurture Brands Limited in 2022, and from August 2019 to May 2023 served as Director of Jax Coco UK Limited. Mr. Gottschalk is also the Co-Founder of and since December 2020 has been serving as a Partner and Director at Ocean 14 Capital Ltd., a private equity fund investing in emerging companies and technology to help protect and sustain our oceans. Since September 2019, Mr. Gottschalk has been serving as Director at Aeon Investment Limited, a credit-focused investment company, based in London. Mr. Gottschalk is also the Founder of and since December 2015 has been serving as the Chief Executive Officer and Director at Vedra Partners Ltd., a multi-family office with operations in London and Switzerland. In addition, Mr. Gottschalk is the Co-Founder of and from January 2021 to April 2023 served as a Partner and Director at Hydrogen Equity Partners Ltd., an investment management firm with a focus on new hydrogen energy sources. Mr. Gottschalk also co-founded Gottex Fund Management in 1998, a global asset management company that he built and brought to market in 2007 on the Swiss stock exchange. Prior to Gottex, he ran Bear Stearns’s fixed income derivatives hedge fund sales team in New York. Mr. Gottschalk holds a B.A. in Finance from the McIntire School of Commerce at the University of Virginia. We believe that Mr. Gottschalk is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his extensive leadership and business experience as an entrepreneur and investor, as well as his service on other boards of directors.

 

Andre Keijsers – Director

 

Mr. Keijsers has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2023. Since May 2016, Mr. Keijsers has been serving as Director of PMA, and from July 2017 to September 2019, Mr. Keijsers served as Director of PMUK. Since October 2020, Mr. Keijsers has been serving as the Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Van Lanschot Kempen Investment Management (UK) Ltd, an investment management company and the regulated UK subsidiary of Dutch-listed Van Lanschot Kempen N.V. From January 2017 to July 2019, Mr. Keijsers was a senior partner at Vedra Partners Ltd., a multi-family office with operations in London and Switzerland. Prior to that, Mr. Keijsers served as the Chief Financial Officer of Kings Rock Global Investment Partners Ltd from April to December 2016, and the Chief Financial Officer and Director of Fansz Ltd., a social media technology company, from April to December 2015. Fansz Ltd. filed for liquidation in January 2016. From 2008 to 2015, Mr. Keijsers was a member of the Executive Committee and the Head of M&A of Gottex Fund Management, a global asset management company. From 2001 to 2007, Mr. Keijsers served as the Chief Financial Officer of Swapstream, an electronic trading platform for interest rate swaps and a subsidiary of CME Group Inc. (Nasdaq: CME). Mr. Keijsers is the founder of Arnhem Consulting Limited, through which he provides financial and corporate governance advice to companies. From February 2017 until October 2023, Arnhem Consulting Limited provided consulting services to PMA. Since August 2019, Mr. Keijsers has been serving as Director of Pinkhurst Lane Ltd. Since November 2018, Mr. Keijsers has also been serving as Director of TGR1.618 Ltd, Iris Audio Technologies Ltd, Iris Audio Engineering Ltd and Iris Clarity Ltd. From May 2016 to September 2019, Mr. Keijsers served as Director of Jing Holdings Limited, a holding company that operates Jax Coco UK Limited, a leading coconut water brand, and from May 2016 to August 2019, he served as Director of Jax Coco UK Limited. Mr. Keijsers was an Equity Sales Associate at ABN AMRO Bank N.V. from 1991 to 1994 and Associate Director of Equity Sales at UBS from 1994 to 1996. Mr. Keijsers received a doctorandus degree in Computer Science from the Radboud University, Nijmegen, Netherlands. We believe that Mr. Keijsers is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his extensive leadership, financial and corporate governance experience, his understanding of the Company’s operations, as well as his service on other boards of directors.

 

77

 

 

Berndt Hauptkorn – Director

 

Mr. Hauptkorn has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2023. Since September 2015, Mr. Hauptkorn has been serving as President Europe Region of Chanel SAS (Paris), Chanel’s European division, where he oversees all business units (e.g., fashion, fragrance and beauty, watches and jewelry), employee teams, and sales, service and experience channels across Europe, the Middle East, India and Africa. Since January 2019, Mr. Hauptkorn has been serving as Global Markets Officer of Chanel Ltd (London), where he is responsible for the cross-regional coordination of all Region Presidents at Chanel. Since September 2015, Mr. Hauptkorn has been serving as Director at various Chanel entities: (i) Chairman at Chanel Denmark ApS (Denmark), (ii) Chairman at Chanel Norway AS (Norway), (iii) Chairman at Chanel Sweden AB (Sweden), (iv) Executive Director at Chanel s.r.o. (Czech Republic), (v) Director at CHANEL s.r.o., organizačná  zlozka, a branch of Chanel s.r.o. (Slovakia), (vi) Manager at Chanel Moda ve Lüks Tüketim Ürünleri Limited Sirketi (Turkey) and (vii) Director at Chanel spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością  (Poland). Prior to his roles at Chanel, from June 2012 to August 2015, Mr. Hauptkorn served as Chief Executive Officer of Uniqlo Europe and as Global Officer and Senior Vice President of Uniqlo’s Fast Retailing Group. Since March 2019, Mr. Hauptkorn has been serving as a Board Member of the European Brands Association (AIM), an organization that represents manufacturers of branded consumer goods in Europe on key issues, where he represents Chanel interests. Since November 2018, Mr. Hauptkorn has also been serving as a senior advisor to the founders and directors of LUKSO Blockchain. From August 2007 to December 2009, Mr. Hauptkorn served as Group Chief Executive Officer of Labelux Group, and from November 2009 to January 2012, Mr. Hauptkorn served as Global Chief Executive Officer of Bally International. From March 1998 to July 2007, Mr. Hauptkorn held various roles, including Principal, at the Boston Consulting Group (BCG), where he provided retail, branding, media and private equity consulting services to companies. From August 1994 to August 1997, Mr. Hauptkorn served as an Account Director at AHEAD Marketing + Kommunikation, a full-service advertising and marketing agency. We believe that Mr. Hauptkorn is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his broad and extensive experience in the fashion industry, his leadership and operational management experience, and his experience on other boards of directors.

 

Tracy Barwin – Director

 

Ms. Barwin has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2022. Ms. Barwin has also provided consulting services to the Company as the acting Ecommerce Director, since November 2022. Since November 2022, Ms. Barwin also serves as Founder and Director of Tracy B Ltd., a professional services company. From May 2022 until November 2022, Ms. Barwin was not actively engaged in business activities. Ms. Barwin was Executive Vice President at Hunter Boot Limited from May 2017 until May 2022, overseeing their direct-to-consumer business which included retail, ecommerce, shop-in-shops and pop-up stores. Prior to becoming Executive Vice President at Hunter Boot Limited, Ms. Barwin worked at Uniqlo, a large global SPA clothing retailer, where she held the position of Director of Customer Experience, from September 2010 to April 2017. Ms. Barwin held various roles at Myla, a luxury lingerie company, and Nike, Speedo and Hilton hotels, from 2001 to 2010 across digital, ecommerce and customer experience functions. Ms. Barwin holds a B.A. Honors degree in Modern History and Politics from Manchester University and later enhanced this degree with a post graduate diploma from The Chartered Institute of Marketing. We believe that Ms. Barwin is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to the perspective and experience she brings across the fashion and retail brands she has worked across, specifically her direct-to-consumer experience as well as her experience on other boards of directors.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers have, during the past ten years, been involved in any legal proceedings described in subparagraph (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K.

 

Board of Directors and Corporate Governance

 

When considering whether directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills to enable the board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies as set forth above.

 

The board of directors periodically reviews relationships that directors have with our company to determine whether the directors are independent. Directors are considered “independent” as long as they do not accept any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee (other than director fees) from us, are not an affiliated person of our company or our subsidiaries (e.g., an officer or a greater than 10% stockholder) and are independent within the meaning of applicable United States laws, regulations and the Nasdaq Capital Market listing rules. In this latter regard, the board of directors uses the Nasdaq Listing Rules (specifically, Section 5605(a)(2) of such rules) as a benchmark for determining which, if any, of our directors are independent, solely in order to comply with applicable SEC disclosure rules.

 

78

 

 

Board Committees 

 

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will operate pursuant to a charter to be adopted by our board of directors and will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The composition of each committee and its respective charter will be effective upon the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, and copies of each charter will be posted on the corporate governance section of our website at www.perfectmoment.com. Each committee has the composition and responsibilities described below. Our board of directors may establish other committees from time to time.

 

Nasdaq permits a phase-in period of up to one year for an issuer registering securities in an initial public offering to meet the audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee independence requirements. Under the initial public offering phase-in period, only one member of each committee is required to satisfy the heightened independence requirements at the time our registration statement becomes effective, a majority of the members of each committee must satisfy the heightened independence requirements within 90 days following the effectiveness of our registration statement, and all members of each committee must satisfy the heightened independence requirements within one year from the effectiveness of our registration statement.

 

Audit Committee

 

Andre Keijsers, Berndt Hauptkorn and Tracy Barwin will serve on the audit committee, which will be chaired by Andre Keijsers. Our board of directors has determined that Andre Keijsers, Berndt Hauptkorn and Tracy Barwin are “independent” for audit committee purposes as that term is defined in the rules of the SEC and the applicable Nasdaq rules, and each member has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. Our board of directors has designated Andre Keijsers as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. We intend to comply with the applicable independent requirements for all members of the audit committee within the time periods specified under such rules.

 

The audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
     
  pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;
     
  reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;
     
  reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;
     
  coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;
     
  establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;
     
  recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;
     
  monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;
     
  preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;
     
  reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and
     
  reviewing quarterly earnings releases.

 

79

 

 

Compensation Committee

 

Max Gottschalk, Andre Keijsers and Tracy Barwin will serve on the compensation committee, which will be chaired by Andre Keijsers. Our board of directors has determined that Andre Keijsers and Tracy Barwin are “independent” as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules and each member is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. We intend to comply with the applicable independent requirements for all members of the compensation committee within the time periods specified under such rules.

 

The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;
     
  evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our chief executive officer;
     
  reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;
     
  reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;
     
  overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;
     
  evaluating and assessing potential and current compensation advisors in accordance with the independence standards identified in the applicable Nasdaq rules;
     
  retaining and approving the compensation of any compensation advisors;
     
  reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors about our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards;
     
  evaluating and making recommendations to the board of directors about director compensation;
     
  preparing the compensation committee report required by SEC rules, if and when required, to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
     
  reviewing and approving the retention or termination of any consulting firm or outside advisor to assist in the evaluation of compensation matters.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Max Gottschalk, Andre Keijsers, Berndt Hauptkorn and Tracy Barwin will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee, which will be chaired by Andre Keijsers. Our board of directors has determined that Andre Keijsers, Berndt Hauptkorn and Tracy Barwin are “independent” as defined in the applicable Nasdaq rules. We intend to comply with the applicable independent requirements for all members of the nominating and corporate governance committee within the time periods specified under such rules.

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;
     
  establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;
     
  reviewing the size and composition of the board of directors to ensure that it is composed of members containing the appropriate skills and expertise to advise us;
     
  identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;
     
  recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;
     
  developing and recommending to the board of directors a code of business conduct and ethics and a set of corporate governance guidelines; and
     
  overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management.

 

80

 

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics, effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following effectiveness, we will post a copy of our code of ethics, and intend to post amendments to this code, or any waivers of its requirements, on our company website.

 

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

 

None of the members of our compensation committee is currently or has been within the past three years one of our officers or an employee. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

Corporate Governance Guidelines

 

We have adopted corporate governance guidelines, effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, that serve as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines will cover a number of areas including the size and composition of the board, board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, and management succession planning. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be available on our website at https://www.investors.perfectmoment.com upon completion of this offering.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

We comply with applicable state law with respect to transactions (including business opportunities) involving potential conflicts. Applicable state corporate law requires that all transactions involving our company and any director or executive officer (or other entities with which they are affiliated) are subject to full disclosure and approval of the majority of the disinterested independent members of our board of directors, approval of the majority of our stockholders or the determination that the contract or transaction is intrinsically fair to us. More particularly, our policy is to have any related party transactions (i.e., transactions involving a director, an officer or an affiliate of our company) be approved solely by a majority of the disinterested independent directors serving on the board of directors.

 

Family Relationships

 

Max Gottschalk, our Chairman of our board of directors, and Jane Gottschalk, and our Chief Creative Officer and a member of our board of directors, are husband and wife. There are no other family relationships among any of the directors or executive officers.

 

81

 

 

Director Compensation

 

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, we did not pay cash or equity-based compensation to any of our non-employee directors for their service on our board of directors (not including any fees paid to such non-employee directors for other services). We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending board of directors and committee meetings.

 

As of March 31, 2023, none of our non-employee directors held any outstanding option awards or other stock awards to purchase or to be issued our common stock.

 

As of March 31, 2023, Jane Gottschalk, our current Chief Creative Officer and a member of our board of directors, who was a non-employee director until August 2022, held options to purchase 68,172 shares of our common stock. We have agreed to grant, but not yet granted, options to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock each (for a total of 90,000 shares of our common stock) to Andre Keijsers, Tracy Barwin and Berndt Hauptkorn, our three independent directors, pursuant to and upon the terms and conditions of their independent director agreement with us, vesting over a period of three years from the effective date of each such agreement.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we plan to implement a compensation plan for our non-employee directors, such that non-employee directors will receive an annual cash retainer and/or an annual grant of stock options. Our committee chairpersons may receive certain additional retainer fees. Our directors who are also our employees or officers will not receive any compensation specifically related to their activities as directors, other than reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at meetings.

 

Board compensation will be reviewed annually, and changes will be recommended by the compensation committee and approved by our board of directors.

 

Director Compensation Table

 

The following table discloses the cash fees and stock awards and total compensation earned, paid or awarded to each of our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023. Columns disclosing compensation under the headings “Option Awards,” “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation,” and “Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings” are not included because no compensation in these categories was awarded to, earned by or paid to our non-employee directors in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023. The dollar amounts shown are in U.S. dollars. The amounts originally in British pounds were converted to U.S. dollars for this table using the average of the average exchange rates for each fiscal month during the applicable fiscal year. Applying this formula to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, £1.00 was equal to $1.2055.

 

Name   Fees
Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)
    All Other
Compensation ($)
    Total
($)
 
Max Gottschalk     135,016 (1)     -       135,016  
Jane Gottschalk     48,220 (2)     24,837 (3)     73,057  
Tracy Barwin     88,604 (4)     -       88,604  
Andre Keijsers(5)     -       -       -  
Berndt Hauptkorn(5)     -       -       -  

  

(1) The amount reported in this column for Mr. Gottschalk represents consulting fees paid to him pursuant to the terms of his consulting agreement.

 

(2)

The amount reported in this column for Ms. Gottschalk represents consulting fees paid to her pursuant to the terms of her consulting agreement for the five month period from April 2022 to August 2022. Effective September 1, 2022, Ms. Gottschalk became an employee of PMUK, and, since that date, is no longer a non-employee director.

   
(3) The amount reported in this column for Ms. Gottschalk represents the grant date fair value of the vested stock awards pursuant to the terms of her 2021 Equity Incentive Plan agreement granted to her in consideration for her consulting services to the Company.

 

(4) The amount reported in this column for Ms. Barwin represents advisory fees paid to her pursuant to the terms of her consulting agreement for providing advisory services. $21,699 of the amount reported in this column accrued from the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 and paid on April 23, 2023.

 

(5) Because Andre Keijsers and Berndt Hauptkorn were appointed in October 2023, such non-employee directors received no cash or equity compensation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023.

82

 

Consulting Agreements

 

Max Gottschalk

 

We, through PMA, are party to a consulting agreement with Max Gottschalk, dated May 15, 2019, which continues until terminated in accordance with its terms, during which Mr. Gottschalk is entitled to receive fees for services rendered amounting to £8,000 per month from April 2021 to November 2022 and £12,000 per month since December 2022. These amounts are in lieu of any other cash payments or equity awards Mr. Gottschalk may otherwise have been entitled to receive as a member of our board of directors.

 

Jane Gottschalk

 

We, through PMA, were party to a consulting agreement with Jane Gottschalk, dated April 30, 2018, pursuant to which Ms. Gottschalk was entitled to receive £8,000 per month since April 1, 2019, for services rendered. These amounts are in lieu of any other cash payments or equity awards Ms. Gottschalk may otherwise have been entitled to receive as a member of our board of directors. The consulting agreement was terminated effective September 1, 2022, after which Ms. Gottschalk became an employee of PMUK.

 

Tracy Barwin

 

We were party to a consulting agreement with Tracy Barwin, dated November 18, 2022, pursuant to which Ms. Barwin was entitled to receive £1,500 per day for services rendered with a minimum commitment of two days per month. These amounts were in lieu of any other cash payments or equity awards Ms. Barwin may otherwise have been entitled to receive as a member of our board of directors. The consulting agreement with Ms. Barwin was terminated in October 2023 and replaced by an independent director agreement, described below under “— Independent Director Compensation.”

 

Arnhem Consulting Limited (Andre Keijsers)

 

We, through PMA, were party to a consulting agreement with Arnhem Consulting Limited (“Arnhem”), a company controlled by Andre Keijsers, dated February 28, 2017, pursuant to which Arnhem was entitled to receive £1,200 per month for services rendered. The consulting agreement was terminated in October 2023 as a result of Mr. Keijsers becoming a director of the Company.

 

Independent Director Compensation

 

Each of our independent directors, Andre Keijsers, Berndt Hauptkorn and Tracy Barwin, has entered into an independent director agreement with us, each dated October 23, 2023. In accordance with their independent director agreements, each independent director will receive an annual cash fee of $50,000, and an initial grant of stock options to purchase 30,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”), subject to approval by our board of directors, which options have not yet been granted. We will pay the annual cash compensation fee to each independent director in monthly installments no later than the 15th of each such calendar month, commencing on the effective date of the agreement, pro-rated for the initial and last payments, if applicable. The options will vest annually over a three-year period starting from the agreement date, with such vesting subject to the agreement not having been terminated at the time of vesting and the other terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan or successor plan as well as the applicable stock option agreement between us and the independent director. The options have an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the 2021 Plan) per share and an exercise period of five years from the effective date of the agreement. We will also reimburse the independent director for pre-approved reasonable business-related expenses incurred in good faith in connection with the performance of the director’s duties for us. As also required under the independent director agreement, we have separately entered into standard indemnification agreements with the independent directors.

 

Executive Compensation

  

Named Executive Officers

 

Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 set forth in this prospectus (the “Named Executive Officers”) are Mark Buckley and Jane Gottschalk.

  

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table summarizes the compensation of our Named Executive Officers during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022.

 

The dollar amounts shown are in U.S. dollars. The amounts originally in British pounds were converted to U.S. dollars for this table using the average of the average exchange rates for each fiscal month during the applicable fiscal year. Applying this formula to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, £1.00 was equal to $1.2055.

 

Name and Principal Position 

 

Fiscal

Year

  

 

Salary
($)

  

 

Bonus

($)

  

Stock

Awards

($)

  

Option

Awards

($)

  

All Other

Compensation

($)

  

 

Total

($)

 
                             
Mark Buckley(1)
Chief Executive Officer
   2023    121,511        -          -      -    398(2)   121,909 
                                    
Jane Gottschalk(1)                                   
Chief Creative Officer   2023    140,642    -    -    -    48,220(3)   224,022 

 

(1) Reflects actual earnings for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, which may differ from approved 2023 base salary due to start date.
(2) The amount reported in this column for Mr. Buckley represents PMUK contributions to the United Kingdom’s National Employment Savings Trust.
(3) The amount reported in this column for Ms. Gottschalk represents consulting fees paid to her pursuant to the terms of her consulting agreement for the five month period from April 2022 to August 2022. Effective September 1, 2022, Ms. Gottschalk became an employee of PMUK.

83

 

 

Employment Agreements

 

Named Executive Officers

 

Mark Buckley

 

On October 21, 2022, we entered into a Contract of Employment, through PMUK, for Mr. Buckley to serve as our Chief Executive Officer and our former acting Chief Financial Officer, commencing November 7, 2022.  Mr. Buckley served as acting Chief Financial Officer until October 2023. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Mr. Buckley is entitled to receive an annual base salary of £250,000 and is eligible to receive performance-based bonuses, and is entitled to receive, but has not yet been granted, options to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock, vesting over a period of 4 years.  In connection with his employment, Mr. Buckley also serves as a member of our board of directors.

 

Either we or Mr. Buckley may terminate the agreement for any reason upon 3 months’ prior written notice.  We may also, at our sole discretion, terminate the agreement at any time and with immediate effect by paying Mr. Buckley an amount equal to the base salary he would have been entitled to receive during the notice period.  In addition, we may terminate the agreement without notice if there is (a) serious or persistent breach of any terms of his employment (b) gross misconduct or any conduct tending to bring himself or us into disrepute or (c) acts of dishonesty, whether relating to us, an employee, a customer or otherwise. 

 

Mr. Buckley’s agreement provides that he will be subject to certain non-solicitation provisions relating to customers, suppliers and/or employees of the Company during his employment and for a 12-month period following the termination of his employment.

 

Jane Gottschalk

 

On September 7, 2022, we entered into a Contract of Employment, through PMUK, for Ms. Gottschalk to serve as our Chief Creative Officer commencing September 1, 2022.  Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Ms. Gottschalk is entitled to receive an annual base salary of £200,000 and was eligible to receive a guaranteed bonus of £50,000 payable on the first anniversary of her employment. Ms. Gottschalk has waived her right to receive such bonus. Future bonuses are dependent upon individual and company performance.

 

Either we or Ms. Gottschalk may terminate the agreement for any reason upon 3 months’ prior written notice.  We may also, at our sole discretion, terminate the agreement at any time and with immediate effect by paying Ms. Gottschalk an amount equal to the base salary she would have been entitled to receive during the notice period.  In addition, we may terminate the agreement without notice if there is (a) serious or persistent breach of any terms of his employment (b) gross misconduct or any conduct tending to bring herself or us into disrepute or (c) acts of dishonesty, whether relating to us, an employee, a customer or otherwise. 

 

Ms. Gottschalk’s agreement provides that she will be subject to certain non-solicitation provisions relating to customers, suppliers and/or employees of the Company during her employment and for a 12-month period following the termination of her employment.

 

As of March 31, 2023, Jane Gottschalk held options to purchase 68,172 shares of our common stock.

 

84

 

 

Other Executive Officers

 

Jeff Clayborne

 

On October 20, 2023 (the “Effective Date”), we entered into an Employment Agreement for Mr. Clayborne to serve as our Chief Financial Officer, commencing as of such date. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Mr. Clayborne is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $110,000 and is eligible to receive an annual bonus; provided, however, that the decision to provide any annual bonus and the amount and terms of any annual bonus will be in the sole and absolute discretion of our board of directors and the compensation committee.

 

Mr. Clayborne is also eligible to participate in the 2021 Plan and pursuant to his employment agreement, is entitled to receive, subject to approval by our board of directors, options to purchase 50,000 shares of our common stock on the Effective Date, vesting annually over two years in equal installments, with the first vesting on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, with an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the 2021 Plan), which stock options will expire five years from the Effective Date.

 

The agreement will continue until the second anniversary thereof, unless terminated earlier; provided that, on such second anniversary of the Effective Date and each annual anniversary thereafter, the agreement will be automatically extended, upon the same terms and conditions, for successive one-year periods, unless either party provides written notice of its intention not to extend the term of the agreement at least 30 days prior to the applicable anniversary date.

 

Either we or Mr. Clayborne may terminate the agreement for any reason upon 30 days’ advance written notice. If Mr. Clayborne’s employment is terminated upon either party’s failure to renew the agreement, by us for Cause (as defined in the agreement) or by Mr. Clayborne without Good Reason (as defined in the agreement), Mr. Clayborne will be entitled to receive (i) any accrued but unpaid base salary and accrued but unused vacation, (ii) any earned but unpaid annual bonus with respect to any completed calendar year immediately preceding the termination date (provided that, if Mr. Clayborne’s employment is terminated by us for Cause, then any such accrued but unpaid annual bonus will be forfeited), (iii) reimbursement for unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by Mr. Clayborne and (iv) such employee benefits (including equity compensation), if any, to which Mr. Clayborne may be entitled under our employee benefit plans as of the termination date (clauses (i) through (iii), the “Accrued Amounts”). If Mr. Clayborne’s employment is terminated by us without Cause or by Mr. Clayborne for Good Reason, Mr. Clayborne will be entitled to the Accrued Amounts and, subject to the terms and conditions of the agreement, including Mr. Clayborne’s execution of a release of claims, Mr. Clayborne will be entitled to receive continued base salary for three months following the termination date.

 

Additionally, prior to the closing of this offering, we have the right to terminate the agreement upon written notice to Mr. Clayborne at any time, effective immediately upon notice, without liability, in the event that Nasdaq notifies us that we will be required engage a full time Chief Financial Officer upon the closing of this offering and Mr. Clayborne is unable or unwilling to serve as our full time Chief Financial Officer or we and Mr. Clayborne are unable to agree on the terms applicable to such full time engagement within ten days after such notification from Nasdaq. In the event of such notification from Nasdaq, we and Mr. Clayborne agree to amend the terms of the agreement to reflect the agreed upon terms applicable to such full time engagement.

 

Mr. Clayborne’s agreement provides that he will be subject to certain non-competition provisions and non-solicitation provisions relating to customers and/or employees of the Company during his employment and for a one-year period following the termination of his employment. The agreement also includes provisions governing Company confidential information and indemnification rights.

 

UK National Employment Savings Trust

 

Our subsidiary in the United Kingdom, PMUK, is required by the applicable local laws and regulations to make contributions to the United Kingdom’s National Employment Savings Trust for all eligible personnel, including Mark Buckley, our Chief Executive Officer and former acting Chief Financial Officer. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, we had contributed £330 to the National Employment Savings Trust for Mr. Buckley.

  

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

 

The board of directors and stockholders adopted our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan on August 24, 2021. Our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance units, and performance shares to our employees, directors, and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. As of October 27, 2023, there were 1,227,204 options granted or available for grant under the 2021 Plan of which 299,957 are allocated to employees and consultants (vested and non-vested) and 927,247 are unallocated.

 

Authorized Shares

 

Subject to the adjustment provisions of the 2021 Plan, and the automatic increase described in the 2021 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the 2021 Plan was 340,860, which was automatically increased by 250,000 on September 1, 2021 to 590,860 shares pursuant to the evergreen increase included in the 2021 Plan. Subject to the adjustment provisions of the 2021 Plan, the number of shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2021 Plan also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023 and ending on (and including) the fiscal year ending March 31, 2031, in an amount equal to the least of:

 

  250,000 shares of our common stock; or

 

  such number of shares of our common stock as the administrator may determine.

 

85

 

 

If an award granted under the 2021 Plan expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program or, with respect to restricted stock, RSUs, performance units, or performance shares, is forfeited to, or repurchased by, us due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the 2021 Plan (unless the 2021 Plan has terminated). With respect to stock appreciation rights, only the net shares actually issued will cease to be available under the 2021 Plan and all remaining shares under stock appreciation rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2021 Plan (unless the 2021 Plan has terminated). Shares that actually have been issued under the 2021 Plan under any award will not be returned to the 2021 Plan; provided, however, that if shares issued pursuant to awards of restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, or performance units are repurchased or forfeited to us due to failure to vest, such shares will become available for future grant under the 2021 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2021 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, the cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

 

Plan Administration

 

The board of directors or one or more committees appointed by the board of directors will administer the 2021 Plan. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2021 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured with the intent that they satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan, the administrator has the power to administer the 2021 Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the 2021 Plan, including the power to determine the fair market value of our common stock, select the service providers to whom awards may be granted, determine the number of shares covered by each award, approve forms of award agreement for use under the 2021 Plan, determine the terms and conditions of awards (including the exercise price, the time or times when the awards may be exercised, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any award or the shares relating thereto), construe and interpret the terms of the 2021 Plan and awards granted under it, prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2021 Plan, including creating sub-plans, and modify or amend each award, including the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards (provided that no option or stock appreciation right will be extended past its original maximum term), temporarily suspend the exercisability of an award if the administrator deems such suspension to be necessary or appropriate for administrative purposes, and to allow a participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to such participant under an award. The administrator may institute and determine the terms of an exchange program under which (i) outstanding awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have a higher or lower exercise price or different terms), awards of a different type and/or cash, (ii) participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced. The administrator’s decisions, determinations, and interpretations are final and binding on all participants.

 

Stock Options

 

Stock options may be granted under the 2021 Plan in such amounts as the administrator will determine in accordance with the terms of the 2021 Plan. The exercise price of options granted under the 2021 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an option will be stated in the award agreement, and in the case of an incentive stock option, may not exceed 10 years. With respect to any participant who owns stock representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant. The administrator will determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, shares, or other property acceptable to the administrator, as well as other types of consideration permitted by applicable law. After a participant ceases to provide service as an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if the cessation of service is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the option will remain exercisable for three months following the cessation of service. An option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of options.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under the 2021 Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights will expire upon the date determined by the administrator and set forth in the award agreement. After a participant ceases to provide service as an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her award agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if cessation of service is due to death or disability, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for 12 months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for three months following the cessation of service. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

 

86

 

 

Restricted Stock

 

Restricted stock may be granted under the 2021 Plan. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator (if any). The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director, or consultant and, subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan, will determine any terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

RSUs may be granted under the 2021 Plan. RSUs are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of the 2021 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria, and the form and timing of payment. The administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned RSUs in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

 

Performance Units and Performance Shares

 

Performance units and performance shares may be granted under the 2021 Plan. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish performance objectives or other vesting provisions in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. The administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. After the grant of a performance unit or performance share, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such performance units or performance shares. Performance units will have an initial dollar value established by the administrator on or prior to the date of grant. Performance shares will have an initial value equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance units or performance shares in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof.

 

87

 

 

Non-Employee Directors

 

The 2021 Plan provides that all outside (non-employee) directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2021 Plan. In order to provide a maximum limit on the awards that can be made to tour non-employee directors, the 2021 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, a non-employee director may not be paid, issued, or granted equity awards (including awards issued under the 2021 Plan) with an aggregate value (the value of which will be based on their grant date fair value determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) and any other compensation (including without limitation any cash retainers or fees) that, in the aggregate, exceed $500,000 (excluding awards or other compensation paid or provided to him or her as a consultant or employee). The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our outside directors under the 2021 Plan in the future.

 

Non-Transferability of Awards

 

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, the 2021 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. If the administrator makes an award transferable, such award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.

 

Certain Adjustments

 

In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2021 Plan, the administrator will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2021 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in the 2021 Plan.

 

Dissolution or Liquidation

 

In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction and all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

 

Merger or Change in Control

 

The 2021 Plan provides that in the event of our merger with or into another corporation or entity or a change in control (as defined in the 2021 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including, without limitation, that (i) awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices, (ii) upon written notice to a participant, that the participant’s awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or change in control, (iii) outstanding awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon consummation of such merger or change in control and, to the extent the administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or change in control, (iv) (A) the termination of an award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights, then such award may be terminated by us without payment), or (B) the replacement of such award with other rights or property selected by the administrator in its sole discretion, or (v) any combination of the foregoing. The administrator will not be obligated to treat similarly all awards, all awards a participant holds, all awards of the same type, or all portions of awards.

 

88

 

 

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the award (or portions thereof), the participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding options and stock appreciations rights (or portions thereof) that is not assumed or substituted for, all restrictions on restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares, and performance units (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for will lapse, and, with respect to such awards with performance-based vesting (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, in all cases, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement between the participant and us or any parent or subsidiary. Additionally, in the event an option or stock appreciation right (or portions thereof) is not assumed or substituted for in the event of a merger or change in control, the administrator will notify each participant in writing or electronically that the option or stock appreciation right (or its applicable portion), as applicable, will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion, and the option or stock appreciation right (or its applicable portion), as applicable, will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

With respect to awards granted to an outside director, in the event of a change in control, the outside director’s options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and RSUs will lapse, and, with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, in all cases, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement between the participant and us or any parent or subsidiary.

 

Clawback

 

Awards will be subject to any company clawback policy and the administrator also may specify in an award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, recoupment, reimbursement, or reacquisition upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The administrator may require a participant to forfeit, return, or reimburse us all or a portion of the award and any amounts paid under the award pursuant to the terms of the clawback policy or applicable laws.

 

Amendment; Termination

 

The administrator has the authority to amend, alter, suspend, or terminate the 2021 Plan provided such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant. The 2021 Plan will automatically terminate in 2031, unless terminated sooner.

 

Enterprise Management Incentive Sub-Plan

 

The 2021 Plan includes an Enterprise Management Incentive Sub-Plan for the purpose of granting options to participants residing in the United Kingdom in compliance with the laws of the United Kingdom.

 

89

 

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

 

We have applied for the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, therefore, our determination of the independence of directors is being made using the definition of “independent” contained in the listing standards of Nasdaq. On the basis of information solicited from each director, the board has unanimously determined that Andre Keijsers, Berndt Hauptkorn and Tracy Barwin are independent within the meaning of such rules.

 

SEC regulations define the related person transactions that require disclosure to include any transaction, arrangement or relationship in which the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of the Company’s total assets at year-end for the last two completed fiscal years ($68,130) in which we were or are to be a participant and in which a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A related person is: (i) an executive officer, director or director nominee of the company, (ii) a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock, (iii) an immediate family member of an executive officer, director or director nominee or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock, or (iv) any entity that is owned or controlled by any of the foregoing persons or in which any of the foregoing persons has a substantial ownership interest or control.

 

In addition to the executive officer and director compensation arrangements discussed in “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of all related person transactions that occurred during the period from April 1, 2021 through the present (the “Reporting Period”).

  

On June 26, 2023, our HSBC trade finance facility became secured by a standby documentary credit for $1.00 million from UBS Switzerland AG, which standby documentary credit is secured by a guarantee from JGA. The JGA guarantee accrues interest of 8% per annum, payable by the Company. The interest charged for the three months ended June 30, 2023 was negligible. Such JGA guarantee is in addition to the $4.00 million personal guarantee of the trade finance facility by Mr. Gottschalk, described below.

 

The Company engaged Deliberate Software Limited (“Deliberate”) as a supplier for IT services amounting to amounting to $0.03 million and $0.11 million, respectively for the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, of which $0.03 million and $0.01 million, respectively, were unpaid and included in trade payables as of June 30, 2023 and June 30, 2022. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, IT services were provided amounting to $0.32 million and $1.17 million, respectively, of which $0.01 million and $0.34 million was unpaid as at March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively. Deliberate also holds 100,351 of Perfect Moment Ltd. Series A convertible preferred stock, which preferred stock will be converted to common stock in connection with the closing of this offering. A director of Deliberate is an immediate family member of our former Chief Executive Officer, Negin Yeganegy, who was a also a member of our board of directors during the years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022. Deliberate continues to provide IT services to the Company.

 

The Company engaged Jing Holdings as a supplier for the provision of consultants, amounting to $0 and $0.06 million for the years ended March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively. Jing Holdings’ services terminated on February 28, 2022. Max Gottschalk, the Chairman of our board of directors, and Jane Gottschalk, our Chief Creative Officer and a member of our board of directors indirectly control and are directors of Jing Holdings.

 

On November 18, 2022, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Tracy Barwin, our director, which continues until terminated in accordance with its terms, during which Ms. Barwin is entitled to receive £1,500 per day for services rendered with a minimum commitment of two days per month. These amounts are in lieu of any other cash payments or equity awards Ms. Barwin may otherwise have been entitled to receive as a member of our board of directors.

 

On June 29, 2022, the Company entered into a short-term loan of $0.20 million from Sprk Capital Limited at an interest rate of 16% per annum that has been fully settled in February 2023 along with accrued interest of $0.02 million. A director of Sprk Capital Limited, Simon Nicholas Champ, is a shareholder of the Company. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, Simon Nicholas Champ held 19,570 shares of Series A preferred stock, which preferred stock will be converted to common stock in connection with the closing of this offering.

 

On November 15, 2021, the Company entered into services agreements with each of Purple Pebble America LLC, an entity controlled by Priyanka Chopra, and NJJ Ventures, LLC, an entity controlled by Nicholas Jonas, to provide advertising and publicity services to the Company in exchange for 377,428 shares of our common stock each, plus product samples and reimbursement of costs and expenses related to the services provided. The shares of common stock were subject to a forfeiture schedule based on service milestones. All such shares of common stock have ceased to be subject to forfeiture on May 15, 2023. The original term of each services agreement expired on May 15, 2023, but was extended to May 15, 2024. Ms. Chopra and Mr. Jonas are married; neither has any interest in or control over the entity indicated as controlled by the other. Ms. Chopra disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned by NJJ Ventures, LLC and Mr. Jonas disclaims any beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock owned by Purple Pebble America LLC.

 

The Chairman of our board of directors, Max Gottschalk, has provided a $4.00 million personal guarantee for all monies, obligations and liabilities owing by PMA to HSBC, the Company’s principal banking facility provider. The guarantee is a pay-on-demand guarantee securing the Company’s obligations under the HSBC facility, including interest and bank costs, fees and expenses, up to $4.00 million.

 

90

 

  

On March 15, 2021, the Company entered into securities purchase agreements with 47 investors, including JGA, pursuant to which it issued and sold 8% senior subordinated secured convertible promissory notes, or the 2021 Notes, to such investors, of which 2021 Notes in a principal amount of $0.20 million was issued to JGA. The Gottschalk Family Trust is the 100% owner of JGA and Credit Suisse Trust Limited is the Trustee of the Gottschalk Family Trust. Credit Suisse Trust Limited takes direction from Mr. Gottschalk as a beneficiary and, therefore, is deemed to be a related party of Mr. Gottschalk, the Chairman of our board of directors. The Company has not paid any of the principal or interest on the 2021 Notes. The portion of the debt due to JGA amounted to $0.23 million and $0.34 million as of March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively, consisting of $0.20 million of principal, and $0.03 million and $0.14 million of accrued interest, respectively. As of October 27, 2023, the debt due to JGA amounted to $0.20 million of principal, and $0.04 million of accrued interest. Upon the closing of this offering, the convertible debt, including accrued interest, will automatically convert into our common stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the initial public offering price of our common stock. Unless converted on the occurrence of an initial public offering, the mandatory redemption date of the debt is December 15, 2023.

  

On March 11, 2021, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Lucius. Members and managers and/or officers of Lucius are also principals and/or officers of Laidlaw, an underwriter and joint bookrunner in this offering. Under the terms of the agreement, Lucius has provided and will provide to us consulting, advisory and related services. The original agreement had a term ending on the earlier of the closing of an underwritten initial public offering or twelve months from March 11, 2021, which was extended by the parties to a term ending on the earlier of (i) the closing of an underwritten initial public offering or (ii) the date that is the earlier of August 31, 2022 or six months after the submission of a registration statement in connection with an underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an amendment to the agreement on January 28, 2022, and subsequently extended by the parties to a term ending on the earlier of the closing of an underwritten initial public offering or March 31, 2024 (the “Extension Date”) pursuant to an amendment to the agreement dated as of August 31, 2022. As compensation for services rendered or to be rendered, we issued to Lucius 700,000 shares of our common stock at the time of execution of the agreement. The agreement set forth that in the event that the initial public offering price is less than $5.00 per share, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, upon closing of this offering we are required to issue additional shares of common stock to Lucius so that the total value of the shares originally issued and such additional shares will be $3,500,000 at the initial public offering price per share. The agreement also specified that until the Extension Date, if we, prior to the consummation of this offering, sell our equity or equity convertible securities at a purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, then an equivalent adjustment to the consultant’s shares would be made. Pursuant to such adjustment rights, Lucius would be granted 0 additional shares of common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no sales of equity securities, stock split or stock combination by the Company before the closing of this offering. The original agreement contained the provision which provided for the cancelation, and the forfeiture and surrender by the consultant, of 350,000 shares in the event (i) the initial public offering, (ii) another going-public transaction (such as a SPAC merger, “APO,” direct listing, etc.) or (iii) an “M&A Transaction” as defined therein is not consummated by March 31, 2022, (which date was extended to the Extension Date pursuant to an amendment to the agreement on January 28, 2022) for any reason, which provision was deleted by the parties pursuant to an amendment to the agreement on March 21, 2022, effective as of closing date of the 2022 debt financing. Lucius has certain demand and piggyback registration rights under the agreement. See “Description of Securities – Demand Registration Rights” and “– Piggyback Registration Rights.” Any additional shares of common stock issued to Lucius pursuant to the share adjustment rights described above will be restricted securities. See also “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and This Offering – We have granted rights to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, to be issued additional common stock of the Company if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted, which issuance would cause immediate dilution and might affect the price, demand, and liquidity of our common stock. Such rights also create a conflict of interest between an underwriter and joint bookrunner and the Company.”

 

Laidlaw acted as introducing broker for the 2021 Notes and was paid a cash fee of $840,605, and was reimbursed $60,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with its role. Laidlaw acted as introducing broker for the 2022 Notes and was paid a cash fee of $996,883 and was reimbursed $60,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with its role. Laidlaw also acted as introducing broker for the Series B convertible preferred stock and was paid a cash fee of $594,999, and was reimbursed $30,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with such role. Laidlaw also acted as introducing broker for our common stock financing during May 2023 to August 2023, and was paid a cash fee of $245,430, and was reimbursed $30,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with such role.

 

91

 

 

On December 31, 2020, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Montrose Capital Partners Limited (“Montrose”), an entity affiliated with Mark Tompkins, a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock and a former director of the Company. Under the terms of the agreement, Montrose has provided and will provide to us consulting, advisory and related services. The original agreement had a term ending on the earlier of the closing of an underwritten initial public offering or six months from December 31, 2020, which was extended by the parties to a term ending on the earlier of the closing of an underwritten initial public offering or March 31, 2022, pursuant to an amendment to the agreement on March 10, 2021, subsequently extended by the parties to a term ending on the earlier of (i) the closing of an underwritten initial public offering or (ii) the date that is the earlier of August 31, 2022 or six months after the submission a registration statement in connection with an underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an amendment to the agreement dated as of January 28, 2022, and subsequently extended by the parties to a term ending on the earlier of the closing of an underwritten initial public offering or March 31, 2024 (the “Extension Date”) pursuant to an amendment to the agreement dated as of August 31, 2022. As compensation for services rendered or to be rendered, the Company issued 1,200,000 shares of our common stock at the time of execution of the agreement to four share assignees, which consist of (i) 1,040,000 shares of common stock issued to Mark Tompkins, a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock and a former director of the Company, (ii) 150,000 shares of common stock issued to Ian Jacobs, a former officer and director of the Company and an associate of Montrose, (iii) 7,500 shares of common stock issued to Sichenzia Ross Ference Carmel LLP, legal counsel to the underwriters in this offering, and (iv) 2,500 shares of common stock issued to Barrett S. DiPaolo, an attorney of Sichenzia Ross Ference Carmel LLP. The agreement set forth that in the event that the initial public offering price is less than $5.00 per share, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, upon closing of this offering we are required to issue additional shares of common stock to the share assignees so that the total value of the shares originally issued and such additional shares will be $6,000,000 at the initial public offering price per share. The agreement also specified that until the Extension Date, if we, prior to the consummation of this offering, sell our equity or equity convertible securities at a purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, then an equivalent adjustment to the share assignees’ shares will be made. Pursuant to such adjustment rights, the share assignees would be granted 0 additional shares of common stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no sales of equity securities, stock split or stock combination by the Company before the closing of this offering. The original agreement contained the provision which provided for the cancelation, and the forfeiture and surrender by the share assignees, of 1,050,000 shares in the event (i) the initial public offering, (ii) another going-public transaction (such as a SPAC merger, “APO,” direct listing, etc.) or (iii) an “M&A Transaction” as defined therein is not consummated by December 31, 2021, for any reason. The cancelation provision was extended to March 31, 2022 and the shares subject to forfeiture was amended to 600,000 shares pursuant to an amendment to the agreement on March 10, 2021. Subsequently, pursuant to an amendment dated January 28, 2022, the provision was extended to the Extension Date and pursuant to an amendment dated March 21, 2022, effective as of the closing date of the 2022 debt financing, the provision was deleted in its entirety. The share assignees have certain demand and piggyback registration rights under the agreement. See “Description of Securities – Demand Registration Rights” and “– Piggyback Registration Rights.” Any additional shares of common stock issued to the share assignees pursuant to the share adjustment rights described above will be restricted securities. See also “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and This Offering – We have granted rights to six holders of our common stock to be issued additional common stock of the Company if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted, which issuance would cause immediate dilution and might affect the price, demand, and liquidity of our common stock. Such rights also create a conflict of interest between an underwriter and joint bookrunner and the Company.”

 

Prior to the 2021 share exchange, there were historical shareholder loans from JGA and Fermain from 2020 for $0.30 million and $0.24 million, respectively, at an interest rate of 10% per annum. The repayment dates were extended on numerous occasions and the loans were repaid on September 30, 2022. The amount of interest paid to JGA and Fermain during the Reporting Period was $0.05 million and $0.04 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, the outstanding balances were $0 and $0.54 million, respectively. The balance as of March 31, 2022 comprised $0.30 million with JGA and $0.24 million with Fermain. The largest amount of principal outstanding due to JGA and Fermain during the Reporting Period was $0.30 million and $0.24 million, respectively. The Porchester Trust (“Porchester”) is the 100% owner of Fermain and Cannon Corporate Services (Guernsey) Limited is the Trustee of Porchester and takes direction from Mr. Gottschalk as a beneficiary. Both JGA and Fermain are, therefore, deemed to be related parties of Mr. Gottschalk, the Chairman of our board of directors. 

 

Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties

 

Our board of directors reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of five percent or more of our voting securities and their affiliates, each a related party. Prior to this offering, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to our board of directors prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction is not considered approved by our board of directors unless a majority of the directors who are not interested in the transaction approve the transaction. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

 

In connection with this offering, we adopted a written related party transactions policy that such transactions must be approved by our audit committee or another independent body of our board of directors.

 

92

 

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of October 27, 2023 for:

 

  each person, or group of affiliated persons, known to us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

  each of our directors;

 

  each of our named executive officers; and

 

  all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership of our common stock is determined under the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power, or of which a person has a right to acquire ownership at any time within 60 days of the date of this prospectus. Except as indicated by footnote, and subject to applicable community property laws, we believe the persons identified in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.

 

In the following table, percentage ownership prior to this offering is based on 14,002,685 shares of our common stock outstanding as of October 27, 2023, assuming (i) conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,323,782 shares of our common stock, (ii) conversion of all outstanding shares of Series B convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 1,189,998 shares of our common stock (iii) conversion of all outstanding Notes into an aggregate of 2,255,502 shares of our common stock calculated assuming conversion on October 27, 2023 and an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the mid-point of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, (iv) the issuance of 75,333 shares of common stock in July 2023 for which we received advance funds of $0.45 million in June 2023 for common stock subscriptions and (v) the issuance of 179,531 shares of common stock during July 2023 to August 2023 for net proceeds of $0.91 million. Percentage ownership after this offering is based on shares of common stock issued and outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering and assumes that none of the beneficial owners named below purchases shares in this offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options or other convertible securities held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or releasable or that will become exercisable or releasable within 60 days of October 27, 2023. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the following persons is 307 Canalot Studios, 222 Kensal Rd, London W10 5BN, United Kingdom, and each such person has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite his, her or its name.

 

93

 

 

Name of Beneficial Owner   Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Prior to
Offering
    Percentage
Beneficially
Owned Prior
to Offering
    Percentage
Beneficially
Owned After
Offering (No
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option)
    Percentage
Beneficially
Owned After
Offering
(With Full
Exercise of
Over-
Allotment
Option)
 
                         
Named Executive Officers and Directors:                        
Max Gottschalk(1)     3,776,029       22.6 %     19.7 %     19.3 %
Mark Buckley(2)     -       - %     - %     - %
Jeff Clayborne(3)     -       - %     - %     - %
Jane Gottschalk(4)     3,776,029       21.2 %     18.6 %     18.3 %
Andre Keijsers(5)     -       - %     - %     - %
Berndt Hauptkorn(6)     -       - %     - %     - %
Tracy Barwin(7)     -       - %     - %     - %
All directors and executive officers as a group (7 persons)(8)     3,776,029       22.6 %     19.7 %     19.3 %
                                 
Other 5% Stockholders:                                
Mark Tompkins(9)     1,040,000       7.4 %     6.3 %     6.2 %
Lucius Partners, LLC(10)     700,000       5.0 %     4.2 %     4.1 %

  

(1)

Consists of (i) 855,150 shares of common stock held of record by Fermain; (ii) 2,624,341 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock held of record by Fermain; (iii) 171,466 shares of common stock held of record by JGA; (iv) 19,646 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the initial public offering held of record by JGA; (v) 37,254 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Notes immediately prior to the initial public offering held by JGA; and (vi) 68,172 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options by Mr. Gottschalk’s spouse, Jane Gottschalk.

   
(2)

Pursuant to his Contract of Employment, Mr. Buckley is entitled to receive, but has not yet been granted, options to purchase 300,000 shares of our common stock, vesting over a period of 4 years.

   
(3)

Pursuant to his Employment Agreement, Mr. Clayborne is entitled to receive, but has not yet been granted, options to purchase 50,000 shares of common stock, vesting over a period of 2 years.

   

(4)

Consists of (i) 855,150 shares of common stock held of record by Fermain; (ii) 2,624,341 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock held of record by Fermain; (iii) 171,466 shares of common stock held of record by JGA; (iv) 19,646 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the initial public offering held of record by JGA, which shares are beneficially owned by Ms. Gottschalk’s spouse, Max Gottschalk; (v) 37,254 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Notes immediately prior to the initial public offering held by JGA, which shares are beneficially owned by Ms. Gottschalk’s spouse, Max Gottschalk; and (vi) 68,172 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

   
(5)

Pursuant to his independent director agreement, Mr. Keijsers is entitled to receive, but has not yet been granted, options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock, vesting over a period of 3 years.

   
(6)

Pursuant to his independent director agreement, Mr. Hauptkorn is entitled to receive, but has not yet been granted, options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock, vesting over a period of 3 years.

   
(7)

Pursuant to her independent director agreement, Ms. Barwin is entitled to receive, but has not yet been granted, options to purchase 30,000 shares of common stock, vesting over a period of 3 years.

 

(8) Consists of (i) 1,026,616 shares of common stock; (ii) 2,643,987 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series A convertible preferred stock immediately prior to the initial public offering; (iii) 37,254 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of Notes immediately prior to the initial public offering; and (iv) 68,172 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options.

 

(9) The address of Mr. Tompkins is App 1, Via Guidino 23, 6900 Lugano-Paradiso, Switzerland.

 

(10)

The natural person having voting or investment control over the shares held by such entity is Matthew D. Eitner, Managing Member of the entity. The address of such entity is 12 E. 49th St., 11th Floor, New York, NY 10017. Members and managers and/or officers of Lucius are also principals and/or officers of Laidlaw, an underwriter and joint bookrunner in this offering.

94

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

The following descriptions are summaries of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective upon the closing of this offering and amended and restated bylaws, which will be effective upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The descriptions of the common stock and Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock give effect to changes to our capital structure that will occur immediately prior to the completion of this offering. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated bylaws as our bylaws.

 

General

 

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated.

 

As of October 27, 2023, 14,002,685 shares of our common stock were outstanding and held by 232 stockholders of record. This amount assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock as well as all outstanding principal and accrued interest under the 2021 Notes and the 2022 Notes into common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

 

Common Stock

 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

 

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities and any liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock will be converted into shares of our common stock. Upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. We currently have no plans to issue additional shares of preferred stock.

 

Laidlaw acted as introducing broker for the Series B convertible preferred stock and was paid a cash fee of $594,999, and was reimbursed $30,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with such role.

 

95

 

  

Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Notes

 

2021 Debt Financing

 

On March 15, 2021, pursuant to a securities purchase agreement, as amended on March 15, 2022 and November 30, 2022, the Company issued and sold senior subordinated secured convertible promissory notes, or the 2021 Notes, to 47 accredited investors in the aggregate principal amount of $6,004,320. The 2021 Notes bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum and are due on December 15, 2023. The 2021 Notes provide that the principal and all accrued and unpaid interest on the 2021 Notes will automatically convert in connection with the closing of this offering into shares of common stock at a conversion rate equal to eighty percent (80%) of this offering price per share. The obligations under the 2021 Notes are secured by the company’s assets; the security interest will be released upon conversion of the 2021 Notes. 

 

Laidlaw acted as introducing broker for the 2021 Notes and was paid a cash fee of $840,605 and was reimbursed $80,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with its role, including as consideration for the extensions of the repayment date.

 

2022 Debt Financing

 

Pursuant to securities purchase agreements dated as of April 8, 2022, April 22, 2022, May 11, 2022 and July 7, 2022, as amended on November 30, 2022, the company issued and sold senior subordinated 8% secured convertible promissory notes, or the 2022 Notes, to a total of 47 accredited investors in the aggregate principal amount of $3,997,646. The 2022 Notes bear interest at the rate of 8% per annum and are due on December 15, 2023. The 2022 Notes rank pari passu with the 2021 Notes. The 2022 Notes provide that the principal and all accrued and unpaid interest on the 2022 Notes will automatically convert in connection with the closing of this offering into shares of common stock at a conversion rate equal to eighty percent (80%) of this offering price per share. The obligations under the 2022 Notes are secured by the company’s assets; the security interest will be released upon conversion of the 2022 Notes.

 

Laidlaw acted as introducing broker for the 2022 Notes and was paid a cash fee of $996,883 and was reimbursed $60,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with its role, including as consideration for the extensions of the repayment date. 

 

2021 Equity Incentive Plan

 

An aggregate of 299,957 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan in connection with outstanding awards. As of October 27, 2023, there are 927,247 shares of common stock available for future awards under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. See “Management— Our 2021 Equity Incentive Plan” above for more information.

 

Registration Rights 

 

We are party to certain agreements that provide that certain holders of our capital stock have certain registration rights, as set forth below. The registration of shares of our common stock by the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these securities without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered by the demand, and piggyback registrations described below. Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include.

 

96

 

 

Demand Registration Rights 

 

We have granted certain demand registration rights to Lucius and Montrose’s four share assignees pursuant to our consulting agreements with Lucius and Montrose, respectively. Upon written demand of the holders of at least 51% of the shares issued pursuant to the respective consulting agreement which are not then covered by an effective resale registration statement at any time during a period of three years beginning on (A) March 31, 2024, if an underwritten initial public offering is not consummated by that date, or (B) six months after the closing of an underwritten initial public offering, we have agreed to register, on one occasion, all or any portion of such consultant shares.

 

We have agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase up to a total of 143,750 shares of common stock (5% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, including shares sold to cover over-allotments, if any) in connection with this offering. The holders of these warrants will be entitled to a certain one-time demand registration right. The warrants and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants have been included on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Piggyback Registration Rights 

 

We have agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase up to a total of 143,750 shares of common stock (5% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, including shares sold to cover over-allotments, if any) in connection with this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these warrants will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing such holders to include the shares underlying the warrants in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering. The warrants and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants have been included on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

We have also granted certain piggyback registration rights to the holders of the 2021 Notes and the 2022 Notes. In the event that we propose to register any of our common stock under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other holders, the holders of the Notes will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing such holders to include the shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Notes in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering.

 

We have also granted certain piggyback registration rights to Lucius and Montrose’s four share assignees pursuant to our consulting agreements with Lucius and Montrose, respectively. If at any time during a period of three years beginning on (A) March 31, 2024, if an underwritten initial public offering is not consummated by that date, or (B) six months after the closing of an underwritten initial public offering, we propose to register any of our common stock under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other holders, the holders of the shares issued pursuant to our consulting agreements with Lucius and Montrose will be entitled to certain piggyback registration rights allowing such holders to include such consultant shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right to include their shares in the registration, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the offering.

 

Share Adjustment Rights

 

On March 11, 2021, we entered into a consulting agreement with Lucius for consulting, advisory and related services. Members and managers and/or officers of Lucius are also principals and/or officers of Laidlaw, an underwriter and joint bookrunner in this offering. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, we have granted Lucius rights to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, or if we sell our equity securities before the closing of this offering at the purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, pursuant to which right Lucius would be granted 0 additional shares of common stock in the aggregate, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no sales of equity securities, stock split or stock combination by the Company before the closing of this offering. Such rights expire upon the closing of this initial public offering. Lucius has certain demand and piggyback registration rights under the agreement. See “– Demand Registration Rights” and “– Piggyback Registration Rights.” Any additional shares of common stock issued to Lucius pursuant to the share adjustment rights described above will be restricted securities. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and This Offering – We have granted rights to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, to be issued additional common stock of the Company if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted, which issuance would cause immediate dilution and might affect the price, demand, and liquidity of our common stock. Such rights also create a conflict of interest between an underwriter and joint bookrunner and the Company.”

 

97

 

 

On December 31, 2020, we entered into a consulting agreement with Montrose, an entity affiliated with Mark Tompkins, a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock and a former director of the Company. Under the terms of the agreement, Montrose has provided and will provide to us consulting, advisory and related services. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, we have granted rights to Montrose and its four share assignees to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, or if we sell our equity securities before the closing of this offering at the purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, pursuant to which right such holders would be granted 0 additional shares of common stock in the aggregate, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no sales of equity securities, stock split or stock combination by the Company before the closing of this offering. Such rights expire upon the closing of this initial public offering. The share assignees have certain demand and piggyback registration rights under the agreement. See “– Demand Registration Rights” and “– Piggyback Registration Rights.” Any additional shares of common stock issued to the share assignees pursuant to the share adjustment rights described above will be restricted securities. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock and This Offering – We have granted rights to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, to be issued additional common stock of the Company if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted, which issuance would cause immediate dilution and might affect the price, demand, and liquidity of our common stock. Such rights also create a conflict of interest between an underwriter and joint bookrunner and the Company.” 

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Charter Documents

  

Our certificate of incorporation provides that certain amendments of our certificate of incorporation and amendments by our stockholders of our bylaws require the approval of at least 66 and 2/3% of the voting power of all of our outstanding stock. These provisions could discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company and could delay changes in management.

 

Our certificate of incorporation also provides that, unless we consent in writing to an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws or any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each case subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein and the claim not being one which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. This forum selection provision may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, employees and agents even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders.

 

Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. At an annual meeting, stockholders may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of our board of directors. Stockholders may also consider a proposal or nomination by a person who was a stockholder at the time of giving notice and at the time of the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice requirements of our bylaws in all respects. The bylaws do not give our board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting of our stockholders. However, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

98

 

 

Our bylaws provide that a special meeting of our stockholders may be called only by our Secretary and at the direction of our board of directors by resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors. Because our stockholders do not have the right to call a special meeting, a stockholder could not force stockholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of our board of directors by calling a special meeting of stockholders prior to such time as a majority of our board of directors, the chairperson of our board of directors, the president or the chief executive officer believed the matter should be considered or until the next annual meeting provided that the requestor met the notice requirements. The restriction on the ability of stockholders to call a special meeting means that a proposal to replace our board of directors also could be delayed until the next annual meeting.

 

Our bylaws do not allow our stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Without the availability of stockholder action by written consent, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a stockholders’ meeting.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law

 

We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, or Section 203. Under Section 203, we would generally be prohibited from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the time that this stockholder became an interested stockholder unless:

 

  prior to this time, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

  upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

  at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 and 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

 

Under Section 203, a “business combination” includes:

 

  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
     
  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;

 

  any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder, subject to limited exceptions;

 

  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or

 

  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

 

In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

Our transfer agent and registrar is VStock Transfer, LLC, 18 Lafeyette Place, Woodmere, New York 11593.

 

Listing

 

We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “PMNT.” There can be no assurance that our application to list our shares of common stock will be approved by the Nasdaq Capital Market. If our application is not approved or we otherwise determine that we will not be able to secure the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, we will not complete this offering.

 

99

 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or securities or instruments convertible into shares of our common stock, in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Furthermore, because there will be limits on the number of shares available for resale shortly after this offering concludes, due to the contractual and legal restrictions described below, there may be resales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after those restrictions lapse. This could adversely affect the market price of our common stock prevailing at that time.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, a total of  16,502,685 shares of our common stock (16,877,685 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) will be outstanding. This number excludes any issuance of an aggregate of additional shares of common stock that could occur in connection with the conversion of our outstanding convertible promissory notes, options and warrants. 

 

All shares of common stock sold in this offering by us will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares of our common stock not sold in this offering are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144, and would be tradable only if they are sold pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including under Rule 144.

 

Underwriter’s Warrants

 

In addition to cash compensation, we have agreed to issue to the underwriters, or their designees, warrants to purchase up to a total of 143,750 shares of common stock (5% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, including shares sold to cover over-allotments, if any). The warrants are exercisable at $                  per share (125% of the public offering price) commencing on a date which is six months year from the commencement of sales of the shares of common stock in this offering and will expire five (5) years from the commencement of sales of the shares of common stock in this offering.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

  1% of the number of shares of our Common Stock then outstanding; or
     
  the average weekly trading volume of our Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person with the SEC of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale; and
     
  provided that, in each case, we have been subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons relying on Rule 144 to transact in our Common Stock must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, Rule 701 allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell those shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Persons relying on Rule 701 to transact in our Common Stock, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We and all of our directors and officers and all of our security holders have entered into lock-up agreements with respect to the disposition of their shares. See “Underwriting” for additional information.

 

100

 

 

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

 

The following summary describes the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below). This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, and does not address foreign, state, and local consequences that may be relevant to Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances, nor does it address U.S. federal tax consequences (such as gift and estate taxes) other than income taxes. This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the alternative minimum tax, the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, and the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. Special rules different from those described below may apply to certain Non-U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment under the Code, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, broker-dealers and traders in securities, U.S. expatriates, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, corporations organized outside of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia that are nonetheless treated as U.S. taxpayers for U.S. federal income tax purposes, persons that hold our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or integrated investment or other risk reduction strategy, persons who acquire our common stock through the exercise of an option or otherwise as compensation, “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds, partnerships and other pass-through entities or arrangements, and investors in such pass-through entities or arrangements. Such Non-U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the U.S. federal, state, local, and other tax consequences that may be relevant to them. Furthermore, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, and Treasury Regulations, rulings, and judicial decisions thereunder as of the date hereof, and such authorities may be repealed, revoked, or modified, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. 

 

This discussion is for informational purposes only and is not tax advice. Persons considering the purchase of our common stock pursuant to this offering should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income, estate, and other tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our common stock in light of their particular situations as well as any consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction, including any state, local, or foreign tax consequences. 

 

For the purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a beneficial owner of common stock that is neither a U.S. Holder, nor a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its place of organization or formation). A “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes any of the following: 

 

  an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; 

 

  a corporation or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia; 

 

  an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

  a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. 

 

101

 

 

Distributions 

 

Distributions, if any, made on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder to the extent made out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) generally will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes and will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, subject to the discussions below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding, and foreign accounts. To obtain a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be required to provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of individuals) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of entities), or other appropriate form, certifying the Non-U.S. Holder’s entitlement to benefits under that treaty. This certification must be provided to us and/or our paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is an entity, Treasury Regulations and the relevant tax treaty provide rules to determine whether, for purposes of determining the applicability of a tax treaty, dividends will be treated as paid to the entity or to those holding an interest in that entity. If a Non-U.S. Holder holds stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to such agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us and/or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty and such Non-U.S. Holder does not timely file the required certification, such Non-U.S. Holder may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS. 

 

We generally are not required to withhold tax on dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States) if a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI, stating that the dividends are so connected, is furnished to us (or, if stock is held through a financial institution or other agent, to such agent). In general, such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, on a net income basis at the regular rates applicable to U.S. residents. A corporate Non-U.S. Holder receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax,” which is imposed, under certain circumstances, at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable treaty) on the corporate Non-U.S. Holder’s effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to certain adjustments. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules. 

 

To the extent distributions on our common stock, if any, exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will first reduce the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain to the extent of any excess amount distributed, and taxed in the same manner as gain realized from a sale or other disposition of common stock as described in the next section.

 

Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock 

 

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to gain realized on a sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless (1) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of such holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States), (2) the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual and is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of the disposition and certain other conditions are met, or (3) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Code Section 897(c)(2) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding such disposition or such holder’s holding period in our common stock. In general, we would be a United States real property holding corporation if our interests in U.S. real property comprise (by fair market value) at least half of our worldwide real property interests and our other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. Even if we are treated as a United States real property holding corporation, gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on a disposition of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax so long as (a) the Non-U.S. Holder owned, directly, indirectly and constructively, no more than 5% of our common stock at all times within the shorter of (i) the five-year period preceding the disposition or (ii) the holder’s holding period and (b) our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, as defined in applicable Treasury Regulations. There can be no assurance that our common stock will qualify as regularly traded on an established securities market. If a Non-U.S. Holder’s gain on disposition of our common stock is taxable because we are a United States real property holding corporation and such Non-U.S. Holder’s ownership of our common stock exceeds 5%, such Non-U.S. Holder will be taxed on such disposition generally in the manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to the provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply to a corporate Non-U.S. Holder. 

 

102

 

 

Non-U.S. Holders described in (1) above will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale at regular U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate Non-U.S. Holders described in (1) above may be subject to the additional branch profits tax on such gain at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Gain described in (2) above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which gain may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though a Non-U.S. Holder is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. 

 

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

 

Generally, we must report information to the IRS with respect to any distributions we pay on our common stock (even if the payments are exempt from withholding), including the amount of any such distributions, the name and address of the recipient, and the amount, if any, of tax withheld. A similar report is sent to the holder to whom any such distributions are paid. Pursuant to tax treaties or certain other agreements, the IRS may make its reports available to tax authorities in the recipient’s country of residence. 

 

Distributions paid by us (or our paying agents) to a Non-U.S. Holder may also be subject to U.S. backup withholding. U.S. backup withholding generally will not apply to a Non-U.S. Holder who provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient. 

 

U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements generally will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock effected by or through a U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, except that information reporting and such requirements may be avoided if the holder provides a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E or otherwise meets documentary evidence requirements for establishing non-U.S. person status or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, U.S. information reporting and backup withholding requirements will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Information reporting and backup withholding requirements may, however, apply to a payment of disposition proceeds if the broker has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is, in fact, a U.S. person. For information reporting purposes, certain brokers with substantial U.S. ownership or operations will generally be treated in a manner similar to U.S. brokers. 

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against the tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. 

 

Foreign Accounts 

 

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments to a foreign financial institution (as specifically defined by applicable rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). FATCA also generally imposes a federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify those requirements. The withholding tax described above will not apply if the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from the rules. 

 

FATCA withholding currently applies to payments of dividends, if any, on our common stock and, subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations described in this paragraph, generally also would apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock. The U.S. Treasury Department released proposed regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department stated that taxpayers may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final regulations are issued. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock. 

 

EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY RECENT OR PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAW.

 

103

 

 

UNDERWRITING

 

Under the terms and subject to the conditions in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below, for whom ThinkEquity LLC is acting as the representative, have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated below:

 

Name  Number of
Shares
 
ThinkEquity LLC                
Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd.     
Total:     

 

The underwriters and the representative are collectively referred to as the “underwriters” and the “representative,” respectively. The underwriters are offering the shares of common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.

 

The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representative.

 

We entered into a consulting agreement with Lucius for consulting, advisory and related services, in connection with which we issued to Lucius 700,000 shares of our common stock. Members and managers and/or officers of Lucius are also principals and/or officers of Laidlaw, an underwriter and joint bookrunner in this offering. In addition, we have granted rights to Lucius to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted. See “Description of Securities – Share Adjustment Rights,” “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities – We have granted rights to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, to be issued additional common stock of the Company if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted, which issuance would cause immediate dilution and might affect the price, demand, and liquidity of our common stock. Such rights also create a conflict of interest between an underwriter and joint bookrunner and the Company.”

 

An underwriter and joint bookrunner, Laidlaw, acted as introducing broker for the 2021 Notes and was paid a cash fee of $840,605 and was reimbursed $80,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with its role, including as consideration for the extensions of the repayment date. Laidlaw acted as introducing broker for the 2022 Notes and was paid a cash fee of $996,883 and was reimbursed $60,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with its role, including as consideration for the extensions of the repayment date. Laidlaw also acted as introducing broker for the Series B convertible preferred stock and was paid a cash fee of $594,999, and was reimbursed $30,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with such role. Laidlaw also acted as introducing broker for our common stock financing during May 2023 to August 2023, and was paid a cash fee of $245,430, and was reimbursed $30,000 of fees and expenses, including legal fees, in connection with such role.

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 375,000 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase about the same percentage of the additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table.

 

104

 

 

Determination of Offering Price

 

The public offering price of the securities we are offering was negotiated between us and the underwriters. Factors considered in determining the public offering price of the shares include the history and prospects of the Company, the stage of development of our business, our business plans for the future and the extent to which they have been implemented, an assessment of our management, general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering and such other factors as were deemed relevant.

 

We have granted rights to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, Laidlaw, to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, or if we sell our equity securities before the closing of this offering at the purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, pursuant to which right such holders would be granted 0 additional shares of common stock in the aggregate, assuming an initial public offering price of $6.50 per share, the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and assuming no sales of equity securities, stock split or stock combination by the Company before the closing of this offering See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Ownership of Our Securities – We have granted rights to six holders of our common stock, one of which is an affiliate of an underwriter and joint bookrunner, to be issued additional common stock of the Company if the initial public offering price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted, which issuance would cause immediate dilution and might affect the price, demand, and liquidity of our common stock. Such rights also create a conflict of interest between an underwriter and joint bookrunner and the Company.”

 

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for shares of our common stock, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

 

The obligations of the underwriters may be terminated upon the occurrence of certain events specified in the underwriting agreement. Furthermore, pursuant to the underwriting agreement, the underwriters’ obligations are subject to customary conditions, representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.

 

Discount, Commissions and Expenses

 

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses, to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

 

       Total 
   Per Share   No Exercise   Full Exercise 
Public offering price  $             $               $          
Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us(1)  $   $   $ 
Proceeds, before expenses, to us  $   $   $ 

 

(1) Consists of an underwriting commission of 7.5% of the gross proceeds raising in this offering.

 

We have agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to the underwriters equal to 1% of the gross proceeds received at the completion of this offering. We have paid an expense deposit of $30,000 to the representative of the underwriters, which will be applied against the out-of-pocket accountable expenses that will be paid by us to the underwriters in connection with this offering, and will be reimbursed to us to the extent not actually incurred in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(4)(A).

 

105

 

 

We have also agreed to pay certain of the representative’s expenses relating to this offering, including (i) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering (including the securities subject to the representative’s over-allotment option) with the SEC; (ii) all filing fees and expenses associated with the review of this offering by FINRA; (iii) all fees and expenses relating to the listing of our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, including any fees charged by The Depository Trust for new securities; (iv) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of our officers, directors and entities in an amount not to exceed $10,000 in the aggregate; (v) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of our common stock and under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states, if applicable, and other jurisdictions as the underwriters may reasonably designate; (vi) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration, qualification or exemption of our securities under the securities laws of such foreign jurisdictions as the underwriters may reasonably designate; (vii) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the underwriting agreement, any blue sky surveys and, if appropriate, any agreement among underwriters, selected dealers’ agreement, underwriters’ questionnaire and power of attorney), registration statements, prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final prospectuses as the underwriters may reasonably deem necessary; (viii) the costs and expenses of our public relations firm; (ix) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering certificates representing our shares of common stock; (x) fees and expenses of the transfer agent for our common stock; (xi) stock transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of shares of our common stock from us to the representative; (xii) the costs associated with post-closing advertising this offering in the national editions of the Wall Street Journal and New York Times; (xii) the costs associated with bound volumes of the public offering materials as well as commemorative mementos and lucite tombstones, each of which we or our designee will provide within a reasonable time after the closing in such quantities as the representative may reasonably request, in an amount not to exceed $3,000; (xiii) the fees and expenses of our legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (xvi) the fees and expenses of the underwriter’s legal counsel not to exceed $100,000; (xv) the $29,500 cost associated with the use of Ipreo’s book building, prospectus tracking and compliance software for this offering; (xvi) $10,000 for data services and communications expenses; (xvii) up to $10,000 of the underwriters’ actual accountable “road show” expenses; and (xviii) up to $30,000 of the representative’s market making and trading and clearing firm settlement expenses for this offering. The total reimbursable expenses to the underwriters will be capped at $225,000, not including any of our indemnification or contribution obligations.

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $0.8 million.

 

Right of First Refusal

 

Until eighteen (18) months from the closing date of this offering, the underwriters will have an irrevocable right of first refusal to act as joint investment bankers, joint book-runners, and/or sole placement agents, at the underwriters’ sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity and debt offering, including all equity linked financings, by the Company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company during such eighteen (18) month period, on terms customary to the underwriters. The underwriters will have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker-dealer will have the right to participate in any such offering and the economic terms of any such participation.

 

Underwriter’s Warrants

 

We have agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase up to a total of 143,750 shares of common stock (5% of the shares of common stock sold in this offering, including shares sold to cover over-allotments, if any). The warrants are exercisable at $                  per share (125% of the public offering price) commencing on a date which is six months year from the commencement of sales of the shares in this offering and will expire five (5) years from the commencement of sales of the shares in this offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(8)(A). The warrants and the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants have been included on the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(e) of FINRA. The underwriters (or their permitted assignees under the Rule) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will it engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from effectiveness. In addition, the warrants provide for registration rights upon request, in certain cases. We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities issuable on exercise of the warrants other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrant exercise price or underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuances of shares of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.

 

Discretionary Accounts

 

The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

Pursuant to certain “lock-up” agreements, we, our executive officers, directors and holders of all of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately upon the closing of this offering, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of, directly or indirectly, engage in any short selling of any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock, whether currently owned or subsequently acquired, without the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of effectiveness of this offering in the case of our executive officers and directors, and for a period of six (6) months from the date of effectiveness of this offering for holders of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock.

 

106

 

 

We, all directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding common stock and securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters agreeing that, without the prior written consent of the, we and they will not, during the period ending twelve (12) months from the date of effectiveness of this offering in the case of our executive officers and directors, and during the period ending six (6) months from the date of effectiveness of this offering for holders of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock (the “restricted period”):

 

  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock;

 

  file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock other than a registration statement on Form S-8;
     
  complete any offering of debt securities other than entering into a line of credit with a traditional bank; or
     
  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock,

 

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. In addition, we and each such person agrees that, without the prior written consent of the representative on behalf of the underwriters, we or such other person will not, during the restricted period, make any demand for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock.

 

The restrictions in the immediately preceding paragraph do not apply to our directors, officers or holders of our outstanding common stock or other securities in certain circumstances, including the (i) transfers of our common stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering; (ii) transfers of our common stock as bona fide gifts, by will, to an immediate family member or to certain trusts provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act would be required or voluntarily made; (iii) distributions of our common stock to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, trust or other business entity that is an affiliate, or to an entity controlled or managed by an affiliate provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act would be required or voluntarily made; (iv) distributions of our common stock to the stockholders, partners or members of such holders provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act would be required or voluntarily made; (v) the exercise of options, settlement of restricted stock units or other equity awards granted under a stock incentive plan or other equity award plan described in this prospectus, or the exercise of warrants outstanding described in this prospectus; (vi) transfers of our common stock to us for the net exercise of options, settlement of restricted stock units or warrants granted pursuant to our equity incentive plans or to cover tax withholding for grants pursuant to our equity incentive plans; (vii) the establishment by such holders of trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period; (viii) transfers of our common stock pursuant to a domestic order, divorce settlement or other court order; (ix) transfers of our common stock to us pursuant to any right to repurchase or any right of first refusal we may have over such shares; (x) conversion of our outstanding securities into common stock in connection with the closing of this offering; and (xi) transfers of our common stock pursuant to a bona fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction that is approved by our board of directors.

 

Certain of these exceptions are subject to a requirement that the transferee enter into a lock-up agreement with the underwriters containing similar restrictions.

 

Additionally, we have agreed that for a period of twelve (12) months after the effectiveness of this offering we will not directly or indirectly offer to sell, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to sell or otherwise dispose of shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock in any “at-the-market,” “equity line of credit” or similar transaction, whereby we may issue securities at a future determined price, or other variable rate transaction, without the prior written consent of the underwriters.

 

The representative may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time.

 

In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is covered if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a naked short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. As an additional means of facilitating this offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of the common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

 

107

 

 

We and the underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot in connection with this offering by selling more shares than are set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. This creates a short position in our common stock for its own account. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares of common stock that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares of common stock involved is greater than the number of shares common stock in the over-allotment option. To close out a short position, the underwriters may elect to exercise all or part of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also elect to stabilize the price of our common stock or reduce any short position by bidding for, and purchasing, common stock in the open market.

 

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter or dealer repays selling concessions allowed to it for distributing shares of common stock in this offering because the underwriter repurchases the shares of common stock in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

 

Finally, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of our common stock in market making transactions, including “passive” market making transactions as described below.

 

These activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a price that is higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the absence of these activities. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and may discontinue any of these activities at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the national securities exchange on which our shares of common stock are traded, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

 

This prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or by their affiliates and the underwriters or their affiliates may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares for sale to its online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriter that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than this prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

Other Relationships

 

The underwriters and their respective affiliates may, in the future provide various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees. However, except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have no present arrangements with the underwriters for any further services.

 

Offer Restrictions Outside the United States

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

Australia

 

This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act. Accordingly, (i) the offer of the securities under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the securities sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer to the offeree under this prospectus.

 

108

 

 

Canada

 

The shares of common stock may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

 

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

China

 

The information in this document does not constitute a public offer of the securities, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for purposes of this paragraph, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan). The securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to legal or natural persons other than directly to “qualified domestic institutional investors.”

 

European Economic Area—Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands

 

The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of securities will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC (“Prospectus Directive”), as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.

 

An offer to the public of securities has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

  to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
     
  to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements) and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements);
     
  to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Company or any underwriter for any such offer; or
     
  in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

France

 

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities (offre au public de titres financiers) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code Monétaire et Financier) and Articles 211-1 et seq. of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers (“AMF”). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

 

This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

 

Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to (i) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-1 to D.411-3, D.744-1, D.754-1 ;and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation and/or (ii) a restricted number of non-qualified investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-4, D.744-1, D.754-1; and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.

 

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the securities cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

109

 

 

Ireland

 

The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005 (the “Prospectus Regulations”). The securities have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to (i) qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(l) of the Prospectus Regulations and (ii) fewer than 100 natural or legal persons who are not qualified investors.

 

Israel

 

The securities offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority (the ISA), nor have such securities been registered for sale in Israel. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with the offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the securities being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the securities offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.

 

Italy

 

The offering of the securities in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa, or “CONSOB”) pursuant to the Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the securities may be distributed in Italy and such securities may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 (“Decree No. 58”), other than:

 

  to Italian qualified investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree no.58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999 (“Regulation no. 1197l”) as amended (“Qualified Investors”); and
     
  in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended.
     
  Any offer, sale or delivery of the securities or distribution of any offer document relating to the securities in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be:
     
  made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No. 58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and
     
  in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws.

 

Any subsequent distribution of the securities in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971 as amended, unless an exception from those rules applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such securities being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the securities for any damages suffered by the investors.

 

Japan

 

The securities have not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended (the “FIEL”) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article 2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Accordingly, the securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors. Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires securities may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of securities is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.

 

Portugal

 

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities (oferta pública de valores mobiliários) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code (Código dos Valores Mobiliários). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal. This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission (Comissăo do Mercado de Valores Mobiliários) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code. Such offers, sales and distributions of securities in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

 

110

 

 

Sweden

 

This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the securities be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980) om handel med finansiella instrument). Any offering of securities in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

 

Switzerland

 

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).

 

This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.

 

United Kingdom

 

Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the securities. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA) in the United Kingdom, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.

 

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the securities has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to the Company.

 

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 (“FPO”), (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

 

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts, or NI 33-105, the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

111

 

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the securities being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon by Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP, Los Angeles, California. Sichenzia Ross Ference Carmel LLP is representing the underwriters in this offering. As of the date of this prospectus, Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP owns 75,000 shares of our common stock, which it received as compensation for legal services provided in connection with the 2021 share exchange and the 2021 debt financing, and Sichenzia Ross Ference Carmel LLP and its attorneys own an aggregate of 10,000 shares of our common stock, which they received as compensation for legal services provided in connection with the 2021 share exchange and the 2021 debt financing.

 

EXPERTS

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus have been included herein in reliance upon the report, which includes an explanatory paragraph as to our ability to continue as a going concern, of Weinberg & Company, P.A., an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of Weinberg & Company, P.A. as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

On January 12, 2023, the Company received notice from CohnReznick LLP, the Company’s previous independent registered public accounting firm, that CohnReznick LLP had made the decision to resign as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, effective January 12, 2023. Our board of directors accepted the resignation of CohnReznick LLP. CohnReznick LLP had served as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm since April 6, 2021 through January 12, 2023.

 

CohnReznick LLP audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 and the subsequent interim period through January 12, 2023: (i) there were no “disagreements” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K) with CohnReznick LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of CohnReznick LLP, would have caused CohnReznick LLP to make reference to the subject matter of such disagreements in connection with its reports on the consolidated financial statements for such periods and (ii) there were no “reportable events” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K), except that CohnReznick LLP advised management of two material weaknesses in internal controls related to the year ended March 31, 2021:

 

(i)lack of internal control over the preparation and review of financial statements; and

 

(ii)lack of internal controls over the accounting for employee expenses, in particular insufficient review procedures.

 

CohnReznick LLP has been authorized by the Company to respond fully to the inquiries of Weinberg & Company, P.A., the successor independent registered public accountant.

 

The Company provided CohnReznick LLP with a copy of the foregoing disclosure. A copy of CohnReznick LLP’s letter dated November 6, 2023 to the SEC, stating that CohnReznick LLP agrees with the foregoing disclosure, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

Our board of directors approved the appointment of Weinberg & Company, P.A. effective February 10, 2023 as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2022.

 

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2022 and the subsequent interim period through January 12, 2023, neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf consulted with Weinberg & Company, P.A. regarding: (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed; or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on the Company’s financial statements, and neither a written report nor oral advice was provided to the Company that Weinberg & Company, P.A. concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was either the subject of a “disagreement” within the meaning of Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K or a “reportable event” within the meaning of Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K.

 

112

 

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock covered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy, and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

 

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.perfectmoment.com. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. The information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase shares of our common stock.

 

113

 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Consolidated Financial Statements of Perfect Moment Ltd and Subsidiaries

 

    Pages
     
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2023 (unaudited)   F-3
     
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Three-Month Periods Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited)   F-4
     
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit for the Three-Month Periods Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited)   F-5
     
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three-Month Periods Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited)   F-6
     
Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Three-Month Periods Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 (unaudited)   F-8

 

    Pages
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-24
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2023 and 2022   F-25
     
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022   F-26
     
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022   F-27
     
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022   F-28
     
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022   F-30

 

F-1

 

 

Perfect Moment Ltd and Subsidiaries

 

Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

For the Quarterly Period Ended June 30, 2023

 

(Unaudited)

 

F-2

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    June 30,
2023
    March 31,
2023
 
    unaudited        
Assets            
Current assets:            
Cash and cash equivalents   $

1,145

    $ 4,712  
Restricted cash     4,062       -  
Accounts receivable, net     543       997  
Inventories, net     2,315       2,262  
Prepaid and other current assets     1,078       708  
Total current assets     9,143       8,679  
Non-current assets:                
Intangible assets     10       12  
Property and equipment, net     698       833  
Operating lease right of use asset     270       297  
Total non-current assets     978       1,142  
Total Assets   $ 10,121     $ 9,821  
                 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit                
Current liabilities:                
Trade payables   $ 1,054     $ 1,289  
Accrued expenses     1,230       1,390  
Trade finance facility     -       26  
Convertible debt obligations     11,143       10,770  
Advances for stock subscription     452       -  
Operating lease obligations, current portion     231       299  
Unearned revenue     2,341       180  
Total current liabilities     16,451       13,954  
Non-current liabilities:                
Operating lease obligations, long-term portion     44       8  
Total non-current liabilities     44       8  
Total Liabilities     16,495       13,962  
                 
Shareholders’ deficit:                
Common shares; $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 4,978,538  shares and 4,824,352 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, respectively     -       -  
Series A and Series B convertible preference shares; $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized: 6,513,780 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023     1       1  
Additional paid-in capital     36,738       35,910  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income     (185 )     203  
Accumulated deficit     (42,928 )     (40,255 )
Total shareholders’ deficit     (6,374 )     (4,141 )
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit   $ 10,121     $ 9,821  

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-3

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

 

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

(Unaudited)

 

   Three Months Ended 
   June 30,
2023
   June 30,
2022
 
Revenue  $988   $769 
Cost of goods sold   (883)   (685)
Gross profit   105    84 
Operating expenses          
Selling, general and administrative expenses, including stock-based compensation costs of $0 and $3.80 million to consultants for the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively   (2,105)   (5,326)
Marketing and advertising expenses, including stock-based compensation costs of $0.19 million and $0.37 million to non-employees for the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively   (709)   (897)
Total operating expenses   (2,814)   (6,223)
Loss from operations   (2,709)   (6,139)
Interest expense   (374)   (385)
Foreign currency transactions gains (losses)   410    (851)
Loss before income taxes   (2,673)   (7,375)
Income tax benefit   -    - 
Net loss   (2,673)   (7,375)
Other comprehensive gains          
Foreign currency translation gains   388    682 
Comprehensive loss  $(2,285)  $(6,693)
           
Basic and Diluted loss per share  $(0.55)  $(1.58)
Basic and Diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding   4,854,061    4,673,253 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-4

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

 

(Amounts in thousands, except share data)

 

(Unaudited)

 

    Preference Shares     Common Shares           Accumulated              
    Series A Convertible     Series B Convertible         Additional
Paid-in
    Other
Comprehensive
    Accumulated     Total
Shareholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Income (Loss)     Deficit     Deficit  
Balance - March 31, 2022     5,323,782     $       1       -     $      -       3,749,352     $     -     $ 26,674     $ (100 )   $ (29,950 )   $ (3,375 )
Stock compensation expense for employee vested options     -       -       -       -       -       -       89       -       -       89  
Issuance of common stock to consultants     -       -       -       -       1,075,000       -       3,795       -       -       3,795  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       682       -       682  
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (7,375 )     (7,375 )
Balance - June 30, 2022     5,323,782     $ 1       -     $ -       4,824,352     $ -     $ 30,558     $ 582     $ (37,325 )   $ (6,184 )
                                                                                 
Balance - March 31, 2023     5,323,782     $ 1       1,189,998     $ -       4,824,352     $ -     $ 35,910     $ 203     $ (40,255 )   $ (4,141 )
Stock compensation expense for employee vested options     -       -       -       -       -       -       10       -       -       10  
Issuance of common stock     -       -       -       -       154,186       -       818       -       -       818  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (388 )     -       (388 )
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (2,673 )     (2,673 )
Balance - June 30, 2023     5,323,782     $ 1       1,189,998     $ -       4,978,538     $ -     $ 36,738     $ (185 )   $ (42,928 )   $ (6,374 )

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-5

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

(Unaudited)

 

   Three Months Ended 
   June 30,
2023
   June 30,
2022
 
Cash flows from operating activities:        
Net loss  $(2,673)  $(7,375)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:          
Non cash items:          
Depreciation and amortization   141    133 
Bad debt expense   93    (16)
Unrealized foreign exchange loss   (496)   763 
Stock based compensation cost - employees   10    89 
Stock based compensation costs - legal and consulting services   -    3,795 
Stock based compensation costs - marketing services   185    371 
Right of use expense   98    28 
Amortization of convertible debt finance costs   174    139 
Accrued interest   200    176 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Accounts receivable   352    539 
Inventories   6    (115)
Prepaid and other current assets   (526)   205 
Operating lease right of use asset and liability   (98)   (35)
Trade payables   (304)   (254)
Accrued expenses   (220)   (674)
Unearned revenue   2,255    (118)
Net cash used in operating activities   (803)   (2,349)
           
Cash flows from investing activities:          
Purchases of property and equipment   (29)   (113)
Net cash used in investing activities   (29)   (113)
           
Cash flows from financing activities:          
Repayment of trade finance facilities, net   (28)   (280)
Proceeds from issuance of common shares, net   818    - 
Advances for stock subscription   452    - 
Proceeds of other borrowings, net   -    210 
Proceeds from convertible debt obligations, net   -    2,239 
Net cash provided by financing activities   1,242    2,169 
           
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash   85    (58)
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash   495    (351)
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash- beginning of the quarter   4,712    1,575 
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash - end of the quarter  $5,207   $1,224 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-6

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

 

Three Months Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

(Unaudited)

 

   Three Months Ended 
   June 30,
2023
   June 30,
2022
 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash items        
Interest paid on borrowings and bank loans   174    223 
Supplemental Disclosure of Non Cash Operating Activities          
Recognition of operating lease right of use assets and lease obligations   107    163 

 

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements

 

F-7

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Three-Month Periods Ended June 30, 2023 and 2022

 

(unaudited)

 

NOTE 1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Nature of operations

 

Perfect Moment Ltd, a Delaware corporation (“Perfect Moment” or “PML” and, together with its subsidiaries unless the context otherwise requires, the “Company”), is an owner and operator of a fashion brand that offers ski, surf, and activewear collections under the brand name Perfect Moment. The Company’s collections are sold directly to customers through e-commerce, sales to wholesale accounts and through other sales partnerships.

 

Going concern

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.

 

Through June 30, 2023, the Company has funded its operations with proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt, preferred stock and common stock, alongside existing trade, invoice and shareholder financing arrangements. The Company incurred recurring losses, including a net loss of $2.67 million for the three months ended June 30, 2023 and used cash in operations of $0.80 million. As of June 30, 2023, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $42.93 million and a shareholders’ deficit of $6.37 million.

 

These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans to alleviate the conditions that raise substantial doubt include:

 

Exploring sources of long-term funding in the private markets and also pursuing an initial public offering (“IPO”)
   
Taking out short-term loans and debt factoring to assist with working capital shortfalls
   
Closely monitoring the collection of debts
   
Strategies and plans in place to deliver positive EBITDA in the next financial year

 

The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 12 months from the date these unaudited condensed Consolidated Financial Statements were available to be issued is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its obligations, which it has not been able to accomplish to date, and to obtain additional capital financing. No assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in these efforts mentioned above. Our independent registered public accounting firm, in its report on our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2023, has also expressed substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements do not include any adjustments as a result of this uncertainty.

 

Basis of presentation

 

We prepared the accompanying unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2023, with the audited Consolidated Balance Sheet amounts as of March 31, 2023 presented for comparative purposes, and the related unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss, the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Deficit, and the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding interim financial reporting. In compliance with those instructions, we have omitted certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in annual consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, though management believes the disclosures made herein are sufficient to ensure that the information presented is not misleading.

 

F-8

 

 

Our results of operations and our cash flows as of the end of the interim periods reported herein do not necessarily indicate the results we may experience for the remainder of the year or for any other future period.

 

Management believes that we have included all adjustments (including those of a normal, recurring nature) considered necessary to fairly present our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet and our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Deficit, each as of June 30, 2023, as well as our unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss and Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for all periods presented. You should read our unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements and footnotes in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes included within this accompanying registration statement.

 

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Principles of consolidation

 

These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Perfect Moment Ltd and its wholly owned subsidiaries; Perfect Moment Asia Limited, Perfect Moment (UK) Limited and Perfect Moment TM Sarl. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and reflect all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for the fair statement of the financial information for the interim periods presented. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, bank balances, and short-term deposits with original maturities of three months or less. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances, and management believes the Company’s credit risk to be minimal.

 

Accounts receivable

 

Accounts receivable primarily arise out of sales to wholesale accounts and ecommerce partners. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents management’s best estimate of probable credit losses in accounts receivable using the incurred loss methodology. Receivables are written off against the allowance when management believes that it is probable the amount receivable will not be recovered. Additionally, the Company records higher allowances in the first and third quarters following its peak sales seasons after the Company determines it to be probable that it will not collect the related receivables. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, the Company had $0.43 million and $0.34 million, respectively, in allowances for doubtful accounts. Accounts Receivable, net of allowances, as of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023 was $0.54 million and $1.00 million, respectively.

 

Concentration of credit risk

 

Accounts receivable are primarily from wholesale and partner accounts and from third-party platforms. The Company generally does not require collateral to support the accounts receivable; however, the Company may require certain new customers to provide advance payments for goods prior to delivery as part of onboarding new clients. The accounts receivable is net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is established based on management’s assessment of the credit risk of the underlying accounts.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories, consisting of finished goods, inventories in transit, and raw materials, are initially recognized at cost and subsequently measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis and is comprised of all costs of purchases, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

 

F-9

 

 

The Company periodically reviews its inventories and makes a provision as necessary to appropriately value goods that are obsolete, have quality issues, or are damaged. The amount of the provision is equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and its net realizable value based upon assumptions about product quality, damages, future demand, selling prices, and market conditions. If changes in market conditions result in reductions in the estimated net realizable value of its inventory below its previous estimate, the Company would increase its provision in the period in which it made such a determination.

 

In addition, the Company provides for inventory shrinkage based on historical trends from actual physical inventory counts. Inventory shrinkage estimates are made to reduce the inventory value for lost or stolen items. The Company performs a physical inventory at least count once a year and adjusts the shrinkage reserve accordingly.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost consists of purchase price, conversion cost and estimated cost of dismantling and restoration. Expenditure such as repairs and maintenance, overhaul costs and borrowing costs are normally charged to profit or loss when they are incurred. Expenditures resulting in increases in the future economic benefits of the property and equipment are capitalized.

 

Software & Website Development costs are for applications and software with respect to operating our business. For such projects, planning cost and other costs related to the preliminary project stage, as well as costs incurred for post-implementation activities, are expensed as incurred. We capitalize costs incurred during the application development phase only when we believe it is probable the development will result in new or additional functionality. The types of costs capitalized during the application development phase include fees incurred with third parties for consulting, programming and other development activities performed to complete the software. We amortize the assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of three years. If we identify any software to be abandoned, the cost less the accumulated amortization, if any, is recorded as amortization expense.

 

The residual values and useful lives of the property, plant and equipment are reviewed when there are indications that the residual value or useful life of an asset has significantly changed following the end of the previous reporting period. If necessary, the residual value, depreciation method or useful life of that asset is amended prospectively to reflect the new expectation. The following estimated useful lives are used for the depreciation of property and equipment:

 

   Useful Life  Method
Furniture and Fixtures  5 years  Straight-line
Office Equipment  3-5 years  Straight-line
Leasehold Improvements  5 years  Straight-line
Software & Website Development   3 years   Straight-line
Computer Equipment  3 years  Straight-line

 

Leased property

 

At lease commencement, which is generally when the Company takes possession of the asset, the Company records a lease liability and corresponding right-of-use asset. Lease liabilities represent the present value of minimum lease payments over the expected lease term, which includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain those options will be exercised. The present value of the lease liability is determined using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate as of lease commencement. Minimum lease payments include base rent, fixed escalation of rental payments, and rental payments that are adjusted periodically depending on a rate or index. Non-lease components are generally services that the lessor performs for the Company associated with the leased asset, such as common area maintenance.

 

F-10

 

 

Right-of-use assets represent the right to control the use of the leased asset during the lease and are initially recognized in an amount equal to the lease liability. In addition, prepaid rent, initial direct costs, and adjustments for lease incentives are components of the right-of-use asset. Over the lease term, the lease expense is amortized on a straight-line basis beginning on the lease commencement date. A right-of-use asset and lease liability are not recognized for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less, and the lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, the Company has four property leases, which are all accounted for as operating leases under ASC 842. Short-term leases are accounted for under the short-term lease practical expedient of ASC 842.

 

Segment reporting 

 

ASC Topic 280, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information” establishes standards for the way that public business enterprises report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and requires those enterprises to report selected information about operating segments in interim financial reports issued to stockholders. Management has determined that the Company operates in one business segment, product sales.

 

 Geographic concentration 

 

Although the Company is organized fundamentally as one business segment, the Company’s revenues are primarily split between three geographic areas: the US, Europe and the UK. Customers in these regions are served by our leadership, production and operations teams in the UK and Hong Kong. 

  

For the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, total net revenues attributable to the USA totaled $0.31 million and $0.28 million, respectively; total net revenues attributable to Europe, excluding UK, totaled $0.18 million and $0.19 million, respectively; and total net revenues attributable to the UK totaled $0.41 million and $0.20 million, respectively. The remaining net revenue of $0.09 million and $0.10 million, respectively, is attributable to revenues from Canada and countries in the Middle East, Asia Pacific and South America.

 

The long-lived assets of the Company primarily relate to property and equipment, intangible assets and operating lease right-of-use assets in the UK and Hong Kong. Total long-lived assets as of June 30, 2023 were $0.04 million and $0.94 million in Hong Kong and the UK, respectively. As of March 31 2023, total long-lived assets were $0.05 million in Hong Kong and $1.09 million in the UK.

 

Supplier Concentration

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2023, there were no purchases of manufactured goods. For the three months ended June 30, 2022, the largest single supplier of manufactured goods, Claire Fashion Limited, produced 92% of the Company’s products. For the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, the largest fabric supplier, Toray International Inc., supplied 79% and 40%, respectively, of the fabric used to manufacture the Company’s products.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized at a point in time based on the transfer of control. In addition, the majority of the Company’s contracts do not contain variable consideration and contract modifications are minimal. The majority of the Company’s revenue arrangements generally consists of a single performance obligation to transfer promised goods. Revenue is reported net of markdowns, discounts and sales taxes collected from customers on behalf of taxing authorities. Revenue is also presented net of an allowance for expected returns where contracts include the right of return.

 

We estimate returns on an ongoing basis to estimate the consideration from the customer that we expect to ultimately receive. Consideration in determining our estimates for returns may include agreements with customers, the Company’s return policy and historical and current trends. We record the returns as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of operations and the recognition of a provision for returns within accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheets and the estimated value of inventory expected to be returned as an adjustment to inventories, net. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, the returns provision was $0.05 million and $0.04 million, respectively.

 

F-11

 

 

Revenue is comprised of direct-to-consumer ecommerce revenue through the Company’s website and revenue related to wholesalers. The following table details the revenue split:

 

   Three Months Ended 
   June 30,
2023
   June 30,
2022
 
   $’000   $’000 
Wholesale revenues   31    66 
Ecommerce revenues   957    703 
Total   988    769 

 

Revenue is recognized when performance obligations are satisfied through the transfer of control of promised goods to the Company’s customers. Control transfers once a customer has the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the benefits from, the product. This includes the transfer of legal title, physical possession, the risks and rewards of ownership, and customer acceptance. For direct-to-consumer ecommerce revenue, the Company receives payment before the customer receives the promised goods. Revenue is only recognized once the goods have been delivered to the customer. Sales to wholesale customers are recognized when the customer has control which will depend on the agreed upon International Commercial Terms (“inco-terms”). For inventories sold on consignment to wholesalers, the Company records revenue when the inventory is sold to the third-party customer by the wholesaler. The Company may issue merchant credits, which are essentially refund credits. The merchant credits are initially deferred and subsequently recognized as revenue when tendered for payment.

 

The Company’s business is significantly affected by the pattern of seasonality common to most retail apparel businesses. Historically, the Company has recognized a significant portion of its revenue in the fourth fiscal quarter of each year as a result of increased net revenue during the ski season.

 

Cost of goods sold

 

Cost of goods sold includes the cost of purchased merchandise, which includes:

 

-acquisition and production costs including raw material and labor as applicable;

 

-the cost incurred to deliver inventory to the Company’s third-party distribution centers including freight, non-refundable taxes, duty, and other landing costs;

 

-the service fees of the Company’s third-party fulfillment and distribution centers; and

 

-reserves for inventory.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consists of all operating costs not otherwise included in cost of goods sold or marketing and advertising expenses. The Company’s selling, general and administrative expenses include personnel costs, recruitment fees, legal and professional fees, information technology, accounting, travel and lodging, occupancy costs and depreciation and amortization.

 

Marketing and advertising expenses

 

Marketing and advertising expenses include digital marketing and advertising, trade shows, marketing campaigns, gifted stock expense, PR and press events and photoshoot costs.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company follows the liability method with respect to accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for tax losses, tax credit carryforwards, and other tax attributes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates, for the appropriate tax jurisdiction, which are expected to be in effect when these differences are anticipated to reverse.

 

F-12

 

 

Deferred income tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The evaluation as to the likelihood of realizing the benefit of a deferred income tax asset is based on the timing of scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, taxable income forecasts, and tax-planning strategies. The recognition of a deferred income tax asset is based upon several assumptions and forecasts, including current and anticipated taxable income, the utilization of previously unrealized non-operating loss carryforwards, and regulatory reviews of tax filings.

 

The Company evaluates its tax filing positions and recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is considered more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. This determination requires the use of significant judgment. Income tax expense is adjusted in the period in which an uncertain tax position is effectively settled, the statute of limitations expires, facts or circumstances change, tax laws change, or new information becomes available. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters separately as an income or expense item.

 

Foreign currency

 

Foreign currency transactions denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency are remeasured into the functional currency using the spot rate at the date of the transaction with any resulting gains and losses recognized in operating expenses except for gains and losses arising on intercompany foreign currency transactions that are of a long-term investment nature, which are recorded as a foreign currency translation adjustment in other comprehensive income or loss.

 

The functional currency for each entity included in these Consolidated Financial Statements that is domiciled outside of the United States is generally the applicable local currency. Assets and liabilities of each foreign entity are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated on a monthly basis using the average rate for that month as a close approximation. Unrealized translation gains and losses are recorded as a foreign currency translation adjustment, which is included in other comprehensive income or loss, which is a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss included in shareholders’ deficit.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company is authorized to grant options, warrants, and share units to officers and key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and to non-employees. The equity plans are intended to help the Company attract and retain directors, officers, other key executives and employees and is also intended to provide incentives and rewards relating to the Company’s business plans to encourage such persons to devote themselves to the business of the Company. The Company has historically granted share awards to non-employees in exchange for the provision of services (see Note 11).

 

The Company accounts for such awards based on ASC 505 and 718, whereby the value of the award is measured on the date of grant and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company measures fair value as of the grant date for options and warrants using the Black Scholes option pricing model and for common share awards using a weighted average of the Black Scholes method and probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM).

 

The inputs into the Black Scholes option pricing model are subjective and generally require significant judgment. The fair value of the shares of common and preferred stock has historically been determined by the Company’s management with the assistance of third party specialists as there was no public market for the common stock. The fair value is obtained by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including the valuation of comparable companies, sales of preferred stock to unrelated third parties, projected operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of common and preferred stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term) as the Company’s stock option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. Because the Company is privately held and does not have an active trading market for its common and preferred stock for a sufficient period of time, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies, over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option. The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying dividends on common stock in the foreseeable future. Therefore, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

F-13

 

 

Employee benefits

 

Salaries, annual bonuses, paid annual leave and other leave, contributions to defined contribution retirement plans and the cost of non-monetary benefits are accrued in the year in which the associated services are rendered by employees. Where payment or settlement is deferred and the effect would be material, these amounts are measured at their present value.

 

The Company operates a number of defined contribution plans under mandatory provident fund plans. The Company pays contributions to the independent administrators on a monthly basis based on contributions from employees and any contractual employer contributions and has no further payment obligations once they are paid. These contributions are recognized as employee benefit expenses when they are incurred. Pension costs for the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 were $0.01 million in both periods.

 

Loss per share of common stock

 

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the number of additional shares of common stock that would have been outstanding if all dilutive potential shares of common stock had been issued using the treasury stock method. Potential shares of common stock are excluded from the computation when their effect is antidilutive. The dilutive effect of potentially dilutive securities is reflected in diluted net income per share if the exercise prices were lower than the average fair market value of common stock during the reporting period.  

 

Potentially dilutive stock options and securities as presented in the table below were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share, because the effect would be anti-dilutive. As the Company incurred losses in the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, basic and diluted weighted-average shares are the same in the loss per share calculation, in accordance with ASC 260-10-45-20.

 

   June 30,
2023
   June 30,
2022
 
Options to acquire common stock   299,957    681,722 
Series A convertible preferred stock   5,323,782    5,323,782 
Series B convertible preferred stock   1,189,998    - 
Convertible debt financing   2,387,894    1,913,594 
    9,201,631    7,919,098 

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are made using a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value:

 

Level 1 - defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

 

Level 2 - defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and

 

Level 3 - defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

 

The fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety by reference to its lowest level of significant input.

 

F-14

 

 

The Company records cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable at cost. The carrying values of these instruments approximate their fair value due to their short-term maturities. The carrying value of capital lease obligations and debt obligations approximate their fair values due to interest rates on such instruments being the prevailing market interest rates. Unless otherwise noted, it is management’s opinion that the Company is not exposed to significant interest or credit risks arising from these financial instruments.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments in applying the Company’s accounting policies that affect the reported amounts and disclosures made in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of balances recognized or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and are based on a set of underlying data that may include management’s historical experience, knowledge of current events and conditions and other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management continually evaluates the estimates and judgments it uses. These estimates and judgments have been applied in a manner consistent with prior periods and there are no known trends, commitments, events or uncertainties that management believe will materially affect the methodology or assumptions utilized in making these estimates and judgments in these financial statements.  Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include reserves for uncollectible accounts receivables, realizability of inventory; customer returns; useful lives and impairments of long-lived tangible and intangible assets; accounting for income taxes and related uncertain tax positions; and the valuation of stock-based compensation awards. Actual results may differ from these judgements and estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material.

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

 

In September 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2022-04, “Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations” (“ASU 2022-04”). ASU 2022-04 requires entities to disclose the key terms of supplier finance programs they use in connection with the purchase of goods and services, along with the amount of obligations outstanding at the end of each period and an annual roll forward of such obligations. This standard does not affect the recognition, measurement, or financial statement presentation of supplier finance program obligations. ASU 2022-04 is effective for the Company for the year ending March 31, 2024 and is to be applied retrospectively to all periods in which a balance sheet is presented. The annual roll forward disclosure is not required to be made until the year ending March 31, 2025 and is to be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. Other than the new disclosure requirements, ASU 2022-04 will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASUs recently issued but not listed above were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

NOTE 3. CASH

 

   June 30,
2023
   March 31,
2023
 
   $’000   $’000 
Cash and cash equivalents   1,145    4,712 
Restricted cash   4,062    - 
Total   5,207    4,712 

  

Restricted cash represents amounts pledged as collateral against the trade finance facility that is currently limited to the issuance of letters of credit to suppliers. As of June 30, 2023, there were five pledged letters of credit amounting to $4.87 million of which $4.06 million was secured by restricted cash and $0.81 million was secured against a standby documentary credit for $1.00 million from UBS Switzerland AG (see Note 8).

 

F-15

 

 

NOTE 4. INVENTORIES

 

Inventories are initially measured at cost and subsequently measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis. The following table details the primary categories for the periods presented.

 

   June 30,
2023
   March 31,
2023
 
   $’000   $’000 
Finished goods   2,710    2,685 
Raw materials   566    585 
    3,276    3,270 
Inventory reserve   (961)   (1,008)
Total   2,315    2,262 

 

Third-party services are used to warehouse and distribute inventory. Per the terms of one third-party service contract, a lien may be placed on the Company’s inventory if the Company fails to make a payment for services within 30 days from the date the third-party supplier notifies the Company of an outstanding payment.

 

NOTE 5. PREPAID AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Amounts recorded in prepaid and other current assets are expected to be realized within one year. The following table describes the major items for the periods presented.

 

   June 30,
2023
   March 31,
2023
 
   $’000   $’000 
Deposits and prepayments   389    150 
Prepaid marketing costs   -    185 
Other receivables   564    373 
Indirect taxes   125    - 
Total   1,078    708 

 

Prepaid marketing costs relate to the provision of marketing services to be provided over an 18-month service period by two non-employees.

 

NOTE 6. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

   June 30,
2023
   March 31,
2023
 
   $’000   $’000 
Furniture and Fixtures   178    177 
Office Equipment   54    52 
Leasehold Improvements   29    29 
Software and Website Development   1,695    1,676 
Computer Equipment   100    91 
Property and equipment, gross   2,056    2,025 
Accumulated depreciation   (1,358)   (1,192)
Property and equipment, net   698    833 

 

Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $0.14 million and $0.13 million in the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

F-16

 

 

NOTE 7 ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

   June 30,
2023
   March 31,
2023
 
   $’000   $’000 
Accrued expenses   794    606 
Returns provision   50    366 
Merchant credit   73    61 
Indirect taxes   313    357 
Total   1,230    1,390 

 

The returns provisions are comprised of returns due from both wholesale and partner customers and direct-to-consumer customers.

 

NOTE 8. TRADE FINANCE FACILITY

 

   June 30,
2023
   March 31,
2023
 
   $’000   $’000 
Trade finance facility       -    26 
    -    26 

 

The Company has a trade finance facility extended on goods for which letters of credit are issued to the Company’s suppliers by HSBC. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance under the trade finance facility was zero and $0.03 million, respectively, and the Company had an available trade finance facility of $5.00 million. As of June 30, 2023, there were five pledged letters of credit by HSBC amounting to $4.87 million (see Note 3), however, the trade finance facility does not become the Company’s responsibility until the Company receives the manufactured clothing goods from suppliers. Once drawn, the company has 120 days credit on the loan before repayment is due. For drawings in HKD, the interest rate equals HIBOR plus 3%, and for drawings in USD, the interest rate equals SOFR plus 3.3%. The trade finance facility was secured by a standby documentary credit for $1.00 million from UBS Switzerland AG and a personal guarantee to the value of $4.00 million from the Chairman and Director of the Company.  The UBS documentary credit expired on April 30, 2023 and the facility from that date, was subsequently secured by a charge over cash deposits equal to the amount of the facility used at any given moment in time in addition to the aforementioned personal guarantee. On June 26, 2023, the UBS standby documentary credit was reinstated for $1.00 million, secured by a personal guarantee from JGA (see Note 14). The JGA personal guarantee accrues interest of 8% per annum, payable by the Company.

 

NOTE 9. CONVERTIBLE DEBT OBLIGATIONS

 

   June 30,
2023
   March 31,
2023
 
   $’000   $’000 
Convertible debt   11,462    11,262 
Unamortized debt discount   (319)   (492)
    11,143    10,770 

 

In March 2021, the Company entered into an arrangement whereby the Company completed convertible debt financing (“2021 Debt Financing”), from 47 investors, for gross proceeds of $6.00 million, less $0.84 million of debt issuance costs, at an 8% interest rate to provide working capital for its operations. Between April and July 2022, the Company received further convertible debt financing (“2022 Debt Financing”) from 47 investors with gross proceeds of $4.00 million, less $0.53 million of debt issuance costs, that rank pari passu to the 2021 Debt Financing at an 8% interest rate. The debt issuance costs are amortized over the remaining life of the convertible debt.

 

The 2021 Debt Financing had a redemption date of December 15, 2023. Upon the closing of an IPO prior to the redemption date, the convertible debt shall be convertible into the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the public offering price of the Company’s common stock in the IPO. Management considered the accounting effect of the conversion feature and determined the convertible debt to be accounted for as share-settled debt and accreted the value of the convertible debt to their expected conversion into equity at redemption date.

 

As of June 30, 2023, the convertible debt obligations comprised gross proceeds of $10.00 million and accrued interest of $1.46 million. As of March 31, 2023, the convertible debt obligations comprised gross proceeds of $10.00 million and accrued interest of $1.26 million. The Company’s convertible debt obligations are secured by a security interest over the assets of Perfect Moment Ltd and its subsidiaries. The convertible debt obligations are junior to any bank debt.

 

F-17

 

 

The unamortized debt discount is the related arrangement fees that are being amortized against the convertible debt obligations on the consolidated balance sheets. During the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, aggregate debt and related issuance costs of $0 and $0.32 million, respectively, were incurred and recorded as debt discount, of which $0.17 million and $0.19 million, respectively, was amortized during the same periods.

 

In connection with the 2021 Debt Financing and 2022 Debt Financing, we have covenants that limit the amount of indebtedness we may incur and assets we may pledge. As of June 30, 2023, we were in compliance with such covenants.

 

NOTE 10. EQUITY

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

On March 15, 2021, Perfect Moment Asia Limited (“PMA”), the former parent entity, engaged in a share for share exchange with the Company, thereby creating the Company as the ultimate parent Company. As part of the share for share exchange, existing PMA shareholders’ equity was exchanged for an equivalent amount of share capital in the Company in the form of common stock and preferred stock. As a result of the transaction, 5,323,782 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Stock”) with a $0.0001 par value were issued to existing PMA shareholders for nil consideration. The Series A Stock may be voluntarily converted into shares of common stock at the request of the Series A stockholder by providing written notice. The Series A Stock is also subject to mandatory conversion into common stock upon either an IPO or by vote or written consent of at least 66 2/3% holders of the outstanding shares of the Series A Stock. The conversion shall be at a rate of one share of Series A Stock for one share of common stock without payment of additional consideration. The holders of Series A Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends as if the conversion to common stock had taken place, if and when dividends are declared. Such dividends take preference to dividends paid on shares of common stock and are non-cumulative. The holders of the Series A Stock shall be entitled to vote based on the equal number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series A Stock are convertible as of the date of the vote. The Series A Stock shall with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or deemed liquidation event rank senior to both the common stock and any other class of stock which specifically ranks junior to the Series A Stock.

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

On September 23, 2022, the Company authorized the issuance and sale of up to 1,200,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Stock”), at a par value of $0.0001 per share and a purchase price of $5.00 per share. A total of 1,189,998 shares of Series B Stock was issued between September 2022 and November 2022, for net proceeds of $5.20 million, net of broker fees of $0.75 million. The Series B Stock may be voluntarily converted into shares of common stock at the request of the Series B stockholder by providing written notice. The Series B Stock is also subject to mandatory conversion into common stock upon either an IPO or by vote or written consent of at least 66 2/3% holders of the outstanding shares of the Series B Stock without payment of additional consideration. The conversion shall be determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion. The initial conversion price is set at $5.00 per share. The holders of Series B Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends as if the conversion to common stock had taken place, if and when dividends are declared. Such dividends take preference to dividends paid on shares of common stock and are non-cumulative. The holders of the Series B Stock shall be entitled to vote based on the equal number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series B Stock are convertible as of the date of the vote. The Series B Stock shall, with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or deemed liquidation event, rank pari passu with the Series A Stock.

 

Common stock

 

During May to June 2023, the Company issued 154,186 shares of common stock at a par value of $0.0001 and a purchase price of $6.00 per share. The total net proceeds were $0.82 million, net of broker fees and expenses of $0.11 million. The holders of the common stock shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share held at all stockholder meetings and have no right to subscribe to or purchase any new or additional issue of shares.

 

In addition, during June 2023, the Company received $0.45 million in advance of future stock subscriptions. As of June 30, 2023, the $0.45 million advance receipts have been recognized within the condensed consolidated balance sheet as Advances for stock subscription.

 

F-18

 

 

NOTE 11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Company periodically issues stock options to employees and non-employees in non-capital raising transactions for services and for financing costs. The Company accounts for such grants issued and vesting based on ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation whereby the value of the award is measured on the date of grant and recognized for employees as compensation expense on the straight-line basis over the vesting period. The equity plans are employees are intended to help the Company attract and retain directors, officers, other key executives and employees and to provide incentives and rewards.

 

Valuation methods

 

The Company measures fair value as of the grant date for options and warrants using the Black Scholes option pricing model and for common stock awards using a weighted average of the Black Scholes method and probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM). The inputs into the Black Scholes option pricing model are subjective and generally require significant judgment. The fair value of stock options granted were estimated using the following range of assumptions:

 

   June 30,
2023
   June 30,
2022
 
Weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the period  $   -   $4.99 
Expected term - years   -    5.09 
Expected volatility   -    125%
Risk-free interest rate   -    2.00%
Dividend yield   -    0.00%

 

Fair value of common and preferred stock - The fair value of the shares of common and preferred stock has historically been determined by the Company’s management using external advisors as there was no public market for the common stock. The fair value of our common and preferred stock is obtained by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including: the valuation of comparable companies, sales of preferred stock to unrelated third parties, our projected operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of common and preferred stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors.

 

Expected term - The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term) as the Company has concluded that its stock option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The expected term of stock options granted to non-employees is equal to the contractual term of the option award.

 

Volatility - Because the Company is privately held and does not have an active trading market for its common and preferred stock for a sufficient period of time, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly-traded companies, over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants.

 

Risk-free rate - The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option.

 

Dividends - The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying dividends on common stock in the foreseeable future. Therefore, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

F-19

 

 

Employee stock awards

 

The Company has awarded options to employees under a 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (“2021 Plan”) and a Non-Plan (“Non-Plan”) scheme.

 

    Option Schemes 
     Non-Plan
Vested
    Non-Plan
Non-vested
    2021 Plan
Vested
    2021 Plan
Non-vested
    Total  
Balance as of March 31, 2022    68,172    272,690    49,992    154,524    545,378 
Granted    -    -    -    136,344    136,344 
Balance as of June 30, 2022    68,172    272,690    49,992    290,868    681,722 
                           
Balance as of March 31, 2023 and June 30, 2023    136,344    -    99,985    63,628    299,957 
                           
Total vested as of June 30, 2023    136,344         99,985         236,329 

 

During the three months ended June 30, 2022, the Company granted 136,344 share options under the 2021 Plan. During the three months ended June 30, 2023, no share options were granted to employees. As of June 30, 2023, there were a total of 299,957 options outstanding of which 236,329 options had vested and the balance of 63,628 options were non-vested. Of the 236,329 vested options as of June 30, 2023, unless exercised, 72,716 shall lapse on June 30, 2026 and 163,613 shall lapse on September 1, 2026.

 

Further information related to the stock options for 2023 and 2022 is set out below.

 

    Share Options 
    Number   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
   Range of
Exercise
Prices
 
Outstanding as of March 31, 2022    545,378   $1.32    4.25    $ 0.01 - 3.50  
Granted    136,344   $0.01        $0.01 
Outstanding as of June 30, 2022    681,722    1.06    4.20    $ 0.01 - 3.50 
                      
Exercisable as of June 30, 2022    186,336   $0.95    4.05    $ 0.01 - 3.50  
                      
Outstanding as of March 31, 2023 and June 30, 2023    299,957    1.60    3.09    0.01 - 3.50 
                      
Exercisable as of June 30, 2023    236,329   $1.08    3.09    $ 0.01 - 3.50  

 

The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding as of June 30, 2023 was $1.32 million. The employee stock compensation expense for the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022 was $0.01 million and $0.09 million, respectively. The Company had $0.03 million unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options as of June 30, 2023.

 

Non-employee stock awards

 

Common shares issued to consultants

 

During 2021, the Company engaged several consultants to provide services relating to the IPO and were contracted to be compensated with common stock awards. These consultant stock awards were recorded in accordance with ASC 718. Compensation expense is recorded for these stock awards based on the amortization of the fair market value and common stock issued over the agreed service or vesting period, taking into account clawback provisions. The fair value of the shares is based on the enterprise valuation as outlined in ASC 718-10-55-10 through ASC 718-10-55-12. The shares subject to clawback provisions remain unvested until the related performance condition is met in line with ASC 718-10. If clawback features are triggered, the unvested shares will be returned to the Company in line with ASC 718-10.

 

F-20

 

 

In January and March 2021, 2,000,000 shares of common stock with a total fair value of $7.00 million were issued to certain non-employees in exchange for consulting and advisory services to be performed relating to the 2021 share exchange (see Note 10) and the 2021 convertible debt financing (see Note 9), of which 50% were subject to clawback contingent upon an IPO. As services were relating to, and contingent upon execution of an IPO, no expense was recognized for the shares subject to clawback, until occurrence of an IPO.  During the three months ended June 30, 2022, the consultants performed additional services and the Company agreed to remove the clawback provision and the $3.50 million fair value for the remaining 1,000,000 shares of common stock was recognized within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss during the three months then ended. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, no further shares were issuable under this agreement.

 

In October 2021, 75,000 shares of common stock with a total fair value of $0.30 million were issued to a consultant in exchange for legal services to be performed relating to an IPO subject to a 100% clawback provision in the event that an IPO is not achieved. As services were relating to and contingent upon execution of an IPO, no expense was recognized until occurrence of an IPO. During the three months ended June 30, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement to remove the clawback provision and the fair value of $0.30 million was recognized within selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss during the three months then ended. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, no further shares were issuable under this agreement.

 

In relation to the above consulting and advisory services, the Company has granted rights to six holders of our common stock, to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the IPO price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, or if we sell our equity securities before the closing of this offering at the purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, pursuant to which right such holders would be granted additional shares of common stock. The number of shares is yet to be determined and is dependent on the IPO share price.

 

NOTE 12. FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

 

We report all currency amounts in USD. The Company’s subsidiaries in UK, Hong Kong and Switzerland maintain their books and records in their functional currencies, which are GBP, HKD and CHF, respectively.

 

When consolidating the subsidiaries with non-USD functional currencies, we translate the amounts of assets and liabilities into USD using the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, and the amounts of revenue and expense are translated at the average exchange rate prevailing during the period. The gains and losses resulting from translation of financial statement amounts into USD are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders’ deficit.

 

F-21

 

 

We used the exchange rates in the following table to translate amounts denominated in non-USD currencies as of and for the periods noted:

 

Period end exchange rate:

 

   June 30,
2023
   March 31,
2023
 
GBP:USD   1.27084    1.21569 
HKD:USD   0.12739    0.12744 
CHF:USD   1.11760    1.04681 

 

Average exchange rate:

 

    Three Months Ended 
    June 30,
2023
   June 30,
2022
 
GBP:USD    1.25203    1.23188 
HKD:USD    0.12756    0.12742 
CHF:USD    1.11236    1.03113 

 

The following table, reported in USD, disaggregates our cash balances by currency denomination:

 

Cash denominated in:

 

    June 30,
2023
   March 31,
2023
 
    $’000   $’000 
USD    5,230    3,325 
GBP    (242)   447 
HKD    24    21 
CHF    18    18 
EUR    171    895 
CNY    6    6 
     5,207    4,712 

 

Our cash primarily consists of funds held in bank accounts and third party payment platforms.

 

Cash held by HSBC   515    4,405 
Restricted cash held by HSBC   4,062    - 
Cash held by other banks   541    66 
Cash held by third party payment platforms   87    239 
Petty cash   2    2 
    5,207    4,712 

 

With the exception of petty cash, all our cash consists of funds held in bank accounts and third party payment platforms. The Company maintains the majority of cash at HSBC where the balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000. At times, the cash balances may exceed the FDIC-insured limit. As of June 30, 2023, we do not believe we have any significant concentrations of credit risk due to the strong credit rating of HSBC and the cash balance is expected to be utilized within 6 months to fund working capital requirements. The cash held by other banks is within the FDIC insured amount and cash held by third party payment platforms are short term timing balances.

 

NOTE 13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Legal proceedings - The Company is, from time to time, involved in routine legal matters, and audits and inspections by governmental agencies and other third parties which are incidental to the conduct of its business. This includes legal matters such as initiation and defense of proceedings to protect intellectual property rights, liability claims, employment claims, and similar matters. The Company believes the ultimate resolution of any such legal proceedings, audits, and inspections will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated balance sheets, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Capital commitments -  The Company had purchase obligations of $6.73 million as of June 30, 2023, primarily relating to purchase orders to factories for the manufacture of finished goods. $4.8m of the obligations are to be financed by HSBC letters of credit and comprise the balance held as restricted cash on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-22

 

 

NOTE 14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Certain directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, provided consulting and advisory services, as non-employees, totaling $0.13 million and $0.08 million for the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statement of operations. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, $0.07 million and $0.02 million was unpaid, respectively, which was included in accrued expenses.

 

Below are the directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, that provided the consulting and advisory services.

 

   Three Months Ended 
   June 30,
2023
   June 30,
2022
 
   $’000   $’000 
Max Gottschalk (director of the Company)   45    30 
Jane Gottschalk (director of the Company)   -    30 
Tracy Barwin (director of the Company)   68    - 
Andreas Keijsers (director of a subsidiary)   12    14 
    125    75 

 

The Company has engaged Deliberate Software Limited (“Deliberate”) as a supplier for IT services amounting to $0.03 million and $0.11 million for the three months ended June 30, 2023 and 2022, respectively, recognized within selling, general and administrative expenses. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, $0.03 million and $0.01 million, respectively, were unpaid and included in trade payables. A director of Deliberate is an immediate family member of Negin Yeganegy, the former Chief Executive Officer and director of PML, up to November 2022. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, Deliberate held 100,351 shares of Series A preferred stock which are convertible to 100,351 shares of common stock immediately prior to an IPO.

 

On March 15, 2021, PML entered into a convertible debt obligation agreement with 47 investors including JGA (see Note 9), which is deemed to be a related party of Max Gottschalk, the Chairman and director of the Company. The portion of the convertible debt obligation (outstanding principal and accrued interest) repayable to JGA amounted to $0.24 million and $0.23 million as of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, respectively. Upon the closing of an IPO prior to the redemption date, the debt financing shall be convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the public offering price of the Company’s common stock in the IPO.

 

On June 29, 2022, the Company entered into a short-term loan of $0.20 million from Sprk Capital Limited at an interest rate of 16% that was repayable by December 31, 2022. Interest expense during the three months ended June 30, 2023 was $0.02 million and interest during the three months ended June 30, 2022 was negligible. The principal loan plus interest was repaid in February 2023. A director of Sprk Capital Limited, Simon Nicholas Champ, is a shareholder of the Company. As of June 30, 2023 and March 31, 2023, Simon Nicholas Champ held 19,570 shares of Series A preferred stock which are convertible to 19,570 shares of common stock immediately prior to an IPO.

 

On June 26, 2023, the HSBC trade finance facility was secured by a standby documentary credit for $1.00 million from UBS Switzerland AG (see Note 8), secured by a personal guarantee from JGA. The personal guarantee accrues interest of 8% per annum. The interest charged for the three months ended June 30, 2023 was negligible.

 

NOTE 15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Subsequent to June 30, 2023, the Company issued the 75,333 shares of common stock amounting to gross proceeds of $0.45 million as reported as “Advances for stock subscription” on the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2023. In addition, between July 2023 to August 2023, the Company issued and sold a further 179,531 shares of common stock to accredited investors as part of the same equity financing for a purchase price of $6.00 per share for net proceeds of $0.91 million, net of broker fees and expenses of approximately $0.17 million. The holders of the common stock shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share held at all stockholder meetings and have no right to subscribe to or purchase any new or additional issue of shares.

 

As of June 30, 2023, there were five pledged letters of credit amounting to $4.87 million and as at the date of this report, $1.04 million of the letters of credit had been drawn down. Subsequent to June 30, 2023, two further letters of credit amounting to $1.19 million were pledged.

 

F-23

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

Perfect Moment Ltd and Subsidiaries

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Perfect Moment Ltd and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of March 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, shareholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its consolidated operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Going Concern

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1, the Company incurred a net loss and used cash in operations during the year ended March 31, 2023, and the Company had a shareholders’ deficit at March 31, 2023. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements. These consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2023.

 

/s/ Weinberg & Company, P.A.

Los Angeles, California

August 4, 2023

 

F-24

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

March 31, 2023 and 2022

 

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    March 31,
2023
    March 31,
2022
 
             
Assets            
Current assets:            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 4,712     $ 1,575  
Accounts receivable, net     997       617  
Inventories, net     2,262       1,870  
Prepaid and other current assets     708       2,643  
Total current assets     8,679       6,705  
Non-current assets:                
Intangible assets     12       14  
Property, plant and equipment, net     833       1,195  
Operating lease right of use asset     297       99  
Total non-current assets     1,142       1,308  
Total Assets   $ 9,821     $ 8,013  
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit                
Current liabilities:                
Trade payables   $ 1,289     $ 2,175  
Accrued expenses     1,390       1,370  
Bank loan     26       265  
Convertible debt obligations     10,770       6,240  
Shareholder loans     -       538  
Operating lease obligations, current portion     299       62  
Unearned revenue     180       701  
Total current liabilities     13,954       11,351  
Non-current liabilities:                
Operating lease obligations, long-term portion     8       37  
Total non-current liabilities     8       37  
Total Liabilities     13,962       11,388  
Shareholders’ deficit:                
Common shares; $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 4,824,352 shares and 3,749,352 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively     -       -  
Series A and Series B convertible preference shares; $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized: 6,513,780 and 5,323,782 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, respectively     1       1  
Additional paid-in capital     35,910       26,674  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)     203       (100 )
Accumulated deficit     (40,255 )     (29,950 )
Total shareholders’ deficit     (4,141 )     (3,375 )
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Deficit   $ 9,821     $ 8,013  

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-25

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Years Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022

 

(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   Years Ended 
   March 31,
2023
   March 31,
2022
 
         
Revenue  $23,438   $16,447 
Cost of goods sold   (15,369)   (11,498)
Gross profit   8,069    4,949 
Operating expenses          
Selling, general and administrative expenses, including stock-based compensation costs of $3.80 million and $2.66 million to consultants for the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively   (11,682)   (10,878)
Marketing and advertising expenses, including stock-based compensation costs of $1.48 million and $1.30 million to non-employees for the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively   (5,012)   (4,248)
Total operating expenses   (16,694)   (15,126)
Loss from operations   (8,625)   (10,177)
Interest expense   (1,840)   (1,392)
Foreign currency transactions gains (losses)   39    (599)
Loss before income taxes   (10,426)   (12,168)
Income tax benefit   121    - 
Net loss   (10,305)   (12,168)
Other comprehensive gains          
Foreign currency translation gains   303    289 
Comprehensive loss  $(10,002)  $(11,879)
Basic and Diluted loss per share  $(2.16)  $(4.34)
Basic and Diluted weighted-average number of shares outstanding   4,767,777    2,804,127 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-26

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Years Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022

 

(Amounts in thousands, except share data)

 

    Preference Shares           Preference Shares           Common                 Accumulated           Total  
    Series A Convertible           Series B Convertible           Shares           Additional Paid-in     Other Comprehensive     Accumulated     Shareholders’ Equity  
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Capital     Income (Loss)     Deficit     (Deficit)  
Balance - March 31, 2021     5,323,782     $ 1       -     $ -       2,234,496     $ -     $ 19,860     $ (389 )   $ (17,117 )   $ 2,355  
Reclassification of costs associated with common stock issued to consultants     -       -       -       -       -       -     $ 665       -       (665 )     -  
Restated Balance - March 31, 2021     5,323,782     $ 1       -     $ -       2,234,496     $ -     $ 20,525     $ (389 )   $ (17,782 )   $ 2,355  
Stock compensation expense for employee vested options     -       -       -       -       -       -       522       -       -       522  
Issuance of common stock for marketing services     -       -       -       -       754,856       -       2,967       -       -       2,967  
Issuance of common stock to consultants     -       -       -       -       760,000       -       2,660       -       -       2,660  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       289       -       289  
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (12,168 )     (12,168 )
Balance - March 31, 2022     5,323,782     $ 1       -     $ -       3,749,352     $ -     $ 26,674     $ (100 )   $ (29,950 )   $ (3,375 )
Stock compensation expense for employee vested options     -       -       -       -       -       -       241       -       -       241  
Issuance of common stock to consultants     -       -       -       -       1,075,000       -       3,795       -       -       3,795  
Issuance of preference shares for cash     -       -       1,189,998       -       -       -       5,200       -       -       5,200  
Foreign currency translation adjustment     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       303       -       303  
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       -       -       -       (10,305 )     (10,305 )
Balance - March 31, 2023     5,323,782     $ 1       1,189,998     $ -       4,824,352     $ -     $ 35,910     $ 203     $ (40,255 )   $ (4,141 )

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-27

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

Years Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

   Years Ended 
   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
         
Cash flows from operating activities:        
Net loss  $(10,305)  $(12,168)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:          
Non cash items:          
Depreciation and amortization   547    374 
Bad debt expense   80    106 
Inventory reserve   374    (54)
Unrealized foreign exchange loss   334    597 
Stock based compensation cost - employees   241    522 
Stock based compensation costs -  legal and consulting services   3,795    2,660 
Stock based compensation costs - marketing services   1,483    1,298 
Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment   -    2 
Change in right of use assets   184    46 
Amortization of convertible debt finance costs   941    817 
Accrued interest   760    432 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:          
Accounts receivable   (519)   (500)
Due from factor   -    (2)
Inventories   (812)   496 
Prepaid and other current assets   321    (531)
Operating lease right of use asset and liability   (174)   (93)
Trade payables   (759)   1,411 
Accrued expenses   515    339 
Unearned revenue   (515)   684 
Net cash used in operating activities   (3,510)   (3,564)
           
Cash flows from investing activities:          
Purchases of property, plant and equipment   (249)   (929)
Proceeds from (purchases of) investments   -    9 
Net cash used in investing activities   (249)   (920)
           
Cash flows from financing activities:          
(Repayment of) proceeds from bank loans, net   (239)   306 
Proceeds from issuance of preference shares, net   5,200    - 
Repayment of other borrowings, net   (21)   - 
Proceeds from convertible debt obligations, net   2,555    - 
Repayment of shareholder loans   (565)   (80)
Net cash provided by financing activities   6,930    226 
           
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash   (34)   (242)
Net Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents   3,137    (4,500)
Cash and Cash Equivalents - beginning of the year   1,575    6,075 
Cash and Cash Equivalents - end of the year  $4,712   $1,575 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-28

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued) 

Years Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022

 

(Amounts in thousands)

 

   Years Ended 
   March 31,
2023
   March 31,
2022
 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash items        
Interest paid on borrowings and bank loans   139    151 
Corporation tax received   121    - 
Supplemental Disclosure of Non Cash Operating Activities          
Recognition of operating lease right of use assets and lease obligations   404    7 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

 

F-29

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD AND SUBSIDIARIES 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Years Ended March 31, 2023 and 2022

 

NOTE 1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION

 

Nature of operations

 

Perfect Moment Ltd, a Delaware corporation (“Perfect Moment” or “PML” and, together with its subsidiaries unless the context otherwise requires, the “Company”), is an owner and operator of a fashion brand that offers ski, surf, and activewear collections under the brand name Perfect Moment. The Company’s collections are sold directly to customers through e-commerce, sales to wholesale accounts and through other sales partnerships.

 

Going concern

 

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the ordinary course of business.

 

Through March 31, 2023, the Company has funded its operations with proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt and preferred stock, alongside existing trade, invoice and shareholder financing arrangements. The Company incurred recurring losses, including a net loss of $10.31 million for the year ended March 31, 2023 and used cash in operations of $3.51 million. As of March 31, 2023, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $40.26 million and a shareholders’ deficit of $4.14 million.

 

These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans to alleviate the conditions that raise substantial doubt include:

 

Exploring sources of long-term funding in the private markets and also pursuing an initial public offering (“IPO”)

 

Taking out short-term loans and debt factoring to assist with working capital shortfalls

 

Closely monitoring the collection of debts

 

Strategies and plans in place to deliver positive EBITDA in the next financial year

 

The Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for 12 months from the date these Consolidated Financial Statements were available to be issued is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash flows from operations to meet its obligations, which it has not been able to accomplish to date, and to obtain additional capital financing. No assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in these efforts mentioned above. The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements do not include any adjustments as a result of this uncertainty.

 

COVID-19 pandemic and economic uncertainties

 

The outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) was declared a global pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020, and caused governments and public health officials to impose restrictions and to recommend precautions to mitigate the spread of the virus. Resurgence of the virus may result in further or prolonged closures of the Company’s wholesaler locations and distribution centers, interrupt the Company’s supply chain, and reduce discretionary spending.  

 

There is also ongoing uncertainty around the global economy and macroeconomic environment, which may cause disruption and near-term challenges for our business. Macroeconomic conditions include inflationary pressures, foreign exchange rate fluctuations, higher interest rates and weakening consumer sentiment.   

 

The extent to which COVID-19 and economic uncertainties impacts the Company’s operations, and in turn, its operating results and financial position will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted

 

Basis of presentation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been presented in U.S. dollars and are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

 

F-30

 

 

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Principles of consolidation

 

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Perfect Moment Ltd and its wholly owned subsidiaries; Perfect Moment Asia Limited, Perfect Moment (UK) Limited and Perfect Moment TM Sarl. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared using uniform accounting policies for like transactions and other events and conditions in similar circumstances. Where necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of subsidiaries to align their accounting policies with GAAP. The financial statements of the Company and of its subsidiaries used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements are prepared as of the same reporting date.

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, bank balances, and short-term deposits with original maturities of three months or less. The Company has not experienced any losses related to these balances, and management believes the Company’s credit risk to be minimal.

 

Accounts receivable

 

Accounts receivable primarily arise out of sales to wholesale accounts and ecommerce partners. The allowance for doubtful accounts represents management’s best estimate of probable credit losses in accounts receivable using the incurred loss methodology. Receivables are written off against the allowance when management believes that it is probable the amount receivable will not be recovered. Additionally, the Company records higher allowances in the first and third quarters following its peak sales seasons after the Company determines it to be probable that it will not collect the related receivables. As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had $0.34 million and $0.26 million, respectively, in allowances for doubtful accounts. Accounts Receivable, net of allowances, as of March 31, 2023 and 2022 was $1.00 million and $0.62 million, respectively.

 

Concentration of credit risk

 

Accounts receivable are primarily from wholesale and partner accounts and from third-party platforms. The Company generally does not require collateral to support the accounts receivable; however, the Company may require certain new customers to provide advance payments for goods prior to delivery as part of onboarding new clients. The accounts receivable is net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, which is established based on management’s assessment of the credit risk of the underlying accounts.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories, consisting of finished goods, inventories in transit, and raw materials, are initially recognized at cost and subsequently measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis and is comprised of all costs of purchases, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their present location and condition.

 

The Company periodically reviews its inventories and makes a provision as necessary to appropriately value goods that are obsolete, have quality issues, or are damaged. The amount of the provision is equal to the difference between the cost of the inventory and its net realizable value based upon assumptions about product quality, damages, future demand, selling prices, and market conditions. If changes in market conditions result in reductions in the estimated net realizable value of its inventory below its previous estimate, the Company would increase its provision in the period in which it made such a determination.

 

In addition, the Company provides for inventory shrinkage based on historical trends from actual physical inventory counts. Inventory shrinkage estimates are made to reduce the inventory value for lost or stolen items. The Company performs a physical inventory at least count once a year and adjusts the shrinkage reserve accordingly.

 

F-31

 

 

Intangible assets

 

Intangible assets are measured at initial recognition at cost and subsequently measured at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Acquired finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the asset group to which the intangible assets belong might be impaired. The Company revises the estimated remaining useful life of these assets when events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision. If the Company revises the useful life, the unamortized balance is amortized over the remaining useful life on a prospective basis.

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Cost consists of purchase price, conversion cost and estimated cost of dismantling and restoration. Expenditure such as repairs and maintenance, overhaul costs and borrowing costs are normally charged to profit or loss when they are incurred. Expenditures resulting in increases in the future economic benefits of the property, plant and equipment are capitalized.

 

Software & Website Development costs are for applications and software with respect to operating our business. For such projects, planning cost and other costs related to the preliminary project stage, as well as costs incurred for post-implementation activities, are expensed as incurred. We capitalize costs incurred during the application development phase only when we believe it is probable the development will result in new or additional functionality. The types of costs capitalized during the application development phase include fees incurred with third parties for consulting, programming and other development activities performed to complete the software. We amortize the assets on a straight-line basis over an estimated useful life of three years. If we identify any software to be abandoned, the cost less the accumulated amortization, if any, is recorded as amortization expense.

 

The residual values and useful lives of the property, plant and equipment are reviewed when there are indications that the residual value or useful life of an asset has significantly changed following the end of the previous reporting period. If necessary, the residual value, depreciation method or useful life of that asset is amended prospectively to reflect the new expectation. The following estimated useful lives are used for the depreciation of property, plant and equipment:

 

   Useful Life  Method
Furniture and Fixtures  5 years  Straight-line
Office Equipment  3-5 years  Straight-line
Leasehold Improvements  5 years  Straight-line
Software & Website Development  3 years  Straight-line
Computer Equipment  3 years  Straight-line

 

Impairment of long-lived assets

 

Long-lived assets held for use, including intangible assets with finite lives, right-of-use assets and property, plant and equipment, are evaluated for impairment when the occurrence of events or a change in circumstances indicates that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable as measured by comparing their carrying value to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows generated by their use and eventual disposition. Impaired assets are recorded at fair value, determined principally by discounting the future cash flows expected from their use and eventual disposition. Reductions in asset values resulting from impairment valuations are recognized in income in the period that the impairment is determined.

 

Leased property

 

At lease commencement, which is generally when the Company takes possession of the asset, the Company records a lease liability and corresponding right-of-use asset. Lease liabilities represent the present value of minimum lease payments over the expected lease term, which includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain those options will be exercised. The present value of the lease liability is determined using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate as of lease commencement. Minimum lease payments include base rent, fixed escalation of rental payments, and rental payments that are adjusted periodically depending on a rate or index. Non-lease components are generally services that the lessor performs for the Company associated with the leased asset, such as common area maintenance.

 

Right-of-use assets represent the right to control the use of the leased asset during the lease and are initially recognized in an amount equal to the lease liability. In addition, prepaid rent, initial direct costs, and adjustments for lease incentives are components of the right-of-use asset. Over the lease term, the lease expense is amortized on a straight-line basis beginning on the lease commencement date. A right-of-use asset and lease liability are not recognized for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less, and the lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. As of March 31, 2023 and March 31, 2022, the Company has four property leases, which are all accounted for as operating leases under ASC 842. Short-term leases are accounted for under the short-term lease practical expedient of ASC 842.

 

F-32

 

 

Segment reporting 

 

ASC Topic 280, “Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,” establishes standards for the way that public business enterprises report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and requires those enterprises to report selected information about operating segments in interim financial reports issued to stockholders. Management has determined that the Company operates in one business segment, product sales.

 

Geographic concentration 

 

Although the Company is organized fundamentally as one business segment, the Company’s revenues are primarily split between three geographic areas: the US, Europe and the UK. Customers in these regions are served by our leadership, production and operations teams in the UK and Hong Kong. 

In the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, total net revenues attributable to the USA totaled $10.77 million and $6.98 million, respectively; total net revenues attributable to Europe, excluding UK, totaled $7.29 million and $4.67 million, respectively; and total net revenues attributable to the UK totaled $3.85 million and $2.87 million, respectively. The remaining net revenue of $1.53 million and $1.93 million, respectively, is attributable to revenues from Canada and countries in the Middle East, Asia Pacific and South America.

 

The long-lived assets of the Company primarily relate to property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and operating lease right-of-use assets in the UK and Hong Kong. Total long-lived assets as of March 31, 2023 were $0.05 million and $1.09 million in Hong Kong and the UK, respectively. As of March 31, 2022, total long-lived assets were $0.11 million in Hong Kong and $1.20 million in the UK.

 

Supplier Concentration

 

In the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, the largest single supplier of manufactured goods, Everich Garments Group Ltd., produced 72% and 45%, respectively, of the Company’s products. In the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, the largest fabric supplier, Toray International Inc., supplied 70% and 68%, respectively, of the fabric used to manufacture the Company’s products.

 

Revenue recognition

 

The majority of the Company’s revenue is recognized at a point in time based on the transfer of control. In addition, the majority of the Company’s contracts do not contain variable consideration and contract modifications are minimal. The majority of the Company’s revenue arrangements generally consists of a single performance obligation to transfer promised goods. Revenue is reported net of markdowns, discounts and sales taxes collected from customers on behalf of taxing authorities. Revenue is also presented net of an allowance for expected returns where contracts include the right of return.

 

We estimate returns on an ongoing basis to estimate the consideration from the customer that we expect to ultimately receive. Consideration in determining our estimates for returns may include agreements with customers, the Company’s return policy and historical and current trends. We record the returns as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of operations and the recognition of a provision for returns within accrued expenses in our consolidated balance sheets and the estimated value of inventory expected to be returned as an adjustment to inventories, net. As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, the returns provision was $0.37 million and $0.25 million, respectively.

 

Revenue is comprised of direct-to-consumer ecommerce revenue through the Company’s website and revenue related to wholesalers. The following table details the revenue split:

 

   Years Ended 
   March 31,
2023
   March 31,
2022
 
   $’000   $’000 
Wholesale revenues   14,888    8,459 
Ecommerce revenues   8,550    7,988 
Total   23,438    16,447 

 

F-33

 

 

Revenue is recognized when performance obligations are satisfied through the transfer of control of promised goods to the Company’s customers. Control transfers once a customer has the ability to direct the use of, and obtain substantially all of the benefits from, the product. This includes the transfer of legal title, physical possession, the risks and rewards of ownership, and customer acceptance. For direct-to-consumer ecommerce revenue, the Company receives payment before the customer receives the promised goods. Revenue is only recognized once the goods have been delivered to the customer. Sales to wholesale customers are recognized when the customer has control which will depend on the agreed upon International Commercial Terms (“inco-terms”). For inventories sold on consignment to wholesalers, the Company records revenue when the inventory is sold to the third-party customer by the wholesaler. The Company may issue merchant credits, which are essentially refund credits. The merchant credits are initially deferred and subsequently recognized as revenue when tendered for payment.

 

The Company’s business is significantly affected by the pattern of seasonality common to most retail apparel businesses. Historically, the Company has recognized a significant portion of its revenue in the fourth fiscal quarter of each year as a result of increased net revenue during the ski season.

 

Cost of goods sold

 

Cost of goods sold includes the cost of purchased merchandise, which includes:

 

-acquisition and production costs including raw material and labor as applicable;

 

-the cost incurred to deliver inventory to the Company’s third-party distribution centers including freight, non-refundable taxes, duty, and other landing costs;

 

-the service fees of the Company’s third-party fulfillment and distribution centers; and

 

-reserves for inventory.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consists of all operating costs not otherwise included in cost of goods sold or marketing and advertising expenses. The Company’s selling, general and administrative expenses include personnel costs, recruitment fees, legal and professional fees, information technology, accounting, travel and lodging, occupancy costs and depreciation and amortization.

 

Marketing and advertising expenses

 

Marketing and advertising expenses include digital marketing and advertising, trade shows, marketing campaigns, gifted stock expense, PR and press events and photoshoot costs.

 

Income taxes

 

The Company follows the liability method with respect to accounting for income taxes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for tax losses, tax credit carryforwards, and other tax attributes. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates, for the appropriate tax jurisdiction, which are expected to be in effect when these differences are anticipated to reverse.

 

Deferred income tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance, if based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The evaluation as to the likelihood of realizing the benefit of a deferred income tax asset is based on the timing of scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, taxable income forecasts, and tax-planning strategies. The recognition of a deferred income tax asset is based upon several assumptions and forecasts, including current and anticipated taxable income, the utilization of previously unrealized non-operating loss carryforwards, and regulatory reviews of tax filings.

 

The Company evaluates its tax filing positions and recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is considered more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position. This determination requires the use of significant judgment. Income tax expense is adjusted in the period in which an uncertain tax position is effectively settled, the statute of limitations expires, facts or circumstances change, tax laws change, or new information becomes available. The Company’s policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters separately as an income or expense item.

 

F-34

 

 

Foreign currency

 

Foreign currency transactions denominated in a currency other than an entity’s functional currency are remeasured into the functional currency using the spot rate at the date of the transaction with any resulting gains and losses recognized in operating expenses except for gains and losses arising on intercompany foreign currency transactions that are of a long-term investment nature, which are recorded as a foreign currency translation adjustment in other comprehensive income or loss

 

The functional currency for each entity included in these Consolidated Financial Statements that is domiciled outside of the United States is generally the applicable local currency. Assets and liabilities of each foreign entity are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate in effect on the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses are translated on a monthly basis using the average rate for that month as a close approximation. Unrealized translation gains and losses are recorded as a foreign currency translation adjustment, which is included in other comprehensive income or loss, which is a component of accumulated other comprehensive income or loss included in shareholders’ equity (deficit).

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company is authorized to grant options, warrants, and share units to officers and key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and to non-employees. The equity plans are intended to help the Company attract and retain directors, officers, other key executives and employees and is also intended to provide incentives and rewards relating to the Company’s business plans to encourage such persons to devote themselves to the business of the Company. The Company has historically granted share awards to non-employees in exchange for the provision of services (see Note 12).

 

The Company accounts for such awards based on ASC 505 and 718, whereby the value of the award is measured on the date of grant and recognized as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. The Company measures fair value as of the grant date for options and warrants using the Black Scholes option pricing model and for common share awards using a weighted average of the Black Scholes method and probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM).

 

The inputs into the Black Scholes option pricing model are subjective and generally require significant judgment. The fair value of the shares of common and preferred stock has historically been determined by the Company’s management with the assistance of third party specialists as there was no public market for the common stock. The fair value is obtained by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including the valuation of comparable companies, sales of preferred stock to unrelated third parties, projected operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of common and preferred stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors. The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term) as the Company’s stock option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. Because the Company is privately held and does not have an active trading market for its common and preferred stock for a sufficient period of time, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded companies, over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option. The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying dividends on common stock in the foreseeable future. Therefore, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

Employee benefits

 

Salaries, annual bonuses, paid annual leave and other leave, contributions to defined contribution retirement plans and the cost of non-monetary benefits are accrued in the year in which the associated services are rendered by employees. Where payment or settlement is deferred and the effect would be material, these amounts are measured at their present value.

 

The Company operates a number of defined contribution plans under mandatory provident fund plans. The Company pays contributions to the independent administrators on a monthly basis based on contributions from employees and any contractual employer contributions and has no further payment obligations once they are paid. These contributions are recognized as employee benefit expenses when they are incurred. Pension costs for the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 were $0.05 million and $0.06 million, respectively.

 

F-35

 

 

Loss per share of common stock

 

Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income applicable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the number of additional shares of common stock that would have been outstanding if all dilutive potential shares of common stock had been issued using the treasury stock method. Potential shares of common stock are excluded from the computation when their effect is antidilutive. The dilutive effect of potentially dilutive securities is reflected in diluted net income per share if the exercise prices were lower than the average fair market value of common stock during the reporting period.  

 

Potentially dilutive stock options and securities as presented in the table below were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share, because the effect would be anti-dilutive. As the Company incurred losses in the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, basic and diluted weighted-average shares are the same in the loss per share calculation, in accordance with ASC 260-10-45-20.

 

   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
         
Options to acquire common stock   299,957    545,378 
Series A convertible preferred stock   5,323,782    5,323,782 
Series B convertible preferred stock   1,189,998    - 
Convertible debt financing   2,815,463    1,626,170 
Stock awards subject to clawback   -    1,075,000 
    9,629,200    8,570,330 

 

Fair value of financial instruments

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value measurements are made using a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value:

 

  Level 1 - defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets;

 

  Level 2 - defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and

 

  Level 3 - defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions.

 

The fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety by reference to its lowest level of significant input.

 

The Company records cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable at cost. The carrying values of these instruments approximate their fair value due to their short-term maturities. The carrying value of capital lease obligations and debt obligations approximate their fair values due to interest rates on such instruments being the prevailing market interest rates. Unless otherwise noted, it is management’s opinion that the Company is not exposed to significant interest or credit risks arising from these financial instruments.

 

Use of estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments in applying the Company’s accounting policies that affect the reported amounts and disclosures made in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Estimates and assumptions are used mainly in determining the measurement of balances recognized or disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and are based on a set of underlying data that may include management’s historical experience, knowledge of current events and conditions and other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management continually evaluates the estimates and judgments it uses. These estimates and judgments have been applied in a manner consistent with prior periods and there are no known trends, commitments, events or uncertainties that management believe will materially affect the methodology or assumptions utilized in making these estimates and judgments in these financial statements.  Significant estimates inherent in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include reserves for uncollectible accounts receivables, realizability of inventory; customer returns; useful lives and impairments of long-lived tangible and intangible assets; accounting for income taxes and related uncertain tax positions; and the valuation of stock-based compensation awards. Actual results may differ from these judgements and estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material.

 

F-36

 

 

Recently issued accounting pronouncements

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326) (“ASU 2016-13”) and subsequently issued additional guidance on this topic.  The new guidance eliminates the probable recognition threshold and broadens the information to consider past events, current conditions and forecasted information in estimating credit losses. The Company qualifies as a Smaller Reporting Company and as such, ASU 2016-13 is effective for effective for the Company from April 1, 2023. The impact of the new standard is not considered material.

 

In September 2022, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2022-04, “Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations” (“ASU 2022-04”). ASU 2022-04 requires entities to disclose the key terms of supplier finance programs they use in connection with the purchase of goods and services, along with the amount of obligations outstanding at the end of each period and an annual roll forward of such obligations. This standard does not affect the recognition, measurement, or financial statement presentation of supplier finance program obligations. ASU 2022-04 is effective for the Company for the year ending March 31, 2024 and is to be applied retrospectively to all periods in which a balance sheet is presented. The annual roll forward disclosure is not required to be made until the year ending March 31, 2025 and is to be applied prospectively. Early adoption is permitted. Other than the new disclosure requirements, ASU 2022-04 will not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASUs recently issued but not listed above were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are expected to have minimal impact on the consolidated financial position or results of operations.

 

NOTE 3. INVENTORIES

 

Inventories are initially measured at cost and subsequently measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a first-in, first-out basis. The following table details the primary categories for the periods presented.

 

   March 31,
2023
   March 31,
2022
 
   $’000   $’000 
Finished goods   2,685    1,823 
Raw materials   585    663 
Goods in transit   -    18 
    3,270    2,504 
Inventory reserve   (1,008)   (634)
Total   2,262    1,870 

 

Third-party services are used to warehouse and distribute inventory. Per the terms of one third-party service contract, a lien may be placed on the Company’s inventory if the Company fails to make a payment for services within 30 days from the date the third-party supplier notifies the Company of an outstanding payment. The warehouse services paid by the Company to the third-party supplier had an average monthly cost to the Company of $0.03 million and $0.10 million in the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

NOTE 4. PREPAID AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS

 

Amounts recorded in prepaid and other current assets are expected to be realized within one year. The following table describes the major items for the periods presented.

 

   March 31,
2023
   March 31,
2022
 
   $’000   $’000 
Deposits and prepayments   150    550 
Prepaid marketing costs   185    1,669 
Other receivables   373    320 
Indirect taxes   -    104 
Total   708    2,643 

 

Prepaid marketing costs relate to the provision of marketing services to be provided over an 18-month service period by two non-employees (see Note 12).

 

F-37

 

 

NOTE 5. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

   March 31,
2023
   March 31,
2022
 
   $’000   $’000 
Furniture and Fixtures   177    175 
Office Equipment   52    46 
Leasehold Improvements   29    28 
Software and Website Development   1,676    1,540 
Computer Equipment   91    74 
Property and equipment, gross   2,025    1,863 
Accumulated depreciation   (1,192)   (668)
Property and equipment, net   833    1,195 

 

Depreciation expense related to property, plant and equipment was $0.52 million and $0.37 million in the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

NOTE 6. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
Intangible assets, gross   18    18 
Accumulated amortization   (6)   (4)
Intangible assets, net   12    14 

 

The Company’s intangible assets are comprised of five trademarks acquired in 2019 and 2020. The amortization of each trademark is calculated using the straight-line method over the license period of 10 years. The future amortization expense over the next five years is expected to be $2,000 per annum.

 

NOTE 7. ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
Accrued expenses   606    1,085 
Returns provision   366    252 
Merchant credit   61    33 
Indirect taxes   357    - 
Total   1,390    1,370 

 

The returns provisions are comprised of returns due from both wholesale and partner customers and direct-to-consumer customers.

 

NOTE 8. BANK LOAN

 

   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
Bank loan   26    265 
    26    265 

 

The bank loan relates to a trade finance facility extended on goods for which a letter of credit has been issued to the Company’s suppliers by HSBC. As of March 31, 2023, the outstanding balance under the trade finance facility was $0.03 million and the Company had an available trade finance facility in the amount of $3.12 million. The trade finance facility was further increased on April 11, 2023 to $5.00 million from $3.15 million. The trade finance facility does not become the Company’s responsibility until the Company receives the manufactured clothing goods from suppliers. Once drawn, the company has 120 days credit on the loan before repayment is due. For drawings in HKD, the interest rate equals HIBOR plus 3%, and for drawings in USD, the interest rate equals SOFR plus 3.3%. The trade finance facility was secured by a standby documentary credit for $1.00 million (previously $4.15 million) from UBS Switzerland AG and a personal guarantee to the value of $4.00 million from the Chairman and Director of the Company.  The UBS documentary credit expired on April 30, 2023 and the facility is subsequently secured by a charge over cash deposits equal to the amount of the facility used at any given moment in time in addition to the aforementioned personal guarantee.

 

F-38

 

 

NOTE 9. CONVERTIBLE DEBT OBLIGATIONS

 

   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
Convertible debt   11,262    6,505 
Unamortized debt discount   (492)   (265)
    10,770    6,240 

 

In March 2021, the Company entered into an arrangement whereby the Company completed convertible debt financing (“2021 Debt Financing”), from 47 investors, for gross proceeds of $6.00 million, less $0.84 million of debt issuance costs, at an 8% interest rate to provide working capital for its operations. Between April and July 2022, the Company received further convertible debt financing (“2022 Debt Financing”) from 47 investors with gross proceeds of $4.00 million, less $0.53 million of debt issuance costs, that rank pari passu to the 2021 Debt Financing at an 8% interest rate. The debt issuance costs are amortized over the remaining life of the convertible debt.

 

The 2021 Debt Financing had a mandatory redemption date of March 15, 2022, if not converted on the occurrence of an IPO. On March 15, 2022, the redemption date was extended to December 15, 2022, incurring related arrangement fees of $0.28 million. Prior to December 15, 2022, all holders of the convertible debt agreed to an extended repayment date of December 15, 2023 and the company incurred related arrangement fees of $0.64 million. Upon the closing of an IPO prior to the redemption date, the convertible debt shall be convertible into the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the public offering price of the Company’s common stock in the IPO. Management considered the accounting effect of the conversion feature and determined the convertible debt to be accounted for as share-settled debt and accreted the value of the convertible debt to their expected conversion into equity at redemption date.

 

As of March 31, 2023, the convertible debt obligations comprised gross proceeds of $10.00 million and accrued interest of $1.26 million. As of March 31, 2022, the balance comprised gross proceeds of $6.00 million and accrued interest of $0.51 million. The Company’s convertible debt obligations are secured by a security interest over the assets of Perfect Moment Ltd and its subsidiaries. The convertible debt obligations are junior to any bank debt.

 

The unamortized debt discount is the related arrangement fees that are being amortized against the convertible debt obligations on the consolidated balance sheets. The balance of the unamortized debt discount a March 31, 2021 was $0.81 million.  During the year ended March 31, 2022, aggregate debt and related issuance costs of $0.28 million were incurred and recorded as valuation discount, of which $0.82 million was amortized during the same year, resulting in an unamortized debt discount of $0.27 million at March 31, 2022. During the year ended March 31, 2023, aggregate debt and related issuance costs of $1.17 million were incurred and recorded as valuation discount, of which $0.95 million was amortized during the same year, resulting in an unamortized debt discount of $0.49 million as of March 31, 2023.

 

NOTE 10. SHAREHOLDER LOANS

 

   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
Shareholder loans         -    538 
    -    538 

 

The shareholder loans comprised loans from Joachim Gottschalk & Associates Limited (“JGA”) and Fermain Limited (“Fermain”) and were entered into during 2020 for the principal amounts of $0.30 million and $0.24 million, respectively. Both loans attracted interest at 10% per annum and were repaid in full on September 30, 2022. Both JGA and Fermain are related parties of Max Gottschalk, the Chairman and director of the Company (see Note 17).

 

F-39

 

 

NOTE 11. EQUITY

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

On March 15, 2021, Perfect Moment Asia Limited (“PMA”), the former parent entity, engaged in a share for share exchange with the Company, thereby creating the Company as the ultimate parent Company. As part of the share for share exchange, existing PMA shareholders’ equity was exchanged for an equivalent amount of share capital in the Company in the form of common stock and preferred stock. As a result of the transaction, 5,323,782 shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A Stock”) with a $0.0001 par value were issued to existing PMA shareholders for nil consideration. The Series A Stock may be voluntarily converted into shares of common stock at the request of the Series A stockholder by providing written notice. The Series A Stock is also subject to mandatory conversion into common stock upon either an IPO or by vote or written consent of at least 66 2/3% holders of the outstanding shares of the Series A Stock. The conversion shall be at a rate of one share of Series A Stock for one share of common stock without payment of additional consideration. The holders of Series A Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends as if the conversion to common stock had taken place, if and when dividends are declared. Such dividends take preference to dividends paid on shares of common stock and are non-cumulative. The holders of the Series A Stock shall be entitled to vote based on the equal number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series A Stock are convertible as of the date of the vote. The Series A Stock shall with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or deemed liquidation event rank senior to both the common stock and any other class of stock which specifically ranks junior to the Series A Stock.

 

Series B Preferred Stock

 

On September 23, 2022, the Company authorized the issuance and sale of up to 1,200,000 shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B Stock”), at a par value of $0.0001 per share and a purchase price of $5.00 per share. A total of 1,189,998 shares of Series B Stock was issued between September 2022 and November 2022, for net proceeds of $5.20 million, net of broker fees of $0.75 million. The Series B Stock may be voluntarily converted into shares of common stock at the request of the Series B stockholder by providing written notice. The Series B Stock is also subject to mandatory conversion into common stock upon either an IPO or by vote or written consent of at least 66 2/3% holders of the outstanding shares of the Series B Stock without payment of additional consideration. The conversion shall be determined by dividing the original issue price by the conversion price in effect at the time of conversion. The initial conversion price is set at $5.00 per share. The holders of Series B Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends as if the conversion to common stock had taken place, if and when dividends are declared. Such dividends take preference to dividends paid on shares of common stock and are non-cumulative. The holders of the Series B Stock shall be entitled to vote based on the equal number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series B Stock are convertible as of the date of the vote. The Series B Stock shall, with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or deemed liquidation event, rank pari passu with the Series A Stock.

 

NOTE 12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

 

The Company periodically issues stock options to employees and non-employees in non-capital raising transactions for services and for financing costs. The Company accounts for such grants issued and vesting based on ASC 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation whereby the value of the award is measured on the date of grant and recognized for employees as compensation expense on the straight-line basis over the vesting period. The equity plans are employees are intended to help the Company attract and retain directors, officers, other key executives and employees and to provide incentives and rewards.

 

Valuation methods

 

The Company measures fair value as of the grant date for options and warrants using the Black Scholes option pricing model and for common stock awards using a weighted average of the Black Scholes method and probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM). The inputs into the Black Scholes option pricing model are subjective and generally require significant judgment. The fair value of stock options granted were estimated using the following range of assumptions:

 

   March 31, 2023   March 31,
2022
 
Weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the period  $5.00   $2.65 
Expected term   3.5 years    3.42 to 3.5 years 
Expected volatility   40% to 45%   40% to 45%
Risk-free interest rate   2.00%   0.37% to 0.49%
Dividend yield   0.00%   0.00%

 

F-40

 

 

Fair value of common and preferred stock - The fair value of the shares of common and preferred stock has historically been determined by the Company’s management using external advisors as there was no public market for the common stock. The fair value of our common and preferred stock is obtained by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including: the valuation of comparable companies, sales of preferred stock to unrelated third parties, our projected operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of common and preferred stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, amongst other factors.

 

Expected term - The expected term represents the period that the Company’s stock options are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term) as the Company has concluded that its stock option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The expected term of stock options granted to non-employees is equal to the contractual term of the option award.

 

Volatility - Because the Company is privately held and does not have an active trading market for its common and preferred stock for a sufficient period of time, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly-traded companies, over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants.

 

Risk-free rate - The risk-free rate assumption is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option.

 

Dividends - The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and does not anticipate paying dividends on common stock in the foreseeable future. Therefore, the Company uses an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

Employee stock awards

 

The Company has awarded options to employees under a 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (“2021 Plan”) and a Non-Plan (“Non-Plan”) scheme.

 

   Option Schemes 
   Non-Plan
Vested
   Non-Plan
Non-vested
   2021 Plan
Vested
   2021 Plan
Non-vested
   Total 
                     
Balance as of March 31, 2021   -    -    -    -    - 
Granted   -    340,862    -    204,516    545,378 
Vested   68,172    (68,172)   49,992    (49,992)   - 
Balance as of March 31, 2022   68,172    272,690    49,992    154,524    545,378 
                          
Granted   -    -    -    136,344    136,344 
Vested   68,172    (68,172)   77,261    (77,261)   - 
Forfeited/lapsed   -    (204,518)   (27,268)   (149,979)   (381,765)
Balance as of March 31, 2023   136,344    -    99,985    63,628    299,957 
Total Vested as of March 31, 2023   136,344         99,985         236,329 

 

During the year ended March 31, 2022, the Company granted 545,378 share options of which 340,862 were under the Non-Plan Scheme and 204,516 options under the 2021 Plan. A total of 118,164 options had vested as of March 31, 2022 and the balance of 427,214 options were non-vested.

 

During the year ended March 31, 2023, an employee was granted 136,344 share options under the 2021 Plan. Certain employees left the Company during the year ended March 31, 2023 and a total of 381,765 options lapsed. A total of 236,329 options had vested as of March 31, 2023 and the balance of 63,628 options were non-vested. Of the 236,329 vested options as of March 31, 2023, 72,716 shall lapse on June 30, 2026 and 163,613 shall lapse on September 1, 2026, unless exercised.

 

F-41

 

 

Further information related to the stock options for 2023 and 2022 is set out below.

 

   Share Options 
   Number   Weighted- Average Exercise Price   Average Remaining Contractual Life (years)   Range of Exercise Prices 
                 
Outstanding as of March 31, 2021   -    -      -      
Granted   545,378   $1.32    -   $0.01 - 3.50 
Outstanding as of March 31, 2022   545,378    1.32    3.25    0.01 - 3.50 
Granted   136,344    0.01    -    0.01 
Forfeited/lapsed   (381,765)   (0.63)   -    0.01 - 3.50 
Outstanding as of March 31, 2023   299,957   $1.60    3.34   $0.01 - 3.50 
Exercisable as of March 31, 2023   236,329   $1.08    3.34   $0.01 - 3.50 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value for options outstanding as of March 31, 2023 was $1.32 million. The employee stock compensation expense for the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 was $0.24 million and $0.52 million, respectively. The Company had $0.04 million unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested 2021 Plan stock options as of March 31, 2023.

 

Non-employee stock awards

 

Common shares issued to consultants

 

During 2021, the Company engaged several consultants to provide services relating to the IPO and were contracted to be compensated with common stock awards. These consultant stock awards were recorded in accordance with ASC 718. Compensation expense is recorded for these stock awards based on the amortization of the fair market value and common stock issued over the agreed service or vesting period, taking into account clawback provisions. The fair value of the shares is based on the enterprise valuation as outlined in ASC 718-10-55-10 through ASC 718-10-55-12. The shares subject to clawback provisions remain unvested until the related performance condition is met in line with ASC 718-10. If clawback features are triggered, the unvested shares will be returned to the Company in line with ASC 718-10.

 

In January and March 2021, 2,000,000 shares of common stock with a total fair value of $7.00 million were issued to certain non-employees in exchange for consulting and advisory services to be performed relating to the 2021 share exchange (see Note 11) and the 2021 convertible debt financing (see Note 9), of which 50% were subject to clawback contingent upon an IPO. As services were relating to, and contingent upon execution of an IPO, no expense was recognized until occurrence of an IPO. During the year ended March 31, 2021, the Company recorded 190,000 of these shares and recognized $0.67 million as compensation costs (see Note 18). In addition, a further 50,000 shares were recorded during the year ended March 31, 2021 and recognized $0.01 million and $0.17 million expense during the years ended March 31, 2021 and 2022, respectively. During the year ended March 31, 2022, the Company recorded 760,000 shares of common stock and recognized $2.66 million as compensation costs for those shares.  During the year ended March 31, 2023, the consultants performed additional services and the Company agreed to remove the clawback provision and the $3.50 million fair value for the remaining 1,000,000 shares of common stock was recognized within selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss during the year then ended. As of March 31, 2023, no further shares were issuable under this agreement.

 

In relation to the above consulting and advisory services, the Company has granted rights to six holders of our common stock, to be issued additional shares of our common stock if the IPO price per share is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, or if we sell our equity securities before the closing of this offering at the purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00, as adjusted for any stock split or combination prior to this offering, pursuant to which right such holders would be granted additional shares of common stock. The number of shares is yet to be determined and is dependent on the IPO share price.

 

In October 2021, 75,000 shares of common stock with a total fair value of $0.30 million were issued to a consultant in exchange for legal services to be performed relating to an IPO subject to a 100% clawback provision in the event that an IPO is not achieved. As services were relating to and contingent upon execution of an IPO, no expense was recognized until occurrence of an IPO. During the year ended March 31, 2023, the Company entered into an agreement to remove the clawback provision and the fair value of $0.30 million was recognized within selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss during the year then ended. As of March 31, 2023, no further shares were issuable under this agreement.

 

F-42

 

 

Common shares issued for marketing services

 

In November 2021, 754,856 shares of the Company’s common stock with a fair value of $2.97 million were issued to two non-employees in exchange for marketing services to the Company to be performed over an 18-month service period.  During the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, $1.48 million and $1.30 million, respectively, was recognized as marketing and advertising expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, the associated fair value of unrecognized stock compensation expense of $0.19 million and $1.67 million, respectively, was included within prepaid and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, to be amortized over the remaining service period.

 

NOTE 13. LEASES

 

The Company has obligations under operating leases for its offices. As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, the lease terms of the various leases are less than 24 months. The majority of the Company’s leases include renewal options at the sole discretion of the Company. In general, it is not reasonably certain that lease renewals will be exercised at lease commencement and therefore lease renewals are not included in the lease term.

 

The following table details the Company’s net lease expense. The variable lease expenses disclosed below include contingent rent payments and other non-fixed lease related costs, including common area maintenance, property taxes, and landlord’s insurance.

 

   Years Ended 
Lease expense  March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
Net lease expense:        
Operating lease expense   210    93 
Total lease expense   210    93 
           
Weighted-average remaining lease term - Years   0.96    1.65 
Weighted-average discount rate   9%   4%

 

Balance sheet classification  March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
Right-of-use assets   297    99 
           
Current lease liabilities   299    62 
Non-current lease liabilities   8    37 
    307    99 

 

Maturity of lease liabilities  March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
Within one year   299    62 
Within one to two years   8    37 
Total lease payments   307    99 
Discount rate   (26)   (4)
Present value of lease liabilities   281    95 

 

F-43

 

 

NOTE 14. INCOME TAXES

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

Components of income tax (benefit) expense were as follows:

 

   Years Ended 
   March 31,
2023
   March 31,
2022
 
   $’000   $’000 
         
Current   (121)   - 
Deferred   -    - 
Total income tax (benefit) expense   (121)   - 

 

Reconciliation

 

The reconciliation of income taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to our income tax (benefit) expense is as follows:

 

   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
         
Loss before income tax at 21% rate   (2,189)   (2,555)
Change in valuation allowance   2,097    1,588 
Foreign tax differential   55    108 
Other permanent items   37    859 
R&D tax credit   (121)   - 
Income tax (benefit) expense   (121)   - 

 

The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022 differed from the applicable federal statutory rate of 21.0% primarily due to the impact of the valuation allowance on the Company’s deferred tax assets, as disclosed below.

 

F-44

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

 

   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
Deferred tax liabilities:        
Fixed and intangible assets   101    178 
Inventory   -    - 
Total deferred tax liabilities   101    178 
Deferred tax assets:          
Tax loss carryforward   6,352    4,545 
Depreciation   197    146 
Valuation allowance   (6,448)   (4,513)
Total deferred tax assets   101    178 
Deferred tax assets, net   -    - 

 

Income tax payments and refunds

 

During the year ended March 31, 2023, the Company received a tax repayment of $0.12 million, in respect to research and development tax credits. During the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not make any income tax payments.

 

Valuation allowance

 

During the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company recorded an increase in the valuation allowance of $1.94 million and $1.59 million, respectively, related to federal deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets are recorded related to net operating losses and temporary differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities expected to produce tax deductions in future periods. The realization of these assets depends on recognition of sufficient future taxable income in specific tax jurisdictions in which those temporary differences or net operating losses are deductible. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of them will not be realized.  

 

Throughout the year ended March 31,2023, the Company has been assessing the realizability of its deferred tax assets by considering positive factors such as the next three years’ profit projection making it more likely than not that the Company will be able to recognize a deferred tax asset on losses. Based upon historical performance of the Company, a valuation allowance of 100% was recorded as there is currently no significant evidence to indicate realizability of deferred tax assets. During 2023, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of 100% of UK and Hong Kong losses. As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company’s valuation allowance was $6.45 million and $4.51 million, respectively.

 

F-45

 

 

NOTE 15. FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

 

We report all currency amounts in USD. The Company’s subsidiaries in UK, Hong Kong and Switzerland maintain their books and records in their functional currencies, which are GBP, HKD and CHF, respectively.

 

When consolidating the subsidiaries with non-USD functional currencies, we translate the amounts of assets and liabilities into USD using the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, and the amounts of revenue and expense are translated at the average exchange rate prevailing during the period. The gains and losses resulting from translation of financial statement amounts into USD are recorded as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit).

 

We used the exchange rates in the following table to translate amounts denominated in non-USD currencies as of and for the periods noted:

 

Year end exchange rate:  March 31,
2023
   March 31,
2022
 
         
GBP:USD   1.23682    1.31459 
HKD:USD   0.12739    0.12768 
CHF:USD   1.09521    1.08284 

 

   Years Ended 
Average exchange rate:  March 31,
2023
   March 31,
2022
 
         
GBP:USD   1.20549    1.36636 
HKD:USD   0.12756    0.12846 
CHF:USD   1.04924    1.08870 

 

The following table, reported in USD, disaggregates our cash balances by currency denomination:

 

Cash denominated in:  March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
         
USD   3,325    1,151 
GBP   447    276 
HKD   21    21 
CHF   18    17 
EUR   895    110 
CNY   6    - 
    4,712    1,575 

 

Our cash primarily consists of funds held in bank accounts and third party payment platforms.

 

Cash held by HSBC   4,405    1,401 
Cash held by other banks   66    - 
Cash held by third party payment platforms   239    171 
Petty cash   2    3 
    4,712    1,575 

 

The Company maintains the majority of cash at HSBC where the balances are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000. At times, the cash balances may exceed the FDIC-insured limit. As of March 31, 2023, we do not believe we have any significant concentrations of credit risk due to the strong credit rating of HSBC and the cash balance is expected to be utilized within 6 months to fund working capital requirements. The cash held by other banks is within the FDIC insured amount and cash held by third party payment platforms are short term timing balances.

 

F-46

 

 

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Legal proceedings - The Company is, from time to time, involved in routine legal matters, and audits and inspections by governmental agencies and other third parties which are incidental to the conduct of its business. This includes legal matters such as initiation and defense of proceedings to protect intellectual property rights, liability claims, employment claims, and similar matters. The Company believes the ultimate resolution of any such legal proceedings, audits, and inspections will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated balance sheets, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Capital commitments - The Company had purchase obligations of $2.23 million at the year ended March 31, 2023, primarily relating to purchase orders to factories for the manufacture of our finished goods.

 

NOTE 17. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

Certain directors of the Company and its subsidiaries, provided consulting and advisory services for the Company for the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, totaling $0.32 million and $0.33 million, respectively, and included in the selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the years then ended. As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, $0.02 million and $0 million was unpaid, respectively, which was included in accrued expenses as of the years then ended. Below are the directors of the Company that provided the consulting and advisory services:

 

   Years Ended 
   March 31, 2023   March 31, 2022 
   $’000   $’000 
         
Max Gottschalk (director of the Company)   135    131 
Jane Gottschalk (director of the Company)   48    131 
Tracy Barwin (director of the Company)   89    - 
Andreas Keijsers (director of a subsidiary)   48    65 
    320    327 

 

The Company has engaged Deliberate Software Limited (“Deliberate”) as a supplier for IT services amounting to $0.32 million and $1.17 million for the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, recognized within selling, general and administrative expenses. As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, $0.01 million (included in trade payables) and $0.34 million (included in trade payables and accrued expenses) were unpaid, respectively. A director of Deliberate is an immediate family member of Negin Yeganegy, the former Chief Executive Officer and director of PML during the years ended March 31 2023 and 2022. As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, Deliberate held 100,351 shares of Series A preferred stock which are convertible to 100,351 shares of common stock immediately prior to an IPO.

 

The Company engaged Jing Holdings Limited as a supplier with services amounting to $0 million and $0.06 million for the years ended March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, recognized within selling, general and administrative expenses. Max Gottschalk, the Chairman and director of the Company and Jane Gottschalk, the Chief Creative Officer and director of the Company, are also directors of Jing Holdings Limited. There were no amounts unpaid at either year end.

 

F-47

 

 

On March 15, 2021, PML entered into a convertible debt obligation agreement with 47 investors including JGA (see Note 9), which is deemed to be a related party of Max Gottschalk, the Chairman and director of the Company. The portion of the convertible debt obligation (outstanding principal and accrued interest) repayable to JGA amounted to $0.23 million and $0.34 million as of March 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Upon the closing of an IPO prior to the redemption date, the debt financing shall be convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price equal to 80% of the public offering price of the Company’s common stock in the IPO.

 

On June 29, 2022, the Company entered into a short-term loan of $0.20 million from Sprk Capital Limited at an interest rate of 16% that was repayable by December 31, 2022. Interest expense during the year ended March 31, 2023 was $0.02 million and the principal loan plus interest was repaid in February 2023. A director of Sprk Capital Limited, Simon Nicholas Champ, is a shareholder of the Company. As of March 31, 2023 and 2022, Simon Nicholas Champ held 19,570 shares of Series A preferred stock which are convertible to 19,570 shares of common stock immediately prior to an IPO.

 

The shareholder loans outstanding as of March 31, 2023 and 2022, were $0 million and $0.54 million, respectively. The shareholder loans comprised loans from JGA and Fermain and were entered into during 2020 for the principal amounts of $0.30 million and $0.24 million, respectively. Both loans attracted interest at 10% per annum and were repaid in full on September 30, 2022. Both JGA and Fermain are related parties of Max Gottschalk, the Chairman and director of the Company (see Note 10).

 

NOTE 18. RESTATEMENT OF COMPONENTS OF OPENING SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

As described in Note 12, during the year ended March 31, 2021, the Company granted 2,000,000 shares of its common stock to certain consultants for services to be rendered in the performance of certain services, including assisting the company for an IPO of its common stock.  During the year ended March 31, 2021, the Company issued 190,000 of those shares with a fair value of $0.67 million and accounted for such issuance as deferred offering costs and reflected such amount as a reduction of Additional Paid in Capital.  Management has subsequently determined the correct accounting would have been to record the fair value of those shares as an expense.  As such, the Company has reclassified the fair value of those shares of $0.67 million on the accompanying statements of shareholders’ equity (deficit) from Additional Paid in Capital to Accumulated Deficit as of March 31, 2021.

 

NOTE 19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

The trade finance facility was increased on April 11, 2023 from $3.15 million to $5.00 million.

 

During May 2023 to August 2023, the Company issued 409,050 shares of common stock at a par value of $0.0001 and a purchase price of $6.00 per share. The total net proceeds were $2.18 million, net of broker fees and expenses of $0.28 million. The holders of the common stock shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share held at all stockholder meetings and have no right to subscribe to or purchase any new or additional issue of shares.

 

F-48

 

 

2,500,000 Shares of Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

 

ThinkEquity Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd.

 

 

              , 2023

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

 

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee. 

 

    Amount  
SEC registration fee   $ 3,156.10  
FINRA filing fee     *  
The Nasdaq Capital Market initial listing fee     75,000  
Printing and engraving fees     *  
Legal fees     *  
Accounting fees and expenses     *  
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses     *  
Miscellaneous Fees and Expenses     *  
Total   $ *  

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

 

The company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be in effect at the initial closing of this offering, limit the liability of the company’s directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, the Company’s directors are not personally liable to the Company or the Company’s stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

  any breach of their duty of loyalty to the Company or the Company’ stockholders;
     
  any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
     
  unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; and
     
  any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

 

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of the Company’s directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

 

II-1

 

 

The Company’s amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the initial closing of this offering provide that the Company will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is otherwise involved in, any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expense, liability and loss (including, among other things, attorney’s fees and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such director, officer, employee or agent in connection therewith, subject to certain conditions. The Company’s amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the initial closing of this offering also provide the Company with the power to, to the extent authorized by the Company’s board of directors, grant rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Company to the fullest extent indemnification may be granted to the Company’s directors and officers. In addition, the Company’s amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the initial closing of this offering provide that the Company must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to certain exceptions.

 

The Company plans to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers prior to the initial closing of this offering that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements require the Company, among other things, to indemnify its directors and executive officers against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers. These indemnification agreements also require the Company to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified, subject to certain exceptions. The Company believes that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

 

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that are included in the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against the Company’s directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against the Company’s directors and executive officers even though an action, if successful, might benefit the Company and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that the Company pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and executive officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, the Company is not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding involving any person who is or was one of its directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, for which indemnification is sought, and the Company is not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

The Company’s amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the initial closing of this offering provide that the Company may purchase and maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL. The Company maintains insurance under which, subject to the limitations of the insurance policies, coverage is provided to the Company’s directors and executive officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or executive officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to the Company with respect to payments that may be made by the Company to these directors and executive officers pursuant to the Company’s indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

 

II-2

 

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

 

Since April 1, 2020, the Company has made the following sales of unregistered securities:

 

1. 2021 Share Exchange

 

  In March 2021, the Company issued 1,994,496 shares of common stock and 5,323,782 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock, in the aggregate, to 46 holders of common stock and options of the Company’s subsidiary, Perfect Moment Asia Limited., in exchange for all such common stock and options, in the 2021 share exchange with no cash consideration.
     
  In March 2021, the Company issued 700,000 shares of common stock to Lucius Partners LLC as compensation for advisory services provided in connection with the 2021 share exchange and the 2021 debt financing.
     
  In March 2021, the Company issued 100,000 shares of common stock to Darius Fouladi as compensation for advisory services provided in connection with the 2021 debt financing.
     
  In January 2021, the Company issued common stock of 1,040,000 to Mark Tompkins, a beneficial owner of more than 5% of the Company’s common stock, 150,000 to Ian Jacobs, a former officer and director of the Company and an associate of Montrose Capital Partners, 7,500 to Sichenzia Ross Ference Carmel LLP, legal counsel to the underwriters for Company’s initial public offering, and 2,500 to Barrett S. DiPaolo, an attorney of Sichenzia Ross Ference Carmel LLP, in connection with advisory services provided by Montrose Capital Partners Limited in connection with the 2021 share exchange and the 2021 debt financing.

 

2. Sales of Convertible Promissory Notes - 2021 Debt Financing

 

  In March 2021, the Company issued and sold senior subordinated 8% secured convertible promissory notes to a total of 47 accredited investors for an aggregate principal amount of $6,004,320. The notes provide that the principal of and all accrued and unpaid interest on the notes will automatically convert in connection with the Company’s initial public offering to shares of common stock at a conversion rate of 80% percent of the Company’s initial public offering price per share. Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. acted as introducing broker for the notes. 

 

3. Sales of Convertible Promissory Notes - 2022 Debt Financing

 

  In April 2022, May 2022 and July 2022, the Company issued and sold senior subordinated 8% secured convertible promissory notes to a total of 47 accredited investors in the aggregate principal amount of $3,997,647. The notes rank pari passu with the notes issued by the Company in the 2021 debt financing. The notes provide that the principal of and all accrued and unpaid interest on the notes will automatically convert in connection with the Company’s initial public offering to shares of common stock at a conversion rate of 80% percent of the Company’s initial public offering price per share. Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. acted as introducing broker for the notes. 

 

4. Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

 

  During September 2022 to November 2022, the Company issued 1,189,998 of Series B convertible preferred stock to a total of 62 accredited investors for an aggregate cash consideration of $5,949,990 and incurred fees of $749,999. Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. acted as introducing broker for the Series B convertible preferred stock.

 

II-3

 

 

5. Equity Incentive Related Issuances

 

  On May 28, 2022, the Company granted options to purchase up to 136,344 shares of common stock under its 2021 Equity Incentive Plan to its then Chief Financial Officer, with an exercise price per share of $0.01.  Following the termination of her employment, options to purchase 109,075 shares lapsed on October 28, 2022. The remaining options to purchase 27,269 shares expire on September 1, 2026, unless exercised.
     
  On August 24, 2021, the Company granted options to purchase up to 340,862 shares of common stock outside of its 2021 Equity Incentive Plan to its then Chief Executive Officer with an exercise price per share of $0.01. Upon the termination of her employment, options to purchase 204,518 shares lapsed on November 1, 2022. The remaining options to purchase 136,344 shares expire on September 1, 2026, unless exercised.  
     
  On August 24, 2021, the Company granted options to purchase up to 68,172 shares of common stock under its 2021 Equity Incentive Plan to one its senior employees, with an exercise price per share of $3.50.  Upon termination of his employment, the options lapsed in full on January 31, 2023.
     
  On August 24, 2021, the Company granted options to purchase up to 68,172 shares of common stock from under its 2021 Equity Incentive Plan to its former marketing consultant and subsequently appointed brand director with an exercise price per share of $3.50.  The options expire on June 30, 2026, unless exercised.
     
  On August 24, 2021, the Company granted options to purchase up to 68,172 shares of common stock from under its 2021 Equity Incentive Plan to Jane Gottschalk, the Company’s Chief Creative Officer and member of its board of directors, with an exercise price per share of $3.50.  The options expire on June 30, 2026, unless exercised.

 

6. Other Common Stock Issuances

 

 

During May 2023 to June 2023, the Company issued and sold 154,186 shares of common stock to accredited investors in an equity financing at a purchase price of $6.00 per share for an aggregate consideration of $0.82 million, net of broker fees and expenses of approximately $0.11 million. In addition, during June 2023, the Company received advance funds of $0.45 million for subscriptions of 75,333 shares of common stock issued in July 2023. During July 2023 to August 2023, the Company issued and sold 179,531 shares of common stock to accredited investors as part of the same equity financing at a purchase price of $6.00 per share for an aggregate consideration of $0.91 million, net of broker fees and expenses of approximately $0.17 million. Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. acted as introducing broker for the common stock.

     
  On December 9, 2021, the Company issued 75,000 shares of common stock to Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp, LLP in exchange for legal services in connection with the 2021 share exchange and the 2021 debt financing.
     
  On November 15, 2021, the Company issued 377,428 shares of common stock each to Purple Pebble America LLC and NJJ Ventures, LLC, in exchange for advertising and publicity services.

 

Unless otherwise stated, the sales of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions.

 

II-4

 

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a) Exhibits

 

1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
     
2.1#   Share Exchange Agreement
     
3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, effective as of January 11, 2021
     
3.2   Certificate of Correction, effective as of January 25, 2021
     
3.3   Form of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, to be effect upon the initial closing of the Company’s initial public offering
     
3.4   Bylaws of the Company currently in effect
     
3.5   Form of Bylaws of the Company, to be in effect upon the initial closing of the Company’s initial public offering
     
4.1   Form of the Company’s common stock certificate
     
4.2*   Form of Underwriter Warrant
     
4.3   Form of Convertible Promissory Note for 2021 Debt Financing
     
4.4   Form of Amendment No. 1 to Convertible Promissory Note for 2021 Debt Financing
     
4.5   Form of Amendment No. 2 to Convertible Promissory Note for 2021 Debt Financing
     
4.6   Form of Convertible Promissory Note for 2022 Debt Financing
     
4.7   Form of Amendment No. 1 to Convertible Promissory Note for 2022 Debt Financing
     

5.1*

  Opinion of Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP
     
10.1+   Employment Agreement between Perfect Moment (UK) Limited and Mark Buckley
     
10.2+   Employment Agreement between Perfect Moment Ltd. and Jeff Clayborne
     
10.3+   Employment Agreement between Perfect Moment (UK) Limited and Jane Gottschalk
     
10.4+   Consulting Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Limited and Max Gottschalk
     
10.5+   Consulting Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Limited and Jane Gottschalk
     
10.6+   Consulting Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Limited and Tracy Barwin
     
10.7+   Consulting Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Limited and Arnhem Consulting Limited
     
10.8+   2021 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements thereunder
     
10.9   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement for 2021 Debt Financing
     
10.10   Form of Security Agreement for 2021 Debt Financing
     
10.11   Form of Registration Rights Agreement for 2021 Debt Financing
     
10.12   Form of Copyright Security Agreement for 2021 Debt Financing
     
10.13   Form of Patent Security Agreement for 2021 Debt Financing
     
10.14   Form of Trademark Security Agreement for 2021 Debt Financing
     
10.15   Form of Securities Purchase Agreement for 2022 Debt Financing
     
10.16   Form of Security Agreement for 2022 Debt Financing
     
10.17   Form of Registration Rights Agreement for 2022 Debt Financing

 

II-5

 

 

10.18+   Independent Director Agreement between Perfect Moment Ltd. and Andre Keijsers
     
10.19+   Independent Director Agreement between Perfect Moment Ltd. and Berndt Hauptkorn
     
10.20+   Independent Director Agreement between Perfect Moment Ltd. and Tracy Barwin
     
10.21+   Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers
     
10.22   Consulting Agreement among Perfect Moment Ltd., Perfect Moment Asia Ltd. and Lucius Partners LLC
     
10.23   Amendment to Consulting Agreement among Perfect Moment Ltd., Perfect Moment Asia Ltd. and Lucius Partners LLC
     
10.24   Second Amendment to Consulting Agreement among Perfect Moment Ltd., Perfect Moment Asia Ltd. and Lucius Partners LLC
     
10.25   Third Amendment to Consulting Agreement among Perfect Moment Ltd., Perfect Moment Asia Ltd. and Lucius Partners LLC
     
10.26   Consulting Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Ltd. and Montrose Capital Partners Limited
     
10.27   Amendment to Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Ltd. and Montrose Capital Partners Limited
     
10.28   Second Amendment to Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Ltd. and Montrose Capital Partners Limited
     
10.29   Third Amendment to Consulting Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., Perfect Moment Ltd. and Montrose Capital Partners Limited
     
10.30   Fourth Amendment to Consulting Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., Perfect Moment Ltd. and Montrose Capital Partners Limited
     
10.31   Facility Letter Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Limited and HSBC
     
10.32   Amendment to Facility Letter Agreement, dated April 11, 2023, between Perfect Moment Asia Limited and HSBC
     
10.33   Amendment to Facility Letter Agreement, dated July 10, 2023, between Perfect Moment Asia Limited and HSBC
     
10.34   UBS Switzerland AG Standby Documentary Credit
     
10.35   Charge over Securities and Deposits between Perfect Moment Asia Limited and HSBC
     
10.36   Guarantee of Perfect Moment Limited
     
10.37   Guarantee Agreement between Perfect Moment Asia Limited and J. Gottschalk & Associates
     
10.38  

Guarantee of Max Gottschalk dated July 7, 2021

     
10.39   Guarantee of Max Gottschalk dated June 14, 2018
     
16.1  

Letter to SEC from CohnReznick LLP dated November 6, 2023

     
21.1**   List of Subsidiaries
     
23.1   Consent of Weinberg & Company, P.A.
     
23.2*   Consent of Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
     
24.1   Power of Attorney (included on the signature page to this registration statement)
     
107   Filing Fee Table

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

** Previously filed.

 

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

# The schedules and exhibits to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule and/or exhibit will be furnished to the SEC upon request.

 

(b) No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

II-6

 

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i)To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii)To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.

 

(iii)To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

 

(2)That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3)To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

II-7

 

 

(4)That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

 

(i)Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

 

(ii)Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date.

 

(5)That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

  (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
     
  (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
     
  (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
     
  (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(6)Provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

(7)For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(8)For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of London, United Kingdom, on November 6, 2023.

 

  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Mark Buckley
    Mark Buckley
    Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and Mark Buckley, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents, with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth opposite their names and on the date indicated above.

 

Signature   Title   Date
         
*   Chairman of the Board of Directors  

November 6, 2023

Max Gottschalk        
         
/s/ Mark Buckley    Chief Executive Officer and Director  

November 6, 2023

Mark Buckley   (Principal Executive Officer)    
         
/s/ Jeff Clayborne   Chief Financial Officer  

November 6, 2023

Jeff Clayborne   (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ Andre Keijsers   Director  

November 6, 2023

Andre Keijsers        
         
/s/ Berndt Hauptkorn   Director  

November 6, 2023

Berndt Hauptkorn        
         
*    Director  

November 6, 2023

Jane Gottschalk        
         
*    Director  

November 6, 2023

Tracy Barwin        
         

 

*By:  /s/ Mark Buckley  
  Mark Buckley  
  Attorney-In-Fact  

 

 

II-9

 

Exhibit 2.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
among
PERFECT MOMENT LTD.,
PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.,

and

THE INDIVIDUALS AND ENTITIES LISTED ON SCHEDULE A HERETO

 

Dated as of March 15, 2021

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Article I Share Exchange 2
1.1 Share Exchange Procedure 2
1.2 Section 368 Reorganization. 2
1.3 Exercise of Subject Options 2
1.4 Closing 2
1.5 Actions at the Closing 3
1.6 Directors and Officers 3
1.7 Exemption from Registration 3
     
Article II Representations and Warranties of the Stockholders 4
2.1 Good Title 4
2.2 Organization 4
2.3 Authority, Execution and Deliver; Enforceability 4
2.4 No Conflicts 5
2.5 Litigation 5
2.6 No Finder’s Fee 5
2.7 Purchase Entirely for Own Account 5
2.8 Available Information 5
2.9 Non-Registration 5
2.10 Restricted Securities 6
2.11 Legends 6
2.12 Additional Legend 6
     
Article III Representations and Warranties of the Company 7
3.1 Organization, Standing and Power 7
3.2 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests 7
3.3 Capitalization 7
3.4 Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability 8
3.5 No Conflicts; Consents 8
3.6 Application of Takeover Protections 9
3.7 Taxes 9
3.8 Litigation 9
3.9 Compliance with Applicable Laws 9
3.10 No Bad Actors. 9
3.11 No Investigations; Involuntary Insolvency. 10
3.12 Title to Properties 10
3.13 Intellectual Property 10
3.14 Labor Matters 10
3.15 Transactions with Affiliates and Employees 10
3.16 Brokers 11
3.17 Contracts 11

 

i

 

 

Table of Contents

continued

 

  Page
Article IV Representations and Warranties of Parent 11
4.1 Organization, Standing and Power 11
4.2 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests 11
4.3 Capital Structure 12
4.4 Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability 12
4.5 No Conflicts; Consents 13
4.6 Taxes 13
4.7 Benefit Plans 14
4.8 Litigation 14
4.9 Compliance with Applicable Laws 14
4.10 No Bad Actors. 14
4.11 No Investigations; Involuntary Insolvency. 14
4.12 Contracts 15
4.13 Title to Properties 15
4.14 Intellectual Property 15
4.15 Labor Matters 15
4.16 Undisclosed Liabilities 15
4.17 Transactions with Affiliates and Employees 16
4.18 Application of Takeover Protections 16
4.19 Absence of Certain Changes or Events 16
4.20 Certain Registration Matters 17
4.21 Reliance 17
4.22 Brokers 17
     
Article V Conditions to Consummation of Share Exchange 18
5.1 Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations. 18
5.2 Conditions to Obligations of Parent. 18
5.3 Conditions to Obligations of Company and the Stockholders 19
     
Article VI Conduct Prior to the Closing Date 21
6.1 Conduct of Business by Company and Parent 21
     
Article VII Covenants 23
7.2 Rule 144 Compliance 23
7.3 Expenses 23
7.4 Indemnification 23
7.5 Parent Board; Certificate of Designation 24
7.6 Equity Plans 24
7.7 No Solicitation 24
7.8 Failure to Fulfill Conditions 25
7.9 Notification of Certain Matters 25
     
Article VIII Termination, Amendment and Waiver 25
8.1 Termination 25
8.2 Notice of Termination; Effect of Termination 25
8.3 Extension; Waiver 26

 

ii

 

 

Table of Contents

continued

 

  Page
Article IX Miscellaneous 26
9.1 Notices 26
9.2 Amendments; Waivers; No Additional Consideration 27
9.3 Replacement of Securities 27
9.4 Remedies 27
9.5 Independent Nature of Stockholders’ Obligations and Rights 28
9.6 Limitation of Liability 28
9.7 Interpretation 28
9.8 Severability 28
9.9 Counterparts and Facsimile Signature 29
9.10 Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries 29
9.11 Governing Law 29
9.12 Assignment 29
     
EXHIBIT A Definitions A-1

 

iii

 

 

SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT

 

This SHARE EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of March 15, 2021, is by and among Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Hong Kong with registration number 1743207 (the “Company”), and the individuals and entities listed on Schedule A hereto (each, a “Stockholder” and together the “Stockholders”). Each of the parties to this Agreement is individually referred to herein as a “Party” and collectively, as the “Parties.” Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in Exhibit A hereto.

 

BACKGROUND

 

A. The Company has the outstanding capital stock listed in Schedule A (the “Company Capital Stock”), all of which are held by the Stockholders and represent 100% of the issued and outstanding securities of the Company. Each Stockholder is the record and beneficial owner of the Company Capital Stock set forth opposite such Stockholder’s name Schedule A. Each Stockholder has agreed to transfer all of his, her or its (hereinafter “its”) shares of Company Capital Stock in exchange for newly issued shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Parent Common Stock”), or Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Parent Preferred Stock”), of Parent (collectively, the “Parent Capital Stock”), as applicable, that will, in the aggregate, constitute 1,994,496 shares of Parent Common Stock, including the Option Shares (as defined below), and 5,323,782 shares of Parent Preferred Stock issued and outstanding as of and immediately after the Closing. The number of shares of Parent Common Stock and/or Parent Preferred Stock to be received by each Stockholder or its designee is listed opposite each such Stockholder’s name in Schedule A hereto, respectively. The aggregate number of shares of Parent Capital Stock that is reflected on Schedule A is referred to herein as the “Shares.”

 

B. Contemporaneous with the Closing of the Share Exchange, Parent will complete a secured convertible note offering (the “Financing”) for minimum gross process of at least $2,000,000, pursuant to Regulation D under the Securities Act and any and all applicable state securities laws, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of note purchase agreements in a form reasonable acceptable to Parent and the Company.

 

C. The Board of Directors and stockholders of Parent and the Board of Directors of the Company and the Stockholders have determined that it is desirable to affect this plan of reorganization and securities exchange.

 

1

 

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties agree as follows:

 

Article I
Share Exchange

 

1.1Share Exchange Procedure.

 

On the Closing Date, each Stockholder shall transfer, convey, assign and deliver to Parent its Company Capital Stock, including the shares issuable in connection with the Subject Options, free and clear of all liens, in exchange for the Parent Capital Stock listed opposite such Stockholder’s name in Schedule A (the “Share Exchange”), which shall be issued to each Stockholder in electronic book entry form.

 

1.2Section 368 Reorganization.

 

For U.S. federal income Tax purposes, the Share Exchange is intended to constitute a “reorganization” within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(B) of the Code.  The Parties hereby adopt this Agreement as a “plan of reorganization” within the meaning of Sections 1.368-2(g) and 1.368-3(a) of the Treasury Regulations.  Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties acknowledge and agree that no Party is making any representation or warranty as to the qualification of the Share Exchange as a reorganization under Section 368 of the Code or as to the effect, if any, that any transaction consummated prior to or after the Closing Date has or may have on any such reorganization status.  

 

1.3Exercise of Subject Options.

 

Each holder (each, an “Option Holder”) of options of the Company (the “Subject Options”) hereby agrees that, immediately prior to, and conditioned upon, the consummation of the Share Exchange, all Subject Options held by an Option Holder shall be deemed to be automatically exercised and be of no further force and effect, and each Option Holder of such Subject Options shall be issued the aggregate number of shares of Parent Common Stock as set forth in Schedule A, which shall be issued to each Option Holder as part of the shares of Parent Common Stock being exchanged for the shares of Company Capital Stock in accordance with Section 1.1 hereof. For the purposes of this Agreement, each Option Holder shall be deemed to be a Stockholder.

 

1.4Closing.

 

The closing (the “Closing”) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall take place remotely, via electronic exchange of documents, on March 15, 2021, or, if all of the conditions to the obligations of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby have not been satisfied or waived by such date, on such mutually agreeable later date as soon as practicable (and in any event not later than three Business Days) after the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions (excluding the delivery of any documents to be delivered at the Closing by any of the Parties) set forth in Article V hereof (the “Closing Date”). On the Closing Date, the Company shall become a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.

 

2

 

 

1.5Actions at the Closing.

 

At the Closing:

 

(a) The Company and the Stockholders shall deliver to Parent the various certificates, instruments and documents to be delivered by the Company and the Stockholders, as applicable, pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.2; and

 

(b) Parent shall deliver to the Company and the Stockholders the various certificates, instruments and documents to be delivered by Parent pursuant to Sections 5.1 and 5.3.

 

1.6Directors and Officers.

 

(a) At or prior to the Closing, the Board of Directors of Parent shall take the following action, to be effective upon consummation of the Share Exchange: (i) elect to the Board of Directors of Parent the persons who were directors of the Company immediately prior to the Closing; and (ii) appoint as the officers of Parent those persons who were the officers of the Company immediately prior to the Closing, or, in either case with regard to clauses (i) and (ii), such other persons designated by the Company. All of the persons serving as directors of Parent immediately prior to the Closing shall resign immediately following the election of the new directors, and all of the persons serving as officers of Parent immediately prior to the Closing shall resign immediately following the appointment of the new officers. Subject to applicable Law, Parent, with the assistance of the Company, has taken or shall take all action reasonably requested by the Company, but consistent with the Parent Charter and Parent Bylaws, that is reasonably necessary to effect any such election or appointment of the designees of the Company to Parent’s Board of Directors.

 

(b) The provisions of this Section 1.6 are in addition to and shall not limit any rights which the Company or any of its affiliates may have as a holder or beneficial owner of shares of capital stock of Parent as a matter of law with respect to the election of directors or otherwise. The newly appointed directors and officers of Parent shall hold office for the term specified in, and subject to the provisions contained in, the Parent Charter and the Parent Bylaws and applicable Law.

 

1.7Exemption from Registration.

 

Parent and the Company intend that the shares of Parent Capital Stock to be issued pursuant to Sections 1.1 and 1.3 hereof, will be issued in a transaction exempt from registration under the Securities Act, by reason of Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated by the SEC thereunder, Regulation S promulgated by the SEC and/or Rule 701 of the Securities Act and that all recipients of such shares of Parent Capital Stock either (i) shall be “accredited investors” or not “U.S. Persons” as such terms are defined in Regulation D and Regulation S, respectively, or (ii) within the meaning of Rule 701 of the Securities Act, were employees or directors of the Company, its parent or its majority-owned subsidiaries or were consultants who were natural persons and who provided bona fide services to the Company, its parent or its majority-owned subsidiaries (provided that such services were not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital raising transaction and did not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities), and, in each case, who received Parent Capital Stock, or are family members of employees, directors or consultants who acquired such securities by gift or domestic relations orders. The shares of Parent Capital Stock to be issued pursuant to Sections 1.1 and 1.3 hereof, will be “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may not be offered, sold, pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred unless (A) a registration statement with respect thereto is effective under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, or (B) an exemption from such registration exists and either Parent receives an opinion of counsel to the holder of such securities, which counsel and opinion are satisfactory to Parent, that such securities may be offered, sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in the manner contemplated without an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws, or the holder complies with the requirements of Regulation S, if applicable; and the certificates representing such shares of Parent Capital Stock will bear an appropriate legend (or notation in electronic book entry form) and restriction on the books of Parent’s transfer agent to that effect.

 

3

 

 

Article II
Representations and Warranties of the Stockholders

 

Each of the Stockholders hereby severally (and not jointly) represents and warrants to the Parent with respect to itself, as follows.

 

2.1Good Title.

 

The Stockholder is the record and beneficial owner, and has good title to its Company Capital Stock, with the right and authority to exchange and deliver such Company Capital Stock. Upon delivery of any certificate or certificates duly assigned, representing the same as herein contemplated and/or upon registering of Parent as the new owner of such Company Capital Stock in the applicable securities registers of the Company, Parent will receive good title to such Company Capital Stock, free and clear of all Liens.

 

2.2Organization.

 

The Stockholder, if an entity, is duly organized and validly existing in its jurisdiction of organization.

 

2.3Authority, Execution and Deliver; Enforceability.

 

The Stockholder has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery by the Stockholder of this Agreement and the Transaction Documentation (as defined under Section 3.3) to which it is a party, and, subject to the adoption of this Agreement, the consummation by the Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Stockholder. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Stockholder and, assuming it is a valid and binding obligation of Parent and the Company, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Stockholder, enforceable against the Stockholder in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws, rules or regulations affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and to general principles of equity, whether applied in a court of law or a court of equity.

 

4

 

 

2.4No Conflicts.

 

The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Stockholder and the performance by the Stockholder of its obligations hereunder in accordance with the terms hereof: (a) will not require the consent of any third party or Governmental Entity under any Laws; (b) will not violate any Laws applicable to the Stockholder; and (c) will not violate or breach any contractual obligation to which the Stockholder is a party.

 

2.5Litigation.

 

There is no pending proceeding against the Stockholder that involves the Company Capital Stock or that challenges, or may have the effect of preventing, delaying or making illegal, or otherwise interfering with, any of the Share Exchange and, to the knowledge of the Stockholder, no such proceeding has been threatened, and no event or circumstance exists that is reasonably likely to give rise to or serve as a basis for the commencement of any such proceeding.

 

2.6No Finder’s Fee.

 

The Stockholder has not created any obligation for any finder, investment banker or broker’s fee in connection with the Share Exchange that are not payable entirely by the Stockholder.

 

2.7Purchase Entirely for Own Account.

 

The Stockholder is acquiring the Shares proposed to be acquired hereunder for investment for its own account and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Stockholder has no present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Shares, except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

2.8Available Information.

 

The Stockholder has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of investment in Parent and has had full access to all the information it considers necessary or appropriate to make an informed investment decision with respect to the Parent Capital Stock.

 

2.9Non-Registration.

 

The Stockholder understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and, if issued in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, will be issued by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Stockholder’s representations as expressed herein. The non-registration shall have no prejudice with respect to any rights, interests, benefits and entitlements attached to the Shares in accordance with Parent’s charter documents or the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

5

 

 

2.10Restricted Securities.

 

The Stockholder understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act inasmuch as this Agreement contemplates that, if acquired by the Stockholder pursuant hereto, the Shares would be acquired in a transaction not involving a public offering. The issuance of the Shares hereunder is being affected in reliance upon an exemption from registration afforded under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act for sale by an issuer not involving a public offering. The Stockholder further acknowledges that if the Shares are issued to the Stockholder in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, such Shares may not be resold without registration under the Securities Act or the existence of an exemption therefrom. The Stockholder represents that it is familiar with Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed thereby and by the Securities Act.

 

2.11Legends.

 

It is understood that the Parent Capital Stock will bear the following legend or one that is substantially similar to the following legend:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS [BOOK ENTRY POSITION/CERTIFICATE] HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND NEITHER SUCH SHARES NOR ANY INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (1) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR (2) PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, IN WHICH CASE THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, WHICH COUNSEL AND OPINION ARE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH SHARES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE MANNER CONTEMPLATED PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

2.12Additional Legend.

 

Additionally, the Parent Capital Stock will bear any legend required by the “blue sky” laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the securities represented by the book entry position or certificate so legended.

 

6

 

 

Article III
Representations and Warranties of the Company

 

Subject to the exceptions set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter (regardless of whether or not the Company Disclosure Letter is referenced below with respect to any particular representation or warranty), the Company represents and warrants to Parent and the Stockholders as follows.

 

3.1Organization, Standing and Power.

 

The Company and each of its subsidiaries, if any, is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized and has the corporate power and authority and possesses all governmental franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals necessary to enable it to own, lease or otherwise hold its properties and assets and to conduct its businesses as presently conducted, other than such franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals the lack of which, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, “Company Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on the assets, business, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

3.2Subsidiaries; Equity Interests.

 

The Company Disclosure Letter lists each subsidiary of the Company, if any, and its jurisdiction of organization. All the outstanding shares of capital stock or equity investments of each subsidiary have been validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are as of the date of this Agreement owned by the Company or by another subsidiary unless otherwise indicated on the Company Disclosure Letter.

 

3.3Capitalization.

 

As of the date of this Agreement, the authorized capitalization of the Company consists of ordinary shares and preferred shares (collectively, “Company Stock”). As of the date of this Agreement, and without giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby (the “Transaction Documentation”), 687 ordinary shares are issued and outstanding and 2,448.34 preferred shares are issued and outstanding. Except with respect to the Subject Options that will be outstanding immediately prior to the Closing, there are no other shares of Company Stock are issued and outstanding, and no shares of Company Stock are held in the treasury of the Company. Except as set forth above or in the Company Disclosure Letter, no shares of Company Stock are issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. All outstanding securities of the Company and each of its subsidiaries are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of the applicable corporate laws, the Company Constituent Instruments or any Contract to which the Company is a party or otherwise bound. As of the date of this Agreement, except with respect to the Subject Options or as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, there are not any options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units, commitments, Contracts, arrangements or undertakings of any kind to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which any of them is bound.

 

7

 

 

3.4Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability.

 

The Company has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the Transaction Documentation to which it is a party, and, subject to the adoption of this Agreement, the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming it is a valid and binding obligation of Parent and the Stockholders, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws, rules or regulations affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and to general principles of equity, whether applied in a court of law or a court of equity.

 

3.5No Conflicts; Consents.

 

Neither the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement or the Transaction Documentation to which it is a party, nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the Company Constituent Instruments, as amended to date, (b) require on the part of the Company any filing with, or any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, except for such permits, authorizations, consents and approvals as to which the failure to obtain or make the same would not reasonably be expected to have an Company Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (c) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party the right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any contract or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of its assets is subject, except, in the case of the foregoing clause (c), for any conflict, breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification or cancellation which would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or any notice, consent or waiver the absence of which would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect and would not adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (d) result in the imposition of any security interest upon any material assets of the Company or (e) violate any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational, Governmental Entity or other constitution, law, statute, ordinance, principle of common law, rule, regulation, code, governmental determination, order, writ, injunction, decree, treaty, convention, governmental certification requirement or other public limitation, U.S. or non-U.S., including Tax and U.S. antitrust laws applicable to the Company, except, in the case of the foregoing clause (e), such violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

8

 

 

3.6Application of Takeover Protections.

 

The Company has taken all necessary action, if any, in order to render inapplicable any control share acquisition, business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement) or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Company Charter or the laws of its state of incorporation that is or could become applicable to the Company as a result of the Stockholders and the Company fulfilling their obligations or exercising their rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Share Exchange.

 

3.7Taxes.

 

(a) The Company and each of its subsidiaries, if any, has timely filed, or has caused to be timely filed on its behalf, all Tax Returns required to be filed by it, and all such Tax Returns are true, complete and accurate, except to the extent any failure to file or any inaccuracies in any filed Tax Returns, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) There are no Liens for Taxes on the assets of the Company. The Company is not bound by any agreement with respect to Taxes.

 

3.8Litigation.

 

There is no Action against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties which (a) adversely affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability of any of this Agreement or the Shares or (b) could, if there were an unfavorable decision, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.9Compliance with Applicable Laws.

 

The Company and each of its subsidiaries have conducted their business and operations in compliance with all applicable Laws, except for instances of noncompliance that, individually and in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. This Section 3.9 does not relate to Taxes, which are the subject of Section 3.7.

 

3.10No Bad Actors.

 

Neither the Company nor any of its past and/or present officers, directors or affiliates would be deemed a “Bad Actor” or subject to any disqualification as set forth in Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act.

 

9

 

 

3.11No Investigations; Involuntary Insolvency.

 

(a) The Company is not and has not, and the past and present officers, directors and affiliates of the Company are not and have not, been the subject of, nor does any officer or director of the Company have any reason to believe that the Company or any of its officers, directors or affiliates will be the subject of, any civil or criminal proceeding or investigation by any federal or state agency alleging a violation of securities laws.

 

(b) The Company has not, and the past and present officers, directors and affiliates of the Company have not, been the subject of, nor does any officer or director of the Company have any reason to believe that the Company or any of its officers, directors or affiliates will be the subject of, any civil, criminal or administrative investigation or proceeding brought by any federal or state agency.

 

(c) The Company is not and has not and the past and present officers, directors and affiliates of the Company are not and have not, been the subject of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, nor is it or has it been a party to any litigation or, within the ten years prior to the Closing Date, the subject of any threat of litigation.

 

3.12Title to Properties.

 

The Company has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its properties and assets used in the conduct of its businesses. All such assets and properties, other than assets and properties in which the Company has leasehold interests, are free and clear of all Liens, except for Liens that, in the aggregate, do not and will not materially interfere with the ability of the Company to conduct business as currently conducted. The Company has complied in all material respects with the terms of all material leases to which it is a party and under which it is in occupancy, and all such leases are in full force and effect. The Company enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such material leases.

 

3.13Intellectual Property.

 

The Company owns, or otherwise has the right to use, such Intellectual Property Rights as are set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter. No claims are pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened that the Company is infringing or otherwise adversely affecting the rights of any person with regard to such Intellectual Property Right.

 

3.14Labor Matters.

 

There are no collective bargaining or other labor union agreements to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound. No material labor dispute exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the Company.

 

3.15Transactions with Affiliates and Employees.

 

Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, none of the officers or directors of Company and, to the knowledge of the Company, none of the employees of the Company is presently a party to any transaction with the Company (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any Contract or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

 

10

 

 

3.16Brokers.

 

Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter, no broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the Share Exchange based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

3.17Contracts.

 

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of or in default under (nor does there exist any condition which upon the passage of time or the giving of notice would cause such a violation of or default under) any Contract to which it is a party or to which it or any of its properties or assets is subject, except for violations or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

Article IV
Representations and Warranties of Parent

 

Subject to the exceptions set forth in the Parent Disclosure Letter (regardless of whether or not the Parent Disclosure Letter is referenced below with respect to any particular representation or warranty), Parent represents and warrants as follows to the Company and the Stockholders.

 

4.1Organization, Standing and Power.

 

Parent is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has full corporate power and authority and possesses all governmental franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals necessary to enable it to own, lease or otherwise hold its properties and assets and to conduct its businesses as presently conducted, other than such franchises, licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals the lack of which, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, “Parent Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on the assets, business, financial condition, or results of operations of Parent.

 

4.2Subsidiaries; Equity Interests.

 

Parent does not own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock, membership interest, partnership interest, joint venture interest or other equity interest in any person.

 

11

 

 

4.3Capital Structure.

 

The authorized capital stock of Parent consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. No other class or series of capital stock is authorized. As of the date hereof and immediately prior to the Closing Date, (a) 1,200,000 shares of Parent Common Stock are issued and outstanding and (b) no shares of Parent Common Stock are held by Parent in its treasury. Except for such shares to be reserved for issuance under the 2021 Plan and 800,000 shares of Parent Common Stock to be issued contemporaneously with the Closing to certain individuals and/or entities, no shares of Parent Capital Stock or other voting securities of Parent were issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. All outstanding shares of the capital stock of Parent are, and all such shares that may be issued prior to or contemporaneously with the Closing will be when issued, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and not subject to or issued in violation of any purchase option, call option, right of first refusal, preemptive right, subscription right or any similar right under any provision of the Delaware General Corporations Law, the Parent Charter, the Parent Bylaws or any Contract to which Parent is a party or otherwise bound. Except as set forth above or as provided in the Parent Disclosure Letter, there are not any options, warrants, rights, convertible or exchangeable securities, “phantom” stock rights, stock appreciation rights, stock-based performance units, commitments, Contracts, arrangements or undertakings of any kind to which Parent is a party or by which it is bound (a) obligating Parent to issue, deliver or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered or sold, additional shares of capital stock or other equity interests in, or any security convertible or exercisable for or exchangeable into any capital stock of or other equity interest in, Parent, (b) obligating Parent to issue, grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, security, commitment, Contract, arrangement or undertaking or (c) that give any person the right to receive any economic benefit or right similar to or derived from the economic benefits and rights occurring to holders of Parent Capital Stock. As of the date of this Agreement, there are not any outstanding contractual obligations of Parent to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any shares of Parent Capital Stock.

 

4.4Authority; Execution and Delivery; Enforceability

 

Parent has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery by Parent of this Agreement and the Transaction Documentation to which it is a party, and, subject to the adoption of this Agreement, the consummation by Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Parent. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Parent and, assuming it is a valid and binding obligation of Company and the Stockholders, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Parent, enforceable against Parent in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws, rules or regulations affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and to general principles of equity, whether applied in a court of law or a court of equity.

 

12

 

 

4.5No Conflicts; Consents.

 

(a) Neither the execution and delivery by Parent of this Agreement or the Transaction Documentation to which it is a party, nor the consummation by Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby will (a) conflict with or violate any provision of the Parent Charter, as amended to date, or the Parent Bylaws, as amended to date, (b) require on the part of Parent any filing with, or any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Governmental Entity, other than filing of Form D with the SEC and any applicable state securities filings with respect to the offering of the Shares, which will be completed by Parent following the Closing, and except for such permits, authorizations, consents and approvals as to which the failure to obtain or make the same would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (c) conflict with, result in a breach of, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create in any party the right to terminate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any contract or instrument to which Parent is a party or by which Parent is bound or to which any of its assets is subject, except, in the case of the foregoing clause (c), for any conflict, breach, default, acceleration, termination, modification or cancellation which would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect and would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or any notice, consent or waiver the absence of which would not have a Parent Material Adverse Effect and would not adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, (d) result in the imposition of any security interest upon any material assets of Parent or (e) violate any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational, Governmental Entity or other constitution, law, statute, ordinance, principle of common law, rule, regulation, code, governmental determination, order, writ, injunction, decree, treaty, convention, governmental certification requirement or other public limitation, U.S. or non-U.S., including Tax and U.S. antitrust laws applicable to Parent, except, in the case of the foregoing clause (e), such violation would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.6Taxes.

 

(a) Parent has timely filed, or has caused to be timely filed on its behalf, all Tax Returns required to be filed by it, and all such Tax Returns are true, complete and accurate, except to the extent any failure to file, any delinquency in filing or any inaccuracies in any filed Tax Returns, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. All Taxes shown to be due on such Tax Returns, or otherwise owed, have been timely paid, except to the extent that any failure to pay, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) No deficiency with respect to any Taxes has been proposed, asserted or assessed against Parent, and no requests for waivers of the time to assess any such Taxes are pending, except to the extent any such deficiency or request for waiver, individually or in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) There are no Liens for Taxes (other than for current Taxes not yet due and payable) on the assets of Parent. Parent is not bound by any agreement with respect to Taxes.

 

13

 

 

4.7Benefit Plans.

 

Parent does not maintain, sponsor or contribute to or in the past has maintained, sponsored or contributed to any employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not ERISA applies to the arrangement) or multiemployer plan (each capitalized term in this sentence as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA). Neither the execution of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall, individually, in the aggregate or in connection with any other event, (a) result in any payment becoming due to any officer, employee, consultant or director of Parent, (b) increase or modify any benefits otherwise payable by Parent to any employee, consultant or director of Parent, or (c) result in the acceleration of time of payment or vesting of any such benefit.

 

4.8Litigation.

 

There is no Action against or affecting Parent or any of its properties which (a) adversely affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability of any of this Agreement or the Shares or (b) could, if there were an unfavorable decision, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.9Compliance with Applicable Laws.

 

Parent has conducted its business and operations in compliance with all applicable Laws, except for instances of noncompliance that, individually and in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect. This Section 4.9 does not relate to Taxes, which are the subject of Section 4.6.

 

4.10No Bad Actors.

 

Neither Parent nor any of its past and/or present officers, directors or affiliates would be deemed a “Bad Actor” or subject to any disqualification as set forth in Rule 506(d) of the Securities Act.

 

4.11No Investigations; Involuntary Insolvency.

 

(a) Parent is not and has not, and the past and present officers, directors and affiliates of Parent are not and have not, been the subject of, nor does any officer or director of Parent have any reason to believe that Parent or any of its officers, directors or affiliates will be the subject of, any civil or criminal proceeding or investigation by any federal or state agency alleging a violation of securities laws.

 

(b) Parent has not, and the past and present officers, directors and affiliates of Parent have not, been the subject of, nor does any officer or director of Parent have any reason to believe that Parent or any of its officers, directors or affiliates will be the subject of, any civil, criminal or administrative investigation or proceeding brought by any federal or state agency.

 

14

 

 

(c) Parent is not and has not and the past and present officers, directors and affiliates of Parent are not and have not, been the subject of any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, nor is it or has it been a party to any litigation or, within the ten years prior to the Closing Date, the subject of any threat of litigation.

 

4.12Contracts.

 

Except as disclosed in the Parent Disclosure Letter, there are no Contracts that are material to the business, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of Parent taken as a whole. Parent is not in violation of or in default under (nor does there exist any condition which upon the passage of time or the giving of notice would cause such a violation of or default under) any Contract to which it is a party or to which it or any of its properties or assets is subject, except for violations or defaults that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.13Title to Properties.

 

Parent has good title to, or valid leasehold interests in, all of its properties and assets used in the conduct of its businesses. All such assets and properties, other than assets and properties in which Parent has leasehold interests, are free and clear of all Liens, except for Liens that, in the aggregate, do not and will not materially interfere with the ability of Parent to conduct business as currently conducted. Parent has complied in all material respects with the terms of all material leases to which it is a party and under which it is in occupancy, and all such leases are in full force and effect. Parent enjoys peaceful and undisturbed possession under all such material leases.

 

4.14Intellectual Property.

 

Parent does not own, nor is validly licensed nor otherwise has the right to use, any Intellectual Property Rights. No claims are pending or, to the knowledge of Parent, threatened that Parent is infringing or otherwise adversely affecting the rights of any person with regard to any Intellectual Property Right.

 

4.15Labor Matters.

 

There are no collective bargaining or other labor union agreements to which Parent is a party or by which it is bound. No material labor dispute exists or, to the knowledge of Parent, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of Parent.

 

4.16Undisclosed Liabilities.

 

Except as disclosed in the Parent Disclosure Letter and pursuant to this Agreement, Parent has no liabilities or obligations of any nature (whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise) required by GAAP to be set forth on a balance sheet of Parent or in the notes thereto. There are no financial or contractual obligations and liabilities (including any obligations to issue capital stock or other securities) due after the date hereof.

 

15

 

 

4.17Transactions with Affiliates and Employees.

 

None of the officers or directors of Parent and, to the knowledge of Parent, none of the employees of Parent is presently a party to any transaction with Parent (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any Contract or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of Parent, any entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

 

4.18Application of Takeover Protections.

 

Parent has taken all necessary action, if any, in order to render inapplicable any control share acquisition, business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement) or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Parent Charter or the laws of its state of incorporation that is or could become applicable to the Stockholders as a result of the Stockholders and Parent fulfilling their obligations or exercising their rights under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the issuance of the Shares and the Stockholders’ ownership of the Shares.

 

4.19Absence of Certain Changes or Events.

 

Except as provided in the Parent Disclosure Letter, Parent has conducted its business only in the ordinary course, and during such period, there has not been:

 

(a) any change in the assets, liabilities, financial condition or operating results of Parent, except changes in the ordinary course of business that have not caused, in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect;

 

(b) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, that would have a Parent Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c) any waiver or compromise by Parent of a valuable right or of a material debt owed to it;

 

(d) any satisfaction or discharge of any lien, claim, or encumbrance or payment of any obligation by Parent, except in the ordinary course of business and the satisfaction or discharge of which would not have a Parent Material Adverse Effect;

 

(e) any material change to a material Contract by which Parent or any of its assets is bound or subject;

 

(f)   any material change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any employee, officer, director or stockholder;

 

(g) any mortgage, pledge, transfer of a security interest in or lien created by Parent with respect to any of its material properties or assets, except liens for Taxes not yet due or payable and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and that do not materially impair Parent’s ownership or use of such property or assets;

 

16

 

 

(h) any loans or guarantees made by Parent to or for the benefit of its employees, officers or directors, or any Stockholders of their immediate families, other than travel advances and other advances made in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(i) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any of Parent Capital Stock, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase, or other acquisition of any of such stock by Parent;

 

(j) any alteration of Parent’s method of accounting;

 

(k) any issuance of equity securities to any officer, director or affiliate; or

 

(l) any arrangement or commitment by Parent to do any of the things described in this Section 4.19.

 

4.20Certain Registration Matters.

 

Except as set forth in this Agreement, Parent has not granted or agreed to grant to any other person any rights (including “piggy-back” registration rights) to have any securities of Parent registered with the SEC or any other Governmental Entity.

 

4.21Reliance.

 

Parent understands and confirms that the Stockholders will rely on the foregoing representations and covenants in effecting transactions in securities of Parent. All of the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct and do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

4.22Brokers.

 

Except as set forth in the Parent Disclosure Letter, no broker, investment banker, financial advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial advisor’s or other similar fee or commission in connection with the Share Exchange based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of Parent.

 

17

 

 

Article V
Conditions to Consummation of Share Exchange

 

5.1Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations.

 

The respective obligations of each Party to consummate the Share Exchange are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

 

(a) The Company shall have obtained (and shall have provided copies thereof to Parent) the written consents of all of the members of its Board of Directors to approve the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the other agreement to which the Company is a party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Parent;

 

(b) Parent and the Company shall have completed all necessary legal due diligence to their reasonable satisfaction;

 

(c) prior to the Closing, the Company and Parent shall have at least $2,000,000 in escrow in connection with the Financing; and the conditions to the closing of such Financing (other than the closing of the Share Exchange) shall have been satisfied and such amount of gross proceeds shall be unencumbered cash available to the Company and Parent at the closing of the Financing.

 

5.2Conditions to Obligations of Parent.

 

The obligation of Parent to consummate the Share Exchange is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver by Parent) of the following conditions:

 

(a) The Company shall have obtained (and shall have provided copies thereof to Parent) all other waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations, and effected all of the registrations, filings and notices, referred to in Section 3.5 which are required on the part of the Company, except such waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations the failure of which to obtain or effect does not, individually or in the aggregate, have an Company Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(b) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement (when read without regard to any qualification as to materiality or Company Material Adverse Effect contained therein) shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made as of the Closing (provided, however, that to the extent such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier date), except for any untrue or incorrect representations and warranties that, individually or in the aggregate, do not have an Company Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c) each of the Company and the Stockholders shall have performed or complied with its agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with under this Agreement as of or prior to the Closing, except for such non-performance or non-compliance as does not have an Company Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(d) no Legal Proceeding shall be pending wherein an unfavorable judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction would (i) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, and no such judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction shall be in effect;

 

18

 

 

(e) The Company shall have delivered to Parent a certificate (the “Company Certificate”) to the effect that each of the conditions specified in clause (b) (with respect to the Company’s due diligence of Parent) of Section 5.1 and clauses (a) through (d) (insofar as clause (d) relates to Legal Proceedings involving the Company) of this Section 5.2 is satisfied in all respects; and

 

(f) The Company shall have delivered to Parent a certificate, validly executed by an appropriate officer of the Company, certifying as to (i) true, correct and complete copies of the Company Constituent Instruments; (ii) the valid adoption of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company (whereby this Agreement, the Share Exchange and the transactions contemplated hereunder were unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Company); and (iii) incumbency and signatures of the officers of the Company executing this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated by this Agreement.

 

5.3Conditions to Obligations of Company and the Stockholders.

 

The obligation of the Company and/or Stockholders to consummate the Share Exchange is subject to the satisfaction of the following additional conditions:

 

(a) Parent shall have obtained (and shall have provided copies thereof to the Company) the written consent of all of the members of its Board of Directors to the execution, delivery and performance by each such entity of this Agreement and/or the other agreements to which each such entity a party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company;

 

(b) Parent shall have obtained (and shall have provided copies thereof to the Company) all of the other waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations, and effected all of the registrations, filings and notices, referred to in Section 4.5 which are required on the part of Parent, except for waivers, permits, consents, approvals or other authorizations the failure of which to obtain or effect does not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Parent Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c) the representations and warranties of Parent set forth in this Agreement (when read without regard to any qualification as to materiality or Parent Material Adverse Effect contained therein) shall be true and correct as of the date of this Agreement and shall be true and correct as of the Closing as though made as of the Closing (provided, however, that to the extent such representation and warranty expressly relates to an earlier date, such representation and warranty shall be true and correct as of such earlier date), except for any untrue or incorrect representations and warranties that, individually or in the aggregate, do not have a Parent Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(d) Parent shall have performed or complied with its agreements and covenants required to be performed or complied with under this Agreement as of or prior to Closing, except for such non-performance or non-compliance as does not have a Parent Material Adverse Effect or a material adverse effect on the ability of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

19

 

 

(e) no Legal Proceeding shall be pending wherein an unfavorable judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction would (i) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (ii) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be rescinded following consummation, and no such judgment, order, decree, stipulation or injunction shall be in effect;

 

(f) Parent shall have delivered to Company a certificate to the effect that each of the conditions specified in clause (b) (with respect to Parent’ due diligence of Company) of Section 5.1 and clauses (a) through (e) (insofar as clause (e) relates to Legal Proceedings involving Parent) of this Section 5.3 is satisfied in all respects;

 

(g) Parent shall have delivered to Company a certificate, validly executed by the Secretary of Parent certifying as to (i) true, correct and complete copies of the Parent Charter and the Parent Bylaws; (ii) the valid adoption by resolutions of the Board of Directors of Parent approving this Agreement, the Share Exchange and the transactions contemplated hereunder; (iii) a good standing certificate from the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware dated within five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date; and (iv) incumbency and signatures of the officers of Parent executing this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(h) Parent shall have delivered to Company (i) evidence that Parent’ Board of Directors is, as of Closing, authorized to consist of five (5) individuals, (ii) evidence of the resignations of all individuals who served as directors and/or officers of Parent immediately prior to the Closing, which resignations shall be effective as of the Closing, (iii) evidence of the appointment of the following five (5) persons to serve as directors immediately following the Closing: Max Gottschalk, Jane Gottschalk, Andre Keijsers, Negin Yeganegy and Tom Walker, (iv) evidence of the appointment of such executive officers of Parent to serve immediately following the Closing as shall have been designated by Company, including Max Gottschalk as Chairman and Negin Yeganegy as President and Managing Director; and

 

(i) Share Transfer Documents. Each Stockholder shall have delivered to Parent certificate(s) representing its Company Securities, accompanied by an executed instrument of transfer and bought and sold note for transfer by the Stockholder of its Company Securities to Parent.

20

 

 

Article VI
Conduct Prior to the Closing Date

 

6.1Conduct of Business by Company and Parent.

 

During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms or the Closing Date, Company and Parent shall, except to the extent that the other parties shall otherwise consent in writing, carry on its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course consistent with past practices, in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted and in compliance with all applicable Laws (except where noncompliance would not have a Material Adverse Effect), pay its debts and Taxes when due subject to good faith disputes over such debts or Taxes, pay or perform other material obligations when due, and use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practices and policies to (i) preserve substantially intact its present business organization, (ii) keep available the services of its present managers, officers and employees, and (iii) preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers, distributors, licensors, licensees, and others with which it has significant business dealings. In addition, except as permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other party, during the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to its terms or the Closing Date, Company and Parent shall not do any of the following:

 

(a) Waive any stock repurchase rights, accelerate, amend or (except as specifically provided for herein) change the period of exercisability of options or restricted stock, or reprice options granted under any employee, consultant, director or other stock plans or authorize cash payments in exchange for any options granted under any of such plans;

 

(b) Grant any severance or termination pay to any officer or employee except pursuant to applicable Law, written agreements outstanding, or policies existing on the date hereof and as previously or concurrently disclosed in writing or made available to the other party, or adopt any new severance plan, or amend or modify or alter in any manner any severance plan, agreement or arrangement existing on the date hereof;

 

(c) Transfer or license to any person or otherwise extend, amend or modify any material rights to any Intellectual Property of Company or Parent or enter into grants to transfer or license to any person future patent rights, other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices provided that in no event shall Company or Parent license on an exclusive basis or sell any Intellectual Property of Company or Parent, as applicable;

 

(d) Declare, set aside or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions (whether in cash, stock, equity securities or property) in respect of any capital stock or split, combine or reclassify any capital stock or issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for any capital stock;

 

(e) Except as provided herein, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock or Stockholders interest of Company and Parent, as applicable;

 

(f) Issue, deliver, sell, authorize, pledge or otherwise encumber, or agree to any of the foregoing with respect to, any shares of capital stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock, or subscriptions, rights, warrants or options to acquire any shares of capital stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock or Shares, or enter into other agreements or commitments of any character obligating it to issue any such shares of capital stock, shares or convertible or exchangeable securities;

 

(g) Except as provided herein or as disclosed to the other party, amend its Charter Documents;

 

(h) Acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing any equity interest in or a portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof, or otherwise acquire or agree to acquire any assets which are material, individually or in the aggregate, to the business of Parent or Company, as applicable, or enter into any joint ventures, strategic partnerships or alliances or other arrangements that provide for exclusivity of territory or otherwise restrict such party’s ability to compete or to offer or sell any products or services;

 

21

 

 

(i) Sell, lease, license, encumber or otherwise dispose of any properties or assets, except sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and, except for the sale, lease or disposition (other than through licensing) of property or assets which are not material, individually or in the aggregate, to the business of such party;

 

(j) Incur any indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate, or guarantee any such indebtedness of another person, issue or sell any debt securities or options, warrants, calls or other rights to acquire any debt securities of Parent or Company, as applicable, enter into any “keep well” or other agreement to maintain any financial statement condition or enter into any arrangement having the economic effect of any of the foregoing;

 

(k) Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter or the Parent Disclosure Letter, adopt or amend any employee benefit plan, policy or arrangement, any employee stock purchase or employee stock option plan, or enter into any employment contract or collective bargaining agreement (other than offer letters and letter agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice with employees who are terminable “at will”), pay any special bonus or special remuneration to any manager, director or employee, or increase the salaries or wage rates or fringe benefits (including rights to severance or indemnification) of its managers, directors, officers, employees or consultants, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

 

(l) (1) pay, discharge, settle or satisfy any claims, liabilities or obligations (absolute, accrued, asserted or unasserted, contingent or otherwise), or litigation (whether or not commenced prior to the date of this Agreement) other than the payment, discharge, settlement or satisfaction, in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices or in accordance with their terms, or liabilities recognized or disclosed in the most recent financial statements (or the notes thereto) of Company or of Parent, as applicable, or incurred since the date of such financial statements, or (2) waive the benefits of, agree to modify in any manner, terminate, release any person from or knowingly fail to enforce any confidentiality or similar agreement to which Company is a party or of which Company is a beneficiary or to which Parent is a party or of which Parent is a beneficiary, as applicable;

 

(m) Except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, modify, amend or terminate any Contract of Company or Parent, as applicable, or other material contract or material agreement to which Company or Parent is a party or waive, delay the exercise of, release or assign any material rights or claims thereunder;

 

(n) Except as appropriate to fairly represent Company’s financial condition or results of operations, revalue any of its assets or adjust its revenue or expenses;

 

(o) Except for in the ordinary course of business, incur or enter into any agreement, contract or commitment requiring such party to pay in excess of $25,000 in any 12 month period;

 

(p) Settle any litigation for a total sum of greater than $25,000;

 

22

 

 

(q) Make or rescind any Tax elections that, individually or in the aggregate, could be reasonably likely to adversely affect in any material respect the Tax liability or Tax attributes of such party, settle or compromise any material income tax liability or, except as required by applicable Law, materially change any method of accounting for Tax purposes or prepare or file any Return in a manner inconsistent with past practice;

 

(r) Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Letter or the Parent Disclosure Letter, form, establish or acquire any subsidiary;

 

(s) Permit any Person to exercise any of its discretionary rights under any Plan to provide for the automatic acceleration of any outstanding options, the termination of any outstanding repurchase rights or the termination of any cancellation rights issued pursuant to such plans; or

 

(t) Agree in writing or otherwise agree, commit or resolve to take any of the actions described in Sections 6.1 (a) through (s) above.

 

Article VII
Covenants

 

(a) [Intentionally Omitted].

 

7.2Rule 144 Compliance.

 

So long as any shares of Parent Common Stock issued in connection with the Share Exchange are subject to Rule 144, regardless of whether Parent is then required to file periodic reports pursuant to the Exchange Act, Parent shall comply with the information requirements of Rule 144.

 

7.3Expenses.

 

The costs and expenses of each Party (including legal fees and expenses of such Party) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Party that incurred such costs and expenses, unless otherwise agreed to by such Parties.

 

7.4Indemnification.

 

Parent shall not, and shall cause the Company after the Share Exchange not to, after the Closing, take any action to alter or impair any exculpatory or indemnification provisions now existing in the Company Constituent Instruments for the benefit of any individual who served as a director or officer of the Company at any time prior to the Closing, except for any changes which may be required to conform with changes in applicable Law and any changes which do not affect the application of such provisions to acts or omissions of such individuals prior

 

23

 

 

7.5Parent Board; Certificate of Designation.

 

Parent shall take such actions as are necessary (including the solicitation of approvals by the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Parent, to the extent applicable), if Parent has not already done so prior to the Closing, (a) to authorize the Board of Directors of Parent to consist of five (5) members, and (b)  to file with the Delaware Secretary of State a certificate of designation for the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock of the Parent in a manner satisfactory to the Company.

 

7.6Equity Plans.

 

The Board of Directors of Parent shall adopt an equity incentive plan (the “2021 Plan”) as soon as practicable following the Closing. The 2021 Plan shall provide for the issuance of awards initially covering an aggregate of up to 681,722 shares of Parent Common Stock.

 

7.7No Solicitation.

 

(a) Unless and until this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Article VIII neither Parent nor its officers, directors, stockholders or agents shall, directly or indirectly, encourage, solicit or initiate discussions or negotiations with, or engage in negotiations or discussions with, or provide non-public information to, any Person or group of Persons concerning any merger, sale of capital stock, sale of substantial assets or other business combination; provided, however, that Parent may engage in such discussion and provide such non-public information (subject to obtaining confidentiality agreements) in response to an unsolicited proposal from an unrelated party if the Board of Directors of Parent determines, in good faith, after consultation with counsel, that the failure to engage in such discussions and provide such non-public information (subject to obtaining confidentiality agreements) may constitute a breach of the fiduciary or legal obligations of the Board of Directors of Parent. Parent will promptly advise the Company if it receives a proposal or inquiry with respect to the matters described above.

 

(b) Unless and until this Agreement shall have been terminated pursuant to Article VIII, neither the Company nor its officers, directors or agents shall, directly or indirectly, encourage, solicit or initiate discussions or negotiations with, or engage in negotiations or discussions with, or provide non-public information to, any Person or group of Persons concerning any merger, sale of common stock or any of its other securities (other than the PPO), sale of substantial assets or other business combination; provided, however, that the Company may engage in such discussion in response to any unsolicited proposal from an unrelated party if the Board of Directors of the Company determines, in good faith, after consultation with counsel, that the failure to engage in such discussions and provide such non-public information (subject to obtaining confidentiality agreements) may constitute a breach of the fiduciary or legal obligations of the Board of Directors of the Company. The Company will promptly advise Parent if it receives a proposal or inquiry with respect to the matters described above.

 

24

 

 

7.8Failure to Fulfill Conditions.

 

In the event that the Parties hereto determine that a condition to its respective obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby cannot be fulfilled on or prior to the termination of this Agreement, it will promptly notify the other Parties.

 

7.9Notification of Certain Matters.

 

At or prior to the Closing, each Party shall give prompt notice to the other Parties of (a) the occurrence or failure to occur of any event or the discovery of any information, which occurrence, failure or discovery would be likely to cause any representation or warranty on its part contained in this Agreement to be untrue, inaccurate or incomplete after the date hereof in any material respect or, in the case of any representation or warranty given as of a specific date, would be likely to cause any such representation or warranty on its part contained in this Agreement to be untrue, inaccurate or incomplete in any material respect as of such specific date, and (b) any material failure of such Party to comply with or satisfy any covenant or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder.

 

Article VIII
Termination, Amendment and Waiver

 

8.1Termination.

 

This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(a) by mutual written agreement of Parent and the Company;

 

(b) by either Parent or the Company if the Transaction shall not have been consummated by March 19, 2021 (“Closing Deadline”); provided, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(b) shall not be available to any Party whose breach of any provision of this Agreement results in the failure of the Closing to have occurred by such time; or

 

(c) by any Party hereto if there shall be any statute, rule or regulation issued by a Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction that renders consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement illegal or otherwise prohibited, or a court of competent jurisdiction or any Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction shall have issued an order, decree or ruling, or has taken any other action restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of such transactions and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and non-appealable.

 

8.2Notice of Termination; Effect of Termination.

 

Any termination of this Agreement under Section 8.1 above will be effective immediately upon the delivery of written notice of the terminating party to the other parties hereto. In the event of the termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8.1, this Agreement shall be of no further force or effect and the transactions shall be abandoned, except (i) as set forth in this Section 8.2, Section 7.3, Section 8.3, and Article IX (Miscellaneous), each of which shall survive the termination of this Agreement, and (ii) nothing herein shall relieve any party from liability for any intentional or willful breach of this Agreement.

 

25

 

 

8.3Extension; Waiver.

 

At any time prior to the Closing Date, any party hereto may, to the extent legally allowed, (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of the other parties hereto, (ii) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties made to such party contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto, and (iii) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions for the benefit of such party contained herein. Any agreement on the part of a party hereto to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such party. Delay in exercising any right under this Agreement shall not constitute a waiver of such right.

 

Article IX
Miscellaneous

 

9.1Notices.

 

All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given upon receipt by the Parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

If to Parent, to:

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.
2255 Glades Road, Suite 324A

Boca Raton, FL 33431

Attn: Ian Jacobs

Email: ian@montrosecapital.com

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice hereunder):

 

Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP
1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor

New York, NY 10036

Attn: Barrett DiPaolo

Email: bdipaolo@srf.law

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Unit B, 13th Floor, Gee Chang Hong Centre

65 Wong Chuk Hang Rd.

Aberdeen, Hong Kong

Attention: Max Gottschalk, Chairman

Email: max.gottschalk@vedrapartners.com

 

26

 

 

with a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice hereunder):

 

Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP

2049 Century Park East, 18th Floor

Los Angeles, California 90067

Attn: Nimish Patel, Esq.

Email: nxp@msk.com

 

If to the Stockholders at the addresses set forth in Schedule A hereto.

 

9.2Amendments; Waivers; No Additional Consideration.

 

No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended except in a written instrument signed by the Company, Parent and the Stockholders holding a majority in interest of the Parent Capital Stock measured based upon the number of Shares they own after the Closing. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of any Party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right. No consideration shall be offered or paid to any Stockholder to amend or consent to a waiver or modification of any provision of this Agreement or any other documents related to the Share Exchange unless the same consideration is also offered to all Stockholders then holding the Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the previous sentence cannot be waived or amended.

 

9.3Replacement of Securities.

 

If any certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, Parent shall issue or cause to be issued in exchange and substitution for and upon cancellation thereof, or in lieu of and substitution therefor, a new certificate or instrument, but only upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to Parent of such loss, theft or destruction and customary and reasonable indemnity, if requested. The applicants for a new certificate or instrument under such circumstances shall also pay any reasonable third-party costs associated with the issuance of such replacement Shares. If a replacement certificate or instrument evidencing any Shares is requested due to a mutilation thereof, Parent may require delivery of such mutilated certificate or instrument as a condition precedent to any issuance of a replacement.

 

9.4Remedies.

 

In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, each of the Stockholders, Parent and the Company will be entitled to specific performance under this Agreement. The Parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations described in the foregoing sentence and hereby agrees to waive in any action for specific performance of any such obligation the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

27

 

 

9.5Independent Nature of Stockholders’ Obligations and Rights.

 

The obligations of each Stockholder under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Stockholder, and no Stockholder shall be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Stockholder under this Agreement. The decision of each Stockholder to acquire the Shares pursuant to this Agreement has been made by such Stockholder independently of any other Stockholder. Nothing contained herein, and no action taken by any Stockholder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute the Stockholders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Stockholders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the Share Exchange. Each Stockholder acknowledges that no other Stockholder has acted as agent for such Stockholder in connection with making its investment hereunder and that no Stockholder will be acting as agent of such Stockholder in connection with monitoring its investment in the Shares or enforcing its rights under this Agreement. Each Stockholder shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Stockholder to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose. Each of the Company and Parent acknowledges that each of the Stockholders has been provided with this same Agreement for the purpose of closing a transaction with multiple Stockholders and not because it was required or requested to do so by any Stockholder.

 

9.6Limitation of Liability.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each of Parent and the Company acknowledges and agrees that the liability of a Stockholder arising directly or indirectly, under this Agreement or any other document related to the Share Exchange of any and every nature whatsoever shall be satisfied solely out of the shares of the Company owned by each of such Stockholder, and that no trustee, officer, other investment vehicle or any other affiliate of such Stockholder or any investor, stockholder or holder of shares of beneficial interest of such Stockholder shall be personally liable for any liabilities of such Stockholder.

 

9.7Interpretation.

 

When a reference is made in this Agreement to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. Whenever the words “include”, “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”.

 

9.8Severability.

 

If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule or Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the Share Exchange is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the Share Exchange are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

28

 

 

9.9Counterparts and Facsimile Signature.

 

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile signatures delivered by fax and/or e-mail/.pdf transmission shall be sufficient and binding as if they were originals and such delivery shall constitute valid delivery of this Agreement.

 

9.10Entire Agreement; Third Party Beneficiaries.

 

This Agreement, taken together with the Company Disclosure Letter, the Parent Disclosure Letter, the Transaction Documentation and the other agreements and documents referred to herein, (a) constitute the entire agreement and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the Share Exchange and (b) are not intended to confer upon any person other than the Parties any rights or remedies.

 

9.11Governing Law.

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of laws of any jurisdictions other than those of the State of Delaware.

 

9.12Assignment.

 

Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise by any of the Parties without the prior written consent of each of the other Parties. Any purported assignment without such consent shall be void. Subject to the preceding sentences, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

29

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Share Exchange Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  PARENT:
     
  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Ian Jacobs
  Name:  Ian Jacobs
  Title: President
     
  THE COMPANY:
     
  PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Max Gottschalk
  Name: Max Gottschalk
  Title: Chairman and Director

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS:  
     
Signature block for individuals:  
  Printed Name of Individual
   
  Signature of Individual
     
Signature block for entities:  
  Printed Name of Entity
     
  By:           
  Name:   
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

Schedule A

[SCHEDULE OF STOCKHOLDERS]

 

 

 

 

Schedule A-1

 

 

EXHIBIT A

Definitions

 

Action” means any action, suit, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding (including any partial proceeding such as a deposition) or investigation pending or threatened in writing before or by any court, arbitrator, governmental or administrative agency, regulatory authority (federal, state, county, local or foreign), stock market, stock exchange or trading facility.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in the State of New York are required or authorized by applicable Law to close.

 

Company Constituent Instruments” means the corporate Charter and Bylaws of Company and such other constituent instruments of Company as may exist, each as amended to the date of this Agreement.

 

Company Disclosure Letter” means the letter delivered from Company to Parent concurrently herewith.

 

Consent” means any material consent, approval, license, permit, order or authorization.

 

Contract” means any contract, lease, license, indenture, note, bond, agreement, permit, concession, franchise or other instrument.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

Governmental Entity” means any federal, state, local or foreign government or any court of competent jurisdiction, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, including but not limited to the SEC and FINRA.

 

Intellectual Property Right” means any patent, patent right, trademark, trademark right, trade name, trade name right, service mark, service mark right, copyright and other proprietary intellectual property right and computer program.

 

Law” means any statute, law, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction, judgment, or decree.

 

Legal Proceeding” means any action, suit, proceeding, claim, arbitration or investigation before any Governmental Entity or before any arbitrator.

 

Lien” means any lien, security interest, pledge, equity and claim of any kind, voting trust, stockholder agreement and other encumbrance.

 

Parent Bylaws” means the Bylaws of Parent, as amended to the date of this Agreement.

 

Exhibit A-1

 

 

Parent Charter” means the Certificate of Incorporation of Parent, as amended to the date of this Agreement.

 

Parent Disclosure Letter” means the letter delivered from Parent to Company concurrently herewith.

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Taxes” means all forms of taxation, whenever created or imposed, and whether of the United States or elsewhere, and whether imposed by a local, municipal, governmental, state, foreign, federal or other Governmental Entity, or in connection with any agreement with respect to Taxes, including all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts.

 

Tax Return” means all federal, state, local, provincial and foreign Tax returns, declarations, statements, reports, schedules, forms and information returns and any amended Tax return relating to Taxes.

 

Exhibit A-2

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

 

(Pursuant to Section 102 of the

Delaware General Corporation Law)

 

1.The name of the corporation is Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Corporation”).

 

2.The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road, Suite 403-B, Wilmington, DE 19805 in the County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Vcorp Services, LLC.

 

3.The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

4.The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

 

5.The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is: one hundred ten million (110,000,000). These shares shall be divided into two classes with fifty million (100,000,000) shares designated as common stock at $0.0001 par value (the “Common Stock”) and ten million (10,000,000) shares designated as preferred stock at $0.0001 par value (the “Preferred Stock”).

 

The Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall be issued by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in one or more classes or one or more series within any class, and such classes or series shall have such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences, limitations or restrictions as the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine, from time to time.

 

Holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to cast one vote for each share held at all stockholders’ meetings for all purposes, including the election of directors. The Common Stock does not have cumulative voting rights.

 

No holder of shares of stock of any class shall be entitled as a matter of right to subscribe for or purchase or receive any part of any new or additional issue of shares of stock of any class, or of securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, whether now hereafter authorized or whether issued for money, for consideration other than money, or by way of dividend.

 

 

 

 

6.The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation.

 

7.No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty by such director as a director. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, a director shall be liable to the extent provided by applicable law, (i) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation, in addition to the limitation on personal liability provided herein, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL. No amendment to or repeal of this Article 7 shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.

 

8.The Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL, as amended from time to time, each person that such section grants the Corporation the power to indemnify.

 

9.The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Barrett S. DiPaolo, c/o Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP, 1185 Avenue of the Americas, 37th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the incorporator hereinbefore named, has executed, signed and acknowledged this certificate of incorporation this 11th day of January, 2021.

 

  /s/ Barrett S. DiPaolo  
  Barrett S. DiPaolo
  Incorporator

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION

OF

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

 

(Pursuant to Section 103(f) of the

Delaware General Corporation Law)

 

Perfect Moment Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under an by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1. The name of the corporation is Perfect Moment Ltd.

 

2. That a Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on January 11, 2021, and that said Certificate requires correction as permitted by Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

3. The inaccuracy or defect of said Certificate is:

 

Article 5 of said Certificate of Incorporation incorrectly stated in word but correctly stated in numerals the authorized number of shares of common stock. The intended number of shares of common stock authorized is one hundred million (100,000,000), and the reference in the said Certificate of Incorporation to “fifty million” should be “one hundred million.”

 

4. Article 5 of the Certificate is corrected to read as follows:

 

The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority is issue is: one hundred ten million (110,000,000). These shares will be divided into two classes with one hundred million (100,000,000) shares designated as common stock at $0.0001 par value (the “Common Stock”) and ten million (10,000,000) shares designated as preferred stock at $0.0001 par value (the “Preferred Stock”).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said corporation has caused this Certificate of Correction this 25th day of January, 2021.

 

  By: /s/ Ian Jacobs
    Ian Jacobs
    Chief Executive Officer, President,
    Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

Exhibit 3.3

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

 

Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended (the “DGCL”),

 

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

1.The name of the Corporation is Perfect Moment Ltd.

 

2.This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation”) amends and restates the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 11, 2021, as corrected by the Certificate of Correction filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 25, 2021 (the “Prior Certificate”), and has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242, 245 and 228 of the DGCL.

 

3.The text of the Prior Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this __ day of ______, 2023.

 

  By:  
  Name: Mark Buckley
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of this Corporation is Perfect Moment Ltd.

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 108 W. 13th Street, Suite 100, Wilmington, DE 19801, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is Vcorp Services, LLC.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

A. The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), and (ii) 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

 

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) is hereby expressly authorized, by filing a certificate (“Certificate of Designation”) pursuant to the DGCL, to provide for the issue of any or all of the unissued and undesignated shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

 

Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Company for their vote; provided, however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “Certificate of Incorporation”) (including any Certificate of Designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series of Preferred Stock are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other series of Preferred Stock, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

 

2

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by the DGCL, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock that may be designated from time to time, the Board is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”), subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to alter or repeal any Bylaws whether adopted by them or otherwise; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation that may be filed from time to time), the affirmative vote of holders of not less than sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the votes of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes hereof as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders to adopt new Bylaws or to alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

A. The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in the Board. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time by the Board.

 

B. The Board or any individual director may be removed from office only for cause at a meeting of stockholders called for that purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

C. Any vacancies on the Board resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law and or by this Certificate of Incorporation or any Certificate of Designation that may be filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

 

D. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

E. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

A. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation. The taking of any action by written consent of the stockholders in lieu of a meeting of the stockholders is specifically denied.

 

B. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by the Secretary of the Corporation at the direction of the Board, pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

 

C. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

3

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

A.To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VIII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

 

B. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or (d) any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine, in each such case subject to the Court of Chancery having personal jurisdiction over the indispensable parties named as defendants therein and the claim not being one which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. State and federal courts shall have concurrent jurisdiction for actions arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not apply to suits brought to enforce duties and liabilities created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any other claims for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of the Corporation’s capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of, and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX.

 

ARTICLE X

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Corporation required by law or by this Certificate of Incorporation or any Certificate of Designation that may be filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles VI, VII, VIII, IX and this Article X.

 

*  *  *

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.4

 

BY-LAWS

OF

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

ARTICLE I

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1. Certificates Representing Stock. (a) Certificates representing stock in the corporation shall be signed by, or in the name of, the corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, if any, or by the President or a Vice-President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation. Any or all the signatures on any such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

 

(b) Whenever the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class of stock, and whenever the corporation shall issue any shares of its stock as partly paid stock, the certificates representing shares of any such class or series or of any such partly paid stock shall set forth thereon the statements prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Any restrictions on the transfer or registration of transfer of any shares of stock of any class or series shall be noted conspicuously on the certificate representing such shares.

 

(c) The corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of any such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

Section 2. Uncertificated Shares. Subject to any conditions imposed by the General Corporation Law, the Board of Directors of the corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of the stock of the corporation shall be uncertificated shares. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any uncertificated shares, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by the General Corporation Law.

 

 

 

 

Section 3. Fractional Share Interests. The corporation may, but shall not be required to, issue fractions of a share. If the corporation does not issue fractions of a share, it shall (1) arrange for the disposition of fractional interests by those entitled thereto, (2) pay in cash the fair value of fractions of a share as of the time when those entitled to receive such fractions are determined, or (3) issue scrip or warrants in registered form (either represented by a certificate or uncertificated) or bearer form (represented by a certificate) which shall entitle the holder to receive a full share upon the surrender of such scrip or warrants aggregating a full share. A certificate for a fractional share or an uncertificated fractional share shall, but scrip or warrants shall not unless otherwise provided therein, entitle the holder to exercise voting rights, to receive dividends thereon, and to participate in any of the assets of the corporation in the event of liquidation. The Board of Directors may cause scrip or warrants to be issued subject to the conditions that they shall become void if not exchanged for certificates representing the full shares or uncertificated full shares before a specified date, or subject to the conditions that the shares for which scrip or warrants are exchangeable may be sold by the corporation and the proceeds thereof distributed to the holders of scrip or warrants, or subject to any other conditions which the Board of Directors may impose.

 

Section 4. Stock Transfers. Upon compliance with provisions restricting the transfer or registration of transfer of shares of stock, if any, transfers or registration of transfers of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only on the stock ledger of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or with a transfer agent or a registrar, if any, and, in the case of shares represented by certificates, on surrender of the certificate or certificates for such shares of stock properly endorsed and the payment of all taxes due thereon.

 

Section 5. Record Date for Stockholders. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meeting of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the General Corporation Law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

2

 

 

Section 6. Meaning of Certain Terms. As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent or dissent in writing in lieu of meeting, as the case may be, the term “share” or “shares” or “share of stock” or “shares of stock” or “stockholder” or “stockholders” refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the corporation is authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or upon whom the certificate of incorporation confers such rights where there are two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the certificate of incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise require.

 

Section 7. Stockholder Meetings.

 

(a) Time. The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from time to time, by the directors, provided that the first annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting. A special meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.

 

(b) Place. Annual meetings and special meetings shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the directors may, from time to time, fix. Whenever the directors shall fail to fix such place, the meeting shall be held at the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware.

 

(c) Call. Annual meetings and special meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer instructed by the directors to call the meeting.

 

(d) Notice or Waiver of Notice. Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place, date, hour of the meeting and stating the place within the city or other municipality or community at which the list of stockholders of the corporation may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other business which may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state the purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any meeting shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements, information, or documents prescribed by the General Corporation Law. Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, a copy of the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless the lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to each stockholder at his record address or at such other address which he may have furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the corporation. Notice by mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid, in the United States Mail. If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more than thirty days hence, and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors, after adjournment, fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting. Notice need not be given to any stockholder who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, not the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

 

3

 

 

(e) Stockholder List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

 

(f) Conduct of Meeting. Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting-the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairman to be chosen by the stockholders. The Secretary of the corporation, or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.

 

(g) Proxy Representation. Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate, whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting, or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that is irrevocable and, if, and only as long as it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally.

 

(h) Inspectors. The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof. If any inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding at the meeting may, but need not appoint one or more inspectors. In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if any, shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots, or consents, determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing of any challenge, question, or matter determined by him or them and execute a certificate of any fact found by him or them. Except as otherwise required by subsection (e) of Section 231 of the General Corporation Law, the provisions of that Section shall not apply to the corporation.

 

4

 

 

(i) Quorum. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of any business. The stockholders presents may adjourn the meeting despite the absence of a quorum.

 

(j) Voting. Each share of stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote. Directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Any other action shall be authorized by a majority of the votes cast except where the General Corporation Law prescribes a different percentage of votes and/or a different exercise of voting power, and except as may be otherwise prescribed by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation and these Bylaws. In the election of directors, and for any other action, voting need not be by ballot.

 

Section 8. Stockholder Action Without Meetings. Any action required by the General Corporation Law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Action taken pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

5

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1. Functions and Definition. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors of the corporation. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of the members thereof. The use of the phrase “whole board” herein refers to the total number of directors which the corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

 

Section 2. Qualifications and Number. A director need not be a stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a resident of the State of Delaware. The initial Board of Directors shall consist of two persons. Thereafter, the number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by action of the stockholders or of the directors, or, if the number is not fixed, the number shall be two (2).

 

Section 3. Election and Term. The first Board of Directors, unless the members thereof shall have been named in the certificate of incorporation, shall be elected by the incorporator or incorporators and shall hold office until first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation. Thereafter, directors who are elected at an annual meeting of stockholders, and directors who are elected in the interim to fill vacancies and newly created directorships, shall hold office until the next annual meeting resignation or removal. Except as the General Corporation Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual meetings of stockholders or of special meetings of stockholders called for the election of directors and/or for the removal of one or more directors and for the filling of any vacancy in that connection, newly created directorships and any vacancies in the Board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of directors for cause or without cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.

 

Section 4. Meetings.

 

(a) Time. Meetings shall be held at such time as the Board shall fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected Board shall be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

 

(b) Place. Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of Delaware as shall be fixed by the Board.

 

6

 

 

(c) Call. No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction of the Chairman of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of the President, or of a majority of the directors in office.

 

(d) Notice or Actual or Constructive Waiver. No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time and place have been fixed. Written, oral, or any other mode of notice of the time and place shall be given for special meetings in sufficient time for the convenient assembly of the directors thereat. Notice need not be given to any director or to any member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any such person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when he attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

 

(e) Quorum and Action. A majority of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided, that such majority shall constitute at least one-third of the whole Board. A majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn a meeting to another time and place. Except as herein otherwise provided, and except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the General Corporation Law and these Bylaws which govern a meeting of the directors held to fill vacancies and newly created directorships in the Board or action of disinterested directors.

 

Any member or members of the Board of Directors or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.

 

(f) Chairman of the Meeting. The Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall preside at all meetings. Otherwise, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other director chosen by the Board, shall preside.

 

7

 

 

Section 5. Removal of Directors. Except as may otherwise be provided by the General Corporation Law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

Section 6. Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation with the exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141 of the General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.

 

Section 7. Written Action. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

Section 8. Board of Advisors. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may establish a Board of Advisors, consisting of individuals who may or may not be stockholders or directors of the Corporation. The purpose of the Board of Advisors would be to advise the officers and directors of the Corporation with respect to such matters as such officers and directors shall choose, and any other matters which the members of such Board of Advisors deem appropriate in furtherance of the best interest of the Corporation. The Board of Advisors shall meet on such basis as the members thereof may determine. The Board of Directors may eliminate the Board of Advisors at any time. No member of the Board of Advisors, nor the Board of Advisors itself, shall have any authority of the Board of Directors or any decision-making power and shall be merely advisory in nature. Unless the Board of Directors determines another method of appointment, the President shall recommend possible members of the Board of Advisors to the Board of Directors, who shall approve such appointments or reject them.

 

8

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

OFFICERS

 

The officers of the corporation shall consist of a President and a Secretary, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a Treasurer, a Chairman of the Board, a Vice-Chairman of the Board, an Executive Vice- President, one or more other Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such title as the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing them shall designate. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing him, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a director. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him, each officer shall be chosen for a term which shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his successor shall have been chosen and qualified.

 

All officers of the corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management and operation of the corporation as shall be prescribed in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall record all of the proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors, and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and perform such additional duties as the Board shall assign to him. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

9

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CORPORATE SEAL

 

The corporate seal shall be in such form as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

 

ARTICLE V

 

FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed, and shall be subject to change, by the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

AMENDMENT

 

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed at any time by the unanimous written consent of the Board of Directors.

 

 

10

 

Exhibit 3.5

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

BYLAWS OF

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

 

Article I - CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE.

 

The registered office of Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Corporation”) shall be fixed in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “certificate of incorporation”).

 

1.2 OTHER OFFICES.

 

The Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

 

Article II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS.

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

 

2.2 ANNUAL MEETING.

 

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and other proper business properly brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4 may be transacted.

 

2.3 SPECIAL MEETING.

 

A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Secretary of the Corporation at the direction of the Board, pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the entire Board, but such special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.

 

No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this Section 2.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

 

 

 

 

2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR BUSINESS BROUGHT BEFORE A MEETING.

 

(i) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (a) specified in a notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board, (b) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board or the chairperson of the Board, or (c) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (A)(1) was a beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.4 in all applicable respects, or (B) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “Exchange Act”). The foregoing clause (c) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. The only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Section 2.3 of these bylaws, and stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders. For purposes of this Section 2.4, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be, if such proposing stockholder is (x) a general or limited partnership, any general partner or person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership or who controls the general or limited partnership, (y) a corporation or a limited liability company, any officer or person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited liability company or any officer, director, general partner or person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company or (z) a trust, any trustee of such trust. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5 of these bylaws, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.5 of these bylaws.

 

(ii) Without qualification, for business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (b) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made (such notice within such time periods, “Timely Notice”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

 

(iii) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

 

(a) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records); and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

 

2

 

 

(b) As to each Proposing Person, (A) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“Synthetic Equity Position”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further, that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule l3d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person that so satisfies Rule l3d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule l3d-1(b)(1) (ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing Person’s business as a derivatives dealer, (B) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (C)(x) if such Proposing Person is (i) a general or limited partnership, syndicate or other group, the identity of each general partner and each person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership, each member of the syndicate or group and each person controlling the general partner or member, (ii) a corporation or a limited liability company, the identity of each officer and each person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited liability company, each person controlling the corporation or limited liability company and each officer, director, general partner and person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company or (iii) a trust, any trustee of such trust (each such person or persons set forth in the preceding clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), a “Responsible Person”), any fiduciary duties owed by such Responsible Person to the equity holders or other beneficiaries of such Proposing Person and any material interests or relationships of such Responsible Person that are not shared generally by other record or beneficial holders of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, and (y) if such Proposing Person is a natural person, any material interests or relationships of such natural person that are not shared generally by other record or beneficial holders of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation and that reasonably could have influenced the decision of such Proposing Person to propose such business to be brought before the meeting, (D) any material shares or any Synthetic Equity Position in any principal competitor of the Corporation in any principal industry of the Corporation held by such Proposing Persons, (E) a summary of any material discussions regarding the business proposed to be brought before the meeting (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other record or beneficial holder of the shares of any class or series of the Corporation (including their names), (F) any material pending or threatened legal proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (G) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation, on the other hand, (H) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement) and (I) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (I) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and

 

3

 

 

(c) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws of the Corporation, the language of the proposed amendment), (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between or among any of the Proposing Persons or between or among any Proposing Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and (D) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the disclosures required by this Section 2.4(iii) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

 

(iv) For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean (a) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made and (c) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation or associate (within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act for the purposes of these bylaws) of such stockholder or beneficial owner.

 

(v) A Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

(vi) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

(vii) This Section 2.4 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, other than any proposal made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s proxy statement. In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule l4a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

(viii) For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

4

 

 

2.5 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES FOR NOMINATIONS OF DIRECTORS.

 

(i) Nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (a) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons authorized to do so by the Board or these bylaws, or (b) by a stockholder present in person (A) who was a beneficial owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (C) has complied with this Section 2.5 as to such notice and nomination. The foregoing clause (b) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting or special meeting. For purposes of this Section 2.5, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the meeting of the Corporation, or, if the proposing stockholder is not an individual, a qualified representative of such stockholder, appear at such meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be, if such proposing stockholder is (x) a general or limited partnership, any general partner or person who functions as a general partner of the general or limited partnership or who controls the general or limited partnership, (y) a corporation or a limited liability company, any officer or person who functions as an officer of the corporation or limited liability company or any officer, director, general partner or person who functions as an officer, director or general partner of any entity ultimately in control of the corporation or limited liability company or (z) a trust, any trustee of such trust.

 

(ii) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4(ii) of these bylaws) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (b) provide the information with respect to such stockholder and its proposed nominee as required by this Section 2.5, and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at a special meeting, the stockholder must (a) provide timely notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (b) provide the information with respect to such stockholder and its proposed nominee as required by this Section 2.5, and (c) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4(ix) of these bylaws) of the date of such special meeting was first made. In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

5

 

 

(iii) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

 

(a) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(a) of these bylaws) except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(a);

 

(b) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(iii)(b), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5 the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(iii)(b) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting in Section 2.4(iii)(b) shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting);

 

(c) As to each person whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such proposed nominee that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such proposed nominee were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such proposed nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee or his or her respective associates or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the proposed nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (C) are referred to as “Nominee Information”), and (D) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.5(vi); and

 

(d) The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information (A) as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines or (B) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence or lack of independence of such proposed nominee.

 

(iv) For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall mean (a) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (b) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made and (c) any associate of such stockholder or beneficial owner or any other participant in such solicitation.

 

(v) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for notice of the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for notice of the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as often (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof).

 

6

 

 

(vi) To be eligible to be a nominee for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual or special meeting, the proposed nominee must be nominated in the manner prescribed in Section 2.5 and must deliver (in accordance with the time period prescribed for delivery in a notice to such proposed nominee given by or on behalf of the Board), to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (a) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee and (b) a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Corporation) that such proposed nominee (A) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office, will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director and (C) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any proposed nominee, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such proposed nominee all such policies and guidelines then in effect).

 

(vii) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

 

(viii) No proposed nominee shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such proposed nominee and the Nominating Person seeking to place such proposed nominee’s name in nomination have complied with this Section 2.5, as applicable. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with this Section 2.5, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be disregarded and any ballots cast for the proposed nominee in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees, only the ballots case for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

2.6 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS.

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with either Section 2.7 or Section 8.1 of these bylaws not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

7

 

 

2.7 MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE; AFFIDAVIT OF NOTICE.

 

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed given:

 

(i) if mailed, when deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the Corporation’s records; or

 

(ii) if electronically transmitted as provided in Section 8.1 of these bylaws.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or any other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by mail or by a form of electronic transmission, as applicable, shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

2.8 QUORUM.

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.9 of these bylaws until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

2.9 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.10 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

 

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

 

2.11 VOTING.

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.13 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

At all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders, at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, all other elections and questions presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, shall be decided by the majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) and shall be valid and binding upon the Corporation.

 

8

 

 

2.12 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

2.13 RECORD DATE FOR STOCKHOLDER NOTICE; VOTING; GIVING CONSENTS.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.

 

If the Board does not so fix a record date:

 

(i) The record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

(ii) The record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

2.14 PROXIES.

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

2.15 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE.

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

9

 

 

2.16 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION.

 

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Board shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3). If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

Such inspectors shall:

 

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity, and effect of proxies;

 

(ii) receive votes or ballots;

 

(iii) hear and determine all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the right to vote;

 

(iv) count and tabulate all votes;

 

(v) determine when the polls shall close;

 

(vi) determine the result; and

 

(vii) do any other acts that may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.

 

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

Article III - DIRECTORS

 

3.1 POWERS.

 

Subject to the provisions of the DGCL and any limitations in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws relating to action required to be approved by the stockholders or by the outstanding shares, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed and all corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the direction of the Board.

 

3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.

 

The authorized number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board, provided the Board shall consist of at least one (1) member. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

10

 

 

3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS.

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

 

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three (3) classes.

 

3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES.

 

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in this section in the filling of other vacancies.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall, unless the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board shall be deemed to exist under these bylaws in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

 

3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE.

 

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS.

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

 

11

 

 

3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE.

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors. Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(iii) sent by facsimile; or

 

(iv) sent by electronic mail,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

3.8 QUORUM.

 

At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

12

 

 

3.9 BOARD ACTION BY Written CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.

 

Except as otherwise provided by the DGCL, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office only for cause at a meeting of stockholders called for that purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

Article IV - COMMITTEES

 

4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.

 

The Board may designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

 

4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES.

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITIEES.

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

 

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

13

 

 

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

 

(iv) Section 3.8 (quorum);

 

(v) Section 7.12 (waiver of notice); and

 

(vi) Section 3.9 (action without a meeting),

 

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

 

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

 

(iii) notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

 

Article V - OFFICERS

 

5.1 OFFICERS.

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be a president and a secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a chairperson of the Board, a vice chairperson of the Board, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one (1) or more vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant vice presidents, one (1) or more assistant treasurers, one (1) or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS.

 

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

 

5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.

 

The Board may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

14

 

 

5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS.

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES.

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

 

5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS.

 

The chairperson of the Board, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of the Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board or the chief executive officer, president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS.

 

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board or the stockholders and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

Article VI - RECORDS AND REPORTS

 

6.1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF RECORDS.

 

The Corporation shall, either at its principal executive office or at such place or places as designated by the Board, keep a record of its stockholders listing their names and addresses and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, a copy of these bylaws as amended to date, accounting books and other records.

 

15

 

 

Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent is the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing that authorizes the attorney or other agent so to act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in Delaware or at its principal executive office.

 

6.2 INSPECTION BY DIRECTORS.

 

Any director shall have the right to examine the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records for a purpose reasonably related to his or her position as a director. The Court of Chancery is hereby vested with the exclusive jurisdiction to determine whether a director is entitled to the inspection sought. The Court may summarily order the Corporation to permit the director to inspect any and all books and records, the stock ledger, and the stock list and to make copies or extracts therefrom. The Court may, in its discretion, prescribe any limitations or conditions with reference to the inspection, or award such other and further relief as the Court may deem just and proper.

 

Article VII - GENERAL MATTERS

 

7.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS.

 

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

7.2 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES.

 

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the certificate of incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairperson or vice-chairperson of the Board, or the chief executive officer, president or vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

16

 

 

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

7.3 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES.

 

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

7.4 LOST CERTIFICATES.

 

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

7.5 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS.

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

 

17

 

 

7.6 DIVIDENDS.

 

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the certificate of incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

7.7 FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

7.8 SEAL.

 

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

7.9 TRANSFER OF STOCK.

 

Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

 

7.10 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS.

 

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

18

 

 

7.11 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.

 

The Corporation:

 

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

(ii) shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(iii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

7.12 WAIVER OF NOTICE.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

Article VIII - NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

8.1 NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

(i) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

 

(ii) such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

19

 

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

8.2 DEFINITION OF ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION.

 

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

Article IX - INDEMNIFICATION

 

9.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.4, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized in the specific case by the Board.

 

9.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS.

 

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

20

 

 

9.3 PREPAYMENT OF EXPENSES.

 

The Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any officer or director of the Corporation, and may pay the expenses incurred by any employee or agent of the Corporation, in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX or otherwise.

 

9.4 DETERMINATION; CLAIM.

 

If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) or advancement of expenses under this Article IX is not paid in full within sixty (60) days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

 

9.5 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.

 

The rights conferred on any person by this Article IX shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

9.6 INSURANCE.

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust enterprise or non-profit entity against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

21

 

 

9.7 OTHER INDEMNIFICATION.

 

The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or advance expenses to any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

 

9.8 CONTINUATION OF INDEMNIFICATION.

 

The rights to indemnification and to prepayment of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.

 

9.9 AMENDMENT OR REPEAL.

 

The provisions of this Article IX shall constitute a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, each individual who serves or has served as a director or officer of the Corporation (whether before or after the adoption of these bylaws), in consideration of such person’s performance of such services, and pursuant to this Article IX the Corporation intends to be legally bound to each such current or former director or officer of the Corporation. With respect to current and former directors and officers of the Corporation, the rights conferred under this Article IX are present contractual rights and such rights are fully vested, and shall be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon adoption of theses bylaws. With respect to any directors or officers of the Corporation who commence service following adoption of these bylaws, the rights conferred under this provision shall be present contractual rights and such rights shall fully vest, and be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon such director or officer commencing service as a director or officer of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX shall not adversely affect any right or protection (i) hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification or (ii) under any agreement providing for indemnification or advancement of expenses to an officer or director of the Corporation in effect prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Article X - AMENDMENTS

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 9.9 of these bylaws or the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, the Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the bylaws of the Corporation by the Board shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by the certificate of incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

22

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF BYLAWS

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation, and that the foregoing bylaws, comprising 24 pages, were amended and restated on [_______], 2023 by the Corporation’s board of directors.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set her hand this [__] day of [___], 2023.

 

   
  Rajeshree Bhosle
  Secretary

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THESE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF AVAILABLE, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND THE HOLDER HAS, PRIOR TO SUCH SALE, FURNISHED TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF EXEMPTION, IN EITHER CASE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF THE OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THAT CERTAIN GUARANTEE, DATED ON OR ABOUT THE DATE HEREOF, BY AND AMONG THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION (“HSBC”) AND THE COMPANY, WHICH CONTAINS PROVISIONS RESTRICTING, AMONG OTHER THINGS, CERTAIN PAYMENTS AND THE EXERCISE OF CERTAIN RIGHTS AND REMEDIES, AND ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO PRIORITY CLAIMS ON SUCH ASSETS HELD BY THE HOLDERS OF THE INDEBTEDNESS SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE A HERETO.

8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.

 

DUE March 15, 2022

 

Original Issue Date: March 15, 2021 US$«AMT_Num»

 

This Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, one of a series of duly authorized and issued senior subordinated secured convertible promissory notes of Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), designated its 8% Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Notes (the “Notes”), is issued to «NAME_OF_INVESTOR» (together with its permitted successors and assigns, the “Holder”) in accordance with exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement relating to the Notes (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Holder and certain other holders of Notes (collectively with the Holder, the “Holders”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement. “Dollar” and “$” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

 

 

Article I.

 

Section 1.01 Principal and Interest. (a) FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Company hereby promises to pay to the Holder, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds the principal sum of «AMT_Alpha» Dollars ($«AMT_Num») on March 15, 2022 (the “Maturity Date”).

 

(b) The Company further promises to pay interest in cash on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum equal to eight percent (8%), commencing to accrue on the date hereof and payable on the Maturity Date or earlier prepayment or conversion as provided herein. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(c) The Company may not prepay all or any portion of the principal amount of this Note.

 

Section 1.02 Absolute Obligation; Ranking. Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, and interest (and liquidated damages, if any) on, this Note at the time, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed. This Note is a direct debt obligation of the Company. This Note ranks pari passu with all other Notes now or hereinafter issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

Section 1.03 Mandatory Conversion. (a) Upon the closing of a Qualified IPO (as defined below), all of the outstanding principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued but unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically, without the necessity of any action by the Holder or the Company, be converted into shares of Common Stock of the Company (such shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes, the “Conversion Shares”), at a conversion price equal to 80% of the offering price to the public in the Qualified IPO (the “Conversion Price”). Upon such conversion of this Note, the Holder hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company, and shall be bound upon such conversion by the obligations in, a lock-up agreement, if required by the managing underwriter for the Qualified IPO, provided that such lock-up agreement is on substantially the same terms as those entered into by beneficial owners of Common Stock similarly situated to the Holder.

 

(b) “Qualified IPO” shall mean a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock with aggregate gross proceeds (before deducting underwriting discounts, fees and expenses) of at least $8,000,000 and simultaneous listing of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE American or The Nasdaq Stock Market (such exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, the “Exchange”).

 

2

 

 

(c) No fraction of shares or scrip representing fractions of shares will be issued on conversion. In lieu of the Company issuing any fractional shares to the Holder upon the conversion of this Note, the Company shall pay to the Holder an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Price by the fraction of a share not issued pursuant to the previous sentence. Upon conversion of this Note in full and the payment of the amounts specified in this paragraph, the Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

(d) The date upon which the conversion shall be effective (the “Conversion Date”) shall be deemed to be the date on which the Qualified IPO closes. The number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the outstanding principal amount of this Note and accrued but unpaid interest hereon on the Conversion Date by (y) the Conversion Price. The calculation by the Company of the number of Conversion Shares to be received by the Holder upon conversion hereof, and of the applicable Conversion Price, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 1.04 Maximum Conversion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note, this Note shall not be convertible by the Holder hereof to the extent (but only to the extent) that such conversion would cause the Holder and its affiliates (if they are not, prior to such conversion, already beneficial owners of greater than 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock) to beneficially own in excess of the Maximum Percentage of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock; provided, however, that the Holder may reduce the Maximum Percentage or waive the limitation imposed by this subsection, and/or increase the Maximum Percentage to some other amount, upon at least sixty-one (61) days written notice to the Company prior to the Conversion Date. For the purposes of this Section, beneficial ownership and all determinations and calculations (including, without limitation, with respect to calculations of percentage ownership) shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor Holder of this Note.

 

Section 1.05 Mechanics of Conversion.

 

(a) Delivery of Certificate Upon Conversion. Not later than two (2) Trading Days (as defined below) after the Conversion Date (the “Share Delivery Date”), the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the Conversion Shares which shall be free of restrictive legends and trading restrictions, representing the number of Conversion Shares being acquired upon the conversion of this Note. “Trading Day” means a day on which the Exchange is open for business. The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver any certificate or certificates required to be delivered by the Company under this Section electronically through the Depository Trust Company or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions.

 

(b) Obligation Absolute; Partial Liquidated Damages. The Company’s obligations to issue and deliver the Conversion Shares upon conversion of this Note in accordance with the terms hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any action or inaction by the Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of any judgment against any person or any action to enforce the same, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by the Holder or any other person of any obligation to the Company or any violation or alleged violation of law by the Holder or any other person, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit such obligation of the Company to the Holder in connection with the issuance of such Conversion Shares; provided, however, that such delivery shall not operate as a waiver by the Company of any such action the Company may have against the Holder. The Company may not refuse conversion based on any claim that the Holder or anyone associated or affiliated with the Holder has been engaged in any violation of law, agreement or for any other reason, unless an injunction from a court, on notice to Holder, restraining and or enjoining conversion of all or part of this Note shall have been sought and obtained, and the Company posts a surety bond for the benefit of the Holder in the amount of 130% of the outstanding principal amount of this Note, which is subject to the injunction, which bond shall remain in effect until the completion of arbitration/litigation of the underlying dispute and the proceeds of which shall be payable to the Holder to the extent it obtains judgment. In the absence of such injunction, the Company shall issue Conversion Shares. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder such certificate or certificates pursuant to Section 1.05(a) by the fifth (5th) Trading Day after the Conversion Date, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of principal amount being converted, $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the seventh (7th) Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Trading Day after such fifth (4th) Trading Day until such certificates are delivered. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue actual damages or declare an Event of Default pursuant to Section 2.01(b) hereof for the Company’s failure to deliver Conversion Shares within the period specified herein and the Holder shall have the right to pursue all remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief. The exercise of any such rights shall not prohibit the Holder from seeking to enforce damages pursuant to any other Section hereof or under applicable law.

 

3

 

 

(c) Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Certificates upon Conversion. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder such certificate or certificates by the Share Delivery Date, and if after such Share Delivery Date the Holder is required by its brokerage firm to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise), or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Conversion Shares which the Holder was entitled to receive upon the conversion relating to such Share Delivery Date (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder (in addition to any other remedies available to or elected by the Holder), if any, the amount by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including any brokerage commissions) for the Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the product of (1) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder was entitled to receive from the conversion at issue multiplied by (2) the actual per share sale price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed (including any brokerage commissions) and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reissue (if surrendered) this Note in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the attempted conversion (in which case such conversion shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if the Company had timely complied with its delivery requirements under Section 4(d)(ii). For example, if the Holder purchases Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted conversion of this Note with respect to which the actual sale price of the Conversion Shares (including any brokerage commissions) giving rise to such purchase obligation was a total of $10,000 under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver certificates representing shares of Common Stock upon conversion of this Note as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(d) Duly Authorized, etc.. The Company covenants that all Conversion Shares that shall be issuable shall, upon issue, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e) Transfer Taxes and Expenses. The issuance of certificates for shares of the Common Stock on conversion of this Note shall be made without charge to the Holder hereof for any documentary stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of such certificates, provided that, the Company shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such certificate upon conversion in a name other than that of the Holder of this Note so converted and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificates unless or until the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid. The Company shall pay all transfer agent fees required for processing of any conversion and any fees to the Depository Trust Company (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for electronic delivery of the Conversion Shares.

 

4

 

 

Section 1.06 Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, the Company will act as paying agent and registrar for the Notes. The Company may change any paying agent, registrar, or Company-registrar by giving the Holder not less than ten (10) Business Days’ written notice of its election to do so, specifying the name, address, telephone number and facsimile number of the paying agent or registrar. The Company may act in any such capacity.

 

Section 1.07 Different Denominations. This Note is exchangeable for an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. No service charge will be made for such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Section 1.08 Investment Representations. This Note has been issued subject to certain investment representations of the original Holder set forth in the Purchase Agreement and may be transferred or exchanged only in compliance with the Purchase Agreement and applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.

 

Section 1.09 Reliance on Note Register. Prior to due presentment to the Company for transfer or conversion of this Note, the Company and any agent of the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is duly registered on the Note Register as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes, whether or not this Note is overdue, and neither the Company nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

Section 1.10 Security; Other Rights. The obligations of the Company to the Holder under this Note are secured pursuant to the Security Agreement.

 

Article II.

 

Section 2.01 Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute a default under this Note (each an “Event of Default”):

 

(a) failure by the Company to pay any principal amount or interest due hereunder within five (5) Business Days of the date such payment is due;

 

(b) failure by the Company to issue and deliver, or cause it’s transfer agent to issue and deliver, to the Holder the number of Conversion Shares (if any) issuable to the Holder as a result of the conversion of this Note within five (5) Trading Days after the Conversion Date, or the Company shall provide at any time notice to the Holder, including by way of public announcement, of the Company’s intention to not honor requests for conversions of any Notes in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

5

 

 

(c) any event of default by the Company under the Security Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing beyond all grace and/or cure periods, or the Security Agreement shall fail to remain in full force and effect prior to payment in full of all amounts payable under this Note, or any action shall be taken by the Company to discontinue the Security Agreement or to assert the invalidity thereof prior to payment in full of all amounts payable under this Note;

 

(d) the Company shall: (1) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (2) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, assignee, custodian, sequestrator, liquidator or similar official for itself or any of its assets and properties; (3) commence a voluntary case for relief as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code; (4) file with or otherwise submit to any governmental authority any petition, answer or other document seeking: (A) reorganization, (B) an arrangement with creditors or (C) to take advantage of any other present or future applicable law respecting bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debts, relief of debtors, dissolution or liquidation; (5) file or otherwise submit any answer or other document admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition or other document filed or otherwise submitted against it in any proceeding under any such applicable law, or (6) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent by a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(e) any case, proceeding or other action shall be commenced against the Company for the purpose of effecting, or an order, judgment or decree shall be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction approving (in whole or in part) anything specified in Section 2.01(d) hereof, or any receiver, trustee, assignee, custodian, sequestrator, liquidator or other official shall be appointed with respect to the Company, or shall be appointed to take or shall otherwise acquire possession or control of all or a substantial part of the assets and properties of the Company, and any of the foregoing shall continue unstayed and in effect for any period of sixty (60) days;

 

(f) default shall occur with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company (including, without limitation, any other Note(s)) or under any agreement under which such indebtedness has been or may be issued by the Company and such default shall continue for more than the period of grace, if any, therein specified, if the aggregate amount of such indebtedness for which such default shall have occurred exceeds $100,000, or such default results in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable; provided, however, that any default existing on the date hereof with respect to any indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule A attached hereto, which default has been waived in writing by the lender, shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default hereunder;

 

(g) default shall occur with respect to any contractual obligation of the Company under or pursuant to any contract, lease, or other agreement to which the Company is a party and such default shall continue for more than the period of grace, if any, therein specified, if the aggregate amount of the Company’s contractual liability arising out of such default exceeds or is reasonably estimated to exceed $250,000;

 

6

 

 

(h) final judgment for the payment of money in excess of $250,000 shall be rendered against the Company and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of twenty (20) Business Days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed;

 

(i) the Company shall be a party to any Change of Control Transaction or shall agree to sell or dispose of all or in excess of 40% of its assets in one transaction or a series of related transactions (whether or not such sale would constitute a Change of Control Transaction);

 

(j) any representation or warranty made by the Company to the Holder in writing in connection with this Note or any of the other Transaction Documents, shall be false, incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect when made; or

 

(k) any default, whether in whole or in part, shall occur in the due observance or performance of any obligations or other covenants, terms or provisions to be performed under this Note, the Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document and, if such default is capable of being cured, such default is not cured by the Company within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice thereof.

 

Section 2.02 If any Event of Default specified in Section 2.01(d) or Section 2.01(e) occurs, then the full principal amount of this Note, together with any other amounts owing in respect thereof, to the date of the Event of Default, shall become immediately due and payable without any action on the part of the Holder, and if any other Event of Default occurs, the full principal amount of this Note, together with any other amounts owing in respect thereof, to the date of acceleration, shall become, at the Majority Holders’ election, immediately due and payable in cash. Commencing five (5) days after the occurrence of any Event of Default that results in the eventual acceleration of this Note, interest on this Note shall begin to accrue at the rate of interest specified in Section 1.01(b) PLUS five percent (5%) per annum, or such lower maximum amount of interest permitted to be charged under applicable law. The Holder need not provide, and the Company hereby waives, any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, and the Holder may immediately and without expiration of any grace period enforce any and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and all other remedies available to it under applicable law. Such declaration may be rescinded and annulled by the Majority Holders at any time prior to payment hereunder, and the Holder shall have all rights as a Note holder until such time, if any, as the full payment under this Section shall have been received by it. No such rescission or annulment shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. “Majority Holders” means at any time a Holder or Holders then holding in excess of 50% of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes.

 

7

 

 

Article III.

 

Section 3.01 Negative Covenants. So long as this Note shall remain in effect and until any outstanding principal and interest (and liquidated damages, if any) and all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under this Note and the Purchase Agreement have been paid in full, unless the Majority Holders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Company shall not:

 

(a) Senior or Pari Passu Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume, guaranty or permit to exist any indebtedness that ranks senior in priority to, or pari passu with, the obligations under this Note, except for (i) indebtedness created as a result of the issuance of other Notes up to a maximum original principal amount (including this Note) of $6,300,000, (ii) indebtedness existing on the date hereof, which outstanding principal amount may be increased from time to time to not more than $5,000,000 (the “Indebtedness Cap”) in the aggregate and set forth in Schedule A attached hereto and only to the extent that such indebtedness ranks senior in priority to or pari passu with the obligations under this Note and the Purchase Agreement on the Original Issue Date, (iii) indebtedness that refinances any of the indebtedness referenced in Schedule A as long as any such refinance does not result in the Indebtedness Cap being exceeded, (iv) indebtedness secured by a lien described in paragraph (viii) in the definition of “Permitted Liens” in the Security Agreement in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $100,000, (v) indebtedness created as a result of a subsequent financing if the gross proceeds to the Company of such financing are equal to or greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Notes are repaid in full upon the closing of such financing and (vi) trade payables and deferred employment compensation created in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b) Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any lien on any property or assets (including stock or other securities of the Company) now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except Permitted Liens (as defined in the Security Agreement);

 

(c) Dividends and Distributions. Declare or pay, directly or indirectly, any dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities (other than shares of Common Stock of the Company in connection with a stock dividend, stock split or other recapitalization) or a combination thereof (other than a reverse stock split of the Common Stock of the Company), with respect to any shares of its capital stock or directly or indirectly redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of any class of its capital stock or set aside any amount for any such purpose except as permitted under subsection (d) below;

 

(d) Stock Repurchases. Repay, repurchase, redeem or offer to repay, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire more than a de minimis number of shares of its Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents other than as to (i) the Conversion Shares as permitted or required under the Transaction Documents and (ii) repurchases of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of departing officers and directors of the Company, provided that such repurchases shall not exceed an aggregate of $100,000 for all officers and directors during the term of this Note;

 

8

 

 

(e) Certain Payments and Prepayments.

 

(i) Pay in cash any amount in respect of any indebtedness or preferred stock that may at the obligor’s option be paid in kind or in other securities; or

 

(ii) Optionally prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease or segregate funds with respect to any indebtedness of the Company, other than for indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule A attached hereto, and indebtedness under this Note or the Purchase Agreement;

 

(f) Amendments to Constitutive Documents. Amend its charter documents, including, without limitation, its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, in any manner that materially and adversely affects any rights of the Holder; or

 

(g) Other. Enter into any agreement or understanding with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Article IV.

 

Section 4.01 Notices. Notices regarding this Note shall be sent to the parties at the following addresses, unless a party notifies the other parties, in writing, of a change of address:

 

  If to the Company: At the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement
     
  If to the Holder: At the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement

 

Section 4.02 Governing Law; Jurisdiction. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party hereto agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents) may be commenced in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (the “New York Courts”). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, or such New York Courts are improper or inconvenient venue for such proceeding; provided, however, that any suit seeking enforcement or collection of this Note may be brought, at the Holder’s option, in the courts of any other jurisdiction where the Holder elects to bring such action. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Note and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note or the transactions contemplated hereby. If either party shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Note, then the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

 

9

 

 

Section 4.03 Waiver. Any waiver by the Company or the Holder of a breach of any provision of this Note shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Note. The failure of the Company or the Holder to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Note on one or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Note. Any waiver by the Company or the Holder must be in writing.

 

Section 4.04 Severability. If any provision of this Note is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Note shall remain in effect, and if any provision is inapplicable to any person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other persons and circumstances. If it shall be found that any interest or other amount deemed interest due hereunder violates the applicable law governing usury, the applicable rate of interest due hereunder shall automatically be lowered to equal the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable law. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on this Note as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this indenture, and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefits or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Holder, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.05 Return of this Note. This Note for which the full amount hereunder shall have been paid in cash in accordance herewith or upon the conversion of this Note as contemplated by Section 1.03 hereof shall promptly be surrendered to or as directed by the Company.

 

Section 4.06 Next Business Day. Whenever any payment or other obligation hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day. “Business Day” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which shall be a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

 

Section 4.07 Headings. The headings contained herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Note and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

Section 4.08 Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief.  The remedies provided in this Note shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Note and any of the other Transaction Documents at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), and nothing herein shall limit the Holder’s right to pursue actual and consequential damages for any failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Note.  The Company covenants to the Holder that there shall be no characterization concerning this instrument other than as expressly provided herein. Amounts set forth or provided for herein with respect to payments, conversion and the like (and the computation thereof) shall be the amounts to be received by the Holder and shall not, except as expressly provided herein, be subject to any other obligation of the Company (or the performance thereof). The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Holder and that the remedy at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Company therefore agrees that, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Holder shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction restraining any such breach or any such threatened breach, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required. The Company shall provide all information and documentation to the Holder that is requested by the Holder to enable the Holder to confirm the Company’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Note

 

Section 4.09 Entire Agreement and Amendments. This Note, together with the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no representations, warranties or commitments, except as set forth herein. This Note may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

Section 4.10 Transfer. This Note shall not be transferred or assigned by the Holder except in accordance with the provisions of the Purchase Agreement.

 

10

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, with the intent to be legally bound hereby, the Company as executed this Note as of the date first written above.

 

  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
   
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

SENIOR AND PARI PASSU INDEBTEDNESS

 

1.Indebtedness and any other obligations arising under that certain Invoicing Discounting/Factoring Agreement referenced in that certain letter agreement, dated October 27, 2020, by and between HSBC and Perfect Moment Asia Limited, as the same may be amended, restated, supplement and modified from time to time (the “HSBC Loan Agreement”). As of the date hereof, the aggregate principal and interest outstanding under the HSBC Loan Agreement is $394,311.73.

 

2.Indebtedness and any other obligations arising under that certain Agency Recourse Factoring Agreement, with a commencement date of December 15, 2020, by and between Bibby Commercial Finance Limited and Perfect Moment (UK) Limited, as the same may be amended, restated, supplement and modified from time to time (the “Bibby Loan Agreement”). As of the date hereof, the aggregate principal and interest outstanding under the Bibby Loan Agreement is $188.41.

 

 

Schedule A-1

 

 

Exhibit 4.4

 

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “Amendment”), dated as of March 15, 2022, to that certain 8% Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Note issued as of March 15, 2021 (the “Note”), by PERFECT MOMENT LTD., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), to the undersigned holder (the “Holder”) and that certain Security Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2021 (the “Security Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note, or if not defined therein, the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) or the Security Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, the Company entered into to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2021 (the “Purchase Agreement”), with the Buyers set forth on the signature pages attached thereto (including the Holder), pursuant to which the Company issued its 8% Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Notes to the Buyers (including the Holder);

 

WHEREAS, Section 4.09 of the Note provides that any term of the Note may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the Company and the Holder;

 

WHEREAS, Section 21 of the Security Agreement provides that any provision of the Security Agreement may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the Company and each Significant Security Party; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Holder desire to (i) extend the Maturity Date of the Note, (ii) permit the Company to (x) incur additional indebtedness that is pari passu with the Note in an amount up to $4,000,000 and (y) create any related liens, and (iii) increase the Indebtedness Cap to $8,000,000, in each case, as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the Company and the Holder hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Maturity Date Extension. Section 1.01(a) of the Note is hereby amended to provide that the “Maturity Date” (as defined and set forth in the Note) shall be December 15, 2022, and any and all other references in the Note to the “Maturity Date” or “March 15, 2022” shall be deemed to refer to the Maturity Date as amended hereby.

 

2. Indebtedness Cap. Section 3.01(a)(ii) of the Note is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

“(ii) indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule A attached hereto, together with additional indebtedness from time to time up to an aggregate principal amount of $8,000,000 (the “Indebtedness Cap”),”

 

 

 

 

3. Pari Passu Indebtedness. Section 3.01(a) of the Note is hereby amended by striking “and” in clause (v) thereof, and adding the below as a new clause (vi), and by renumbering the old clause (vi) as clause (vii):

 

“(vi) indebtedness created as a result of a subsequent financing of up to $4,000,000 that ranks, by its terms, pari passu with the obligations under this Note and the Purchase Agreement, and is otherwise on the same terms as this Note, including, without limitation, as to maturity date, interest rate and payment, mandatory conversion and security, and”

 

4. Permitted Liens. Section 1(jj)(ix) of the Security Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

 

“liens on property or assets of the Borrower securing the indebtedness permitted under Sections 3.01(a)(ii), (iii) and (vi) of the Notes, provided that any lien securing the indebtedness permitted under Section 3.01(a)(vi) of the Notes shall, in all respects, rank pari passu with or subordinate to any lien securing the Secured Obligations, and the grant of security interest thereunder shall not extend to any property or assets of the Borrower other than the Collateral;”

 

5. No Other Amendments. Unless expressly amended by this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Note and the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

6. Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Amendment are for convenience and reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Amendment.

 

7. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

 

8. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
  By:           
  Name:     
  Title:  

 

  HOLDER (if an entity):
     
  Name of Entity:   

 

  By:  
  Name:   
  Title:  

 

  HOLDER (if an individual):
     
  By:          
  Name:     

 

 

3

 

 

Exhibit 4.5

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO

8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT (this “Second Amendment”), dated as of November 30, 2022, to that certain 8% Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Note issued as of March 15, 2021, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated as of March 15, 2022 (the “First Amendment”) (as so amended, the “Note”), by PERFECT MOMENT LTD., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), to the undersigned holder (the “Holder”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note, or if not defined therein, the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS, the Company entered into to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2021 (the “Purchase Agreement”), with the Buyers set forth on the signature pages attached thereto (including the Holder), pursuant to which the Company issued its 8% Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Notes to the Buyers (including the Holder); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Holder previously amended the Note by the First Amendment to extend the Maturity Date thereof to December 15, 2022; and

 

WHEREAS, Section 4.09 of the Note provides that any term of the Note may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the Company and the Holder; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Holder desire to further extend the Maturity Date of the Note as set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the Company and the Holder hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Maturity Date Extension. Section 1.01(a) of the Note is hereby amended to provide that the “Maturity Date” (as defined and set forth in the Note) shall be December 15, 2023, and any and all other references in the Note to the “Maturity Date” or “December 15, 2022” shall be deemed to refer to the Maturity Date as amended hereby.

 

2. No Other Amendments. Except as expressly amended by the First Amendment and this Second Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Note shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3. Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this Second Amendment are for convenience and reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Second Amendment.

 

4. Governing Law. This Second Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

 

5. Counterparts. This Second Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this Second Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
  By:          
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  HOLDER (if an entity):
     
  Name of Entity:  

 

  By:          
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  HOLDER (if an individual):
     
  By:  
  Name:

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.6

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THESE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF AVAILABLE, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND THE HOLDER HAS, PRIOR TO SUCH SALE, FURNISHED TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF EXEMPTION, IN EITHER CASE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE PAYMENT AND PERFORMANCE OF THE OBLIGATIONS EVIDENCED BY THIS NOTE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THAT CERTAIN GUARANTEE, DATED JUNE 16, 2021, BY AND AMONG THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION (“HSBC”) AND THE COMPANY, WHICH CONTAINS PROVISIONS RESTRICTING, AMONG OTHER THINGS, CERTAIN PAYMENTS AND THE EXERCISE OF CERTAIN RIGHTS AND REMEDIES, AND ARE ALSO SUBJECT TO PRIORITY CLAIMS ON SUCH ASSETS HELD BY THE HOLDERS OF THE INDEBTEDNESS SET FORTH ON SCHEDULE A HERETO.

 

8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.

 

DUE December 15, 2022

 

Original Issue Date:  __________ ____, 2022 US$[______________]

 

This Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Note, one of a series of duly authorized and issued senior subordinated secured convertible promissory notes of Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), designated its 8% Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Notes (the “Notes”), is issued to [___________________] (together with its permitted successors and assigns, the “Holder”) in accordance with exemptions from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement relating to the Notes (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company, the Holder and certain other holders of Notes (collectively with the Holder, the “Holders”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement. “Dollar” and “$” mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

 

 

 

Article I.

 

Section 1.01 Principal and Interest. (a) FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Company hereby promises to pay to the Holder, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds the principal sum of US$[______________] on December 15, 2022 (the “Maturity Date”).

 

(b) The Company further promises to pay interest in cash on the unpaid principal amount of this Note at a rate per annum equal to eight percent (8%), commencing to accrue on the date hereof and payable on the Maturity Date or earlier prepayment or conversion as provided herein. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

(c) The Company may not prepay all or any portion of the principal amount of this Note.

 

Section 1.02 Absolute Obligation; Ranking. Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of, and interest (and liquidated damages, if any) on, this Note at the time, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed. This Note is a direct debt obligation of the Company. This Note ranks (a) subordinate to the indebtedness specified in Section 3.01(a)(ii) and (iii) below, and (b) pari passu with (i) all other Notes now or hereinafter issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii) the indebtedness specified in Section 3.01(a)(iv), (vi) and (vii) below, unless such indebtedness by its terms is subordinate to this Note.

 

Section 1.03 Mandatory Conversion. (a) Upon the closing of a Qualified IPO (as defined below), all of the outstanding principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued but unpaid interest on this Note, shall automatically, without the necessity of any action by the Holder or the Company, be converted into shares of Common Stock of the Company (such shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes, the “Conversion Shares”), at a conversion price equal to 80% of the offering price to the public in the Qualified IPO (the “Conversion Price”). Upon such conversion of this Note, the Holder hereby agrees to execute and deliver to the Company, and shall be bound upon such conversion by the obligations in, a lock-up agreement, if required by the managing underwriter for the Qualified IPO, provided that such lock-up agreement is on substantially the same terms as those entered into by beneficial owners of Common Stock similarly situated to the Holder.

 

(b) “Qualified IPO” shall mean a firm commitment underwritten public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock with aggregate gross proceeds (before deducting underwriting discounts, fees and expenses) of at least $8,000,000 and simultaneous listing of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, NYSE American or The Nasdaq Stock Market (such exchange on which the Common Stock is listed, the “Exchange”).

 

2

 

 

(c) No fraction of shares or scrip representing fractions of shares will be issued on conversion. In lieu of the Company issuing any fractional shares to the Holder upon the conversion of this Note, the Company shall pay to the Holder an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Conversion Price by the fraction of a share not issued pursuant to the previous sentence. Upon conversion of this Note in full and the payment of the amounts specified in this paragraph, the Company shall be forever released from all its obligations and liabilities under this Note and this Note shall be deemed of no further force or effect, whether or not the original of this Note has been delivered to the Company for cancellation.

 

(d) The date upon which the conversion shall be effective (the “Conversion Date”) shall be deemed to be the date on which the Qualified IPO closes. The number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of this Note shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the outstanding principal amount of this Note and accrued but unpaid interest hereon on the Conversion Date by (y) the Conversion Price. The calculation by the Company of the number of Conversion Shares to be received by the Holder upon conversion hereof, and of the applicable Conversion Price, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

Section 1.04 Maximum Conversion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note, this Note shall not be convertible by the Holder hereof to the extent (but only to the extent) that such conversion would cause the Holder and its affiliates (if they are not, prior to such conversion, already beneficial owners of greater than 9.99% (the “Maximum Percentage”) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock) to beneficially own in excess of the Maximum Percentage of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock; provided, however, that the Holder may reduce the Maximum Percentage or waive the limitation imposed by this subsection, and/or increase the Maximum Percentage to some other amount, upon at least sixty-one (61) days written notice to the Company prior to the Conversion Date. For the purposes of this Section, beneficial ownership and all determinations and calculations (including, without limitation, with respect to calculations of percentage ownership) shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor Holder of this Note.

 

Section 1.05  Mechanics of Conversion.

 

(a) Delivery of Certificate Upon Conversion. Not later than two (2) Trading Days (as defined below) after the Conversion Date (the “Share Delivery Date”), the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Holder a certificate or certificates representing the Conversion Shares which shall be free of restrictive legends and trading restrictions, representing the number of Conversion Shares being acquired upon the conversion of this Note. “Trading Day” means a day on which the Exchange is open for business. The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver any certificate or certificates required to be delivered by the Company under this Section electronically through the Depository Trust Company or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions.

 

3

 

 

(b) Obligation Absolute; Partial Liquidated Damages. The Company’s obligations to issue and deliver the Conversion Shares upon conversion of this Note in accordance with the terms hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any action or inaction by the Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of any judgment against any person or any action to enforce the same, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by the Holder or any other person of any obligation to the Company or any violation or alleged violation of law by the Holder or any other person, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit such obligation of the Company to the Holder in connection with the issuance of such Conversion Shares; provided, however, that such delivery shall not operate as a waiver by the Company of any such action the Company may have against the Holder. The Company may not refuse conversion based on any claim that the Holder or anyone associated or affiliated with the Holder has been engaged in any violation of law, agreement or for any other reason, unless an injunction from a court, on notice to Holder, restraining and or enjoining conversion of all or part of this Note shall have been sought and obtained, and the Company posts a surety bond for the benefit of the Holder in the amount of 130% of the outstanding principal amount of this Note, which is subject to the injunction, which bond shall remain in effect until the completion of arbitration/litigation of the underlying dispute and the proceeds of which shall be payable to the Holder to the extent it obtains judgment. In the absence of such injunction, the Company shall issue Conversion Shares. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder such certificate or certificates pursuant to Section 1.05(a) by the fifth (5th) Trading Day after the Conversion Date, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of principal amount being converted, $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the seventh (7th) Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Trading Day after such fifth (4th) Trading Day until such certificates are delivered. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue actual damages or declare an Event of Default pursuant to Section 2.01(b) hereof for the Company’s failure to deliver Conversion Shares within the period specified herein and the Holder shall have the right to pursue all remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief. The exercise of any such rights shall not prohibit the Holder from seeking to enforce damages pursuant to any other Section hereof or under applicable law.

 

(c) Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Certificates upon Conversion. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder such certificate or certificates by the Share Delivery Date, and if after such Share Delivery Date the Holder is required by its brokerage firm to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise), or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Conversion Shares which the Holder was entitled to receive upon the conversion relating to such Share Delivery Date (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder (in addition to any other remedies available to or elected by the Holder), if any, the amount by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including any brokerage commissions) for the Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the product of (1) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Holder was entitled to receive from the conversion at issue multiplied by (2) the actual per share sale price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed (including any brokerage commissions) and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reissue (if surrendered) this Note in a principal amount equal to the principal amount of the attempted conversion (in which case such conversion shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if the Company had timely complied with its delivery requirements under Section 4(d)(ii). For example, if the Holder purchases Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted conversion of this Note with respect to which the actual sale price of the Conversion Shares (including any brokerage commissions) giving rise to such purchase obligation was a total of $10,000 under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver certificates representing shares of Common Stock upon conversion of this Note as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

(d) Duly Authorized, etc.. The Company covenants that all Conversion Shares that shall be issuable shall, upon issue, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

4

 

 

(e) Transfer Taxes and Expenses. The issuance of certificates for shares of the Common Stock on conversion of this Note shall be made without charge to the Holder hereof for any documentary stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of such certificates, provided that, the Company shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such certificate upon conversion in a name other than that of the Holder of this Note so converted and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such certificates unless or until the person or persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Company the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid. The Company shall pay all transfer agent fees required for processing of any conversion and any fees to the Depository Trust Company (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for electronic delivery of the Conversion Shares.

 

Section 1.06 Paying Agent and Registrar. Initially, the Company will act as paying agent and registrar for the Notes. The Company may change any paying agent, registrar, or Company-registrar by giving the Holder not less than ten (10) Business Days’ written notice of its election to do so, specifying the name, address, telephone number and facsimile number of the paying agent or registrar. The Company may act in any such capacity.

 

Section 1.07 Different Denominations. This Note is exchangeable for an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes of different authorized denominations, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. No service charge will be made for such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

Section 1.08 Investment Representations. This Note has been issued subject to certain investment representations of the original Holder set forth in the Purchase Agreement and may be transferred or exchanged only in compliance with the Purchase Agreement and applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.

 

Section 1.09 Reliance on Note Register. Prior to due presentment to the Company for transfer or conversion of this Note, the Company and any agent of the Company may treat the person in whose name this Note is duly registered on the Note Register as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other purposes, whether or not this Note is overdue, and neither the Company nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

Section 1.10  Security; Other Rights. The obligations of the Company to the Holder under this Note are secured pursuant to the Security Agreement.

 

5

 

 

Article II.

 

Section 2.01 Events of Default. Each of the following events shall constitute a default under this Note (each an “Event of Default”):

 

(a) failure by the Company to pay any principal amount or interest due hereunder within five (5) Business Days of the date such payment is due;

 

(b) failure by the Company to issue and deliver, or cause it’s transfer agent to issue and deliver, to the Holder the number of Conversion Shares (if any) issuable to the Holder as a result of the conversion of this Note within five (5) Trading Days after the Conversion Date, or the Company shall provide at any time notice to the Holder, including by way of public announcement, of the Company’s intention to not honor requests for conversions of any Notes in accordance with the terms hereof;

 

(c) any event of default by the Company under the Security Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing beyond all grace and/or cure periods, or the Security Agreement shall fail to remain in full force and effect prior to payment in full of all amounts payable under this Note, or any action shall be taken by the Company to discontinue the Security Agreement or to assert the invalidity thereof prior to payment in full of all amounts payable under this Note;

 

(d) the Company shall: (1) make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; (2) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, assignee, custodian, sequestrator, liquidator or similar official for itself or any of its assets and properties; (3) commence a voluntary case for relief as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code; (4) file with or otherwise submit to any governmental authority any petition, answer or other document seeking: (A) reorganization, (B) an arrangement with creditors or (C) to take advantage of any other present or future applicable law respecting bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debts, relief of debtors, dissolution or liquidation; (5) file or otherwise submit any answer or other document admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition or other document filed or otherwise submitted against it in any proceeding under any such applicable law, or (6) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent by a court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(e) any case, proceeding or other action shall be commenced against the Company for the purpose of effecting, or an order, judgment or decree shall be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction approving (in whole or in part) anything specified in Section 2.01(d) hereof, or any receiver, trustee, assignee, custodian, sequestrator, liquidator or other official shall be appointed with respect to the Company, or shall be appointed to take or shall otherwise acquire possession or control of all or a substantial part of the assets and properties of the Company, and any of the foregoing shall continue unstayed and in effect for any period of sixty (60) days;

 

(f) default shall occur with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company (including, without limitation, any other Note(s)) or under any agreement under which such indebtedness has been or may be issued by the Company and such default shall continue for more than the period of grace, if any, therein specified, if the aggregate amount of such indebtedness for which such default shall have occurred exceeds $100,000, or such default results in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise become due and payable; provided, however, that any default existing on the date hereof with respect to any indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule A attached hereto, which default has been waived in writing by the lender, shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default hereunder;

 

6

 

 

(g) default shall occur with respect to any contractual obligation of the Company under or pursuant to any contract, lease, or other agreement to which the Company is a party and such default shall continue for more than the period of grace, if any, therein specified, if the aggregate amount of the Company’s contractual liability arising out of such default exceeds or is reasonably estimated to exceed $250,000;

 

(h) final judgment for the payment of money in excess of $250,000 shall be rendered against the Company and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of twenty (20) Business Days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed;

 

(i) the Company shall be a party to any Change of Control Transaction or shall agree to sell or dispose of all or in excess of 40% of its assets in one transaction or a series of related transactions (whether or not such sale would constitute a Change of Control Transaction);

 

(j) any representation or warranty made by the Company to the Holder in writing in connection with this Note or any of the other Transaction Documents, shall be false, incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect when made; or

 

(k) any default, whether in whole or in part, shall occur in the due observance or performance of any obligations or other covenants, terms or provisions to be performed under this Note, the Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document and, if such default is capable of being cured, such default is not cured by the Company within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice thereof.

 

Section 2.02 If any Event of Default specified in Section 2.01(d) or Section 2.01(e) occurs, then the full principal amount of this Note, together with any other amounts owing in respect thereof, to the date of the Event of Default, shall become immediately due and payable without any action on the part of the Holder, and if any other Event of Default occurs, the full principal amount of this Note, together with any other amounts owing in respect thereof, to the date of acceleration, shall become, at the Majority Holders’ election, immediately due and payable in cash. Commencing five (5) days after the occurrence of any Event of Default that results in the eventual acceleration of this Note, interest on this Note shall begin to accrue at the rate of interest specified in Section 1.01(b) PLUS five percent (5%) per annum, or such lower maximum amount of interest permitted to be charged under applicable law. The Holder need not provide, and the Company hereby waives, any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, and the Holder may immediately and without expiration of any grace period enforce any and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and all other remedies available to it under applicable law. Such declaration may be rescinded and annulled by the Majority Holders at any time prior to payment hereunder, and the Holder shall have all rights as a Note holder until such time, if any, as the full payment under this Section shall have been received by it. No such rescission or annulment shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. “Majority Holders” means at any time a Holder or Holders then holding in excess of 50% of the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes.

 

7

 

 

Article III.

 

Section 3.01  Negative Covenants. So long as this Note shall remain in effect and until any outstanding principal and interest (and liquidated damages, if any) and all fees and all other expenses or amounts payable under this Note and the Purchase Agreement have been paid in full, unless the Majority Holders shall otherwise consent in writing, the Company shall not:

 

(a) Senior or Pari Passu Indebtedness. Incur, create, assume, guaranty or permit to exist any indebtedness that ranks senior in priority to, or pari passu with, the obligations under this Note, except for (i) indebtedness created as a result of the issuance of other Notes up to a maximum original principal amount (including this Note) of $4,000,000, (ii) indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule A attached hereto, together with additional indebtedness from time to time, up to an aggregate principal amount of all such indebtedness of $8,000,000 (the “Indebtedness Cap”), (iii) indebtedness that refinances any of the indebtedness referenced in Schedule A as long as any such refinance does not result in the Indebtedness Cap being exceeded, (iv) indebtedness secured by a lien described in paragraph (viii) in the definition of “Permitted Liens” in the Security Agreement in an aggregate amount outstanding not to exceed $100,000, (v) indebtedness created as a result of a subsequent financing if the gross proceeds to the Company of such financing are equal to or greater than the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and the Notes are repaid in full upon the closing of such financing, (vi) $6,004,320 aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes originally issued on March 15, 2021, as amended to date (the “First Bridge Notes”), and (vii) trade payables and deferred employment compensation created in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b) Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any lien on any property or assets (including stock or other securities of the Company) now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or on any income or revenues or rights in respect of any thereof, except Permitted Liens (as defined in the Security Agreement);

 

(c) Dividends and Distributions. Declare or pay, directly or indirectly, any dividend or make any other distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities (other than shares of Common Stock of the Company in connection with a stock dividend, stock split or other recapitalization) or a combination thereof (other than a reverse stock split of the Common Stock of the Company), with respect to any shares of its capital stock or directly or indirectly redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value any shares of any class of its capital stock or set aside any amount for any such purpose except as permitted under subsection (d) below;

 

(d) Stock Repurchases. Repay, repurchase, redeem or offer to repay, repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire more than a de minimis number of shares of its Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents other than as to (i) the Conversion Shares as permitted or required under the Transaction Documents and (ii) repurchases of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of departing officers and directors of the Company, provided that such repurchases shall not exceed an aggregate of $100,000 for all officers and directors during the term of this Note;

 

(e) Certain Payments and Prepayments.

 

(i) Pay in cash any amount in respect of any indebtedness or preferred stock that may at the obligor’s option be paid in kind or in other securities; or

 

(ii) Optionally prepay, repurchase or redeem or otherwise defease or segregate funds with respect to any indebtedness of the Company, other than for indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule A attached hereto, and indebtedness under this Note or the Purchase Agreement;

 

8

 

 

(f) Amendments to Constitutive Documents. Amend its charter documents, including, without limitation, its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, in any manner that materially and adversely affects any rights of the Holder; or

 

(g) Other. Enter into any agreement or understanding with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Article IV.

 

Section 4.01 Notices. Notices regarding this Note shall be sent to the parties at the following addresses, unless a party notifies the other parties, in writing, of a change of address:

 

 

If to the Company:

At the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement
     
  If to the Holder: At the address set forth in the Purchase Agreement

 

Section 4.02 Governing Law; Jurisdiction. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Note shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party hereto agrees that all legal proceedings concerning the interpretations, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents) may be commenced in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan (the “New York Courts”). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, or such New York Courts are improper or inconvenient venue for such proceeding; provided, however, that any suit seeking enforcement or collection of this Note may be brought, at the Holder’s option, in the courts of any other jurisdiction where the Holder elects to bring such action. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Note and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note or the transactions contemplated hereby. If either party shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Note, then the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its attorney’s fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

 

9

 

 

Section 4.03  Waiver. Any waiver by the Company or the Holder of a breach of any provision of this Note shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Note. The failure of the Company or the Holder to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Note on one or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Note. Any waiver by the Company or the Holder must be in writing.

 

Section 4.04  Severability. If any provision of this Note is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Note shall remain in effect, and if any provision is inapplicable to any person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other persons and circumstances. If it shall be found that any interest or other amount deemed interest due hereunder violates the applicable law governing usury, the applicable rate of interest due hereunder shall automatically be lowered to equal the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable law. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on this Note as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this indenture, and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefits or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Holder, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.05 Return of this Note. This Note for which the full amount hereunder shall have been paid in cash in accordance herewith or upon the conversion of this Note as contemplated by Section 1.03 hereof shall promptly be surrendered to or as directed by the Company.

 

Section 4.06 Next Business Day. Whenever any payment or other obligation hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day. “Business Day” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which shall be a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

 

Section 4.07 Headings. The headings contained herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Note and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

Section 4.08 Remedies, Characterizations, Other Obligations, Breaches and Injunctive Relief.  The remedies provided in this Note shall be cumulative and in addition to all other remedies available under this Note and any of the other Transaction Documents at law or in equity (including a decree of specific performance and/or other injunctive relief), and nothing herein shall limit the Holder’s right to pursue actual and consequential damages for any failure by the Company to comply with the terms of this Note.  The Company covenants to the Holder that there shall be no characterization concerning this instrument other than as expressly provided herein. Amounts set forth or provided for herein with respect to payments, conversion and the like (and the computation thereof) shall be the amounts to be received by the Holder and shall not, except as expressly provided herein, be subject to any other obligation of the Company (or the performance thereof). The Company acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to the Holder and that the remedy at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Company therefore agrees that, in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Holder shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction restraining any such breach or any such threatened breach, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required. The Company shall provide all information and documentation to the Holder that is requested by the Holder to enable the Holder to confirm the Company’s compliance with the terms and conditions of this Note.

 

Section 4.09 Entire Agreement and Amendments. This Note, together with the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, represents the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and there are no representations, warranties or commitments, except as set forth herein. This Note may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the parties hereto.

 

Section 4.10  Transfer. This Note shall not be transferred or assigned by the Holder except in accordance with the provisions of the Purchase Agreement.

 

10

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, with the intent to be legally bound hereby, the Company as executed this Note as of the date first written above.

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

SENIOR AND PARI PASSU INDEBTEDNESS

 

1.Indebtedness and any other obligations arising under that certain Invoicing Discounting/Factoring Agreement referenced in that certain letter agreement, dated October 27, 2020, by and between HSBC and Perfect Moment Asia Limited, as the same may be amended, restated, supplement and modified from time to time (the “HSBC Loan Agreement”). As of the date hereof, the aggregate principal and interest outstanding under the HSBC Loan Agreement is $264,815.69.

 

2.Indebtedness and any other obligations arising under that certain Agency Recourse Factoring Agreement, with a commencement date of December 15, 2020, by and between Bibby Commercial Finance Limited and Perfect Moment (UK) Limited, as the same may be amended, restated, supplement and modified from time to time (the “Bibby Loan Agreement”). As of the date hereof, the aggregate principal and interest outstanding under the Bibby Loan Agreement is $0.

 

 

Exhibit 4.7

 

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO

8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE(S)

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT (this “First Amendment”), dated as of November 30, 2022, to the 8% Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Note(s) issued as of April 8, 2022, April 22, 2022, May 11, 2022 and/or July 7, 2022, as applicable (the “Note(s)”) to the undersigned holder (the “Holder”), by PERFECT MOMENT LTD., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Note(s), or if not defined therein, the Purchase Agreement (as defined below).

 

WHEREAS, the Company entered into one or more Securities Purchase Agreements, dated as of April 8, 2022, April 22, 2022, May 11, 2022 and/or July 7, 2022, as applicable (such Securities Purchase Agreement(s) to which the Holder is a party, collectively, the “Purchase Agreement”), with the Holder and the other Buyers set forth on the signature pages attached thereto, pursuant to which the Company issued its 8% Senior Subordinated Secured Convertible Promissory Notes to the Buyers (including the Holder); and

 

WHEREAS, Section 4.09 of the Note(s) provides that any term of the Note(s) may be amended only by an instrument in writing executed by the Company and the Holder; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Holder desire to extend the Maturity Date of the Note(s) as set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the Company and the Holder hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Maturity Date Extension. Section 1.01(a) of the Note(s) held by the Holder is hereby amended to provide that the “Maturity Date” (as defined and set forth in the Note(s)) shall be December 15, 2023, and any and all other references in the Note(s) to the “Maturity Date” or “December 15, 2022” shall be deemed to refer to the Maturity Date as amended hereby.

 

2. No Other Amendments. Except as expressly amended by this First Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Note(s) shall remain in full force and effect.

 

3. Titles and Subtitles. The titles of the sections and subsections of this First Amendment are for convenience and reference only and are not to be considered in construing this First Amendment.

 

4. Governing Law. This First Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York without regard to the choice of law principles thereof.

 

5. Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts and, if executed in more than one counterpart, the executed counterparts shall each be deemed to be an original and all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this First Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
               
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

     
  HOLDER (if an entity):   
     
  Name of Entity:   

 

  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  HOLDER (if an individual):
     
  By:  
    Name:

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

Contract of Employment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

1. Date of Schedule:   21st October 2022
     
2. Employer (the “Company”):   Perfect Moment UK Limited
     
3. Employee / Address:   Mark Buckley [***]
   
4. Place of Work:   United House, 9 Pembridge Road, Notting Hill London W11 3JY, United Kingdom
     
5. Start Date:   7th of November 2022
     

6. Date of continuous employment

(if different):

   
     

7. Job Title

 

Chief Executive Officer

     
8. Board Seat   Yes, subject to being employed by the Company
     
9. Probationary period:   Three months subject to the terms of clause 7.1 of the Contract of Employment
     

10. Salary:

 

£250,000 per annum.

     
11. Bonus:   Bonus dependent upon individual and company performance.
     
12. Equity:   300,000 shares in the Company to vest over a period of 4 years. (75,000 shares on each anniversary).
     
13. Normal Working hours:  

9am – 5.30pm Mondays to Fridays inclusive (1-hour lunch break)

     
14. Holiday:  

You are entitled to 25 days’ paid holiday calculated pro rata based on your start date. (Exclusive of the 8 statutory bank holidays)

     
15. Notice:  

Should you or the Company wish to terminate your employment, the following notice must be given in writing:

 

(a) four weeks’ notice until such time as you have completed your probationary period to the satisfaction of the Company; and thereafter.

 

(b) Three months’ notice thereafter.

 

2

 

 

 

 

1.Introduction

 

1.1.This Contract of Employment, read in conjunction with Schedule A, your offer letter and those policies and procedures that have contractual effect form the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company.

 

1.2.You agree to comply with the Company’s rules, policies and procedures from time to time in force as well as the Company’s established customs and practices. Unless otherwise stated, the Company’s policies and procedures which are set out in separate documents to this Contract of Employment do not form part of your contract of employment.

   

1.3.To the extent that there is any conflict between this Contract of Employment, the Company’s policies and procedures and Schedule A, the terms of Schedule A shall apply.

 

2.Employer

 

2.1.Your employer is Perfect Moment UK Limited (the “Company”)

 

3.Job Title

 

3.1.Your job title is set out at Schedule A and where appropriate, you will be provided with a job description for that role. You may however also be required to undertake additional duties as necessary to meet the needs of the business.

 

4.Place of Work

 

4.1.Your normal place of work is as set out at Schedule A. Should the needs of the business require, you also agree to work at such other place of work as requested.

 

5.Commencement of Employment and Period of Continuous Employment

 

5.1.Your period of employment with the Company commenced on the date set out at Schedule A which unless otherwise specified at Schedule A will also be the date of commencement of your period of continuous employment.

 

5.2.Subject to clause 16 and the remaining terms of this Contract of Employment, your employment with the Company may be terminated by either party on the terms of notice set out at Schedule A.

 

6.Obligations during Employment

 

6.1.You agree that you will at all times during your employment:

 

6.2.faithfully serve the Company to the best of your ability and carry out all duties assigned to you including any additional duties that we may ask you to perform from time to time, regardless of whether they form part of your job description;

 

6.3.comply with all reasonable requests and instructions from the Company regarding your work; comply with all policies, procedures and rules in force from time to time and (retail staff in particular) be clean and tidy in your appearance;

 

6.4.conduct yourself honestly and in a way that will not impact on the performance of your duties or bring us or you as our employee, into disrepute;

 

6.5.unless unable to do so on account of ill health, devote the whole of your time, attention and abilities during the hours of work for the Company to your duties; and

 

3

 

 

 

 

6.6.report your own wrongdoing and any wrongdoing or proposed wrongdoing of any other employee to senior management immediately on becoming aware of it.

 

7.Probation Period and Conditions of Employment

 

7.1.The length of your probationary period is set out at Schedule A although the Company may at its absolute discretion extend the probationary period by up to a further 3 months should it consider it appropriate to do so. Until such time as you have been advised in writing that you have completed your probationary period to the satisfaction of the Company, your probationary period will be deemed to continue.

   

7.2.Your employment and continued employment by the Company is subject to you being eligible to work in the UK, you not having committed any criminal offences which are not spent for the purposes of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974 and us receiving references that satisfy the Company. In the event that you have already commenced your employment before we have received your references, and we subsequently receive a reference which is not to our satisfaction, we reserve the right to terminate your employment without notice or payment in lieu of notice on the basis that this essential condition of your employment has not been satisfied. Equally, in the event that you fail to disclose any unspent criminal convictions, or we discover that you are not entitled to work in the UK, the Company will treat this as grounds for summary dismissal. Similarly, if you give false or misleading information on an application or in the interview, we reserve the right not to confirm your employment or to terminate your employment if your appointment has already been confirmed.

 

8.Salary

 

8.1.Your salary is set out at Schedule A and will accrue from day to day. This will be paid monthly in arrears directly into your bank account on or about the 28th of each month after the deduction of tax and national insurance contributions.

 

8.2.We will conduct salary reviews from time to time although a review will not automatically result in an increase to your salary but for the avoidance of doubt your salary will not be reduced on such review. Any such increase will be at the Company’s absolute discretion. Any salary increase in one year will not automatically confer any entitlement to an increase in any subsequent year.

 

8.3.The Company may withhold or deduct monies from your salary or from any other monies owed to you to account for any outstanding loans, advances, overpayment or any Company property that you lose that has been entrusted to you. The Company also reserves the right to withhold your final salary until you have returned all of your Company property and to deduct from your final salary or any other monies owed to you a sum equivalent to the cost of replacing any property that you fail to return to the Company.

 

8.4.The Company will reimburse you for all expenses wholly, properly and necessarily incurred by you in the course of your employment in accordance with the Company’s expenses policy (from time to time in force) provided always that you have obtained prior consent from your Manager before incurring any expense and you have produced valid receipts or other supporting documentary evidence of such expense.

 

8.5.The Company may, at its absolute discretion elect to pay a bonus. The payment of a bonus in one year shall not give rise to any bonus entitlement for any subsequent year nor shall the amount of a bonus in one year be indicative of the value of any bonus in a subsequent year. It is an absolute condition of you receiving any bonus payment that you are still an employee at the time when the bonus falls due for payment and that neither you nor the Company has given notice to terminate your employment.

 

4

 

 

 

 

9.Equity

 

9.1.Your equity is set out at Schedule A

 

9.2.Termination of Employment due to Death or Disability, by Company without Cause or by Holder due to Good Reason. If Holder’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of Holder’s death or Disability, by the Company without Cause or by the Holder due to Good Reason, then a pro-rated portion of the unvested shares shall become vested upon such termination of employment and the unvested portion of the Award on the date of such termination shall terminate immediately upon such termination of employment. Such pro-rated portion shall be equal to the number of Base Shares scheduled to vest on the next vesting date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall equal the number of full and partial months that elapsed during the period beginning on the most recent vesting date (or the Grant Date, if no vesting date has occurred prior to such termination) and ending on the termination date and the denominator of which shall equal twelve (12). 

  

10.Pension and Benefits

 

10.1.The Company will comply with its pension duties towards you in accordance with Part 1 of the Pensions Act 2008.  As such, upon completion of your probation period to the Company’s satisfaction or you being employed continuously by the Company for three (3) months (whichever is the earlier), you will be auto enrolled into a workplace pension scheme as per current pension legislation. Under this scheme, both you and the Company will be required to make contributions to your pension.  The amounts of these contributions are determined by legislation.  Your contribution will be automatically deducted from your salary each month.

 

10.2.Details of any benefits that are applicable to your role are set out in Schedule A and will apply after completion of your probationary period to the satisfaction of the Company. Any other benefits provided to you during the course of your employment shall be at the Company’s absolute discretion.

 

10.3.In the event that you are entitled to participate in any insurance schemes offered by the Company, your eligibility and participation in such schemes will at all times be subject to the rules of the applicable scheme. In the event that the relevant scheme provider refuses to provide or to continue cover for any reason, the Company shall have no obligation to provide you with any replacement benefit of the same or similar kind or to pay you any compensation in lieu of any such withdrawn benefit.

 

11.Holidays

 

11.1.The Company’s holiday year runs between 1st January and 31st December. Your holiday entitlement set out at Schedule A.

 

11.2.For the purposes of this clause, any holiday (including public/bank holidays) that you take will be deemed to be taken first in satisfaction of your entitlement to statutory holiday.

 

11.3.Holidays may only be taken at a time convenient to the Company and with the prior approval of your Manager whose decision will be final. Due to the nature of the Company’s business, there may be periods during the year when holiday will not be granted for certain members of staff. You will be notified of any such periods by your Manager. In order to avoid disappointment, no holiday or flights should be booked until approval has been received. A maximum of two weeks’ paid holiday may be taken at any one time. A minimum of two weeks’ notice must be given for any holiday. In all cases, you must process your holiday request online through People HR.

 

5

 

 

 

 

11.4.Holiday entitlement may not be carried over to the following year. Consequently, except on termination, any holiday not taken in the relevant year will be forfeited and no payment will be made in lieu of holiday accrued but not taken.

 

11.5.Your holiday entitlement will be apportioned in the first and last years of your employment based upon the number of complete months. On termination of employment you will be entitled to payment in lieu of any accrued but untaken holiday. In the event that you have exceeded your holiday entitlement in the year of leaving, a deduction will be made from your final salary payment for each excess day. In the event that your employment is terminated summarily for gross misconduct or in the event that you leave the Company without giving notice or serving the full period of your notice, the payment in lieu of any accrued but untaken holiday will be limited to your statutory holiday entitlement only.

 

11.6.The Company will honour all leave entitlements, including maternity, paternity, adoption and parental leave, as well as leave for family emergencies, in accordance with the relevant statutory schemes in force from time to time.

 

12.Working hours

 

12.1.Your normal working hours are set out at Schedule A.

 

12.2.The nature of your role however means that you will be required to be flexible with the hours that you work especially during busy seasonal periods. You may therefore be required to work additional hours without additional pay as are necessary to fulfil your responsibilities and to meet the needs of the business.

 

12.3.You agree that on occasions, you may be required to work on average more than 48 hours each week and as such, the provisions of Regulation 4(1) of the Working Time Regulations 1998 will not apply to your employment. You may however withdraw your agreement to work more than 48 hours per week by giving the Company no less than three months’ written notice.

 

13.Sickness and Incapacity

 

13.1.You must notify your Manager by email as soon as possible, and in any event, at least 1 hour before you are scheduled to begin work on the first day of any absence from work due to sickness, injury or other incapacity (“absence”). This email should be copied to HR at the same time. Leaving a telephone message or sending a text message will not be regarded as suitable notification. You are obliged to keep the Company updated regularly of any absence. In the case of long-term absence you must notify us at the beginning of each week.

 

13.2.You must supply us with:

 

13.2.1.a completed self-certification form (which is available from us) if the absence lasts for less than three consecutive working days (including holidays) on your return to work explaining the reason for your absence and any other relevant information; or

 

13.2.2.a medical certificate signed by a qualified doctor (a “Statement of Fitness for Work”) stating that you are not fit for work and the reasons why. This certificate should account for the entire absence if the absence continues for more than three consecutive working days (including holidays). In the event that you are issued with more than one medical certificate during your absence, you must promptly provide us with a copy of all such certificates, and in any event as soon as possible after receiving each one.

 

6

 

 

 

 

13.3.If your doctor provides a certificate stating that you “may be fit for work” you should inform the Company immediately. We will discuss with you any additional measures that may be needed to facilitate your return to work, taking account of your doctor’s advice. If appropriate measures cannot be taken, you will remain on sick leave and we will set a date to review the situation.

 

13.4.We may at our expense and at any time (whether or not you are absent from work) request that:

 

13.4.1.your GP or another person responsible for your clinical care supplies us with a medical report about you; and/or

 

13.4.2.you be examined or tested by a medical practitioner or an occupational health adviser appointed by us so that we can receive advice about you and your absence.

   

13.5.You therefore agree to give such authority as is necessary to your GP, your nominated medical practitioner or to an occupational health adviser to disclose his/her findings to us. You will be entitled to see a copy of any medical report in accordance with the Access to Medical Reports Act 1988 before it is provided to the Company. In the event that we wish to obtain such a report, we will write to you separately at the appropriate time.

 

13.6.In the event that you fail to comply with the Company’s notification process as set out in this clause 12, we reserve the right to make no payment in respect of any such period of absence and where appropriate, we may treat the absence as unauthorised and deal with the matter under the Company’s disciplinary procedure.

 

13.7.During any absence, you will be entitled to statutory sick pay subject to any waiting days or maximum entitlement permitted under the statutory sick pay rules. Any payment in excess of statutory sick pay shall be at the Company’s absolute discretion. Payment of normal salary (which for the avoidance of doubt shall be inclusive of statutory sick pay) during one period of sickness absence shall not confer any entitlement to receive payment of normal salary during any subsequent period of absence.

 

14.Confidentiality

 

14.1.The Company has a strict code of confidentiality with which you must comply at all times both during your employment and after it terminates for whatever reason.

 

14.2.You will not, except in the proper performance of your duties under this Agreement, either during your employment or at any time after its termination (howsoever caused) use for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person, company or other undertaking, or directly or indirectly disclose to any person any Confidential Information.

 

14.3.During your employment you will use your best endeavours to prevent the disclosure to third parties of any Confidential Information.

 

14.4.The restrictions contained in this clause 13 will not apply to:

 

14.4.1.use or disclosure authorised by the Company or required by law, a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction or any competent regulatory statutory body;

 

14.4.2.any information that, otherwise than through your unauthorised use or disclosure, already is, or comes into the public domain; and/or

 

14.4.3.a protected disclosure within the meaning of Part IVA of the Employment Rights Act 1996 and/or a relevant pay disclosure made in compliance with section 77 of the Equality Act 2010.

 

7

 

 

 

 

14.5.Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you from making a protected disclosure within the meaning of section 43A Employment Rights Act 1996 provided that the disclosure is made in accordance with the provisions of that Act and you have complied with the Company’s policy from time to time in force regarding such disclosures.

 

15.Disciplinary and Grievance Procedures

 

15.1.Your attention is drawn to the disciplinary and grievance procedures applicable to your employment as set out in the Employee Handbook. These procedures do not form a part of your contract of employment.

 

15.2.If you wish to appeal against a disciplinary decision you may apply in writing to the HR Manager in accordance with the disciplinary procedure.

 

15.3.If you wish to raise a grievance you may apply in writing to the HR Manager in accordance with our grievance procedure.

 

16.IT Policy

 

16.1.The Company’s computer network and e-mail are business tools and should not therefore be used for personal use unless otherwise agreed with the Company. You are absolutely forbidden to use these facilities for sending or receiving any form of pornography; in a way that infringes the Company’s policy against discrimination; to send defamatory messages or to do anything else that may bring the Company or you as its employee into disrepute. You agree to comply with the Company’s IT Policy as set out in the Employee Handbook. Please note that the IT Policy has contractual effect.

 

16.2.Under certain circumstances it may become necessary for the Company to monitor your e-mails and/or your internet use in order to ensure that the Company’s business operates effectively and efficiently and that these systems are not being used for any unauthorised purposes. Monitoring will, however, only be carried out by the Company if it is absolutely necessary to do so. By signing this Agreement, you consent to such monitoring as and when it becomes necessary.

 

17.Termination

 

17.1.The notice applicable to your employment is set out at Schedule A.

 

17.2.Without prejudice to any other rights the Company may have, the Company shall have the right to terminate your employment without any notice or payment in lieu of notice if you commit (a) any serious or persistent breach of any terms of your employment; (b) an act of gross misconduct or are guilty of any conduct tending to bring yourself or the Company into disrepute; or (c) any act of dishonesty whether relating to the Company, an employee, a customer or otherwise.

 

17.3.A non-exhaustive list of examples of gross misconduct include the following:

 

17.3.1.theft or unauthorised possession of property belonging to the Company or belonging to another employee, customer or supplier;

 

8

 

 

 

 

17.3.2.misuse (including disclosure) of Confidential Information or any material breach of the terms of the Deed of Confidentiality;

 

17.3.3.conduct whether inside or outside working hours which may adversely affect the Company’s business reputation, or which reflects on your suitability for the type of work which you perform or your acceptability to the Company’s customers or suppliers;

 

17.3.4.drunkenness or disorderly conduct (including being under the influence of alcohol, non-prescriptive drugs or any other unauthorised substances or misusing substances such as solvents) whilst at work, on Company business, whilst representing the Company at business or social functions or otherwise on the Company’s premises which may adversely affect the Company;

 

17.3.5.being in possession of or dealing in unauthorised substances whilst at work, whilst representing the Company at business or social functions or on the Company premises;

   

17.3.6.violent or threatening behaviour whilst at work or on Company business or otherwise on the Company’s premises;

 

17.3.7.serious neglect of your duties or any material breach or non-observance of those duties including a deliberate refusal or failure to obey the lawful instructions of the Company;

 

17.3.8.wilful damage or neglect to any property, equipment, goods or merchandise belonging to the Company;

 

17.3.9.dishonesty or fraud of any sort including abuse of the sickness self-certification procedure/expense reporting procedure, making false statements with intent to deceive (e.g. giving false references, making false claims regarding your qualifications (formal or not) for a job);

 

17.3.10.discrimination against or harassment of any employee, worker, contractor, customer or supplier of the Company on grounds of sex, gender reassignment, race, ethnic or national origin, sexual orientation, religion, religious belief, age or any disability, or on grounds of such person’s marriage or civil partnership status, pregnancy or maternity status;

 

17.3.11.serious disregard for the safety of other employees including breach of the Company’s health and safety policy;

 

17.3.12.unacceptable conduct towards the Company’s customers or suppliers; and

 

17.3.13.nauthorised possession, copying, alteration, mutilation, destruction or retention of the Company’s records (including computer records) or any other documents.

 

17.4.In the event that the Company discovers the use of illegal drugs, theft, fraud or deliberate damage to property, it reserves the right to notify the police. The Company may also terminate your employment with immediate effect and without notice or payment in lieu of notice in the event that you are convicted of any offence, which imposes a custodial sentence.

 

9

 

 

 

 

17.5.We reserve the right to suspend you on full pay during the course of any investigation into alleged gross misconduct and during any subsequent disciplinary process. The Company nevertheless reserves the right to lift your suspension in the event that you advise the Company that you are not well enough to attend a disciplinary hearing and treat that absence as sickness absence instead. If the Company has completed its investigations but it is necessary to continue to suspend you for other reasons, such as at the request of the police, any such continued suspension will be without the payment of salary and benefits. During the period of suspension, the Company will not be obliged to provide you with work and you will be expressly forbidden from contacting any customers, suppliers or employees of the Company during this period unless otherwise agreed.

 

17.6.The Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, terminate your employment at any time and with immediate effect by paying a sum in lieu of notice (“PILON”) equal to your basic salary only which you would have been entitled to receive during your notice period (or, if notice has already been given, during the remainder of the notice period) less income tax and employee national insurance contributions. If your salary varies from one week to the next, a week’s pay for the purposes of this calculation will be calculated based upon your average weekly salary over the previous 12 weeks of work. Nothing in this clause shall prevent the Company from terminating your employment in breach.

  

17.7.The Company also reserves the right at its absolute discretion to request you to perform only such duties as we may allocate to you or to request you not to perform any of your duties under this Agreement and/or to exclude you from the Company’s premises (“garden leave”) during your notice period. During such period, unless otherwise requested to do so, you are prohibited from communicating with any employee, director, customer or supplier of the Company or any other individual(s) notified to you by the Company. In the event that you are placed on garden leave, you will be required to take any accrued but untaken holiday during that period. During such period of garden leave you will continue to be entitled to be paid at the rate to which you would be entitled were you not on garden leave and to any contractual benefits (if applicable) and you will remain our employee and may not work for any other person or organisation.

 

17.8.On the termination of your employment (howsoever arising), or at any other time when requested to do so by the Company, you agree to return all Company property immediately.

 

18.Post-Termination Restrictions

 

18.1.At no time following the termination of your employment will you:

 

18.1.1.represent yourself, or permit yourself to be represented, as being connected with or acting on behalf of the Company; any Group Company or the business which it or they perform or any Associate;

 

18.1.2.represent, promote, advertise or refer to your previous connection with the Company, Group Company or any Associate in such a way as to seek to utilise any of its/their goodwill; or

 

18.1.3.carry on, or cause or permit to be carried on, any business using any name, style, logo or image which is or has been used by the Company or any Group Company which is in the opinion of the Company or any Group Company calculated or likely to cause confusion with such a name, style, logo or image or imply a connection with the Company or any Group Company.

 

10

 

 

 

 

18.2.You also agree that at no point during your employment or for a 12 month period following its termination howsoever arising (less any period spent on garden leave under clause 16.7) either directly, indirectly or whether on your own behalf or for or on behalf of any other person, firm, company or any other entity whatsoever:

 

18.2.1.solicit or entice away or attempt to solicit or entice away, or employ or engage or attempt to employ or engage in any capacity, any person over whom you had managerial responsibility or control in the 12 month period immediately preceding the termination of your employment; and

 

18.2.2.

 

18.2.3.interfere with or seek to interfere with, induce or attempt to induce any supplier or customer of the Company or any Group Company to cease conducting any business with the Company or any Group Company or to reduce the amount of business conducted with the Company or Group Company or adversely to vary the terms upon which any business is conducted with the Company or Group Company.

 

18.3.In the event that there are any other post-termination restrictions applicable to your employment, these will be set out at Schedule A.

  

18.4.You agree that each of the restrictions set out in clause 17.2 constitutes an entirely separate, severable and independent restriction. Although the restrictions in clause 17.2 are considered by you and the Company to be reasonable in all the circumstances to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests, it is agreed that if any one or more of such restrictions shall, either taken by itself or themselves together, be adjudged to go beyond what is reasonable in all the circumstances for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests but would be adjudged as reasonable if any particular restriction or restrictions were deleted or if any part or parts of their wording were deleted, restricted or limited in a particular manner then the restrictions set out in clause 17.2 shall apply with such deletions, restrictions or limitations as the case may be.

 

19.Intellectual Property Rights

 

19.1.You acknowledge that the Company is the sole owner of any and all Intellectual Property Rights relating to all materials and insofar as any of the Intellectual Property Rights are not vested in the Company and in consideration of the remuneration paid to you by the Company, you agree to irrevocably assign to the Company, including by way of future assignment, with full title guarantee, absolutely and free from all encumbrances, any interest whatsoever that you may have in any and all Intellectual Property Rights in or relating to all Material.

 

19.2.You agree that they will promptly disclose and deliver (in tangible form) all Material to the Company. The Company is entitled to make such use of the Material as it considers appropriate. You may not use the Material except as is necessary to fulfill your duties and obligations towards the Company nor will you permit any third party to use or disclose the Material in any manner at any time during the course of your employment or at any time after it ends.

 

19.3.You agree that you will, without charge to, but at the cost and expense of the Company, execute and do all such acts, matters, documents, and things as may be necessary or reasonably required to obtain any protection for any of the Material and to vest in the Company title to the Intellectual Property Rights in, or relating to, the Material.

 

19.4.To the extent permitted by law, you hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive your Moral Rights in favour of the Company, its successors in title and assigns. The Company is under no obligation to apply for or seek any protection in relation to, or in any way use, exploit or seek to benefit from, any of the Material.

 

11

 

 

 

 

19.5.You warrant and represent that:

 

19.5.1.nothing in the Material infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party or any rights of publicity of privacy;

 

19.5.2.nothing in the Material violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation;

 

19.5.3.you have not given and will not give permission to any third party to use the Material, or any of the Intellectual Property Rights; and

 

19.5.4.you are unaware of the use by any third party of the Material or the Intellectual Property Rights.

 

19.6.The provisions of this clause shall not be affected by reason of the termination of this Agreement for whatsoever reason.

 

20.Collective Agreements

 

20.1.There are no collective agreements in force affecting your employment with the Company.

  

21.Health and Safety

 

21.1.You agree that during your employment you will:

 

21.2.act in a safe manner at all times so as not to endanger yourself or others;

 

21.3.use equipment provided to you in accordance with instructions and any training given to you;

 

21.4.co-operate with us or any third party we may instruct on our behalf in relation to health and safety matters; and

 

21.5.not interfere with or misuse anything provided for your health, safety or welfare.

 

21.6.The Company will take all reasonable and practical steps to safeguard your health, safety and welfare whilst at work.

 

22.Alcohol and Drugs at Work

 

22.1.Consumption of alcohol whilst at work to the exception of work-related social events, team celebration etc.; being unfit to perform your duties due to the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs; or being under the influence of illegal drugs on the Company’s premises is strictly prohibited.

 

22.2.In the event that your Manager has reason to believe that you are suffering from the effects of alcohol or drug misuse either before the commencement of or during the course of your working day, the Company may at its absolute discretion ask you to go home. In such circumstances, you will only be paid for the hours that you have worked that day.

 

22.3.Any breach of this clause will be treated as a potential act of gross misconduct.

 

12

 

 

 

 

23.Data Protection

 

23.1.The Company will process personal data and sensitive personal data (also known as “special categories of personal data”) relating to you in accordance with its data protection policy contained in the Employee Handbook.

 

23.2.You will comply with your obligations under the Company’s data protection policy and other relevant policies.

 

23.3.The Company may transfer personal data and sensitive personal data outside the European Economic Area in accordance with the Company’s data protection/privacy policy.

 

23.4.We shall take all reasonable steps to prevent unauthorised access to your personal data, in accordance with the data protection principles of the General Data Protection Act (GDPR) May 2018.

 

23.5.You are required to notify the Company of any changes in your personal details, including any changes to your name, address or next of kin. It is particularly important that you are always contactable by the Company in cases of emergency. You are therefore requested to ensure that you provide us with a mobile telephone number. In the event that this number changes for whatever reason, you must notify us immediately of your new telephone number.

 

24.Changes

 

24.1.The Company reserves the right to make reasonable changes to your Contract of Employment, the Company’s policies and procedures and any other agreed terms and conditions of employment. Minor changes in details (for example in procedures) may be made from time to time and will be notified to you where possible with one months’ notice before any significant change is made.

 

25.Policy against Discrimination

 

25.1.It is our objective to ensure that the talents and resources of our staff are fully utilised and that no job applicant, member of staff, customer or supplier receives less favourable treatment on grounds of their sex, gender reassignment, race, ethnic or national origin, sexual orientation, religion, religious belief, age or any disability, or on grounds of their marriage or civil partnership status, or pregnancy or maternity status.

 

25.2.Any discrimination against other members of staff or against any customer or supplier on grounds of their sex, gender reassignment, race, ethnic or national origin, sexual orientation, religion, religious belief, age or any disability, or on grounds of their marriage or civil partnership status, or pregnancy or maternity status will be treated as a serious disciplinary offence and may result in your employment being terminated for gross misconduct.

 

26.General

 

26.1.The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only, and to the extent that they may be inconsistent with the meaning of any of the provisions of this Agreement, do not constitute part of the Agreement between the parties.

 

26.2.This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with English law and both you and the Company hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts.

 

13

 

 

 

 

27.Definitions

 

The following words in this Contract of Employment and Schedule A shall have the following meanings:

 

27.1.“Associate” means any Group Company; any business or company in which the Company is interested directly or indirectly or which is associated with it; any former or existing shareholders, officers or employees of the Company or any Group Company or any member of their family;

 

27.2.“Confidential Information” means:-

 

27.2.1.Information relating to the businesses, finances, dealings, transactions and affairs of the Company or any Group Company including price and cost information, discount structures, sales statistics, business plans and programs, business opportunities, expansion plans, staff salaries and terms and conditions marketing surveys, research and development projects, formulae, inventions, designs, discoveries, know-how, methods, processes, techniques, trade secrets, technical data, business forms and operating procedures, policies and practices;

 

27.2.2.names and addresses and contact details of customers or clients or potential customers or clients or suppliers or potential suppliers of the Company or any Group Company;

 

27.2.3.analyses made, or views taken, by the Company or any Group Company in respect of the business, finances, dealings, transactions and affairs of the Company and/or any Group Company, any customer or potential customer or any supplier or potential supplier of the Company or any Group Company or any other third party;

 

27.2.4.information in respect of which the Company or any Group Company is bound by an obligation of confidentiality to a third party; and

   

27.2.5.any information which is identified to you by the Company or any Group Company as being confidential or secret in nature or which ought reasonably to be regarded as confidential.

 

27.3.“Group Company” means any one of the Company or its subsidiaries, holding companies or any subsidiary of a holding company (in each case as defined by the Companies Act 2006);

 

27.4.“Intellectual Property Rights” means without limitation all existing and future copyright, database rights, registered designs, design rights, trade marks, trade names, internet domain names, service marks, rights in get-up, know-how, trade secrets, patents, applications for any of the foregoing and all other intellectual property rights, in any part of the world, whether registered or not, for the full term of such rights and any renewals and extensions thereof;

 

27.5.“Material” means without limitation all information, authorship, methods, techniques, discoveries, inventions, processes, reports, drawings, plans, research, know-how, computer software development, computer systems, operating and training manuals, databases, brochures, catalogues, ideas, concepts, designs, sketches, prototypes, photographs, Confidential Information, creative works, concepts and other material produced, developed or discovered by you (either alone or with others) relating to the business of the Company or pertaining to, resulting from or suggested by the work performed by you for the Company; and

 

27.6.“Moral Rights” shall mean any and all moral rights conferred by the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 or any rights of a similar nature under law in any other jurisdiction in and to any Material.

 

14

 

 

 

 

For on and on the behalf of Perfect Moment UK Limited

 

Name:Max Gottschalk    Position Chairman
Signed: /s/ Max Gottschalk   Date: 21st October 2022

 

I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of my Contract of Employment and Schedule A. I confirm my agreement to the terms and conditions set out in these contractual documents. I also acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policies and procedures and I confirm that I have read and understood them and that I agree to comply with them at all times.

  

Signed:  /s/ Mark Buckley   Date: 21st October 2022

 

Employee Name: Mark Buckley  

(Please print)

 

15

 

 

 

  

Mark Buckley

[***]

 

7th November 2022

 

RE: EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT ADDENDUM

 

Dear Mark,

 

This letter is to confirm that your employment contract is being amended to add the additional role of Acting CFO to your current responsibilities on an interim basis. This amendment will be effective from 7th November 2022 and will remain in force until a new CFO is appointed within the next 12 months.

 

Your salary and benefits will remain unchanged.

 

Please sign and return a copy of this letter to acknowledge your acceptance of this amendment.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Max Gottschalk  
Max Gottschalk 7th November 2022

Chairman

Perfect Moment (UK) Limited

 

Signed Acknowledgement & Acceptance

 

/s/ Mark Buckley    
Mark Buckley 7th November 2022

 

Larch House, Parklands Business Park, Denmead, Hampshire, United Kingdom, PO7 6XP

Company Registration: 10883556

 

 

16

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Employment Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of October 20th, 2023 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Jeff Clayborne (the “Executive”) and Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ the Executive on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be employed by the Company on such terms and conditions.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, promises and obligations set forth herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.  Term. The Executive’s employment hereunder shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall continue until the second (2nd) anniversary thereof, unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement; provided that, on such second (2nd) anniversary of the Effective Date and each annual anniversary thereafter (such date and each annual anniversary thereof, a “Renewal Date”), the Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically extended, upon the same terms and conditions, for successive periods of one (1) year, unless either party provides written notice of its intention not to extend the term of the Agreement at least thirty (30) days’ prior to the applicable Renewal Date. In addition to a termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 5, prior to the closing of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) only, the Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Executive at any time, effective immediately upon notice, without liability, in the event The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) notifies the Company that will require the Company to engage a full time Chief Financial Officer upon the closing of the IPO and the Executive is unable or unwilling to serve as the Company’s full time Chief Financial Officer or the Company and the Executive are unable to agree on the terms applicable to such full time engagement within ten (10) days after such notification from Nasdaq. In the event of such notification from Nasdaq, the parties agree to amend the terms of this Agreement to reflect the agreed upon terms applicable to such full time engagement. The period during which the Executive is employed by the Company hereunder is hereinafter referred to as the “Employment Term.

 

2.  Position and Duties.

 

2.1  Position. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall serve as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, reporting to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. In such position, the Executive shall have such duties, authority and; responsibilities as shall be determined from time to time by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, which duties, authority and responsibilities are consistent with the Executive’s position. The Executive shall, if requested, also serve as a member of the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) or as an officer or director of any affiliate of the Company for no additional compensation.

 

 

 

2.2  Duties. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall devote a significant portion of the Executive’s business time and attention as requested by the Company1 to the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder and will not engage in any other business, profession or occupation for compensation or otherwise which would conflict or interfere with the performance of such services either directly or indirectly without the prior written consent of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will be permitted to (a) with the prior written consent of the Board (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) act or serve as a director, trustee, committee member, or principal of any type of business, civic or charitable organization as long as such activities are disclosed in advance in writing to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer in accordance with the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and (b) purchase or own less than five percent (5%) of the publicly traded securities of any corporation; provided that, such ownership represents a passive investment and that the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group that controls, such corporation; provided further that, the activities described in clauses (a) and (b) do not interfere with the performance of the Executive’s duties and responsibilities to the Company as provided hereunder, including, but not limited to, the obligations set forth in Section 2 hereof.

 

3.  Place of Performance. The principal place of Executive’s employment shall be the Company’s principal executive office. The Executive may work remotely from Executive’s primary residence located at [***] so long as doing so does not interfere with the Executive’s responsibilities under this Agreement.

 

4.  Compensation.

 

4.1  Base Salary. The Company shall pay the Executive an annual base salary of $110,000 (subject to all applicable withholdings and payroll deductions) in periodic installments in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll practices and applicable wage payment laws, but no less frequently than monthly. The Executive’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as “Base Salary”.

 

4.2  Annual Bonus. For each calendar year of the Employment Term, the Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus (the “Annual Bonus”). However, the decision to provide any Annual Bonus and the amount and terms of any Annual Bonus shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board and the Compensation Committee of the Board (the “Compensation Committee”).

 

4.3  Equity Awards. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) or any successor plan, subject to the terms of the 2021 Plan or successor plan, as determined by the Board or the Compensation Committee, in its discretion. In consideration of the Executive entering into this Agreement and as an inducement to join the Company, on the Effective Date, the Company will grant the following equity awards to the Executive pursuant to the 2021 Plan, subject to Board approval: stock options to purchase 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, vesting annually over two (2) years in equal installments, with the first vesting on the first anniversary of the Effective Date, with an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the 2021 Plan), which is currently determined by the Board to be $6.00, and which stock options shall expire five (5) years from the Effective Date. All other terms and conditions of such awards shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan and the applicable award agreement.

 

 

1Subject to approval by Nasdaq.

 

2

 

 

4.4  Employee Benefits. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans, practices and programs maintained by the Company, as in effect from time to time (collectively, “Employee Benefit Plans”) to the extent consistent with applicable law and the terms of the applicable Employee Benefit Plans. The Company reserves the right to amend or terminate any Employee Benefit Plans at any time in its sole discretion, subject to the terms of such Employee Benefit Plan and applicable law.

 

4.5  Vacation; Paid Time Off. During the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation days in accordance with the Company’s vacation policies, as in effect from time to time. The Executive shall receive other paid time off in accordance with the Company’s policies for executive officers as such policies may exist from time to time.

 

4.6  Business Expenses. The Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, entertainment and travel expenses incurred by the Executive in connection with the performance of the Executive’s duties hereunder in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures.

 

4.7  Indemnification.

 

(a)  In the event that the Executive is made a party or threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), other than any Proceeding initiated by the Executive or the Company related to any contest or dispute between the Executive and the Company or any of its affiliates with respect to this Agreement or the Executive’s employment hereunder, by reason of the fact that the Executive is or was a director or officer of the Company, or any affiliate of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, member, employee or agent of another corporation or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, the Executive shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the extent applicable to similarly situated officers or directors of the Company, but no more than the maximum extent permitted under applicable law and the Company’s bylaws, from and against any liabilities, costs, claims and expenses, including all costs and expenses incurred in defense of any Proceeding (including attorneys’ fees).

 

4.8  Clawback Provisions. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement to the contrary, any incentive-based or other compensation paid to the Executive under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement with the Company which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement). Any amounts payable under this Agreement are subject to any policy (whether in existence as of the Effective Date or later adopted) established by the Company providing for clawback or recovery of amounts that were paid to the Executive. The Company will make any determination for clawback or recovery in its sole discretion and in accordance with any applicable law or regulation.

 

3

 

 

5.  Termination of Employment. The Employment Term and the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by either the Company or the Executive at any time and for any reason; provided that, unless otherwise provided herein, either party shall be required to give the other party at least thirty (30) days advance written notice of any termination of the Executive’s employment. On termination of the Executive’s employment during the Employment Term, the Executive shall be entitled to the compensation and benefits described in this Section 5 and shall have no further rights to any compensation or any other benefits from the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

5.1  Expiration of the Employment Term, For Cause or Without Good Reason.

 

(a)  The Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated upon either party’s failure to renew the Agreement in accordance with Section 1, by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason. If the Executive’s employment is terminated upon either party’s failure to renew the Agreement, by the Company for Cause or by the Executive without Good Reason, the Executive shall be entitled to receive:

 

(i)  any accrued but unpaid Base Salary and accrued but unused vacation which shall be paid on the Termination Date (as defined below) or shortly thereafter in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll procedures;

 

(ii)  any earned but unpaid Annual Bonus with respect to any completed calendar year immediately preceding the Termination Date, which shall be paid on the otherwise applicable payment date except to the extent payment is otherwise deferred pursuant to any applicable deferred compensation arrangement; provided that, if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, then any such accrued but unpaid Annual Bonus shall be forfeited;

 

(iii)  reimbursement for unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the Executive, which shall be subject to and paid in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policy; and

 

(iv)  such employee benefits (including equity compensation), if any, to which the Executive may be entitled under the Company’s employee benefit plans as of the Termination Date; provided that, in no event shall the Executive be entitled to any payments in the nature of severance or termination payments except as specifically provided herein.

 

4

 

 

Items 5.1(a)(i) through 5.1(a)(iii) are referred to herein collectively as the “Accrued Amounts”.

 

(b)  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

 

(i)  the Executive’s failure to perform Executive’s duties (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness);

 

(ii)  the Executive’s failure to comply with any valid and legal directive of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer;

 

(iii)  the Executive’s engagement in dishonesty, illegal conduct or misconduct, which is, in each case, injurious to the Company or its affiliates;

 

(iv)  the Executive’s embezzlement, misappropriation or fraud, whether or not related to the Executive’s employment with the Company;

 

(v)  the Executive’s conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime that constitutes a felony (or state law equivalent) or a crime that constitutes a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

 

(vi)  the Executive’s violation of the Company’s written policies or codes of conduct, including written policies related to discrimination, harassment, performance of illegal or unethical activities and ethical misconduct:

 

(vii)  the Executive’s willful unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information (as defined below);

 

(viii)  the Executive’s material breach of any material obligation under this Agreement or any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company; or

 

(ix)  the Executive’s engagement in conduct that brings or is reasonably likely to bring the Company negative publicity or into public disgrace, embarrassment, or disrepute.

 

Except for a failure, breach, or refusal which, by its nature, cannot reasonably be expected to be cured, the Executive shall have ten (10) business days from the delivery of written notice by the Company within which to cure any acts constituting Cause; provided however, that, if the Company reasonably expects irreparable injury from a delay of ten (10) business days, the Company may give the Executive notice of such shorter period within which to cure as is reasonable under the circumstances, which may include the termination of the Executive’s employment without notice and with immediate effect. The Company may place the Executive on paid leave for up to sixty (60) days while it is determining whether there is a basis to terminate the Executive’s employment for Cause. Any such action by the Company will not constitute Good Reason.

 

5

 

 

(c)  For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following, in each case during the Employment Term without the Executive’s written consent:

 

(i)  a material reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary other than a general reduction in Base Salary that affects all similarly situated executives in substantially the same proportions;

 

(ii)  any material breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement;

 

(iii)  a material, adverse change in the Executive’s title, authority, duties or responsibilities (other than temporarily while the Executive is physically or mentally incapacitated or as required by applicable law) taking into account the Company’s size, status as a public company and capitalization as of the date of this Agreement; or

 

(iv)  a material adverse change in the reporting structure applicable to the Executive.

 

The Executive cannot terminate employment for Good Reason unless the Executive has provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for termination for Good Reason within thirty (30) days of the initial existence of such grounds and the Company has had at least thirty (30) days from the date on which such notice is provided to cure such circumstances. If the Executive does not terminate employment for Good Reason within ninety (90) days after the first occurrence of the applicable grounds, then the Executive will be deemed to have waived the right to terminate for Good Reason with respect to such grounds.

 

5.2  Without Cause or for Good Reason. The Employment Term and the Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Company without Cause. In the event of such termination, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts and subject to the Executive’s compliance with Section 6, Section 7, Section 8 and Section 9 of this Agreement and the Executive’s execution of a release of claims in favor of the Company, its affiliates and their respective officers and directors in a form provided by the Company (the “Release”) and such Release becoming effective within the time period specified in the Release (the “Release Execution Period”), the Executive shall be entitled to receive Executive’s continued Base Salary for three (3) months following the Termination Date payable in equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices, but no less frequently than monthly, which shall commence within sixty (60) days following the Termination Date; provided that, if the Release Execution Period begins in one taxable year and ends in another taxable year, payments shall not begin until the beginning of the second taxable year; provided further that, the first installment payment shall include all amounts of Base Salary that would otherwise have been paid to the Executive during the period beginning on the Termination Date and ending on the first payment date if no delay had been imposed. The treatment of any outstanding equity awards shall be determined in accordance with the terms of the 2021 Plan and the applicable award agreements.

 

6

 

 

5.3  Death or Disability.

 

(a)  The Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate automatically on the Executive’s death during the Employment Term, and the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment on account of the Executive’s Disability.

 

(b)  If the Executive’s employment is terminated during the Employment Term on account of the Executive’s death or Disability, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries, as the case may be) shall be entitled to receive the Accrued Amounts. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, all payments made in connection with the Executive’s Disability shall be provided in a manner which is consistent with federal and state law.

 

(c)  For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean a condition that entitles the Executive to receive long-term disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, or if there is no such plan, the Executive’s inability, due to physical or mental incapacity, to perform the essential functions of the Executive’s job, with or without reasonable accommodation, for one hundred eighty (180) days out of any three hundred sixty-five (365) day period or one hundred twenty (120) consecutive days; provided, however, in the event that the Company temporarily replaces the Executive, or transfers the Executive’s duties or responsibilities to another individual on account of the Executive’s inability to perform such duties due to a mental or physical incapacity which is, or is reasonably expected to become, a Disability, then the Executive’s employment shall not be deemed terminated by the Company and the Executive shall not be able to resign with Good Reason as a result thereof. Any question as to the existence of the Executive’s Disability as to which the Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined in writing by a qualified independent physician mutually acceptable to the Executive and the Company. If the Executive and the Company cannot agree as to a qualified independent physician, each shall appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall make such determination in writing. The determination of Disability made in writing to the Company and the Executive shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

5.4  Notice of Termination. Any termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder by the Company or by the Executive during the Employment Term (other than termination pursuant to Section 5.3(a) on account of the Executive’s death) shall be communicated by written notice of termination (“Notice of Termination”) to the other party hereto in accordance with Section 25. The Notice of Termination shall specify:

 

(a)  The termination provision of this Agreement relied upon;

 

7

 

 

(b)  To the extent applicable, the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated; and

 

(c)  The applicable Termination Date.

 

5.5  Termination Date. The Executive’s “Termination Date” shall be:

 

(a)  If the Executive’s employment hereunder terminates on account of the Executive’s death, the date of the Executive’s death;

 

(b)  If the Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated on account of the Executive’s Disability, the date that it is determined that the Executive has a Disability;

 

(c)  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment hereunder for Cause, the date the Notice of Termination is delivered to the Executive;

 

(d)  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment hereunder without Cause, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which shall be no less than thirty (30) days following the date on which the Notice of Termination is delivered; provided that, the Company shall have the option to provide the Executive with a lump sum payment equal to thirty (30) days’ Base Salary in lieu of such notice, which shall be paid in a lump sum on the Executive’s Termination Date and for all purposes of this Agreement, the Executive’s Termination Date shall be the date on which such Notice of Termination is delivered;

 

(e)  If the Executive terminates the Executive’s employment hereunder with or without Good Reason, the date specified in the Executive’s Notice of Termination, which shall be no less than thirty (30) days following the date on which the Notice of Termination is delivered; provided that, the Company may waive all or any part of the thirty (30) day notice period for no consideration by giving written notice to the Executive and for all purposes of this Agreement, the Executive’s Termination Date shall be the date determined by the Company; and

 

(f)  If the Executive’s employment hereunder terminates because either party provides notice of non-renewal pursuant to Section 1, the Renewal Date immediately following the date on which the applicable party delivers notice of non-renewal.

 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Termination Date shall not occur until the date on which the Executive incurs a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

5.6  Resignation of All Other Positions. On termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder for any reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all positions that the Executive holds as an officer or member of the Board (or a committee thereof) of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

8

 

 

5.7  Section 280G. If any of the payments or benefits received or to be received by the Executive (including, without limitation, any payment or benefits received in connection with the Executive’s termination of employment, whether pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other plan, arrangement or agreement, or otherwise) (all such payments collectively referred to herein as the “280G Payments”) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and would, but for this Section 5.7, be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then such 280G Payments shall be reduced in a manner determined by the Company (by the minimum possible amounts) that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A until no amount payable to the Executive will be subject to the Excise Tax. If two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but are payable at different times, the amounts shall be reduced (but not below zero) on a pro rata basis.

 

6.  Cooperation. The parties agree that certain matters in which the Executive will be involved during the Employment Term may necessitate the Executive’s cooperation in the future. Accordingly, following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, to the extent reasonably requested by the Board, the Executive shall cooperate with the Company in connection with matters arising out of the Executive’s service to the Company..

 

7.  Confidential Information. The Executive understands and acknowledges that during the Employment Term, the Executive will have access to and learn about Confidential Information, as defined below.

 

7.1  Confidential Information Defined.

 

(a)  Definition.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” includes, but is not limited to, all information not generally known to the public, in spoken, printed, electronic or any other form or medium, relating directly or indirectly to: business processes, practices, methods, policies, plans, publications, documents, research, operations, services, strategies, techniques, agreements, contracts, terms of agreements, transactions, potential transactions, negotiations, pending negotiations, know-how, trade secrets, computer programs, computer software, applications, operating systems, software design, web design, work-in-process, databases, device configurations, embedded data, compilations, metadata, technologies, manuals, records, articles, systems, material, sources of material, supplier information, vendor information, financial information, results, accounting information, accounting records, legal information, marketing information, advertising information, pricing information, credit information, design information, payroll information, staffing information, personnel information, employee lists, supplier lists, vendor lists, developments, reports, internal controls, security procedures, graphics, drawings, sketches, market studies, sales information, revenue, costs, formulae, notes, communications, algorithms, product plans, designs, styles, models, ideas, audiovisual programs, inventions, unpublished patent applications, original works of authorship, discoveries, experimental processes, experimental results, specifications, customer information, customer lists, client information, client lists, manufacturing information, factory lists, distributor lists and buyer lists of the Company or its businesses or any existing or prospective customer, supplier, investor or other associated third party, or of any other person or entity that has entrusted information to the Company in confidence.

 

9

 

 

The Executive understands that the above list is not exhaustive, and that Confidential Information also includes other information that is marked or otherwise identified as confidential or proprietary, or that would otherwise appear to a reasonable person to be confidential or proprietary in the context and circumstances in which the information is known or used.

 

The Executive understands and agrees that Confidential Information includes information developed by Executive in the course of employment by the Company as if the Company furnished the same Confidential Information to the Executive in the first instance. Confidential Information shall not include information that is generally available to and known by the public at the time of disclosure to the Executive; provided that, such disclosure is through no direct or indirect fault of the Executive or person(s) acting on the Executive’s behalf.

 

(b)  Company Creation and Use of Confidential Information.

 

The Executive understands and acknowledges that the Company has invested, and continues to invest, substantial time, money and specialized knowledge into developing its resources, creating a customer base, generating customer and potential customer lists, training its employees and improving its offerings in the field of fashion, luxury apparel ski apparel and sportswear. The Executive understands and acknowledges that as a result of these efforts, the Company has created, and continues to use and create Confidential Information. This Confidential Information provides the Company with a competitive advantage over others in the marketplace.

 

(c)  Disclosure and Use Restrictions.

 

The Executive agrees and covenants: (i) to treat all Confidential Information as strictly confidential; (ii) not to directly or indirectly disclose, publish, communicate or make available Confidential Information, or allow it to be disclosed, published, communicated or made available, in whole or part, to any entity or person whatsoever (including other employees of the Company) not having a need to know and authority to know and use the Confidential Information in connection with the business of the Company and, in any event, not to anyone outside of the direct employ of the Company except as required in the performance of the Executive’s authorized employment duties to the Company or with the prior consent of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer acting on behalf of the Company in each instance (and then, such disclosure shall be made only within the limits and to the extent of such duties or consent); and (iii) not to access or use any Confidential Information, and not to copy any documents, records, files, media or other resources containing any Confidential Information, or remove any such documents, records, files, media or other resources from the premises or control of the Company, except as required in the performance of the Executive’s authorized employment duties to the Company or with the prior consent of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer acting on behalf of the Company in each instance (and then, such disclosure shall be made only within the limits and to the extent of such duties or consent).

 

10

 

 

(d)  Permitted Disclosures. Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent disclosure of Confidential Information as may be required by applicable law or regulation, or pursuant to the valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or an authorized government agency, provided that the disclosure does not exceed the extent of disclosure required by such law, regulation, or order. The Executive shall promptly provide prompt written notice of any such order to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

 

(e)  Permitted Communications. Nothing herein prohibits or restricts the Executive (or the Executive’s attorney) from initiating communications directly with, responding to an inquiry from, or providing testimony before the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), any other self-regulatory organization, or any other federal or state regulatory authority regarding a possible securities law violation.

 

(f)  Notice of Immunity Under the Economic Espionage Act of 1996, as amended by the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (“DTSA”). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement:

 

(i)  The Executive will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for any disclosure of a trade secret that:

 

(A)  is made (1) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (2) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or

 

(B)  is made in a complaint or other document filed under seal in a lawsuit or other proceeding.

 

(ii)  If the Executive files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, the Executive may disclose the Company’s trade secrets to the Executive’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding if the Executive:

 

(A)  files any document containing trade secrets under seal; and

 

(B)  does not disclose trade secrets, except pursuant to court order.

 

8.  Restrictive Covenants.

 

8.1  Acknowledgement. The Executive understands that the nature of the Executive’s position gives the Executive access to and knowledge of Confidential Information and places the Executive in a position of trust and confidence with the Company. The Executive understands and acknowledges that the services the Executive provides to the Company are unique, special, or extraordinary.

 

11

 

 

The Executive further understands and acknowledges that the Company’s ability to reserve these for the exclusive knowledge and use of the Company is of great competitive importance and commercial value to the Company, and that improper use or disclosure by the Executive is likely to result in unfair or unlawful competitive activity.

 

8.2  Non-Competition. Because of the Company’s legitimate business interest as described herein and the good and valuable consideration offered to the Executive, during the Employment Term and for one (1) year thereafter, to run consecutively, beginning on the last day of the Executive’s employment with the Company, regardless of the reason for the termination and whether employment is terminated at the option of the Executive or the Company, the Executive agrees and covenants not to engage in Prohibited Activity within the United States and the United Kingdom, in the ski apparel and sportswear industries.

 

For purposes of this Section 8, “Prohibited Activity” is activity in which the Executive contributes the Executive’s knowledge, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, as an employee, employer, owner, operator, manager, advisor, consultant, agent, employee, partner, director, stockholder, officer, volunteer, intern or any other similar capacity to an entity engaged in the same or similar business as the Company, including those engaged in the business of creating or distributing ski apparel and sportswear. Prohibited Activity also includes activity that may require or inevitably requires disclosure of trade secrets, proprietary information or Confidential Information.

 

Nothing herein shall prohibit the Executive from purchasing or owning less than five percent (5%) of the publicly traded securities of any corporation, provided that such ownership represents a passive investment and that the Executive is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group that controls, such corporation.

 

This Section 8 does not, in any way, restrict or impede the Executive from exercising protected rights to the extent that such rights cannot be waived by agreement or from complying with any applicable law or regulation or a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or an authorized government agency, provided that such compliance does not exceed that required by the law, regulation or order. The Executive shall promptly provide prompt written notice of any such order to the Chief Executive Officer.

 

8.3  Non-Solicitation of Employees. The Executive agrees and covenants not to directly or indirectly solicit, hire, recruit, attempt to hire or recruit, or induce the termination of employment of any employee of the Company, or attempt to do so, during the Employment Term and for one (1) year thereafter, to run consecutively, beginning on the last day of the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 

8.4  Non-Solicitation of Customers. The Executive understands and acknowledges that because of the Executive’s experience with and relationship to the Company, the Executive will have access to and learn about much or all of the Company’s Customer Information. “Customer Information” includes, but is not limited to, names, phone numbers, addresses, email addresses, order history, order preferences, chain of command, decisionmakers, pricing information, and other information identifying facts and circumstances specific to the customer and relevant to sales.

 

12

 

 

The Executive understands and acknowledges that any loss of Customer Information and/or the Company’s customer relationships and/or goodwill will cause significant and irreparable harm.

 

The Executive agrees and covenants, during the Employment Term and for one (1) year thereafter, to run consecutively, beginning on the last day of the Executive’s employment with the Company, not to directly or indirectly solicit, contact (including but not limited to email, regular mail, express mail, telephone, fax, instant message or social media), attempt to contact, or meet with the Company’s current, former or prospective customers for purposes of offering or accepting goods or services similar to or competitive with those offered by the Company.

 

9.  Non-Disparagement. The Executive agrees and covenants that the Executive will not at any time make, publish, or communicate to any person or entity or in any public forum any defamatory or disparaging remarks, comments, or statements concerning the Company or its businesses, or any of its employees, officers and existing and prospective customers, suppliers, investors and other associated third parties.

 

This Section 9 does not, in any way, restrict or impede the Executive from exercising protected rights to the extent that such rights cannot be waived by agreement or from complying with any applicable law or regulation or a valid order of a court of competent jurisdiction or an authorized government agency, provided that such compliance does not exceed that required by the law, regulation, or order. The Executive shall promptly provide written notice of any such order to the Chief Executive Officer.

 

10.  Acknowledgement. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the services to be rendered by the Executive to the Company are of a special and unique character; that the Executive will obtain knowledge and skill relevant to the Company’s industry, methods of doing business and marketing strategies by virtue of the Executive’s employment; and that the restrictive covenants and other terms and conditions of this Agreement are reasonable and reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate business interest of the Company.

 

The Executive further acknowledges that the benefits provided to the Executive under this Agreement, including the amount of the Executive’s compensation, reflects, in part, the Executive’s obligations and the Company’s rights under Section 7, Section 8 and Section 9 of this Agreement; that the Executive has no expectation of any additional compensation, royalties, or other payment of any kind not otherwise referenced herein in connection herewith; and that the Executive will not suffer undue hardship by reason of full compliance with the terms and conditions of Section 7, Section 8 and Section 9 of this Agreement or the Company’s enforcement thereof.

 

13

 

 

11.  Remedies. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of Section 7, Section 8 or Section 9 of this Agreement, the Executive hereby consents and agrees that the Company shall be entitled to seek, in addition to other available remedies, a temporary or permanent injunction or other equitable relief against such breach or threatened breach from any court of competent jurisdiction, and that money damages would not afford an adequate remedy, without the necessity of showing any actual damages, and without the necessity of posting any bond or other security. The aforementioned equitable relief shall be in addition to, not in lieu of, legal remedies, monetary damages or other available forms of relief.

 

12.  Proprietary Rights.

 

12.1  Work Product. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that all right, title and interest in and to all writings, works of authorship, technology, inventions, discoveries, processes, techniques, methods, ideas, concepts, research, proposals, materials and all other work product of any nature whatsoever, that are created, prepared, produced, authored, edited, amended, conceived or reduced to practice by the Executive individually or jointly with others during the Employment Term and relate in any way to the business or contemplated business, products, activities, research, or development of the Company or result from any work performed by the Executive for the Company (in each case, regardless of when or where prepared or whose equipment or other resources is used in preparing the same), all rights and claims related to the foregoing, and all printed, physical and electronic copies and other tangible embodiments thereof (collectively, “Work Product”), as well as any and all rights in and to US and foreign (a) patents, patent disclosures and inventions (whether patentable or not), (b) trademarks, service marks, trade dress, trade names, logos, corporate names and domain names and other similar designations of source or origin, together with the goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing, (c) copyrights and copyrightable works (including computer programs) and rights in data and databases, (d) trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information and (e) all other intellectual property rights, in each case whether registered or unregistered and including all registrations and applications for, and renewals and extensions of, such rights, all improvements thereto and all similar or equivalent rights or forms of protection in any part of the world (collectively, “Intellectual Property Rights”), shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, Work Product includes, but is not limited to, Company information, including plans, publications, research, strategies, techniques, agreements, documents, contracts, terms of agreements, negotiations, know-how, computer programs, computer applications, software design, web design, work in process, databases, manuals, results, developments, reports, graphics, drawings, sketches, market studies, formulae, notes, communications, algorithms, product plans, product designs, styles, models, audiovisual programs, inventions, unpublished patent applications, original works of authorship, discoveries, experimental processes, experimental results, specifications, customer information, vendor information, client information, customer lists, vendor lists, client lists, manufacturing information, marketing information, advertising information, and sales information.

 

12.2  Work Made for Hire; Assignment. The Executive acknowledges that, by reason of being employed by the Company at the relevant times, to the extent permitted by law, all of the Work Product consisting of copyrightable subject matter is “work made for hire” as defined in 17 U.S.C. § 101 and such copyrights are therefore owned by the Company. To the extent that the foregoing does not apply, the Executive hereby irrevocably assigns to the Company, for no additional consideration, the Executive’s entire right, title and interest in and to all Work Product and Intellectual Property Rights therein, including the right to sue, counterclaim and recover for all past, present and future infringement, misappropriation, or dilution thereof, and all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to reduce or limit the Company’s rights, title, or interest in any Work Product or Intellectual Property Rights so as to be less in any respect than that the Company would have had in the absence of this Agreement.

 

14

 

 

12.3  Further Assurances; Power of Attorney. During and after the Employment Term, the Executive agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Company to (a) apply for, obtain, perfect and transfer to the Company the Work Product as well as any and all Intellectual Property Rights in the Work Product in any jurisdiction in the world; and (b) maintain, protect and enforce the same, including, without limitation, giving testimony and executing and delivering to the Company any and all applications, oaths, declarations, affidavits, waivers, assignments and other documents and instruments as shall be requested by the Company. The Executive hereby irrevocably grants the Company power of attorney to execute and deliver any such documents on the Executive’s behalf in the Executive’s name and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to transfer the Work Product to the Company and further the transfer, prosecution, issuance and maintenance of all Intellectual Property Rights therein, to the full extent permitted by law, if the Executive does not promptly cooperate with the Company’s request (without limiting the rights the Company shall have in such circumstances by operation of law). The power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall not be affected by the Executive’s subsequent incapacity.

 

12.4  No License. The Executive understands that this Agreement does not, and shall not be construed to, grant the Executive any license or right of any nature with respect to any Work Product or Intellectual Property Rights or any Confidential Information, materials, software, or other tools made available to the Executive by the Company.

 

13.  Security.

 

13.1  Security and Access. The Executive agrees and covenants (a) to comply with all Company security policies and procedures as in force from time to time including without limitation those regarding computer equipment, telephone systems, voicemail systems, facilities access, monitoring, key cards, access codes, Company intranet, internet, social media and instant messaging systems, computer systems, email systems, computer networks, document storage systems, software, data security, encryption, firewalls, passwords and any and all other Company facilities, IT resources and communication technologies (“Facilities and Information Technology Resources”); (b) not to access or use any Facilities and Information Technology Resources except as authorized by the Company; and (iii) not to access or use any Facilities and Information Technology Resources in any manner after the termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company, whether termination is voluntary or involuntary. The Executive agrees to notify the Company promptly in the event the Executive learns of any violation of the foregoing by others, or of any other misappropriation or unauthorized access, use, reproduction, or reverse engineering of, or tampering with any Facilities and Information Technology Resources or other Company property or materials by others.

 

15

 

 

13.2  Exit Obligations. Upon (a) voluntary or involuntary termination of the Executive’s employment or (b) the Company’s request at any time during the Executive’s employment, the Executive shall (i) provide or return to the Company any and all Company property, including keys, key cards, access cards, identification cards, security devices, employer credit cards, network access devices, computers, cell phones, smartphones, PDAs, pagers, fax machines, equipment, speakers, webcams, manuals, reports, files, books, compilations, work product, email messages, recordings, tapes, disks, thumb drives or other removable information storage devices, hard drives, negative, and data and all Company documents and materials belonging to the Company and stored in any fashion, including but not limited to those that constitute or contain any Confidential Information or Work Product, that are in the possession or control of the Executive, whether they were provided to the Executive by the Company or any of its business associates or created by the Executive in connection with the Executive’s employment by the Company; and (ii) delete or destroy all copies of any such documents and materials not returned to the Company that remain in the Executive’s possession or control, including those stored on any non-Company devices, networks, storage locations, and media in the Executive’s possession or control.

 

14.  Publicity. The Executive hereby irrevocably consents to any and all uses and displays, by the Company and its agents, representatives and licensees, of the Executive’s name, voice, likeness, image, appearance and biographical information in, on or in connection with any pictures, photographs, audio and video recordings, digital images, websites, television programs and advertising, other advertising and publicity, sales and marketing brochures, books, magazines, other publications, CDs, DVDs, tapes and all other printed and electronic forms and media throughout the world, at any time during or after the Employment Term, for all legitimate commercial and business purposes of the Company (“Permitted Uses”) without further consent from or royalty, payment, or other compensation to the Executive. The Executive hereby forever waives and releases the Company and its directors, officers, employees and agents from any and all claims, actions, damages, losses, costs, expenses and liability of any kind, arising under any legal or equitable theory whatsoever at any time during or after the Employment Term, arising directly or indirectly from the Company’s and its agents’, representatives’ and licensees’ exercise of their rights in connection with any Permitted Uses.

 

15.  Governing Law: Jurisdiction and Venue. This Agreement, for all purposes, shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada without regard to conflicts of law principles. Any action or proceeding by either of the parties to enforce this Agreement shall be brought only in a state or federal court located in the State of Nevada. The parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts and waive the defense of inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding in such venue.

 

16.  Entire Agreement. Unless specifically provided herein, this Agreement contains all of the understandings and representations between the Executive and the Company pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous understandings, agreements, representations and warranties, both written and oral, with respect to such subject matter. The parties mutually agree that the Agreement can be specifically enforced in court and can be cited as evidence in legal proceedings alleging breach of the Agreement.

 

16

 

 

17.  Modification and Waiver. No provision of this Agreement may be amended or modified unless such amendment or modification is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. No waiver by either of the parties of any breach by the other party hereto of any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by the other party hereto shall be deemed a waiver of any similar or dissimilar provision or condition at the same or any prior or subsequent time, nor shall the failure of or delay by either of the parties in exercising any right, power, or privilege hereunder operate as a waiver thereof to preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power, or privilege.

 

18.  Severability. Should any provision of this Agreement be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be enforceable only if modified, or if any portion of this Agreement shall be held as unenforceable and thus stricken, such holding shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement, the balance of which shall continue to be binding upon the parties with any such modification to become a part hereof and treated as though originally set forth in this Agreement.

 

The parties further agree that any such court is expressly authorized to modify any such unenforceable provision of this Agreement in lieu of severing such unenforceable provision from this Agreement in its entirety, whether by rewriting the offending provision, deleting any or all of the offending provision, adding additional language to this Agreement, or by making such other modifications as it deems warranted to carry out the intent and agreement of the parties as embodied herein to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

The parties expressly agree that this Agreement as so modified by the court shall be binding upon and enforceable against each of them. In any event, should one or more of the provisions of this Agreement be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and if such provision or provisions are not modified as provided above, this Agreement shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provisions had not been set forth herein.

 

19.  Captions. Captions and headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are intended solely for convenience and no provision of this Agreement is to be construed by reference to the caption or heading of any section or paragraph.

 

20.  Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

21.  Tolling. Should the Executive violate any of the terms of the restrictive covenant obligations articulated herein, the obligation at issue will run from the first date on which the Executive ceases to be in violation of such obligation.

 

17

 

 

22.  Section 409A.

 

22.1  General Compliance. This Agreement is intended to comply with Section 409A or an exemption thereunder and shall be construed and administered in accordance with Section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, payments provided under this Agreement may only be made upon an event and in a manner that complies with Section 409A or an applicable exemption. Any payments under this Agreement that may be excluded from Section 409A either as separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service or as a short-term deferral shall be excluded from Section 409A to the maximum extent possible. For purposes of Section 409A, each installment payment provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment. Any payments to be made under this Agreement upon a termination of employment shall only be made upon a “separation from service” under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representations that the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement comply with Section 409A, and in no event shall the Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest, or other expenses that may be incurred by the Executive on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.

 

22.2  Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any payment or benefit provided to the Executive in connection with the Executive’s termination of employment is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i), then such payment or benefit shall not be paid until the first payroll date following the six-month anniversary of the Termination Date or, if earlier, on the Executive’s death (the “Specified Employee Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that would otherwise have been paid before the Specified Employee Payment Date shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the Specified Employee Payment Date and thereafter, any remaining payments shall be paid without delay in accordance with their original schedule.

 

22.3  Reimbursements. To the extent required by Section 409A, each reimbursement or in-kind benefit provided under this Agreement shall be provided in accordance with the following:

 

(a)  the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during each calendar year cannot affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year;

 

(b)  any reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be paid to the Executive on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred; and

 

(c)  any right to reimbursements or in-kind benefits under this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

22.4  Tax Gross-ups. Any tax gross-up payments provided under this Agreement shall be paid to the Executive on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Executive remits the related taxes.

 

23.  Notification to Subsequent Employer. When the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, the Executive agrees to notify any subsequent employer of the restrictive covenants sections contained in this Agreement. The Executive will also deliver a copy of such notice to the Company before the Executive commences employment with any subsequent employer. In addition, the Executive authorizes the Company to provide a copy of the restrictive covenants sections of this Agreement to third parties, including but not limited to, the Executive’s subsequent, anticipated, or possible future employer.

 

18

 

 

24.  Successors and Assigns. This Agreement is personal to the Executive and shall not be assigned by the Executive. Any purported assignment by the Executive shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the Company and permitted successors and assigns.

 

25.  Notice. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight carrier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as specified by the parties by like notice):

 

If to the Company:

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.

307 Canalot Studios

222 Kensal Road

London W10 5BN

United Kingdom

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

If to the Executive:

 

Jeff Clayborne

[***]

 

26.  Representations of the Executive. The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

(a)  The Executive’s acceptance of employment with the Company and the performance of duties hereunder will not conflict with or result in a violation of, a breach of, or a default under any contract, agreement, or understanding to which the Executive is a party or is otherwise bound.

 

(b)  The Executive’s acceptance of employment with the Company and the performance of duties hereunder will not violate any non-solicitation, non-competition, or other similar covenant or agreement of a prior employer.

 

27.  Withholding. The Company shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any Federal, state and local taxes in order for the Company to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have under any applicable law or regulation.

 

19

 

 

28.  Survival. Upon the expiration or other termination of this Agreement, the respective rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall survive such expiration or other termination to the extent necessary to carry out the intentions of the parties under this Agreement.

 

29.  Acknowledgement of Full Understanding. THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS FULLY READ, UNDERSTANDS AND VOLUNTARILY ENTERS INTO THIS AGREEMENT. THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE EXECUTIVE HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO ASK QUESTIONS AND CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OF THE EXECUTIVE’S CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

 

[signature page follows]

 

20

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  Perfect Moment Ltd.
   
  By /s/ Mark Buckley
  Name:  Mark Buckley
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

EXECUTIVE  
   
Signature:  /s/ Jeff Clayborne  
Print Name: Jeff Clayborne  

 

 

21

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract of Employment

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

1. Date of Schedule: 7th September 2022
     
2. Employer (the “Company”): Perfect Moment UK Limited
     
3. Employee / Address: Jane Gottschalk / [***]
     
4. Place of Work: 21 Knightsbridge, London, UK
     
5. Start Date: 1st of September 2022
     
6. Date of continuous employment
(if different):
 
     
7. Job Title Chief Creative Officer (CCO)
     
8. Board Seat Yes
     
9. Probationary period: Three months subject to the terms of clause 7.1 of the Contract of Employment
     
10. Salary: £200,000 per annum.
     
11. Bonus: 25% of salary guaranteed for first year (payable a year from start date). Future bonus dependent upon individual and company performance in following years.
     
12. Normal Working hours: 9am – 5.30pm Mondays to Fridays inclusive (1-hour lunch break)
     
13. Holiday: You are entitled to 25 days’ paid holiday calculated pro rata based on your start date. (Exclusive of the 8 statutory bank holidays)
     
14. Notice: Should you or the Company wish to terminate your employment, the following notice must be given in writing:
     
    (a) four weeks’ notice until such time as you have completed your probationary period to the satisfaction of the Company; and thereafter.
     
    (b) Three month’s notice up to the fifth anniversary of your employment and thereafter one weeks’ additional notice for each complete year of employment up to a maximum of twelve weeks.

 

2

 

 

 

1. Introduction
   
1.1. This Contract of Employment, read in conjunction with Schedule A, your offer letter and those policies and procedures that have contractual effect form the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company.
   
1.2. You agree to comply with the Company’s rules, policies and procedures from time to time in force as well as the Company’s established customs and practices. Unless otherwise stated, the Company’s policies and procedures which are set out in separate documents to this Contract of Employment do not form part of your contract of employment.

 

1.3.To the extent that there is any conflict between this Contract of Employment, the Company’s policies and procedures and Schedule A, the terms of Schedule A shall apply.

 

2.Employer

 

2.1.Your employer is Perfect Moment UK Limited (the “Company”)

 

3.Job Title

 

3.1.Your job title is set out at Schedule A and where appropriate, you will be provided with a job description for that role. You may however also be required to undertake additional duties as necessary to meet the needs of the business.

 

As CCO you will

 

§Lead the entire creative team by making all design decisions and setting the overall creative direction that best aligns with business objectives

 

§Effectively translate design concepts to other executive creative directors to be executed by the creative teams

 

§Overseeing and setting creative budgets for creative team to follow

 

§Creating short- & long-term goals for the creative team to achieve

 

4.Place of Work

 

4.1.Your normal place of work is as set out at Schedule A. Should the needs of the business require you also agree to work at such other place of work as requested. You will also have the flexibility to work from as needed and as long as you perform your duty.

 

5.Commencement of Employment and Period of Continuous Employment

 

5.1.Your period of employment with the Company commenced on the date set out at Schedule A which unless otherwise specified at Schedule A will also be the date of commencement of your period of continuous employment.

 

5.2.Subject to clause 16 and the remaining terms of this Contract of Employment, your employment with the Company may be terminated by either party on the terms of notice set out at Schedule A.

 

6.Obligations during Employment

 

6.1.You agree that you will at all times during your employment:

 

6.2.faithfully serve the Company to the best of your ability and carry out all duties assigned to you including any additional duties that we may ask you to perform from time to time, regardless of whether they form part of your job description;

 

6.3.comply with all reasonable requests and instructions from the Company regarding your work; comply with all policies, procedures and rules in force from time to time and (retail staff in particular) be clean and tidy in your appearance;

 

6.4.conduct yourself honestly and in a way that will not impact on the performance of your duties or bring us or you as our employee, into disrepute;

 

3

 

 

 

6.5.unless unable to do so on account of ill health, devote the whole of your time, attention and abilities during the hours of work for the Company to your duties; and

 

6.6.report your own wrongdoing and any wrongdoing or proposed wrongdoing of any other employee to senior management immediately on becoming aware of it.

 

7.Probation Period and Conditions of Employment

 

7.1.The length of your probationary period is set out at Schedule A although the Company may at its absolute discretion extend the probationary period by up to a further 3 months should it consider it appropriate to do so. Until such time as you have been advised in writing that you have completed your probationary period to the satisfaction of the Company, your probationary period will be deemed to continue.

 

7.2.Your employment and continued employment by the Company is subject to you being eligible to work in the UK, you not having committed any criminal offences which are not spent for the purposes of the Rehabilitation of Offenders Act 1974 and us receiving references that satisfy the Company. In the event that you have already commenced your employment before we have received your references, and we subsequently receive a reference which is not to our satisfaction, we reserve the right to terminate your employment without notice or payment in lieu of notice on the basis that this essential condition of your employment has not been satisfied. Equally, in the event that you fail to disclose any unspent criminal convictions, or we discover that you are not entitled to work in the UK, the Company will treat this as grounds for summary dismissal. Similarly, if you give false or misleading information on an application or in the interview, we reserve the right not to confirm your employment or to terminate your employment if your appointment has already been confirmed.

 

8.Salary

 

8.1.Your salary is set out at Schedule A and will accrue from day to day. This will be paid monthly in arrears directly into your bank account on or about the 28th of each month after the deduction of tax and national insurance contributions.

 

8.2.We will conduct salary reviews from time to time although a review will not automatically result in an increase to your salary but for the avoidance of doubt your salary will not be reduced on such review. Any such increase will be at the Company’s absolute discretion. Any salary increase in one year will not automatically confer any entitlement to an increase in any subsequent year.

 

8.3.The Company may withhold or deduct monies from your salary or from any other monies owed to you to account for any outstanding loans, advances, overpayment or any Company property that you lose that has been entrusted to you. The Company also reserves the right to withhold your final salary until you have returned all of your Company property and to deduct from your final salary or any other monies owed to you a sum equivalent to the cost of replacing any property that you fail to return to the Company.

 

8.4.The Company will reimburse you for all expenses wholly, properly and necessarily incurred by you in the course of your employment in accordance with the Company’s expenses policy (from time to time in force) provided always that you have obtained prior consent from your Manager before incurring any expense and you have produced valid receipts or other supporting documentary evidence of such expense.

 

8.5.The Company may, at its absolute discretion elect to pay a bonus. The payment of a bonus in one year shall not give rise to any bonus entitlement for any subsequent year nor shall the amount of a bonus in one year be indicative of the value of any bonus in a subsequent year. It is an absolute condition of you receiving any bonus payment that you are still an employee at the time when the bonus falls due for payment and that neither you nor the Company has given notice to terminate your employment.

 

9.Pension and Benefits

 

9.1The Company will comply with its pension duties towards you in accordance with Part 1 of the Pensions Act 2008. As such, upon completion of your probation period to the Company’s satisfaction or you being employed continuously by the Company for three (3) months (whichever is the earlier), you will be auto enrolled into a workplace pension scheme as per current pension legislation. Under this scheme, both you and the Company will be required to make contributions to your pension. The amounts of these contributions are determined by legislation. Your contribution will be automatically deducted from your salary each month.

 

4

 

 

 

9.2Details of any benefits that are applicable to your role are set out in Schedule A and will apply after completion of your probationary period to the satisfaction of the Company. Any other benefits provided to you during the course of your employment shall be at the Company’s absolute discretion.

 

9.3In the event that you are entitled to participate in any insurance schemes offered by the Company, your eligibility and participation in such schemes will at all times be subject to the rules of the applicable scheme. In the event that the relevant scheme provider refuses to provide or to continue cover for any reason, the Company shall have no obligation to provide you with any replacement benefit of the same or similar kind or to pay you any compensation in lieu of any such withdrawn benefit.

 

10Holidays

 

10.1The Company’s holiday year runs between 1st January and 31st December. Your holiday entitlement set out at Schedule A.

 

10.2For the purposes of this clause, any holiday (including public/bank holidays) that you take will be deemed to be taken first in satisfaction of your entitlement to statutory holiday.

 

10.3Holidays may only be taken at a time convenient to the Company and with the prior approval of your Manager whose decision will be final. Due to the nature of the Company’s business, there may be periods during the year when holiday will not be granted for certain members of staff. You will be notified of any such periods by your Manager. In order to avoid disappointment, no holiday or flights should be booked until approval has been received. A maximum of two weeks’ paid holiday may be taken at any one time. A minimum of two weeks’ notice must be given for any holiday. In all cases, you must process your holiday request online through People HR.

 

10.4Holiday entitlement may not be carried over to the following year. Consequently, except on termination, any holiday not taken in the relevant year will be forfeited and no payment will be made in lieu of holiday accrued but not taken.

 

10.5Your holiday entitlement will be apportioned in the first and last years of your employment based upon the number of complete months. On termination of employment you will be entitled to payment in lieu of any accrued but untaken holiday. In the event that you have exceeded your holiday entitlement in the year of leaving, a deduction will be made from your final salary payment for each excess day. In the event that your employment is terminated summarily for gross misconduct or in the event that you leave the Company without giving notice or serving the full period of your notice, the payment in lieu of any accrued but untaken holiday will be limited to your statutory holiday entitlement only.

 

10.6The Company will honour all leave entitlements, including maternity, paternity, adoption and parental leave, as well as leave for family emergencies, in accordance with the relevant statutory schemes in force from time to time.

 

11Working hours

 

11.1Your normal working hours are set out at Schedule A.

 

11.2The nature of your role however means that you will be required to be flexible with the hours that you work especially during busy seasonal periods. You may therefore be required to work additional hours without additional pay as are necessary to fulfil your responsibilities and to meet the needs of the business.

 

11.3You agree that on occasions, you may be required to work on average more than 48 hours each week and as such, the provisions of Regulation 4(1) of the Working Time Regulations 1998 will not apply to your employment. You may however withdraw your agreement to work more than 48 hours per week by giving the Company no less than three months’ written notice.

 

5

 

 

 

12Sickness and Incapacity

 

12.1You must notify your Manager by email as soon as possible, and in any event, at least 1 hour before you are scheduled to begin work on the first day of any absence from work due to sickness, injury or other incapacity (“absence”). This email should be copied to HR at the same time. Leaving a telephone message or sending a text message will not be regarded as suitable notification. You are obliged to keep the Company updated regularly of any absence. In the case of long-term absence you must notify us at the beginning of each week.

 

12.2You must supply us with:

 

12.2.1a completed self-certification form (which is available from us) if the absence lasts for less than three consecutive working days (including holidays) on your return to work explaining the reason for your absence and any other relevant information; or

 

12.2.2a medical certificate signed by a qualified doctor (a “Statement of Fitness for Work”) stating that you are not fit for work and the reasons why. This certificate should account for the entire absence if the absence continues for more than three consecutive working days (including holidays). In the event that you are issued with more than one medical certificate during your absence, you must promptly provide us with a copy of all such certificates, and in any event as soon as possible after receiving each one.

 

12.3If your doctor provides a certificate stating that you “may be fit for work” you should inform the Company immediately. We will discuss with you any additional measures that may be needed to facilitate your return to work, taking account of your doctor’s advice. If appropriate measures cannot be taken, you will remain on sick leave and we will set a date to review the situation.

 

12.4We may at our expense and at any time (whether or not you are absent from work) request that:

 

12.4.1your GP or another person responsible for your clinical care supplies us with a medical report about you; and/or

 

12.4.2you be examined or tested by a medical practitioner or an occupational health adviser appointed by us so that we can receive advice about you and your absence.

 

12.5You therefore agree to give such authority as is necessary to your GP, your nominated medical practitioner or to an occupational health adviser to disclose his/her findings to us. You will be entitled to see a copy of any medical report in accordance with the Access to Medical Reports Act 1988 before it is provided to the Company. In the event that we wish to obtain such a report, we will write to you separately at the appropriate time.

 

12.6In the event that you fail to comply with the Company’s notification process as set out in this clause 12, we reserve the right to make no payment in respect of any such period of absence and where appropriate, we may treat the absence as unauthorised and deal with the matter under the Company’s disciplinary procedure.

 

12.7During any absence, you will be entitled to statutory sick pay subject to any waiting days or maximum entitlement permitted under the statutory sick pay rules. Any payment in excess of statutory sick pay shall be at the Company’s absolute discretion. Payment of normal salary (which for the avoidance of doubt shall be inclusive of statutory sick pay) during one period of sickness absence shall not confer any entitlement to receive payment of normal salary during any subsequent period of absence.

 

13Confidentiality

 

13.1The Company has a strict code of confidentiality with which you must comply at all times both during your employment and after it terminates for whatever reason.

 

13.2You will not, except in the proper performance of your duties under this Agreement, either during your employment or at any time after its termination (howsoever caused) use for your own benefit or for the benefit of any other person, company or other undertaking, or directly or indirectly disclose to any person any Confidential Information.

 

6

 

 

 

13.3During your employment you will use your best endeavours to prevent the disclosure to third parties of any Confidential Information.

 

13.4The restrictions contained in this clause 13 will not apply to:

 

13.4.1use or disclosure authorised by the Company or required by law, a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction or any competent regulatory statutory body;

 

13.4.2any information that, otherwise than through your unauthorised use or disclosure, already is, or comes into the public domain; and/or

 

13.4.3a protected disclosure within the meaning of Part IVA of the Employment Rights Act 1996 and/or a relevant pay disclosure made in compliance with section 77 of the Equality Act 2010.

 

13.5Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you from making a protected disclosure within the meaning of section 43A Employment Rights Act 1996 provided that the disclosure is made in accordance with the provisions of that Act and you have complied with the Company’s policy from time to time in force regarding such disclosures.

 

14Disciplinary and Grievance Procedures

 

14.1Your attention is drawn to the disciplinary and grievance procedures applicable to your employment as set out in the Employee Handbook. These procedures do not form a part of your contract of employment.

 

14.2If you wish to appeal against a disciplinary decision you may apply in writing to the HR Manager in accordance with the disciplinary procedure.

 

14.3If you wish to raise a grievance you may apply in writing to the HR Manager in accordance with our grievance procedure.

 

15IT Policy

 

15.1The Company’s computer network and e-mail are business tools and should not therefore be used for personal use unless otherwise agreed with the Company. You are absolutely forbidden to use these facilities for sending or receiving any form of pornography; in a way that infringes the Company’s policy against discrimination; to send defamatory messages or to do anything else that may bring the Company or you as its employee into disrepute. You agree to comply with the Company’s IT Policy as set out in the Employee Handbook. Please note that the IT Policy has contractual effect.

 

15.2Under certain circumstances it may become necessary for the Company to monitor your e-mails and/or your internet use in order to ensure that the Company’s business operates effectively and efficiently and that these systems are not being used for any unauthorised purposes. Monitoring will, however, only be carried out by the Company if it is absolutely necessary to do so. By signing this Agreement, you consent to such monitoring as and when it becomes necessary.

 

16Termination

 

16.1The notice applicable to your employment is set out at Schedule A.

 

16.2Without prejudice to any other rights the Company may have, the Company shall have the right to terminate your employment without any notice or payment in lieu of notice if you commit (a) any serious or persistent breach of any terms of your employment; (b) an act of gross misconduct or are guilty of any conduct tending to bring yourself or the Company into disrepute; or (c) any act of dishonesty whether relating to the Company, an employee, a customer or otherwise.

 

7

 

 

 

16.3A non-exhaustive list of examples of gross misconduct include the following:

 

16.3.1theft or unauthorised possession of property belonging to the Company or belonging to another employee, customer or supplier;

 

16.3.2misuse (including disclosure) of Confidential Information or any material breach of the terms of the Deed of Confidentiality;

 

16.3.3conduct whether inside or outside working hours which may adversely affect the Company’s business reputation, or which reflects on your suitability for the type of work which you perform or your acceptability to the Company’s customers or suppliers;

 

16.3.4drunkenness or disorderly conduct (including being under the influence of alcohol, non- prescriptive drugs or any other unauthorised substances or misusing substances such as solvents) whilst at work, on Company business, whilst representing the Company at business or social functions or otherwise on the Company’s premises which may adversely affect the Company;

 

16.3.5being in possession of or dealing in unauthorised substances whilst at work, whilst representing the Company at business or social functions or on the Company premises;

 

16.3.6violent or threatening behaviour whilst at work or on Company business or otherwise on the Company’s premises;

 

16.3.7serious neglect of your duties or any material breach or non-observance of those duties including a deliberate refusal or failure to obey the lawful instructions of the Company;

 

16.3.8wilful damage or neglect to any property, equipment, goods or merchandise belonging to the Company;

 

16.3.9dishonesty or fraud of any sort including abuse of the sickness self-certification procedure/expense reporting procedure, making false statements with intent to deceive (e.g. giving false references, making false claims regarding your qualifications (formal or not) for a job);

 

16.3.10discrimination against or harassment of any employee, worker, contractor, customer or supplier of the Company on grounds of sex, gender reassignment, race, ethnic or national origin, sexual orientation, religion, religious belief, age or any disability, or on grounds of such person’s marriage or civil partnership status, pregnancy or maternity status;

 

16.3.11serious disregard for the safety of other employees including breach of the Company’s health and safety policy;

 

16.3.12unacceptable conduct towards the Company’s customers or suppliers; and

 

16.3.13unauthorised possession, copying, alteration, mutilation, destruction or retention of the Company’s records (including computer records) or any other documents.

 

16.4In the event that the Company discovers the use of illegal drugs, theft, fraud or deliberate damage to property, it reserves the right to notify the police. The Company may also terminate your employment with immediate effect and without notice or payment in lieu of notice in the event that you are convicted of any offence, which imposes a custodial sentence.

 

16.5We reserve the right to suspend you on full pay during the course of any investigation into alleged gross misconduct and during any subsequent disciplinary process. The Company nevertheless reserves the right to lift your suspension in the event that you advise the Company that you are not well enough to attend a disciplinary hearing and treat that absence as sickness absence instead. If the Company has completed its investigations but it is necessary to continue to suspend you for other reasons, such as at the request of the police, any such continued suspension will be without the payment of salary and benefits. During the period of suspension, the Company will not be obliged to provide you with work and you will be expressly forbidden from contacting any customers, suppliers or employees of the Company during this period unless otherwise agreed.

 

8

 

 

 

16.6The Company may, in its sole and absolute discretion, terminate your employment at any time and with immediate effect by paying a sum in lieu of notice (“PILON”) equal to your basic salary only which you would have been entitled to receive during your notice period (or, if notice has already been given, during the remainder of the notice period) less income tax and employee national insurance contributions. If your salary varies from one week to the next, a week’s pay for the purposes of this calculation will be calculated based upon your average weekly salary over the previous 12 weeks of work. Nothing in this clause shall prevent the Company from terminating your employment in breach.

 

16.7The Company also reserves the right at its absolute discretion to request you to perform only such duties as we may allocate to you or to request you not to perform any of your duties under this Agreement and/or to exclude you from the Company’s premises (“garden leave”) during your notice period. During such period, unless otherwise requested to do so, you are prohibited from communicating with any employee, director, customer or supplier of the Company or any other individual(s) notified to you by the Company. In the event that you are placed on garden leave, you will be required to take any accrued but untaken holiday during that period. During such period of garden leave you will continue to be entitled to be paid at the rate to which you would be entitled were you not on garden leave and to any contractual benefits (if applicable) and you will remain our employee and may not work for any other person or organisation.

 

16.8On the termination of your employment (howsoever arising), or at any other time when requested to do so by the Company, you agree to return all Company property immediately.

 

17Post-Termination Restrictions

 

17.1At no time following the termination of your employment will you:

 

17.1.1represent yourself, or permit yourself to be represented, as being connected with or acting on behalf of the Company; any Group Company or the business which it or they perform or any Associate;

 

17.1.2represent, promote, advertise or refer to your previous connection with the Company, Group Company or any Associate in such a way as to seek to utilise any of its/their goodwill; or

 

17.1.3carry on, or cause or permit to be carried on, any business using any name, style, logo or image which is or has been used by the Company or any Group Company which is in the opinion of the Company or any Group Company calculated or likely to cause confusion with such a name, style, logo or image or imply a connection with the Company or any Group Company.

 

17.2You also agree that at no point during your employment or for a 12 month period following its termination howsoever arising (less any period spent on garden leave under clause 16.7) either directly, indirectly or whether on your own behalf or for or on behalf of any other person, firm, company or any other entity whatsoever:

 

17.2.1solicit or entice away or attempt to solicit or entice away, or employ or engage or attempt to employ or engage in any capacity, any person over whom you had managerial responsibility or control in the 12 month period immediately preceding the termination of your employment; and

 

17.2.2interfere with or seek to interfere with, induce or attempt to induce any supplier or customer of the Company or any Group Company to cease conducting any business with the Company or any Group Company or to reduce the amount of business conducted with the Company or Group Company or adversely to vary the terms upon which any business is conducted with the Company or Group Company.

 

17.3In the event that there are any other post-termination restrictions applicable to your employment, these will be set out at Schedule A.

 

9

 

 

 

17.4You agree that each of the restrictions set out in clause 17.2 constitutes an entirely separate, severable and independent restriction. Although the restrictions in clause 17.2 are considered by you and the Company to be reasonable in all the circumstances to protect the Company’s legitimate business interests, it is agreed that if any one or more of such restrictions shall, either taken by itself or themselves together, be adjudged to go beyond what is reasonable in all the circumstances for the protection of the Company’s legitimate business interests but would be adjudged as reasonable if any particular restriction or restrictions were deleted or if any part or parts of their wording were deleted, restricted or limited in a particular manner then the restrictions set out in clause 17.2 shall apply with such deletions, restrictions or limitations as the case may be.

 

18Intellectual Property Rights

 

18.1You acknowledge that the Company is the sole owner of any and all Intellectual Property Rights relating to all materials and insofar as any of the Intellectual Property Rights are not vested in the Company and in consideration of the remuneration paid to you by the Company, you agree to irrevocably assign to the Company, including by way of future assignment, with full title guarantee, absolutely and free from all encumbrances, any interest whatsoever that you may have in any and all Intellectual Property Rights in or relating to all Material.

 

18.2You agree that they will promptly disclose and deliver (in tangible form) all Material to the Company. The Company is entitled to make such use of the Material as it considers appropriate. You may not use the Material except as is necessary to fulfill your duties and obligations towards the Company nor will you permit any third party to use or disclose the Material in any manner at any time during the course of your employment or at any time after it ends.

 

18.3You agree that you will, without charge to, but at the cost and expense of the Company, execute and do all such acts, matters, documents, and things as may be necessary or reasonably required to obtain any protection for any of the Material and to vest in the Company title to the Intellectual Property Rights in, or relating to, the Material.

 

18.4To the extent permitted by law, you hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive your Moral Rights in favour of the Company, its successors in title and assigns. The Company is under no obligation to apply for or seek any protection in relation to, or in any way use, exploit or seek to benefit from, any of the Material.

 

18.5You warrant and represent that:

 

18.5.1nothing in the Material infringes the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party or any rights of publicity of privacy;

 

18.5.2nothing in the Material violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation;

 

18.5.3you have not given and will not give permission to any third party to use the Material, or any of the Intellectual Property Rights; and

 

18.5.4you are unaware of the use by any third party of the Material or the Intellectual Property Rights.

 

18.6The provisions of this clause shall not be affected by reason of the termination of this Agreement for whatsoever reason.

 

19Collective Agreements

 

19.1There are no collective agreements in force affecting your employment with the Company.

 

20Health and Safety

 

20.1You agree that during your employment you will:

 

20.2act in a safe manner at all times so as not to endanger yourself or others;

 

20.3use equipment provided to you in accordance with instructions and any training given to you;

 

10

 

 

 

20.4co-operate with us or any third party we may instruct on our behalf in relation to health and safety matters;

 

and

 

20.5not interfere with or misuse anything provided for your health, safety or welfare.

 

20.6The Company will take all reasonable and practical steps to safeguard your health, safety and welfare whilst at work.

 

21Alcohol and Drugs at Work

 

21.1Consumption of alcohol whilst at work; being unfit to perform your duties due to the influence of alcohol or illegal drugs; or being under the influence of illegal drugs on the Company’s premises is strictly prohibited.

 

21.2In the event that your Manager has reason to believe that you are suffering from the effects of alcohol or drug misuse either before the commencement of or during the course of your working day, the Company may at its absolute discretion ask you to go home. In such circumstances, you will only be paid for the hours that you have worked that day.

 

21.3Any breach of this clause will be treated as a potential act of gross misconduct.

 

22Data Protection

 

22.1The Company will process personal data and sensitive personal data (also known as “special categories of personal data”) relating to you in accordance with its data protection policy contained in the Employee Handbook.

 

22.2You will comply with your obligations under the Company’s data protection policy and other relevant policies.

 

22.3The Company may transfer personal data and sensitive personal data outside the European Economic Area in accordance with the Company’s data protection/privacy policy.

 

22.4We shall take all reasonable steps to prevent unauthorised access to your personal data, in accordance with the data protection principles of the General Data Protection Act (GDPR) May 2018.

 

22.5You are required to notify the Company of any changes in your personal details, including any changes to your name, address or next of kin. It is particularly important that you are always contactable by the Company in cases of emergency. You are therefore requested to ensure that you provide us with a mobile telephone number. In the event that this number changes for whatever reason, you must notify us immediately of your new telephone number.

 

23Changes

 

23.1The Company reserves the right to make reasonable changes to your Contract of Employment, the Company’s policies and procedures and any other agreed terms and conditions of employment. Minor changes in details (for example in procedures) may be made from time to time and will be notified to you where possible with one months’ notice before any significant change is made.

 

24Policy against Discrimination

 

24.1It is our objective to ensure that the talents and resources of our staff are fully utilised and that no job applicant, member of staff, customer or supplier receives less favourable treatment on grounds of their sex, gender reassignment, race, ethnic or national origin, sexual orientation, religion, religious belief, age or any disability, or on grounds of their marriage or civil partnership status, or pregnancy or maternity status.

 

11

 

 

 

24.2Any discrimination against other members of staff or against any customer or supplier on grounds of their sex, gender reassignment, race, ethnic or national origin, sexual orientation, religion, religious belief, age or any disability, or on grounds of their marriage or civil partnership status, or pregnancy or maternity status will be treated as a serious disciplinary offence and may result in your employment being terminated for gross misconduct.

 

25General

 

25.1The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only, and to the extent that they may be inconsistent with the meaning of any of the provisions of this Agreement, do not constitute part of the Agreement between the parties.

 

25.2This Agreement shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with English law and both you and the Company hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English Courts.

 

26Definitions

 

The following words in this Contract of Employment and Schedule A shall have the following meanings:

 

26.1Associate” means any Group Company; any business or company in which the Company is interested directly or indirectly or which is associated with it; any former or existing shareholders, officers or employees of the Company or any Group Company or any member of their family;

 

26.2Confidential Information” means:-

 

26.2.1Information relating to the businesses, finances, dealings, transactions and affairs of the Company or any Group Company including price and cost information, discount structures, sales statistics, business plans and programs, business opportunities, expansion plans, staff salaries and terms and conditions marketing surveys, research and development projects, formulae, inventions, designs, discoveries, know-how, methods, processes, techniques, trade secrets, technical data, business forms and operating procedures, policies and practices;

 

26.2.2names and addresses and contact details of customers or clients or potential customers or clients or suppliers or potential suppliers of the Company or any Group Company;

 

26.2.3analyses made, or views taken, by the Company or any Group Company in respect of the business, finances, dealings, transactions and affairs of the Company and/or any Group Company, any customer or potential customer or any supplier or potential supplier of the Company or any Group Company or any other third party;

 

26.2.4information in respect of which the Company or any Group Company is bound by an obligation of confidentiality to a third party; and

 

26.2.5any information which is identified to you by the Company or any Group Company as being confidential or secret in nature or which ought reasonably to be regarded as confidential.

 

26.3Group Company” means any one of the Company or its subsidiaries, holding companies or any subsidiary of a holding company (in each case as defined by the Companies Act 2006);

 

26.4Intellectual Property Rights” means without limitation all existing and future copyright, database rights, registered designs, design rights, trade marks, trade names, internet domain names, service marks, rights in get-up, know-how, trade secrets, patents, applications for any of the foregoing and all other intellectual property rights, in any part of the world, whether registered or not, for the full term of such rights and any renewals and extensions thereof;

 

26.5Material” means without limitation all information, authorship, methods, techniques, discoveries, inventions, processes, reports, drawings, plans, research, know-how, computer software development, computer systems, operating and training manuals, databases, brochures, catalogues, ideas, concepts, designs, sketches, prototypes, photographs, Confidential Information, creative works, concepts and other material produced, developed or discovered by you (either alone or with others) relating to the business of the Company or pertaining to, resulting from or suggested by the work performed by you for the Company; and

 

26.6Moral Rights” shall mean any and all moral rights conferred by the Copyright Designs and Patents Act 1988 or any rights of a similar nature under law in any other jurisdiction in and to any Material.

 

12

 

 

 

 

For on and on the behalf of Perfect Moment UK Limited

 

 

Name: Max Gottschalk   Position  Chairman
         
Signed:  /s/ Max Gottschalk   Date: 22/09/22

 

I hereby acknowledge receipt of a copy of my Contract of Employment and Schedule A. I confirm my agreement to the terms and conditions set out in these contractual documents. I also acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policies and procedures and I confirm that I have read and understood them and that I agree to comply with them at all times.

 

Signed:  /s/ Jane Gottschalk   Date: 01/09/2022

 

 

Employee Name: Jane Gottschalk  
(Please print)    

 

  

13

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Consulting Agreement

 

THIS CONSULTING SERVICE AGREEMENT is made on 15 May 2019 BETWEEN

 

(1)Perfect Moment Asia Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong SAR whose registered office is Unit B, 13th Floor, Gee Chang Hong Centre, 65 Wong Chuk Hang Road, Aberdeen, HONG KONG (the “Company”); and

 

(2)Max Gottschalk of [***] (“the Consultant”)

 

Together the “Parties”

 

The Parties Agree AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.Definition

 

“Agreement” shall mean this agreement together with any Schedules hereto;

 

“Confidential Information” means without limitation, the Intellectual Property, materials, data and information that may be obtained by the Consultant as a result of entering into this Agreement, as well as, the information as set out in clause 7.2 however the term “Confidential Information” does not include any information which at the time of disclosure or thereafter is (i) generally available to or known by the public (other than as a result of its disclosure by the Consultant), (ii) available to the Consultant on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or its advisors, or (iii) independently acquired or developed by the Consultant without violating any of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

“Group Company” means any subsidiary of the Company, any holding company of the Company and their subsidiaries;

 

“Intellectual Property” means any copyright, moral rights, trademarks and all other intellectual property rights in each case in any part of the world and whether or not registered or registerable;

 

“Services” means those services as set out in Schedule A to this Agreement;

 

“Termination Date” means the date on which the agreement is terminated or expired in accordance with clauses 3.1 or 3.2 or 3.3.

 

2.Consultancy Services

 

2.1The Company shall engage the Consultant to provide the Services and the Consultant agrees to provide such Services upon the terms and conditions set out below. Such services may be modified from time to time and may also include general consulting services.

 

 

 

 

2.2The Consultant hereby represents and confirms to the Company that it shall comply with all policies and procedures, regulations, reasonable requests and instructions relating to the Company or to any Group Company.

 

3.Duration/Termination

 

3.1This Agreement has commenced on 1 April 2019 (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue for a minimum period of 6 months and thereafter continue until terminated in accordance with clause 3.2 or until terminated in accordance with clause 3.3 hereinafter.

 

3.2Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time with 2 month’s written notice to the other party.

 

3.3Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time without written notice to the other party upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

3.3.1the Company or the Consultant going into liquidation or at any time being declared bankrupt, or made subject to insolvency proceedings, or a Receiver being appointed with respect to any of the assets of the parties hereto, or made unable to carry out their respective roles by any competent regulatory authority; or

 

3.3.2the Company or the Consultant committing a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement and, if such breach shall be capable of remedy, shall fail to remedy the breach within 14 days of receipt of notice requiring it to make good such breach.

 

4.Consultant’s Services

 

4.1The Consultant is retained to provide the Services to the Company during the Agreement’s term as Non-Executive Director.

 

4.2The Consultant will send the necessary time required to provide the Services.

 

4.3The Services shall be provided by the Consultant in a professional manner and will conform to the standards generally observed in the industry for similar services.

 

4.4The Consultant shall be provided with access to the Company’s email systems and shall be authorised to access all internal documents and records necessary for the performance of the Services.

 

2

 

 

5.Fees

 

5.1The Company shall pay to the Consultant a fee of GBP 3,200 (the “Fee”) per month. The Consultant shall provide the Company with a monthly invoice each month and the Company shall pay such invoice within 5 business days after the end of such calendar month.

 

5.2The parties confirm their understanding that the payment of the Fee is not subject to value added tax (“VAT”) as the Consultant does not meet the VAT registration threshold. If the Consultant is obliged to charge VAT to the Company, the Company undertakes to pay VAT without any deductions from the Fee.

 

5.3In the circumstances where this Agreement has been terminated for any reason, or expires, all monies payable due to the Fee shall be paid on a pro rata basis up until the time of termination or expiry of this Agreement plus any accrued expenses. The payment of fees, other than fees for which Services have been provided, pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall not survive following termination of this Agreement.

 

5.4All fees or other amounts payable to the Consultant under this Paragraph 5 are to be paid without any deduction for withholding taxes or similar imposts.

 

6.Expenses

 

6.1The parties agree that the Company shall reimburse the Consultant for such out-of-pocket expenses as are reasonably incurred by him in the provision of the Services provided that any expenses over GBP 500 are approved in advance by the Company and that on request the Consultant shall provide the Company with evidence of such expenses.

 

7.Confidential Information

 

7.1Except insofar as is required for the proper performance of the Services under this Agreement, or as expressly authorised by the Company, the Consultant shall not during the term of this Agreement nor for a period of 3 years after its termination or expiry:

 

7.1.1divulge or communicate Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation, company or other organisation whatsoever; or

 

7.1.2copy or reproduce in any form or by or on any media or device or allow others access to or to copy or reproduce any documents (including, without limitation, letters, facsimiles and memoranda) disks, memory devices, notebooks, tapes or other media on which Confidential Information may from time to time be recorded.

 

3

 

 

7.2All notes, memoranda, records, correspondence, support documents, computer and other storage units and tapes, and all other documents and material including but not limited to documents created for the performance of the Services whatsoever in whatever media relating to the affairs of the Company (and any copies of the same) shall be and remain the property of the Company and shall where possible be handed over by the Consultant to the Company on demand and in any event immediately on the termination or expiry of this Agreement.

 

7.3The provisions of this clause 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement but the restrictions contained in sub-clause 7.1 shall cease to apply to any information which may come into the public domain otherwise than through unauthorised disclosure by the Consultant, its employees, advisors, agents or sub-contractors excluding any reasonable request by government or regulatory authorities. In addition, the provisions of this clause 7 shall not prevent the Consultant from using his own business skills and experience in any other engagement.

 

8.Intellectual Property

 

8.1The Consultant shall immediately disclose to the Company any creative work, trademark, design, copyright (including but without limitation the copyright in any software), invention, process or improvement in any procedure discovered, developed or produced by him alone or with others, to enable the Company to ascertain whether it was discovered, developed or produced whilst the Consultant is or was providing the Services under this Agreement. The Consultant acknowledges and agrees that the copyright, design right, trade mark rights, patents and all other Intellectual Property rights in any works, trademarks, designs, inventions, processes or improvement in procedure (including without limitation the copyright in any software) discovered, developed or produced by him alone or with others during the course of providing the Services under this Agreement shall be the absolute property of the Company and until such rights are fully and absolutely vested in the Company, the Consultant shall hold them in trust for the Company. The Consultant acknowledges that no further remuneration or compensation other than that provided for in this Agreement is or may become due to Consultant in respect of the performance of its obligations under this clause.

 

8.2Upon termination or expiry of this Agreement for whatever reason, the Consultant will promptly deliver to the Company all the Company’s property including but not limited to all software, source codes, object codes, drawings, blue prints, manuals, flow-charts, programmes, or any other documents concerning the Company’s customers, licensors, licensees, personnel, vendors or products or processes used by the Company.

 

4

 

 

9.Indemnification.

 

9.1The Consultant shall not be liable to the Company, its members, clients, shareholders, third parties or any of their affiliates under this Agreement for any losses, damages, costs, fines, penalties or expenses, including legal fees (collectively, “Losses”) arising out of or related to any of the Consultant’s acts or omissions in connection with its performance of its services and obligations hereunder, unless such Losses arise out of or relate to wilful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence of the Consultant.

 

9.2The Company shall promptly indemnify and hold harmless the Consultant from and against any Losses suffered or sustained by the Consultant arising out of or related to (i) any acts or omissions by the Consultant in connection with its performances of its services and obligations hereunder except where the Losses incurred by the Consultant were suffered and/or sustained by reason of an act or omission by the Consultant constituting wilful misconduct, fraud, or gross negligence, (ii) a breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder to the extent that such breach is the cause of such Losses. The Company shall, at its sole cost, have control over the defense, payment, settlement or other dispositions of any action, claim, suit, dispute, or proceeding involving any obligation or liability assumed by or imposed upon the Company pursuant to this Section 9, and the Company shall have the right to conduct and control all negotiations and activities (a “Proceeding”) with respect thereto. If the parties agree that the Consultant may take control of the defense of any Proceedings, the Company shall advance the cost of reasonable legal fees and expenses to the Consultant provided that the Consultant delivers the written advice of counsel (based upon readily available facts and without independent investigation) that such counsel believes that the Consultant is not likely to be found ineligible for the indemnification payment contemplated by this section 9.

 

10.Notice

 

10.1Any notice required by this Agreement to be given by either party shall be by email (unless this Agreement specifically states in in writing in which case written notice is required:

  

For the Company to:

For the Consultant to:
Hamish Stuart Max Gottschalk
Perfect Moment Asia Limited  
Unit B, 13/F, Gee Chang Hong Centre,
65 Wong Chuk Hang Road, Aberdeen
[***]
hamish@perfectmoment.com [***]

 

5

 

 

11.Status

 

12.Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to imply that the relationship between the Company and the Consultant is that of employer and employee. Neither this Agreement nor the operation of the Company shall constitute a partnership between the Consultant and the Company. In providing the Services the Consultant will not be deemed to be giving any legal advice to the Company.

 

13.General

 

13.1No waiver or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made by a written instrument signed by both parties.

 

13.2Each party acknowledges that, in entering into this Agreement, it does not do so on the basis of, and does not rely on, any representation, warranty or other provision except as expressly provided herein, and all conditions, warranties or other terms implied by statute or common law are hereby excluded to the fullest extent permitted by laws.

 

13.3This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings between the parties with respect thereto.

 

13.4The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations thereunder, including to any Group Company. The Consultant shall not assign, subcontract, delegate or transfer all or any portion of this Agreement or any of him obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

14.Governing Law

 

15.This Agreement shall in all respects be interpreted and construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of England and Wales and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.

 

/s/ Hamish Stuart   /s/ Max Gottschalk
     
SIGNED BY HAMISH STUART   SIGNED BY MAX GOTTSCHALK
     
Perfect Moment Asia Ltd    
     
Date: May 14th 2019   Date:

 

6

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

The Services to be provided by the Consultant to the Company or its affiliates:

 

Corporate governance and associated activities

 

Fund raising

 

Corporate & website design

 

7

 

 

 

Unit B, 13th Floor, "Gee Chang Hong Centre, 65 Wong Chuk Hang Road, Hong Kong || Tel: (852) 2399 0999

 

Max Gottschalk 

[***]

 

6 May 2023

 

Re: confirmation of fee adjustments

 

Dear Max

 

We refer to the consultancy agreement between you and the company dated 15 May 2019 and hereby confirm that your consultancy fee in recent years has been as follows:

 

up to 31 March 2021 £3.2k per month;

 

from 1 April 2021 to 30 November 2022 £8k per month; and

 

starting from 1 December 2022 £12k per month.

 

Yours Sincerely

 

/s/ Andre Keijsers   /s/ Mark Buckley
     
Andre Keijsers   Mark Buckley
     
Director   Director
     
Perfect Moment Asia Ltd   Perfect Moment Asia Ltd

 

 

 

 

www.perfectmoment.com 

 

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Consulting Agreement

 

 

THIS CONSULTING SERVICE AGREEMENT is made on 30 April 2018 BETWEEN

 

(1)Perfect Moment Asia Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong SAR whose registered office is Unit B, 13th Floor, Gee Chang Hong Centre, 65 Wong Chuk Hang Road, Aberdeen, HONG KONG (the “Company”); and

 

(2)Jane Gottschalk of [***] (“the Consultant”)

 

Together the “Parties”

 

The Parties Agree AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.Definition

 

Agreement” shall mean this agreement together with any Schedules hereto;

 

Confidential Information” means without limitation, the Intellectual Property, materials, data and information that may be obtained by the Consultant as a result of entering into this Agreement, as well as, the information as set out in clause 7.2 however the term “Confidential Information” does not include any information which at the time of disclosure or thereafter is (i) generally available to or known by the public (other than as a result of its disclosure by the Consultant), (ii) available to the Consultant on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or its advisors, or (iii) independently acquired or developed by the Consultant without violating any of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

Group Company” means any subsidiary of the Company, any holding company of the Company and their subsidiaries;

 

Intellectual Property” means any copyright, moral rights, trademarks and all other intellectual property rights in each case in any part of the world and whether or not registered or registerable;

 

Services” means those services as set out in Schedule A to this Agreement;

 

Termination Date” means the date on which the agreement is terminated or expired in accordance with clauses 3.1 or 3.2 or 3.3.

 

2.Consultancy Services

 

2.1The Company shall engage the Consultant to provide the Services and the Consultant agrees to provide such Services upon the terms and conditions set out below. Such services may be modified from time to time and may also include general consulting services.

 

 

 

 

2.2The Consultant hereby represents and confirms to the Company that it shall comply with all policies and procedures, regulations, reasonable requests and instructions relating to the Company or to any Group Company.

 

3.Duration/Termination

 

3.1This Agreement has commenced on 1 April 2018 (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue for a minimum period of 12 months and thereafter continue until terminated in accordance with clause 3.2 or until terminated in accordance with clause 3.3 hereinafter.

 

3.2Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time with 2 month’s written notice to the other party.

 

3.3Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time without written notice to the other party upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

3.3.1the Company or the Consultant going into liquidation or at any time being declared bankrupt, or made subject to insolvency proceedings, or a Receiver being appointed with respect to any of the assets of the parties hereto, or made unable to carry out their respective roles by any competent regulatory authority; or

 

3.3.2the Company or the Consultant committing a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement and, if such breach shall be capable of remedy, shall fail to remedy the breach within 14 days of receipt of notice requiring it to make good such breach.

 

4.Consultant’s Services

 

4.1The Consultant is retained to provide the Services to the Company during the Agreement’s term as Creative Director.

 

4.2The Consultant will send the necessary time required to provide the Services.

 

4.3The Services shall be provided by the Consultant in a professional manner and will conform to the standards generally observed in the industry for similar services.

 

4.4The Consultant shall be provided with access to the Company’s email systems and shall be authorised to access all internal documents and records necessary for the performance of the Services.

 

5.Fees

 

5.1The Company shall pay to the Consultant a fee of GBP 5,000 (the “Fee”) per month. The Consultant shall provide the Company with a monthly invoice each month and the Company shall pay such invoice within 5 business days after the end of such calendar month.

 

2

 

 

5.2The parties confirm their understanding that the payment of the Fee is not subject to value added tax (“VAT”) as the Consultant does not meet the VAT registration threshold. If the Consultant is obliged to charge VAT to the Company, the Company undertakes to pay VAT without any deductions from the Fee.

 

5.3In the circumstances where this Agreement has been terminated for any reason, or expires, all monies payable due to the Fee shall be paid on a pro rata basis up until the time of termination or expiry of this Agreement plus any accrued expenses. The payment of fees, other than fees for which Services have been provided, pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall not survive following termination of this Agreement.

 

5.4All fees or other amounts payable to the Consultant under this Paragraph 5 are to be paid without any deduction for withholding taxes or similar imposts.

 

6.Expenses

 

6.1The parties agree that the Company shall reimburse the Consultant for such out-of-pocket expenses as are reasonably incurred by him in the provision of the Services provided that any expenses over GBP 500 are approved in advance by the Company and that on request the Consultant shall provide the Company with evidence of such expenses.

 

7.Confidential Information

 

7.1Except insofar as is required for the proper performance of the Services under this Agreement, or as expressly authorised by the Company, the Consultant shall not during the term of this Agreement nor for a period of 3 years after its termination or expiry:

 

7.1.1divulge or communicate Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation, company or other organisation whatsoever; or

 

7.1.2copy or reproduce in any form or by or on any media or device or allow others access to or to copy or reproduce any documents (including, without limitation, letters, facsimiles and memoranda) disks, memory devices, notebooks, tapes or other media on which Confidential Information may from time to time be recorded.

 

7.2All notes, memoranda, records, correspondence, support documents, computer and other storage units and tapes, and all other documents and material including but not limited to documents created for the performance of the Services whatsoever in whatever media relating to the affairs of the Company (and any copies of the same) shall be and remain the property of the Company and shall where possible be handed over by the Consultant to the Company on demand and in any event immediately on the termination or expiry of this Agreement.

 

3

 

 

7.3The provisions of this clause 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement but the restrictions contained in sub-clause 7.1 shall cease to apply to any information which may come into the public domain otherwise than through unauthorised disclosure by the Consultant, its employees, advisors, agents or sub-contractors excluding any reasonable request by government or regulatory authorities. In addition, the provisions of this clause 7 shall not prevent the Consultant from using his own business skills and experience in any other engagement.

 

8.Intellectual Property

 

8.1The Consultant shall immediately disclose to the Company any creative work, trademark, design, copyright (including but without limitation the copyright in any software), invention, process or improvement in any procedure discovered, developed or produced by him alone or with others, to enable the Company to ascertain whether it was discovered, developed or produced whilst the Consultant is or was providing the Services under this Agreement. The Consultant acknowledges and agrees that the copyright, design right, trade mark rights, patents and all other Intellectual Property rights in any works, trademarks, designs, inventions, processes or improvement in procedure (including without limitation the copyright in any software) discovered, developed or produced by him alone or with others during the course of providing the Services under this Agreement shall be the absolute property of the Company and until such rights are fully and absolutely vested in the Company, the Consultant shall hold them in trust for the Company. The Consultant acknowledges that no further remuneration or compensation other than that provided for in this Agreement is or may become due to Consultant in respect of the performance of its obligations under this clause.

 

8.2Upon termination or expiry of this Agreement for whatever reason, the Consultant will promptly deliver to the Company all the Company’s property including but not limited to all software, source codes, object codes, drawings, blue prints, manuals, flow-charts, programmes, or any other documents concerning the Company’s customers, licensors, licensees, personnel, vendors or products or processes used by the Company.

 

9.Indemnification.

 

9.1The Consultant shall not be liable to the Company, its members, clients, shareholders, third parties or any of their affiliates under this Agreement for any losses, damages, costs, fines, penalties or expenses, including legal fees (collectively, “Losses”) arising out of or related to any of the Consultant’s acts or omissions in connection with its performance of its services and obligations hereunder, unless such Losses arise out of or relate to wilful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence of the Consultant.

 

4

 

 

9.2The Company shall promptly indemnify and hold harmless the Consultant from and against any Losses suffered or sustained by the Consultant arising out of or related to (i) any acts or omissions by the Consultant in connection with its performances of its services and obligations hereunder except where the Losses incurred by the Consultant were suffered and/or sustained by reason of an act or omission by the Consultant constituting wilful misconduct, fraud, or gross negligence, (ii) a breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder to the extent that such breach is the cause of such Losses. The Company shall, at its sole cost, have control over the defense, payment, settlement or other dispositions of any action, claim, suit, dispute, or proceeding involving any obligation or liability assumed by or imposed upon the Company pursuant to this Section 9, and the Company shall have the right to conduct and control all negotiations and activities (a “Proceeding”) with respect thereto. If the parties agree that the Consultant may take control of the defense of any Proceedings, the Company shall advance the cost of reasonable legal fees and expenses to the Consultant provided that the Consultant delivers the written advice of counsel (based upon readily available facts and without independent investigation) that such counsel believes that the Consultant is not likely to be found ineligible for the indemnification payment contemplated by this section 9.

 

10.Notice

 

10.1Any notice required by this Agreement to be given by either party shall be by email (unless this Agreement specifically states in in writing in which case written notice is required:

 

For the Company to:

For the Consultant to:
Hamish Stuart Jane Gottschalk
Perfect Moment Asia Limited  
Unit B, 13/F, Gee Chang Hong Centre,
65 Wong Chuk Hang Road, Aberdeen
[***]
hamish@perfectmoment.com [***]

 

11.Status

 

12.Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to imply that the relationship between the Company and the Consultant is that of employer and employee. Neither this Agreement nor the operation of the Company shall constitute a partnership between the Consultant and the Company. In providing the Services the Consultant will not be deemed to be giving any legal advice to the Company.

 

5

 

 

13.General

 

13.1No waiver or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made by a written instrument signed by both parties.

 

13.2Each party acknowledges that, in entering into this Agreement, it does not do so on the basis of, and does not rely on, any representation, warranty or other provision except as expressly provided herein, and all conditions, warranties or other terms implied by statute or common law are hereby excluded to the fullest extent permitted by laws.

 

13.3This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings between the parties with respect thereto.

 

13.4The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations thereunder, including to any Group Company. The Consultant shall not assign, subcontract, delegate or transfer all or any portion of this Agreement or any of him obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

14.Governing Law

 

15.This Agreement shall in all respects be interpreted and construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of England and Wales and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.

 

/s/ Hamish Stuart   /s/ Jane Gottschalk
     
SIGNED BY HAMISH STUART   SIGNED BY JANE GOTTSCHALK

 

Perfect Moment Asia Ltd    
     
Date: 11th May 2018   Date: _________________________________

 

6

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

The Services to be provided by the Consultant to the Company or its affiliates:

 

Brand design & development

 

Product design

 

PR & Marketing

 

Sales

 

7

 

 

 

Unit B, 13th Floor, “Gee Chang Hong Centre, 65 Wong Chuk Hang Road, Hong Kong || Tel: (852) 2399 0999

 

Jane Gottschalk

 

16 April 2019

 

Re: fee adjustment & bonus payment

Dear Jane

 

We are pleased to inform you that as of 1 April 2019, your monthly fee for your consultancy services under the consultancy agreement dated 30 April 2018 will increase to GBP 8,000 per month.

 

In addition, the company will make a bonus payment to you of GBP 9,231 this month.

 

Yours Sincerely  
   
/s/ Andre Keijsers  
Andre Keijsers  
Director  

 

Perfect Moment Asia Ltd

 

www.perfectmoment.com

 

 

8

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

NED Board Member Agreement

 

 

 

Date: 18th November 2022

 

Dear Tracy,

 

We are pleased to confirm as follows the terms of your appointment as an NED to the board (“Board”) of Perfect Moment Ltd.

 

1. Appointment
   
1.1 Your appointment will be effective as from the date of this advisory agreement (“Agreement”), and your appointment may, subject to clause 1.2 below, be terminated by either party at any time with 1 months’ written notice to the other party.
   
1.2 Your appointment may be terminated by the Company without written notice if you commit a material breach of your obligations under this Agreement, or if you are subject to enforcement action taken by a regulatory organisation.
   
2. Role and Duties
   
2.1

As a member of the Board of Perfect Moment you agree to provide the following services (“Services”) upon the terms and conditions set out below. The Services may be modified from time to time.

 

·      General consultancy and advisory services as may be required from time to time

 

·      Attendance of Board meetings, pre-reading of materials and meeting with members of the Perfect Moment team and contractors

 

·      Act as an interim Ecom Trading Director until the permanent replacement is hired

 

·     It is estimated that you will commit 3 days a week between the date of commencement (21st November 2022) until the end of January 2023 and thereafter 2 days a month.

 

·      Any special projects that require more time will be agreed between the two parties.

   
2.2 You agree to provide the services envisaged hereunder in a professional manner and will conform to the standards generally observed in the industry for similar services.
   
2.3 You agree to provide to the Company, and hereby authorise the Company, to use your name, logo of the organisation to which you belong, picture, bio data and other relevant professional information as necessary in any or all the marketing materials (presentations, flyers, promotional material, website etc.) related to Perfect Moment Ltd.
   
2.4 You agree to disclose to the Company any involvement you have with listed companies and the nature of your involvement (director, consultant, senior employee etc.). Furthermore, you agree that you will not disclose to the Company any material non-public information pertaining to any listed company.

 

Perfect Moment Ltd

United House, 9 Pembridge Road, London W11 3JY

Page 1 of 3

 

 

3. Fees and Expenses
   
3.1 As compensation for the Services to be provided you will receive a fee of GBP 1,500 per day, subject to providing to the Company the supporting information (to the satisfaction of the Company) to assess the time spent on the Services. This fee is to be paid at the end of each relevant calendar month in which the Services are provided.
   
3.2 You agree to provide to the Company all the relevant information required by the Company to complete its Know Your Customer and Anti Money Laundering checks before the execution of this Agreement.
   
4. Confidentiality
   
4.1

Confidential Information” means without limitation, the intellectual property, materials, data and information that may be obtained by you as a result of entering into this Agreement.

 

“Confidential Information” does not include any information which at the time of disclosure or thereafter is (i) generally available to or known by the public (other than as a result of its disclosure by you), (ii) available to you on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or its advisors, or (iii) independently acquired or developed by you without violating any of its obligations under this Agreement;

   
4.2 You agree that you will not, during the term of this Agreement nor for a period of 5 years after its termination or expiry, divulge or communicate Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation, company or other organisation whatsoever.
   
5. Status and General
   
5.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to imply that the relationship between the Company and you is that of employer and employee. Neither this Agreement nor the operation of the Company shall constitute a partnership between you and the Company. In providing the Services you will not be deemed to be giving any legal advice to the Company.
   
5.2 No waiver or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made by a written instrument signed by both parties.
   
5.3 Each party acknowledges that, in entering into this Agreement, it does not do so on the basis of, and does not rely on, any representation, warranty or other provision except as expressly provided herein, and all conditions, warranties or other terms implied by statute or common law are hereby excluded to the fullest extent permitted by laws.
   
5.4 This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings between the parties with respect thereto.
   
5.5 The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations thereunder, including to any Group Company. The Consultant shall not assign, subcontract, delegate or transfer all or any portion of this Agreement or any of him obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

Perfect Moment Ltd

United House, 9 Pembridge Road, London W11 3JY

Page 2 of 3

 

 

6. Governing Law
   
6.1 This Agreement shall in all respects be interpreted and construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of England & Wales and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England & Wales.

 

/s/ Mark Buckley   /s/ Tracy Barwin
     
SIGNED BY Mark Buckley   SIGNED BY Tracy Barwin
     
On behalf of Perfect Moment Ltd    
     
Date: 18 November 2022   Date: 18 November 2022

 

Perfect Moment Ltd

United House, 9 Pembridge Road, London W11 3JY

Page 3 of 3

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Consulting Agreement

 

 

THIS CONSULTING SERVICE AGREEMENT is made on 28 February 2017 BETWEEN

 

(1)Perfect Moment Asia Limited, a company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong SAR whose registered office is currently 2803A, 28/F, Wu Chung House, 213 Queen’s Road East, Wanchai, Hong Kong and commencing from 1 March 2017 10/F, 33 Lockhart Road, Wan Chai, Hong Kong (the “Company”); and

 

(2)Arnhem Consulting Limited of 1 Vincent Square, London SW1P 2PN (“the Consultant”)

 

Together the “Parties”

 

The Parties Agree AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.Definition

 

Agreement” shall mean this agreement together with any Schedules hereto;

 

Confidential Information” means without limitation, the Intellectual Property, materials, data and information that may be obtained by the Consultant as a result of entering into this Agreement, as well as, the information as set out in clause 7.2 however the term “Confidential Information” does not include any information which at the time of disclosure or thereafter is (i) generally available to or known by the public (other than as a result of its disclosure by the Consultant), (ii) available to the Consultant on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or its advisors, or (iii) independently acquired or developed by the Consultant without violating any of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

Group Company” means any subsidiary of the Company, any holding company of the Company and their subsidiaries;

 

Intellectual Property” means any copyright, moral rights, trademarks and all other intellectual property rights in each case in any part of the world and whether or not registered or registerable;

 

Services” means those services as set out in Schedule A to this Agreement;

 

Termination Date” means the date on which the agreement is terminated or expired in accordance with clauses 3.1 or 3.2 or 3.3.

 

2.Consultancy Services

 

2.1The Company shall engage the Consultant to provide the Services and the Consultant agrees to provide such Services upon the terms and conditions set out below. Such services may be modified from time to time and may also include general consulting services.

 

 

 

 

2.2The Consultant hereby represents and confirms to the Company that it shall comply with all policies and procedures, regulations, reasonable requests and instructions relating to the Company or to any Group Company.

 

2.3The Company shall appoint (a) representative(s) as detailed in Schedule B who shall take all necessary decisions regarding the Services and shall be the Consultant’s first point of contact.

 

3.Duration/Termination

 

3.1This Agreement has commenced on 1 March 2017 (the “Effective Date”) and shall continue until terminated in accordance with clause 3.2 or until terminated in accordance with clause 3.3 hereinafter.

 

3.2Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time with 2 month’s written notice to the other party.

 

3.3Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time without written notice to the other party upon the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

3.3.1the Company or the Consultant going into liquidation or at any time being declared bankrupt, or made subject to insolvency proceedings, or a Receiver being appointed with respect to any of the assets of the parties hereto, or made unable to carry out their respective roles by any competent regulatory authority; or

 

3.3.2the Company or the Consultant committing a material breach of its obligations under this Agreement and, if such breach shall be capable of remedy, shall fail to remedy the breach within 14 days of receipt of notice requiring it to make good such breach.

 

4.Consultant’s Services

 

4.1The Consultant is retained to provide the Services to the Company during the Agreement’s term.

 

4.2The Services shall be provided by Andre Keijsers on behalf of the Consultant.

 

4.3The Services shall be provided by the Consultant in a professional manner and will conform to the standards generally observed in the industry for similar services.

 

4.4The Consultant shall be provided with access to the Company’s email systems and shall be authorised to access all internal documents and records necessary for the performance of the Services.

 

2

 

 

5.Fees

 

5.1The Company shall pay to the Consultant a fee of GBP 1,200 (the “Fee”) per month. The Consultant shall provide the Company with a monthly invoice within 2 business days after the end of each calendar month and the Company shall pay such invoice within 5 business days after the end of such calendar month.

 

5.2The parties confirm their understanding that the payment of the Fee is not subject to value added tax (“VAT”). If the Consultant is obliged to charge VAT to the Company, the Company undertakes to pay VAT without any deductions from the Fee.

 

5.3In the circumstances where this Agreement has been terminated for any reason, or expires, all monies payable due to the Fee shall be paid on a pro rata basis up until the time of termination or expiry of this Agreement plus any accrued expenses. The payment of fees, other than fees for which Services have been provided, pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall not survive following termination of this Agreement.

 

5.4All fees or other amounts payable to the Consultant under this Paragraph 5 are to be paid without any deduction for withholding taxes or similar imposts.

 

6.Expenses

 

6.1The parties agree that the Company shall reimburse the Consultant for such out-of-pocket expenses as are reasonably incurred by him in the provision of the Services provided that any expenses over GBP 500 are approved in advance by the Company and that on request the Consultant shall provide the Company with evidence of such expenses.

 

7.Confidential Information

 

7.1Except insofar as is required for the proper performance of the Services under this Agreement, or as expressly authorised by the Company, the Consultant shall not during the term of this Agreement nor for a period of 3 years after its termination or expiry:

 

7.1.1divulge or communicate Confidential Information to any person, firm, corporation, company or other organisation whatsoever; or

 

7.1.2copy or reproduce in any form or by or on any media or device or allow others access to or to copy or reproduce any documents (including, without limitation, letters, facsimiles and memoranda) disks, memory devices, notebooks, tapes or other media on which Confidential Information may from time to time be recorded.

 

3

 

 

7.2All notes, memoranda, records, correspondence, support documents, computer and other storage units and tapes, and all other documents and material including but not limited to documents created for the performance of the Services whatsoever in whatever media relating to the affairs of the Company (and any copies of the same) shall be and remain the property of the Company and shall where possible be handed over by the Consultant to the Company on demand and in any event immediately on the termination or expiry of this Agreement.

 

7.3The provisions of this clause 7 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement but the restrictions contained in sub-clause 7.1 shall cease to apply to any information which may come into the public domain otherwise than through unauthorised disclosure by the Consultant, its employees, advisors, agents or sub-contractors excluding any reasonable request by government or regulatory authorities. In addition, the provisions of this clause 7 shall not prevent the Consultant from using his own business skills and experience in any other engagement.

 

8.Intellectual Property

 

8.1The Consultant shall immediately disclose to the Company any creative work, trademark, design, copyright (including but without limitation the copyright in any software), invention, process or improvement in any procedure discovered, developed or produced by him alone or with others, to enable the Company to ascertain whether it was discovered, developed or produced whilst the Consultant is or was providing the Services under this Agreement. The Consultant acknowledges and agrees that the copyright, design right, trade mark rights, patents and all other Intellectual Property rights in any works, trademarks, designs, inventions, processes or improvement in procedure (including without limitation the copyright in any software) discovered, developed or produced by him alone or with others during the course of providing the Services under this Agreement shall be the absolute property of the Company and until such rights are fully and absolutely vested in the Company, the Consultant shall hold them in trust for the Company. The Consultant acknowledges that no further remuneration or compensation other than that provided for in this Agreement is or may become due to Consultant in respect of the performance of its obligations under this clause.

 

8.2Upon termination or expiry of this Agreement for whatever reason, the Consultant will promptly deliver to the Company all the Company’s property including but not limited to all software, source codes, object codes, drawings, blue prints, manuals, flow-charts, programmes, or any other documents concerning the Company’s customers, licensors, licensees, personnel, vendors or products or processes used by the Company.

 

4

 

 

9.Indemnification.

 

9.1The Consultant shall not be liable to the Company, its members, clients, shareholders, third parties or any of their affiliates under this Agreement for any losses, damages, costs, fines, penalties or expenses, including legal fees (collectively, “Losses”) arising out of or related to any of the Consultant’s acts or omissions in connection with its performance of its services and obligations hereunder, unless such Losses arise out of or relate to wilful misconduct, fraud or gross negligence of the Consultant.

 

9.2The Company shall promptly indemnify and hold harmless the Consultant from and against any Losses suffered or sustained by the Consultant arising out of or related to (i) any acts or omissions by the Consultant in connection with its performances of its services and obligations hereunder except where the Losses incurred by the Consultant were suffered and/or sustained by reason of an act or omission by the Consultant constituting wilful misconduct, fraud, or gross negligence, (ii) a breach by the Company of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder to the extent that such breach is the cause of such Losses. The Company shall, at its sole cost, have control over the defense, payment, settlement or other dispositions of any action, claim, suit, dispute, or proceeding involving any obligation or liability assumed by or imposed upon the Company pursuant to this Section 9, and the Company shall have the right to conduct and control all negotiations and activities (a “Proceeding”) with respect thereto. If the parties agree that the Consultant may take control of the defense of any Proceedings, the Company shall advance the cost of reasonable legal fees and expenses to the Consultant provided that the Consultant delivers the written advice of counsel (based upon readily available facts and without independent investigation) that such counsel believes that the Consultant is not likely to be found ineligible for the indemnification payment contemplated by this section 9.

 

10.Notice

 

10.1Any notice required by this Agreement to be given by either party shall be by email (unless this Agreement specifically states in in writing in which case written notice is required:

 

For the Company to: For the Consultant to:
Hamish Stuart Andre Keijsers
Perfect Moment Asia Limited Arnhem Consulting Ltd
Unit B, 13th Floor, Gee Chang Hong Centre, 65 Wong Chuk Hang Road, Aberdeen 1 Vincent Square, London
hamish@perfectmoment.com andre@arnhemconsulting.com

 

5

 

 

11.Status

 

12.Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to imply that the relationship between the Company and the Consultant is that of employer and employee. Neither this Agreement nor the operation of the Company shall constitute a partnership between the Consultant and the Company. In providing the Services the Consultant will not be deemed to be giving any legal advice to the Company.

 

13.General

 

13.1No waiver or amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless made by a written instrument signed by both parties.

 

13.2Each party acknowledges that, in entering into this Agreement, it does not do so on the basis of, and does not rely on, any representation, warranty or other provision except as expressly provided herein, and all conditions, warranties or other terms implied by statute or common law are hereby excluded to the fullest extent permitted by laws.

 

13.3This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous agreements and understandings between the parties with respect thereto.

 

13.4The Company may assign or transfer this Agreement and the rights and obligations thereunder, including to any Group Company. The Consultant shall not assign, subcontract, delegate or transfer all or any portion of this Agreement or any of him obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

14.Governing Law

 

15.This Agreement shall in all respects be interpreted and construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of England and Wales and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.

 

SIGNED BY ) /s/ Hamish Stuart  
     
Perfect Moment Asia Ltd )  
     
Date: 6th March 2017  
     
SIGNED BY ) /s/ Andre Keijsers  
     
Arnhem Consulting Ltd )  
     
Date: 2 March 2017    

 

6

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

The Services to be provided by the Consultant to the Company or its affiliates:

 

·Financial advice & services

 

·Strategic advice & services

 

·Corporate governance advice & services

 

SCHEDULE B

 

In relation to the provision of Services as detailed in this Agreement and Schedule A, the Consultant will report to Max Gottschalk, Director or their designees within the Company and will advise them on a regular basis of the Consultant’s activities.

 

 

7

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

 

2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:

 

·to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

·to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors, and Consultants, and

 

·to promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, and Performance Shares.

 

2. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

 

(a) “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b) “Applicable Laws” means the legal and regulatory requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards, including without limitation the related issuance of shares of Common Stock, including without limitation under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any non-U.S. country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

 

(c) “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, or Performance Shares.

 

(d) “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement between the Company and Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(e) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

 

 

 

(f) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control. Further, if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

 

(ii) Change in Effective Control of the Company. A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 

(iii) Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

2

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (x) its primary purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (y) its primary purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

 

(g) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or other official guidance promulgated under such section, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such section or regulation.

 

(h) “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or a duly authorized committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

 

(i) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 

(j) “Company” means Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

 

(k) “Consultant” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities, in each case, within the meaning of Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act, and provided, further, that a Consultant will include only those persons to whom the issuance of Shares may be registered under Form S-8 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

(l) “Director” means a member of the Board.

 

(m) “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

 

(n) “Employee” means any person, including Officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

 

(o) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

3

 

 

(p) “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type, and/or cash; (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator; and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

 

(q) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or, if no closing sales price was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such closing sales price was reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

 

(ii) If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last Trading Day such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

 

(iii) In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

 

The determination of fair market value for purposes of tax withholding may be made in the Administrator’s discretion subject to Applicable Laws.

 

(r) “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

 

(s) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify, and actually qualifies, as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(t) “Inside Director” means a Director who is an Employee.

 

(u) “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(v) “Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(w) “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

4

 

 

(x) “Outside Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.

 

(y) “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

 

(z) “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

 

(aa) “Performance Share” means an Award denominated in Shares which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine pursuant to Section 10.

 

(bb) “Performance Unit” means an Award which may be earned in whole or in part upon attainment of performance goals or other vesting criteria as the Administrator may determine and which may be settled for cash, Shares, or other securities or a combination of the foregoing pursuant to Section 10.

 

(cc) “Period of Restriction” means the period (if any) during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

 

(dd) “Plan” means this Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(ee) “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to a Restricted Stock award under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

 

(ff) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

 

(gg) “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect when discretion is being exercised with respect to the Plan.

 

(hh) “Section 16(b)” means Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

(ii) “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time, or any state law equivalent.

 

(jj) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(kk) “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director, or Consultant.

 

(ll) “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 14 of the Plan.

 

5

 

 

(mm) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(nn) “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(oo) “Trading Day” means a day that the primary stock exchange, national market system, or other trading platform, as applicable, upon which the Common Stock is listed is open for trading.

 

3. Stock Subject to the Plan.

 

(a) Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan and the automatic increase set forth in Section 3(b), the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan is 340,860 Shares. In addition, Shares may become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c). The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

 

(b) Automatic Share Reserve Increase. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 of the Plan, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan will be increased on September 1, 2021 and, thereafter, annually on the first day of each Fiscal Year beginning with the 2022 Fiscal Year and ending on (and including) the 2031 Fiscal Year, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 250,000 Shares; or (ii) such number of Shares determined by the Administrator no later than the last day of the immediately preceding Fiscal Year.

 

(c) Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, or Performance Shares, is forfeited to, or repurchased by, the Company due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, the forfeited or repurchased Shares), which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued (i.e., the net Shares issued) pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that actually have been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, or Performance Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, the cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 14, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Section 422 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Sections 3(b) and 3(c).

 

6

 

 

(d) Share Reserve. The Company, at all times during the term of this Plan, will reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

4. Administration of the Plan.

 

(a) Procedure.

 

(i) Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

 

(ii) Rule 16b-3. To the extent desirable to qualify transactions hereunder as exempt under Rule 16b-3, the transactions contemplated hereunder will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3.

 

(iii) Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

 

(b) Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion, to:

 

(i) determine the Fair Market Value;

 

(ii) select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

 

(iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

 

(iv) approve forms of Award Agreement for use under the Plan;

 

(v) determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. The terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

(vi) institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

 

(vii) prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable non-U.S. laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable non-U.S. laws, including the sub-plan for Participants residing in the UK set forth in Exhibit A;

 

7

 

 

(viii) construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted under the Plan;

 

(ix) modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan), including without limitation the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards; provided, however, that in no event will the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right be extended beyond its original maximum term;

 

(x) allow Participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 15 of the Plan;

 

(xi) authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

 

(xii) temporarily suspend the exercisability of an Award if the Administrator deems such suspension to be necessary or appropriate for administrative purposes;

 

(xiii) allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to the Participant under an Award; and

 

(xiv) make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

 

(c) Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations, and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards and will be given the maximum deference permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

5. Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares, and Performance Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

 

6. Stock Options.

 

(a) Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b) Stock Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

8

 

 

(c) Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. However, notwithstanding such designation, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted.

 

(d) Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the term will be ten (10) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement. Moreover, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

 

(e) Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

 

(i) Exercise Price. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, subject to the following:

 

(1) In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(A) granted to an Employee who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(B) granted to any Employee other than an Employee described in paragraph (A) immediately above, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(2) In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

(ii) Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

 

9

 

 

(iii) Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under a broker-assisted (or other) cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise; (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws; or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.

 

(f) Exercise of Option.

 

(i) Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (1) a notice of exercise (in accordance with the procedures that the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (2) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with any applicable tax withholdings). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

 

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

 

(ii) Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the cessation of the Participant’s Service Provider status as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of cessation of the Participant’s Service Provider status (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for three (3) months following cessation of the Participant’s Service Provider status. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of cessation of the Participant’s Service Provider status the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If, after cessation of the Participant’s Service Provider status, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

10

 

 

(iii) Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent the Option is vested on the date of cessation of the Participant’s Service Provider status (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement). In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following cessation of the Participant’s Service Provider status. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of cessation of the Participant’s Service Provider status the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If, after cessation of the Participant’s Service Provider status, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(iv) Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised following the Participant’s death within such period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death (but in no event may the Option be exercised later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement), by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. In the absence of a specified time in the Award Agreement, the Option will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following the Participant’s death. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death, the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

(v) Tolling Expiration. A Participant’s Award Agreement may also provide that:

 

(1) if the exercise of the Option following the cessation of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider (other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would result in liability under Section 16(b), then the Option will terminate on the earlier of (A) the expiration of the term of the Option set forth in the Award Agreement, or (B) the tenth (10th) day after the last date on which such exercise would result in liability under Section 16(b); or

 

11

 

 

(2) if the exercise of the Option following the cessation of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider (other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of Shares would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option will terminate on the earlier of (A) the expiration of the term of the Option or (B) the expiration of a period of thirty (30) days after the cessation of the Participant’s status as a Service Provider during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements.

 

7. Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(a) Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

 

(b) Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Stock Appreciation Rights granted to any Service Provider.

 

(c) Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

 

(d) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(e) Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date as determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

(f) Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined as the product of:

 

(i) The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; and

 

(ii) The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

 

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination of both.

 

12

 

 

8. Restricted Stock.

 

(a) Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(b) Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify any Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

 

(c) Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or the Award Agreement, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of any applicable Period of Restriction.

 

(d) Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

 

(e) Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of any applicable Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

 

(f) Voting Rights. During any applicable Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

 

(g) Dividends and Other Distributions. During any applicable Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

 

(h) Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

9. Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a) Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

 

13

 

 

(b) Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(c) Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

 

(d) Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units only in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

 

(e) Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

 

10. Performance Units and Performance Shares.

 

(a) Grant of Performance Units/Shares. Performance Units and Performance Shares may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time, as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. The Administrator will have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and Performance Shares granted to each Participant.

 

(b) Value of Performance Units/Shares. Each Performance Unit will have an initial value that is established by the Administrator on or before the date of grant. Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

(c) Performance Objectives and Other Terms. The Administrator will set performance objectives or other vesting provisions (including, without limitation, continued status as a Service Provider) in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Service Providers. The time period during which the performance objectives or other vesting provisions must be met will be called the “Performance Period.” Each Award of Performance Units/Shares will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Performance Period, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. The Administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of Company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

14

 

 

(d) Earning of Performance Units/Shares. After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance objectives or other vesting provisions have been achieved. After the grant of a Performance Unit/Share, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance objectives or other vesting provisions for such Performance Unit/Share.

 

(e) Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Shares. Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares will be made as soon as practicable after the expiration of the applicable Performance Period. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period), or in a combination thereof.

 

(f) Cancellation of Performance Units/Shares. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned or unvested Performance Units/Shares will be forfeited to the Company, and again will be available for grant under the Plan.

 

11. Outside Director Award Limitations. No Outside Director may be paid, issued, or granted, in any Fiscal Year, equity awards (including any Awards issued under this Plan) with an aggregate value (the value of which will be based on their grant date fair value determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) and any other compensation (including without limitation any cash retainers or fees) that, in the aggregate, exceed $500,000. Any Awards or other compensation paid or provided to an individual for his or her services as an Employee, or for his or her services as a Consultant (other than as an Outside Director), will not count for purposes of the limitation under this Section 11.

 

12. Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company, or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

13. Transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

15

 

 

14. Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

 

(a) Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs (other than any ordinary dividends or other ordinary distributions), the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award, and the numerical Share limits in Section 3 of the Plan.

 

(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of a proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

 

(c) Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this Section 14(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, all Awards of the same type, or all portions of Awards, similarly.

 

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portions thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise the Participant’s outstanding Option and Stock Appreciation Right (or portions thereof) that is not assumed or substituted for, including Shares as to which such Award would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for will lapse, and, with respect to such Awards with performance-based vesting (or portions thereof) not assumed or substituted for, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, in each case, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (or portions thereof) is not assumed or substituted for in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that such Option or Stock Appreciation Right (or its applicable portion) will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right (or its applicable portion) will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

 

16

 

 

For the purposes of this subsection (c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Unit or Performance Share, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (c) to the contrary, and unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this subsection (c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement or other written agreement related to the Award does not comply with the definition of “change in control” for purposes of a distribution under Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that otherwise is accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Section 409A.

 

(d) Outside Director Awards. With respect to Awards granted to an Outside Director, in the event of a Change in Control, the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights as to all of the Shares underlying such Award, including those Shares which would not be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met, unless specifically provided otherwise under the applicable Award Agreement or other written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable.

 

17

 

 

15. Tax.

 

(a) Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof) or such earlier time as any tax withholding obligations are due, the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries, Parents, or affiliates employing or retaining the services of a Participant, as applicable) will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries, Parents, or affiliates, as applicable), an amount sufficient to satisfy U.S. federal, state, and local, non-U.S., and other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

 

(b) Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, check, or other cash equivalents; (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld or such greater amount as the Administrator may determine if such amount would not have adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (iii) delivering to the Company already owned Shares having a fair market value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld or such greater amount as the Administrator may determine, in each case, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld; or (v) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. The withholding amount will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state, or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined or such greater amount as the Administrator may determine if such amount would not have adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion. The fair market value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

 

(c) Compliance With Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Section 409A, the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Section 409A. In no event will the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents have any obligation or liability under the terms of this Plan to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless any Participant or any other person in respect of Awards, for any taxes, interest, or penalties imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

 

18

 

 

16. No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider, nor interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the right of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

 

17. Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

18. Term of Plan. Subject to Section 22 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. It will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the date adopted by the Board, unless terminated earlier under Section 19 of the Plan.

 

19. Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

(a) Amendment and Termination. The Administrator, at any time, may amend, alter, suspend, or terminate the Plan.

 

(b) Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

(c) Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension, or termination of the Plan will materially impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

 

20. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

 

(a) Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

 

19

 

 

(b) Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

 

21. Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction or to complete or comply with the requirements of any registration or other qualification of the Shares under any U.S. state or federal law or non-U.S. law, or under the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the stock exchange on which Shares of the same class are then listed, or any other governmental or regulatory body, which authority, registration, qualification, or rule compliance is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary or advisable for the issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority, registration, qualification or rule compliance will not have been obtained.

 

22. Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

 

23. Forfeiture Events. The Administrator may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to an Award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, recoupment, reimbursement, or reacquisition upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary under this Plan, an Award will be subject to the Company’s clawback policy as may be established and/or amended from time to time to comply with Applicable Laws (including without limitation pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed, or as may be required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act) (the “Clawback Policy”). The Administrator may require a Participant to forfeit, return, or reimburse the Company all or a portion of the Award and any amounts paid thereunder pursuant to the terms of the Clawback Policy or as necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws. Unless this Section 23 specifically is mentioned and waived in an Award Agreement or other document, no recovery of compensation under a Clawback Policy or otherwise will constitute an event that triggers or contributes to any right of a Participant to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

 

20

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD. 2021 ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE
SUB-PLAN (this “EMI Sub-Plan”), A SUB-PLAN TO THE PERFECT MOMENT LTD. 2021
EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan”)

 

Additional terms and conditions for Options received by Participants residing in the UK adopted by the Administrator as a sub-plan pursuant to Section 4(b)(vii) of the Plan.

 

1.The purpose of this EMI Sub-Plan is to provide for the grant of tax-advantaged incentives for UK tax resident employees of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company through the grant of Options over Common Stock.

 

2.Capitalized terms used in this EMI Sub-Plan and not defined shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan, subject to the provisions of this EMI Sub-Plan.

 

3.The Options granted under this EMI Sub-Plan shall be designated as Enterprise Management Incentive Options and shall be granted under a stock option agreement in substantially the form appended to this EMI Sub-Plan (the “EMI Stock Option Agreement”).

 

4.This EMI Sub-Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and all of its provisions shall be identical to those of the Plan, except that (i) “EMI Sub-Plan” shall be substituted for “Plan” where applicable and (ii) the provisions of the EMI Stock Option Agreement shall apply to prescribe, amend and rescind terms and conditions of the Plan as if the same were stated in this EMI Sub-Plan in order to accommodate the specific requirements of the laws of England and Wales.

 

21

 

 

APPENDIX

 

FORM OF EMI STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

22

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
2021 ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE
EQUITY INCENTIVE SUB-PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Enterprise Management Incentive Equity Incentive Sub-Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement which includes the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, the Exercise Notice, attached hereto as Exhibit B, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto (together, the “Option Agreement”).

 

Participant Name:

Address:

 

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Company”), pursuant to Schedule 5 ITEPA 2003, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

  Grant Number:  
     
  Date of Grant:  
     
  Vesting Commencement Date:  
     
  Exercise Price per Share (in U.S. Dollars):  
     
  Total Number of Shares Subject to Option:  
     
  Total Exercise Price (in U.S. Dollars):  
     
  Type of Option:  
     
  Term/Expiration Date:  

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, this Option will vest and be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

[Insert Vesting Schedule.]

 

Termination Period:

 

In the event of cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, this Option will be exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of thirty (30) days after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case the Option will be exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of six (6) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

 

23

 

 

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of the Company below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, the Exercise Notice, attached hereto as Exhibit B, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Option, and the Option Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or this Option Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     PERFECT MOMENT LTD.  
     
     
Signature   Signature
     
     
Print Name   Print Name
     
   
    Title
     
Address:    
     
     
     
     

 

24

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

1. Grant of Option.

 

(a) The Company hereby grants to the individual (“Participant”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant of this Option Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), pursuant to Schedule 5 ITEPA 2003, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Option Agreement and the EMI Sub-Plan, which is incorporated herein by this reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the EMI Sub-Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the EMI Sub-Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the EMI Sub-Plan will prevail, save to the extent such conflict arises as a result of the application of an express term of any Country Addendum to this Option in which case the terms and conditions of the Country Addendum will prevail.

 

(b) For U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) or a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). If designated in the Notice of Grant as an ISO, this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as an NSO. Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) will be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

 

(c) For non-U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as an EMI option granted pursuant to the EMI Sub-Plan, entered into for commercial reasons to retain or recruit the Participant as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary and is not part of a scheme or arrangement the main purpose, or one of the main purposes, of which is the avoidance of tax.

 

2. Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Option Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Unless specifically provided otherwise in this Option Agreement or other written agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, Shares subject to this Option that are scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in accordance with any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

 

25

 

 

3. Administrator Discretion. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the EMI Sub-Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

 

4. Exercise of Option.

 

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the EMI Sub-Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Notice of Grant or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the EMI Sub-Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares and of any Tax Obligations (as defined in Section 6(a)). This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable Tax Obligations.

 

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

 

(a) cash in U.S. dollars;

 

(b) check designated in U.S. dollars;

 

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the EMI Sub-Plan; or

 

(d) if Participant is a U.S. employee, surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares and that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances, or security interests, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

 

26

 

 

6. Tax Obligations.

 

(a) Responsibility for Taxes. Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) or any Parent or Subsidiary to which Participant is providing services (together, the “Service Recipients”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local taxes (including Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligations) that are required to be withheld by any Service Recipient or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the EMI Sub-Plan and legally applicable to Participant; (ii) Participant’s and, to the extent required by any Service Recipient, the Service Recipient’s fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option or sale of Shares; and (iii) any other Service Recipient taxes the responsibility for which Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Option (or exercise thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s sole responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the applicable Service Recipient(s), in each case, to the extent permitted by law. Participant further acknowledges that no Service Recipient (A) makes any representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (B) makes any commitment to and is under any obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares.

 

(b) Tax Withholding. Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the applicable Service Recipient(s) will withhold the amount required to be withheld for the payment of Tax Obligations. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such Tax Obligations, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by (i) paying cash in U.S. dollars; (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount that is necessary to meet the withholding requirement for such Tax Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences); (iii) having the amount of such Tax Obligations withheld from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the applicable Service Recipient(s); (iv) delivering to the Company Shares that Participant owns and that have vested with a fair market value equal to such Tax Obligations; or (v) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the minimum amount that is necessary to meet the withholding requirement for such Tax Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences). Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and a date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (and/or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for tax in more than one jurisdiction.

 

27

 

 

(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant immediately will notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

 

(d) Section 409A. Under Section 409A, a stock right (such as the Option) that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of an underlying share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A stock right that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the recipient of the stock right prior to the exercise of the stock right; (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax; and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” also may result in additional state income, penalty, and interest tax to the recipient of the stock right. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination. In no event will the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries have any liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless Participant for any taxes, penalties, and interest that may be imposed, or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

 

7. Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation, and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

 

28

 

 

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, WHICH UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW IS AT THE WILL OF THE APPLICABLE SERVICE RECIPIENT AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER, AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF ANY SERVICE RECIPIENT TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW, WHICH TERMINATION, UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, MAY BE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

9. Nature of Grant. In accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

(a) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

 

(b) all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;

 

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the EMI Sub-Plan;

 

(d) the Option and any Shares acquired under the EMI Sub-Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(e) the Option and Shares acquired under the EMI Sub-Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement, or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

(f) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted;

 

(g) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(h) if Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

 

29

 

 

(i) for purposes of the Option, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Option Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, (i) Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the EMI Sub-Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time), and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s engagement agreement, if any; the Administrator will have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law);

 

(j) unless otherwise provided in the EMI Sub-Plan or by the Administrator in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Option Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out, or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

(k) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

 

(i) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

 

(ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that no Service Recipient will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise; and

 

(iii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against any Service Recipient, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases each Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the EMI Sub-Plan, Participant will be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

 

30

 

 

10. No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the EMI Sub-Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Option. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the EMI Sub-Plan before taking any action related to the EMI Sub-Plan.

 

11. Data Privacy. Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Option Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Service Recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing Participant’s participation in the EMI Sub-Plan.

 

Participant understands that the Company and the Service Recipient may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the EMI Sub-Plan.

 

Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider, as may be selected by the Company in the future, assisting the Company with the implementation, administration, and management of the EMI Sub-Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company, and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering, and managing the EMI Sub-Plan to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering, and managing his or her participation in the EMI Sub-Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage Participant’s participation in the EMI Sub-Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Service Recipient will not be adversely affected. The only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the EMI Sub-Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

31

 

 

12. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Option Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Perfect Moment Ltd., c/o Perfect Moment (UK) Limited, 307 Canalot Studios, 222 Kensal Road, London W10 5BN, United Kingdom, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

 

13. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

 

14. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Option Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Option Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Option Agreement will be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Option Agreement shall be personal to the Participant and shall not be capable of being transferred, assigned, charged, pledged or otherwise encumbered. If a Participant is adjudicated bankrupt or does or omits to do anything or suffers any other act or thing as a result of which he is deprived of the legal or beneficial ownership of an Option, that Option shall forthwith lapse

 

15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification, or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal, or non-U.S. law, the tax code, and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent, or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the exercise of the Options or the purchase by, or issuance of Shares, to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such exercise, purchase, or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent, or approval will have been completed, effected, or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Option Agreement and the EMI Sub-Plan, the Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for (or make any entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company of) the Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

16. Language. If Participant has received this Option Agreement or any other document related to the EMI Sub-Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

32

 

 

17. Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the EMI Sub-Plan and this Option Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the EMI Sub-Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company, and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the EMI Sub-Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

18. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option awarded under the EMI Sub-Plan or future options that may be awarded under the EMI Sub-Plan by electronic means or require Participant to participate in the EMI Sub-Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the EMI Sub-Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

19. Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Option Agreement.

 

20. Option Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision in this Option Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Option Agreement.

 

21. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the EMI Sub-Plan. By accepting this Option, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Option under the EMI Sub-Plan, and has received, read, and understood a description of the EMI Sub-Plan. Participant understands that the EMI Sub-Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended, or terminated by the Administrator at any time.

 

22. Governing Law and Venue. This Option Agreement and the Option are governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules of Delaware. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Option Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Delaware, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Wilmington, Delaware, or the United States federal courts for the State of Delaware, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

23. Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Option Agreement, this Option will be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in an appendix (if any) to this Option Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Option, or for any country in which the Participant is subject to tax and/or social security contributions in relation to services provided to, or duties performed for, the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to, or provides services/performs duties to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in, one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum (if any) constitutes a part of this Option Agreement.

 

33

 

 

24. Modifications to the Option Agreement. This Option Agreement and any Country Addendum, constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Option Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Option Agreement or the EMI Sub-Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the EMI Sub-Plan or this Option Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Option Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection with the Option.

 

25. No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Option Agreement will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Option Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

26. Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) will be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement.

 

27. UK Interpretation. In this Option Agreement:

 

(a) EMI Sub-Plan means the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Enterprise Management Incentive Equity Incentive Sub-Plan, which constitutes the terms and conditions of the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and this Option Agreement as modified by the Country Addendum;

 

(b) Employer’s NICs means secondary class 1 (employer’s) National Insurance contributions, or employer’s social security or similar contributions;

 

34

 

 

(c) Market Value has the meaning ascribed to it in Part VIII of the Taxation of Chargeable Gains Act 1992

 

(d) Tax Liability means all liability to: (i) income tax, or any other tax, which the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) is or may be liable to account for on behalf of the Participant to HMRC; and (ii) social security or similar contributions which the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) is or may be liable to account for (or, for which it has agreed to account) on behalf of the Participant to HMRC (including, but without limitation, Employer’s NICs, where the liability for this has been transferred to the Participant); and (iii) Employer’s NICs which the Participant is required to pay in accordance with Section 1B, in each case, which arises as a consequence of or in connection with the exercise, release, assignment or cancellation of the Option and/or the earmarking, holding, disposal and/or purchase of the Common Stock acquired pursuant to the Option (or any other securities or assets acquired or earmarked as a result of holding Common Stock) and/or the receipt by an ‘Associated Person’ (as defined in section 472 of ITEPA) of a benefit in connection with the Option.

 

28. UK Tax Indemnity. The Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees as a condition of the Participant’s right to exercise the Option that to the extent lawful and unless the Administrators determine otherwise:

 

(a) there may be recovered from the Participant an amount equal to any liability to Employer’s NICs which arises as a consequence of or in connection with the exercise of the Option;

 

(b) the Participant will enter into any election or agreement required by the Administrators (including, but without limitation, a joint election of the type referred to in paragraph 3B of Schedule 1 to the Social Security Contributions and Benefits Act 1992) under which the liability for any Employer’s NICs which arises as a consequence of or in connection with the exercise of the Option is transferred to the Participant;

 

(c) the Participant will place the Company (and any Parent or Subsidiaries) in funds and indemnify the same in respect of the Tax Liability;

 

(d) the Company may sell on the Participant’s behalf at the best price which it can reasonably obtain such number of shares allocated or allotted to the Participant following exercise as will provide an amount equal to the Tax Liability and/or an amount equal to the Tax Liability may be withheld from any amounts due to the Participant from the Company;

 

(e) the exercise of the Option will be conditional on the Participant, if required by the Administrators, executing a tax election under section 431(1) of ITEPA to disapply fully the provisions of Chapter 2 of Part 7 of ITEPA in respect of restricted securities in such form as is approved by or agreed with HMRC under the terms of section 431(5) of ITEPA and within any required time limit; and

 

35

 

 

(f) the Option Holder will sign, promptly, all documents required by the Group to effect the terms of this section 28.

 

29. Stamp Duty. Any stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax payable in respect of a transfer of shares to or at the direction of the Participant (other than stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax payable on the sale of shares by the Company at the direction of the Participant) shall be paid by the Company.

 

30. Vesting. For the purposes of section 2 of the Option Agreement, a Participant will be treated as having been continuously a Service Provider during any period that the Participant is in receipt of statutory sick pay or enhanced sick pay, or is taking ordinary or additional maternity or adoptive leave, paternity, parental and/or shared parental leave.

 

31. Payments in GBP. The Administrators may determine, at their sole discretion, to permit any amounts payable by the Participant under the Plan or the Option Agreement in GBP. The Administrators shall notify the Participant of the appropriate and reasonable rate of exchange.

 

32. Data Protection. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents may collect, hold, process and transfer the Option Holder’s personal data and information, including sensitive personal data, for the purposes of this Option Agreement, which will be set out in the Participant’s data protection privacy notice.

 

33. Working Time Declaration. By signing this Option Agreement, the Participant hereby declares, pursuant to the requirement set out in paragraph 44(5)(c) of Schedule 5 ITEPA 2003, that they work for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for at least 25 hours a week or 75% of their working time and therefore satisfy the ‘Committed Time’ requirement in paragraph 26 of Schedule 5 ITEPA 2003.

 

34. Restrictions. Any Common Stock allotted pursuant to the exercise of the Option shall be subject to the governing constitutional documents of the Company (as amended from time to time) and any restrictions contained therein and to any necessary consents of any governmental or other authorities under any enactments from time to time in force. The following provisions in the Company’s governing constitutional documents contain restrictions affecting the Common Stock:

 

[INSERT SUMMARY OF ANY SHARE RESTRICTIONS CONTAINED IN THE GOVERNING AND CONSITUTTIONAL DOCUMENTS OF THE COMPANY, FOR EXAMPLE RESTRICTIONS ON SHARE TRANSFERS].

 

* * *

 

36

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
2021 ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE
EQUITY INCENTIVE SUB-PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.
307 Canalot Studios
222 Kensal Road
London W10 5BN

United Kingdom

 

Attention: [Stock Administration]

 

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ________________, _____, the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2021 Enterprise Management Incentive Equity Incentive Sub-Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement, dated ________ and including the Notice of Grant, the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, and other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached thereto (the “Option Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Exercise Notice will be ascribed the same defined meanings as set forth in the Option Agreement (or, as applicable, the Plan or other written agreement or arrangement as specified in the Option Agreement).

 

2. Delivery of Payment. Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any Tax Obligations (as defined in Section 6(a) of the Option Agreement) to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

3. Representations of Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read, and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

 

5. Tax Consultation. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

37

 

 

6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement (including the exhibits, appendices, and addenda thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware.

 

 

Accepted by:

     
PURCHASER    PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
     
Signature   Signature
     
     
Print Name   Print Name
     
     
    Title
     
Address:    
     
     
     
     
     
     
    Date Received

 

38

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
2021 ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE
EQUITY INCENTIVE SUB-PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
COUNTRY ADDENDUM

 

Terms and Conditions

 

This Country Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern the stock option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Company”) granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Enterprise Management Incentive Equity Incentive Sub-Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement to which this Country Addendum is attached (the “Option Agreement”) to the extent the individual to whom the Option was granted (“Participant”) resides, provides services in, or is subject to tax and/or social security in one of the countries listed below.

 

Notifications

 

This Country Addendum also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of July 1st , 2021. Such laws often are complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in this Country Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant exercises the Options or sells the Shares acquired under the Plan.

 

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws of Participant’s country may apply to his or her situation.

 

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Participant currently is working or transfers to another country after the grant of the Option, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner. In addition, the Company, in its discretion, will determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will apply to Participant under these circumstances.

 

39

 

 

United Kingdom

 

The following provisions shall apply:

 

The Option shall be granted pursuant to the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Enterprise Management Incentive Equity Incentive Sub-Plan, an Enterprise Management Incentive (EMI) sub-plan of the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan, adopted to permit the grant of tax-advantaged share options to Eligible Employees of the Company or Qualifying Subsidiaries pursuant to Schedule 5 ITEPA 2003. Save as modified below, the terms and conditions of the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan and Option Agreement shall constitute the EMI Sub-Plan and be incorporated into and apply to the Option. This EMI Sub-Plan is an employees’ share scheme within the meaning of section 1166 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

1. The Plan

 

Section 1 – Purposes of the Plan:

 

In section 1, the words “(other than non-executive directors)” shall be added after “Directors”, and the words “and Consultants,” shall be deleted.

 

Section 2 – Definitions:

 

The definitions set out in section 2 of the Plan shall be amended and apply to the EMI sub-plan as follows:

 

Consultant” – the definition shall be deleted

 

Director” – the words “(other than a non-executive director)” shall be added after “Board”

 

EMI Option” – shall be added as a new definition with the following meaning: “an Option granted under the EMI sub-plan to an Eligible Employee”

 

Employee” – the definition shall be replaced with “means any person, including Officers and Directors (other than non-executive Officers and Directors), employed or appointed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a non-executive Officer or Director, not the payment of fees by the Company to non-executive Officers or Directors is intended to constitute “employment” for employment status purposes”

 

Eligible Employee” – shall be added as a new definition with the following meaning: “means a person who (i) is an employee of the Company or any of its Qualifying Subsidiaries; and (ii) in such capacity and when not absent from work in exercise of a statutory right or as permitted under the terms of their employment is required to work not less than 25 hours per week or, if less than 25 hours per week, not less than 75% of their total working time”

 

HMRC” – shall be added as a new definition with the following meaning: “means Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs”

 

ITEPA 2003” – shall be added as a new definition with the following meaning: “means the Income Tax (Earnings and Pensions) Act 2003”

 

40

 

 

Officer” – the definition shall be replaced with “has the meaning given to it in the Companies Act 2006”

 

Qualifying Subsidiary” – shall be added as a new definition with the following meaning: “a company for so long as it is a qualifying subsidiary (within the meaning of paragraph 11 of Schedule 5 ITEPA 2003) of the Company”

 

Working Time Declaration” – shall be added as a new definition with the following meaning “a written declaration made and signed by a Participant within an Option in accordance with paragraph 44(6) Schedule 5 ITEPA 2003 that they satisfy the committed time requirement.

 

Section 4 – Administration of the Plan:

 

In section 4(b) the words “, actual market value and/or unrestricted market value” shall be added to the end of sub-section (i), and a new sub-section (xv) shall be added as follows: “make all necessary arrangements in respect of the EMI sub-plan, including registration of the sub-plan, notification of the grant of Options, amending or adding to the Plan, imposing additional conditions or requirements on the Options (except where such amendment would constitute a Disqualifying Event), and any alterations as are necessary to secure that the sub-plan and EMI Options granted are in accordance with Schedule 5 ITEPA 2003.”

 

Section 5 – Eligibility

 

In section 5, the words “or EMI Options” shall be added after “Incentive Stock Options”.

 

Section 6 – Stock Options

 

In section 6(a), the words “Service Providers” shall be replaced with “Eligible Employees”.

 

In section 6(b), the words “, and a Working Time Declaration and a summary of any restrictions that apply to the Common Stock subject to the Option” shall be added at the end of the paragraph.

 

In section 6(c), the words “or an EMI Option” shall be added at the end of the first sentence.

 

In section 6(d), the words “or an EMI Option” shall be added after “Incentive Stock Option” in the second sentence.

 

At the end of section 15(a), the words “in each case, to the extent permitted by law” shall be added.

  

41

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement which includes the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, the Exercise Notice, attached hereto as Exhibit B, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto (together, the “Option Agreement”).

 

Participant Name:
Address:

 

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Company”), subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

  Grant Number:
   
  Date of Grant:
   
  Vesting Commencement Date:
   
  Exercise Price per Share (in U.S. Dollars):
   
  Total Number of Shares Subject to Option:
   
  Total Exercise Price (in U.S. Dollars):
   
  Type of Option:
   
  Term/Expiration Date:

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, this Option will vest and be exercisable, in whole or in part, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

[Insert Vesting Schedule.]

 

42

 

 

Termination Period:

 

In the event of cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, this Option will be exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of thirty (30) days after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case the Option will be exercisable, to the extent vested, for a period of six (6) months after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

 

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of the Company below, Participant and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, the Exercise Notice, attached hereto as Exhibit B, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan, this Option, and the Option Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or this Option Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     PERFECT MOMENT LTD.  
     
Signature   Signature
     
Print Name   Print Name
     
    Title
     
Address:    
     
     
     
     

 

43

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

1. Grant of Option.

 

(a) The Company hereby grants to the individual (“Participant”) named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant of this Option Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”) an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Grant (the “Exercise Price”), subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Option Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by this reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail, save to the extent such conflict arises as a result of the application of an express term of any Country Addendum (as defined below) attached to this Option Agreement in which case the terms and conditions of the Country Addendum will prevail.

 

(b) For U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as either an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”) or a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). If designated in the Notice of Grant as an ISO, this Option is intended to qualify as an ISO under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). However, if this Option is intended to be an ISO, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d) it will be treated as an NSO. Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) will not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) will be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event will the Administrator, the Company, or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

 

(c) For non-U.S. taxpayers, the Option will be designated as an NSO.

 

2. Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 3, the Option awarded by this Option Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant. Unless specifically provided otherwise in this Option Agreement or other written agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, Shares subject to this Option that are scheduled to vest on a certain date or upon the occurrence of a certain condition will not vest in accordance with any of the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless Participant will have been continuously a Service Provider from the Date of Grant until the date such vesting occurs.

 

3. Administrator Discretion. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Option at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Option will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator.

 

44

 

 

4. Exercise of Option.

 

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

 

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice (the “Exercise Notice”) in the form attached as Exhibit B to the Notice of Grant or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which will state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice will be completed by Participant and delivered to the Company. The Exercise Notice will be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares and of any Tax Obligations (as defined in Section 6(a)). This Option will be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable Tax Obligations.

 

5. Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price will be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of Participant:

 

(a) cash in U.S. dollars;

 

(b) check designated in U.S. dollars;

 

(c) consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

(d) if Participant is a U.S. employee, surrender of other Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares and that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances, or security interests, provided that accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

 

45

 

 

6. Tax Obligations.

 

(a) Responsibility for Taxes. Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) or any Parent or Subsidiary to which Participant is providing services (together, the “Service Recipients”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local taxes (including Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligations) that are required to be withheld by any Service Recipient or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant; (ii) Participant’s and, to the extent required by any Service Recipient, the Service Recipient’s fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option or sale of Shares; and (iii) any other Service Recipient taxes the responsibility for which Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Option (or exercise thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s sole responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the applicable Service Recipient(s). Participant further acknowledges that no Service Recipient (A) makes any representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Option, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting, or exercise of the Option, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such exercise and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (B) makes any commitment to and is under any obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Option to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares.

 

(b) Tax Withholding. Pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, the applicable Service Recipient(s) will withhold the amount required to be withheld for the payment of Tax Obligations. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit Participant to satisfy such Tax Obligations, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by (i) paying cash in U.S. dollars; (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount that is necessary to meet the withholding requirement for such Tax Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences); (iii) having the amount of such Tax Obligations withheld from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the applicable Service Recipient(s); (iv) delivering to the Company Shares that Participant owns and that have vested with a fair market value equal to such Tax Obligations; or (v) selling a sufficient number of such Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant through such means as the Company may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the minimum amount that is necessary to meet the withholding requirement for such Tax Obligations (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences). Further, if Participant is subject to tax in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and a date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (and/or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for tax in more than one jurisdiction.

 

(c) Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant immediately will notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

 

46

 

 

(d) Section 409A. Under Section 409A, a stock right (such as the Option) that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the fair market value of an underlying share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A stock right that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the recipient of the stock right prior to the exercise of the stock right; (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax; and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” also may result in additional state income, penalty, and interest tax to the recipient of the stock right. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the fair market value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant will be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination. In no event will the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries have any liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless Participant for any taxes, penalties, and interest that may be imposed, or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

 

7. Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation, and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

 

8. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, WHICH UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW IS AT THE WILL OF THE APPLICABLE SERVICE RECIPIENT AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS OPTION AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER, AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF ANY SERVICE RECIPIENT TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW, WHICH TERMINATION, UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, MAY BE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

47

 

 

9. Nature of Grant. In accepting the Option, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

(a) the grant of the Option is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of options, or benefits in lieu of options, even if options have been granted in the past;

 

(b) all decisions with respect to future option or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;

 

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

(d) the Option and any Shares acquired under the Plan are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

(e) the Option and Shares acquired under the Plan and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement, or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

(f) the future value of the Shares underlying the Option is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted;

 

(g) if the underlying Shares do not increase in value, the Option will have no value;

 

(h) if Participant exercises the Option and acquires Shares, the value of such Shares may increase or decrease in value, even below the Exercise Price;

 

(i) for purposes of the Option, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Option Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, (i) Participant’s right to vest in the Option under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time), and (ii) the period (if any) during which Participant may exercise the Option after such termination of Participant’s engagement as a Service Provider will commence on the date Participant ceases to actively provide services and will not be extended by any notice period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is employed or terms of Participant’s engagement agreement, if any; the Administrator will have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of this Option grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law);

 

48

 

 

(j) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Administrator in its discretion, the Option and the benefits evidenced by this Option Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Option or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out, or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

(k) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

 

(i) the Option and the Shares subject to the Option are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

 

(ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that no Service Recipient will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Option or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the exercise of the Option or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon exercise; and

 

(iii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the Option resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever, whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Option to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against any Service Recipient, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases each Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant will be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

 

10. No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Option. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

11. Data Privacy. Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Option Agreement and any other Option grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Service Recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

Participant understands that the Company and the Service Recipient may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Options or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan.

 

49

 

 

Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider, as may be selected by the Company in the future, assisting the Company with the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company, and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering, and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering, and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Service Recipient will not be adversely affected. The only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Options or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

12. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Option Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Perfect Moment Ltd., 307 Canalot Studios, 222 Kensal Rd, London W10 5BN, United Kingdom, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

 

13. Non-Transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant.

 

14. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Option Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Option Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Option Agreement will be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Option Agreement may be assigned only with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

50

 

 

15. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification, or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal, or non-U.S. law, the tax code, and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent, or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the exercise of the Options or the purchase by, or issuance of Shares, to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such exercise, purchase, or issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent, or approval will have been completed, effected, or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Option Agreement and the Plan, the Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for (or make any entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company of) the Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of exercise of the Option as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

16. Language. If Participant has received this Option Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

17. Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Option Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Shares subject to the Option have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company, and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination, or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

18. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Option awarded under the Plan or future options that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or require Participant to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

19. Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Option Agreement.

 

20. Option Agreement Severable. In the event that any provision in this Option Agreement will be held invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be severable from, and such invalidity or unenforceability will not be construed to have any effect on, the remaining provisions of this Option Agreement.

 

51

 

 

21. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this Option, Participant expressly represents and warrants that he or she has been granted the Option under the Plan, and has received, read, and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended, or terminated by the Administrator at any time.

 

22. Governing Law and Venue. This Option Agreement and the Option are governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules of Delaware. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Option or this Option Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Delaware, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Wilmington, Delaware, or the United States federal courts for the State of Delaware, and no other courts, where this Option is made and/or to be performed.

 

23. Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Option Agreement, this Option will be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in an appendix (if any) to this Option Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Option, or for any country in which the Participant is subject to tax and/or social security contributions in relation to services provided to, or duties performed for, the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to, or provides services to/performs duties for the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum (if any) constitutes a part of this Option Agreement.

 

24. Modifications to the Option Agreement. This Option Agreement and any Country Addendum constitute the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Option Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Option Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Option Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Option Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection with the Option.

 

25. No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Option Agreement will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Option Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

26. Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) will be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Option Agreement.

 

*   *   *

 

52

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 
PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
EXERCISE NOTICE

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.
307 Canalot Studios
222 Kensal Road
London W10 5BN
United Kingdom

 

Attention: [Stock Administration]

 

1. Exercise of Option. Effective as of today, ________________, _____, the undersigned (“Purchaser”) hereby elects to purchase ______________ shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement, dated ________, which includes the Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant, and other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached thereto (together, the “Option Agreement”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Exercise Notice will be ascribed the same defined meanings as set forth in the Option Agreement (or, as applicable, the Plan or other written agreement or arrangement as specified in the Option Agreement).

 

2. Delivery of Payment. Purchaser herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares and any Tax Obligations (as defined in Section 6(a) of the Option Agreement) to be paid in connection with the exercise of the Option.

 

3. Representations of Purchaser. Purchaser acknowledges that Purchaser has received, read, and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

4. Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company) of the Shares, no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares so acquired will be issued to Purchaser as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance, except as provided in Section 14 of the Plan.

 

5. Tax Consultation. Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted with any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

53

 

 

6. Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement (including the exhibits, appendices, and addenda thereto) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Purchaser with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Purchaser’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Purchaser. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware.

 

PURCHASER     Accepted by:

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.  
     
Signature   Signature
     
Print Name   Print Name
     
    Title
     
Address:    
     
   
     
     
    Date Received

 

54

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
COUNTRY ADDENDUM

 

Terms and Conditions

 

This Country Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern the stock option (the “Option”) to purchase shares of the Common Stock of Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Company”) granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement, which includes the Notice of Stock Option Grant, the Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Grant and other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached thereto, including this Country Addendum (together, the “Option Agreement”) , to the extent the individual to whom the Option was granted (“Participant”) resides in, provides services in, or is subject to tax and/or social security contributions in one of the countries listed below.

 

Notifications

 

This Country Addendum also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control, and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of [______], 20[__]. Such laws often are complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in this Country Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant exercises the Option or sells the Shares acquired under the Plan.

 

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws of Participant’s country may apply to his or her situation.

 

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Participant currently is working or transfers to another country after the grant of the Option, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner. In addition, the Company, in its discretion, will determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will apply to Participant under these circumstances.

 

[JURISDICTION-SPECIFIC COUNTRY ADDENDA TO BE INSERTED IF/AS APPROPRIATE]

  

55

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT
NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Agreement which includes the Notice of Restricted Stock Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto (the “Award Agreement”).

 

Participant Name:

 

Address:

 

The undersigned Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number:  
   
Date of Grant:  
   
Vesting Commencement Date:  
   
Total Number of Shares Subject to
Restricted Stock Award:
 

 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock will be scheduled to vest in accordance with the following schedule:

 

[Insert Vesting Schedule.]

 

In the event of cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock, the Restricted Stock and Participant’s right to such Shares hereunder will terminate immediately, unless specifically provided otherwise in this Award Agreement or other written agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable.

 

56

 

 

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT   PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
     
Signature   Signature
     
     
Print Name   Print Name
     
     
    Title
     
Address:    
     
     
     
     
     

 

57

 

EXHIBIT A

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK GRANT

 

1.  Grant of Restricted Stock. The Company hereby grants to the individual (“Participant”) named in the Notice of Restricted Stock Grant of this Award Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

 

2.  Forfeiture of Shares. Shares that are not vested in accordance with Section 3 shall be forfeited on the date of the Participant’s Termination of Service. Upon forfeiture, all of the Participant’s rights with respect to the forfeited Awarded Shares shall cease and terminate, without any further obligations on the part of the Company. [The Company [shall be obligated to] / [may, in its sole discretion, elect to] pay the Participant, as soon as practicable after the event causing forfeiture, in cash, an amount equal to the lesser of the total consideration paid by the Participant for such forfeited shares or the Fair Market Value of such forfeited shares as of the date of Termination of Service. Each share of Restricted Stock represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

 

3.  Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each applicable vesting date.

 

4.  Payment after Vesting.

 

i.  General Rule. Subject to Section 8, any Restricted Stock Units that vest will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b), such vested Restricted Stock Units will be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

 

ii.  Acceleration.

 

a.  Discretionary Acceleration. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. If Participant is a U.S. taxpayer, the payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4(b) will in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A. The prior sentence may be superseded in a future agreement or amendment to this Award Agreement only by direct and specific reference to such sentence.

 

58

 

 

b.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement or any other agreement (whether entered into before, on or after the Date of Grant), if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Administrator), other than due to Participant’s death, and if (x) Participant is a U.S. taxpayer and a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, unless Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death.

 

iii.  Section 409A. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits to U.S. taxpayers hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). However, in no event will the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries have any liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless Participant for any taxes, penalties, and interest that may be imposed, or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

 

5.  Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider. Unless specifically provided otherwise in this Award Agreement or other written agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason, the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.

 

6.  Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) will be solely responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

 

59

 

 

7.  Death of Participant. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

8.  Tax Obligations

 

i.  Responsibility for Taxes. Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) or any Parent or Subsidiary to which Participant is providing services (together, the “Service Recipients”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Restricted Stock Units, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local taxes (including Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligations) that are required to be withheld by any Service Recipient or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant; (ii) Participant’s and, to the extent required by any Service Recipient, the Service Recipient’s fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or sale of Shares; and (iii) any other Service Recipient taxes the responsibility for which Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Restricted Stock Units (or settlement thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s sole responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the applicable Service Recipient(s). Participant further acknowledges that no Service Recipient (A) makes any representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (B) makes any commitment to and is under any obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares.

 

60

 

 

ii.  Tax Withholding and Default Method of Tax Withholding. When Shares are issued as payment for vested Restricted Stock Units, Participant generally will recognize immediate U.S. taxable income if Participant is a U.S. taxpayer. If Participant is a non-U.S. taxpayer, Participant will be subject to applicable taxes in his or her jurisdiction. The minimum amount of Tax Obligations which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to this Award (“Tax Withholding Obligation”) will be satisfied by Shares being sold on Participant’s behalf at the prevailing market price pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, including through a broker-assisted arrangement (it being understood that the Shares to be sold must have vested pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan). The proceeds from the sale will be used to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation arising with respect to this Award. In addition to Shares sold to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation, additional Shares will be sold to satisfy any associated broker or other fees. Only whole Shares will be sold to satisfy any Tax Withholding Obligation. Any proceeds from the sale of Shares in excess of the Tax Withholding Obligation and any associated broker or other fees will be paid to Participant in accordance with procedures the Company may specify from time to time. By accepting this Award, Participant expressly consents to the sale of Shares to cover the Tax Withholding Obligations (and any associated broker or other fees) and agrees and acknowledges that Participant may not satisfy them by any means other than such sale of Shares, unless required to do so by the Administrator or pursuant to the Administrator’s express written consent.

 

iii.  Administrator Discretion. If the Administrator determines that Participant cannot satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation through the default procedure described in Section 8(b) or the Administrator otherwise determines to allow Participant to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by a method other than through the default procedure set forth in Section 8(b), it may permit or require Participant to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by (i) paying cash in U.S. dollars; (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences); (iii) having the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation withheld from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the applicable Service Recipient(s); (iv) delivering to the Company Shares that Participant owns and that have vested with a fair market value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences); or (v) such other means as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

iv.  No Representations. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisers the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisers and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) will be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

 

61

 

 

v.  Company’s Obligation to Deliver Shares. For clarification purposes, in no event will the Company issue Participant any Shares unless and until arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator have been made for the payment of Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of such Tax Withholding Obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligations otherwise become due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units to which Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation relates and any right to receive Shares thereunder and such Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

 

9.  Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation, and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

 

10.  No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, WHICH UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW IS AT THE WILL OF THE APPLICABLE SERVICE RECIPIENT AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF ANY SERVICE RECIPIENT TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW, WHICH TERMINATION, UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, MAY BE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

11.  Grant is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 7, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

12.  Nature of Grant. In accepting this Award of Restricted Stock Units, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

a.   the grant of the Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been granted in the past;

 

62

 

 

b.  all decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;

 

c.  Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

d.  the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

e.  the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement, or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

f.  the future value of the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted;

 

g.  for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); the Administrator will have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law);

 

h.  unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Administrator in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

63

 

 

i.  the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

 

i.  the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

 

ii.  Participant acknowledges and agrees that no Service Recipient will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement; and

 

iii.  no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against any Service Recipient, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases each Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant will be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

 

13.  No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

14.  Data Privacy. Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Restricted Stock Unit grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Service Recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

Participant understands that the Company and the Service Recipient may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan.

 

64

 

 

Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider, as may be selected by the Company in the future, assisting the Company with the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company, and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering, and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering, and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Service Recipient will not be adversely affected. The only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

15.  Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Perfect Moment Ltd., 307 Canalot Studios, 222 Kensal Rd, London W10 5BN, United Kingdom, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

 

16.  Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or require Participant to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

65

 

 

17.  No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Award Agreement will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Award Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

18.  Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Award Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Award Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Award Agreement will be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Award Agreement may be assigned only with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

19.  Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification, or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or non-U.S. law, the tax code, and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent, or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent, or approval will have been completed, effected, or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for (or make any entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company of) the Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

20.  Language. If Participant has received this Award Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

21.  Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company, and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

 

22.  Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

 

66

 

 

23.  Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read, and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended, or terminated by the Administrator at any time.

 

24.  Modifications to the Award Agreement. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection with this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

 

25.  Governing Law; Venue; Severability. This Award Agreement and the Restricted Stock Units are governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under these Restricted Stock Units or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Delaware, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Wilmington, Delaware, or the United States federal courts for the State of Delaware, and no other courts, where this Award Agreement is made and/or to be performed. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Award Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

 

26.  Entire Agreement. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement (including the appendices and exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

27.  Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Unit grant will be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in an appendix (if any) to this Award Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Award of Restricted Stock Units (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum (if any) constitutes a part of this Award Agreement.

 

*          *          *

 

67

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
COUNTRY ADDENDUM

 

Terms and Conditions

 

This Country Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Award of Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to which this Country Addendum is attached (the “Restricted Stock Unit Agreement”) to the extent the individual to whom the Restricted Stock Units were granted (“Participant”) resides in one of the countries listed below.

 

Notifications

 

This Country Addendum also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of [______], 20[__]. Such laws often are complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in this Country Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant vest in or receives or sells the Shares covered by the Restricted Stock Units.

 

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws of Participant’s country may apply to his or her situation.

 

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Participant currently is working or transfers to another country after the grant of the Restricted Stock Units, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner. In addition, the Company, in its discretion, will determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will apply to Participant under these circumstances.

 

[JURISDICTION-SPECIFIC COUNTRY ADDENDA TO BE INSERTED IF/AS APPROPRIATE]

  

68

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
NOTICE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

 

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) will have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement which includes the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant (the “Notice of Grant”), the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto (the “Award Agreement”).

 

Participant Name:  
   
Address:  

 

The undersigned Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

 

Grant Number:  
   
Date of Grant:  
   
Vesting Commencement Date:  
   
Total Number of Shares Subject to
Restricted Stock Units:
 

 

Vesting Schedule:

 

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units will be scheduled to vest in accordance with the following schedule:

 

[Insert Vesting Schedule.]

 

In the event of cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will terminate immediately, unless specifically provided otherwise in this Award Agreement or other written agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable.

 

69

 

 

By Participant’s signature and the signature of the representative of Perfect Moment Ltd. (the “Company”) below, Participant and the Company agree that this Award of Restricted Stock Units is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, including the Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Grant, attached hereto as Exhibit A, and all other exhibits, appendices, and addenda attached hereto, all of which are made a part of this document. Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement, and fully understands all provisions of the Plan and this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions relating to the Plan or this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT   PERFECT MOMENT LTD.  
     
     
Signature   Signature
     
     
Print Name   Print Name
     
     
    Title
     
Address:    
     
     
     
     

 

70

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT GRANT

 

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Company hereby grants to the individual (“Participant”) named in the Notice of Restricted Stock Unit Grant of this Award Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 19(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan will prevail.

 

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 3 or 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

 

3. Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 4, and subject to Section 5, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting provisions set forth in the Notice of Grant, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each applicable vesting date.

 

4. Payment after Vesting.

 

i. General Rule. Subject to Section 8, any Restricted Stock Units that vest will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b), such vested Restricted Stock Units will be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

 

ii. Acceleration.

 

1. Discretionary Acceleration. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. If Participant is a U.S. taxpayer, the payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 4(ii) will in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A. The prior sentence may be superseded in a future agreement or amendment to this Award Agreement only by direct and specific reference to such sentence.

 

71

 

 

2. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement or any other agreement (whether entered into before, on or after the Date of Grant), if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Administrator), other than due to Participant’s death, and if (x) Participant is a U.S. taxpayer and a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following the cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of cessation of Participant’s status as a Service Provider, unless Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death.

 

iii. Section 409A. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits to U.S. taxpayers hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). However, in no event will the Company or any of its Parent or Subsidiaries have any liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless Participant for any taxes, penalties, and interest that may be imposed, or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

 

5. Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider. Unless specifically provided otherwise in this Award Agreement or other written agreement between Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Parents, as applicable, if Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason, the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.

 

6. Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) will be solely responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

 

7. Death of Participant. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

 

72

 

 

8. Tax Obligations

 

i. Responsibility for Taxes. Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”) or any Parent or Subsidiary to which Participant is providing services (together, the “Service Recipients”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Restricted Stock Units, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local taxes (including Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligations) that are required to be withheld by any Service Recipient or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant; (ii) Participant’s and, to the extent required by any Service Recipient, the Service Recipient’s fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or sale of Shares; and (iii) any other Service Recipient taxes the responsibility for which Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Restricted Stock Units (or settlement thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s sole responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the applicable Service Recipient(s). Participant further acknowledges that no Service Recipient (A) makes any representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (B) makes any commitment to and is under any obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the applicable Service Recipient(s) (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares.

 

ii. Tax Withholding and Default Method of Tax Withholding. When Shares are issued as payment for vested Restricted Stock Units, Participant generally will recognize immediate U.S. taxable income if Participant is a U.S. taxpayer. If Participant is a non-U.S. taxpayer, Participant will be subject to applicable taxes in his or her jurisdiction. The minimum amount of Tax Obligations which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to this Award (“Tax Withholding Obligation”) will be satisfied by Shares being sold on Participant’s behalf at the prevailing market price pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may specify from time to time, including through a broker-assisted arrangement (it being understood that the Shares to be sold must have vested pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan). The proceeds from the sale will be used to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation arising with respect to this Award. In addition to Shares sold to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation, additional Shares will be sold to satisfy any associated broker or other fees. Only whole Shares will be sold to satisfy any Tax Withholding Obligation. Any proceeds from the sale of Shares in excess of the Tax Withholding Obligation and any associated broker or other fees will be paid to Participant in accordance with procedures the Company may specify from time to time. By accepting this Award, Participant expressly consents to the sale of Shares to cover the Tax Withholding Obligations (and any associated broker or other fees) and agrees and acknowledges that Participant may not satisfy them by any means other than such sale of Shares, unless required to do so by the Administrator or pursuant to the Administrator’s express written consent.

 

73

 

 

iii. Administrator Discretion. If the Administrator determines that Participant cannot satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation through the default procedure described in Section 8(ii) or the Administrator otherwise determines to allow Participant to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by a method other than through the default procedure set forth in Section 8(ii), it may permit or require Participant to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by (i) paying cash in U.S. dollars; (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences); (iii) having the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation withheld from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the applicable Service Recipient(s); (iv) delivering to the Company Shares that Participant owns and that have vested with a fair market value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences); or (v) such other means as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

iv. No Representations. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisers the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisers and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) will be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

 

v. Company’s Obligation to Deliver Shares. For clarification purposes, in no event will the Company issue Participant any Shares unless and until arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator have been made for the payment of Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of such Tax Withholding Obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 3 or 4 or Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligations otherwise become due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units to which Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation relates and any right to receive Shares thereunder and such Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company.

 

9. Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation, and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

 

74

 

 

10. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, WHICH UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW IS AT THE WILL OF THE APPLICABLE SERVICE RECIPIENT AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AWARD AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND WILL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF ANY SERVICE RECIPIENT TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER, SUBJECT TO APPLICABLE LAW, WHICH TERMINATION, UNLESS PROVIDED OTHERWISE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, MAY BE AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

11. Grant is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 7, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

 

12. Nature of Grant. In accepting this Award of Restricted Stock Units, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

 

1. the grant of the Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been granted in the past;

 

2. all decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Administrator;

 

3. Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

 

4. the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

 

5. the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement, or welfare benefits or similar payments;

 

6. the future value of the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units is unknown, indeterminable, and cannot be predicted;

 

75

 

 

7. for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); the Administrator will have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence and consistent with local law);

 

8. unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Administrator in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company nor be exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

9. the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

 

i. the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

 

ii. Participant acknowledges and agrees that no Service Recipient will be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement; and

 

iii. no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages will arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against any Service Recipient, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases each Service Recipient from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant will be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

 

76

 

 

13. No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal, or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the Shares underlying the Restricted Stock Units. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal, and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

 

14. Data Privacy. Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use, and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Restricted Stock Unit grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Service Recipients for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

Participant understands that the Company and the Service Recipient may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering, and managing the Plan.

 

Participant understands that Data may be transferred to a stock plan service provider, as may be selected by the Company in the future, assisting the Company with the implementation, administration, and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company, and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering, and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain, and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering, and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer, and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Service Recipient will not be adversely affected. The only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

 

15. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Perfect Moment Ltd., 307 Canalot Studios, 222 Kensal Rd, London W10 5BN, United Kingdom, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

 

16. Electronic Delivery and Acceptance. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or require Participant to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or a third party designated by the Company.

 

77

 

 

17. No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Award Agreement will not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Award Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and will not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

18. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Award Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Award Agreement will inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Award Agreement will be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Award Agreement may be assigned only with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

19. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification, or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or non-U.S. law, the tax code, and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent, or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent, or approval will have been completed, effected, or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the Company will not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for (or make any entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company of) the Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

20. Language. If Participant has received this Award Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

 

21. Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company, and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

 

22. Captions. Captions provided herein are for convenience only and are not to serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of this Award Agreement.

 

78

 

 

23. Amendment, Suspension or Termination of the Plan. By accepting this Award, Participant expressly warrants that he or she has received an Award of Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, and has received, read, and understood a description of the Plan. Participant understands that the Plan is discretionary in nature and may be amended, suspended, or terminated by the Administrator at any time.

 

24. Modifications to the Award Agreement. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection with this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

 

25. Governing Law; Venue; Severability. This Award Agreement and the Restricted Stock Units are governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under these Restricted Stock Units or this Award Agreement, the parties hereby submit to and consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Delaware, and agree that such litigation will be conducted in the courts of Wilmington, Delaware, or the United States federal courts for the State of Delaware, and no other courts, where this Award Agreement is made and/or to be performed. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Award Agreement will continue in full force and effect.

 

26. Entire Agreement. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement (including the appendices and exhibits referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

27. Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Unit grant will be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in an appendix (if any) to this Award Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Award of Restricted Stock Units (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum (if any), the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum (if any) constitutes a part of this Award Agreement.

 

*           *           *

 

79

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
COUNTRY ADDENDUM

 

Terms and Conditions

 

This Country Addendum includes additional terms and conditions that govern the Award of Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Perfect Moment Ltd. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement to which this Country Addendum is attached (the “Restricted Stock Unit Agreement”) to the extent the individual to whom the Restricted Stock Units were granted (“Participant”) resides in one of the countries listed below.

 

Notifications

 

This Country Addendum also includes information regarding exchange controls and certain other issues of which Participant should be aware with respect to his or her participation in the Plan. The information is based on the securities, exchange control and other laws in effect in the respective countries as of [______], 20[__]. Such laws often are complex and change frequently. As a result, the Company strongly recommends that Participant not rely on the information in this Country Addendum as the only source of information relating to the consequences of Participant’s participation in the Plan because the information may be out of date at the time Participant vest in or receives or sells the Shares covered by the Restricted Stock Units.

 

In addition, the information contained herein is general in nature and may not apply to Participant’s particular situation and the Company is not in a position to assure Participant of any particular result. Accordingly, Participant is advised to seek appropriate professional advice as to how the relevant laws of Participant’s country may apply to his or her situation.

 

Finally, if Participant is a citizen or resident of a country other than the one in which Participant currently is working or transfers to another country after the grant of the Restricted Stock Units, or is considered a resident of another country for local law purposes, the information contained herein may not be applicable to Participant in the same manner. In addition, the Company, in its discretion, will determine the extent to which the terms and conditions contained herein will apply to Participant under these circumstances.

 

[JURISDICTION-SPECIFIC COUNTRY ADDENDA TO BE INSERTED IF/AS APPROPRIATE]

 

80

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is dated as of March 15, 2021, entered into by and among Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Buyers set forth on the signature pages affixed hereto (individually, a “Buyer” or collectively “Buyers”),

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Buyer(s) are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon an exemption from securities registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D (“Regulation D”) as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, the Company shall sell to the Buyers, as provided herein, and the Buyers shall purchase a minimum of US$2,000,000 principal amount (the “Minimum Amount”) up to a maximum of US$6,300,000 principal amount (the “Maximum Amount”) at a purchase price of 100% (par) (the “Purchase Price”) of the Company’s 8% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes with a term of twelve (12) months from the issuance date (the “Notes”); and the total Purchase Price shall be allocated among the Buyer(s) in the respective amounts set forth on the Buyer Omnibus Signature Page(s), affixed hereto (the “Subscription Amount”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to pursue an underwritten initial public offering of its common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and simultaneous listing of the Common Stock on a U.S. national securities exchange; and

 

WHEREAS, provided a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Notes) has been consummated, simultaneously upon the closing of such Qualified IPO, the entire outstanding principal amount of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes will automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion Shares”) at a price per Conversion Share set forth in the Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, the sale and purchase of the Notes is subject to and conditioned upon the closing of a share exchange between the Company and Perfect Moment Asia Ltd. (“Perfect Moment Asia”), whereby the shareholders of Perfect Moment Asia will exchange all of their shares of Perfect Moment Asia for shares of the Company, with the resulting authorized and outstanding capitalization of the Company as set forth in Section 2(c) below, and Perfect Moment Asia will become a wholly owned Subsidiary (as defined below) of the Company (the “Share Exchange”); and

 

WHEREAS, the aggregate proceeds of the sale of the Notes shall be held in escrow, pending closing of the purchase and sale of the Notes, pursuant to the terms of an escrow agreement substantially among Perfect Moment Asia, the Introducing Broker (as defined below) and the Escrow Agent (as defined below) (the “Escrow Agreement”).

 

 

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement the Company and the Buyer(s) hereby agree as follows:

 

1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES.

 

(a) Purchase of Notes. Subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Buyer agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at Closing (as defined below), and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Buyer, severally and not jointly, at Closing, Notes in principal amounts set forth on the Buyer Omnibus Signature Page, attached hereto as Annex A, for each Buyer affixed hereto. The Notes shall be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

(b) Closing Date; Offering Period. The initial closing of the purchase and sale of the Notes (the “Closing”) shall take place on the date when all of the Transaction Documents have been executed and delivered by the applicable parties and the other conditions to the Closing set forth herein and in Sections 5 and 6 below have been satisfied or waived (or such later date as is mutually agreed to by the Company and the Buyer(s)). There may be multiple Closings until the earlier of the Final Termination Date (as defined below) or such time as subscriptions for the sale of the Notes up to the Maximum Amount are accepted (the date of any such Closing is hereinafter referred to as a “Closing Date”). Each Closing shall occur on a Closing Date remotely via the electronic exchange of documents and signatures. The Offering shall terminate on April 8, 2021 (the “Termination Date”), or May 7, 2021 (the “Final Termination Date”) if the Termination Date has been extended by Company and the Introducing Broker (without necessity of notice to or consent from the Buyer or any other Buyer), and unless the Minimum Amount has been raised by the Termination Date or the Final Termination Date (as applicable), all funds shall be returned to the Buyers as provided in the Escrow Agreement.

 

(c) Escrow Arrangements; Form of Payment. Upon execution hereof by a Buyer and pending the applicable Closing, the Subscription Amount shall be deposited in a non- interest bearing escrow account with Signature Bank as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and disbursed in accordance therewith. The Buyer shall either

 

(i) wire transfer the Subscription Amount set forth on its Buyer Omnibus Signature Page, in immediately available funds, in accordance with the instructions set forth immediately below:

 

  Escrow Agent Wire Instructions
   
  Bank Name: Signature Bank
  950 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, NY 10022
  ABA #: 026013576
  Account #: 1503853023
  Account Name: Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., Signature Bank, as Escrow Agent
  Reference: [Name and address of Buyer]

 

2

 

 

or (ii) deliver a certified or other bank check for the Subscription Amount payable to:

 

“Signature Bank, as Escrow Agent for Perfect Moment Asia Ltd.,” Reference: “Account # 1503853023; [Name of Buyer]”

 

Deliver to:

 

Signature Bank

950 Third Avenue, 9th Floor
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Beth Jimenez

 

(d) Delivery of Funds from Escrow. Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the applicable Closing Date, the Escrow Agent shall deliver to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement the Purchase Price for the Notes to be issued and sold to the Buyer(s) on such Closing Date.

 

(e) Delivery of Notes. Promptly after the applicable Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to the Buyer(s), the Note(s) to be issued at such Closing, duly executed on behalf of the Company.

 

(f) Acceptance of Subscriptions. The Buyer understands and agrees that the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, reserves the right to accept or reject this or any other subscription for the Notes, in whole or in part, notwithstanding prior receipt by the Buyer of notice of acceptance of this subscription. If the subscription is rejected in whole or the offering of the Notes is terminated, all funds received by the Escrow Agent from the Buyer will be promptly returned without interest or offset, and this subscription shall thereafter be of no further force or effect. If this subscription is rejected in part, the funds for the rejected portion of this subscription will be returned without interest or offset, and this subscription will continue in full force and effect to the extent this subscription was accepted.

 

(g) Introducing Broker. Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. (the “Introducing Broker”), a broker-dealer licensed with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, has been engaged as a broker to introduce potential investors to the offering of the Notes pursuant to the terms of an introducing broker agreement entered into between the Company and the Introducing Broker. At each Closing, the Introducing Broker will be paid a total commission of 10% of funds raised from investors in the Notes. The Introducing Broker shall be entitled to share the cash fees with other broker-dealers that may introduce Buyers to the offering of the Notes.

 

2. BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

Each Buyer, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to, and agrees with the Company, as of the applicable Closing, as to such Buyer, that:

 

(a) Investment Purpose. The Buyer is acquiring the Notes, and, upon conversion (if any) of the Notes, the Buyer will acquire the Conversion Shares (together with the Notes, to the extent applicable, the “Securities”), in each case, for its own account for investment only and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the Securities Act; provided, however, that by making the representations herein, such Buyer reserves the right to dispose of the Securities at any time in accordance with or pursuant to an effective registration statement covering such Securities, or an available exemption under the Securities Act. The Buyer agrees not to sell, hypothecate or otherwise transfer the Securities unless such Securities are registered under the federal and applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, an exemption from such law is available.

 

3

 

 

(b) Residence of Buyer. The Buyer resides in the jurisdiction set forth on such Buyer’s Buyer Omnibus Signature Page affixed hereto.

 

(c) Accredited Investor Status. The Buyer is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, for the reason(s) specified on the Accredited Investor Certification attached hereto as completed by the Buyer, and the Buyer shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(d) Investor Qualifications. The Buyer (i) if a natural person, represents that he or she is the greater of (A) 21 years of age or (B) the age of legal majority in his or her jurisdiction of residence, and has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other related agreements or certificates and to carry out the provisions hereof and thereof; (ii) if a corporation, partnership, or limited liability company or partnership, or association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, represents that such entity was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities, such entity is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby is authorized by, and will not result in a violation of state law or its charter or other organizational documents, such entity has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other related agreements or certificates and to carry out the provisions hereof and thereof and to purchase and hold the Securities, the execution and delivery of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such entity and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity; or (iii) if executing this Agreement in a representative or fiduciary capacity, represents that it has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement in such capacity and on behalf of the subscribing individual, ward, partnership, trust, estate, corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity for whom the Buyer is executing this Agreement, and such individual, partnership, ward, trust, estate, corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity has full right and power to perform pursuant to this Agreement and make an investment in the Company, and represents that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate or be in conflict with any order, judgment, injunction, agreement or controlling document to which the Buyer is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(e) Buyer Relationship with Brokers. The Buyer’s substantive relationship with any broker, including the Introducing Broker, for the transactions contemplated hereby or sub-agent thereof (collectively, “Brokers”), through which the Buyer is subscribing for the Securities predates such Broker’s contact with the Buyer regarding an investment in the Securities.

 

4

 

 

(f) Solicitation. The Buyer is unaware of, is in no way relying on, and did not become aware of the offering of the Securities through or as a result of, any form of general solicitation or general advertising including, without limitation, any article, notice, advertisement or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio, in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities and is not subscribing for the Securities and did not become aware of the offering of the Securities through or as a result of any seminar or meeting to which the Buyer was invited by, or any solicitation of a subscription by, a Person not previously known to the Buyer in connection with investments in securities generally. (“Person” means an individual, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or other legal entity or organization, or any government or governmental agency.)

 

(g) Brokerage Fees. The Buyer has taken no action that would give rise to any claim by any Person for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or the like relating to this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby (other than fees to be paid by the Company to the Introducing Broker as described in Section 1(g) of this Agreement).

 

(h) Buyer’s Advisors. The Buyer and/or the Buyer’s attorney, accountant, purchaser representative and/or tax advisor, if any (collectively, the “Advisors”), as the case may be, has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax, and business matters, and, in particular, investments in securities, so as to enable it to utilize the information made available to it in connection with the Securities to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Securities and the Company and to make an informed investment decision with respect thereto.

 

(i) Buyer Liquidity. The Buyer has adequate means of providing for such Buyer’s current financial needs and foreseeable contingencies and has no need for liquidity of its investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and after purchasing the Notes the Buyer will be able to provide for any foreseeable current needs and possible personal contingencies. The Buyer must bear and acknowledges the substantial economic risks of the investment in the Securities including the risk of illiquidity and the risk of a complete loss of this investment.

 

(j) High Risk Investment. The Buyer is aware that an investment in the Notes, and upon conversion of the Notes, the Conversion Shares, involves a number of very significant risks and has carefully researched and reviewed and understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of the Notes, and upon conversion of the Notes, the Conversion Shares. Buyer acknowledges that, among other things, while the Company has entered into the Security Agreement (as defined below) with the Buyers, pursuant to which the Company will have granted and conveyed to the Buyers a security interest in the Company, on the terms described therein, as security for the full and timely repayment of the Notes, which Security Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, neither the Company nor any Broker has, and none of them intends to, (A) review, research or obtain any report or opinion on the title of the Company to any of its’ respective assets, or (B) take any action to perfect any security interest in any assets of the Company. The Buyer understands that the Company may only make a limited pledge of its’ first tier non-U.S. subsidiary stock and that the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries may not pledge or guaranty any of their assets as part of the Security Agreement in order to avoid adverse tax consequences to the Company. The Buyer further understands that, therefore, notwithstanding anything in the Transaction Documents, the security interest granted in the Security Agreement may not be perfected with respect to any specific assets and/or may not have the priority specified in the Security Agreement.

 

5

 

 

(k) Reliance on Exemptions. The Buyer understands that the Securities are being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of, and such Buyer’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of such Buyer set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of such Buyer to acquire such securities. The Buyer further acknowledges and understands that the Company is relying on the representations and warranties made by the Buyer hereunder and that such representations and warranties are a material inducement to the Company to sell the Securities to the Buyer. The Buyer further acknowledges that without such representations and warranties of the Buyer made hereunder, the Company would not enter into this Agreement with the Buyer.

 

(l) Information. The Buyer and its Advisors have been furnished with all documents and materials relating to the business, finances and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and information that Buyer or its Advisors requested and deemed material to making an informed investment decision regarding its purchase of the Notes. The Buyer and its Advisors have been afforded the opportunity to review such documents and materials and the information contained therein. The Buyer and its Advisors have been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of the Company and its management. The Buyer understands that such discussions, as well as any written information provided by the Company, were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business and prospects which the Company believes to be material, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description, and except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to such information or the completeness thereof and makes no representation or warranty of any kind with respect to any information provided by any entity other than the Company. Some of such information may include projections as to the future performance of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which projections may not be realized, may be based on assumptions which may not be correct and may be subject to numerous factors beyond the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ control. Additionally, the Buyer understands and represents that he, she or it is purchasing the Notes notwithstanding the fact that the Company and its Subsidiaries may disclose in the future certain material information the Buyer has not received, including the financial results of the Company and its Subsidiaries for their current fiscal quarters. Neither such inquiries nor any other due diligence investigations conducted by such Buyer or its Advisors shall modify, amend or affect such Buyer’s right to rely on the Company’s representations and warranties contained in Section 3 of this Agreement. Each Buyer has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to its acquisition of the Notes.

 

6

 

 

(m) No Other Representations or Information. In evaluating the suitability of an investment in the Securities, the Buyer has not relied upon any representation or information (oral or written) with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries, or otherwise, other than as stated in this Agreement. No oral or written representations have been made, or oral or written information furnished, to the Buyer or its Advisors, if any, in connection with the offering of the Securities.

 

(n) No Governmental Review. The Buyer understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Notes (or the Conversion Shares), or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Notes (or the Conversion Shares), nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Notes (or the Conversion Shares).

 

(o) Transfer or Resale. The Buyer understands that: (i) the Securities have not been and are not being registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and may not be offered for sale, sold, assigned or transferred unless (A) subsequently registered thereunder, or (B) such Buyer shall have delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel, in a generally acceptable form, to the effect that such Securities to be sold, assigned or transferred may be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration requirements; (ii) any sale of such Securities made in reliance on Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor rule thereto) (“Rule 144”) may be made only in accordance with the terms of Rule 144 and further, if Rule 144 is not applicable, any resale of such Securities under circumstances in which the seller (or the Person through whom the sale is made) may be deemed to be an underwriter (as that term is defined in the Securities Act) may require compliance with some other exemption under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder; and (iii) the Company is not and no other Person, other than as specifically provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below), is under any obligation to register such Securities under the Securities Act or any state securities laws or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption thereunder. The Buyer understands and agrees that the Company has the right to place stop transfer instructions against the shares and certificates for the Conversion Shares to the extent specifically set forth under this Agreement. There can be no assurance that there will be any market or resale for the Notes (or the Conversion Shares), nor can there be any assurance that the Notes (or the Conversion Shares) will be freely transferable at any time in the foreseeable future.

 

(p) Legends. Each Buyer understands that the certificates or other instruments representing the Notes (and the Conversion Shares) shall bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop transfer order may be placed against transfer of such stock certificates):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THESE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF AVAILABLE, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND THE HOLDER HAS, PRIOR TO SUCH SALE, FURNISHED TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF EXEMPTION, IN EITHER CASE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

7

 

 

(q) Authorization, Enforcement. The Buyer has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents (as defined below) to which such Buyer is a party, and to purchase the Notes being sold to it hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by such Buyer and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership action, and no further consent or authorization of such Buyer or its Board of Directors, stockholders, partners, members, as the case may be, is required. This Agreement and the Transaction Documents (to the extent the Buyer is a party thereto) have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Buyer and upon execution of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the other parties hereto and thereto, constitute, or shall constitute when executed and delivered, a valid and binding obligation of such Buyer enforceable against such Buyer in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation and other similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

(r) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation by such Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or relating hereto do not and will not (i) if the Buyer is not an individual, result in a violation of such Buyer’s charter documents or bylaws or other organizational documents or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of any agreement, indenture or instrument or obligation to which such Buyer is a party or by which its properties or assets are bound, or result in a violation of any law, rule, or regulation, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency applicable to such Buyer or its properties (except for such conflicts, defaults and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on such Buyer). Such Buyer is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or to purchase the Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, provided that for purposes of the representation made in this sentence, such Buyer is assuming and relying upon the accuracy of the relevant representations and agreements of the Company herein.

 

8

 

 

(s) Receipt of Documents. Each Buyer, its counsel and/or its Advisors have received and read in their entirety (i) this Agreement and each representation, warranty and covenant set forth herein, and (ii) all due diligence and other information, if any, provided by the Company to verify the accuracy and completeness of such representations, warranties of the Company; each Buyer has received answers to any questions such Buyer submitted to the Company regarding an investment in the Company to such Buyer’s satisfaction; and each Buyer has relied on the information contained therein and has not been furnished any other documents, literature, memorandum or prospectus.

 

(t) IPO. Each Buyer acknowledges and agrees that no consent of Buyer to the occurrence or non-occurrence of, or the timing, terms or conditions of, or any other fact, action or non-action relating to, a Qualified IPO shall be required in any event.

 

(u) Shell Company Status. Each Buyer understands that prior to the Share Exchange, the Company may be deemed to have been a “shell company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and that upon the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K reporting the consummation of the Share Exchange and the Transactions and otherwise containing Form 10 information discussed below, the Company would cease to be a shell company. Pursuant to Rule 144(i), securities issued by a current or former shell company that otherwise meet the holding period and other requirements of Rule 144 nevertheless cannot be sold in reliance on Rule 144 until one year after such company (a) is no longer a shell company; and (b) has filed current “Form 10 information” (as defined in Rule 144(i)) with the SEC reflecting that it is no longer a shell company, and provided that at the time of a proposed sale pursuant to Rule 144, such company is subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and has filed all reports and other materials required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports. As a result, the restrictive legends on certificates for the securities cannot be removed except in connection with an actual sale meeting the foregoing requirements or pursuant to an effective registration statement.

 

(v) Confidentiality. Each Buyer acknowledges and agrees that all of the information received by it in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transactions, including, without limitation, with regard to a potential Qualified IPO, is of a confidential nature and may be regarded as material non-public information under Regulation FD promulgated by the SEC and that such information has been furnished to the Buyer for the sole purpose of enabling the Buyer to consider and evaluate an investment in the Securities. The Buyer agrees that it will treat such information in a confidential manner, will not use such information for any purpose other than evaluating an investment in the Securities, will not, directly or indirectly, trade or permit the Buyer’s agents, representatives or affiliates to trade in any securities of the Company while in possession of such information and will not, directly or indirectly, disclose or permit the Buyer’s agents, representatives or affiliates to disclose any of such information without the Company’s prior written consent. The Buyer shall make its agents, affiliates and representatives aware of the confidential nature of the information contained herein and the terms of this section including the Buyer’s agreement to not disclose such information, to not trade in the Company’s securities while in the possession of such information and to be responsible for any disclosure or other improper use of such information by such agents, affiliates or representatives. Likewise, without the Company’s prior written consent, the Buyer will not, directly or indirectly, make any statements, public announcements or other release or provision of information in any form to any trade publication, to the press or to any other Person or entity whose primary business is or includes the publication or dissemination of information related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

9

 

 

(w) No Legal Advice from the Company. Each Buyer acknowledges that it had the opportunity to review this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with its own Advisors. Each Buyer is relying solely on such Advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its employees, representatives or agents for legal, tax, economic and related considerations or investment advice with respect to this investment, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the securities laws of any jurisdiction.

 

(x) No Group Participation. Each Buyer and its affiliates is not a member of any group, nor is any Buyer acting in concert with any other Person, including any other Buyer, with respect to its acquisition of the Notes (and the Conversion Shares).

 

(y) Reliance. Any information which the Buyer has heretofore furnished or is furnishing herewith to the Company or any Broker is complete and accurate and may be relied upon by the Company and any Broker in determining the availability of an exemption from registration under U.S. federal and state securities laws in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Buyer further represents and warrants that it will notify and supply corrective information to the Company immediately upon the occurrence of any change therein occurring prior to the Company’s issuance of the Notes. Within five (5) days after receipt of a request from the Company or any Broker, the Buyer will provide such information and deliver such documents as may reasonably be necessary to comply with any and all laws and ordinances to which the Company or any Broker is subject.

 

(z) (For ERISA plan Buyers only). The fiduciary of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) plan (the “Plan”) represents that such fiduciary has been informed of and understands the Company’s investment objectives, policies and strategies, and that the decision to invest “plan assets” (as such term is defined in ERISA) in the Company is consistent with the provisions of ERISA that require diversification of plan assets and impose other fiduciary responsibilities. The Buyer fiduciary or Plan (a) is responsible for the decision to invest in the Company; (b) is independent of the Company or any of its affiliates; (c) is qualified to make such investment decision; and (d) in making such decision, the Buyer fiduciary or Plan has not relied primarily on any advice or recommendation of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

10

 

 

(aa) Anti-Money Laundering; OFAC.

 

[The Buyer should check the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) website at http://www.treas.gov/ofac before making the following representations.] The Buyer represents that the amounts invested by it in the Company in the Notes were not and are not directly or indirectly derived from activities that contravene U.S. federal or state or international laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws and regulations. U.S. federal regulations and Executive Orders administered by OFAC prohibit, among other things, the engagement in transactions with, and the provision of services to, certain foreign countries, territories, entities and individuals. The lists of OFAC prohibited countries, territories, Persons and entities can be found on the OFAC website at http://www.treas.gov/ofac. In addition, the programs administered by OFAC (the “OFAC Programs”) prohibit dealing with individuals1 or entities in certain countries regardless of whether such individuals or entities appear on the OFAC lists.

 

To the best of the Buyer’s knowledge, none of: (1) the Buyer; (2) any Person controlling or controlled by the Buyer; (3) if the Buyer is a privately-held entity, any Person having a beneficial interest in the Buyer; or (4) any Person for whom the Buyer is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this investment is a country, territory, individual or entity named on an OFAC list, or a Person prohibited under the OFAC Programs. Please be advised that the Company may not accept any amounts from a prospective investor if such prospective investor cannot make the representation set forth in the preceding paragraph. The Buyer agrees to promptly notify the Company should the Buyer become aware of any change in the information set forth in these representations. The Buyer understands and acknowledges that, by law, the Company may be obligated to “freeze the account” of the Buyer, either by prohibiting additional subscriptions from the Buyer, declining any redemption requests and/or segregating the assets in the account in compliance with governmental regulations, and a Broker may also be required to report such action and to disclose the Buyer’s identity to OFAC. The Buyer further acknowledges that the Company may, by written notice to the Buyer, suspend the redemption rights, if any, of the Buyer if the Company reasonably deems it necessary to do so to comply with anti-money laundering regulations applicable to the Company or any Broker or any of the Company’s other service providers.

 

To the best of the Buyer’s knowledge, none of: (1) the Buyer; (2) any Person controlling or controlled by the Buyer; (3) if the Buyer is a privately-held entity, any Person having a beneficial interest in the Buyer; or (4) any Person for whom the Buyer is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this investment is a senior foreign political figure2, or any immediate family3 member or close associate4 of a senior foreign political figure, as such terms are defined in the footnotes below.

 

 

1These individuals include specially designated nationals, specially designated narcotics traffickers and other parties subject to OFAC sanctions and embargo programs.

 

2A “senior foreign political figure” is defined as a senior official in the executive, legislative, administrative, military or judicial branches of a foreign government (whether elected or not), a senior official of a major foreign political party, or a senior executive of a foreign government- owned corporation. In addition, a “senior foreign political figure” includes any corporation, business or other entity that has been formed by, or for the benefit of, a senior foreign political figure.

 

3“Immediate family” of a senior foreign political figure typically includes the figure’s parents, siblings, spouse, children and in-laws.

 

4A “close associate” of a senior foreign political figure is a person who is widely and publicly known to maintain an unusually close relationship with the senior foreign political figure, and includes a person who is in a position to conduct substantial domestic and international financial transactions on behalf of the senior foreign political figure.

 

11

 

 

If the Buyer is affiliated with a non-U.S. banking institution (a “Foreign Bank”), or if the Buyer receives deposits from, makes payments on behalf of, or handles other financial transactions related to a Foreign Bank, the Buyer represents and warrants to the Company that: (1) the Foreign Bank has a fixed address, other than solely an electronic address, in a country in which the Foreign Bank is authorized to conduct banking activities; (2) the Foreign Bank maintains operating records related to its banking activities; (3) the Foreign Bank is subject to inspection by the banking authority that licensed the Foreign Bank to conduct banking activities; and (4) the Foreign Bank does not provide banking services to any other Foreign Bank that does not have a physical presence in any country and that is not a regulated affiliate.

 

(bb) Certain Relationships. The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the Introducing Broker and/or its affiliates and/or principals and employees may contemporaneously herewith or from time to time hereafter engage in other business relationships with and perform other services for the Company and/or its affiliates (including, without limitation, acting as an underwriter for a Qualified IPO) and may own securities of the Company and/or its affiliates.

 

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

 

Except as set forth in the disclosure schedule delivered to the Buyers concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “Disclosure Schedule”), the Company hereby represents and warrants to each of the Buyers, as of the applicable Closing (after giving effect to the Share Exchange), the following:

 

(a) Organization and Qualification. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is a corporation or other business entity duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified as a corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect, as defined below. Each Subsidiary of the Company is identified on Schedule 3(a) attached hereto. “Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean and include (i) any corporation more than 50% of whose stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries and (ii) any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, has more than a 50% equity interest at the time. Subsidiary shall in any event exclude any Person which would otherwise be a Subsidiary but the interests in which were acquired in an investment banking transaction and are being held for resale.

 

12

 

 

(b) Authorization, Enforcement, Compliance with Other Instruments. (i) The Company as a party to this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement or any of the other agreements and documents that are exhibits hereto or thereto or are contemplated hereby or thereby or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Transaction Documents”) has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to issue the Notes in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, (ii) the execution and delivery by the Company of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the issuance of the Notes have been, or will be at the time of execution of such Transaction Document, duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors, and no further consent or authorization is, or will be at the time of execution of such Transaction Document, required by the Company, its’ Board of Directors or its’ stockholders, (iii) each of the Transaction Documents will be duly executed and delivered by the Company, (iv) the Transaction Documents when executed will constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

(c) Capitalization. The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value US$0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), of which 5,323,782 shares are designated “Series A Preferred Stock.” As of immediately prior to the initial Closing, the Company has 3,994,496 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and 5,323,782 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. The Company has reserved 681,722 shares of Common Stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(c), no shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights or any liens or encumbrances suffered or permitted by the Company; and any such rights set forth on Schedule 3(c) have been duly waived in writing. As of the date of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 3(c), (i) there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) there are no outstanding debt securities other than as set forth in Schedule A to the Note, (iii) there are no agreements or arrangements under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to register the sale of any of their securities under the Securities Act other than the Registration Rights Agreement, and (iv) there are no outstanding registration statements and there are no outstanding comment letters from the SEC or any other regulatory agency. There are no securities or instruments containing anti-dilution or similar provisions that will be triggered by the issuance of the Notes as described in this Agreement. The Notes (and the Conversion Shares), when issued, will be free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances and other restrictions (other than those arising under applicable securities laws as a result of the issuance of the Notes). Except as set forth on Schedule 3(c), no co-sale right, right of first refusal or other similar right exists with respect to the Notes (or will exist with respect to the Conversion Shares) or the issuance and sale thereof; and any such rights set forth on Schedule 3(c) have been duly waived in writing. The issue and sale of the Notes (and the Conversion Shares) will not result in a right of any holder of Company securities to adjust the exercise, exchange or reset price under such securities. Upon request, the Company will make available to the Buyer true and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, and as in effect on the date hereof (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and the Company’s By-laws, as in effect on the date hereof (the “By-laws”), and the terms of all securities exercisable for Common Stock and the material rights of the holders thereof in respect thereto other than stock options issued to employees and consultants.

 

13

 

 

(d) Issuance of Securities. The Notes are duly authorized and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be duly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, are free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. Upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with the Transaction Documents, the Conversion Shares will be duly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Transaction Documents by the Company, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i) result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation, any certificate of designations of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or the By-laws (or equivalent constitutive document) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party, or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations) applicable to the Company or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected except for those which could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or future prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”). Except those which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company is not in violation of any term of or in default under its constitutive documents. Except as set forth in Schedule 3(e), and except those which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company is not in violation of any term of or in default under any material contract, agreement, mortgage, indebtedness, indenture, instrument, judgment, decree or order or any statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company. The business of the Company is not being conducted, and shall not be conducted in violation of any material law, ordinance, or regulation of any governmental entity, except for any violation which could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement and as required under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, the Company is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under or contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof. Neither the execution and delivery by the Company of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will require any notice, consent or waiver under any contract or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of their assets is subject, except for (i) any notice, consent or waiver set forth in Schedule 3(e), or (ii) any notice, consent or waiver the absence of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect and would not adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. All consents, authorizations, orders, filings and registrations which the Company is required to obtain pursuant to the preceding two sentences have been obtained or effected on or prior to the date hereof. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(e), the Company is unaware of any facts or circumstance, which might give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

14

 

 

(f) Absence of Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(f), there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would (i) adversely affect the validity or enforceability of, or the authority or ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to perform its obligations under, this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, or (ii) have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) Acknowledgment Regarding Buyer’s Purchase of the Notes. The Company acknowledges and agrees that each Buyer is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length purchaser with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company further acknowledges that each Buyer is not acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and any advice given by such Buyer or any of their respective representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby is merely incidental to such Buyer’s purchase of the Notes (and the Conversion Shares). The Company further represents to the Buyers that the Company’s decision to enter into the Transaction Documents has been based solely on the independent evaluation by the Company and its representatives.

 

(h) No General Solicitation. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities.

 

(i) No Integrated Offering. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require registration of the Securities under the Securities Act or cause this offering of the Securities to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act.

 

(j) Employee Relations. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary is involved in any labor dispute nor, to the knowledge of the Company, is any such dispute threatened. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary is party to any collective bargaining agreement. The Company’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ employees are not members of any union, and the Company believes that its and its Subsidiaries’ relationship with their respective employees is good.

 

15

 

 

(k) Intellectual Property Rights. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(k), the Company owns or possesses all patents, trademarks, domain names (whether or not registered) and any patentable improvements or copyrightable derivative works thereof, websites and intellectual property rights relating thereto, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and authorizations, and all rights with respect to the foregoing, which are necessary for the conduct of its business as now conducted without any conflict with the rights of others except for such conflicts that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of infringement of, or conflict with, the asserted rights of others with respect to any intellectual property that it utilizes.

 

(l) Environmental Laws.

 

(i) The Company and each Subsidiary has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below), except for violations of Environmental Laws that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened civil or criminal litigation, written notice of violation, formal administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request, relating to any Environmental Law involving the Company or any Subsidiary, except for litigation, notices of violations, formal administrative proceedings or investigations, inquiries or information requests that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, “Environmental Law” means any national, state, provincial or local law, statute, rule or regulation or the common law relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, including without limitation any statute, regulation, administrative decision or order pertaining to (i) treatment, storage, disposal, generation and transportation of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or solid or hazardous waste; (ii) air, water and noise pollution; (iii) groundwater and soil contamination; (iv) the release or threatened release into the environment of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances, or solid or hazardous waste, including without limitation emissions, discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of pollutants, contaminants or chemicals; (v) the protection of wild life, marine life and wetlands, including without limitation all endangered and threatened species; (vi) storage tanks, vessels, containers, abandoned or discarded barrels, and other closed receptacles; (vii) health and safety of employees and other Persons; and (viii) manufacturing, processing, using, distributing, treating, storing, disposing, transporting or handling of materials regulated under any law as pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or oil or petroleum products or solid or hazardous waste. As used above, the terms “release” and “environment” shall have the meaning set forth in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

16

 

 

(ii) To the knowledge of the Company there is no material environmental liability with respect to any solid or hazardous waste transporter or treatment, storage or disposal facility that has been used by the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(iii) The Company and its Subsidiaries (i) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (ii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval.

 

(m) Permits. The Company and its Subsidiaries have all authorizations, approvals, clearances, licenses, permits, certificates or exemptions (including manufacturing approvals and authorizations, pricing and reimbursement approvals, labeling approvals, registration notifications or their foreign equivalent) issued by any regulatory authority or governmental agency (collectively, “Permits”) required to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted except to the extent that the failure to have such Permits would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The conduct of business by the Company complies, and at all times has substantially complied, in all material respects with applicable federal, state and foreign laws except to the extent that the failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, as of the date hereof, no regulatory authority or governmental agency is considering limiting, suspending or revoking any such Permit. To the knowledge of the Company, there is no material false or misleading information or material omission in any application or other submission by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any regulatory authority or governmental agency. The Company or its Subsidiaries have fulfilled and performed in all material respects their obligations under each Permit, and, as of the date hereof, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred or condition or state of facts exists which would constitute a breach or default or would cause revocation or termination of any such Permit except to the extent that such breach, default, revocation or termination would not have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, any third party that is a manufacturer or contractor for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all Permits insofar as they pertain to the manufacture of product components or products for the Company. The Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any notice from any governmental agency alleging or asserting noncompliance with any applicable laws or Permits. The Company and its Subsidiaries are not subject to any obligation arising under an administrative or regulatory action or other notice, response or commitment made to or with any regulatory authority or governmental agency. The Company and its Subsidiaries have made all notifications, submissions and reports required by applicable federal, state and foreign laws, except to the extent that the failure to make such notifications, submission or reports would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(n) Title. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any real property. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(n), each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all of its personal property and assets free and clear of any material restriction, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge, claim or encumbrance which would have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(n), with respect to properties and assets it leases, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in material compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

17

 

 

(o) No Material Adverse Breaches, etc. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to any charter, corporate or other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation which in the judgment of the Company’s officers has or is expected in the future to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in breach of any contract or agreement which breach, in the judgment of the Company’s officers, has or is expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(p) Tax Status. The Company and each Subsidiary has made and filed all federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject and (unless and only to the extent that the Company or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all unpaid and unreported taxes) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and has set aside on its books provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due from the Company or any Subsidiary by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company know of no basis for any such claim.

 

(q) Certain Transactions. Except for arm’s length transactions pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than it could obtain from third parties, none of the officers, directors, or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

 

(r) Rights of First Refusal. The Company is not obligated to offer the securities offered hereunder on a right of first refusal basis or otherwise to any third parties including, but not limited to, current or former stockholders of the Company, underwriters, brokers, agents or other third parties.

 

(s) Reliance. The Company acknowledges that the Buyers are relying on the representations and warranties made by the Company hereunder (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule) and that such representations and warranties are a material inducement to the Buyer purchasing the Notes. The Company further acknowledges that without such representations and warranties of the Company made hereunder (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule), the Buyers would not enter into this Agreement.

 

(t) Brokers’ Fees. The Company does not have any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the payment of fees to the Introducing Broker as described in Section 1(g) of this Agreement.

 

18

 

 

4. COVENANTS.

 

(a) Best Efforts. Each party shall use its best efforts timely to satisfy each of the conditions to be satisfied by it as provided in Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement.

 

(b) Form D. The Company agrees to file a Form D with respect to the offer and sale of the Notes as required under Regulation D. The Company shall, on or before the Closing Date, take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary to qualify the Notes (and shall do the same with respect to the Conversion Shares), or obtain an exemption for the Notes (and shall do the same with respect to the Conversion Shares) for sale to the Buyers at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States, and shall provide evidence of any such action so taken to the Buyers on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use 100% of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes (after deducting fees and expenses (including brokerage fees, fees payable to the Escrow Agent and legal and accounting fees and expenses)) for technology, marketing and general and administration expenses, including existing salaries and new hires to support the Company’s finance department.

 

(d) Corporate Existence. So long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall not, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to, directly or indirectly consummate any reorganization, restructuring, reverse stock split, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, Change of Control Transaction, or any similar transaction or related transactions, other than a Qualified IPO, unless, prior to the consummation of any such transaction, the Company obtains the written consent of the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. “Change of Control Transaction” means the occurrence after the date hereof of any of (a) an acquisition after the date hereof by an individual or legal entity or “group” (as described in Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of effective control (whether through legal or beneficial ownership of capital stock of the Company, by contract or otherwise) of in excess of 50% of the voting securities of the Company (other than by means of conversion or exercise of the Notes), (b) the Company merges into or consolidates with any other person, or any person merges into or consolidates with the Company and, after giving effect to such transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own less than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the Company or the successor entity of such transaction, or (c) the Company sells or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another person and the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own less than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the acquiring entity immediately after the transaction, (d) a replacement at one time or within a three year period of more than one-half of the members of the Board of Directors which is not approved by a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board of Directors on the date hereof (or by those individuals who are serving as members of the Board of Directors on any date whose nomination to the Board of Directors was approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are members on the date hereof), or (e) the execution by the Company of an agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, providing for any of the events set forth in clauses (a) through (d) above. In any such case, the Company will make appropriate provision with respect to each Buyer’s rights and interests to insure that the provisions of this Section 4(d) will thereafter be applicable to the Notes.

 

19

 

 

(e) Resales Absent Effective Registration Statement. Each of the Buyers understands and acknowledges that (i) the Transaction Documents may require the Company to issue and deliver the Conversion Shares to the Buyers with legends restricting their transferability under the Securities Act, and (ii) it is aware that resales of such Conversion Shares may not be made unless, at the time of resale, there is an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering such Buyer’s resale(s) or an applicable exemption from registration.

 

(f) Variable Rate Transactions. From the date hereof until the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Company shall be prohibited from effecting or entering into an agreement to effect any issuance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents for cash consideration (or a combination of units thereof) involving a Variable Rate Transaction. “Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Company or any of their Subsidiaries that would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock. “Variable Rate Transaction” means a transaction in which the Company (i) issues or sells any debt or equity securities that are convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or include the right to receive, additional shares of Common Stock either (A) at a conversion price, exercise price or exchange rate or other price that is based upon, and/or varies with, the trading prices of or quotations for the shares of Common Stock at any time after the initial issuance of such debt or equity securities or (B) with a conversion, exercise or exchange price that is subject to being reset at some future date after the initial issuance of such debt or equity security or upon the occurrence of specified or contingent events directly or indirectly related to the business of the Company or the market for the Common Stock or (ii) issues or sells any amortizing convertible security that amortizes prior to its maturity date, whereby it is required to or has the option to (or the investor in such security has the option to require the Company to) make such amortization payments in shares of Common Stock (whether or not such payments in stock are subject to certain equity conditions) or (iii) enters into any agreement, including, but not limited to, an equity line of credit, whereby it may sell securities at a future determined price. Any Buyer shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against the Company to preclude any such issuance, which remedy shall be in addition to any right to collect damages. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4(f) shall not apply to any Exempt Issuance. “Exempt Issuance” means the issuance of (a) shares of Common Stock, restricted stock units or options, and the underlying shares of Common Stock to consultants, employees, officers or directors of the Company pursuant to any stock or option plan duly adopted for such purpose, by a majority of the non-employee members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the members of a committee of non-employee directors established for such purpose for services rendered to the Company, (b) securities issued upon the exercise or exchange of or conversion of any securities issued hereunder and/or other securities issuable pursuant to existing agreements, exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, provided that such securities have not been amended since the date of this Agreement to increase the number of such securities or to decrease the exercise price, exchange price or conversion price of such securities (other than in connection with stock dividends, stock splits or combinations) or to extend the term of such securities, (c) securities issued pursuant, acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the directors of the Company, provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person (or to the equity holders of a Person) which is, itself or through its Subsidiaries, an operating company or an owner of an asset in a business synergistic with the business of the Company and which shall reasonably be expected to provide to the Company additional benefits, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities, (d) securities issued pursuant to any purchase money equipment loan or capital leasing arrangement, purchasing agent or debt financing from a commercial bank or similar financial institution, (e) securities issued pursuant to any presently outstanding warrants disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule or this Agreement, and (f) securities upon a stock split, stock dividend or subdivision of the Common Stock and shares of common stock in a public offering.

 

20

 

 

(g) Participation Right.

 

(i) From the date hereof until the earlier of (i) the closing of the first public offering by the Company for its own account of its Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents (including a Qualified IPO) (a “Public Offering”) or (ii) twelve (12) months from the initial Closing, subject to Section 4(g)(ix) below, upon any issuance by the Company of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents for cash consideration (including a Qualified IPO) (a “Subsequent Placement”), the Buyers shall have the right to participate in the Subsequent Financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in the Subsequent Financing as further described in this Section 4(g).

 

(ii) At least three (3) Business Days prior to any proposed or intended Subsequent Placement, the Company shall deliver to each Buyer a written notice of its proposal or intention to effect a Subsequent Placement (each such notice, a “Pre-Notice”), which Pre-Notice shall not contain any information (including, without limitation, material, non-public information) other than: (A) a statement that the Company proposes or intends to effect a Subsequent Placement, (B) a statement that the statement in clause (A) above does not constitute material, non-public information and (iii) a statement informing such Buyer that it is entitled to receive an Offer Notice (as defined below) with respect to such Subsequent Placement upon its written request. Upon the written request of a Buyer within one (1) Business Day after the Company’s delivery to such Buyer of such Pre-Notice, and only upon a written request by such Buyer, the Company shall promptly, but no later than two (2) Business Days after such request, deliver to such Buyer an irrevocable written notice (the “Offer Notice”) of any proposed or intended issuance or sale or exchange (the “Offer”) of the securities being offered (the “Offered Securities”) in a Subsequent Placement, which Offer Notice shall (1) identify and describe the Offered Securities, (2) describe the price and other terms upon which they are to be issued, sold or exchanged, and the number or amount of the Offered Securities to be issued, sold or exchanged, (3) identify the Persons (if known) to which or with which the Offered Securities are to be offered, issued, sold or exchanged and (4) offer to issue and sell to or exchange with the Buyers in accordance with the terms of the Offer an aggregate amount of the Offered Securities equal to the percentage obtained by dividing the total original principal amount of Notes sold by the total gross proceeds (before underwriting discounts, commissions, fees and expenses) to the Company of the Public Offering (the “Total Participation Amount”). The number of Offered Securities which each Buyer shall have the right to subscribe for under this Section 4(g) shall be (a) a percentage of the Total Participation Amount equal to such Buyer’s pro rata portion of the aggregate principal amount of Notes purchased hereunder by all Buyers (the “Basic Amount”), and (b) with respect to each Buyer that elects to purchase its Basic Amount, any additional portion of the Offered Securities attributable to the Basic Amounts of other Buyers as such Buyer shall indicate it will purchase or acquire should the other Buyers subscribe for less than their Basic Amounts (the “Undersubscription Amount”).

 

21

 

 

(iii) To accept an Offer, in whole or in part, such Buyer must deliver a written notice to the Company prior to the end of the third (3rd) Business Day after such Buyer’s receipt of the Offer Notice (the “Offer Period”), setting forth the portion of such Buyer’s Basic Amount that such Buyer elects to purchase and, if such Buyer shall elect to purchase all of its Basic Amount, the Undersubscription Amount, if any, that such Buyer elects to purchase (in either case, the “Notice of Acceptance”). If the Basic Amounts subscribed for by all Buyers are less than the total of all of the Basic Amounts, then such Buyer who has set forth an Undersubscription Amount in its Notice of Acceptance shall be entitled to purchase, in addition to the Basic Amounts subscribed for, the Undersubscription Amount it has subscribed for; provided, however, if the Undersubscription Amounts subscribed for exceed the difference between the total of all the Basic Amounts and the Basic Amounts subscribed for (the “Available Undersubscription Amount”), such Buyers who have subscribed for any Undersubscription Amount shall be entitled to purchase only that portion of the Available Undersubscription Amount as the Basic Amount of such Buyer bears to the total Basic Amounts of all Buyers that have subscribed for Undersubscription Amounts, subject to rounding by the Company to the extent it deems reasonably necessary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company desires to modify or amend the terms and conditions of the Offer prior to the expiration of the Offer Period, the Company may deliver to each Buyer a new Offer Notice and the Offer Period shall expire on the first (1st) Business Day after such Buyer’s receipt of such new Offer Notice.

 

(iv) The Company shall have five (5) Business Days from the expiration of the Offer Period above (A) to offer, issue, sell or exchange all or any part of such Offered Securities as to which a Notice of Acceptance has not been given by a Buyer (the “Refused Securities”) pursuant to a definitive agreement(s) (the “Subsequent Placement Agreement”), but only to the offerees described in the Offer Notice (if so described therein) and only upon terms and conditions (including, without limitation, unit prices and interest rates) that are not more favorable to the acquiring Person or Persons or less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Offer Notice and (B) if the Company is then subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to publicly announce (1) the execution of such Subsequent Placement Agreement, and (2) either (a) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such Subsequent Placement Agreement or (b) the termination of such Subsequent Placement Agreement, which shall be filed with the SEC on a Current Report on Form 8-K with such Subsequent Placement Agreement and any documents contemplated therein filed as exhibits thereto.

 

22

 

 

(v) In the event the Company shall propose to sell less than all the Refused Securities (any such sale to be in the manner and on the terms specified in Section 4(g)(iii) above), then such Buyer may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, reduce the number or amount of the Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance on a pro rata basis based on the revised number or amount of Offered Securities as compared to the original number or amount of the Offered Securities. In the event that any Buyer so elects to reduce the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance, the Company may not issue, sell or exchange more than the reduced number or amount of the Offered Securities unless and until such securities have again been offered to the Buyers in accordance with this Section 4(g).

 

(vi) At the time of the closing of the issuance, sale or exchange of all or less than all of the Refused Securities, such Buyer shall acquire from the Company, and the Company shall issue to such Buyer, the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance. The purchase by such Buyer of any Offered Securities is subject in all cases to the preparation, execution and delivery by the Company and such Buyer of a separate purchase agreement relating to such Offered Securities reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such Buyer and its counsel. The Company and each Buyer agree that if any Buyer elects to participate in the Offer, neither the Subsequent Placement Agreement with respect to such Offer nor any other transaction documents related thereto (collectively, the “Subsequent Placement Documents”) shall include any term or provision whereby such Buyer shall be required to agree to any restrictions on trading as to any securities of the Company or be required to consent to any amendment to or termination of, or grant any waiver, release or the like under or in connection with, any agreement previously entered into with the Company or any instrument received from the Company.

 

(vii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4(g) and unless otherwise agreed to by such Buyer, the Company shall either confirm in writing to such Buyer that the transaction with respect to the Subsequent Placement has been abandoned or shall publicly disclose its intention to issue the Offered Securities, in either case in such a manner such that such Buyer will not be in possession of any material, non-public information, by the fifth (5th) Business Day following delivery of the Offer Notice. If by such fifth (5th) Business Day, no public disclosure regarding a transaction with respect to the Offered Securities has been made, and no notice regarding the abandonment of such transaction has been received by such Buyer, such transaction shall be deemed to have been abandoned and such Buyer shall not be in possession of any material, non-public information with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(viii) Any Offered Securities not acquired by a Buyer or other Persons in accordance with this Section 4(g) may not be issued, sold or exchanged until they are again offered to such Buyer under the procedures specified in this Agreement.

 

(ix) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4(g) shall not apply in respect of any Exempt Issuance.

 

23

 

 

(h) Indemnification of Buyers. In consideration of the Buyer’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and acquiring the Notes (and the Conversion Shares) hereunder, and in addition to all of the Company’s other obligations under this Agreement, the Company shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer(s) and each other holder of the Notes (and if applicable, the Conversion Shares), and all of their officers, directors, employees and agents (including, without limitation, those retained in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnitees”) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, losses, costs, penalties, fees, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith (irrespective of whether any such Buyer Indemnitee is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought), and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Buyer Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation of the Company contained in this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents. To the extent that the foregoing undertaking by the Company may be unenforceable for any reason, the Company shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities, which is permissible under applicable law. The indemnity agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any cause of action or similar right of any Buyer Indemnitee against the Company or others, and any liabilities the Company may be subject to pursuant to law. The liability of the Company under this paragraph to each Buyer shall not exceed the total Subscription Amount paid by such Buyer hereunder.

 

(i) Indemnification of Company. In consideration of the Company’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and the sale of the Notes (and the Conversion Shares) hereunder, and in addition to all of the Buyer’s other obligations under this Agreement, each Buyer, severally but not jointly, shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each other holder of the Notes (and if applicable, the Conversion Shares), and all of their officers, directors, employees and agents (including, without limitation, those retained in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (collectively, the “Company Indemnitees”) from and against all Indemnified Liabilities, incurred by the Company Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to any actual or alleged false acknowledgment, representation or warranty, or misrepresentation or omission to state a material fact by such Buyer, provided, however, that the Buyer will be liable hereunder in any such case if and only to the extent that any such Indemnified Liability arises out of or is based a violation of federal or state securities laws by the Company resulting from in reliance upon information pertaining to such Buyer, as such, furnished in writing to the Company by such Buyer, and provided, further, however, that the liability of the Buyer hereunder shall be limited to such Buyer’s Subscription Amount. To the extent that the foregoing undertaking by the Buyer may be unenforceable for any reason, the Buyer shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities, which is permissible under applicable law. The indemnity agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any cause of action or similar right of any Company Indemnitee against the Buyer or others, and any liabilities the Buyer may be subject to pursuant to law.

 

5. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION TO SELL.

 

The obligation of the Company hereunder to issue and sell the Notes to each Buyer at each Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for the Company’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Company at any time in its sole discretion:

 

(a) The receipt and acceptance by the Company of Subscription Amounts from Buyers (including the Buyer) equal to at least the Minimum Amount.

 

24

 

 

(b) The Buyer shall have executed this Agreement, the Security Agreement, and the Registration Rights Agreement (by signing the Buyer’s Omnibus Signature Page hereto) and completed and executed the Accredited Investor Certification, the Investor Profile and the Anti-Money Laundering Information Form and delivered them to the Company.

 

(c) The Buyer shall have delivered to the Escrow Agent the Purchase Price for its Notes in the amount set forth on the Buyer’s Omnibus Signature Page hereto and the Escrow Agent shall have delivered the net proceeds to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available U.S. funds pursuant to the wire instructions provided by the Company.

 

(d) The representations and warranties of the Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date), and the Buyer shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(e) The Share Exchange shall have been consummated.

 

6. CONDITIONS TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE.

 

The obligation of the Buyer(s) hereunder to purchase the Notes at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

 

(a) The receipt and acceptance by the Company of Subscription Amounts from Buyers (including the Buyer) equal to at least the Minimum Amount.

 

(b) The Company shall have executed and delivered the security agreement of even date herewith substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Security Agreement”) with the Buyers.

 

(c) The Company shall have executed and delivered the registration rights agreement of even date herewith substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the Buyers.

 

(d) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule) and the other Transaction Documents shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date) except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct (without giving effect to any limitations as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth therein) does not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

25

 

 

(e) The Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(f) The Company shall have obtained any and all consents, permits, approvals, registrations and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation by the Company of the purchase and sale of the Notes and the transactions contemplated hereby or under the Transaction Documents, all of which shall be in full force and effect.

 

(g) The Buyers shall have received a certificate, executed by the President of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying as to the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Sections 6(e) and 6(f) above.

 

(h) The Company shall have executed and delivered to the Buyers the Notes in the respective amounts set forth on the Buyer Omnibus Signature Pages affixed hereto and the Disbursement of Funds Memorandum.

 

(i) The Company shall have delivered to the Buyers a certificate, executed on its behalf by an appropriate officer, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying the resolutions adopted by its Board of Directors approving the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the issuance of the Notes, certifying the current versions of its Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws (or equivalent documents) and certifying as to the signatures and authority of persons signing this Agreement on behalf of the Company. The foregoing certificate shall only be required to be delivered on the first Closing Date, unless any information contained in the certificate has changed.

 

(j) The Buyer shall have received an opinion from the Company’s legal counsel, dated as of the Closing Date, in form satisfactory to the Buyer.

 

(a) The Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, covenants and conditions to closing required to be performed and complied by it or them under the Security Agreement, unless such agreements, covenants and conditions have been waived by the Buyer, which waiver shall be conclusively evidenced by the Introducing Broker’s written instruction to the Escrow Agent to deliver to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement the Purchase Price for the Notes to be issued and sold to the Buyer(s) on such Closing Date.

 

(k) The Share Exchange shall have been consummated.

 

7. WAIVER OF POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. Buyers, for themselves and on behalf of their affiliates, successors and assigns, expressly waive any conflicts of interest or potential conflicts of interest discussed in Section 2(bb) of this Agreement and agree that the Company and its affiliates shall have no liability to any Buyer or their affiliates, successors and assigns with respect to such conflicts of interest or potential conflicts of interest.

 

26

 

 

8. GOVERNING LAW: MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflict of laws. The parties further agree that any action between them shall be heard exclusively in federal or state court sitting in the New York County, New York, and expressly consent to the jurisdiction and venue of the Supreme Court of New York, sitting in New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the adjudication of any civil action asserted pursuant to this paragraph.

 

(b) Irrevocable Subscription. Each of the Buyers hereby acknowledges and agrees that the subscription hereunder is irrevocable by such Buyer, except as required by applicable law, and that this Agreement shall survive the death or disability of the Buyer and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns. If the Buyer is more than one Person, the obligations of the Buyer hereunder shall be joint and several and the agreements, representations, warranties, and acknowledgments herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such Person and such Person’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns.

 

(c) Expenses. Each of the parties hereto shall pay its own fees and expenses (including the fees of any attorneys, accountants, appraises or others engaged by such party) in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.

 

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. All of such counterparts shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all the signers had signed a single page. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file (or other electronic image that can be opened and printed by the recipient) of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.

 

(e) Headings. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

(f) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

 

27

 

 

(g) Entire Agreement, Amendments. This Agreement supersedes all other prior oral or written agreements between the Buyer(s), the Company, their affiliates and Persons acting on their behalf with respect to the matters discussed herein (including any term sheet), and this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the instruments referenced herein contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither the Company nor any Buyer makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, provided that the effect of such action does not waive any accrued interest or damages and further provided that the relative rights of the Buyers to each other remains unchanged.

 

(h) Notices. Any notice, consents, waivers or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when personally delivered; (ii) upon receipt when sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; (iii) when sent, if by e-mail, (provided that such sent e-mail is kept on file (whether electronically or otherwise) by the sending party and the sending party does not receive an automatically generated message from the recipient’s e-mail server that such e- mail could not be delivered to such recipient); or (iv) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with next day delivery specified, in each case, properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses and email addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Company, to:

Perfect Moment Ltd.

Unit B, 13th Floor, Gee Chang Hong Centre
65 Wong Chuk Hang Rd.

Aberdeen, Hong Kong

Attention: Max Gottschalk, Chairman
Email: max.gottschalk@vedrapartners.com

   
With a copy to:

Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP
2049 Century Park East, 18th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attention: Nimish Patel
Email: nxp@msk.com

 

If to the Buyer(s), to the addresses set forth on the Buyer Omnibus Signature Page affixed hereto. Each party shall provide five (5) days’ prior written notice to the other party of any change in address, e-mail or facsimile number.

 

(i) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Neither the Company nor any Buyer shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

(j) No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

 

28

 

 

(k) Survival. Unless this Agreement is terminated under Section 8(n), the representations and warranties of the Company and the Buyer(s) contained in Sections 2 and 3, the agreements and covenants set forth in Sections 4 and 8 shall survive the Closing for a period of twelve (12) months following the date on which all of the Notes are repaid in full or converted into Conversion Shares in their entirety as provided in the Transaction Documents (whichever is the earliest); provided, however, that such representations and warranties shall in no way be affected by any investigation or knowledge of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Buyers or the Company. Each Buyer shall be responsible only for its own representations, warranties, agreements and covenants hereunder.

 

(l) Publicity. The Company shall have the right to approve or reject, in its sole discretion, before issuance any press release or any other public statement with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby made by any other party; and the Company shall be entitled, without the prior approval of any Buyer, to issue any press release or other public disclosure with respect to such transactions required under applicable securities or other laws or regulations or as it otherwise deems appropriate.

 

(m) Further Assurances. Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as the other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(n) Termination. In the event that the initial Closing shall not have occurred with respect to the Buyers on or before thirty (30) Business Days from the date hereof due to the Company’s or the Buyer’s failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in Sections 5 and 6 above (and the non-breaching party’s failure to waive such unsatisfied condition(s)), the non-breaching party shall have the option to terminate this Agreement with respect to such breaching party by providing five (5) days’ written notice to such breaching party of the non-breaching party’s intent to terminate this Agreement (and if the non-breaching party is the Buyer, to also withdraw its subscription) at the close of business on such date without liability of any party to any other party.

 

(o) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

(p) Remedies. In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, the Buyer and the Company will be entitled to specific performance under this Agreement. The parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations described in the foregoing sentence and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance of any such obligation the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

(p) Omnibus Signature Page. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, it is hereby agreed that the execution by the Buyer of this Agreement, in the place set forth on the Buyer Omnibus Signature Page below, shall make the Buyer a party to, and shall constitute agreement of the Buyer to be bound by, the terms and conditions hereof and the terms and conditions of each of the Security Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, with the same effect as if each of such separate agreement were separately signed by the Buyer.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

29

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Buyers and the Company have caused this Securities Purchase Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
  Perfect Moment Ltd.
   
  By:  
  Name:  Negin Yeganegy
  Title: President
   
  BUYERS:
   
  The Buyers executing the Omnibus Signature Page attached hereto as Annex A and the documents annexed thereto and delivering the same to the Company or its agents shall be deemed to have executed this Securities Purchase Agreement and agreed to the terms hereof.

 

30

 

 

Annex A

 

BUYER OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE

to

Securities Purchase Agreement, Security Agreement and
Registration Rights Agreement

 

The undersigned, desiring to: (i) enter into the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2021 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), between the undersigned, Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other parties thereto, in or substantially in the form furnished to the undersigned, (ii) enter into the Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”) among the Company, the Buyers, as contemplated by Section 6(b) of the Securities Purchase Agreement, (iii) enter into the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) among Company, and the Buyers, as contemplated by Section 6(c) of the Securities Purchase Agreement, and (iv) purchase the Notes of the Company as set forth below, hereby agrees to purchase such Notes from the Company and further agrees to join the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement as a party thereto, with all the rights and privileges appertaining thereto, and to be bound in all respects by the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned specifically acknowledges having read the representations section in the Securities Purchase Agreement entitled “Buyer’s Representations and Warranties,” and hereby represents that the statements contained therein are complete and accurate with respect to the undersigned as a Buyer.

 

The Buyer hereby elects to purchase US$ ____________ principal amount of Notes (to be completed by the Buyer) under the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

DATED:      

 

BUYER (individual)   BUYER (entity)
     
     
Signature   Name of Entity
     
     
Print Name   Signature
     
    Print Name:  
Signature (if Joint Tenants or Tenants in Common)   Title:  

 

Address of Principal Residence:   Address of Executive Offices:
     
     
     
     
Social Security Number(s):   IRS Tax Identification Number:
     
     
Telephone Number:   Telephone Number:
     
     
Facsimile Number:   Facsimile Number:
     
     
E-mail Address:   E-mail Address:
     

 

 

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATION

 

By initialing you certify that:

 

For Individual Investors Only

 

Initial ____ I have a net worth, or joint net worth with my spouse or spousal equivalent, of more than US$1,000,000. (“Net worth” means the excess of total assets at fair market value (including personal and real property, but excluding the estimated fair market value of your primary home) over total liabilities. “Total liabilities” excludes any mortgage on the primary home in an amount of up to the home’s estimated fair market value as long as the mortgage was incurred more than 60 days before the Shares are purchased, but includes (i) any mortgage amount in excess of the home’s fair market value and (ii) any mortgage amount that was borrowed during the 60-day period before the closing date for the sale of the Shares for the purpose of investing in the Shares. “Spousal equivalent” means a cohabitant occupying a relationship generally equivalent to that of a spouse. “Joint net worth” is the aggregate net worth of a person and spouse or spousal equivalent; assets do not need to be held jointly to be included in the calculation.)
   
Initial ____ I have had an individual income in excess of US$200,000 in each of the two most recent calendar years, or joint income with my spouse or spousal equivalent in excess of US$300,000 in each of those years, and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current calendar year. (“Income” means annual adjusted gross income, as reported for federal income tax purposes, plus (i) the amount of any tax- exempt interest income received; (ii) the amount of losses claimed as a limited partner in a limited partnership; (iii) any deduction claimed for depletion; (iv) amounts contributed to an IRA or Keogh retirement plan; (v) alimony paid; and (vi) any gains excluded from the calculation of adjusted gross income pursuant to the provisions of Section 1202 o] the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.)
   
Initial ___ I hold in good standing one of the following professional licenses: the General Securities Representative license (Series 7), the Private Securities Offerings Representative license (Series 82), or the Investment Adviser Representative license (Series 65).
   
Initial ___ I am a director or executive officer of Perfect Moment Ltd.
 

 

For Non-Individual Investors (Entities)

   
  The investor is:
   
Initial ___ A bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in an individual or a fiduciary capacity.
   
Initial ___ A broker or dealer registered under Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
   
Initial ___ An investment adviser registered pursuant to Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or registered pursuant to the laws of a state.
   
Initial ___ An investment adviser relying on the exemption from registering with the SEC under Section 203(l) or (m) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
   
Initial ___ An insurance company, as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act.
   
Initial ___ An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company, as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that act.
   
Initial ___ A Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958.
   
Initial ___ A Rural Business Investment Company as defined in Section 384A of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Act.
   
Initial ___ A plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions for the benefit of its employees, if the plan has total assets in excess of US$5 million.
   
Initial ___ An employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is being made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such act, and the plan fiduciary is either a bank, a savings and loan association, an insurance company, or a registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of US$5 million, or if the employee benefit plan is a self-directed plan in which investment decisions are made solely by persons that are accredited investors.

 

 

 

 

 

Initial ____ A private business development company, as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
Initial ____ A corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, partnership, or limited liability company or an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities, and that has total assets in excess of US$5 million.
Initial ____ A trust with total assets in excess of US$5 million not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) under the Securities Act.
Initial ____ An entity in which all of the equity owners (whether entities themselves or natural persons) are accredited investors and meet the criteria listed in either this Section 5 or Part I, Section 6 of this Questionnaire. Please also see “Additional Questions for Certain Accredited Investors” below.
Initial ___ An entity of a type not listed above, that is not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities and owns investments in excess of US$5 million. For purposes of this clause, “investments” means investments as defined in Rule 2a51-1(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
Initial ____ A family office, as defined in Rule 202(a)(11)(G)-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, that (i) has assets under management in excess of US$5 million; (ii) is not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities and (iii) has a person directing the prospective investment who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so that the family office is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment.
Initial____ A family client, as defined in Rule 202(a)(11)(G)-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, of a family office meeting the requirements of the immediately preceding clause and whose prospective investment in the Issuer is directed by that family office pursuant to subclause (iii) of the immediately preceding clause.

 

Accredited Investor Certification Page 2

 

 

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

Investor Profile

(Must be completed by Investor)

 

Section A - Personal Investor Information

 

Investor Name(s):  
   
Individual executing Profile or Trustee:  
   
Social Security Numbers / Federal I.D. Number:  

 

Date of Birth:     Marital Status:  
Joint Party Date of Birth:     Investment Experience (Years):  
Annual Income:     Liquid Net Worth:  
Net Worth*:      

 

Tax Bracket:   15% or below   25% - 27.5%     Over 27.5%

 

Home Street Address:  
Home City, State & Zip Code:  
Home Phone:     Home Fax:   Home Email:   
Employer:      
Employer Street Address:  
Employer City, State & Zip Code:  
Bus. Phone:     Bus. Fax: Bus. Email:  
Type of Business:  
Outside Broker/Dealer:  

 

Section B – Certificate Delivery Instructions

 

_______________ Please deliver the Securities to the Employer Address listed in Section A.

_______________ Please deliver the Securities to the Home Address listed in Section A.

_______________ Please deliver the Securities to the following address: __________________________________

 

Please check if you are a FINRA member or affiliate of a FINRA member firm: ________

 

     
Investor Signature   Date

 

* For purposes of calculating your net worth in this form, (a) your primary residence shall not be included as an asset; (b) indebtedness secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of your purchase of the securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of your primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (c) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities shall be included as a liability

 

 

 

 

ANTI MONEY LAUNDERING REQUIREMENTS

 

The USA PATRIOT Act

 

The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to detect, deter, and punish terrorists in the United States and abroad. The Act imposes new anti-money laundering requirements on brokerage firms and financial institutions. Since April 24, 2002 all brokerage firms have been required to have new, comprehensive anti-money laundering programs.

 

To help you understand these efforts, we want to provide you with some information about money laundering and our steps to implement the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

What is money laundering?

 

Money laundering is the process of disguising illegally obtained money so that the funds appear to come from legitimate sources or activities. Money laundering occurs in connection with a wide variety of crimes, including illegal arms sales, drug trafficking, robbery, fraud, racketeering, and terrorism.

 

How big is the problem and why is it important?

 

The use of the U.S. financial system by criminals to facilitate terrorism or other crimes could well taint our financial markets. According to the U.S. State Department, one recent estimate puts the amount of worldwide money laundering activity at $1 trillion a year.

 

What are we required to do to eliminate money laundering?

 

Under rules required by the USA PATRIOT Act, our anti-money laundering program must designate a special compliance officer, set up employee training, conduct independent audits, and establish policies and procedures to detect and report suspicious transaction and ensure compliance with such laws. As part of our required program, we may ask you to provide various identification documents or other information. Until you provide the information or documents we need, we may not be able to effect any transactions for you.

 

 

 

 

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING INFORMATION FORM

The following is required in accordance with the AML provision of the USA PATRIOT ACT.

(Please fill out and return with requested documentation.)

 

INVESTOR NAME:    
   
LEGAL ADDRESS:    
    
SSN# or TAX ID#    
   
OF INVESTOR:    
   
YEARLY INCOME:    
   
FOR INVESTORS WHO ARE INDIVIDUALS: AGE:    
   
NET WORTH:   *

 

*For purposes of calculating your net worth in this form, (a) your primary residence shall not be included as an asset; (b) indebtedness secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of your purchase of the securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of your primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (c) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities shall be included as a liability.

 

FOR INVESTORS WHO ARE INDIVIDUALS:  
   
OCCUPATION:    
   
ADDRESS OF BUSINESS OR OF EMPLOYER:    
   
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE(S):    

 

IDENTIFICATION & DOCUMENTATION AND SOURCE OF FUNDS:

 

1.Please submit a copy of non-expired identification for the authorized signatory(ies) on the investment documents, showing name, date of birth, address and signature. The address shown on the identification document MUST match the Investor’s address shown on the Investor Signature Page.

 

Current Driver’s License or Valid Passport or Identity Card

(Circle one or more)

 

2.If the Investor is a corporation, limited liability company, trust or other type of entity, please submit the following requisite documents: (i) Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws, Certificate of Formation, Operating Agreement, Trust or other similar documents for the type of entity; and (ii) Corporate Resolution or power of attorney or other similar document granting authority to signatory(ies) and designating that they are permitted to make the proposed investment.

 

3.Please advise where the funds were derived from to make the proposed investment:

 

Investments Savings Proceeds of Sale Other _______________

(Circle one or more)

 

Signature:    
Print Name:    
Title (if applicable):     
Date:    

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Note

 

[See Exhibit 4.3 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Security Agreement

 

[See Exhibit 10.10 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

[See Exhibit 10.11 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 15, 2021, by and among Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and each Buyer (as defined below, and with their respective assignees pursuant to Section 23, collectively, the “Secured Parties” and each, individually, a “Secured Party”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2021, by and among the Borrower and each party that is a “Buyer” party thereto (the “Purchase Agreement”), the Borrower shall sell, and the Buyers shall purchase, the “Notes” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the Buyers purchasing the Notes that the Borrower shall have granted a security interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in this Agreement) to the Secured Parties to secure all of the Borrower’s obligations under the Purchase Agreement, the Notes issued pursuant thereto and the other Transaction Documents, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the recitals made above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereof) without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Purchase Agreement or the Notes, as the case may be. Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein or in the Purchase Agreement or the Notes; provided, however, if the Code is used to define any term used herein and if such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern. In addition to those terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a) Account” means an account (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

(b)Account Debtor” means an account debtor (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

(c) Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, as in effect from time to time.

 

(d) Books” means books and records indicating, summarizing, or evidencing the Borrower’s assets (including the Collateral) or liabilities, the Borrower’s Records relating to its business operations (including, without limitation, stock ledgers) or financial condition, and the Borrower’s goods or General Intangibles related to such information.

 

(e) Capital Stock” means (i) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited); (iv) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests and (v) any other interest or participations that confers on a person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing person.

 

 

 

 

(f) Chattel Paper” means chattel paper (as that term is defined in the Code) and includes tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper.

 

(g) Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies with respect to any Secured Party’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies.

 

(h) Collateral” means the assets of the Borrower specified in Section 2 and the Stock Collateral; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Collateral” shall not include any Excluded Capital Stock.

 

(i) Commencement Notice” means a written notice, given by any Secured Party to the other Secured Parties, pursuant to which such Secured Party notifies the other Secured Parties of the existence of one or more Events of Default and of such Secured Party’s intent to commence the exercise of one or more of the remedies provided for under this Agreement with respect to all or any portion of the Collateral as a consequence thereof, which notice shall incorporate a reasonably detailed description of each Event of Default then existing and of the remedial action proposed to be taken.

 

(j) Commercial Tort Claims” means commercial tort claims (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

(k) Control Agreement” means a control agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Secured Parties, executed and delivered by the Borrower, one or more Secured Parties, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account), as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(l)Copyrights” means all copyrights and copyright registrations, and also includes

 

(i) all reissues, continuations, extensions or renewals thereof, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (iv) the goodwill of the Borrower’s business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (v) all of the Borrower’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

(m) Copyright Security Agreement” means each Copyright Security Agreement among the Borrower and Secured Parties, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(n)Deposit Account” means a deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

(o)Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is a U.S. Person other than an Excluded Domestic Subsidiary.

 

2

 

 

(p) Equipment” means all equipment (as that term is defined in the Code) in all of its forms of the Borrower, wherever located, and all machinery, apparatus, installation facilities and other tangible personal property, and all parts thereof and all accessions, additions, attachments, improvements, substitutions, replacements and proceeds thereto and therefor.

 

(q)Event of Default” has the meaning specified therefor in the Notes.

 

(r) Excluded Capital Stock” means (i) any Capital Stock in any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary; (ii) an Capital Stock in any Foreign Subsidiary (including for the avoidance of doubt any Excluded Domestic Subsidiary) in excess of sixty five percent (65%) of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock in such Foreign Subsidiary;

(iii) any Capital Stock in any Unrestricted Subsidiary; (iv) pledges of, and security interests in, certain assets, which are prohibited by applicable law; and (v) any Capital Stock in any joint venture or any non-wholly owned Subsidiary to the extent the articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other governing documents or other customary agreements with other equity holders do not permit the pledge of such Capital Stock or require the consent of a person other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(s) Excluded Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is a U.S. Person and (i) is a Subsidiary of a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the IRS Code (“CFC”); or (ii) substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consists of Capital Stock of one or more CFC or other U.S. Persons substantially all of the assets of which consist of Capital Stock of one or more CFCs.

 

(t) First Tier Foreign Subsidiary” means each Foreign Subsidiary with respect to which any one or more of the Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries directly owns or controls more than fifty percent (50%) of such Foreign Subsidiary’s issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock.

 

(u) Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary and any Excluded Domestic Subsidiary.

 

(v) IRS Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or modified from time to time.

 

(w) General Intangibles” means general intangibles (as that term is defined in the Code) and, in any event, includes payment intangibles, contract rights, rights to payment, rights arising under common law, statutes, or regulations, choses or things in action, goodwill (including the goodwill associated with any Trademark, Patent, or Copyright), Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, URLs and domain names, industrial designs, other industrial or Intellectual Property or rights therein or applications therefor, whether under license or otherwise, programs, programming materials, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, monies due or recoverable from pension funds, route lists, rights to payment and other rights under any royalty or licensing agreements, including Intellectual Property Licenses, infringement claims, computer programs, information contained on computer disks or tapes, software, literature, reports, catalogs, pension plan refunds, pension plan refund claims, insurance premium rebates, tax refunds, and tax refund claims, interests in a partnership or limited liability company which do not constitute a security under Article 8 of the Code, and any other personal property other than Commercial Tort Claims, money, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, goods, Investment Related Property, Negotiable Collateral, and oil, gas, or other minerals before extraction.

 

3

 

 

(x) Governmental Authority” means any domestic or foreign federal, state, local, or other governmental or administrative body, instrumentality, board, department, or agency or any court, tribunal, administrative hearing body, arbitration panel, commission, or other similar dispute-resolving panel or body.

 

(y) Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law or any equivalent laws in any other jurisdiction, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

 

(z) Intellectual Property” means Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, the goodwill associated with such Trademarks, trade secrets and customer lists, and Intellectual Property Licenses.

 

(aa) Intellectual Property Licenses” means rights under or interests in any Patent, Trademark, Copyright or other intellectual property, including software license agreements with any other party, whether the Borrower is a licensee or licensor under any such license agreement, as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(bb) Inventory” means all inventory (as that term is defined in the Code) in all of its forms of the Borrower, wherever located, including, without limitation, (i) all oil, gas, or other hydrocarbons and all products and substances derived therefrom, all raw materials and work in process therefore, finished goods thereof, and materials used or consumed in the manufacture or production thereof, (ii) all goods in which the Borrower has an interest in mass or a joint or other interest or right of any kind (including goods in which the Borrower has an interest or right as consignee), and (iii) all goods which are returned to or repossessed by the Borrower, and all accessions thereto, products thereof and documents therefor.

 

(cc) Investment Related Property” means (i) investment property (as that term is defined in the Code), and all Pledged Interests.

 

(dd) Issuer” means the issuers of the shares of Pledged Interests.

 

(ee) Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, (excluding deposits made with exchanges, depositories or clearing corporations in the ordinary course of business), encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), preference, priority or other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing or similar statement or notice filed under the Code or any other similar recording or notice statute, and any lease having substantially the same effect as any of the foregoing).

 

(ff) Negotiable Collateral” means letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, promissory notes, drafts, and documents.

 

(gg) Notes” means the “Notes” as defined in the Purchase Agreement.

 

(hh) Patents” means all patents and patent applications, and also includes (i) all renewals thereof, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, and (iv) all of the Borrower’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

(ii) Patent Security Agreement” means each Patent Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(jj) Permitted Liens” means:

 

(i) liens on property or assets of the Borrower existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 3(n) to the Purchase Agreement;

 

(ii) any lien created under any Note, the Purchase Agreement or this Agreement;

 

(iii) any lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower, provided that

 

(1) such lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition and

 

(2) such lien does not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower;

 

(iv) liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges;

 

(v) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance, with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

 

4

 

 

(vi) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for indebtedness), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vii) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, conditions, rights-of- way, restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business and minor irregularities of title that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower;

 

(viii) purchase money security interests in real property, improvements thereto or equipment hereafter acquired (or, in the case of improvements, constructed) by the Borrower, provided that

 

(1) such security interests secure indebtedness permitted by this Agreement, the Notes or the Purchase Agreement,

 

(2) such security interests are incurred, and the indebtedness secured thereby is created, within 90 days after such acquisition (or construction),

 

(3) the indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the lesser of the cost or the fair market value of such real property, improvements, equipment or other personal property (tangible or intangible) at the time of such acquisition (or construction) and

 

(4) such security interests do not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower;

 

(ix) liens on property or assets of the Borrower securing the indebtedness permitted under Section 3.01(a)(ii) and (iii) of the Notes;

 

(x) liens arising out of judgments or awards (other than any judgment that constitutes an Event of Default hereunder) in respect of which the Borrower shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, provided the Borrower shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect to such judgment or award; and

 

(xi) deposits, liens or pledges to secure payments of workmen’s compensation and other payments, public liability, unemployment and other insurance, old-age pensions or other social security obligations, or the performance of bids, tenders, leases, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money), public or statutory obligations, surety, stay or appeal bonds, or other similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

(kk) Permitted Secured Party” means, with respect to the exercise of any remedy provided for under this Agreement, any Secured Party that has delivered a Commencement Notice with respect to the exercise of such remedy to the other Secured Parties and has not received a Veto Notice with respect thereto within the Veto Period; provided, however, there shall only be a single Permitted Secured Party that may exercise any specific remedy at any one time (it being agreed that if a Commencement Notice is delivered by more than one Secured Party with respect to any remedy provided for under this Agreement, then the first Secured Party to deliver a Commencement Notice and not receive a Veto Notice within the Veto Period shall be the only Secured Party that may exercise such remedy).

 

(ll) Person” has the meaning specified therefor in the Purchase Agreement.

 

(mm) Pledged Companies” means, each Person listed on Schedule 1 hereto as a “Pledged Company,” together with each other Person all or a portion of whose Stock is acquired or otherwise owned by the Borrower after the date hereof.

 

(nn) Pledged Interests” means the shares of capital stock of each Issuer, now owned or existing or owned, acquired, or arising hereafter, together with all stock certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever that may be issued or granted by such Issuer to the Borrower while the Pledge Agreement is in effect (including, without limitation, all of the other economic rights, titles and interests of the Borrower as a shareholder or owner of such Issuer; whether set forth in the articles, bylaws or other governing document of such Issuer, by separate agreement or otherwise).

 

(oo) Proceeds” means all “Proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(64) of the Code on the date hereof and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends or other income from the Pledged Interests, collections thereon, proceeds of sale thereof or distributions with respect thereto.

 

5

 

 

(pp) Real Property” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower and the improvements thereto.

 

(qq) Records” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or which is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

 

(rr) Secured Obligations” mean all of the present and future payment and performance obligations of Borrower arising under the Purchase Agreement, this Agreement, the Notes, and the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any interest, fees, or expenses that accrue after the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any Insolvency Proceeding.

 

(ss) Securities Account” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

(tt) Security Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, each Copyright Security Agreement, each Patent Security Agreement, each Trademark Security Agreement, each Control Agreement, and each other security agreement, pledge agreement, assignment, mortgage, security deed, deed of trust, and other agreement or document executed and delivered by the Borrower as security for any of the Secured Obligations, as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(uu) Security Interest” and “Security Interests” have the meanings specified therefor in Section 2.

 

(vv) Significant Secured Party” means, on any date of determination, any Secured Party holding twenty percent (20%) or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding on such date.

 

(ww) Stock” means all shares, options, warrants, interests (including, without limitation, membership and partnership interests), participations, or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock, or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time).

 

(xx) Stock Collateral” means the Pledged Interests and all Proceeds therefrom.

 

(yy) Supporting Obligations” means supporting obligations (as such term is defined in the Code).

 

(zz) Trademarks” means all trademarks, trade names, trademark applications, service marks, service mark applications, and also includes (i) all renewals thereof, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (iv) the goodwill of the Borrower’s business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (v) all of the Borrower’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

6

 

 

(aaa) Trademark Security Agreement” means each Trademark Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(bbb) Transaction Documents” has the meaning specified in the Recitals above.

 

(ccc) URL” means “uniform resource locator,” an internet web address.

 

(ddd) Veto Notice” means, with respect to any Commencement Notice, a written notice given by any Significant Secured Party to the other Secured Parties pursuant to which such Significant Secured Party notifies the other Secured Parties of its objection to the commencement of the remedial action specified in such Commencement Notice and certifies that, to the best of its knowledge, it is a Significant Secured Party.

 

(eee) Veto Period” means, with respect to any Commencement Notice, the period of ten (10) consecutive calendar days following the delivery of such Commencement Notice to the Secured Parties.

 

2. Grant of Security. The Borrower hereby unconditionally grants, assigns, and pledges to each Secured Party a separate, continuing security interest (each, a “Security Interest” and, collectively, the “Security Interests”) in all assets of the Borrower (other than the Excluded Capital Stock) as the Collateral, including, without limitation, such Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located:

 

(a) all of Borrower’s Pledged Interests (but not including the Excluded Capital Stock);

 

(b) all of such Borrower’s Accounts;

 

(c) all of such Borrower’s Books;

 

(d) all of such Borrower’s Chattel Paper;

 

(e) all of such Borrower’s Deposit Accounts;

 

(f) all of such Borrower’s Equipment and fixtures;

 

(g) all of such Borrower’s General Intangibles;

 

(h) all of such Borrower’s Inventory;

 

(i) all of such Borrower’s Investment Related Property (but not including the Excluded Capital Stock);

 

(j) all of such Borrower’s Negotiable Collateral;

 

(k) all of such Borrower’s rights in respect of Supporting Obligations;

 

7

 

 

(l) all of such Borrower’s Commercial Tort Claims;

 

(m) all of such Borrower’s money, cash, cash equivalents, or other assets of Borrower that now or hereafter come into the possession, custody, or control of any Secured Party;

 

(n) all of the Proceeds other than Proceeds from Excluded Capital Stock. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Proceeds” includes whatever is receivable or received when Investment Related Property (other than Excluded Capital Stock) or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected, or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes proceeds of any indemnity or guaranty payable to the Borrower or any Secured Party from time to time with respect to any of the Investment Related Property (other than Excluded Capital Stock).

 

3. Security for Obligations. This Agreement and the Security Interests created hereby secure the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by Borrower to Secured Parties, or any of them, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving Borrower.

 

4. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a) Schedule 2 attached hereto sets forth the chief executive office of the Borrower as of the date hereof.

 

(b) This Agreement creates a valid security interest in all of the Collateral, to the extent a security interest therein can be created under the Code, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations. Except to the extent a security interest in the Collateral cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Code, all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect such security interest have been duly taken or will have been taken upon the filing of financing statements listing the Borrower, as a debtor, and Secured Parties, as secured parties. Upon the making of such filings, Secured Parties shall each have a junior priority (subject only to the Permitted Liens) perfected security interest in all of the Collateral to the extent such security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement. All action by the Borrower necessary to protect and perfect such security interest on each item of Collateral has been duly taken.

 

(c) (i) Except for the Security Interests created hereby, the Borrower is and will at all times be the sole holder of record and the legal and beneficial owner, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, of the Pledged Interests indicated on Schedule 1; (ii) all of the Pledged Interests are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and the Pledged Interests constitute or will constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding Stock of the Pledged Companies of the Borrower ; (iii) the Borrower has the right and requisite authority to pledge all Investment Related Property pledged by it to each Secured Party as provided herein; (iv) all actions necessary or desirable to perfect, establish the junior priority (subject to the Permitted Liens) of, or otherwise protect, Secured Parties’ respective Liens in the Investment Related Property pledged hereunder, and the proceeds thereof, have been duly taken, (A) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement; (B) upon the taking of possession by any Secured Party of any certificates constituting the Pledged Interests, to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, together with undated powers endorsed in blank by the Borrower; (C) upon the filing of financing statements in the applicable jurisdiction set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto for the Borrower with respect to the Pledged Interests that are not represented by certificates, and (D) with respect to any Securities Accounts, upon the delivery of Control Agreements with respect thereto; and (v) he Borrower has delivered to and deposited with any Secured Party (or, with respect to any Pledged Interests created or obtained after the date hereof, will deliver and deposit in accordance with Sections 5(a) and 7 hereof) all certificates representing the Pledged Interests now or hereafter owned by it to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, and undated powers endorsed in blank with respect to such certificates. None of the Pledged Interests owned or held by the Borrower has been issued or transferred in violation of any securities registration, securities disclosure, or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pledged Interests shall under no circumstances include the Excluded Capital Stock.

 

8

 

 

(d) No consent, approval, authorization, or other order or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required (i) for the grant of a Security Interest by the Borrower in and to the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement or for the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement by the Borrower, or (ii) for the exercise by any Secured Party of the voting or other rights provided in this Agreement with respect to Investment Related Property pledged hereunder or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except (A) as may be required in connection with such disposition of Investment Related Property by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally and (B) for any consent that may be required for the assignment of any Intellectual Property License that expressly provides that such Intellectual Property License is not assignable (or is not assignable without the consent of the other party to such Intellectual Property License).

 

5. Covenants. The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Secured Party that from and after the date of this Agreement and until the date of termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 23 hereof (but only to the extent the particular assets described in this Section 5 constitute Collateral hereunder):

 

(a) Possession of Collateral. In the event that any Collateral, including proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of Negotiable Collateral, Investment Related Property, or Chattel Paper, and if and to the extent that perfection or priority of Secured Parties’ respective Security Interests is dependent on or enhanced by possession, the Borrower, immediately upon the request of any Secured Party, shall execute such other documents and instruments as shall be requested by such Secured Party or, if applicable, endorse and deliver physical possession of such Negotiable Collateral, Investment Related Property, or Chattel Paper to such Secured Party, together with such undated powers endorsed in blank as shall be requested by such Secured Party.

 

(b) Chattel Paper.

 

(i) The Borrower shall take all steps reasonably necessary to grant each Secured Party control of all Chattel Paper in accordance with the Code and all “transferable records” as that term is defined in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Purchase Act and Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction; and

 

(ii) If the Borrower retains possession of any Chattel Paper or instruments (which retention of possession shall be subject to the extent permitted hereby), promptly upon the request of any Secured Party, such Chattel Paper and instruments shall be marked with the following legend: “This writing and the obligations evidenced or secured hereby are subject to the Security Interests of [names of Secured Parties].”

 

9

 

 

(c) Control Agreements. The Borrower shall not establish or maintain any Deposit Account or Securities Account (or any other similar account) unless (i) the Borrower shall have provided each Secured Party with ten (10) days’ advance written notice of each such account or (ii) the Secured Parties shall have received a Control Agreement in respect of such account concurrently with the opening thereof or on the Closing Date (as applicable). The Borrower shall ensure that all of its Account Debtors forward payment of the amounts owed by them directly to a Deposit Account that is subject to a Control Agreement and deposit or cause to be deposited promptly, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after the date of receipt thereof, all of their collections (including those sent directly by their Account Debtors to the Borrower) into a Deposit Account subject to a Control Agreement.

 

(d) Letter-of-Credit Rights. that the Borrower that is or becomes the beneficiary of a letter of credit shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days after becoming a beneficiary) notify Secured Parties thereof and, upon the request by any Secured Party, enter into a multi-party agreement with Secured Parties and the issuing or confirming bank with respect to letter-of-credit rights assigning such letter-of-credit rights to Secured Parties and directing all payments thereunder to Secured Parties, all in form and substance satisfactory to Secured Parties.

 

(e) Commercial Tort Claims. The Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days of receipt thereof) notify Secured Parties in writing upon incurring or otherwise obtaining a Commercial Tort Claim after the date hereof, and hereby authorizes the filing of additional financing statements or amendments to existing financing statements describing such Commercial Tort Claims, and agrees to do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by any Secured Party to give Secured Parties a junior priority (subject to the Permitted Liens), perfected security interest in any such Commercial Tort Claim.

 

(f) Government Contracts. If any Account or Chattel Paper arises out of a contract or contracts with the United States of America or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, the Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days of the creation thereof) notify Secured Parties thereof in writing and execute any instruments or take any steps reasonably required by any Secured Party in order that all moneys due or to become due under such contract or contracts shall be assigned to Secured Parties, and shall provide written notice thereof and take all other appropriate actions under the Assignment of Claims Act or other applicable law to provide each Secured Party a junior -priority perfected security interest in such contract.

 

(g) Intellectual Property.

 

(i) Upon request of any Secured Party, in order to facilitate filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office or any other applicable Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to Secured Parties one or more Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, or Patent Security Agreements to further evidence Secured Parties’ respective Liens on the Borrower’s Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

10

 

 

(ii) The Borrower shall have the duty (A) to promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation, or dilution with respect to its rights in Intellectual Property and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation, or dilution, (B) to prosecute diligently any trademark application or service mark application that is part of the Trademarks pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement, unless the Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment determines any such Trademarks pending has only de minimis commercial value, (C) to prosecute diligently any patent application that is part of the Patents pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement, unless the Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment determines any such Patent pending has only de minimis commercial value, and (D) to take all reasonable and necessary action to preserve and maintain all of each the Borrower’s Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, and its rights therein, including the filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of noncontestability and opposition and interference and cancellation proceedings, unless the Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment determines any such licenses has only de minimis commercial value. The Borrower shall promptly file an application with the United States Copyright Office for any Copyright that has not been registered with the United States Copyright Office, except for those Copyrights which the Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment determines has only de minimis commercial value. The Borrower shall promptly file an application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office for any patentable invention or unregistered trademark, tradename, service name or service mark that has not been registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office except for those patentable inventions and unregistered trademarks, tradenames, service names or service marks which the Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment determines have only de minimis commercial value. Any expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing shall be borne by the Borrower. The Borrower further agrees not to abandon any Trademark, Patent, Copyright, or Intellectual Property License, unless in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment the Borrower determines has only de minimis commercial value.

 

(iii) The Borrower acknowledges and agree that Secured Parties shall have no duties with respect to the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, or Intellectual Property Licenses. Without limiting the generality of this Section 5(g), the Borrower acknowledge and agree that no Secured Party shall be under any obligation to take any steps necessary to preserve rights in the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, or Intellectual Property Licenses against any other Person, but any Secured Party may do so at its option from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and all expenses incurred in connection therewith (including fees and expenses of attorneys and other professionals) shall be for the sole account of the Borrower and shall be deemed to be Secured Obligations.

 

(h) Investment Related Property.

 

(i) If the Borrower shall receive or become entitled to receive any Pledged Interests after the date hereof, it shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof) identify such Pledged Interests in a written notice to Secured Parties;

 

(ii) All sums of money and property paid or distributed in respect of the Investment Related Property pledged hereunder which are received by the Borrower shall be held by the Borrower in trust for the benefit of Secured Parties segregated from the Borrower’s other property, and the Borrower shall deliver it forthwith to the Secured Parties in the exact form received;

 

11

 

 

(iii) The Borrower shall promptly deliver to Secured Parties a copy of each notice or other communication received by it in respect of any Pledged Interests;

 

(iv) The Borrower shall not make or consent to any material amendment or other modification or waiver with respect to any Pledged Interests or enter into any agreement or permit to exist any restriction with respect to any Pledged Interests; and

 

(v) The Borrower agrees that it will cooperate with Secured Parties in obtaining all necessary approvals and making all necessary filings under federal, state, local, or foreign law in connection with the Security Interests on the Investment Related Property pledged hereunder or any sale or transfer thereof; and

 

(i) Transfers and Other Liens. The Borrower shall not (i) sell, lease, license, assign (by operation of law or otherwise), transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, except inventory in the ordinary course of the business of the Borrower and immaterial amounts of obsolete office and other equipment and supplies, and except as expressly permitted by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, or (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral of the Borrower, except for Permitted Liens. The inclusion of Proceeds in the Collateral shall not be deemed to constitute consent by any Secured Party to any sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral except as expressly permitted in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

(j) Preservation of Existence. The Borrower shall maintain and preserve its existence, rights and privileges, and become or remain duly qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary.

 

(k) Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower shall maintain and preserve all of its properties which are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and comply at all times with the provisions of all leases to which it is a party as lessee or under which it occupies property, so as to prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder.

 

(l) Maintenance of Insurance. The Borrower shall maintain insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations (including, without limitation, comprehensive general liability, property, hazard, rent and business interruption insurance) with respect to all of its assets and properties (including, without limitation, all real properties leased or owned by it and any and all Inventory and Equipment) and business, in such amounts and covering such risks as is required by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto or as is carried generally in accordance with sound business practice by companies in similar businesses similarly situated, in each case, acceptable to the Secured Parties.

 

(m) Other Actions as to Any and All Collateral. The Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days of acquiring or obtaining such Collateral) notify Secured Parties in writing upon (i) acquiring or otherwise obtaining any Collateral after the date hereof consisting of Trademarks, Patents, registered Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, Investment Related Property, Chattel Paper (electronic, tangible or otherwise), documents (as defined in Article 9 of the Code), promissory notes (as defined in the Code, or instruments (as defined in the Code) or (ii) any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral being or becoming evidenced after the date hereof by any Chattel Paper, documents, promissory notes, or instruments and, in each such case upon the request of any Secured Party, promptly execute such other documents, or if applicable, deliver such Chattel Paper, other documents or certificates evidencing any Investment Related Property and do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by any Secured Party to protect Secured Parties’ respective Security Interests therein.

 

12

 

 

6. Relation to Other Transaction Documents. The provisions of this Agreement shall be read and construed with the Transaction Documents referred to below in the manner so indicated.

 

(a) Purchase Agreement and Notes. In the event of any conflict between any provision in this Agreement and any provision in the Purchase Agreement or Notes, such provision of the Purchase Agreement or Notes shall control, except to the extent the applicable provision in this Agreement is more restrictive with respect to the rights of the Borrower or imposes more burdensome or additional obligations on the Borrower, in which event the applicable provision in this Agreement shall control.

 

(b) Patent, Trademark, Copyright Security Agreements. The provisions of the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, and Patent Security Agreements are supplemental to the provisions of this Agreement, and nothing contained in the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements or the Patent Security Agreements shall limit any of the rights or remedies of any Secured Party hereunder.

 

7. Further Assurances.

 

(a) The Borrower agrees that from time to time, at its own expense, the Borrower will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or that any Secured Party may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect the Security Interests granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable any Secured Party to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral.

 

(b) The Borrower authorizes the filing by any Secured Party of financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Secured Party such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or as such Secured Party may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the Security Interests granted or purported to be granted hereby.

 

(c) The Borrower authorizes any Secured Party at any time and from time to time to file, transmit, or communicate, as applicable, financing statements and amendments (i) describing the Collateral as “all personal property of debtor” or “all assets of debtor” or words of similar effect, (ii) describing the Collateral as being of equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, or (iii) that contain any information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance. The Borrower also hereby ratifies any and all financing statements or amendments previously filed by any Secured Party in any jurisdiction.

 

(d) The Borrower acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement without the prior written consent of each Secured Party affected thereby, subject to the Borrower’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the Code.

 

(e) The Borrower shall permit each Secured Party or its employees, accountants, attorneys or agents, to examine and inspect any Collateral or any other property of the Borrower not more frequently than once per calendar quarter during ordinary business hours of the Borrower upon five (5) days’ prior notice; provided, however, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the limitation on the frequency of such examinations and inspections and the prior notification requirements shall be eliminated.

 

13

 

 

8. Secured Parties’ Right to Perform Contracts, Exercise Rights, etc. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Secured Party (a) may proceed to perform any and all of the obligations of the Borrower contained in any contract, lease, or other agreement and exercise any and all rights of the Borrower therein contained as fully as the Borrower itself could, (b) shall have the right to use the Borrower’s rights under Intellectual Property Licenses in connection with the enforcement of the Secured Party’s rights hereunder, including the right to prepare for sale and sell any and all Inventory and Equipment now or hereafter owned by the Borrower and now or hereafter covered by such licenses, and (c) shall have the right to request that any Stock that is pledged hereunder be registered in the name of such Secured Party or any of its nominees.

 

9. Secured Parties Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. The Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints each Secured Party as the attorney-in-fact of the Borrower. In the event the Borrower fails to execute or deliver in a timely manner any Transaction Document or other agreement, document, certificate or instrument which the Borrower now or at any time hereafter is required to execute or deliver pursuant to the terms of the Notes or any other Transaction Document, each Secured Party shall have full authority in the place and stead of the Borrower, and in the name of the Borrower, to execute and deliver each of the foregoing. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Secured Party shall have full authority in the place and stead of the Borrower, at such time as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to take any action and to execute any instrument which such Secured Party may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

 

(a) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in connection with any Collateral of the Borrower;

 

(b) to receive and open all mail addressed to the Borrower and to notify postal authorities to change the address for the delivery of mail to the Borrower to that of such Secured Party;

 

(c) to receive, endorse, and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents, Negotiable Collateral or Chattel Paper;

 

(d) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which such Secured Party may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral of the Borrower or otherwise to enforce the rights of any Secured Party with respect to any of the Collateral;

 

(e) to repair, alter, or supply goods, if any, necessary to fulfill in whole or in part the purchase order of any Person obligated to the Borrower in respect of any Account of the Borrower;

 

(f) to use any labels, Patents, Trademarks, trade names, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, Copyrights, customer lists, advertising matter or other industrial or intellectual property rights, in advertising for sale and selling Inventory and other Collateral and to collect any amounts due under Accounts, contracts or Negotiable Collateral of the Borrower; and

 

14

 

 

(g) such Secured Party shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to bring suit in its own name to enforce the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights and Intellectual Property Licenses and, if such Secured Party shall commence any such suit, the Borrower, at the request of such Secured Party, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all proper documents reasonably required by such Secured Party in aid of such enforcement.

 

To the extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby ratifies all that such attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Such power-of-attorney granted pursuant to this Section 9 is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated.

 

10. Secured Parties May Perform. If the Borrower fails to perform any agreement contained herein, any Secured Party may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable expenses of such Secured Party incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Borrower.

 

11. Secured Parties’ Duties; Bailee for Perfection. The powers conferred on Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Secured Parties’ respective interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon any Secured Party in favor of the Borrower or any other Secured Party to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its actual possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, no Secured Party shall have any duty to the Borrower or any other Secured Party as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. A Secured Party shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its actual possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which such Secured Party accords its own property. Each Secured Party agrees that, with respect to any Collateral at any time or times in its possession and in which any other Secured Party has a Lien, the Secured Party in possession of any such Collateral shall be the bailee of each other Secured Party solely for purposes of perfecting (to the extent not otherwise perfected) each other Secured Party’s Lien in such Collateral, provided that no Secured Party shall be obligated to obtain or retain possession of any such Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Secured Parties and the Borrower hereby agree that any Secured Party that is in possession of any Collateral at such time as the Secured Obligations owing to such Secured Party have been paid in full may re-deliver such Collateral to the Borrower or, if requested by any Secured Party prior to such re-delivery, may deliver such Collateral (unless otherwise restricted by applicable law or court order and subject in all events to the receipt of an indemnification of all liabilities arising from such delivery) to the requesting Secured Party, without recourse to or representation or warranty by the Secured Party in such possession.

 

12. Collection of Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral. At any time upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, any Secured Party may (a) notify Account Debtors of the Borrower that the Accounts, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper or Negotiable Collateral have been assigned to such Secured Party or that such Secured Party has a security interest therein, and (b) collect the Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral directly, and any collection costs and expenses shall constitute part of the Secured Obligations.

 

13. Disposition of Pledged Interests by Secured Party. None of the Pledged Interests existing as of the date of this Agreement are, and none of the Pledged Interests hereafter acquired on the date of acquisition thereof will be, registered or qualified under the various federal, state or other securities laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction, and disposition thereof after an Event of Default may be restricted to one or more private (instead of public) sales in view of the lack of such registration. The Borrower understands that in connection with such disposition, any Secured Party may approach only a restricted number of potential purchasers and further understands that a sale under such circumstances may yield a lower price for the Pledged Interests than if the Pledged Interests were registered and qualified pursuant to federal, state and other securities laws and sold on the open market. The Borrower , therefore, agrees that: (a) if a Secured Party shall, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, sell or cause the Pledged Interests or any portion thereof to be sold at a private sale, such Secured Party shall have the right to rely upon the advice and opinion of any nationally recognized brokerage or investment firm (but shall not be obligated to seek such advice and the failure to do so shall not be considered in determining the commercial reasonableness of such action) as to the best manner in which to offer the Pledged Interest or any portion thereof for sale and as to the best price reasonably obtainable at the private sale thereof; and (b) such reliance shall be conclusive evidence that such Secured Party has handled the disposition in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

15

 

 

14. Voting Rights.

 

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) any Secured Party may, at its option, and with two (2) Business Days prior notice to the Borrower , and in addition to all rights and remedies available to Secured Parties under any other agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise, exercise all voting rights, and all other ownership or consensual rights in respect of the Pledged Interests owned by the Borrower , but under no circumstances is any Secured Party obligated by the terms of this Agreement to exercise such rights, and (ii) if such Secured Party duly exercises its right to vote any of such Pledged Interests, the Borrower hereby appoints such Secured Party as the Borrower’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and IRREVOCABLE PROXY to vote such Pledged Interests in any manner that such Secured Party deems advisable for or against all matters submitted or which may be submitted to a vote of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be. Such power-of-attorney granted pursuant to this Section 14 is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated.

 

(b) For so long as the Borrower shall have the right to vote the Pledged Interests owned by it, the Borrower covenants and agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of Secured Parties, vote or take any consensual action with respect to such Pledged Interests which would materially or adversely affect the rights of Secured Parties exercising the voting rights owned by the Borrower or the value of the Pledged Interests.

 

15. Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(a) Any Secured Party may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Transaction Documents, or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the Code or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower expressly agrees that, in any such event, any Secured Party without any demand, advertisement, or notice of any kind (except a notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon the Borrower or any other Person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and notices are hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or by any other applicable law), may take immediate possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and (i) require the Borrower to, and the Borrower hereby agrees that it will at its own expense and upon request of such Secured Party forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by such Secured Party and make it available to such Secured Party at one or more locations where the Borrower regularly maintains Inventory, and (ii) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of such Secured Party’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit, and upon such other terms as such Secured Party may deem commercially reasonable. The Borrower agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least 10 days’ notice to the Borrower of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification and specifically such notice shall constitute a reasonable “authenticated notification of disposition” within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the Code. No Secured Party shall be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. Any Secured Party may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

 

16

 

 

(b) Each Secured Party is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without liability for royalties or any other charge, the Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, service marks and advertising matter, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, other industrial or intellectual property or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in preparing for sale, advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and the Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the benefit of such Secured Party.

 

(c) Any cash held by any Secured Party as Collateral and all proceeds received by any Secured Party in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied against the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in Section 16 hereof. In the event the proceeds of Collateral are insufficient for the Satisfaction in Full of the Secured Obligations (as defined below), the Borrower shall remain jointly and severally liable for any such deficiency.

 

(d) The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Secured Obligations arose out of a commercial transaction within the meaning of the Code. Each Secured Party shall have the right to the appointment of a receiver for the properties and assets of the Borrower, and the Borrower hereby consents to such rights and such appointment and hereby waives any objection the Borrower may have thereto or the right to have a bond or other security posted by any Secured Party.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each Secured Party agrees that it will not exercise any remedy provided for under this Agreement with respect to all or any portion of the Collateral unless such Secured Party is a Permitted Secured Party (provided that the foregoing shall not prevent any Secured Party from commencing or participating in any Insolvency Proceeding or taking any action (other than with respect to the Collateral) to enforce the payment or performance of the Borrower’s obligations under any of the Notes, or other Transaction Documents; and provided, further, that this Section 15(e) shall be inapplicable at any time when there is only one Secured Party). This Section 15(e) is not intended to confer any rights or benefits upon the Borrower, or any of them, or any other Person except Secured Parties, and no Person other than Secured Parties shall have any right to enforce any of the provisions of this Section 15(e). Any action that such Secured Party may take under this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized and approved by the other Secured Parties.

 

(f) Each Secured Party may, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Transaction Documents, or otherwise available to it under applicable law and without the requirement of notice to or upon the Borrower or any other Person (which notice is hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), (i) with respect to the Borrower’s Deposit Accounts in which any such Secured Party’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-104 of the Code, instruct the bank maintaining such Deposit Account for the Borrower to pay the balance of such Deposit Account to or for the benefit of such Secured Party, and (ii) with respect to the Borrower’s Securities Accounts in which such Secured Party’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-106 of the Code, instruct the securities intermediary maintaining such Securities Account for the Borrower to (A) transfer any cash in such Securities Account to or for the benefit of such Secured Party, or (B) liquidate any financial assets in such Securities Account that are customarily sold on a recognized market and transfer the cash proceeds thereof to or for the benefit of such Secured Party.

 

17

 

 

16. Priority of Liens; Application of Proceeds of Collateral. Each Secured Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding the time or order of the filing of any financing statement or other registration or document with respect to the Collateral and the Security Interests, or any provision of this Agreement, any other Security Document, the Code or other applicable law, solely as amongst the Secured Parties, the separate Security Interests of the Secured Parties shall have the same rank and priority; provided, that, the foregoing shall not apply to any Security Interest of a Secured Party that is void or voidable as a matter of law. In furtherance thereof, all proceeds of Collateral received by any Secured Party shall be applied as follows:

 

(a) first, ratably to pay any expenses due to any of the Secured Parties (including, without limitation, the reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred by any Secured Party to correct any default under or enforce any provision of the Transaction Documents, or after the occurrence of any Event of Default in gaining possession of, maintaining, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for sale, or advertising to sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, irrespective of whether a sale is consummated) or indemnities then due to any of the Secured Parties under the Transaction Documents, until paid in full;

 

(b) second, ratably to pay any fees or premiums then due to any of the Secured Parties under the Transaction Documents, until paid in full;

 

(c) third, ratably to pay interest due in respect of the Secured Obligations then due to any of the Secured Parties, until paid in full;

 

(d) fourth, ratably to pay the principal amount of all Secured Obligations then due to any of the Secured Parties, until paid in full;

 

(e) fifth, ratably to pay any other Secured Obligations then due to any of the Secured Parties; and

 

(f) sixth, to the Borrower or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

 

17. Remedies Cumulative. Each right, power, and remedy of any Secured Party as provided for in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power, or remedy provided for in this Agreement or in the other Transaction Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by any Secured Party, of any one or more of such rights, powers, or remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by such Secured Party of any or all such other rights, powers, or remedies. The Borrower acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to each Secured Party and that the remedy at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Borrower therefore agrees that, in the event of any breach or any threatened breach, each Secured Party shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction restraining any such breach or any such threatened breach, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

 

18

 

 

18. Marshaling. No Secured Party shall be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including but not limited to the Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Secured Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and in respect of such collateral security and other assurances of payment shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may, the Borrower hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of any Secured Party’s rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Secured Obligations or under which any of the Secured Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Secured Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, the Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

 

19. Acknowledgment.

 

(a) Each Secured Party hereby agrees and acknowledges that no other Secured Party has agreed to act for it as an administrative or collateral agent, and each Secured Party is and shall remain solely responsible for the attachment, perfection and priority of all Liens created by this Agreement or any other Security Document in favor of such Secured Party. No Secured Party shall have by reason of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document an agency or fiduciary relationship with any other Secured Party. No Secured Party (which term, as used in this sentence, shall include reference to each Secured Party’s officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents and affiliates and to the officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents of such Secured Party’s affiliates) shall: (i) have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Security Documents or (ii) be required to take, initiate or conduct any enforcement action (including any litigation, foreclosure or collection proceedings hereunder or under any of the other Security Documents). Without limiting the foregoing, no Secured Party shall have any right of action whatsoever against any other Secured Party as a result of such Secured Party acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under any of the Security Documents except as a result and to the extent of losses caused by such Secured Party’s actual gross negligence or willful misconduct (it being understood and agreed by each Secured Party that the delivery by any Significant Secured Party of one or more Veto Notices shall not be deemed to be or construed as gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Secured Party delivering any such Veto Notice). No Secured Party assumes any responsibility for any failure or delay in performance or breach by the Borrower or any Secured Party of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. No Secured Party makes to any other Secured Party any express or implied warranty, representation or guarantee with respect to any Secured Obligations, Collateral, or Transaction Document. No Secured Party nor any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents shall be responsible to any other Secured Party or any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents for: (i) any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties contained in any of the Transaction Documents or in any certificate or other document furnished pursuant to the terms hereof; (ii) the execution, validity, genuineness, effectiveness or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents; (iii)  the validity, genuineness, enforceability, collectability, value, sufficiency or existence of any Collateral, or the attachment, perfection or priority of any Lien therein; or (iv) the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, creditworthiness or legal status of the Borrower or any Account Debtor. No Secured Party nor any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents shall have any obligation to any other Secured Party to ascertain or inquire into the existence of any default or Event of Default, the observance or performance by the Borrower of any of the duties or agreements of the Borrower under any of the Transaction Documents or the satisfaction of any conditions precedent contained in any of the Transaction Documents.

 

19

 

 

(b) Each Secured Party hereby acknowledges and represents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any other Secured Party, and based upon such documents, information and analyses as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Borrower and its own decision to enter into the Transaction Documents and to purchase the Notes, and each Secured Party has made such inquiries concerning the Transaction Documents, the Collateral and the Borrower as such Secured Party feels necessary and appropriate, and has taken such care on its own behalf as would have been the case had it entered into the Transaction Documents without any other Secured Party. Each Secured Party hereby further acknowledges and represents that the other Secured Parties have not made any representations or warranties to it concerning the Borrower, any of the Collateral or the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents. Each Secured Party also hereby acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the other Secured Parties, and based upon such financial statements, documents and information as it deems appropriate at the time, continue to make and rely upon its own credit decisions in taking or refraining to take any other action under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents. No Secured Party shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any other Secured Party with any notices, reports or certificates furnished to such Secured Party by the Borrower or any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition, business or assets of the Borrower which may come into possession of such Secured Party.

 

20. Indemnity and Expenses.

 

(a) Without limiting any obligations of the Borrower under the Purchase Agreement or the Notes, the Borrower agrees to indemnify all Secured Parties from and against all claims, lawsuits and liabilities (including attorneys’ fees) arising out of or resulting from this Agreement (including enforcement of this Agreement) or any other Transaction Document, except claims, losses or liabilities resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the Satisfaction in Full of the Secured Obligations.

 

(b) The Borrower , shall, upon demand, pay to each Secured Party all of the costs and expenses which such Secured Party may incur in connection with (i) the exercise of its rights set forth in this Agreement, (ii) the custody or preservation of, , or, upon an Event of Default and the continuance thereof, the use, operation or sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral in accordance with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of such Secured Party hereunder or (iv) the failure by the Borrower to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

 

21. Merger, Amendments; Etc. THIS AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES SOLELY WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. No provision of this Agreement may be amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the Borrower and each Significant Secured Party, and any amendment to any provision of this Agreement made in conformity with the provisions of this Section 21 shall be binding on all Secured Parties, provided that no such amendment shall be effective to the extent that it (1) applies to less than all of the Secured Parties or (2) imposes any obligation or liability on any Secured Party without such Secured Party’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in such Secured Party’s sole discretion). No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party, provided that all of the Significant Secured Parties (in a writing signed by all of the Significant Secured Parties) may waive any provision of this Agreement, and any waiver of any provision of this Agreement made in conformity with the provisions of this Section 21 shall be binding on all Secured Parties, provided that no such waiver shall be effective to the extent that it

(1) applies to less than all the Secured Parties (unless a party gives a waiver as to itself only) or (2) imposes any obligation or liability on any Secured Party without such Secured Party’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in such Secured Party’s sole discretion).

 

20

 

 

22. Addresses for Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder (a) shall be given in the form and manner set forth in the Purchase Agreement and (b) shall be delivered, (i) in the case of notice to the Borrower, by delivery of such notice to the Borrower at the Borrower’s address specified in the Purchase Agreement or at such other address as shall be designated by the Borrower in a written notice to each of the Secured Parties in accordance with the provisions thereof, and (ii) in the case of notice to any Secured Party, by delivery of such notice to such Secured Party at its address specified in the Purchase Agreement or at such other address as shall be designated by such Secured Party in a written notice to the Borrower and each other Secured Party in accordance with the provisions thereof.

 

23. Separate, Continuing Security Interests; Assignments under Transaction Documents. This Agreement shall create a separate, continuing security interest in the Collateral in favor of each Secured Party and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until Satisfaction in Full of the Secured Obligations, (b) be binding upon the Borrower and its’ respective permitted successors and permitted assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Secured Parties and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), any Secured Party may, in accordance with the provisions of the Transaction Documents, assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Transaction Documents to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party herein or otherwise. Upon Satisfaction in Full of the Secured Obligations, the Security Interests granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Borrower or any other Person entitled thereto. At such time, each Secured Party will authorize the filing of appropriate termination statements to terminate such Security Interests. No transfer or renewal, extension, assignment, or termination of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any other instrument or document executed and delivered by the Borrower to any Secured Party nor any additional loans made by any Secured Party to the Borrower , nor the taking of further security, nor the retaking or re- delivery of the Collateral the Borrower , or any of them, by any Secured Party, nor any other act of Secured Parties, or any of them, shall release the Borrower from any obligation, except a release or discharge executed in writing by all Secured Parties. No Secured Party shall by any act, delay, omission or otherwise, be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by such Secured Party and then only to the extent therein set forth. A waiver by any Secured Party of any right or remedy on any occasion shall not be construed as a bar to the exercise of any such right or remedy which such Secured Party would otherwise have had on any other occasion.

 

24. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Jury Trial. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of New York. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper; provided, however, any suit seeking enforcement against any Collateral may be brought, at any Secured Party’s option, in the courts of any jurisdiction where such Secured Party elects to bring such action or where such Collateral or other property may be found. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

21

 

 

25. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file (or other electronic image that can be opened and printed by the recipient) of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Security Document mutatis mutandis.

 

(b) Omnibus Signature Page. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, it is hereby agreed that the execution by the Buyer of the Buyer’s Omnibus Signature Page attached to the Purchase Agreement shall make the Buyer a party to, and shall constitute agreement of the Buyer to be bound by, the terms and conditions hereof, with the same effect as if this Agreement were separately signed by the Buyer.

 

(c) Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in that jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

(d) Headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in connection with the interpretation of any provision hereof.

 

(e) The pronouns used herein shall include, when appropriate, either gender and both singular and plural, and the grammatical construction of sentences shall conform thereto.

 

(f) The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. For clarification purposes, the Recitals are part of this Agreement.

 

22

 

 

(g) Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document refer to this Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). “Satisfaction in Full of the Secured Obligations” shall mean the indefeasible payment in full in cash and discharge, or other satisfaction in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents and discharge, of all Secured Obligations in full. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and permitted assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

 

(h) All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are in United States Dollars (“U.S. Dollars”), and all amounts owing under this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents shall be paid in U.S. Dollars. All amounts denominated in other currencies shall be converted in the U.S. Dollar equivalent amount in accordance with the Exchange Rate on the date of calculation. “Exchange Rate” means, in relation to any amount of currency to be converted into U.S. Dollars pursuant to this Agreement, the U.S. Dollar exchange rate as published in the Wall Street Journal on the relevant date of calculation.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

23

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have executed this Agreement by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER: PERFECT MOMENT LTD., a Delaware corporation
   
  By:           
  Name:   
  Title:  
   
BUYERS: See Omnibus Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement,
  Security Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

PLEDGED COMPANIES

 

Name of Pledgor Name of Pledged Company Percentage of Class Owned
Perfect Moment Ltd. Perfect Moment Asia Limited 100%
     
     
     

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF BORROWER

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

LIST OF UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE FILING JURISDICTIONS

 

Borrower Jurisdictions
Perfect Moment Ltd. Delaware
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

[See Exhibit 10.12 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

[See Exhibit 10.13 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

[See Exhibit 10.14 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of March 15, 2021, between Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “the Company”), and each Buyer (as defined below, and with their respective assignees pursuant to Section 7, collectively, the “Holders” and each, individually, a “Holder”),

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2021 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company and each “Buyer” listed as party thereto, the Company shall sell, and the Buyers shall purchase, the “Notes” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, upon the closing of a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), all of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, shall automatically, without the necessity of any action by the Holder or the Company, be converted into shares of Common Stock of the Company (such shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes, the “Conversion Shares”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to enter into a registration rights agreement with each of the Buyers who purchased the Notes;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions set forth herein, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

1. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

Approved Market” means the OTC Markets Group, the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the NYSE American.

 

Blackout Period” means, with respect to a registration, a period during which the Company, in the good faith judgment of its board of directors, determines (because of the existence of, or in anticipation of, any acquisition, financing activity, or other transaction involving the Company, or the unavailability for reasons beyond the Company’s control of any required financial statements, disclosure of information which is in its best interest not to publicly disclose, or any other event or condition of similar significance to the Company) that the registration and/or distribution of the Registrable Securities to be covered by such registration statement, if any, or the filing of an amendment to such registration statement in the circumstances described in Section 4(f) below, would be detrimental to the Company and its stockholders, in each case commencing on the day the Company notifies the Holders (such notice shall be made to such Holder’s email address set forth on the signature page hereto) that they are required, because of the determination described above, to suspend offers and sales of Registrable Securities and ending on the earlier of (1) the date upon which the material non-public information resulting in the Blackout Period is disclosed to the public or, in the good faith discretion of the Company, ceases to be material and (2) such time as the Company notifies the selling Holders that sales pursuant to such Registration Statement or a new or amended Registration Statement may resume.

 

 

 

 

Business Day” means any day of the year, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of New York are required or authorized to close.

 

Commission” means the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company and any and all shares of capital stock or other equity securities of: (i) the Company which are added to or exchanged or substituted for the Common Stock by reason of the declaration of any stock dividend or stock split, the issuance of any distribution or the reclassification, readjustment, recapitalization or other such modification of the capital structure of the Company; and (ii) any other corporation, now or hereafter organized under the laws of any state or other governmental authority, with which the Company is merged, which results from any consolidation or reorganization to which the Company is a party, or to which is sold all or substantially all of the shares or assets of the Company, if immediately after such merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale, the Company or the stockholders of the Company own equity securities having in the aggregate more than 50% of the total voting power of such other corporation.

  

Effective Date” means the date of the final closing of the offering of the Notes.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Family Member” means (a) with respect to any individual, such individual’s spouse, any descendants (whether natural or adopted), any trust all of the beneficial interests of which are owned by any of such individuals or by any of such individuals together with any organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the estate of any such individual, and any corporation, association, partnership or limited liability company all of the equity interests of which are owned by those above described individuals, trusts or organizations and (b) with respect to any trust, the owners of the beneficial interests of such trust.

 

Holder” means (i) each Buyer or any of such Buyer’s respective successors and assignees who acquire rights in accordance with this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Securities directly or indirectly from a Buyer or from any other Holder.

 

Majority Holders” means, at any time (a) prior to the conversion of the Notes into Common Stock, Holders of a majority of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and (b) thereafter, Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

 

Piggyback Registration” means, in any registration of Common Stock referenced in Section 3(a), the right of each Holder to include the Registrable Securities of such Holder in such registration.

 

2

 

 

The terms “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

 

Registrable Securities” means (a) the Conversion Shares and (b) other shares of Common Stock held by the Holders, hereinafter acquired or issuable in respect of the Conversion Shares by way of conversion, dividend, stock-split, distribution or exchange, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction; but, in each case, excluding any otherwise Registrable Securities that may be sold under the Securities Act without volume or other limitations or other restrictions either pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or otherwise during any ninety (90) day period, or (ii) are at the time subject to an effective resale registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

Registration Default Period” means the period during which any Registration Event occurs and is continuing.

 

Registration Event” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a) the Company fails to include the Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 3(a);

 

(b) after the SEC Effective Date, the Registration Statement ceases for any reason to remain continuously effective or the Holders are otherwise not permitted to utilize the prospectus therein to resell the Registrable Securities for a period of more than fifteen (15) consecutive Trading Days, except for Blackout Periods permitted herein and except for suspension of the use of the Registration Statement in connection with its post-effective amendment in connection with the filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the time reasonably required to respond to any comments from the Commission’s staff on the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, and as excused pursuant to Section 4 below; or

 

(c) after the time that the Common Stock is first listed or quoted on an Approved Market, the Registrable Securities, if issued, are not listed or included for quotation on an Approved Market, or trading of the Common Stock is suspended or halted on the Approved Market, which at the time constitutes the principal market for the Common Stock, for more than three (3) full, consecutive Trading Days; provided, however, a Registration Event shall not be deemed to occur if all or substantially all trading in equity securities (including the Common Stock) of the Company is suspended or halted on the Approved Market for any length of time.

 

Registration Statement” means any registration statement the Company is required to file pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement to register the resale of the Registrable Securities.

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

3

 

 

Rule 415” means Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute promulgated in replacement thereof, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

SEC Effective Date” means the date a Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

 

Trading Day” means any day on which such national securities exchange, the OTC Markets Group or such other securities market or quotation system, which at the time constitutes the principal securities market for the Common Stock, is open for general trading of securities.

 

Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate with respect to each Holder on the earlier of: (i) the date that is the later of (x) three (3) years from the Effective Date and (y) the date on which all Registrable Securities held by such Holder may be sold under Rule 144 without volume or manner of sale limitations or other restrictions during any ninety (90) day period; or (ii) the date otherwise terminated as provided herein.

 

3. Registration.

 

(a) Piggyback Registration. If, after the Effective Date, the Company shall determine to register for sale for cash any of its Common Stock, for its own account or for the account of others (other than the Holders) (including, without limitation, a registration statement for the Qualified IPO), other than (x) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans or securities issued or issuable to employees, consultants (to the extent the securities owned or to be owned by such consultants could be registered on Form S-8) or any of their Family Members (including a registration on Form S-8) or (y) a registration relating solely to a Securities Act Rule 145 transaction or a registration on Form S-4 in connection with a merger, acquisition, divestiture, reorganization or similar event, then the Company shall promptly give to the Holders written notice thereof (and in no event shall such notice be given less than twenty (20) calendar days prior to the filing of such Registration Statement), and shall, subject to Section 3(b), include as a Piggyback Registration all of the Registrable Securities specified in a written request delivered by the Holder thereof within ten (10) calendar days after delivery to the Holder of such written notice from the Company. However, the Company may, without the consent of the Holders, withdraw such Registration Statement prior to its becoming effective if the Company or such other selling stockholders have elected to abandon the proposal to register the securities proposed to be registered thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Commission staff should limit the number of Registrable Securities that may be sold pursuant to the Registration Statement, the Company may remove from the Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as specified by the Commission on behalf of all selling securityholders therein on a pro-rata basis. In such event, the Company shall give the Holders prompt notice of the number of Registrable Securities excluded therefrom.

 

4

 

 

(b) Underwriting. If a Piggyback Registration is for a registered public offering that is to be made by an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders of the Registrable Securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration Statement pursuant to Section 3(a). In that event, the right of any Holder to Piggyback Registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to sell any of their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and any other stockholders of the Company selling their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement and/or “lock-up” or “standstill” agreement in customary form and on customary terms with the underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company or such other selling stockholders, as applicable. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3(b), if the underwriter or the Company determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock or the amount of other securities to be underwritten, the underwriter may exclude some or all Registrable Securities from such registration and underwriting. the Company shall so advise all Holders (except those Holders who failed to timely elect to include their Registrable Securities through such underwriting or have indicated to the Company their decision not to do so), and indicate to each such Holder the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting, if any. The number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders as follows:

 

(i) If the Piggyback Registration was initiated by the Company, the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated first to the Company and then, subject to obligations and commitments existing as of the date hereof, to all selling securityholders (including the Holders) who have requested to sell in the registration on a pro rata basis according to the number of shares requested to be included therein; and

 

(ii) If the Piggyback Registration was initiated by the exercise of demand registration rights by a stockholder or stockholders of the Company, then the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated first to such selling stockholders who exercised such demand to the extent of their demand registration rights, and then, subject to obligations and commitments existing as of the date hereof, to the Company and then, subject to obligations and commitments existing as of the date hereof, to all persons exercising piggyback registration rights (including the Holders) who have requested to sell in the registration on a pro rata basis according to the number of shares requested to be included therein.

 

No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw such Holder’s Registrable Securities therefrom by delivering a written notice to the Company and the underwriter. The Registrable Securities so withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration; provided, however, that, if by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities, a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities pursuant to the terms and limitations set forth herein in the same proportion used above in determining the underwriter limitation.

 

5

 

 

(c) Other Registrations. Before such date that is six (6) months following the effective date of a Piggyback Registration registering the Registrable Securities, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders, file any other registration statement with the Commission or request the acceleration of any other registration statement filed with the Commission, and during any time subsequent to the effective date of a Piggyback Registration registering the Registrable Securities when such registration statement for any reason is not available for use by any Holder for the resale of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders, file any other registration statement or any amendment thereto with the Commission under the Securities Act or request the acceleration of the effectiveness of any other registration statement previously filed with the Commission, other than (i) any registration statement on Form S-8 or Form S-4 or a registration relating solely to a Securities Act Rule 145 transaction and (ii) any registration statement or amendment which the Company is required to file or as to which the Company is required to request acceleration pursuant to any obligation in effect on the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d) Liquidated Damages. If a Registration Event occurs, then the Company will make payments to each Holder of Registrable Securities, as liquidated damages to such Holder by reason of the Registration Event, a cash sum equal to one percent (1%) of the Conversion Price per share of such Holder’s Registrable Securities which are affected by such Registration Event, for each full thirty (30) days during which such Registration Event continues to affect such Registrable Securities (which shall be pro-rated for any period less than 30 days). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount of liquidated damages that may be paid by the Company pursuant to this Section 3(d) shall be an amount equal to eight percent (8%) of the Conversion Price per share of the Registrable Securities that are affected by all Registration Events in the aggregate. Each payment of liquidated damages pursuant to this Section 3(d) shall be due and payable in arrears within five (5) days after the end of each full 30-day period of the Registration Default Period until the termination of the Registration Default Period and within five (5) days after such termination. Such payments shall constitute the Holder’s exclusive remedy for any Registration Event. The Registration Default Period shall terminate upon (i) the filing of a Registration Statement registering the Registrable Securities in the case of clause (a) of the definition of Registration Event, (ii) the ability of the Holders to effect sales pursuant to the Registration Statement in the case of clause (b) of the definition of Registration Event, and (iii) the listing or inclusion and/or trading of the Common Stock on an Approved Market, as the case may be, in the case of clause (c) of the definition of Registration Event. The amounts payable as liquidated damages pursuant to this Section 3(d) shall be payable in lawful money of the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be liable for the payment of liquidated damages described in this Section 3(d) to any Holder (i) as a result of such Holder’s failure to provide to the Company information concerning the Holder and the manner of distribution of the Holder’s Registrable Securities that is required by the rules of the Commission to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or (ii) for any delay in registration of the Registrable Securities that may be excluded from the Registration Statement solely as a result of a comment received by the Commission staff in accordance with Section 3(a). In the event of any delay pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts at the first opportunity that is permitted by the Commission to register for resale the Registrable Securities that have been cut back from being registered pursuant to Rule 415 only with respect to that portion of the Holders’ Registrable Securities that are then Registrable Securities.

 

6

 

 

4. Registration Procedures. The Company will keep each Holder reasonably advised as to the filing and effectiveness of a Registration Statement. At its expense with respect to the Registration Statement, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

(a) prepare and file with the Commission with respect to the Registrable Securities the Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods of distribution thereof, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement remain effective for a period of three (3) years or for such shorter period ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the sale of all Registrable Securities and (ii) the availability of Rule 144 for the Holder to sell all of the Registrable Securities without volume or manner of sale limitations or other restrictions within a 90 day period (the “Effectiveness Period”) (and each Holder agrees to furnish to the Company a completed questionnaire in the form attached to this Agreement as Annex A (a “Selling Securityholder Questionnaire”) not later than five (5) Business Days following a request therefor from the Company);

 

(b) if the Registration Statement is subject to review by the Commission, promptly respond to all comments and diligently pursue resolution of any comments to the satisfaction of the Commission;

 

(c) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective during the Effectiveness Period;

 

(d) furnish, without charge, to each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (i) a reasonable number of copies of such Registration Statement (including any exhibits thereto other than exhibits incorporated by reference), each amendment and supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request, (ii) such number of copies of the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 of the Securities Act) as such Holders may reasonably request, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and (iii) such other documents as such Holder may reasonably require to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder, but only during the Effectiveness Period; provided that the Company shall have no obligation to furnish any document pursuant to this clause that is available on the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system;

 

(e) register or qualify such registration under such other applicable securities laws of such jurisdictions within the United States, including Blue Sky laws, as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement reasonably requests and as may be reasonably necessary for the marketability of the Registrable Securities (such request to be made by the time the applicable Registration Statement is deemed effective by the Commission) and do any and all other acts and things reasonably necessary to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

7

 

 

(f) as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, the disposition of which requires delivery of a prospectus relating thereto under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event, which comes to the Company’s attention, that will after the occurrence of such event cause the prospectus included in such Registration Statement, if not amended or supplemented, to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company shall promptly thereafter prepare and furnish to such Holder a supplement or amendment to such prospectus (or prepare and file appropriate reports under the Exchange Act) so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless suspension of the use of such prospectus otherwise is authorized herein or in the event of a Blackout Period, in which case no supplement or amendment need be furnished (or Exchange Act filing made) until the termination of such suspension or Blackout Period; provided that any and all information provided to the Holder pursuant to such notification shall remain confidential to each Holder until such information otherwise becomes public, unless disclosure by a Holder is required by law;

 

(g) comply, and continue to comply during the Effectiveness Period, in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement;

 

(h) as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities being offered or sold pursuant to the Registration Statement of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

 

(i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement, upon issuance, to be quoted on the principal securities market on which securities of the same class or series issued by the Company are then listed or traded;

 

(j) provide a transfer agent and registrar, which may be a single entity, for the shares of Common Stock at all times after the SEC Effective Date;

 

(k) cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities being offered pursuant to the Registration Statement to issue and deliver, or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver, certificates representing Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to the Registration Statement within a reasonable time after the delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to the transfer agent or the Company, as applicable, and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts as the Holders may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Holders may request;

 

8

 

 

(l) during the Effectiveness Period, refrain from bidding for or purchasing any Common Stock or any right to purchase Common Stock or attempting to induce any person to purchase any such security or right if such bid, purchase or attempt would in any way limit the right of the Holders to sell Registrable Securities by reason of the limitations set forth in Regulation M of the Exchange Act; and

 

(m) take all other commercially reasonable actions necessary to expedite and facilitate the disposition by the Holders of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement during the term of this Agreement.

 

5. Suspension of Offers and Sales. Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(f) hereof or of the commencement of a Blackout Period, such Holder shall discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(f) hereof or notice of the end of the Blackout Period, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies (including, without limitation, any and all drafts), other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

6. Registration Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses in connection with any registration obligation provided herein, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, stock exchange fees, printing expenses, all fees and expenses of complying with applicable securities laws, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent accountants; provided, that, in any underwritten registration, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting discounts, selling commissions or transfer taxes attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the Holders thereof, which underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes shall be borne by such Holders. Except as provided in this Section 6 and Section 9 of this Agreement, the Company shall not be responsible for the expenses of any attorney or other advisor employed by a Holder.

 

7. Assignment of Rights. Any Holder may assign its rights under this Agreement to any assignee of the Notes or Registrable Securities, provided that (a) such transfer or assignment is effected in accordance with applicable securities laws; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to become bound by and subject to the terms of this Agreement; and (c) such Holder notifies the Company in writing of such transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred or assigned. The Company may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders.

 

9

 

 

8. Information by Holder. The Holders shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested by the Company, or the managing underwriter, if any, in connection with the preparation of any registration statement, including amendments and supplements thereto, in order to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section Error! Reference source not found. of this Agreement and in connection with the Company’s obligation to comply with federal and applicable state securities laws, including an updated Selling Securityholder Questionnaire if requested by the Company.

 

9. Indemnification.

 

(a) In the event of the offer and sale of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder, its directors, officers, partners, and each other person, if any, who controls or is under common control with such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, and expenses to which the Holder or any such director, officer, partner or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement prepared and filed by the Company under which Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading, and the Company shall reimburse the Holder, and each such director, officer, partner and controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding; provided, however, that such indemnity agreement found in this Section 9(a) shall in no event exceed the original principal amount of the Notes; and provided further, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case (i) to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement in or omission from such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, any such summary prospectus contained therein, or any such amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company for use in the preparation thereof or (ii) if the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) who purchased the Registrable Securities that are the subject thereof did not receive a copy of an amended preliminary prospectus or the final prospectus (or the final prospectus as amended or supplemented) at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Securities to such person because of the failure of such Holder or underwriter to so provide such amended preliminary or final prospectus and the untrue statement or omission of a material fact made in such preliminary prospectus was corrected in the amended preliminary or final prospectus (or the final prospectus as amended or supplemented). Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Holders, or any such director, officer, partner or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of such shares by the Holder.

 

10

 

 

(b) As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, each Holder agrees to be bound by the terms of this Section 9 and to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or any such director or officer or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement in or omission from such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is included or omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by the Holder or its representative (acting on such Holder’s behalf) for use in the preparation thereof, and such Holder shall reimburse the Company, its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons, each such director, officer, and controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, defending, or settling any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, or proceeding; provided, however, that the indemnity obligation contained in this Section 9(b) shall in no event exceed the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder as a result of the sale of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person and shall survive the transfer by any Holder of such shares.

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in this Section 9 (including any governmental action), such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such action; provided, however, that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section 9, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, unless in the reasonable judgment of counsel to such indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified party and indemnifying parties may exist or the indemnified party may have defenses not available to the indemnifying party in respect of such claim, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof, unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties arises in respect of such claim or the indemnified party may have defenses not available to the indemnifying party in respect of such claim after the assumption of the defenses thereof or the indemnifying party fails to defend such claim in a diligent manner, other than reasonable costs of investigation. Neither an indemnified party nor an indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any action or proceeding effected without its consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement, which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, and without limiting any of the rights set forth above, in any event any party shall have the right to retain, at its own expense, counsel with respect to the defense of a claim. Each indemnified party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an indemnifying party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

11

 

 

(d) If an indemnifying party does not or is not permitted to assume the defense of an action pursuant to Sections 9(c) or in the case of the expense reimbursement obligation set forth in Sections 9(a) and 9(b), the indemnification required by Sections 9(a) and 9(b) shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses, losses, damages, or liabilities are incurred.

 

(e) If the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a) or 9(a) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the proportionate relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other (determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission), or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law or provides a lesser sum to the indemnified party than the amount hereinafter calculated, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the proportionate relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, but also the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. No indemnified party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any indemnifying party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(f) Other Indemnification. Indemnification similar to that specified in this Section 9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any federal or state law or regulation or governmental authority other than the Securities Act.

 

10. Rule 144. For a period of at least twelve (12) months following the Effective Date, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to timely file all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and if the Company is not required to file reports pursuant to such sections, it will prepare and furnish to the Holders and make publicly available in accordance with Rule 144(c) such information as is required for the Holders to sell shares of Common Stock under Rule 144.

 

12

 

 

11. Independent Nature of Each Holder’s Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Holder under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Holder, and each Holder shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Holder under this Agreement. Nothing contained herein and no action taken by any Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute such Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture, or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Holder shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Holder to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

12. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of New York, both substantive and remedial, without regard to New York conflicts of law principles. Any judicial proceeding brought against either of the parties to this Agreement or any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any matter related hereto shall be brought in the courts of the State of New York, New York County, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and, by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party to this Agreement accepts the jurisdiction of such courts. The foregoing consent to jurisdiction shall not be deemed to confer rights on any person other than the parties to this Agreement.

 

(b) Remedies. In the event of a breach by the Company or by a Holder of any of their respective obligations under this Agreement, each Holder or the Company, as the case may be, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law and under this Agreement, including recovery of damages, shall be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and each Holder agree that monetary damages would not provide adequate compensation for any losses incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall not assert or shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

(c) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assignees, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

(d) No Inconsistent Agreements. the Company has not entered, as of the date hereof, and shall not enter, on or after the date of this Agreement, into any agreement with respect to its securities that would have the effect of impairing the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

 

(e) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents, instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof.

 

13

 

 

(f) Notices, etc. All notices or other communications which are required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and sufficient if transmitted by hand delivery, by facsimile transmission, by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, by electronic mail, or by nationally recognized overnight carrier, to the persons at the addresses set forth below (or at such other address as may be provided hereunder), and shall be deemed to have been delivered (i) if transmitted by hand delivery, as of the date delivered, (ii) if transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail, as of the date so transmitted with an automated confirmation of delivery, (iii) if transmitted by nationally recognized overnight carrier, as of the Business Day following the date of delivery to the carrier, and (iv) if transmitted by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, on the third Business Day following posting with the U.S. Postal Service:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.

Unit B, 13th Floor, Gee Chang Hong Centre

65 Wong Chuk Hang Rd.

Aberdeen, Hong Kong

Attention: Max Gottschalk, Chairman

Email: max.gottschalk@vedrapartners.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP

2049 Century Park East, 18th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attention: Nimish Patel Email: nxp@msk.com

 

if to a Holder, to:

 

such Buyer at the address set forth on the Omnibus Signature Page;

 

or at such other address as any party shall have furnished to the other parties in writing.

 

(g) Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Holder, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Holder nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereunder occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Holder of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Holder of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, or by law or otherwise afforded to any holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

14

 

 

(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. All of such counterparts shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all the signers had signed a single page. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file (or other electronic image that can be opened and printed by the recipient) of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.

 

(i) Omnibus Signature Page. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, it is hereby agreed that the execution by the Buyer of the Buyer’s Omnibus Signature Page attached to the Purchase Agreement shall make the Buyer a party to, and shall constitute agreement of the Buyer to be bound by, the terms and conditions hereof, with the same effect as if this Agreement were separately signed by the Buyer.

 

(j) Severability. In the case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be replaced with a valid, legal and enforceable provision that as closely as possible reflects the parties’ intent with respect thereto, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(k) Amendments. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended at any time and from time to time, and particular provisions of this Agreement may be waived, with and only with an agreement or consent in writing signed by the Company and the Majority Holders. The Buyers acknowledge that by the operation of this Section 12(k), the Majority Holders may have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of the Holders under this Agreement.

 

[COMPANY SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

15

 

 

This Registration Rights Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

   
  By:        
    Name:   
  Title:          
   
  THE HOLDERS:
   
  See such Buyer’s Omnibus Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement, Security Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement

 

16

 

 

Annex A

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.

 

Selling Securityholder Notice and Questionnaire

 

The undersigned beneficial owner of Registrable Securities of Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), understands that the Company has filed or intends to file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the Registrable Securities, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) to which this document is annexed. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is available from the Company upon request at the address set forth below. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling security holder in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling security holder in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus.

 

NOTICE

 

The undersigned beneficial owner (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include the Registrable Securities owned by it in the Registration Statement.

 

The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate:

 

QUESTIONNAIRE

 

1.Name:

 

(a)Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder
   
   

 

(b)Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (holder of record) (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities are held:
   
   
   

 

(c)If you are not a natural person, full Legal Name of Natural Control Person (which means a natural person who directly or indirectly alone or with others has power to vote or dispose of the securities covered by this Questionnaire):
   
   
   

 

Annex A-1

 

 

2.Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:
  
  
  

 

Telephone:     
Fax:    
Email:    

 

 

 

Contact

Person:

 

 

 

3.Broker-Dealer Status:

 

(a)Are you a broker-dealer?

 

Yes ☐      No ☐

 

(b)If “yes” to Section 3(a), did you receive your Registrable Securities as compensation for investment banking services to the Company?

 

Yes ☐     No ☐

 

Note: If “no” to Section 3(b), the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

 

(c)Are you an affiliate of a broker-dealer?

 

Yes ☐     No ☐

 

(d)If you are an affiliate of a broker-dealer, do you certify that you purchased the Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities to be resold, you had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Registrable Securities?

 

Yes ☐     No ☐

 

Note: If “no” to Section 3(d), the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

 

Annex A-2

 

 

4.Beneficial Ownership of Securities of the Company Owned by the Selling Securityholder:

 

Except as set forth below in this Item 4, the undersigned is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company.

 

(a)Please list the type (common stock, warrants, etc.) and amount of all securities of the Company (including any Registrable Securities) beneficially owned1 by the Selling Securityholder:
   
   

 

5.Relationships with the Company:

 

Except as set forth below, neither you nor (if you are a natural person) any member of your immediate family, nor (if you are not a natural person) any of your affiliates2, officers, directors or principal equity holders (owners of 5% of more of the equity securities of the undersigned) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

  

  State any exceptions here:
   
   

 

 

 

1Beneficially Owned: A “beneficial owner” of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares (i) voting power, including the power to direct the voting of such security, or (ii) investment power, including the power to dispose of, or direct the disposition of, such security. In addition, a person is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of a security of which such person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days, including, but not limited to, any right to acquire such security: (i) through the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (ii) through the conversion of any security or (iii) pursuant to the power to revoke, or the automatic termination of, a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement.

 

It is possible that a security may have more than one “beneficial owner,” such as a trust, with two co-trustees sharing voting power, and the settlor or another third party having investment power, in which case each of the three would be the “beneficial owner” of the securities in the trust. The power to vote or direct the voting, or to invest or dispose of, or direct the investment or disposition of, a security may be indirect and arise from legal, economic, contractual or other rights, and the determination of beneficial ownership depends upon who ultimately possesses or shares the power to direct the voting or the disposition of the security.

 

The final determination of the existence of beneficial ownership depends upon the facts of each case. You may, if you believe the facts warrant it, disclaim beneficial ownership of securities that might otherwise be considered “beneficially owned” by you.

 

2Affiliate: An “affiliate” is a company or person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls you, or is controlled by you, or is under common control with you.

 

Annex A-3

 

 

The undersigned agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein that may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Registration Statement remains effective.

 

By signing below, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items 1 through 5 and the inclusion of such information in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Selling Securityholder Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

 

BENEFICIAL OWNER (individual)   BENEFICIAL OWNER (entity)
     
     
Signature   Name of Entity
     
     
Print Name   Signature
     
    Print Name:     
Signature (if Joint Tenants or Tenants in Common)    
    Title:  

 

PLEASE E-MAIL OR FAX A COPY OF THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED SELLING SECURITYHOLDER NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE, AND RETURN THE ORIGINAL BY OVERNIGHT MAIL, TO:

 

Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP

437 Madison Avenue, 25th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Blake Baron

Email: bjb@msk.com

 

 

Annex A-4

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Copyright Security Agreement”) is made this 15th day of March, 2021, by the Borrower listed on the signature page hereof, in favor of the Secured Parties under and as defined in the below-described Security Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2021 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, including all schedules thereto, collectively, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), the Borrower has agreed to issue to Holder certain Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce each of the Secured Parties to enter into the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement, the Borrower has executed and delivered to each of the Secured Parties that certain Security Agreement of even date herewith (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Security Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Borrower is required to execute and deliver to each of the Secured Parties this Copyright Security Agreement.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. DEFINED TERMS. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement.

 

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHT COLLATERAL. The Borrower hereby grants to each Secured Party a continuing (subject to the Permitted Liens) security interest in all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”):

 

(a) all of the Borrower’s Copyrights and Copyright Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

 

(b) all reissues, continuations or extensions of the foregoing; and

 

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by the Borrower against third parties for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Copyright or any Copyright licensed under any Intellectual Property License.

 

3. SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS. This Copyright Security Agreement and the Security Interests created hereby secures the payment and performance of all the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by the Borrower, or any of them, to Secured Parties, or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT. The security interests granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Secured Parties with respect to their respective security interests in the Copyright Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

 

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT. To the extent required under the Security Agreement, the Borrower shall give Secured Parties prompt notice in writing of any additional copyright registrations or applications therefor after the date hereof. The Borrower hereby authorize Secured Parties unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any future registered copyrights or applications therefor of the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Copyright Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from any Secured Party’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

 

6. COUNTERPARTS. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof. In proving this Copyright Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought.

 

7. CONSTRUCTION. Unless the context of this Copyright Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Copyright Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document refer to this Copyright Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Copyright Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Copyright Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Copyright Security Agreement or in any other Transaction Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and permitted assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. The language used in this Copyright Security Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. For clarification purposes, the Recitals are part of this Copyright Security Agreement.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER: Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation
     
  By:        
  Name:   
  Title:  

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I

TO

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

COPYRIGHT REGISTRATIONS

 

Borrower

Country

Copyright

Registration No.

Registration Date

         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         

 

Copyright Licenses

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Patent Security Agreement”) is made this 15th day of March, 2021, by the Borrower listed on the signature page hereof, in favor of the Secured Parties under and as defined in the below-described Security Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2021 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, including all schedules thereto, collectively, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and each of the Secured Parties, the Borrower has agreed to issue to Holder certain Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce each of the Secured Parties to enter into the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement, the Borrower has executed and delivered to each of the Secured Parties that certain Security Agreement of even date herewith (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Security Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Borrower is required to execute and deliver to each of the Secured Parties this Patent Security Agreement.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. DEFINED TERMS. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement.

 

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT COLLATERAL. The Borrower hereby grants to each Secured Party a continuing (subject to the Permitted Liens) security interest in all of such the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”):

 

(a) all of its Patents and Patent Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

 

(b) all reissues, continuations or extensions of the foregoing; and

 

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by the Borrower against third parties for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Patent or any Patent licensed under any Intellectual Property License.

 

3. SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS. This Patent Security Agreement and the Security Interests created hereby secures the payment and performance of all the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Patent Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by the Borrower , to Secured Parties, or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving the Borrower.

 

 

 

 

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT. The security interests granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Secured Parties with respect to their respective security interests in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

 

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT. If the Borrower shall obtain rights to any new Patents or become entitled to the benefit of any patent application or Patent for any reissue, division, or continuation, of any Patent, the provisions of this Patent Security Agreement shall automatically apply thereto. To the extent required under the Security Agreement, the Borrower shall give prompt notice in writing to Secured Parties with respect to any such new Patent rights. Without limiting the Borrower’s obligations under this Section 5, the Borrower hereby authorize Secured Parties unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any such new patent rights of the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Patent Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from any Secured Party’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

 

6. COUNTERPARTS. This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof. In proving this Patent Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought.

 

7. CONSTRUCTION. Unless the context of this Patent Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Patent Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document refer to this Patent Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Patent Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Patent Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Patent Security Agreement or in any other Transaction Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and permitted assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. The language used in this Patent Security Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. For clarification purposes, the Recitals are part of this Patent Security Agreement.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER: Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation
   
  By:          
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

3

 

Exhibit 10.14

 

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Trademark Security Agreement”) is made this 15th day of March, 2021, by the Borrower listed on the signature page hereof, in favor of the Secured Parties under and as defined in the below-described Security Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2021 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, including all schedules thereto, collectively, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and each of the Secured Parties, the Borrower has agreed to issue to Holder certain Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce each of the Secured Parties to enter into the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement, the Borrower has executed and delivered to each of the Secured Parties that certain Security Agreement of even date herewith (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Security Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Borrower is required to execute and deliver to each of the Secured Parties this Trademark Security Agreement.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. DEFINED TERMS. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement.

 

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARK COLLATERAL. The Borrower hereby grants to each Secured Party a continuing (subject to the Permitted Liens) security interest in all of such the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”):

 

(a) all of its Trademarks and Trademark Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

 

(b) all goodwill, trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information, technical information, procedures, formulae, quality control standards, designs, operating and training manuals, customer lists, and other General Intangibles with respect to the foregoing;

 

(c) all reissues, continuations or extensions of the foregoing;

 

 

 

 

(d) all goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each Trademark and each Trademark Intellectual Property License; and

 

(e) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by the Borrower against third parties for past, present or future (i) infringement or dilution of any Trademark or any Trademark licensed under any Intellectual Property License or (ii) injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark or any Trademark licensed under any Intellectual Property License.

 

3. SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS. This Trademark Security Agreement and the Security Interests created hereby secures the payment and performance of all the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Trademark Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by the Borrower, or any of them, to Secured Parties, or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving the Borrower.

 

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT. The security interests granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Secured Parties with respect to their respective security interests in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

 

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT. If the Borrower shall obtain rights to any new Trademarks, which are registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any other applicable Governmental Authority, the provisions of this Trademark Security Agreement shall automatically apply thereto. To the extent required under the Security Agreement, the Borrower shall give prompt notice in writing to Secured Parties with respect to any such new Trademarks or renewal or extension of any Trademark registration. Without limiting each the Borrower’s obligations under this Section 5, the Borrower hereby authorize Secured Parties unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any such new Trademark rights of the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Trademark Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from any Secured Party’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

 

6. COUNTERPARTS. This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof. In proving this Trademark Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought.

 

7. CONSTRUCTION. Unless the context of this Trademark Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Trademark Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document refer to this Trademark Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Trademark Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Trademark Security Agreement or in any other Transaction Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and permitted assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. The language used in this Trademark Security Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. For clarification purposes, the Recitals are part of this Trademark Security Agreement.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER: Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation
     
  By:         
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE I

to

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Trademark Registrations/Applications

 

Borrower Country Mark Application/ Registration No. App/Reg Date
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         

 

Trade Names

 

Common Law Trademarks

 

Trademarks Not Currently In Use

 

Trademark Licenses

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is dated as of April 8, 2022, entered into by and among Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the Buyers set forth on the signature pages affixed hereto (individually, a “Buyer” or collectively “Buyers”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Buyer(s) are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon an exemption from securities registration pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D (“Regulation D”) as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, the Company shall sell to the Buyers, as provided herein, and the Buyers shall purchase up to a maximum of US$4,000,000 principal amount (the “Maximum Amount”) at a purchase price of 100% (par) (the “Purchase Price”) of the Company’s 8% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes due December 15, 2022 (the “Notes”); and the total Purchase Price shall be allocated among the Buyer(s) in the respective amounts set forth on the Buyer Omnibus Signature Page(s), affixed hereto (the “Subscription Amount”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company intends to pursue an underwritten initial public offering of its common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Common Stock”), and simultaneous listing of the Common Stock on a U.S. national securities exchange; and

 

WHEREAS, provided a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Notes) has been consummated, simultaneously upon the closing of such Qualified IPO, the entire outstanding principal amount of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes will automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock (the “Conversion Shares”) at a price per Conversion Share set forth in the Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, the aggregate proceeds of the sale of the Notes shall be held in escrow, pending closing of the purchase and sale of the Notes, pursuant to the terms of an escrow agreement among the Company, the Introducing Broker (as defined below) and the Escrow Agent (as defined below) (the “Escrow Agreement”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and other agreements contained in this Agreement the Company and the Buyer(s) hereby agree as follows:

 

1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF NOTES.

 

(a) Purchase of Notes. Subject to the satisfaction (or waiver) of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Buyer agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at Closing (as defined below), and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Buyer, severally and not jointly, at Closing, Notes in principal amounts set forth on the Buyer Omnibus Signature Page, attached hereto as Annex A, for each Buyer affixed hereto. The Notes shall be substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

(b) Closing Date; Offering Period. The purchase and sale of the Notes may occur in one or more closings (each, a “Closing”) and any such Closing shall take place on the date when all of the Transaction Documents for such Closing have been executed and delivered by the applicable parties and the other conditions to such Closing set forth herein and in Sections 5 and 6 below have been satisfied or waived (or such later date as is mutually agreed to by the Company and the Buyer(s)). There is no minimum amount of Notes that must be sold in connection with any Closing. There may be multiple Closings until the earlier of the Final Termination Date (as defined below) or such time as subscriptions for the sale of the Notes up to the Maximum Amount are accepted (the date of any such Closing is hereinafter referred to as a “Closing Date”). Each Closing shall occur on a Closing Date remotely via the electronic exchange of documents and signatures. The offering of Notes shall terminate on June 27, 2022 (the “Termination Date”), or on such later agreed upon date (the “Final Termination Date”) if the Termination Date has been extended by Company and the Introducing Broker (without necessity of notice to or consent from the Buyer or any other Buyer), and upon the Termination Date or the Final Termination Date (as applicable), all funds from a pending Closing in the Escrow Account (as defined below) shall be returned to the Buyers as provided in the Escrow Agreement.

 

(c) Escrow Arrangements; Form of Payment. Upon execution hereof by a Buyer and pending the applicable Closing, the Subscription Amount shall be deposited in a non-interest bearing escrow account (the “Escrow Account”) with Signature Bank as escrow agent (the “Escrow Agent”), pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement and disbursed in accordance therewith. The Buyer shall either

 

(i) wire transfer the Subscription Amount set forth on its Buyer Omnibus Signature Page, in immediately available funds, in accordance with the instructions set forth immediately below:

 

Escrow Agent Wire Instructions

 

  Bank Name: Signature Bank
    950 Third Avenue, 9th Floor, New York, NY 10022
  ABA #: 026013576
  Account #: 1504666499
  Account Name: Perfect Moment Ltd., Signature Bank, as Escrow Agent
  Reference: [Name and address of Buyer]

 

or (ii) deliver a certified or other bank check for the Subscription Amount payable to:

 

“Signature Bank, as Escrow Agent for Perfect Moment Ltd.,”

Reference: “Account #1504666499; [Name of Buyer]”

 

2

 

 

Deliver to:

 

Signature Bank

950 Third Avenue, 9th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Beth Jimenez

 

(d) Delivery of Funds from Escrow. Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the applicable Closing Date, the Escrow Agent shall deliver to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement the Purchase Price for the Notes to be issued and sold to the Buyer(s) on such Closing Date.

 

(e) Delivery of Notes. Promptly after the applicable Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to the Buyer(s), the Note(s) to be issued at such Closing, duly executed on behalf of the Company.

 

(f) Acceptance of Subscriptions. The Buyer understands and agrees that the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, reserves the right to accept or reject this or any other subscription for the Notes, in whole or in part, notwithstanding prior receipt by the Buyer of notice of acceptance of this subscription. If the subscription is rejected in whole or the offering of the Notes is terminated, all funds received by the Escrow Agent from the Buyer will be promptly returned without interest or offset, and this subscription shall thereafter be of no further force or effect. If this subscription is rejected in part, the funds for the rejected portion of this subscription will be returned without interest or offset, and this subscription will continue in full force and effect to the extent this subscription was accepted.

 

(g) Introducing Broker. Laidlaw & Company (UK) Ltd. (the “Introducing Broker”), a broker-dealer licensed with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, has been engaged as a broker to introduce potential investors to the offering of the Notes pursuant to the terms of an introducing broker agreement entered into between the Company and the Introducing Broker. At each Closing, the Introducing Broker will be paid a total commission of 10% of funds raised from investors in the Notes. The Introducing Broker shall be entitled to share the cash fees with other broker-dealers that may introduce Buyers to the offering of the Notes.

 

2. BUYER’S REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

Each Buyer, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to, and agrees with the Company, as of the applicable Closing, as to such Buyer, that:

 

(a) Investment Purpose. The Buyer is acquiring the Notes, and, upon conversion (if any) of the Notes, the Buyer will acquire the Conversion Shares (together with the Notes, to the extent applicable, the “Securities”), in each case, for its own account for investment only and not with a view towards, or for resale in connection with, the public sale or distribution thereof, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the Securities Act; provided, however, that by making the representations herein, such Buyer reserves the right to dispose of the Securities at any time in accordance with or pursuant to an effective registration statement covering such Securities, or an available exemption under the Securities Act. The Buyer agrees not to sell, hypothecate or otherwise transfer the Securities unless such Securities are registered under the federal and applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, an exemption from such law is available.

 

3

 

 

(b) Residence of Buyer. The Buyer resides in the jurisdiction set forth on such Buyer’s Buyer Omnibus Signature Page affixed hereto.

 

(c) Accredited Investor Status. The Buyer is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act, for the reason(s) specified on the Accredited Investor Certification attached hereto as completed by the Buyer, and the Buyer shall submit to the Company such further assurances of such status as may be reasonably requested by the Company.

 

(d) Investor Qualifications. The Buyer (i) if a natural person, represents that he or she is the greater of (A) 21 years of age or (B) the age of legal majority in his or her jurisdiction of residence, and has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other related agreements or certificates and to carry out the provisions hereof and thereof; (ii) if a corporation, partnership, or limited liability company or partnership, or association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or other entity, represents that such entity was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities, such entity is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of its organization, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby is authorized by, and will not result in a violation of state law or its charter or other organizational documents, such entity has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and all other related agreements or certificates and to carry out the provisions hereof and thereof and to purchase and hold the Securities, the execution and delivery of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action, this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such entity and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity; or (iii) if executing this Agreement in a representative or fiduciary capacity, represents that it has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement in such capacity and on behalf of the subscribing individual, ward, partnership, trust, estate, corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity for whom the Buyer is executing this Agreement, and such individual, partnership, ward, trust, estate, corporation, or limited liability company or partnership, or other entity has full right and power to perform pursuant to this Agreement and make an investment in the Company, and represents that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such entity. The execution and delivery of this Agreement will not violate or be in conflict with any order, judgment, injunction, agreement or controlling document to which the Buyer is a party or by which it is bound.

 

(e) Buyer Relationship with Brokers. The Buyer’s substantive relationship with any broker, including the Introducing Broker, for the transactions contemplated hereby or sub-agent thereof (collectively, “Brokers”), through which the Buyer is subscribing for the Securities predates such Broker’s contact with the Buyer regarding an investment in the Securities.

 

(f) Solicitation. The Buyer is unaware of, is in no way relying on, and did not become aware of the offering of the Securities through or as a result of, any form of general solicitation or general advertising including, without limitation, any article, notice, advertisement or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television or radio, in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities and is not subscribing for the Securities and did not become aware of the offering of the Securities through or as a result of any seminar or meeting to which the Buyer was invited by, or any solicitation of a subscription by, a Person not previously known to the Buyer in connection with investments in securities generally. (“Person” means an individual, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, or other legal entity or organization, or any government or governmental agency.)

 

4

 

 

(g) Brokerage Fees. The Buyer has taken no action that would give rise to any claim by any Person for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or the like relating to this Agreement or the transaction contemplated hereby (other than fees to be paid by the Company to the Introducing Broker as described in Section 1(g) of this Agreement).

 

(h) Buyer’s Advisors. The Buyer and/or the Buyer’s attorney, accountant, purchaser representative and/or tax advisor, if any (collectively, the “Advisors”), as the case may be, has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax, and business matters, and, in particular, investments in securities, so as to enable it to utilize the information made available to it in connection with the Securities to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Securities and the Company and to make an informed investment decision with respect thereto.

 

(i) Buyer Liquidity. The Buyer has adequate means of providing for such Buyer’s current financial needs and foreseeable contingencies and has no need for liquidity of its investment in the Securities for an indefinite period of time, and after purchasing the Notes the Buyer will be able to provide for any foreseeable current needs and possible personal contingencies. The Buyer must bear and acknowledges the substantial economic risks of the investment in the Securities including the risk of illiquidity and the risk of a complete loss of this investment.

 

(j) High Risk Investment. The Buyer is aware that an investment in the Notes, and upon conversion of the Notes, the Conversion Shares, involves a number of very significant risks and has carefully researched and reviewed and understands the risks of, and other considerations relating to, the purchase of the Notes, and upon conversion of the Notes, the Conversion Shares. Buyer acknowledges that, among other things, while the Company has entered into the Security Agreement (as defined below) with the Buyers, pursuant to which the Company will have granted and conveyed to the Buyers a security interest in the Company, on the terms described therein, as security for the full and timely repayment of the Notes, which Security Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York, neither the Company nor any Broker has, and none of them intend to, (A) review, research or obtain any report or opinion on the title of the Company to any of its respective assets, or (B) take any action to perfect any security interest in any assets of the Company in any jurisdiction, except that the Placement Agent will cause a Form UCC-1 financing statement naming the Company as debtor and the Buyers as secured parties to be filed in the appropriate office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Buyer understands that the Company may only make a limited pledge of its first tier non-U.S. Subsidiary’s (as defined below) stock and that the Company’s non-U.S. Subsidiaries may not pledge or guaranty any of their assets as part of the Security Agreement in order to avoid adverse tax consequences to the Company. The Buyer further understands that, therefore, notwithstanding anything in the Transaction Documents, the security interest granted in the Security Agreement may not be perfected with respect to any specific assets and/or may not have the priority specified in the Security Agreement.

 

5

 

 

(k) Reliance on Exemptions. The Buyer understands that the Securities are being offered and sold to it in reliance on specific exemptions from the registration requirements of United States federal and state securities laws and that the Company is relying in part upon the truth and accuracy of, and such Buyer’s compliance with, the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of such Buyer set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of such Buyer to acquire such securities. The Buyer further acknowledges and understands that the Company is relying on the representations and warranties made by the Buyer hereunder and that such representations and warranties are a material inducement to the Company to sell the Securities to the Buyer. The Buyer further acknowledges that without such representations and warranties of the Buyer made hereunder, the Company would not enter into this Agreement with the Buyer.

 

(l) Information. The Buyer and its Advisors have been furnished with all documents and materials relating to the business, finances and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries and information that Buyer or its Advisors requested and deemed material to making an informed investment decision regarding its purchase of the Notes. The Buyer and its Advisors have been afforded the opportunity to review such documents and materials and the information contained therein. The Buyer and its Advisors have been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of the Company and its management. The Buyer understands that such discussions, as well as any written information provided by the Company, were intended to describe the aspects of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business and prospects which the Company believes to be material, but were not necessarily a thorough or exhaustive description, and except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to such information or the completeness thereof and makes no representation or warranty of any kind with respect to any information provided by any entity other than the Company. Some of such information may include projections as to the future performance of the Company and its Subsidiaries, which projections may not be realized, may be based on assumptions which may not be correct and may be subject to numerous factors beyond the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ control. Additionally, the Buyer understands and represents that he, she or it is purchasing the Notes notwithstanding the fact that the Company and its Subsidiaries may disclose in the future certain material information the Buyer has not received, including the financial results of the Company and its Subsidiaries for their current fiscal quarters. Neither such inquiries nor any other due diligence investigations conducted by such Buyer or its Advisors shall modify, amend or affect such Buyer’s right to rely on the Company’s representations and warranties contained in Section 3 of this Agreement. Each Buyer has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to its acquisition of the Notes.

 

(m) No Other Representations or Information. In evaluating the suitability of an investment in the Securities, the Buyer has not relied upon any representation or information (oral or written) with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries, or otherwise, other than as stated in this Agreement. No oral or written representations have been made, or oral or written information furnished, to the Buyer or its Advisors, if any, in connection with the offering of the Securities.

 

6

 

 

(n) No Governmental Review. The Buyer understands that no United States federal or state agency or any other government or governmental agency has passed on or made any recommendation or endorsement of the Notes (or the Conversion Shares), or the fairness or suitability of the investment in the Notes (or the Conversion Shares), nor have such authorities passed upon or endorsed the merits of the offering of the Notes (or the Conversion Shares).

 

(o) Transfer or Resale. The Buyer understands that: (i) the Securities have not been and are not being registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws, and may not be offered for sale, sold, assigned or transferred unless (A) subsequently registered thereunder, or (B) such Buyer shall have delivered to the Company an opinion of counsel, in a generally acceptable form, to the effect that such Securities to be sold, assigned or transferred may be sold, assigned or transferred pursuant to an exemption from such registration requirements; (ii) any sale of such Securities made in reliance on Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or a successor rule thereto) (“Rule 144”) may be made only in accordance with the terms of Rule 144 and further, if Rule 144 is not applicable, any resale of such Securities under circumstances in which the seller (or the Person through whom the sale is made) may be deemed to be an underwriter (as that term is defined in the Securities Act) may require compliance with some other exemption under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder; and (iii) the Company is not and no other Person, other than as specifically provided in the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined below), is under any obligation to register such Securities under the Securities Act or any state securities laws or to comply with the terms and conditions of any exemption thereunder. The Buyer understands and agrees that the Company has the right to place stop transfer instructions against the shares and certificates for the Conversion Shares to the extent specifically set forth under this Agreement. There can be no assurance that there will be any market or resale for the Notes (or the Conversion Shares), nor can there be any assurance that the Notes (or the Conversion Shares) will be freely transferable at any time in the foreseeable future.

 

(p) Legends. Each Buyer understands that the certificates or other instruments representing the Notes (and the Conversion Shares) shall bear a restrictive legend in substantially the following form (and a stop transfer order may be placed against transfer of such stock certificates):

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). THESE SECURITIES MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY, (B) IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IF AVAILABLE, AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, (C) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT, OR (D) IN A TRANSACTION THAT DOES NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND THE HOLDER HAS, PRIOR TO SUCH SALE, FURNISHED TO THE COMPANY AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF EXEMPTION, IN EITHER CASE REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

7

 

 

(q) Authorization, Enforcement. The Buyer has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform under this Agreement and the Transaction Documents (as defined below) to which such Buyer is a party, and to purchase the Notes being sold to it hereunder. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by such Buyer and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership action, and no further consent or authorization of such Buyer or its Board of Directors, stockholders, partners, members, as the case may be, is required. This Agreement and the Transaction Documents (to the extent the Buyer is a party thereto) have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Buyer and upon execution of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents by the other parties hereto and thereto, constitute, or shall constitute when executed and delivered, a valid and binding obligation of such Buyer enforceable against such Buyer in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation and other similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of applicable creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

(r) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the consummation by such Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or relating hereto do not and will not (i) if the Buyer is not an individual, result in a violation of such Buyer’s charter documents or bylaws or other organizational documents or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of any agreement, indenture or instrument or obligation to which such Buyer is a party or by which its properties or assets are bound, or result in a violation of any law, rule, or regulation, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency applicable to such Buyer or its properties (except for such conflicts, defaults and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on such Buyer). Such Buyer is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or to purchase the Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, provided that for purposes of the representation made in this sentence, such Buyer is assuming and relying upon the accuracy of the relevant representations and agreements of the Company herein.

 

(s) Receipt of Documents. Each Buyer, its counsel and/or its Advisors have received and read in their entirety (i) this Agreement and each representation, warranty and covenant set forth herein, and (ii) all due diligence and other information, if any, provided by the Company to verify the accuracy and completeness of such representations, warranties of the Company; each Buyer has received answers to any questions such Buyer submitted to the Company regarding an investment in the Company to such Buyer’s satisfaction; and each Buyer has relied on the information contained therein and has not been furnished any other documents, literature, memorandum or prospectus.

 

8

 

 

(t) IPO. Each Buyer acknowledges and agrees that no consent of Buyer to the occurrence or non-occurrence of, or the timing, terms or conditions of, or any other fact, action or non-action relating to, a Qualified IPO shall be required in any event.

 

(u) Shell Company Status. Each Buyer understands that prior to the closing on March 15, 2021, of the share exchange between the Company and Perfect Moment Asia Ltd. (“PM Asia”), whereby the shareholders of PM Asia exchanged all of their shares of PM Asia for shares of the Company, and PM Asia became a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company (the “Share Exchange”), the Company may be deemed to have been a “shell company” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and that upon the filing of a Current Report on Form 8-K reporting the consummation of the Share Exchange and the Transactions and otherwise containing Form 10 information discussed below, the Company would cease to be a shell company.  Pursuant to Rule 144(i), securities issued by a current or former shell company that otherwise meet the holding period and other requirements of Rule 144 nevertheless cannot be sold in reliance on Rule 144 until one year after such company (a) is no longer a shell company; and (b) has filed current “Form 10 information” (as defined in Rule 144(i)) with the SEC reflecting that it is no longer a shell company, and provided that at the time of a proposed sale pursuant to Rule 144, such company is subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and has filed all reports and other materials required to be filed by section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports.  As a result, the restrictive legends on certificates for the securities cannot be removed except in connection with an actual sale meeting the foregoing requirements or pursuant to an effective registration statement.

 

(v) Confidentiality. Each Buyer acknowledges and agrees that all of the information received by it in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transactions, including, without limitation, with regard to a potential Qualified IPO, is of a confidential nature and may be regarded as material non-public information under Regulation FD promulgated by the SEC and that such information has been furnished to the Buyer for the sole purpose of enabling the Buyer to consider and evaluate an investment in the Securities. The Buyer agrees that it will treat such information in a confidential manner, will not use such information for any purpose other than evaluating an investment in the Securities, will not, directly or indirectly, trade or permit the Buyer’s agents, representatives or affiliates to trade in any securities of the Company while in possession of such information and will not, directly or indirectly, disclose or permit the Buyer’s agents, representatives or affiliates to disclose any of such information without the Company’s prior written consent. The Buyer shall make its agents, affiliates and representatives aware of the confidential nature of the information contained herein and the terms of this section including the Buyer’s agreement to not disclose such information, to not trade in the Company’s securities while in the possession of such information and to be responsible for any disclosure or other improper use of such information by such agents, affiliates or representatives. Likewise, without the Company’s prior written consent, the Buyer will not, directly or indirectly, make any statements, public announcements or other release or provision of information in any form to any trade publication, to the press or to any other Person or entity whose primary business is or includes the publication or dissemination of information related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

9

 

 

(w) No Legal Advice from the Company. Each Buyer acknowledges that it had the opportunity to review this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with its own Advisors. Each Buyer is relying solely on such Advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its employees, representatives or agents for legal, tax, economic and related considerations or investment advice with respect to this investment, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the securities laws of any jurisdiction.

 

(x) No Group Participation. Each Buyer and its affiliates is not a member of any group, nor is any Buyer acting in concert with any other Person, including any other Buyer, with respect to its acquisition of the Notes (and the Conversion Shares).

 

(y) Reliance. Any information which the Buyer has heretofore furnished or is furnishing herewith to the Company or any Broker is complete and accurate and may be relied upon by the Company and any Broker in determining the availability of an exemption from registration under U.S. federal and state securities laws in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Buyer further represents and warrants that it will notify and supply corrective information to the Company immediately upon the occurrence of any change therein occurring prior to the Company’s issuance of the Notes. Within five (5) days after receipt of a request from the Company or any Broker, the Buyer will provide such information and deliver such documents as may reasonably be necessary to comply with any and all laws and ordinances to which the Company or any Broker is subject.

 

(z) (For ERISA plan Buyers only). The fiduciary of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) plan (the “Plan”) represents that such fiduciary has been informed of and understands the Company’s investment objectives, policies and strategies, and that the decision to invest “plan assets” (as such term is defined in ERISA) in the Company is consistent with the provisions of ERISA that require diversification of plan assets and impose other fiduciary responsibilities. The Buyer fiduciary or Plan (a) is responsible for the decision to invest in the Company; (b) is independent of the Company or any of its affiliates; (c) is qualified to make such investment decision; and (d) in making such decision, the Buyer fiduciary or Plan has not relied primarily on any advice or recommendation of the Company or any of its affiliates.

 

(aa) Anti-Money Laundering; OFAC.

 

[The Buyer should check the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) website at http://www.treas.gov/ofac before making the following representations.] The Buyer represents that the amounts invested by it in the Company in the Notes were not and are not directly or indirectly derived from activities that contravene U.S. federal or state or international laws and regulations, including anti-money laundering laws and regulations. U.S. federal regulations and Executive Orders administered by OFAC prohibit, among other things, the engagement in transactions with, and the provision of services to, certain foreign countries, territories, entities and individuals. The lists of OFAC prohibited countries, territories, Persons and entities can be found on the OFAC website at http://www.treas.gov/ofac. In addition, the programs administered by OFAC (the “OFAC Programs”) prohibit dealing with individuals1 or entities in certain countries regardless of whether such individuals or entities appear on the OFAC lists.

 

 

1These individuals include specially designated nationals, specially designated narcotics traffickers and other parties subject to OFAC sanctions and embargo programs.

 

10

 

 

To the best of the Buyer’s knowledge, none of: (1) the Buyer; (2) any Person controlling or controlled by the Buyer; (3) if the Buyer is a privately-held entity, any Person having a beneficial interest in the Buyer; or (4) any Person for whom the Buyer is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this investment is a country, territory, individual or entity named on an OFAC list, or a Person prohibited under the OFAC Programs. Please be advised that the Company may not accept any amounts from a prospective investor if such prospective investor cannot make the representation set forth in the preceding paragraph. The Buyer agrees to promptly notify the Company should the Buyer become aware of any change in the information set forth in these representations. The Buyer understands and acknowledges that, by law, the Company may be obligated to “freeze the account” of the Buyer, either by prohibiting additional subscriptions from the Buyer, declining any redemption requests and/or segregating the assets in the account in compliance with governmental regulations, and a Broker may also be required to report such action and to disclose the Buyer’s identity to OFAC. The Buyer further acknowledges that the Company may, by written notice to the Buyer, suspend the redemption rights, if any, of the Buyer if the Company reasonably deems it necessary to do so to comply with anti-money laundering regulations applicable to the Company or any Broker or any of the Company’s other service providers.

 

To the best of the Buyer’s knowledge, none of: (1) the Buyer; (2) any Person controlling or controlled by the Buyer; (3) if the Buyer is a privately-held entity, any Person having a beneficial interest in the Buyer; or (4) any Person for whom the Buyer is acting as agent or nominee in connection with this investment is a senior foreign political figure2, or any immediate family3 member or close associate4 of a senior foreign political figure, as such terms are defined in the footnotes below.

 

 

2A “senior foreign political figure” is defined as a senior official in the executive, legislative, administrative, military or judicial branches of a foreign government (whether elected or not), a senior official of a major foreign political party, or a senior executive of a foreign government-owned corporation. In addition, a “senior foreign political figure” includes any corporation, business or other entity that has been formed by, or for the benefit of, a senior foreign political figure.

 

3“Immediate family” of a senior foreign political figure typically includes the figure’s parents, siblings, spouse, children and in-laws.

 

4A “close associate” of a senior foreign political figure is a person who is widely and publicly known to maintain an unusually close relationship with the senior foreign political figure, and includes a person who is in a position to conduct substantial domestic and international financial transactions on behalf of the senior foreign political figure.

 

11

 

 

If the Buyer is affiliated with a non-U.S. banking institution (a “Foreign Bank”), or if the Buyer receives deposits from, makes payments on behalf of, or handles other financial transactions related to a Foreign Bank, the Buyer represents and warrants to the Company that: (1) the Foreign Bank has a fixed address, other than solely an electronic address, in a country in which the Foreign Bank is authorized to conduct banking activities; (2) the Foreign Bank maintains operating records related to its banking activities; (3) the Foreign Bank is subject to inspection by the banking authority that licensed the Foreign Bank to conduct banking activities; and (4) the Foreign Bank does not provide banking services to any other Foreign Bank that does not have a physical presence in any country and that is not a regulated affiliate.

 

(bb) Certain Relationships. The Buyer acknowledges and agrees that the Introducing Broker and/or its affiliates and/or principals and employees may contemporaneously herewith or from time to time hereafter engage in other business relationships with and perform other services for the Company and/or its affiliates (including, without limitation, acting as an underwriter for a Qualified IPO) and may own securities of the Company and/or its affiliates.

 

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.

 

Except as set forth in the disclosure schedule delivered to the Buyers concurrently with the execution of this Agreement (the “Disclosure Schedule”), the Company hereby represents and warrants to each of the Buyers, as of the applicable Closing (after giving effect to the Share Exchange), the following:

 

(a) Organization and Qualification. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is a corporation or other business entity duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries is duly qualified as a corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined below). Each Subsidiary of the Company is identified on Schedule 3(a) attached hereto. “Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean and include (i) any corporation more than 50% of whose stock of any class or classes having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time owned by such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries and (ii) any partnership, association, joint venture or other entity in which such Person directly or indirectly through Subsidiaries, has more than a 50% equity interest at the time. Subsidiary shall in any event exclude any Person which would otherwise be a Subsidiary but the interests in which were acquired in an investment banking transaction and are being held for resale.

 

12

 

 

(b) Authorization, Enforcement, Compliance with Other Instruments. (i) The Company as a party to this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement or any of the other agreements and documents that are exhibits hereto or thereto or are contemplated hereby or thereby or necessary or desirable to effect the transactions contemplated hereby (the “Transaction Documents”) has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to issue the Notes in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, (ii) the execution and delivery by the Company of each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including, without limitation, the issuance of the Notes have been, or will be at the time of execution of such Transaction Document, duly authorized by the Company’s Board of Directors, and no further consent or authorization is, or will be at the time of execution of such Transaction Document, required by the Company, its’ Board of Directors or its’ stockholders, (iii) each of the Transaction Documents will be duly executed and delivered by the Company, (iv) the Transaction Documents when executed will constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity or applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally, the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies.

 

(c) Capitalization. The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value US$0.0001 per share (the “Preferred Stock”), of which 5,323,782 shares are designated “Series A Preferred Stock.” As of immediately prior to the initial Closing, the Company has 4,824,352 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding and 5,323,782 shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock have been duly authorized, validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable. The Company has reserved 504,508 shares of Common Stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Company. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(c), no shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are subject to preemptive rights or any other similar rights or any liens or encumbrances suffered or permitted by the Company; and any such rights set forth on Schedule 3(c) have been duly waived in writing. As of the date of this Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 3(c), (i) there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is or may become bound to issue additional shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) there are no outstanding debt securities other than as set forth in Schedule A to the Note, (iii) there are no agreements or arrangements under which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is obligated to register the sale of any of their securities under the Securities Act other than the Registration Rights Agreement, and (iv) there are no outstanding registration statements and there are no outstanding comment letters from the SEC or any other regulatory agency. There are no securities or instruments containing anti-dilution or similar provisions that will be triggered by the issuance of the Notes as described in this Agreement. The Notes (and the Conversion Shares), when issued, will be free and clear of all pledges, liens, encumbrances and other restrictions (other than those arising under applicable securities laws as a result of the issuance of the Notes). Except as set forth on Schedule 3(c), no co-sale right, right of first refusal or other similar right exists with respect to the Notes (or will exist with respect to the Conversion Shares) or the issuance and sale thereof; and any such rights set forth on Schedule 3(c) have been duly waived in writing. The issue and sale of the Notes (and the Conversion Shares) will not result in a right of any holder of Company securities to adjust the exercise, exchange or reset price under such securities. Upon request, the Company will make available to the Buyer true and correct copies of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, and as in effect on the date hereof (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and the Company’s By-laws, as in effect on the date hereof (the “By-laws”), and the terms of all securities exercisable for Common Stock and the material rights of the holders thereof in respect thereto other than stock options issued to employees and consultants.

 

13

 

 

(d) Issuance of Securities. The Notes are duly authorized and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms hereof, shall be duly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, are free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. Upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with the Transaction Documents, the Conversion Shares will be duly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of each of the Transaction Documents by the Company, and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not (i) result in a violation of the Certificate of Incorporation, any certificate of designations of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock or the By-laws (or equivalent constitutive document) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of any provision of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any agreement, indenture or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party, or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree (including U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations) applicable to the Company or by which any property or asset of the Company is bound or affected except for those which could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, business, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or future prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole (a “Material Adverse Effect”). Except those which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company is not in violation of any term of or in default under its constitutive documents. Except as set forth in Schedule 3(e), and except those which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the Company is not in violation of any term of or in default under any material contract, agreement, mortgage, indebtedness, indenture, instrument, judgment, decree or order or any statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Company. The business of the Company is not being conducted, and shall not be conducted in violation of any material law, ordinance, or regulation of any governmental entity, except for any violation which could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as specifically contemplated by this Agreement and as required under the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws, the Company is not required to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under or contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof. Neither the execution and delivery by the Company of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, nor the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, will require any notice, consent or waiver under any contract or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any of their assets is subject, except for (i) any notice, consent or waiver set forth in Schedule 3(e), or (ii) any notice, consent or waiver the absence of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect and would not adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. All consents, authorizations, orders, filings and registrations which the Company is required to obtain pursuant to the preceding two sentences have been obtained or effected on or prior to the date hereof. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(e), the Company is unaware of any facts or circumstance, which might give rise to any of the foregoing.

 

14

 

 

(f) Absence of Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(f), there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would (i) adversely affect the validity or enforceability of, or the authority or ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to perform its obligations under, this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents, or (ii) have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g) Acknowledgment Regarding Buyer’s Purchase of the Notes. The Company acknowledges and agrees that each Buyer is acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length purchaser with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The Company further acknowledges that each Buyer is not acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and any advice given by such Buyer or any of their respective representatives or agents in connection with the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby is merely incidental to such Buyer’s purchase of the Notes (and the Conversion Shares). The Company further represents to the Buyers that the Company’s decision to enter into the Transaction Documents has been based solely on the independent evaluation by the Company and its representatives.

 

(h) No General Solicitation. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf, has engaged in any form of general solicitation or general advertising (within the meaning of Regulation D) in connection with the offer or sale of the Securities.

 

(i) No Integrated Offering. Neither the Company, nor any of its affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would require registration of the Securities under the Securities Act or cause this offering of the Securities to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of the Securities Act.

 

(j) Employee Relations. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary is involved in any labor dispute nor, to the knowledge of the Company, is any such dispute threatened. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary is party to any collective bargaining agreement. The Company’s and/or its Subsidiaries’ employees are not members of any union, and the Company believes that its and its Subsidiaries’ relationship with their respective employees is good.

 

15

 

 

(k) Intellectual Property Rights. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(k), the Company owns or possesses all patents, trademarks, domain names (whether or not registered) and any patentable improvements or copyrightable derivative works thereof, websites and intellectual property rights relating thereto, service marks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and authorizations, and all rights with respect to the foregoing, which are necessary for the conduct of its business as now conducted without any conflict with the rights of others except for such conflicts that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of infringement of, or conflict with, the asserted rights of others with respect to any intellectual property that it utilizes.

 

(l) Environmental Laws.

 

(i) The Company and each Subsidiary has complied with all applicable Environmental Laws (as defined below), except for violations of Environmental Laws that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened civil or criminal litigation, written notice of violation, formal administrative proceeding, or investigation, inquiry or information request, relating to any Environmental Law involving the Company or any Subsidiary, except for litigation, notices of violations, formal administrative proceedings or investigations, inquiries or information requests that, individually or in the aggregate, have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. For purposes of this Agreement, “Environmental Law” means any national, state, provincial or local law, statute, rule or regulation or the common law relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, including without limitation any statute, regulation, administrative decision or order pertaining to (A) treatment, storage, disposal, generation and transportation of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or solid or hazardous waste; (B) air, water and noise pollution; (C) groundwater and soil contamination; (D) the release or threatened release into the environment of industrial, toxic or hazardous materials or substances, or solid or hazardous waste, including without limitation emissions, discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of pollutants, contaminants or chemicals; (E) the protection of wild life, marine life and wetlands, including without limitation all endangered and threatened species; (F) storage tanks, vessels, containers, abandoned or discarded barrels, and other closed receptacles; (G) health and safety of employees and other Persons; and (H) manufacturing, processing, using, distributing, treating, storing, disposing, transporting or handling of materials regulated under any law as pollutants, contaminants, toxic or hazardous materials or substances or oil or petroleum products or solid or hazardous waste. As used above, the terms “release” and “environment” shall have the meaning set forth in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

 

16

 

 

(ii) To the knowledge of the Company, there is no material environmental liability with respect to any solid or hazardous waste transporter or treatment, storage or disposal facility that has been used by the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

(iii) The Company and its Subsidiaries (A) have received all permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (B) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval.

 

(m) Permits. The Company and its Subsidiaries have all authorizations, approvals, clearances, licenses, permits, certificates or exemptions (including manufacturing approvals and authorizations, pricing and reimbursement approvals, labeling approvals, registration notifications or their foreign equivalent) issued by any regulatory authority or governmental agency (collectively, “Permits”) required to conduct their respective businesses as currently conducted except to the extent that the failure to have such Permits would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The conduct of business by the Company complies, and at all times has substantially complied, in all material respects with applicable federal, state and foreign laws except to the extent that the failure to so comply would not have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, as of the date hereof, no regulatory authority or governmental agency is considering limiting, suspending or revoking any such Permit. To the knowledge of the Company, there is no material false or misleading information or material omission in any application or other submission by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any regulatory authority or governmental agency. The Company or its Subsidiaries have fulfilled and performed in all material respects their obligations under each Permit, and, as of the date hereof, to the knowledge of the Company, no event has occurred or condition or state of facts exists which would constitute a breach or default or would cause revocation or termination of any such Permit except to the extent that such breach, default, revocation or termination would not have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Company, any third party that is a manufacturer or contractor for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with all Permits insofar as they pertain to the manufacture of product components or products for the Company. The Company and its Subsidiaries have not received any notice from any governmental agency alleging or asserting noncompliance with any applicable laws or Permits. The Company and its Subsidiaries are not subject to any obligation arising under an administrative or regulatory action or other notice, response or commitment made to or with any regulatory authority or governmental agency. The Company and its Subsidiaries have made all notifications, submissions and reports required by applicable federal, state and foreign laws, except to the extent that the failure to make such notifications, submission or reports would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

17

 

 

(n) Title. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any real property. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(n), each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to all of its personal property and assets free and clear of any material restriction, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, lien, security interest or other charge, claim or encumbrance which would have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 3(n), with respect to properties and assets it leases, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is in material compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances which would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(o) No Material Adverse Breaches, etc. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is subject to any charter, corporate or other legal restriction, or any judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation which in the judgment of the Company’s officers has or is expected in the future to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in breach of any contract or agreement which breach, in the judgment of the Company’s officers, has or is expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(p) Tax Status. The Company and each Subsidiary has made and filed all federal and state income and all other tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject and (unless and only to the extent that the Company or such Subsidiary has set aside on its books provisions reasonably adequate for the payment of all unpaid and unreported taxes) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations, except those being contested in good faith and has set aside on its books provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due from the Company or any Subsidiary by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company know of no basis for any such claim.

 

(q) Certain Transactions. Except for arm’s length transactions pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary makes payments in the ordinary course of business upon terms no less favorable than it could obtain from third parties, none of the officers, directors, or employees of the Company or any Subsidiary is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, or otherwise requiring payments to or from any officer, director or such employee or, to the knowledge of the Company, any corporation, partnership, trust or other entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee or partner.

 

(r) Rights of First Refusal. The Company is not obligated to offer the securities offered hereunder on a right of first refusal basis or otherwise to any third parties including, but not limited to, current or former stockholders of the Company, underwriters, brokers, agents or other third parties.

 

(s) Reliance. The Company acknowledges that the Buyers are relying on the representations and warranties made by the Company hereunder (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule) and that such representations and warranties are a material inducement to the Buyer purchasing the Notes. The Company further acknowledges that without such representations and warranties of the Company made hereunder (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule), the Buyers would not enter into this Agreement.

 

(t) Brokers’ Fees. The Company does not have any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the payment of fees to the Introducing Broker as described in Section 1(g) of this Agreement.

 

18

 

 

4. COVENANTS.

 

(a) Best Efforts. Each party shall use its best efforts timely to satisfy each of the conditions to be satisfied by it as provided in Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement.

 

(b) Form D. The Company agrees to file a Form D with respect to the offer and sale of the Notes as required under Regulation D. The Company shall, on or before the Closing Date, take such action as the Company shall reasonably determine is necessary to qualify the Notes (and shall do the same with respect to the Conversion Shares), or obtain an exemption for the Notes (and shall do the same with respect to the Conversion Shares) for sale to the Buyers at the Closing pursuant to this Agreement under applicable securities or “Blue Sky” laws of the states of the United States, and shall provide evidence of any such action so taken to the Buyers on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(c) Use of Proceeds. The Company shall use 100% of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes (after deducting fees and expenses (including brokerage fees, fees payable to the Escrow Agent and legal and accounting fees and expenses)) for technology, marketing and general and administration expenses, including existing salaries and new hires to support the Company’s finance department.

 

(d) Corporate Existence. So long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall not, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to, directly or indirectly consummate any reorganization, restructuring, reverse stock split, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, Change of Control Transaction, or any similar transaction or related transactions, other than a Qualified IPO, unless, prior to the consummation of any such transaction, the Company obtains the written consent of the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. “Change of Control Transaction” means the occurrence after the date hereof of any of (i) an acquisition after the date hereof by an individual or legal entity or “group” (as described in Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act) of effective control (whether through legal or beneficial ownership of capital stock of the Company, by contract or otherwise) of in excess of 50% of the voting securities of the Company (other than by means of conversion or exercise of the Notes), (ii) the Company merges into or consolidates with any other person, or any person merges into or consolidates with the Company and, after giving effect to such transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own less than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the Company or the successor entity of such transaction, or (iii) the Company sells or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another person and the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own less than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the acquiring entity immediately after the transaction, (iv) a replacement at one time or within a three year period of more than one-half of the members of the Board of Directors which is not approved by a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board of Directors on the date hereof (or by those individuals who are serving as members of the Board of Directors on any date whose nomination to the Board of Directors was approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are members on the date hereof), or (v) the execution by the Company of an agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, providing for any of the events set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above. In any such case, the Company will make appropriate provision with respect to each Buyer’s rights and interests to insure that the provisions of this Section 4(d) will thereafter be applicable to the Notes.

 

19

 

 

(e) Resales Absent Effective Registration Statement. Each of the Buyers understands and acknowledges that (i) the Transaction Documents may require the Company to issue and deliver the Conversion Shares to the Buyers with legends restricting their transferability under the Securities Act, and (ii) it is aware that resales of such Conversion Shares may not be made unless, at the time of resale, there is an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering such Buyer’s resale(s) or an applicable exemption from registration.

 

(f) Variable Rate Transactions. From the date hereof until the Notes are no longer outstanding, the Company shall be prohibited from effecting or entering into an agreement to effect any issuance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents for cash consideration (or a combination of units thereof) involving a Variable Rate Transaction. “Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Company or any of their Subsidiaries that would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock. “Variable Rate Transaction” means a transaction in which the Company (i) issues or sells any debt or equity securities that are convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for, or include the right to receive, additional shares of Common Stock either (A) at a conversion price, exercise price or exchange rate or other price that is based upon, and/or varies with, the trading prices of or quotations for the shares of Common Stock at any time after the initial issuance of such debt or equity securities or (B) with a conversion, exercise or exchange price that is subject to being reset at some future date after the initial issuance of such debt or equity security or upon the occurrence of specified or contingent events directly or indirectly related to the business of the Company or the market for the Common Stock or (ii) issues or sells any amortizing convertible security that amortizes prior to its maturity date, whereby it is required to or has the option to (or the investor in such security has the option to require the Company to) make such amortization payments in shares of Common Stock (whether or not such payments in stock are subject to certain equity conditions) or (iii) enters into any agreement, including, but not limited to, an equity line of credit, whereby it may sell securities at a future determined price. Any Buyer shall be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against the Company to preclude any such issuance, which remedy shall be in addition to any right to collect damages. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4(f) shall not apply to any Exempt Issuance. “Exempt Issuance” means the issuance of (a) shares of Common Stock, restricted stock units or options, and the underlying shares of Common Stock to consultants, employees, officers or directors of the Company pursuant to any stock or option plan duly adopted for such purpose, by a majority of the non-employee members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the members of a committee of non-employee directors established for such purpose for services rendered to the Company, (b) securities issued upon the exercise or exchange of or conversion of any securities issued hereunder and/or other securities issuable pursuant to existing agreements, exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule, provided that such securities have not been amended since the date of this Agreement to increase the number of such securities or to decrease the exercise price, exchange price or conversion price of such securities (other than in connection with stock dividends, stock splits or combinations) or to extend the term of such securities, (c) securities issued pursuant, acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the directors of the Company, provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person (or to the equity holders of a Person) which is, itself or through its Subsidiaries, an operating company or an owner of an asset in a business synergistic with the business of the Company and which shall reasonably be expected to provide to the Company additional benefits, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities, (d) securities issued pursuant to any purchase money equipment loan or capital leasing arrangement, purchasing agent or debt financing from a commercial bank or similar financial institution, (e) securities issued pursuant to any presently outstanding warrants disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule or this Agreement, and (f) securities upon a stock split, stock dividend or subdivision of the Common Stock and shares of common stock in a public offering.

 

20

 

 

(g) Participation Right.

 

(i) From the date hereof until the earlier of (i) the closing of the first public offering by the Company for its own account of its Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents (including a Qualified IPO) (a “Public Offering”) or (ii) December 15, 2022, subject to Section 4(g)(ix) below, upon any issuance by the Company of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents for cash consideration (including a Qualified IPO) (a “Subsequent Placement”), the Buyers shall have the right to participate in the Subsequent Financing on the same terms, conditions and price provided for in the Subsequent Financing as further described in this Section 4(g).

 

(ii) At least three (3) Business Days prior to any proposed or intended Subsequent Placement, the Company shall deliver to each Buyer a written notice of its proposal or intention to effect a Subsequent Placement (each such notice, a “Pre-Notice”), which Pre-Notice shall not contain any information (including, without limitation, material, non-public information) other than: (A) a statement that the Company proposes or intends to effect a Subsequent Placement, (B) a statement that the statement in clause (A) above does not constitute material, non-public information and (iii) a statement informing such Buyer that it is entitled to receive an Offer Notice (as defined below) with respect to such Subsequent Placement upon its written request. Upon the written request of a Buyer within one (1) Business Day after the Company’s delivery to such Buyer of such Pre-Notice, and only upon a written request by such Buyer, the Company shall promptly, but no later than two (2) Business Days after such request, deliver to such Buyer an irrevocable written notice (the “Offer Notice”) of any proposed or intended issuance or sale or exchange (the “Offer”) of the securities being offered (the “Offered Securities”) in a Subsequent Placement, which Offer Notice shall (1) identify and describe the Offered Securities, (2) describe the price and other terms upon which they are to be issued, sold or exchanged, and the number or amount of the Offered Securities to be issued, sold or exchanged, (3) identify the Persons (if known) to which or with which the Offered Securities are to be offered, issued, sold or exchanged and (4) offer to issue and sell to or exchange with the Buyers in accordance with the terms of the Offer an aggregate amount of the Offered Securities equal to the percentage obtained by dividing the total original principal amount of Notes sold by the total gross proceeds (before underwriting discounts, commissions, fees and expenses) to the Company of the Public Offering (the “Total Participation Amount”). The number of Offered Securities which each Buyer shall have the right to subscribe for under this Section 4(g) shall be (a) a percentage of the Total Participation Amount equal to such Buyer’s pro rata portion of the aggregate principal amount of Notes purchased hereunder by all Buyers (the “Basic Amount”), and (b) with respect to each Buyer that elects to purchase its Basic Amount, any additional portion of the Offered Securities attributable to the Basic Amounts of other Buyers as such Buyer shall indicate it will purchase or acquire should the other Buyers subscribe for less than their Basic Amounts (the “Undersubscription Amount”).

 

21

 

 

(iii) To accept an Offer, in whole or in part, such Buyer must deliver a written notice to the Company prior to the end of the third (3rd) Business Day after such Buyer’s receipt of the Offer Notice (the “Offer Period”), setting forth the portion of such Buyer’s Basic Amount that such Buyer elects to purchase and, if such Buyer shall elect to purchase all of its Basic Amount, the Undersubscription Amount, if any, that such Buyer elects to purchase (in either case, the “Notice of Acceptance”). If the Basic Amounts subscribed for by all Buyers are less than the total of all of the Basic Amounts, then such Buyer who has set forth an Undersubscription Amount in its Notice of Acceptance shall be entitled to purchase, in addition to the Basic Amounts subscribed for, the Undersubscription Amount it has subscribed for; provided, however, if the Undersubscription Amounts subscribed for exceed the difference between the total of all the Basic Amounts and the Basic Amounts subscribed for (the “Available Undersubscription Amount”), such Buyers who have subscribed for any Undersubscription Amount shall be entitled to purchase only that portion of the Available Undersubscription Amount as the Basic Amount of such Buyer bears to the total Basic Amounts of all Buyers that have subscribed for Undersubscription Amounts, subject to rounding by the Company to the extent it deems reasonably necessary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company desires to modify or amend the terms and conditions of the Offer prior to the expiration of the Offer Period, the Company may deliver to each Buyer a new Offer Notice and the Offer Period shall expire on the first (1st) Business Day after such Buyer’s receipt of such new Offer Notice.

 

(iv) The Company shall have five (5) Business Days from the expiration of the Offer Period above (A) to offer, issue, sell or exchange all or any part of such Offered Securities as to which a Notice of Acceptance has not been given by a Buyer (the “Refused Securities”) pursuant to a definitive agreement(s) (the “Subsequent Placement Agreement”), but only to the offerees described in the Offer Notice (if so described therein) and only upon terms and conditions (including, without limitation, unit prices and interest rates) that are not more favorable to the acquiring Person or Persons or less favorable to the Company than those set forth in the Offer Notice and (B) if the Company is then subject to the reporting requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, to publicly announce (1) the execution of such Subsequent Placement Agreement, and (2) either (a) the consummation of the transactions contemplated by such Subsequent Placement Agreement or (b) the termination of such Subsequent Placement Agreement, which shall be filed with the SEC on a Current Report on Form 8-K with such Subsequent Placement Agreement and any documents contemplated therein filed as exhibits thereto.

 

(v) In the event the Company shall propose to sell less than all the Refused Securities (any such sale to be in the manner and on the terms specified in Section 4(g)(iii) above), then such Buyer may, at its sole option and in its sole discretion, reduce the number or amount of the Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance on a pro rata basis based on the revised number or amount of Offered Securities as compared to the original number or amount of the Offered Securities. In the event that any Buyer so elects to reduce the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance, the Company may not issue, sell or exchange more than the reduced number or amount of the Offered Securities unless and until such securities have again been offered to the Buyers in accordance with this Section 4(g).

 

22

 

 

(vi) At the time of the closing of the issuance, sale or exchange of all or less than all of the Refused Securities, such Buyer shall acquire from the Company, and the Company shall issue to such Buyer, the number or amount of Offered Securities specified in its Notice of Acceptance. The purchase by such Buyer of any Offered Securities is subject in all cases to the preparation, execution and delivery by the Company and such Buyer of a separate purchase agreement relating to such Offered Securities reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such Buyer and its counsel. The Company and each Buyer agree that if any Buyer elects to participate in the Offer, neither the Subsequent Placement Agreement with respect to such Offer nor any other transaction documents related thereto (collectively, the “Subsequent Placement Documents”) shall include any term or provision whereby such Buyer shall be required to agree to any restrictions on trading as to any securities of the Company or be required to consent to any amendment to or termination of, or grant any waiver, release or the like under or in connection with, any agreement previously entered into with the Company or any instrument received from the Company.

 

(vii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4(g) and unless otherwise agreed to by such Buyer, the Company shall either confirm in writing to such Buyer that the transaction with respect to the Subsequent Placement has been abandoned or shall publicly disclose its intention to issue the Offered Securities, in either case in such a manner such that such Buyer will not be in possession of any material, non-public information, by the fifth (5th) Business Day following delivery of the Offer Notice. If by such fifth (5th) Business Day, no public disclosure regarding a transaction with respect to the Offered Securities has been made, and no notice regarding the abandonment of such transaction has been received by such Buyer, such transaction shall be deemed to have been abandoned and such Buyer shall not be in possession of any material, non-public information with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(viii) Any Offered Securities not acquired by a Buyer or other Persons in accordance with this Section 4(g) may not be issued, sold or exchanged until they are again offered to such Buyer under the procedures specified in this Agreement.

 

(ix) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 4(g) shall not apply in respect of any Exempt Issuance. 

 

23

 

 

(h) Indemnification of Buyers. In consideration of the Buyer’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and acquiring the Notes (and the Conversion Shares) hereunder, and in addition to all of the Company’s other obligations under this Agreement, the Company shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Buyer(s) and each other holder of the Notes (and if applicable, the Conversion Shares), and all of their officers, directors, employees and agents (including, without limitation, those retained in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnitees”) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, losses, costs, penalties, fees, liabilities and damages, and expenses in connection therewith (irrespective of whether any such Buyer Indemnitee is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought), and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by the Buyer Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to any breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or obligation of the Company contained in this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents. To the extent that the foregoing undertaking by the Company may be unenforceable for any reason, the Company shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities, which is permissible under applicable law. The indemnity agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any cause of action or similar right of any Buyer Indemnitee against the Company or others, and any liabilities the Company may be subject to pursuant to law. The liability of the Company under this paragraph to each Buyer shall not exceed the total Subscription Amount paid by such Buyer hereunder.

 

(i) Indemnification of Company. In consideration of the Company’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and the sale of the Notes (and the Conversion Shares) hereunder, and in addition to all of the Buyer’s other obligations under this Agreement, each Buyer, severally but not jointly, shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each other holder of the Notes (and if applicable, the Conversion Shares), and all of their officers, directors, employees and agents (including, without limitation, those retained in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) (collectively, the “Company Indemnitees”) from and against all Indemnified Liabilities, incurred by the Company Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to any actual or alleged false acknowledgment, representation or warranty, or misrepresentation or omission to state a material fact by such Buyer, provided, however, that the Buyer will be liable hereunder in any such case if and only to the extent that any such Indemnified Liability arises out of or is based a violation of federal or state securities laws by the Company resulting from in reliance upon information pertaining to such Buyer, as such, furnished in writing to the Company by such Buyer, and provided, further, however, that the liability of the Buyer hereunder shall be limited to such Buyer’s Subscription Amount. To the extent that the foregoing undertaking by the Buyer may be unenforceable for any reason, the Buyer shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities, which is permissible under applicable law. The indemnity agreements contained herein shall be in addition to any cause of action or similar right of any Company Indemnitee against the Buyer or others, and any liabilities the Buyer may be subject to pursuant to law.

 

5. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATION TO SELL.

 

The obligation of the Company hereunder to issue and sell the Notes to the Buyers at Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for the Company’s sole benefit and may be waived by the Company at any time in its sole discretion:

 

(a) The Buyer shall have executed this Agreement, the Security Agreement, and the Registration Rights Agreement (by signing the Buyer’s Omnibus Signature Page hereto) and completed and executed the Accredited Investor Certification, the Investor Profile and the Anti-Money Laundering Information Form and delivered them to the Company.

 

24

 

 

(b) The Buyer shall have delivered to the Escrow Agent the Purchase Price for its Notes in the amount set forth on the Buyer’s Omnibus Signature Page hereto and the Escrow Agent shall have delivered the net proceeds to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available U.S. funds pursuant to the wire instructions provided by the Company.

 

(c) The representations and warranties of the Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date), and the Buyer shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

6. CONDITIONS TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE.

 

The obligation of the Buyers hereunder to purchase the Notes at Closing is subject to the satisfaction, at or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:

 

(a) The Company shall have executed and delivered a security agreement of even date herewith, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Security Agreement”), between the Company and the Buyers.

 

(b) The Company shall have executed and delivered a registration rights agreement of even date herewith, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), between the Company and the Buyers.

 

(c) The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement (as modified by the Disclosure Schedule) and the other Transaction Documents shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date when made and as of the Closing Date as though made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date) except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct (without giving effect to any limitations as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth therein) does not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(d) The Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Company at or prior to the Closing Date.

 

(e) The Company shall have obtained any and all consents, permits, approvals, registrations and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation by the Company of the purchase and sale of the Notes and the transactions contemplated hereby or under the Transaction Documents, all of which shall be in full force and effect.

 

25

 

 

(f) The Buyers shall have received a certificate, executed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying as to the fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Sections 6(d) and 6(e) above.

 

(g) The Company shall have executed and delivered to the Buyers the Notes in the respective amounts set forth on the Buyer Omnibus Signature Pages affixed hereto and the Disbursement of Funds Memorandum.

 

(h) The Company shall have delivered to the Buyers a certificate, executed on its behalf by an appropriate officer, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying the resolutions adopted by its Board of Directors approving the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the issuance of the Notes, certifying the current versions of its Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws (or equivalent documents) and certifying as to the signatures and authority of persons signing this Agreement on behalf of the Company. The foregoing certificate shall only be required to be delivered on the first Closing Date, unless any information contained in the certificate has changed.

 

(i) The Buyer shall have received an opinion from the Company’s legal counsel, dated as of the Closing Date, in form satisfactory to the Buyer.

 

(a) The Company shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, covenants and conditions to closing required to be performed and complied by it or them under the Security Agreement, unless such agreements, covenants and conditions have been waived by the Buyer, which waiver shall be conclusively evidenced by the Introducing Broker’s written instruction to the Escrow Agent to deliver to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement the Purchase Price for the Notes to be issued and sold to the Buyer(s) on such Closing Date.

 

7. waiver of POTENTIAL conflicts of interest. Buyers, for themselves and on behalf of their affiliates, successors and assigns, expressly waive any conflicts of interest or potential conflicts of interest discussed in Section 2(bb) of this Agreement and agree that the Company and its affiliates shall have no liability to any Buyer or their affiliates, successors and assigns with respect to such conflicts of interest or potential conflicts of interest.

 

8. GOVERNING LAW: MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to the principles of conflict of laws. The parties further agree that any action between them shall be heard exclusively in federal or state court sitting in the New York County, New York, and expressly consent to the jurisdiction and venue of the Supreme Court of New York, sitting in New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for the adjudication of any civil action asserted pursuant to this paragraph.

 

(b) Irrevocable Subscription. Each of the Buyers hereby acknowledges and agrees that the subscription hereunder is irrevocable by such Buyer, except as required by applicable law, and that this Agreement shall survive the death or disability of the Buyer and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns. If the Buyer is more than one Person, the obligations of the Buyer hereunder shall be joint and several and the agreements, representations, warranties, and acknowledgments herein shall be deemed to be made by and be binding upon each such Person and such Person’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives, and permitted assigns.

 

26

 

 

(c) Expenses. Each of the parties hereto shall pay its own fees and expenses (including the fees of any attorneys, accountants, appraises or others engaged by such party) in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.

 

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. All of such counterparts shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all the signers had signed a single page. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file (or other electronic image that can be opened and printed by the recipient) of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.

 

(e) Headings. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.

 

(f) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction.

 

(g) Entire Agreement, Amendments. This Agreement supersedes all other prior oral or written agreements between the Buyer(s), the Company, their affiliates and Persons acting on their behalf with respect to the matters discussed herein (including any term sheet), and this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the instruments referenced herein contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither the Company nor any Buyer makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, provided that the effect of such action does not waive any accrued interest or damages and further provided that the relative rights of the Buyers to each other remains unchanged.

 

27

 

 

(h) Notices. Any notice, consents, waivers or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and will be deemed to have been delivered: (i) upon receipt, when personally delivered; (ii) upon receipt when sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; (iii) when sent, if by e-mail, (provided that such sent e-mail is kept on file (whether electronically or otherwise) by the sending party and the sending party does not receive an automatically generated message from the recipient’s e-mail server that such e-mail could not be delivered to such recipient); or (iv) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with next day delivery specified, in each case, properly addressed to the party to receive the same. The addresses and email addresses for such communications shall be:

 

If to the Company, to:

Perfect Moment Ltd.

209 Canalot Studios

222 Kensal Road

London W10 5BN

United Kingdom

Attention: Negin Yeganegy, CEO

Email: negin@perfectmoment.com

 

   
With a copy to:

Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP

2049 Century Park East, 18th Floor

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attention: Nimish Patel

Email: nxp@msk.com  

 

If to the Buyer(s), to the addresses set forth on the Buyer Omnibus Signature Page affixed hereto. Each party shall provide five (5) days’ prior written notice to the other party of any change in address, e-mail or facsimile number.

 

(i) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. Neither the Company nor any Buyer shall assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other party hereto.

 

(j) No Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.

 

(k) Survival. Unless this Agreement is terminated under Section 8(n), the representations and warranties of the Company and the Buyer(s) contained in Sections 2 and 3, the agreements and covenants set forth in Sections 4 and 8 shall survive the Closing for a period of twelve (12) months following the date on which all of the Notes are repaid in full or converted into Conversion Shares in their entirety as provided in the Transaction Documents (whichever is the earliest); provided, however, that such representations and warranties shall in no way be affected by any investigation or knowledge of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Buyers or the Company. Each Buyer shall be responsible only for its own representations, warranties, agreements and covenants hereunder.

 

(l)    Publicity. The Company shall have the right to approve or reject, in its sole discretion, before issuance any press release or any other public statement with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby made by any other party; and the Company shall be entitled, without the prior approval of any Buyer, to issue any press release or other public disclosure with respect to such transactions required under applicable securities or other laws or regulations or as it otherwise deems appropriate.

 

28

 

 

(m)  Further Assurances. Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as the other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(n) Termination. In the event that the initial Closing shall not have occurred with respect to the Buyers on or before thirty (30) Business Days from the date hereof due to the Company’s or the Buyer’s failure to satisfy the conditions set forth in Sections 5 and 6 above (and the non-breaching party’s failure to waive such unsatisfied condition(s)), the non-breaching party shall have the option to terminate this Agreement with respect to such breaching party by providing five (5) days’ written notice to such breaching party of the non-breaching party’s intent to terminate this Agreement (and if the non-breaching party is the Buyer, to also withdraw its subscription) at the close of business on such date without liability of any party to any other party.

 

(o) No Strict Construction. The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party.

 

(p) Remedies. In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, the Buyer and the Company will be entitled to specific performance under this Agreement. The parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations described in the foregoing sentence and hereby agree to waive in any action for specific performance of any such obligation the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

(p) Omnibus Signature Page. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, it is hereby agreed that the execution by the Buyer of this Agreement, in the place set forth on the Buyer Omnibus Signature Page below, shall make the Buyer a party to, and shall constitute agreement of the Buyer to be bound by, the terms and conditions hereof and the terms and conditions of each of the Security Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement, with the same effect as if each of such separate agreement were separately signed by the Buyer.

 

29

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Buyers, the Company and PM Asia have caused this Securities Purchase Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

  COMPANY:
  Perfect Moment Ltd.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  PM ASIA:
  Perfect Moment Asia Ltd.
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

BUYERS:

 

The Buyers executing the Omnibus Signature Page attached hereto as Annex A and the documents annexed thereto and delivering the same to the Company or its agents shall be deemed to have executed this Securities Purchase Agreement and agreed to the terms hereof.

 

30

 

 

Annex A

 

Buyer Omnibus Signature Page

to

Securities Purchase Agreement, Security Agreement and

Registration Rights Agreement

 

The undersigned, desiring to: (i) enter into the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2022 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), between the undersigned, Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the other parties thereto, in or substantially in the form furnished to the undersigned, (ii) enter into the Security Agreement (the “Security Agreement”) among the Company, the Buyers, as contemplated by Section 6(a) of the Securities Purchase Agreement, (iii) enter into the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) among Company, and the Buyers, as contemplated by Section 6(b) of the Securities Purchase Agreement, and (iv) purchase the Notes of the Company as set forth below, hereby agrees to purchase such Notes from the Company and further agrees to join the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Security Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement as a party thereto, with all the rights and privileges appertaining thereto, and to be bound in all respects by the terms and conditions thereof. The undersigned specifically acknowledges having read the representations section in the Securities Purchase Agreement entitled “Buyer’s Representations and Warranties,” and hereby represents that the statements contained therein are complete and accurate with respect to the undersigned as a Buyer.

 

The Buyer hereby elects to purchase US$____________ principal amount of Notes (to be completed by the Buyer) under the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

DATED:___________________

 

BUYER (individual)   BUYER (entity)
     
Signature   Name of Entity
     
     
Print Name   Signature
     
    Print Name:  
Signature (if Joint Tenants or Tenants in Common)   Title:  
     
Address of Principal Residence:   Address of Executive Offices:
     
     
     
     
Social Security Number(s):   IRS Tax Identification Number:
     
     
Telephone Number:   Telephone Number:
     
     
Facsimile Number:   Facsimile Number:
     
     
E-mail Address:   E-mail Address:
     

 

 

 


PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

 

ACCREDITED INVESTOR CERTIFICATION

 

By initialing you certify that:

 

For Individual Investors Only

 

Initial _______ I have a net worth, or joint net worth with my spouse or spousal equivalent, of more than US$1,000,000. (“Net worth” means the excess of total assets at fair market value (including personal and real property, but excluding the estimated fair market value of your primary home) over total liabilities. “Total liabilities” excludes any mortgage on the primary home in an amount of up to the home’s estimated fair market value as long as the mortgage was incurred more than 60 days before the Shares are purchased, but includes (i) any mortgage amount in excess of the home’s fair market value and (ii) any mortgage amount that was borrowed during the 60-day period before the closing date for the sale of the Shares for the purpose of investing in the Shares.  “Spousal equivalent” means a cohabitant occupying a relationship generally equivalent to that of a spouse. “Joint net worth” is the aggregate net worth of a person and spouse or spousal equivalent; assets do not need to be held jointly to be included in the calculation.)
   
Initial _______ I have had  an individual income in excess of US$200,000 in each of the two most recent calendar years, or joint income with my spouse or spousal equivalent in excess of US$300,000 in each of those years, and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current calendar year. (“Income” means annual adjusted gross income, as reported for federal income tax purposes, plus (i) the amount of any tax-exempt interest income received; (ii) the amount of losses claimed as a limited partner in a limited partnership; (iii) any deduction claimed for depletion; (iv) amounts contributed to an IRA or Keogh retirement plan; (v) alimony paid; and (vi) any gains excluded from the calculation of adjusted gross income pursuant to the provisions of Section 1202 o] the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.)
   
Initial _______ I hold in good standing one of the following professional licenses: the General Securities Representative license (Series 7), the Private Securities Offerings Representative license (Series 82), or the Investment Adviser Representative license (Series 65).
   
Initial _______ I am a director or executive officer of Perfect Moment Ltd.

 

For Non-Individual Investors (Entities)

 

The investor is:
   
Initial _______ A bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act or any savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in an individual or a fiduciary capacity.
   
Initial _______ A broker or dealer registered under Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
   
Initial _______ An investment adviser registered pursuant to Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or registered pursuant to the laws of a state.
   
Initial _______ An investment adviser relying on the exemption from registering with the SEC under Section 203(l) or (m) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
   
Initial _______ An insurance company, as defined in Section 2(a)(13) of the Securities Act.
   
Initial _______ An investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company, as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that act.
   
Initial _______ A Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under Section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958.
   
Initial _______ A Rural Business Investment Company as defined in Section 384A of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Act.
   
Initial _______ A plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions for the benefit of its employees, if the plan has total assets in excess of US$5 million.
   
Initial _______ An employee benefit plan within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, if the investment decision is being made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such act, and the plan fiduciary is either a bank, a savings and loan association, an insurance company, or a registered investment adviser, or if the employee benefit plan has total assets in excess of US$5 million, or if the employee benefit plan is a self-directed plan in which investment decisions are made solely by persons that are accredited investors.

 

 

 

 

Initial _______ A private business development company, as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.
   
Initial _______ A corporation, Massachusetts or similar business trust, partnership, or limited liability company or an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that was not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities, and that has total assets in excess of US$5 million.
   
Initial _______ A trust with total assets in excess of US$5 million not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities, whose purchase is directed by a sophisticated person as described in Rule 506(b)(2)(ii) under the Securities Act.
   
Initial _______ An entity in which all of the equity owners (whether entities themselves or natural persons) are accredited investors and meet the criteria listed in either this Section 5 or Part I, Section 6 of this Questionnaire. Please also see “Additional Questions for Certain Accredited Investors” below.
   
Initial _______ An entity of a type not listed above, that is not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities and owns investments in excess of US$5 million. For purposes of this clause, “investments” means investments as defined in Rule 2a51-1(b) under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
   
Initial _______ A family office, as defined in Rule 202(a)(11)(G)-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, that (i) has assets under management in excess of US$5 million; (ii) is not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Securities and (iii) has a person directing the prospective investment who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters so that the family office is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment.
   
Initial _______ A family client, as defined in Rule 202(a)(11)(G)-1 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, of a family office meeting the requirements of the immediately preceding clause and whose prospective investment in the Issuer is directed by that family office pursuant to subclause (iii) of the immediately preceding clause.

 

Accredited Investor Certification Page 2

 

 

 

 

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.

Investor Profile
(Must be completed by Investor)

 

Section A - Personal Investor Information

 

Investor Name(s):  
   
Individual executing Profile or Trustee:  
   
Social Security Numbers / Federal I.D. Number:  

 

Date of Birth:     Marital Status:  
Joint Party Date of Birth:     Investment Experience (Years):  
Annual Income:     Liquid Net Worth:  
Net Worth*:      

 

Tax Bracket:   15% or below   25% - 27.5%     Over 27.5%

 

Home Street Address:  
Home City, State & Zip Code:   

Home Phone:     Home Fax:   Home Email:   

Employer:  
Employer Street Address:  

Employer City, State & Zip Code:   

Bus. Phone:     Bus. Fax: Bus. Email:  

Type of Business:  
Outside Broker/Dealer:   

 

Section B – Certificate Delivery Instructions

 

_______________ Please deliver the Securities to the Employer Address listed in Section A.

_______________ Please deliver the Securities to the Home Address listed in Section A.

_______________ Please deliver the Securities to the following address: __________________________________

 

Please check if you are a FINRA member or affiliate of a FINRA member firm: ________

 

     
Investor Signature   Date

 

*For purposes of calculating your net worth in this form, (a) your primary residence shall not be included as an asset; (b) indebtedness secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of your purchase of the securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of your primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (c) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities shall be included as a liability

 

 

 

 

ANTI MONEY LAUNDERING REQUIREMENTS

 

The USA PATRIOT Act

 

The USA PATRIOT Act is designed to detect, deter, and punish terrorists in the United States and abroad. The Act imposes new anti-money laundering requirements on brokerage firms and financial institutions. Since April 24, 2002 all brokerage firms have been required to have new, comprehensive anti-money laundering programs.

 

To help you understand these efforts, we want to provide you with some information about money laundering and our steps to implement the USA PATRIOT Act.

 

What is money laundering?

 

Money laundering is the process of disguising illegally obtained money so that the funds appear to come from legitimate sources or activities. Money laundering occurs in connection with a wide variety of crimes, including illegal arms sales, drug trafficking, robbery, fraud, racketeering, and terrorism.

 

How big is the problem and why is it important?

 

The use of the U.S. financial system by criminals to facilitate terrorism or other crimes could well taint our financial markets. According to the U.S. State Department, one recent estimate puts the amount of worldwide money laundering activity at $1 trillion a year.

 

What are we required to do to eliminate money laundering?

 

Under rules required by the USA PATRIOT Act, our anti-money laundering program must designate a special compliance officer, set up employee training, conduct independent audits, and establish policies and procedures to detect and report suspicious transaction and ensure compliance with such laws. As part of our required program, we may ask you to provide various identification documents or other information. Until you provide the information or documents we need, we may not be able to effect any transactions for you.

 

 

 

 

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING INFORMATION FORM

The following is required in accordance with the AML provision of the USA PATRIOT ACT.

(Please fill out and return with requested documentation.)

 

INVESTOR NAME:    
   
LEGAL ADDRESS:    
    
SSN# or TAX ID#    
   
OF INVESTOR:    
   
YEARLY INCOME:    
   
FOR INVESTORS WHO ARE INDIVIDUALS: AGE:    
   
NET WORTH: *    

 

*For purposes of calculating your net worth in this form, (a) your primary residence shall not be included as an asset; (b) indebtedness secured by your primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of your purchase of the securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of your primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (c) indebtedness that is secured by your primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of your primary residence at the time of your purchase of the securities shall be included as a liability.

 

FOR INVESTORS WHO ARE INDIVIDUALS:  
   
OCCUPATION:    
   
ADDRESS OF BUSINESS OR OF EMPLOYER:     
   
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE(S):    

 

IDENTIFICATION & DOCUMENTATION AND SOURCE OF FUNDS:

 

1.Please submit a copy of non-expired identification for the authorized signatory(ies) on the investment documents, showing name, date of birth, address and signature. The address shown on the identification document MUST match the Investor’s address shown on the Investor Signature Page.

 

  Current Driver’s License or Valid Passport or Identity Card

 

(Circle one or more)

 

2.If the Investor is a corporation, limited liability company, trust or other type of entity, please submit the following requisite documents: (i) Articles of Incorporation, By-Laws, Certificate of Formation, Operating Agreement, Trust or other similar documents for the type of entity; and (ii) Corporate Resolution or power of attorney or other similar document granting authority to signatory(ies) and designating that they are permitted to make the proposed investment.

 

3.Please advise where the funds were derived from to make the proposed investment:

 

  Investments Savings Proceeds of Sale Other ____________

 

(Circle one or more)

 

Signature:  _______________________________________

 

Print Name:  _____________________________________

 

Title (if applicable):  _______________________________

 

Date:  __________________________________________

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Note

 

[See Exhibit 4.6 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Security Agreement

 

[See Exhibit 10.16 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

[See Exhibit 10.17 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 8 2022, by and among Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), and each Buyer (as defined below, and with their respective assignees pursuant to Section 233, collectively, the “Secured Parties” and each, individually, a “Secured Party”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2022, by and among the Borrower and each party that is a “Buyer” party thereto (the “Purchase Agreement”), the Borrower shall sell, and the Buyers shall purchase, the “Notes” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, it is a condition precedent to the Buyers purchasing the Notes that the Borrower shall have granted a security interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in this Agreement) to the Secured Parties to secure all of the Borrower’s obligations under the Purchase Agreement, the Notes issued pursuant thereto and the other Transaction Documents, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the recitals made above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used herein (including in the preamble and recitals hereof) without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Purchase Agreement or the Notes, as the case may be. Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein or in the Purchase Agreement or the Notes; provided, however, if the Code is used to define any term used herein and if such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 of the Code shall govern. In addition to those terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a) Account” means an account (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

(b) Account Debtor” means an account debtor (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

(c) Bankruptcy Code” means title 11 of the United States Code, as in effect from time to time.

 

(d) Books” means books and records indicating, summarizing, or evidencing the Borrower’s assets (including the Collateral) or liabilities, the Borrower’s Records relating to its business operations (including, without limitation, stock ledgers) or financial condition, and the Borrower’s goods or General Intangibles related to such information.

 

(e) Capital Stock” means (i) in the case of a corporation, capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited); (iv) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests and (v) any other interest or participations that confers on a person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing person.

 

 

 

 

(f) Chattel Paper” means chattel paper (as that term is defined in the Code) and includes tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper.

 

(g) Code” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time; provided, however, in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies with respect to any Secured Party’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies.

 

(h) Collateral” means the assets of the Borrower specified in Section 2 and the Stock Collateral; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Collateral” shall not include any Excluded Capital Stock.

 

(i) Commencement Notice” means a written notice, given by any Secured Party to the other Secured Parties, pursuant to which such Secured Party notifies the other Secured Parties of the existence of one or more Events of Default and of such Secured Party’s intent to commence the exercise of one or more of the remedies provided for under this Agreement with respect to all or any portion of the Collateral as a consequence thereof, which notice shall incorporate a reasonably detailed description of each Event of Default then existing and of the remedial action proposed to be taken.

 

(j) Commercial Tort Claims” means commercial tort claims (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

(k) Control Agreement” means a control agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Secured Parties, executed and delivered by the Borrower, one or more Secured Parties, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account), as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(l) Copyrights” means all copyrights and copyright registrations, and also includes (i) all reissues, continuations, extensions or renewals thereof, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (iv) the goodwill of the Borrower’s business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (v) all of the Borrower’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

(m) Copyright Security Agreement” means each Copyright Security Agreement among the Borrower and Secured Parties, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(n) Deposit Account” means a deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

(o) Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is a U.S. Person other than an Excluded Domestic Subsidiary.

 

2

 

 

(p) Equipment” means all equipment (as that term is defined in the Code) in all of its forms of the Borrower, wherever located, and all machinery, apparatus, installation facilities and other tangible personal property, and all parts thereof and all accessions, additions, attachments, improvements, substitutions, replacements and proceeds thereto and therefor.

 

(q) Event of Default” has the meaning specified therefor in the Notes.

 

(r) Excluded Capital Stock” means (i) any Capital Stock in any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary; (ii) an Capital Stock in any Foreign Subsidiary (including for the avoidance of doubt any Excluded Domestic Subsidiary) in excess of sixty five percent (65%) of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock in such Foreign Subsidiary; (iii) any Capital Stock in any Unrestricted Subsidiary; (iv) pledges of, and security interests in, certain assets, which are prohibited by applicable law; and (v) any Capital Stock in any joint venture or any non-wholly owned Subsidiary to the extent the articles or certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other governing documents or other customary agreements with other equity holders do not permit the pledge of such Capital Stock or require the consent of a person other than the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(s) Excluded Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is a U.S. Person and (i) is a Subsidiary of a “controlled foreign corporation” under Section 957 of the IRS Code (“CFC”); or (ii) substantially all of the assets of such Subsidiary consists of Capital Stock of one or more CFC or other U.S. Persons substantially all of the assets of which consist of Capital Stock of one or more CFCs.

 

(t) First Tier Foreign Subsidiary” means each Foreign Subsidiary with respect to which any one or more of the Borrower or its Domestic Subsidiaries directly owns or controls more than fifty percent (50%) of such Foreign Subsidiary’s issued and outstanding shares of Capital Stock.

 

(u) Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary and any Excluded Domestic Subsidiary.

 

(v) IRS Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or modified from time to time.

 

(w) General Intangibles” means general intangibles (as that term is defined in the Code) and, in any event, includes payment intangibles, contract rights, rights to payment, rights arising under common law, statutes, or regulations, choses or things in action, goodwill (including the goodwill associated with any Trademark, Patent, or Copyright), Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, URLs and domain names, industrial designs, other industrial or Intellectual Property or rights therein or applications therefor, whether under license or otherwise, programs, programming materials, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, monies due or recoverable from pension funds, route lists, rights to payment and other rights under any royalty or licensing agreements, including Intellectual Property Licenses, infringement claims, computer programs, information contained on computer disks or tapes, software, literature, reports, catalogs, pension plan refunds, pension plan refund claims, insurance premium rebates, tax refunds, and tax refund claims, interests in a partnership or limited liability company which do not constitute a security under Article 8 of the Code, and any other personal property other than Commercial Tort Claims, money, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, goods, Investment Related Property, Negotiable Collateral, and oil, gas, or other minerals before extraction.

 

3

 

 

(x) Governmental Authority” means any domestic or foreign federal, state, local, or other governmental or administrative body, instrumentality, board, department, or agency or any court, tribunal, administrative hearing body, arbitration panel, commission, or other similar dispute-resolving panel or body.

 

(y) Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law or any equivalent laws in any other jurisdiction, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

 

(z) Intellectual Property” means Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, the goodwill associated with such Trademarks, trade secrets and customer lists, and Intellectual Property Licenses.

 

(aa) Intellectual Property Licenses” means rights under or interests in any Patent, Trademark, Copyright or other intellectual property, including software license agreements with any other party, whether the Borrower is a licensee or licensor under any such license agreement, as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(bb) Inventory” means all inventory (as that term is defined in the Code) in all of its forms of the Borrower, wherever located, including, without limitation, (i) all oil, gas, or other hydrocarbons and all products and substances derived therefrom, all raw materials and work in process therefore, finished goods thereof, and materials used or consumed in the manufacture or production thereof, (ii) all goods in which the Borrower has an interest in mass or a joint or other interest or right of any kind (including goods in which the Borrower has an interest or right as consignee), and (iii) all goods which are returned to or repossessed by the Borrower, and all accessions thereto, products thereof and documents therefor.

 

(cc) Investment Related Property” means (i) investment property (as that term is defined in the Code), and all Pledged Interests.

 

(dd) Issuer” means the issuers of the shares of Pledged Interests.

 

(ee) Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, (excluding deposits made with exchanges, depositories or clearing corporations in the ordinary course of business), encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), preference, priority or other security agreement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any financing or similar statement or notice filed under the Code or any other similar recording or notice statute, and any lease having substantially the same effect as any of the foregoing).

 

(ff) Negotiable Collateral” means letters of credit, letter-of-credit rights, instruments, promissory notes, drafts, and documents.

 

(gg) Notes” means the “Notes” as defined in the Purchase Agreement.

 

(hh) Patents” means all patents and patent applications, and also includes (i) all renewals thereof, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, and (iv) all of the Borrower’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

4

 

 

(ii) Patent Security Agreement” means each Patent Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(jj) Permitted Liens” means:

 

(i) liens on property or assets of the Borrower existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 3(n) to the Purchase Agreement;

 

(ii) any lien created under any Note, the Purchase Agreement or this Agreement;

 

(iii) any lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Borrower, provided that

 

(1) such lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition and

 

(2) such lien does not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower;

 

(iv) liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges;

 

(v) pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance, with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations;

 

(vi) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for indebtedness), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(vii) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants, conditions, rights-of-way, restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business and minor irregularities of title that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower;

 

(viii) purchase money security interests in real property, improvements thereto or equipment hereafter acquired (or, in the case of improvements, constructed) by the Borrower, provided that

 

(1) such security interests secure indebtedness permitted by this Agreement, the Notes or the Purchase Agreement,

 

(2) such security interests are incurred, and the indebtedness secured thereby is created, within 90 days after such acquisition (or construction),

 

5

 

 

(3) the indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the lesser of the cost or the fair market value of such real property, improvements, equipment or other personal property (tangible or intangible) at the time of such acquisition (or construction) and

 

(4) such security interests do not apply to any other property or assets of the Borrower;

 

(ix) liens on property or assets of the Borrower securing the indebtedness permitted under Sections 3.01(a)(ii), (iii) and (vi) of the Notes, provided that any lien securing the indebtedness permitted under Section 3.01(a)(vi) of the Notes shall, in all respects, rank pari passu with or subordinate to any lien securing the Secured Obligations, and the grant of security interest thereunder shall not extend to any property or assets of the Borrower other than the Collateral;

 

(x) liens arising out of judgments or awards (other than any judgment that constitutes an Event of Default hereunder) in respect of which the Borrower shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, provided the Borrower shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect to such judgment or award; and

 

(xi) deposits, liens or pledges to secure payments of workmen’s compensation and other payments, public liability, unemployment and other insurance, old-age pensions or other social security obligations, or the performance of bids, tenders, leases, contracts (other than contracts for the payment of money), public or statutory obligations, surety, stay or appeal bonds, or other similar obligations arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

(kk) Permitted Secured Party” means, with respect to the exercise of any remedy provided for under this Agreement, any Secured Party that has delivered a Commencement Notice with respect to the exercise of such remedy to the other Secured Parties and has not received a Veto Notice with respect thereto within the Veto Period; provided, however, there shall only be a single Permitted Secured Party that may exercise any specific remedy at any one time (it being agreed that if a Commencement Notice is delivered by more than one Secured Party with respect to any remedy provided for under this Agreement, then the first Secured Party to deliver a Commencement Notice and not receive a Veto Notice within the Veto Period shall be the only Secured Party that may exercise such remedy).

 

(ll) Person” has the meaning specified therefor in the Purchase Agreement.

 

(mm) Pledged Companies” means, each Person listed on Schedule 1 hereto as a “Pledged Company,” together with each other Person all or a portion of whose Stock is acquired or otherwise owned by the Borrower after the date hereof.

 

(nn) Pledged Interests” means the shares of capital stock of each Issuer, now owned or existing or owned, acquired, or arising hereafter, together with all stock certificates, options or rights of any nature whatsoever that may be issued or granted by such Issuer to the Borrower while the Pledge Agreement is in effect (including, without limitation, all of the other economic rights, titles and interests of the Borrower as a shareholder or owner of such Issuer; whether set forth in the articles, bylaws or other governing document of such Issuer, by separate agreement or otherwise).

 

6

 

 

(oo) Proceeds” means all “Proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(64) of the Code on the date hereof and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all dividends or other income from the Pledged Interests, collections thereon, proceeds of sale thereof or distributions with respect thereto.

 

(pp) Real Property” means any estates or interests in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower and the improvements thereto.

 

(qq) Records” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or which is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

 

(rr) Secured Obligations” mean all of the present and future payment and performance obligations of Borrower arising under the Purchase Agreement, this Agreement, the Notes, and the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and any interest, fees, or expenses that accrue after the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any Insolvency Proceeding.

 

(ss) Securities Account” means a securities account (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

(tt) Security Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, each Copyright Security Agreement, each Patent Security Agreement, each Trademark Security Agreement, each Control Agreement, and each other security agreement, pledge agreement, assignment, mortgage, security deed, deed of trust, and other agreement or document executed and delivered by the Borrower as security for any of the Secured Obligations, as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(uu) Security Interest” and “Security Interests” have the meanings specified therefor in Section 2.

 

(vv) Significant Secured Party” means, on any date of determination, any Secured Party holding twenty percent (20%) or more of the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding on such date.

 

(ww) Stock” means all shares, options, warrants, interests (including, without limitation, membership and partnership interests), participations, or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock, or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time).

 

(xx) Stock Collateral” means the Pledged Interests and all Proceeds therefrom.

 

(yy) Supporting Obligations” means supporting obligations (as such term is defined in the Code).

 

7

 

 

(zz) Trademarks” means all trademarks, trade names, trademark applications, service marks, service mark applications, and also includes (i) all renewals thereof, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due or payable under and with respect thereto, including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (iv) the goodwill of the Borrower’s business symbolized by the foregoing or connected therewith, and (v) all of the Borrower’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

 

(aaa) Trademark Security Agreement” means each Trademark Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, as each may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(bbb) Transaction Documents” has the meaning specified in the Recitals above.

 

(ccc) URL” means “uniform resource locator,” an internet web address.

 

(ddd) Veto Notice” means, with respect to any Commencement Notice, a written notice given by any Significant Secured Party to the other Secured Parties pursuant to which such Significant Secured Party notifies the other Secured Parties of its objection to the commencement of the remedial action specified in such Commencement Notice and certifies that, to the best of its knowledge, it is a Significant Secured Party.

 

(eee) Veto Period” means, with respect to any Commencement Notice, the period of ten (10) consecutive calendar days following the delivery of such Commencement Notice to the Secured Parties.

 

2. Grant of Security. The Borrower hereby unconditionally grants, assigns, and pledges to each Secured Party a separate, continuing security interest (each, a “Security Interest” and, collectively, the “Security Interests”) in all assets of the Borrower (other than the Excluded Capital Stock) as the Collateral, including, without limitation, such Borrower’s right, title, and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located:

 

(a) all of Borrower’s Pledged Interests (but not including the Excluded Capital Stock);

 

(b) all of such Borrower’s Accounts;

 

(c) all of such Borrower’s Books;

 

(d) all of such Borrower’s Chattel Paper;

 

(e) all of such Borrower’s Deposit Accounts;

 

(f) all of such Borrower’s Equipment and fixtures;

 

(g) all of such Borrower’s General Intangibles;

 

(h) all of such Borrower’s Inventory;

 

(i) all of such Borrower’s Investment Related Property (but not including the Excluded Capital Stock);

 

8

 

 

(j) all of such Borrower’s Negotiable Collateral;

 

(k) all of such Borrower’s rights in respect of Supporting Obligations;

 

(l) all of such Borrower’s Commercial Tort Claims;

 

(m) all of such Borrower’s money, cash, cash equivalents, or other assets of Borrower that now or hereafter come into the possession, custody, or control of any Secured Party;

 

(n) all of the Proceeds other than Proceeds from Excluded Capital Stock. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Proceeds” includes whatever is receivable or received when Investment Related Property (other than Excluded Capital Stock) or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected, or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes proceeds of any indemnity or guaranty payable to the Borrower or any Secured Party from time to time with respect to any of the Investment Related Property (other than Excluded Capital Stock).

 

3. Security for Obligations. This Agreement and the Security Interests created hereby secure the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by Borrower to Secured Parties, or any of them, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving Borrower.

 

4. Representations and Warranties. The Borrower hereby represents and warrants as follows:

 

(a) Schedule 2 attached hereto sets forth the chief executive office of the Borrower as of the date hereof.

 

(b) This Agreement creates a valid security interest in all of the Collateral, to the extent a security interest therein can be created under the Code, securing the payment of the Secured Obligations. Except to the extent a security interest in the Collateral cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Code, all filings and other actions necessary or desirable to perfect and protect such security interest have been duly taken or will have been taken upon the filing of financing statements listing the Borrower, as a debtor, and Secured Parties, as secured parties. Upon the making of such filings, Secured Parties shall each have a junior priority (subject only to the Permitted Liens) perfected security interest in all of the Collateral to the extent such security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement. All action by the Borrower necessary to protect and perfect such security interest on each item of Collateral has been duly taken.

 

9

 

 

(c) (i) Except for the Security Interests created hereby, the Borrower is and will at all times be the sole holder of record and the legal and beneficial owner, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, of the Pledged Interests indicated on Schedule 1; (ii) all of the Pledged Interests are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and the Pledged Interests constitute or will constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding Stock of the Pledged Companies of the Borrower ; (iii) the Borrower has the right and requisite authority to pledge all Investment Related Property pledged by it to each Secured Party as provided herein; (iv) all actions necessary or desirable to perfect, establish the junior priority (subject to the Permitted Liens) of, or otherwise protect, Secured Parties’ respective Liens in the Investment Related Property pledged hereunder, and the proceeds thereof, have been duly taken, (A) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement; (B) upon the taking of possession by any Secured Party of any certificates constituting the Pledged Interests, to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, together with undated powers endorsed in blank by the Borrower; (C) upon the filing of financing statements in the applicable jurisdiction set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto for the Borrower with respect to the Pledged Interests that are not represented by certificates, and (D) with respect to any Securities Accounts, upon the delivery of Control Agreements with respect thereto; and (v) he Borrower has delivered to and deposited with any Secured Party (or, with respect to any Pledged Interests created or obtained after the date hereof, will deliver and deposit in accordance with Sections 5(a) and 7 hereof) all certificates representing the Pledged Interests now or hereafter owned by it to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, and undated powers endorsed in blank with respect to such certificates. None of the Pledged Interests owned or held by the Borrower has been issued or transferred in violation of any securities registration, securities disclosure, or similar laws of any jurisdiction to which such issuance or transfer may be subject. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Pledged Interests shall under no circumstances include the Excluded Capital Stock.

 

(d) No consent, approval, authorization, or other order or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required (i) for the grant of a Security Interest by the Borrower in and to the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement or for the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement by the Borrower, or (ii) for the exercise by any Secured Party of the voting or other rights provided in this Agreement with respect to Investment Related Property pledged hereunder or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except (A) as may be required in connection with such disposition of Investment Related Property by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally and (B) for any consent that may be required for the assignment of any Intellectual Property License that expressly provides that such Intellectual Property License is not assignable (or is not assignable without the consent of the other party to such Intellectual Property License).

 

5. Covenants. The Borrower covenants and agrees with each Secured Party that from and after the date of this Agreement and until the date of termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 23 hereof (but only to the extent the particular assets described in this Section 5 constitute Collateral hereunder):

 

(a) Possession of Collateral. In the event that any Collateral, including proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of Negotiable Collateral, Investment Related Property, or Chattel Paper, and if and to the extent that perfection or priority of Secured Parties’ respective Security Interests is dependent on or enhanced by possession, the Borrower, immediately upon the request of any Secured Party, shall execute such other documents and instruments as shall be requested by such Secured Party or, if applicable, endorse and deliver physical possession of such Negotiable Collateral, Investment Related Property, or Chattel Paper to such Secured Party, together with such undated powers endorsed in blank as shall be requested by such Secured Party.

 

(b) Chattel Paper.

 

(i) The Borrower shall take all steps reasonably necessary to grant each Secured Party control of all Chattel Paper in accordance with the Code and all “transferable records” as that term is defined in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Purchase Act and Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction; and

 

10

 

 

(ii) If the Borrower retains possession of any Chattel Paper or instruments (which retention of possession shall be subject to the extent permitted hereby), promptly upon the request of any Secured Party, such Chattel Paper and instruments shall be marked with the following legend: “This writing and the obligations evidenced or secured hereby are subject to the Security Interests of [names of Secured Parties].”

 

(c) Control Agreements. The Borrower shall not establish or maintain any Deposit Account or Securities Account (or any other similar account) unless (i) the Borrower shall have provided each Secured Party with ten (10) days’ advance written notice of each such account or (ii) the Secured Parties shall have received a Control Agreement in respect of such account concurrently with the opening thereof or on the Closing Date (as applicable). The Borrower shall ensure that all of its Account Debtors forward payment of the amounts owed by them directly to a Deposit Account that is subject to a Control Agreement and deposit or cause to be deposited promptly, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after the date of receipt thereof, all of their collections (including those sent directly by their Account Debtors to the Borrower) into a Deposit Account subject to a Control Agreement.

 

(d) Letter-of-Credit Rights. that the Borrower that is or becomes the beneficiary of a letter of credit shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days after becoming a beneficiary) notify Secured Parties thereof and, upon the request by any Secured Party, enter into a multi-party agreement with Secured Parties and the issuing or confirming bank with respect to letter-of-credit rights assigning such letter-of-credit rights to Secured Parties and directing all payments thereunder to Secured Parties, all in form and substance satisfactory to Secured Parties.

 

(e) Commercial Tort Claims. The Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days of receipt thereof) notify Secured Parties in writing upon incurring or otherwise obtaining a Commercial Tort Claim after the date hereof, and hereby authorizes the filing of additional financing statements or amendments to existing financing statements describing such Commercial Tort Claims, and agrees to do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by any Secured Party to give Secured Parties a junior priority (subject to the Permitted Liens), perfected security interest in any such Commercial Tort Claim.

 

(f) Government Contracts. If any Account or Chattel Paper arises out of a contract or contracts with the United States of America or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, the Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within 2 Business Days of the creation thereof) notify Secured Parties thereof in writing and execute any instruments or take any steps reasonably required by any Secured Party in order that all moneys due or to become due under such contract or contracts shall be assigned to Secured Parties, and shall provide written notice thereof and take all other appropriate actions under the Assignment of Claims Act or other applicable law to provide each Secured Party a junior -priority perfected security interest in such contract.

 

(g) Intellectual Property.

 

(i) Upon request of any Secured Party, in order to facilitate filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office or any other applicable Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to Secured Parties one or more Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, or Patent Security Agreements to further evidence Secured Parties’ respective Liens on the Borrower’s Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

 

11

 

 

(ii) The Borrower shall have the duty (A) to promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation, or dilution with respect to its rights in Intellectual Property and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation, or dilution, (B) to prosecute diligently any trademark application or service mark application that is part of the Trademarks pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement, unless the Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment determines any such Trademarks pending has only de minimis commercial value, (C) to prosecute diligently any patent application that is part of the Patents pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement, unless the Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment determines any such Patent pending has only de minimis commercial value, and (D) to take all reasonable and necessary action to preserve and maintain all of each the Borrower’s Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, and its rights therein, including the filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of noncontestability and opposition and interference and cancellation proceedings, unless the Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment determines any such licenses has only de minimis commercial value. The Borrower shall promptly file an application with the United States Copyright Office for any Copyright that has not been registered with the United States Copyright Office, except for those Copyrights which the Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment determines has only de minimis commercial value. The Borrower shall promptly file an application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office for any patentable invention or unregistered trademark, tradename, service name or service mark that has not been registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office except for those patentable inventions and unregistered trademarks, tradenames, service names or service marks which the Borrower in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment determines have only de minimis commercial value. Any expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing shall be borne by the Borrower. The Borrower further agrees not to abandon any Trademark, Patent, Copyright, or Intellectual Property License, unless in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment the Borrower determines has only de minimis commercial value.

 

(iii) The Borrower acknowledges and agree that Secured Parties shall have no duties with respect to the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, or Intellectual Property Licenses. Without limiting the generality of this Section 5(g), the Borrower acknowledge and agree that no Secured Party shall be under any obligation to take any steps necessary to preserve rights in the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, or Intellectual Property Licenses against any other Person, but any Secured Party may do so at its option from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, and all expenses incurred in connection therewith (including fees and expenses of attorneys and other professionals) shall be for the sole account of the Borrower and shall be deemed to be Secured Obligations.

 

(h) Investment Related Property.

 

(i) If the Borrower shall receive or become entitled to receive any Pledged Interests after the date hereof, it shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days of receipt thereof) identify such Pledged Interests in a written notice to Secured Parties;

 

(ii) All sums of money and property paid or distributed in respect of the Investment Related Property pledged hereunder which are received by the Borrower shall be held by the Borrower in trust for the benefit of Secured Parties segregated from the Borrower’s other property, and the Borrower shall deliver it forthwith to the Secured Parties in the exact form received;

 

12

 

 

(iii) The Borrower shall promptly deliver to Secured Parties a copy of each notice or other communication received by it in respect of any Pledged Interests;

 

(iv) The Borrower shall not make or consent to any material amendment or other modification or waiver with respect to any Pledged Interests or enter into any agreement or permit to exist any restriction with respect to any Pledged Interests; and

 

(v) The Borrower agrees that it will cooperate with Secured Parties in obtaining all necessary approvals and making all necessary filings under federal, state, local, or foreign law in connection with the Security Interests on the Investment Related Property pledged hereunder or any sale or transfer thereof; and

 

(i) Transfers and Other Liens. The Borrower shall not (i) sell, lease, license, assign (by operation of law or otherwise), transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, except inventory in the ordinary course of the business of the Borrower and immaterial amounts of obsolete office and other equipment and supplies, and except as expressly permitted by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, or (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of the Collateral of the Borrower, except for Permitted Liens. The inclusion of Proceeds in the Collateral shall not be deemed to constitute consent by any Secured Party to any sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral except as expressly permitted in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

 

(j) Preservation of Existence. The Borrower shall maintain and preserve its existence, rights and privileges, and become or remain duly qualified and in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the character of the properties owned or leased by it or in which the transaction of its business makes such qualification necessary.

 

(k) Maintenance of Properties. The Borrower shall maintain and preserve all of its properties which are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and comply at all times with the provisions of all leases to which it is a party as lessee or under which it occupies property, so as to prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder.

 

(l) Maintenance of Insurance. The Borrower shall maintain insurance with responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations (including, without limitation, comprehensive general liability, property, hazard, rent and business interruption insurance) with respect to all of its assets and properties (including, without limitation, all real properties leased or owned by it and any and all Inventory and Equipment) and business, in such amounts and covering such risks as is required by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto or as is carried generally in accordance with sound business practice by companies in similar businesses similarly situated, in each case, acceptable to the Secured Parties.

 

(m) Other Actions as to Any and All Collateral. The Borrower shall promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days of acquiring or obtaining such Collateral) notify Secured Parties in writing upon (i) acquiring or otherwise obtaining any Collateral after the date hereof consisting of Trademarks, Patents, registered Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, Investment Related Property, Chattel Paper (electronic, tangible or otherwise), documents (as defined in Article 9 of the Code), promissory notes (as defined in the Code, or instruments (as defined in the Code) or (ii) any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral being or becoming evidenced after the date hereof by any Chattel Paper, documents, promissory notes, or instruments and, in each such case upon the request of any Secured Party, promptly execute such other documents, or if applicable, deliver such Chattel Paper, other documents or certificates evidencing any Investment Related Property and do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by any Secured Party to protect Secured Parties’ respective Security Interests therein.

 

13

 

 

6. Relation to Other Transaction Documents. The provisions of this Agreement shall be read and construed with the Transaction Documents referred to below in the manner so indicated.

 

(a) Purchase Agreement and Notes. In the event of any conflict between any provision in this Agreement and any provision in the Purchase Agreement or Notes, such provision of the Purchase Agreement or Notes shall control, except to the extent the applicable provision in this Agreement is more restrictive with respect to the rights of the Borrower or imposes more burdensome or additional obligations on the Borrower, in which event the applicable provision in this Agreement shall control.

 

(b) Patent, Trademark, Copyright Security Agreements. The provisions of the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, and Patent Security Agreements are supplemental to the provisions of this Agreement, and nothing contained in the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements or the Patent Security Agreements shall limit any of the rights or remedies of any Secured Party hereunder.

 

7. Further Assurances.

 

(a) The Borrower agrees that from time to time, at its own expense, the Borrower will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or that any Secured Party may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect the Security Interests granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable any Secured Party to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral.

 

(b) The Borrower authorizes the filing by any Secured Party of financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Secured Party such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or as such Secured Party may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the Security Interests granted or purported to be granted hereby.

 

(c) The Borrower authorizes any Secured Party at any time and from time to time to file, transmit, or communicate, as applicable, financing statements and amendments (i) describing the Collateral as “all personal property of debtor” or “all assets of debtor” or words of similar effect, (ii) describing the Collateral as being of equal or lesser scope or with greater detail, or (iii) that contain any information required by part 5 of Article 9 of the Code for the sufficiency or filing office acceptance. The Borrower also hereby ratifies any and all financing statements or amendments previously filed by any Secured Party in any jurisdiction.

 

(d) The Borrower acknowledges that it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement without the prior written consent of each Secured Party affected thereby, subject to the Borrower’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the Code.

 

14

 

 

(e) The Borrower shall permit each Secured Party or its employees, accountants, attorneys or agents, to examine and inspect any Collateral or any other property of the Borrower not more frequently than once per calendar quarter during ordinary business hours of the Borrower upon five (5) days’ prior notice; provided, however, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the limitation on the frequency of such examinations and inspections and the prior notification requirements shall be eliminated.

 

8. Secured Parties’ Right to Perform Contracts, Exercise Rights, etc. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Secured Party (a) may proceed to perform any and all of the obligations of the Borrower contained in any contract, lease, or other agreement and exercise any and all rights of the Borrower therein contained as fully as the Borrower itself could, (b) shall have the right to use the Borrower’s rights under Intellectual Property Licenses in connection with the enforcement of the Secured Party’s rights hereunder, including the right to prepare for sale and sell any and all Inventory and Equipment now or hereafter owned by the Borrower and now or hereafter covered by such licenses, and (c) shall have the right to request that any Stock that is pledged hereunder be registered in the name of such Secured Party or any of its nominees.

 

9. Secured Parties Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. The Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints each Secured Party as the attorney-in-fact of the Borrower. In the event the Borrower fails to execute or deliver in a timely manner any Transaction Document or other agreement, document, certificate or instrument which the Borrower now or at any time hereafter is required to execute or deliver pursuant to the terms of the Notes or any other Transaction Document, each Secured Party shall have full authority in the place and stead of the Borrower, and in the name of the Borrower, to execute and deliver each of the foregoing. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Secured Party shall have full authority in the place and stead of the Borrower, at such time as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to take any action and to execute any instrument which such Secured Party may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

 

(a) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in connection with any Collateral of the Borrower;

 

(b) to receive and open all mail addressed to the Borrower and to notify postal authorities to change the address for the delivery of mail to the Borrower to that of such Secured Party;

 

(c) to receive, endorse, and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents, Negotiable Collateral or Chattel Paper;

 

(d) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which such Secured Party may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral of the Borrower or otherwise to enforce the rights of any Secured Party with respect to any of the Collateral;

 

(e) to repair, alter, or supply goods, if any, necessary to fulfill in whole or in part the purchase order of any Person obligated to the Borrower in respect of any Account of the Borrower;

 

15

 

 

(f) to use any labels, Patents, Trademarks, trade names, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, Copyrights, customer lists, advertising matter or other industrial or intellectual property rights, in advertising for sale and selling Inventory and other Collateral and to collect any amounts due under Accounts, contracts or Negotiable Collateral of the Borrower; and

 

(g) such Secured Party shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to bring suit in its own name to enforce the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights and Intellectual Property Licenses and, if such Secured Party shall commence any such suit, the Borrower, at the request of such Secured Party, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all proper documents reasonably required by such Secured Party in aid of such enforcement.

 

To the extent permitted by law, the Borrower hereby ratifies all that such attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Such power-of-attorney granted pursuant to this Section 9 is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated.

 

10. Secured Parties May Perform. If the Borrower fails to perform any agreement contained herein, any Secured Party may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable expenses of such Secured Party incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Borrower.

 

11. Secured Parties’ Duties; Bailee for Perfection. The powers conferred on Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Secured Parties’ respective interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon any Secured Party in favor of the Borrower or any other Secured Party to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its actual possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, no Secured Party shall have any duty to the Borrower or any other Secured Party as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. A Secured Party shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its actual possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which such Secured Party accords its own property. Each Secured Party agrees that, with respect to any Collateral at any time or times in its possession and in which any other Secured Party has a Lien, the Secured Party in possession of any such Collateral shall be the bailee of each other Secured Party solely for purposes of perfecting (to the extent not otherwise perfected) each other Secured Party’s Lien in such Collateral, provided that no Secured Party shall be obligated to obtain or retain possession of any such Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Secured Parties and the Borrower hereby agree that any Secured Party that is in possession of any Collateral at such time as the Secured Obligations owing to such Secured Party have been paid in full may re-deliver such Collateral to the Borrower or, if requested by any Secured Party prior to such re-delivery, may deliver such Collateral (unless otherwise restricted by applicable law or court order and subject in all events to the receipt of an indemnification of all liabilities arising from such delivery) to the requesting Secured Party, without recourse to or representation or warranty by the Secured Party in such possession.

 

12. Collection of Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral. At any time upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, any Secured Party may (a) notify Account Debtors of the Borrower that the Accounts, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper or Negotiable Collateral have been assigned to such Secured Party or that such Secured Party has a security interest therein, and (b) collect the Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral directly, and any collection costs and expenses shall constitute part of the Secured Obligations.

 

16

 

 

13. Disposition of Pledged Interests by Secured Party. None of the Pledged Interests existing as of the date of this Agreement are, and none of the Pledged Interests hereafter acquired on the date of acquisition thereof will be, registered or qualified under the various federal, state or other securities laws of the United States or any other jurisdiction, and disposition thereof after an Event of Default may be restricted to one or more private (instead of public) sales in view of the lack of such registration. The Borrower understands that in connection with such disposition, any Secured Party may approach only a restricted number of potential purchasers and further understands that a sale under such circumstances may yield a lower price for the Pledged Interests than if the Pledged Interests were registered and qualified pursuant to federal, state and other securities laws and sold on the open market. The Borrower , therefore, agrees that: (a) if a Secured Party shall, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, sell or cause the Pledged Interests or any portion thereof to be sold at a private sale, such Secured Party shall have the right to rely upon the advice and opinion of any nationally recognized brokerage or investment firm (but shall not be obligated to seek such advice and the failure to do so shall not be considered in determining the commercial reasonableness of such action) as to the best manner in which to offer the Pledged Interest or any portion thereof for sale and as to the best price reasonably obtainable at the private sale thereof; and (b) such reliance shall be conclusive evidence that such Secured Party has handled the disposition in a commercially reasonable manner.

 

14. Voting Rights.

 

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) any Secured Party may, at its option, and with two (2) Business Days prior notice to the Borrower , and in addition to all rights and remedies available to Secured Parties under any other agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise, exercise all voting rights, and all other ownership or consensual rights in respect of the Pledged Interests owned by the Borrower , but under no circumstances is any Secured Party obligated by the terms of this Agreement to exercise such rights, and (ii) if such Secured Party duly exercises its right to vote any of such Pledged Interests, the Borrower hereby appoints such Secured Party as the Borrower’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and IRREVOCABLE PROXY to vote such Pledged Interests in any manner that such Secured Party deems advisable for or against all matters submitted or which may be submitted to a vote of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be. Such power-of-attorney granted pursuant to this Section 14 is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated.

 

(b) For so long as the Borrower shall have the right to vote the Pledged Interests owned by it, the Borrower covenants and agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of Secured Parties, vote or take any consensual action with respect to such Pledged Interests which would materially or adversely affect the rights of Secured Parties exercising the voting rights owned by the Borrower or the value of the Pledged Interests.

 

15. Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(a) Any Secured Party may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Transaction Documents, or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the Code or any other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Borrower expressly agrees that, in any such event, any Secured Party without any demand, advertisement, or notice of any kind (except a notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon the Borrower or any other Person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and notices are hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or by any other applicable law), may take immediate possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and (i) require the Borrower to, and the Borrower hereby agrees that it will at its own expense and upon request of such Secured Party forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by such Secured Party and make it available to such Secured Party at one or more locations where the Borrower regularly maintains Inventory, and (ii) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of such Secured Party’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit, and upon such other terms as such Secured Party may deem commercially reasonable. The Borrower agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least 10 days’ notice to the Borrower of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification and specifically such notice shall constitute a reasonable “authenticated notification of disposition” within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the Code. No Secured Party shall be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. Any Secured Party may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

 

17

 

 

(b) Each Secured Party is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without liability for royalties or any other charge, the Borrower’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, service marks and advertising matter, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, other industrial or intellectual property or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in preparing for sale, advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and the Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the benefit of such Secured Party.

 

(c) Any cash held by any Secured Party as Collateral and all proceeds received by any Secured Party in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied against the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in Section 16 hereof. In the event the proceeds of Collateral are insufficient for the Satisfaction in Full of the Secured Obligations (as defined below), the Borrower shall remain jointly and severally liable for any such deficiency.

 

(d) The Borrower hereby acknowledges that the Secured Obligations arose out of a commercial transaction within the meaning of the Code. Each Secured Party shall have the right to the appointment of a receiver for the properties and assets of the Borrower, and the Borrower hereby consents to such rights and such appointment and hereby waives any objection the Borrower may have thereto or the right to have a bond or other security posted by any Secured Party.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each Secured Party agrees that it will not exercise any remedy provided for under this Agreement with respect to all or any portion of the Collateral unless such Secured Party is a Permitted Secured Party (provided that the foregoing shall not prevent any Secured Party from commencing or participating in any Insolvency Proceeding or taking any action (other than with respect to the Collateral) to enforce the payment or performance of the Borrower’s obligations under any of the Notes, or other Transaction Documents; and provided, further, that this Section 15(e) shall be inapplicable at any time when there is only one Secured Party). This Section 15(e) is not intended to confer any rights or benefits upon the Borrower, or any of them, or any other Person except Secured Parties, and no Person other than Secured Parties shall have any right to enforce any of the provisions of this Section 15(e). Any action that such Secured Party may take under this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized and approved by the other Secured Parties.

 

(f) Each Secured Party may, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Transaction Documents, or otherwise available to it under applicable law and without the requirement of notice to or upon the Borrower or any other Person (which notice is hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), (i) with respect to the Borrower’s Deposit Accounts in which any such Secured Party’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-104 of the Code, instruct the bank maintaining such Deposit Account for the Borrower to pay the balance of such Deposit Account to or for the benefit of such Secured Party, and (ii) with respect to the Borrower’s Securities Accounts in which such Secured Party’s Liens are perfected by control under Section 9-106 of the Code, instruct the securities intermediary maintaining such Securities Account for the Borrower to (A) transfer any cash in such Securities Account to or for the benefit of such Secured Party, or (B) liquidate any financial assets in such Securities Account that are customarily sold on a recognized market and transfer the cash proceeds thereof to or for the benefit of such Secured Party.

 

18

 

 

16. Priority of Liens; Application of Proceeds of Collateral. Each Secured Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that, notwithstanding the time or order of the filing of any financing statement or other registration or document with respect to the Collateral and the Security Interests, or any provision of this Agreement, any other Security Document, the Code or other applicable law, solely as amongst the Secured Parties, the separate Security Interests of the Secured Parties shall have the same rank and priority; provided, that, the foregoing shall not apply to any Security Interest of a Secured Party that is void or voidable as a matter of law. In furtherance thereof, all proceeds of Collateral received by any Secured Party shall be applied as follows:

 

(a) first, ratably to pay any expenses due to any of the Secured Parties (including, without limitation, the reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred by any Secured Party to correct any default under or enforce any provision of the Transaction Documents, or after the occurrence of any Event of Default in gaining possession of, maintaining, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for sale, or advertising to sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, irrespective of whether a sale is consummated) or indemnities then due to any of the Secured Parties under the Transaction Documents, until paid in full;

 

(b) second, ratably to pay any fees or premiums then due to any of the Secured Parties under the Transaction Documents, until paid in full;

 

(c) third, ratably to pay interest due in respect of the Secured Obligations then due to any of the Secured Parties, until paid in full;

 

(d) fourth, ratably to pay the principal amount of all Secured Obligations then due to any of the Secured Parties, until paid in full;

 

(e) fifth, ratably to pay any other Secured Obligations then due to any of the Secured Parties; and

 

(f) sixth, to the Borrower or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

 

17. Remedies Cumulative. Each right, power, and remedy of any Secured Party as provided for in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power, or remedy provided for in this Agreement or in the other Transaction Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by any Secured Party, of any one or more of such rights, powers, or remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by such Secured Party of any or all such other rights, powers, or remedies. The Borrower acknowledges that a breach by it of its obligations hereunder will cause irreparable harm to each Secured Party and that the remedy at law for any such breach may be inadequate. The Borrower therefore agrees that, in the event of any breach or any threatened breach, each Secured Party shall be entitled, in addition to all other available remedies, to an injunction restraining any such breach or any such threatened breach, without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required.

 

19

 

 

18. Marshaling. No Secured Party shall be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including but not limited to the Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Secured Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and in respect of such collateral security and other assurances of payment shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may, the Borrower hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of any Secured Party’s rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Secured Obligations or under which any of the Secured Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Secured Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, the Borrower hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

 

19. Acknowledgment.

 

(a) Each Secured Party hereby agrees and acknowledges that no other Secured Party has agreed to act for it as an administrative or collateral agent, and each Secured Party is and shall remain solely responsible for the attachment, perfection and priority of all Liens created by this Agreement or any other Security Document in favor of such Secured Party. No Secured Party shall have by reason of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document an agency or fiduciary relationship with any other Secured Party. No Secured Party (which term, as used in this sentence, shall include reference to each Secured Party’s officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents and affiliates and to the officers, directors, employees, attorneys and agents of such Secured Party’s affiliates) shall: (i) have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and the other Security Documents or (ii) be required to take, initiate or conduct any enforcement action (including any litigation, foreclosure or collection proceedings hereunder or under any of the other Security Documents). Without limiting the foregoing, no Secured Party shall have any right of action whatsoever against any other Secured Party as a result of such Secured Party acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under any of the Security Documents except as a result and to the extent of losses caused by such Secured Party’s actual gross negligence or willful misconduct (it being understood and agreed by each Secured Party that the delivery by any Significant Secured Party of one or more Veto Notices shall not be deemed to be or construed as gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Secured Party delivering any such Veto Notice). No Secured Party assumes any responsibility for any failure or delay in performance or breach by the Borrower or any Secured Party of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document. No Secured Party makes to any other Secured Party any express or implied warranty, representation or guarantee with respect to any Secured Obligations, Collateral, or Transaction Document. No Secured Party nor any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents shall be responsible to any other Secured Party or any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents for: (i) any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties contained in any of the Transaction Documents or in any certificate or other document furnished pursuant to the terms hereof; (ii) the execution, validity, genuineness, effectiveness or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents; (iii) the validity, genuineness, enforceability, collectability, value, sufficiency or existence of any Collateral, or the attachment, perfection or priority of any Lien therein; or (iv) the assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations, business, creditworthiness or legal status of the Borrower or any Account Debtor. No Secured Party nor any of its officers, directors, employees, attorneys or agents shall have any obligation to any other Secured Party to ascertain or inquire into the existence of any default or Event of Default, the observance or performance by the Borrower of any of the duties or agreements of the Borrower under any of the Transaction Documents or the satisfaction of any conditions precedent contained in any of the Transaction Documents.

 

20

 

 

(b) Each Secured Party hereby acknowledges and represents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any other Secured Party, and based upon such documents, information and analyses as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis of the Borrower and its own decision to enter into the Transaction Documents and to purchase the Notes, and each Secured Party has made such inquiries concerning the Transaction Documents, the Collateral and the Borrower as such Secured Party feels necessary and appropriate, and has taken such care on its own behalf as would have been the case had it entered into the Transaction Documents without any other Secured Party. Each Secured Party hereby further acknowledges and represents that the other Secured Parties have not made any representations or warranties to it concerning the Borrower, any of the Collateral or the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents. Each Secured Party also hereby acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the other Secured Parties, and based upon such financial statements, documents and information as it deems appropriate at the time, continue to make and rely upon its own credit decisions in taking or refraining to take any other action under this Agreement or the Transaction Documents. No Secured Party shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any other Secured Party with any notices, reports or certificates furnished to such Secured Party by the Borrower or any credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition, business or assets of the Borrower which may come into possession of such Secured Party.

 

(c) Each Secured Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Company has issued the First Bridge Notes and that the Security Interest granted to them in the Collateral hereunder is pari passu with the security interests granted to the holders of the First Bridge Notes.

 

20. Indemnity and Expenses.

 

(a) Without limiting any obligations of the Borrower under the Purchase Agreement or the Notes, the Borrower agrees to indemnify all Secured Parties from and against all claims, lawsuits and liabilities (including attorneys’ fees) arising out of or resulting from this Agreement (including enforcement of this Agreement) or any other Transaction Document, except claims, losses or liabilities resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification as determined by a final non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Transaction Documents and the Satisfaction in Full of the Secured Obligations.

 

(b) The Borrower , shall, upon demand, pay to each Secured Party all of the costs and expenses which such Secured Party may incur in connection with (i) the exercise of its rights set forth in this Agreement, (ii) the custody or preservation of, , or, upon an Event of Default and the continuance thereof, the use, operation or sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral in accordance with this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of such Secured Party hereunder or (iv) the failure by the Borrower to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

 

21

 

 

21. Merger, Amendments; Etc. THIS AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES SOLELY WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. No provision of this Agreement may be amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by the Borrower and each Significant Secured Party, and any amendment to any provision of this Agreement made in conformity with the provisions of this Section 21 shall be binding on all Secured Parties, provided that no such amendment shall be effective to the extent that it (1) applies to less than all of the Secured Parties or (2) imposes any obligation or liability on any Secured Party without such Secured Party’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in such Secured Party’s sole discretion). No waiver shall be effective unless it is in writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party, provided that all of the Significant Secured Parties (in a writing signed by all of the Significant Secured Parties) may waive any provision of this Agreement, and any waiver of any provision of this Agreement made in conformity with the provisions of this Section 21 shall be binding on all Secured Parties, provided that no such waiver shall be effective to the extent that it (1) applies to less than all the Secured Parties (unless a party gives a waiver as to itself only) or (2) imposes any obligation or liability on any Secured Party without such Secured Party’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in such Secured Party’s sole discretion).

 

22. Addresses for Notices. All notices and other communications provided for hereunder (a) shall be given in the form and manner set forth in the Purchase Agreement and (b) shall be delivered, (i) in the case of notice to the Borrower, by delivery of such notice to the Borrower at the Borrower’s address specified in the Purchase Agreement or at such other address as shall be designated by the Borrower in a written notice to each of the Secured Parties in accordance with the provisions thereof, and (ii) in the case of notice to any Secured Party, by delivery of such notice to such Secured Party at its address specified in the Purchase Agreement or at such other address as shall be designated by such Secured Party in a written notice to the Borrower and each other Secured Party in accordance with the provisions thereof.

 

23. Separate, Continuing Security Interests; Assignments under Transaction Documents. This Agreement shall create a separate, continuing security interest in the Collateral in favor of each Secured Party and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until Satisfaction in Full of the Secured Obligations, (b) be binding upon the Borrower and its’ respective permitted successors and permitted assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Secured Parties and their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), any Secured Party may, in accordance with the provisions of the Transaction Documents, assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Transaction Documents to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party herein or otherwise. Upon Satisfaction in Full of the Secured Obligations, the Security Interests granted hereby shall terminate and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Borrower or any other Person entitled thereto. At such time, each Secured Party will authorize the filing of appropriate termination statements to terminate such Security Interests. No transfer or renewal, extension, assignment, or termination of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any other instrument or document executed and delivered by the Borrower to any Secured Party nor any additional loans made by any Secured Party to the Borrower , nor the taking of further security, nor the retaking or re-delivery of the Collateral the Borrower , or any of them, by any Secured Party, nor any other act of Secured Parties, or any of them, shall release the Borrower from any obligation, except a release or discharge executed in writing by all Secured Parties. No Secured Party shall by any act, delay, omission or otherwise, be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by such Secured Party and then only to the extent therein set forth. A waiver by any Secured Party of any right or remedy on any occasion shall not be construed as a bar to the exercise of any such right or remedy which such Secured Party would otherwise have had on any other occasion.

 

22

 

 

24. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Service of Process; Jury Trial. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of New York or any other jurisdictions) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdictions other than the State of New York. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, New York, New York, for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein, and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper; provided, however, any suit seeking enforcement against any Collateral may be brought, at any Secured Party’s option, in the courts of any jurisdiction where such Secured Party elects to bring such action or where such Collateral or other property may be found. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address for such notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any manner permitted by law. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO, AND AGREES NOT TO REQUEST, A JURY TRIAL FOR THE ADJUDICATION OF ANY DISPUTE HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

25. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file (or other electronic image that can be opened and printed by the recipient) of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Security Document mutatis mutandis.

 

(b) Omnibus Signature Page. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, it is hereby agreed that the execution by the Buyer of the Buyer’s Omnibus Signature Page attached to the Purchase Agreement shall make the Buyer a party to, and shall constitute agreement of the Buyer to be bound by, the terms and conditions hereof, with the same effect as if this Agreement were separately signed by the Buyer.

 

(c) Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in that jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

23

 

 

(d) Headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in connection with the interpretation of any provision hereof.

 

(e) The pronouns used herein shall include, when appropriate, either gender and both singular and plural, and the grammatical construction of sentences shall conform thereto.

 

(f) The language used in this Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. For clarification purposes, the Recitals are part of this Agreement.

 

(g) Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document refer to this Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). “Satisfaction in Full of the Secured Obligations” shall mean the indefeasible payment in full in cash and discharge, or other satisfaction in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents and discharge, of all Secured Obligations in full. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and permitted assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

 

(h) All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents are in United States Dollars (“U.S. Dollars”), and all amounts owing under this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents shall be paid in U.S. Dollars. All amounts denominated in other currencies shall be converted in the U.S. Dollar equivalent amount in accordance with the Exchange Rate on the date of calculation. “Exchange Rate” means, in relation to any amount of currency to be converted into U.S. Dollars pursuant to this Agreement, the U.S. Dollar exchange rate as published in the Wall Street Journal on the relevant date of calculation.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

24

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have executed this Agreement by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

BORROWER: PERFECT MOMENT LTD., a Delaware corporation
   
  By:             
  Name:   
  Title:  
   
BUYERS:  
   
  See Omnibus Signature Page to
  Securities Purchase Agreement,
 

Security Agreement and Registration Rights

Agreement

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 1

 

PLEDGED COMPANIES

 

Name of Pledgor Name of Pledged Company Percentage of Class Owned
Perfect Moment Ltd. Perfect Moment Asia Limited 100%
     
     
     

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 2

 

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF BORROWER

 

 

 

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 3

 

LIST OF UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE FILING JURISDICTIONS

 

Borrower Jurisdictions
Perfect Moment Ltd. Delaware
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Copyright Security Agreement”) is made this [___] day of [___________] 20[___], by the Borrower listed on the signature page hereof , in favor of the Secured Parties under and as defined in the below-described Security Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of [_____________], 2022 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, including all schedules thereto, collectively, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among __________, a __________ corporation (the “Borrower”), the Borrower has agreed to issue to Holder certain Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce each of the Secured Parties to enter into the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement, the Borrower has executed and delivered to each of the Secured Parties that certain Security Agreement of even date herewith (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Security Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Borrower is required to execute and deliver to each of the Secured Parties this Copyright Security Agreement.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. DEFINED TERMS. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement.

 

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHT COLLATERAL. The Borrower hereby grants to each Secured Party a continuing (subject to the Permitted Liens) security interest in all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “Copyright Collateral”):

 

(a) all of the Borrower’s Copyrights and Copyright Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party [including those referred to on Schedule I hereto];

 

(b) all reissues, continuations or extensions of the foregoing; and

 

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by the Borrower against third parties for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Copyright or any Copyright licensed under any Intellectual Property License.

 

3. SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS. This Copyright Security Agreement and the Security Interests created hereby secures the payment and performance of all the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Copyright Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by the Borrower, or any of them, to Secured Parties, or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving the Borrower.

 

Exhibit A-1

 

 

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT. The security interests granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Secured Parties with respect to their respective security interests in the Copyright Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

 

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT. To the extent required under the Security Agreement, the Borrower shall give Secured Parties prompt notice in writing of any additional copyright registrations or applications therefor after the date hereof. The Borrower hereby authorize Secured Parties unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any future registered copyrights or applications therefor of the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Copyright Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from any Secured Party’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

 

6. COUNTERPARTS. This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof. In proving this Copyright Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought.

 

7. CONSTRUCTION. Unless the context of this Copyright Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Copyright Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document refer to this Copyright Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Copyright Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Copyright Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Copyright Security Agreement or in any other Transaction Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and permitted assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. The language used in this Copyright Security Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. For clarification purposes, the Recitals are part of this Copyright Security Agreement.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

Exhibit A-2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER: ______________, a __________ corporation
   
  By:  
  Name:   
  Title:                       

 

Exhibit A-3

 

 

SCHEDULE I
to
COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Copyright Registrations

 

Borrower Country Copyright Registration No. Registration Date
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         

 

Copyright Licenses

 

Exhibit A-4

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Patent Security Agreement”) is made this [___] day of [__________] 20[___], by the Borrower listed on the signature page hereof , in favor of the Secured Parties under and as defined in the below-described Security Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of [_____________], 2022 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, including all schedules thereto, collectively, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among ______________, a _______ corporation (the “Borrower”), and each of the Secured Parties, the Borrower has agreed to issue to Holder certain Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce each of the Secured Parties to enter into the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement, the Borrower has executed and delivered to each of the Secured Parties that certain Security Agreement of even date herewith (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Security Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Borrower is required to execute and deliver to each of the Secured Parties this Patent Security Agreement.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. DEFINED TERMS. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement.

 

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT COLLATERAL. The Borrower hereby grants to each Secured Party a continuing (subject to the Permitted Liens) security interest in all of such the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “Patent Collateral”):

 

(a) all of its Patents and Patent Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

 

(b) all reissues, continuations or extensions of the foregoing; and

 

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by the Borrower against third parties for past, present or future infringement or dilution of any Patent or any Patent licensed under any Intellectual Property License.

 

3. SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS. This Patent Security Agreement and the Security Interests created hereby secures the payment and performance of all the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Patent Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by the Borrower , to Secured Parties, or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving the Borrower.

 

Exhibit B-1

 

 

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT. The security interests granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Secured Parties with respect to their respective security interests in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

 

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT. If the Borrower shall obtain rights to any new Patents or become entitled to the benefit of any patent application or Patent for any reissue, division, or continuation, of any Patent, the provisions of this Patent Security Agreement shall automatically apply thereto. To the extent required under the Security Agreement, the Borrower shall give prompt notice in writing to Secured Parties with respect to any such new Patent rights. Without limiting the Borrower’s obligations under this Section 5, the Borrower hereby authorize Secured Parties unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any such new patent rights of the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Patent Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from any Secured Party’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

 

6. COUNTERPARTS. This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof. In proving this Patent Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought.

 

7. CONSTRUCTION. Unless the context of this Patent Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Patent Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document refer to this Patent Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Patent Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Patent Security Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Patent Security Agreement or in any other Transaction Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and permitted assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. The language used in this Patent Security Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. For clarification purposes, the Recitals are part of this Patent Security Agreement.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

Exhibit B-2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER: ______________, a __________ corporation
   
  By:  
  Name:   
  Title:                       

 

Exhibit B-3

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “Trademark Security Agreement”) is made this [___] day of [__________] 20[___], by the Borrower listed on the signature page hereof, in favor of the Secured Parties under and as defined in the below-described Security Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Purchase Agreement, dated as of [___], 2022 (as may be amended, restated, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, including all schedules thereto, collectively, the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among ________________, a ___________ corporation (the “Borrower”), and each of the Secured Parties, the Borrower has agreed to issue to Holder certain Notes; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce each of the Secured Parties to enter into the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement, the Borrower has executed and delivered to each of the Secured Parties that certain Security Agreement of even date herewith (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Security Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, the Borrower is required to execute and deliver to each of the Secured Parties this Trademark Security Agreement.

 

AGREEMENTS

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Borrower hereby agrees as follows:

 

1. DEFINED TERMS. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement.

 

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARK COLLATERAL. The Borrower hereby grants to each Secured Party a continuing (subject to the Permitted Liens) security interest in all of such the Borrower’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “Trademark Collateral”):

 

(a) all of its Trademarks and Trademark Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

 

(b) all goodwill, trade secrets, proprietary or confidential information, technical information, procedures, formulae, quality control standards, designs, operating and training manuals, customer lists, and other General Intangibles with respect to the foregoing;

 

(c) all reissues, continuations or extensions of the foregoing;

 

Exhibit C-1

 

 

(d) all goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each Trademark and each Trademark Intellectual Property License; and

 

(e) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including any claim by the Borrower against third parties for past, present or future (i) infringement or dilution of any Trademark or any Trademark licensed under any Intellectual Property License or (ii) injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark or any Trademark licensed under any Intellectual Property License.

 

3. SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS. This Trademark Security Agreement and the Security Interests created hereby secures the payment and performance of all the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Trademark Security Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Secured Obligations and would be owed by the Borrower, or any of them, to Secured Parties, or any of them, whether or not they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving the Borrower.

 

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT. The security interests granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Agreement. The Borrower hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Secured Parties with respect to their respective security interests in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

 

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT. If the Borrower shall obtain rights to any new Trademarks, which are registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any other applicable Governmental Authority, the provisions of this Trademark Security Agreement shall automatically apply thereto. To the extent required under the Security Agreement, the Borrower shall give prompt notice in writing to Secured Parties with respect to any such new Trademarks or renewal or extension of any Trademark registration. Without limiting each the Borrower’s obligations under this Section 5, the Borrower hereby authorize Secured Parties unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any such new Trademark rights of the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Trademark Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from any Secured Party’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

 

6. COUNTERPARTS. This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof. In proving this Trademark Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document in any judicial proceedings, it shall not be necessary to produce or account for more than one such counterpart signed by the party against whom such enforcement is sought.

 

Exhibit C-2

 

 

7. CONSTRUCTION. Unless the context of this Trademark Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Trademark Security Agreement or any other Transaction Document refer to this Trademark Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Trademark Security Agreement or such other Transaction Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Trademark Security Agreement or in any other Transaction Document to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s permitted successors and permitted assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in any other Transaction Document shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record so transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein. The language used in this Trademark Security Agreement will be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rules of strict construction will be applied against any party. For clarification purposes, the Recitals are part of this Trademark Security Agreement.

 

[signature pages follow]

 

Exhibit C-3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

BORROWER: ______________, a __________ corporation
   
  By:  
  Name:   
  Title:                       

  

Exhibit C-4

 

 

SCHEDULE I
to
TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT


Trademark Registrations/Applications

 

Borrower Country Mark Application/ Registration No. App/Reg Date
         
         
         
         
         
         
         
         

 

Trade Names

 

Common Law Trademarks

 

Trademarks Not Currently In Use

 

Trademark Licenses

 

 

Exhibit C-5

 

Exhibit 10.17

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of April 8, 2022, between Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each Buyer (as defined below, and with their respective assignees pursuant to Section 7, collectively, the “Holders” and each, individually, a “Holder”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 8, 2022 (the “Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company and each “Buyer” listed as party thereto, the Company shall sell, and the Buyers shall purchase, the “Notes” (as defined in the Purchase Agreement);

 

WHEREAS, upon the closing of a Qualified IPO (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), all of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, shall automatically, without the necessity of any action by the Holder or the Company, be converted into shares of Common Stock of the Company (such shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Notes, the “Conversion Shares”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to enter into a registration rights agreement with each of the Buyers who purchased the Notes.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties, covenants, and conditions set forth herein, the parties mutually agree as follows:

 

1. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

Approved Market” means the OTC Markets Group, the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the NYSE American.

 

Blackout Period” means, with respect to a registration, a period during which the Company, in the good faith judgment of its board of directors, determines (because of the existence of, or in anticipation of, any acquisition, financing activity, or other transaction involving the Company, or the unavailability for reasons beyond the Company’s control of any required financial statements, disclosure of information which is in its best interest not to publicly disclose, or any other event or condition of similar significance to the Company) that the registration and/or distribution of the Registrable Securities to be covered by such registration statement, if any, or the filing of an amendment to such registration statement in the circumstances described in Section 4(f) below, would be detrimental to the Company and its stockholders, in each case commencing on the day the Company notifies the Holders (such notice shall be made to such Holder’s email address set forth on the signature page hereto) that they are required, because of the determination described above, to suspend offers and sales of Registrable Securities and ending on the earlier of (1) the date upon which the material non-public information resulting in the Blackout Period is disclosed to the public or, in the good faith discretion of the Company, ceases to be material and (2) such time as the Company notifies the selling Holders that sales pursuant to such Registration Statement or a new or amended Registration Statement may resume.

 

 

 

Business Day” means any day of the year, other than a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of New York are required or authorized to close.

 

Commission” means the U. S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company and any and all shares of capital stock or other equity securities of: (i) the Company which are added to or exchanged or substituted for the Common Stock by reason of the declaration of any stock dividend or stock split, the issuance of any distribution or the reclassification, readjustment, recapitalization or other such modification of the capital structure of the Company; and (ii) any other corporation, now or hereafter organized under the laws of any state or other governmental authority, with which the Company is merged, which results from any consolidation or reorganization to which the Company is a party, or to which is sold all or substantially all of the shares or assets of the Company, if immediately after such merger, consolidation, reorganization or sale, the Company or the stockholders of the Company own equity securities having in the aggregate more than 50% of the total voting power of such other corporation.

 

Effective Date” means the date of the final closing of the offering of the Notes.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Family Member” means (a) with respect to any individual, such individual’s spouse, any descendants (whether natural or adopted), any trust all of the beneficial interests of which are owned by any of such individuals or by any of such individuals together with any organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the estate of any such individual, and any corporation, association, partnership or limited liability company all of the equity interests of which are owned by those above described individuals, trusts or organizations and (b) with respect to any trust, the owners of the beneficial interests of such trust.

 

Holder” means (i) each Buyer or any of such Buyer’s respective successors and assignees who acquire rights in accordance with this Agreement with respect to any Registrable Securities directly or indirectly from a Buyer or from any other Holder.

 

Majority Holders” means, at any time (a) prior to the conversion of the Notes into Common Stock, Holders of a majority of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and (b) thereafter, Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.

 

Piggyback Registration” means, in any registration of Common Stock referenced in Section 3(a), the right of each Holder to include the Registrable Securities of such Holder in such registration.

 

2

 

The terms “register,” “registered,” and “registration” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

 

Registrable Securities” means (a) the Conversion Shares and (b) other shares of Common Stock held by the Holders, hereinafter acquired or issuable in respect of the Conversion Shares by way of conversion, dividend, stock-split, distribution or exchange, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reclassification or similar transaction; but, in each case, excluding any otherwise Registrable Securities that may be sold under the Securities Act without volume or other limitations or other restrictions either pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act or otherwise during any ninety (90) day period, or (ii) are at the time subject to an effective resale registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

Registration Default Period” means the period during which any Registration Event occurs and is continuing.

 

Registration Event” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a) the Company fails to include the Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration pursuant to Section 3(a);

 

(b) after the SEC Effective Date, the Registration Statement ceases for any reason to remain continuously effective or the Holders are otherwise not permitted to utilize the prospectus therein to resell the Registrable Securities for a period of more than fifteen (15) consecutive Trading Days, except for Blackout Periods permitted herein and except for suspension of the use of the Registration Statement in connection with its post-effective amendment in connection with the filing of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the time reasonably required to respond to any comments from the Commission’s staff on the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, and as excused pursuant to Section 4 below; or

 

(c) after the time that the Common Stock is first listed or quoted on an Approved Market, the Registrable Securities, if issued, are not listed or included for quotation on an Approved Market, or trading of the Common Stock is suspended or halted on the Approved Market, which at the time constitutes the principal market for the Common Stock, for more than three (3) full, consecutive Trading Days; provided, however, a Registration Event shall not be deemed to occur if all or substantially all trading in equity securities (including the Common Stock) of the Company is suspended or halted on the Approved Market for any length of time.

 

Registration Statement” means any registration statement the Company is required to file pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement to register the resale of the Registrable Securities.

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

3

 

Rule 415” means Rule 415 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended or supplemented from time to time, or any similar successor rule that may be promulgated by the Commission.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute promulgated in replacement thereof, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

SEC Effective Date” means the date a Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission.

 

Trading Day” means any day on which such national securities exchange, the OTC Markets Group or such other securities market or quotation system, which at the time constitutes the principal securities market for the Common Stock, is open for general trading of securities.

 

Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings ascribed to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Term. This Agreement shall terminate with respect to each Holder on the earlier of: (i) the date that is the later of (x) three (3) years from the Effective Date and (y) the date on which all Registrable Securities held by such Holder may be sold under Rule 144 without volume or manner of sale limitations or other restrictions during any ninety (90) day period; or (ii) the date otherwise terminated as provided herein.

 

3. Registration.

 

(a) Piggyback Registration. If, after the Effective Date, the Company shall determine to register for sale for cash any of its Common Stock, for its own account or for the account of others (other than the Holders) (including, without limitation, a registration statement for the Qualified IPO), other than (x) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans or securities issued or issuable to employees, consultants (to the extent the securities owned or to be owned by such consultants could be registered on Form S-8) or any of their Family Members (including a registration on Form S-8) or (y) a registration relating solely to a Securities Act Rule 145 transaction or a registration on Form S-4 in connection with a merger, acquisition, divestiture, reorganization or similar event, then the Company shall promptly give to the Holders written notice thereof (and in no event shall such notice be given less than twenty (20) calendar days prior to the filing of such Registration Statement), and shall, subject to Section 3(b), include as a Piggyback Registration all of the Registrable Securities specified in a written request delivered by the Holder thereof within ten (10) calendar days after delivery to the Holder of such written notice from the Company. However, the Company may, without the consent of the Holders, withdraw such Registration Statement prior to its becoming effective if the Company or such other selling stockholders have elected to abandon the proposal to register the securities proposed to be registered thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Commission staff should limit the number of Registrable Securities that may be sold pursuant to the Registration Statement, the Company may remove from the Registration Statement such number of Registrable Securities as specified by the Commission on behalf of all selling securityholders therein on a pro-rata basis.

 

4

 

In such event, the Company shall give the Holders prompt notice of the number of Registrable Securities excluded therefrom.

 

(b) Underwriting. If a Piggyback Registration is for a registered public offering that is to be made by an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders of the Registrable Securities eligible for inclusion in such Registration Statement pursuant to Section 3(a). In that event, the right of any Holder to Piggyback Registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to sell any of their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and any other stockholders of the Company selling their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement and/or “lock-up” or “standstill” agreement in customary form and on customary terms with the underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company or such other selling stockholders, as applicable. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3(b), if the underwriter or the Company determines that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock or the amount of other securities to be underwritten, the underwriter may exclude some or all Registrable Securities from such registration and underwriting. the Company shall so advise all Holders (except those Holders who failed to timely elect to include their Registrable Securities through such underwriting or have indicated to the Company their decision not to do so), and indicate to each such Holder the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting, if any. The number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders as follows:

 

(i) If the Piggyback Registration was initiated by the Company, the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated first to the Company and then, subject to obligations and commitments existing as of the date hereof, to all selling securityholders (including the Holders) who have requested to sell in the registration on a pro rata basis according to the number of shares requested to be included therein; and

 

(ii) If the Piggyback Registration was initiated by the exercise of demand registration rights by a stockholder or stockholders of the Company, then the number of shares that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated first to such selling stockholders who exercised such demand to the extent of their demand registration rights, and then, subject to obligations and commitments existing as of the date hereof, to the Company and then, subject to obligations and commitments existing as of the date hereof, to all persons exercising piggyback registration rights (including the Holders) who have requested to sell in the registration on a pro rata basis according to the number of shares requested to be included therein.

 

No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw such Holder’s Registrable Securities therefrom by delivering a written notice to the Company and the underwriter. The Registrable Securities so withdrawn from such underwriting shall also be withdrawn from such registration; provided, however, that, if by the withdrawal of such Registrable Securities, a greater number of Registrable Securities held by other Holders may be included in such registration (up to the maximum of any limitation imposed by the underwriters), then the Company shall offer to all Holders who have included Registrable Securities in the registration the right to include additional Registrable Securities pursuant to the terms and limitations set forth herein in the same proportion used above in determining the underwriter limitation.

 

5

 

(c) Other Registrations. Before such date that is six (6) months following the effective date of a Piggyback Registration registering the Registrable Securities, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders, file any other registration statement with the Commission or request the acceleration of any other registration statement filed with the Commission, and during any time subsequent to the effective date of a Piggyback Registration registering the Registrable Securities when such registration statement for any reason is not available for use by any Holder for the resale of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders, file any other registration statement or any amendment thereto with the Commission under the Securities Act or request the acceleration of the effectiveness of any other registration statement previously filed with the Commission, other than (i) any registration statement on Form S-8 or Form S-4 or a registration relating solely to a Securities Act Rule 145 transaction and (ii) any registration statement or amendment which the Company is required to file or as to which the Company is required to request acceleration pursuant to any obligation in effect on the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(d) Liquidated Damages. If a Registration Event occurs, then the Company will make payments to each Holder of Registrable Securities, as liquidated damages to such Holder by reason of the Registration Event, a cash sum equal to one percent (1%) of the Conversion Price per share of such Holder’s Registrable Securities which are affected by such Registration Event, for each full thirty (30) days during which such Registration Event continues to affect such Registrable Securities (which shall be pro-rated for any period less than 30 days). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount of liquidated damages that may be paid by the Company pursuant to this Section 3(d) shall be an amount equal to eight percent (8%) of the Conversion Price per share of the Registrable Securities that are affected by all Registration Events in the aggregate. Each payment of liquidated damages pursuant to this Section 3(d) shall be due and payable in arrears within five (5) days after the end of each full 30-day period of the Registration Default Period until the termination of the Registration Default Period and within five (5) days after such termination. Such payments shall constitute the Holder’s exclusive remedy for any Registration Event. The Registration Default Period shall terminate upon (i) the filing of a Registration Statement registering the Registrable Securities in the case of clause (a) of the definition of Registration Event, (ii) the ability of the Holders to effect sales pursuant to the Registration Statement in the case of clause (b) of the definition of Registration Event, and (iii) the listing or inclusion and/or trading of the Common Stock on an Approved Market, as the case may be, in the case of clause (c) of the definition of Registration Event. The amounts payable as liquidated damages pursuant to this Section 3(d) shall be payable in lawful money of the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be liable for the payment of liquidated damages described in this Section 3(d) to any Holder (i) as a result of such Holder’s failure to provide to the Company information concerning the Holder and the manner of distribution of the Holder’s Registrable Securities that is required by the rules of the Commission to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or (ii) for any delay in registration of the Registrable Securities that may be excluded from the Registration Statement solely as a result of a comment received by the Commission staff in accordance with Section 3(a). In the event of any delay pursuant to clause (ii) above, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts at the first opportunity that is permitted by the Commission to register for resale the Registrable Securities that have been cut back from being registered pursuant to Rule 415 only with respect to that portion of the Holders’ Registrable Securities that are then Registrable Securities.

 

6

 

4. Registration Procedures. The Company will keep each Holder reasonably advised as to the filing and effectiveness of a Registration Statement. At its expense with respect to the Registration Statement, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

(a) prepare and file with the Commission with respect to the Registrable Securities the Registration Statement on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the sale of the Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended methods of distribution thereof, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Registration Statement remain effective for a period of three (3) years or for such shorter period ending on the earlier to occur of (i) the sale of all Registrable Securities and (ii) the availability of Rule 144 for the Holder to sell all of the Registrable Securities without volume or manner of sale limitations or other restrictions within a 90 day period (the “Effectiveness Period”) (and each Holder agrees to furnish to the Company a completed questionnaire in the form attached to this Agreement as Annex A (a “Selling Securityholder Questionnaire”) not later than five (5) Business Days following a request therefor from the Company);

 

(b) if the Registration Statement is subject to review by the Commission, promptly respond to all comments and diligently pursue resolution of any comments to the satisfaction of the Commission;

 

(c) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective during the Effectiveness Period;

 

(d) furnish, without charge, to each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement (i) a reasonable number of copies of such Registration Statement (including any exhibits thereto other than exhibits incorporated by reference), each amendment and supplement thereto as such Holder may reasonably request, (ii) such number of copies of the prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 of the Securities Act) as such Holders may reasonably request, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and (iii) such other documents as such Holder may reasonably require to consummate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder, but only during the Effectiveness Period; provided that the Company shall have no obligation to furnish any document pursuant to this clause that is available on the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system;

 

7

 

(e) register or qualify such registration under such other applicable securities laws of such jurisdictions within the United States, including Blue Sky laws, as any Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement reasonably requests and as may be reasonably necessary for the marketability of the Registrable Securities (such request to be made by the time the applicable Registration Statement is deemed effective by the Commission) and do any and all other acts and things reasonably necessary to enable such Holder to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder; provided, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this paragraph, (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;

 

(f) as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities, the disposition of which requires delivery of a prospectus relating thereto under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event, which comes to the Company’s attention, that will after the occurrence of such event cause the prospectus included in such Registration Statement, if not amended or supplemented, to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company shall promptly thereafter prepare and furnish to such Holder a supplement or amendment to such prospectus (or prepare and file appropriate reports under the Exchange Act) so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, unless suspension of the use of such prospectus otherwise is authorized herein or in the event of a Blackout Period, in which case no supplement or amendment need be furnished (or Exchange Act filing made) until the termination of such suspension or Blackout Period; provided that any and all information provided to the Holder pursuant to such notification shall remain confidential to each Holder until such information otherwise becomes public, unless disclosure by a Holder is required by law;

 

(g) comply, and continue to comply during the Effectiveness Period, in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement;

 

(h) as promptly as practicable after becoming aware of such event, notify each Holder of Registrable Securities being offered or sold pursuant to the Registration Statement of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or other suspension of effectiveness of the Registration Statement;

 

(i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all the Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement, upon issuance, to be quoted on the principal securities market on which securities of the same class or series issued by the Company are then listed or traded;

 

(j) provide a transfer agent and registrar, which may be a single entity, for the shares of Common Stock at all times after the SEC Effective Date;

 

8

 

(k) cooperate with the Holders of Registrable Securities being offered pursuant to the Registration Statement to issue and deliver, or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver, certificates representing Registrable Securities to be offered pursuant to the Registration Statement within a reasonable time after the delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to the transfer agent or the Company, as applicable, and enable such certificates to be in such denominations or amounts as the Holders may reasonably request and registered in such names as the Holders may request;

 

(l) during the Effectiveness Period, refrain from bidding for or purchasing any Common Stock or any right to purchase Common Stock or attempting to induce any person to purchase any such security or right if such bid, purchase or attempt would in any way limit the right of the Holders to sell Registrable Securities by reason of the limitations set forth in Regulation M of the Exchange Act; and

 

(m) take all other commercially reasonable actions necessary to expedite and facilitate the disposition by the Holders of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement during the term of this Agreement.

 

5. Suspension of Offers and Sales. Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 4(f) hereof or of the commencement of a Blackout Period, such Holder shall discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities included in the Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 4(f) hereof or notice of the end of the Blackout Period, and, if so directed by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies (including, without limitation, any and all drafts), other than permanent file copies, then in such Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

6. Registration Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses in connection with any registration obligation provided herein, including, without limitation, all registration, filing, stock exchange fees, printing expenses, all fees and expenses of complying with applicable securities laws, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent accountants; provided, that, in any underwritten registration, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any underwriting discounts, selling commissions or transfer taxes attributable to the Registrable Securities being sold by the Holders thereof, which underwriting discounts, selling commissions and transfer taxes shall be borne by such Holders. Except as provided in this Section 6 and Section 9 of this Agreement, the Company shall not be responsible for the expenses of any attorney or other advisor employed by a Holder.

 

7. Assignment of Rights. Any Holder may assign its rights under this Agreement to any assignee of the Notes or Registrable Securities, provided that (a) such transfer or assignment is effected in accordance with applicable securities laws; (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to become bound by and subject to the terms of this Agreement; and (c) such Holder notifies the Company in writing of such transfer or assignment, stating the name and address of the transferee or assignee and identifying the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred or assigned. The Company may not assign this Agreement or any rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Majority Holders.

 

9

 

8. Information by Holder. The Holders shall provide such information as may reasonably be requested by the Company, or the managing underwriter, if any, in connection with the preparation of any registration statement, including amendments and supplements thereto, in order to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section Error! Reference source not found. of this Agreement and in connection with the Company’s obligation to comply with federal and applicable state securities laws, including an updated Selling Securityholder Questionnaire if requested by the Company.

 

9. Indemnification.

 

(a) In the event of the offer and sale of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each Holder, its directors, officers, partners, and each other person, if any, who controls or is under common control with such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, and expenses to which the Holder or any such director, officer, partner or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement prepared and filed by the Company under which Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated or necessary to make the statements therein in light of the circumstances in which they were made not misleading, and the Company shall reimburse the Holder, and each such director, officer, partner and controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, defending or settling any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding; provided, however, that such indemnity agreement found in this Section 9(a) shall in no event exceed the original principal amount of the Notes; and provided further, that the Company shall not be liable in any such case (i) to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement in or omission from such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus or final prospectus, any such summary prospectus contained therein, or any such amendment or supplement thereto in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company for use in the preparation thereof or (ii) if the person asserting any such loss, claim, damage, liability (or action or proceeding in respect thereof) who purchased the Registrable Securities that are the subject thereof did not receive a copy of an amended preliminary prospectus or the final prospectus (or the final prospectus as amended or supplemented) at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Registrable Securities to such person because of the failure of such Holder or underwriter to so provide such amended preliminary or final prospectus and the untrue statement or omission of a material fact made in such preliminary prospectus was corrected in the amended preliminary or final prospectus (or the final prospectus as amended or supplemented). Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Holders, or any such director, officer, partner or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of such shares by the Holder.

 

10

 

(b) As a condition to including Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, each Holder agrees to be bound by the terms of this Section 9 and to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company, each of its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants and each underwriter, if any, and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which the Company or any such director or officer or controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement in or omission from such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission is included or omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by the Holder or its representative (acting on such Holder’s behalf) for use in the preparation thereof, and such Holder shall reimburse the Company, its directors, officers, partners, legal counsel and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons, each such director, officer, and controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating, defending, or settling any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, or proceeding; provided, however, that the indemnity obligation contained in this Section 9(b) shall in no event exceed the amount of the net proceeds received by such Holder as a result of the sale of such Holder’s Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement, except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person and shall survive the transfer by any Holder of such shares.

 

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in this Section 9 (including any governmental action), such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such action; provided, however, that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under this Section 9, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, unless in the reasonable judgment of counsel to such indemnified party a conflict of interest between such indemnified party and indemnifying parties may exist or the indemnified party may have defenses not available to the indemnifying party in respect of such claim, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof, unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties arises in respect of such claim or the indemnified party may have defenses not available to the indemnifying party in respect of such claim after the assumption of the defenses thereof or the indemnifying party fails to defend such claim in a diligent manner, other than reasonable costs of investigation. Neither an indemnified party nor an indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any action or proceeding effected without its consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). No indemnifying party shall, without the consent of the indemnified party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement, which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, and without limiting any of the rights set forth above, in any event any party shall have the right to retain, at its own expense, counsel with respect to the defense of a claim. Each indemnified party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an indemnifying party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

 

11

 

(d) If an indemnifying party does not or is not permitted to assume the defense of an action pursuant to Sections 9(c) or in the case of the expense reimbursement obligation set forth in Sections 9(a) and 9(b), the indemnification required by Sections 9(a) and 9(b) shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses, losses, damages, or liabilities are incurred.

 

(e) If the indemnification provided for in Section 9(a) or 9(a) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the proportionate relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other (determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission), or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law or provides a lesser sum to the indemnified party than the amount hereinafter calculated, then in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the proportionate relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party, but also the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. No indemnified party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any indemnifying party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(f) Other Indemnification. Indemnification similar to that specified in this Section 9 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each Holder of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any federal or state law or regulation or governmental authority other than the Securities Act.

 

10. Rule 144. For a period of at least twelve (12) months following the Effective Date, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to timely file all reports required to be filed by the Company after the date hereof under the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and if the Company is not required to file reports pursuant to such sections, it will prepare and furnish to the Holders and make publicly available in accordance with Rule 144(c) such information as is required for the Holders to sell shares of Common Stock under Rule 144.

 

12

 

11. Independent Nature of Each Holder’s Obligations and Rights. The obligations of each Holder under this Agreement are several and not joint with the obligations of any other Holder, and each Holder shall not be responsible in any way for the performance of the obligations of any other Holder under this Agreement. Nothing contained herein and no action taken by any Holder pursuant hereto, shall be deemed to constitute such Holders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture, or any other kind of entity, or create a presumption that the Holders are in any way acting in concert or as a group with respect to such obligations or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each Holder shall be entitled to independently protect and enforce its rights, including without limitation the rights arising out of this Agreement, and it shall not be necessary for any other Holder to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

 

12. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the State of New York, both substantive and remedial, without regard to New York conflicts of law principles. Any judicial proceeding brought against either of the parties to this Agreement or any dispute arising out of this Agreement or any matter related hereto shall be brought in the courts of the State of New York, New York County, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and, by its execution and delivery of this Agreement, each party to this Agreement accepts the jurisdiction of such courts. The foregoing consent to jurisdiction shall not be deemed to confer rights on any person other than the parties to this Agreement.

 

(b) Remedies. In the event of a breach by the Company or by a Holder of any of their respective obligations under this Agreement, each Holder or the Company, as the case may be, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law and under this Agreement, including recovery of damages, shall be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Agreement. The Company and each Holder agree that monetary damages would not provide adequate compensation for any losses incurred by reason of a breach by it of any of the provisions of this Agreement and hereby further agrees that, in the event of any action for specific performance in respect of such breach, it shall not assert or shall waive the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

(c) Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assignees, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

(d) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not entered, as of the date hereof, and shall not enter, on or after the date of this Agreement, into any agreement with respect to its securities that would have the effect of impairing the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

 

(e) Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the documents, instruments and other agreements specifically referred to herein or delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof.

 

13

 

(f) Notices, etc. All notices or other communications which are required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and sufficient if transmitted by hand delivery, by facsimile transmission, by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, by electronic mail, or by nationally recognized overnight carrier, to the persons at the addresses set forth below (or at such other address as may be provided hereunder), and shall be deemed to have been delivered (i) if transmitted by hand delivery, as of the date delivered, (ii) if transmitted by facsimile or electronic mail, as of the date so transmitted with an automated confirmation of delivery, (iii) if transmitted by nationally recognized overnight carrier, as of the Business Day following the date of delivery to the carrier, and (iv) if transmitted by registered or certified mail, postage pre-paid, on the third Business Day following posting with the U.S. Postal Service:

 

If to the Company, to:

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.
209 Canalot Studios

222 Kensal Road
London W10 5BN

Attention: Negin Yeganegy, CEO
Email: negin@perfectmoment.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP
2049 Century Park East, 18th Floor
Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attention: Nimish Patel
Email: nxp@msk.com

 

if to a Holder, to:

 

such Buyer at the address set forth on the Omnibus Signature Page;

 

or at such other address as any party shall have furnished to the other parties in writing.

 

(g) Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Holder, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such Holder nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach or default thereunder occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Holder of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Holder of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement, or by law or otherwise afforded to any holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

14

 

(h) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. All of such counterparts shall be read as though one, and they shall have the same force and effect as though all the signers had signed a single page. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file (or other electronic image that can be opened and printed by the recipient) of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.

 

(i) Omnibus Signature Page. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Purchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, it is hereby agreed that the execution by the Buyer of the Buyer’s Omnibus Signature Page attached to the Purchase Agreement shall make the Buyer a party to, and shall constitute agreement of the Buyer to be bound by, the terms and conditions hereof, with the same effect as if this Agreement were separately signed by the Buyer.

 

(j) Severability. In the case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, such provision shall be replaced with a valid, legal and enforceable provision that as closely as possible reflects the parties’ intent with respect thereto, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(k) Amendments. Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement may be amended at any time and from time to time, and particular provisions of this Agreement may be waived, with and only with an agreement or consent in writing signed by the Company and the Majority Holders. The Buyers acknowledge that by the operation of this Section 12(k), the Majority Holders may have the right and power to diminish or eliminate all rights of the Holders under this Agreement.

 

[COMPANY SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

15

 

This Registration Rights Agreement is hereby executed as of the date first above written.

 

  THE COMPANY:

PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
  By:  
    Name:  Negin Yeganegy
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  THE HOLDERS:
   
  See such Buyer’s Omnibus Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement, Security Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement

 

16

 

 

Annex A

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.

 

Selling Securityholder Notice and Questionnaire

 

The undersigned beneficial owner of Registrable Securities of Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), understands that the Company has filed or intends to file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement (the “Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the Registrable Securities, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) to which this document is annexed. A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is available from the Company upon request at the address set forth below. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling security holder in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling security holder in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus.

 

NOTICE

 

The undersigned beneficial owner (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include the Registrable Securities owned by it in the Registration Statement.

 

The undersigned hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate:

 

QUESTIONNAIRE

 

1.Name:

 

(a)Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder
   
   
   

 

(b)Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (holder of record) (if not the same as (a) above) through which Registrable Securities are held:
   
   
   

 

(c)If you are not a natural person, full Legal Name of Natural Control Person (which means a natural person who directly or indirectly alone or with others has power to vote or dispose of the securities covered by this Questionnaire):
   
   
   

 

Annex A-1

 

 

2.Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:
  
 
 
 

 

Telephone:    
Fax:    
Email:    

 

Contact
Person:
 
   

 

3.Broker-Dealer Status:

 

(a)Are you a broker-dealer?

 

Yes ☐       No ☐

 

(b)If “yes” to Section 3(a), did you receive your Registrable Securities as compensation for investment banking services to the Company?

 

Yes ☐       No ☐

 

Note: If “no” to Section 3(b), the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

 

(c)Are you an affiliate of a broker-dealer?

 

Yes ☐       No ☐

 

(d)If you are an affiliate of a broker-dealer, do you certify that you purchased the Registrable Securities in the ordinary course of business, and at the time of the purchase of the Registrable Securities to be resold, you had no agreements or understandings, directly or indirectly, with any person to distribute the Registrable Securities?

 

Yes ☐       No ☐

 

Note: If “no” to Section 3(d), the Commission’s staff has indicated that you should be identified as an underwriter in the Registration Statement.

 

Annex A-2

 

 

4.Beneficial Ownership of Securities of the Company Owned by the Selling Securityholder:

 

Except as set forth below in this Item 4, the undersigned is not the beneficial or registered owner of any securities of the Company.

 

(a) Please list the type (common stock, warrants, etc.) and amount of all securities of the Company (including any Registrable Securities) beneficially owned1 by the Selling Securityholder:

 

   
   

 

5.Relationships with the Company:

 

Except as set forth below, neither you nor (if you are a natural person) any member of your immediate family, nor (if you are not a natural person) any of your affiliates2, officers, directors or principal equity holders (owners of 5% of more of the equity securities of the undersigned) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

 

State any exceptions here:

 

   
   

 

 

1Beneficially Owned: A “beneficial owner” of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares (i) voting power, including the power to direct the voting of such security, or (ii) investment power, including the power to dispose of, or direct the disposition of, such security. In addition, a person is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of a security of which such person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days, including, but not limited to, any right to acquire such security: (i) through the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (ii) through the conversion of any security or (iii) pursuant to the power to revoke, or the automatic termination of, a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement.

 

It is possible that a security may have more than one “beneficial owner,” such as a trust, with two co-trustees sharing voting power, and the settlor or another third party having investment power, in which case each of the three would be the “beneficial owner” of the securities in the trust. The power to vote or direct the voting, or to invest or dispose of, or direct the investment or disposition of, a security may be indirect and arise from legal, economic, contractual or other rights, and the determination of beneficial ownership depends upon who ultimately possesses or shares the power to direct the voting or the disposition of the security.

 

The final determination of the existence of beneficial ownership depends upon the facts of each case. You may, if you believe the facts warrant it, disclaim beneficial ownership of securities that might otherwise be considered “beneficially owned” by you.

 

2Affiliate: An “affiliate” is a company or person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls you, or is controlled by you, or is under common control with you.

 

Annex A-3

 

 

The undersigned agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein that may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Registration Statement remains effective.

 

By signing below, the undersigned consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items 1 through 5 and the inclusion of such information in the Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto. The undersigned understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation or amendment of the Registration Statement and the related prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Selling Securityholder Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

 

BENEFICIAL OWNER (individual)   BENEFICIAL OWNER (entity)
     
     
Signature   Name of Entity
     
Print Name   Signature
     

 

    Print Name:  
Signature (if Joint Tenants or Tenants in Common)   Title:  

 

PLEASE E-MAIL OR FAX A COPY OF THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED SELLING SECURITYHOLDER NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE, AND RETURN THE ORIGINAL BY OVERNIGHT MAIL, TO:

 

Mitchell Silberberg & Knupp LLP

437 Madison Avenue, 25th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: Blake Baron

Email: bjb@msk.com

 

 

Annex A-4

 

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated October 23, 2023 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Andre Keijsers, an individual (the “Director”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company is filing a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to a firm commitment initial public offering of its securities (the “IPO”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to appoint the Director to serve on the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), which may include membership on one or more committees of the Board, and the Director desires to accept such appointment to serve on the Board.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and the Director hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Duties. From and after the Effective Date, the Company requires that the Director be available to perform the duties of an independent director customarily related to this function as may be determined and assigned by the Board and as may be required by the Company’s constituent instruments, including its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated, and its corporate governance and board committee charters, each as amended or modified from time to time, and by applicable law, including the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Director agrees to devote as much time as is necessary to perform completely the duties as a Director of the Company, including duties as a member of one or more committees of the Board, to which the Director may hereafter be appointed. The Director will perform such duties described herein in accordance with the general fiduciary duty of directors.

 

2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date, which shall be the date of the Director’s appointment by the Board, and shall continue until the Director’s removal or resignation. In addition to a termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7, the Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Director at any time without liability prior to the closing of the IPO.

 

3. Compensation. Following the commencement of the term of this Agreement, for all services to be rendered by the Director in any capacity hereunder, the Company agrees to compensate the Director:

 

a) a fee of $50,000 per calendar year in cash (the “Annual Fee”), which Annual Fee shall be paid to the Director in twelve equal monthly installments no later than the 15th of each such calendar month, commencing on the Effective Date, pro-rated for the initial and last payments, if applicable; and

 

b) a grant of 30,000 options to purchase common stock of the Company pursuant to the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) or any successor plan, subject to the terms of the 2021 Plan or successor plan (the “Option Grant”), subject to approval by the Board, which options will vest annually over a three-year period starting from the Agreeement Date, with 10,000 vesting on the first anniversary, 10,000 options vesting on the second anniversary, and 10,000 options vesting on the third anniversary, with such vesting subject to this Agreement not having been terminated at the time of vesting and the other terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan or successor plan as well as the applicable Stock Option Agreement between the Company and the Director (the “Stock Option Agreement”). The options will have an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the 2021 Plan) per share and an exercise period of 5 years from the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan or successor plan as well as the Stock Option Agreement. Subject to approval by the Board, and the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan or successor plan, the Stock Option Agreement will reflect such key terms.

 

 

 

 

The Director shall be responsible for his own individual income tax payment on the Annual Fee and Option Grant (and the vesting and exercise of any options granted pursuant thereto) in jurisdictions where the Director resides.

  

4. Independence. The Director acknowledges that his appointment hereunder is contingent upon the Board’s determination that he is “independent” with respect to the Company, in accordance with the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, and that his appointment may be terminated by the Company in the event that the Director does not maintain such independence standard.

 

5. Expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Director for pre-approved reasonable business related expenses incurred in good faith in connection with the performance of the Director’s duties for the Company. Such reimbursement shall be made by the Company upon submission by the Director of a signed statement itemizing the expenses incurred, which shall be accompanied by sufficient documentation to support the expenditures.

 

6. Other Agreements.

 

(a) Confidential Information and Insider Trading. The Company and the Director each acknowledge that, in order for the intentions and purposes of this Agreement to be accomplished, the Director shall necessarily be obtaining access to certain confidential information concerning the Company and its affairs, including, but not limited to, business methods, information systems, financial data and strategic plans which are unique assets of the Company (as further defined below, the “Confidential Information”) and that the communication of such Confidential Information to third parties could irreparably injure the Company and its business. Accordingly, the Director agrees that, during his association with the Company and thereafter, he will treat and safeguard as confidential and secret all Confidential Information received by him at any time and that, without the prior written consent of the Company, he will not disclose or reveal any of the Confidential Information to any third party whatsoever or use the same in any manner except in connection with the business of the Company and in any event in no way harmful to or competitive with the Company or its business. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” includes any information not generally known to the public or recognized as confidential according to standard industry practice, any trade secrets, know-how, development, manufacturing, marketing and distribution plans and information, inventions, formulas, methods or processes, whether or not patented or patentable, pricing policies and records of the Company (and such other information normally understood to be confidential or otherwise designated as such in writing by the Company), all of which the Director expressly acknowledges and agrees shall be confidential and proprietary information belonging to the Company. Upon termination of his association with the Company, the Director shall return to the Company all documents and papers relating to the Company, including any Confidential Information, together with any copies thereof, or certify that he has destroyed all such documents and papers. Furthermore, the Director recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Director agrees that the Director owes the Company and such third parties, both during the term of the Director’s association with the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to, except as is consistent with the Company’s agreement with the third party, disclose it to any person or entity or use it for the benefit of anyone other than the Company or such third party, unless expressly authorized to act otherwise by an officer of the Company. In addition, the Director acknowledges and agrees that the Director may have access to “material non-public information” for purposes of the federal securities laws (“Insider Information”) and that the Director will abide by all securities laws relating to the handling of and acting upon such Insider Information.

 

(b) Disparaging Statements. At all times during and after the period in which the Director is a member of the Board and at all times thereafter, the Director shall not either verbally, in writing, electronically or otherwise: (i) make any derogatory or disparaging statements about the Company, any of its affiliates, any of their respective officers, directors, stockholders, employees and agents, or any of the Company’s current or past customers or employees, or (ii) make any public statement or perform or do any other act prejudicial or injurious to the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any of its affiliates or otherwise interfere with the business of the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall preclude the Director from complying with all obligations imposed by law or legal compulsion, and provided, further, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed applicable to any testimony given by the Director in any legal or administrative proceedings.

 

2

 

 

(c) Enforcement. The Director acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are reasonable, that valid consideration has been and will be received and that the agreements set forth herein are the result of arms-length negotiations between the parties hereto. The Director recognizes that the provisions of this Section 6 are vitally important to the continuing welfare of the Company and its affiliates and that any violation of this Section 6 could result in irreparable harm to the Company and its affiliates for which money damages would constitute a totally inadequate remedy. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation by the Director, the Company and its affiliates, in addition to any other remedies they may have, shall have the right to institute and maintain a proceeding to compel specific performance thereof or to obtain an injunction or other equitable relief restraining any action by the Director in violation of this Section 6 without posting any bond therefore or demonstrating actual damages, and the Director will not claim as a defense thereto that the Company has an adequate remedy at law or require the posting of a bond. If any of the restrictions or activities contained in this Section 6 shall for any reason be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, such restrictions shall be construed so as thereafter to be limited or reduced to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law; it being understood that by the execution of this Agreement the parties hereto regard such restrictions as reasonable and compatible with their respective rights. The Director acknowledges that injunctive relief may be granted immediately upon the commencement of any such action without notice to the Director and in addition Company may recover monetary damages.

 

(d) Separate Agreement. The parties hereto further agree that the provisions of Section 6 are separate from and independent of the remainder of this Agreement and that Section 6 is specifically enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any claim made by the Director against the Company. The terms of this Section 6 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

7. Termination. With or without cause, the Company and the Director may each terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice, and the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Director the compensation and expenses due up to the date of the termination. Nothing contained herein or omitted herefrom shall prevent the stockholders of the Company from removing the Director with immediate effect at any time for any reason. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company terminates this Agreement prior to the closing of the IPO in accordance with Section 2 hereof, then the Company shall not have any liability whatsoever to the Director.

 

8. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Director, to the fullest extent allowed by the law of the State of Delaware, and as provided by, or granted pursuant to, any charter provision, bylaw provision, agreement (including, without limitation, the Indemnification Agreement executed herewith), vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in the Director’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company and the Director are executing an indemnification agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Indemnification Agreement”).

 

9. Director’s Representation and Acknowledgment. The Director confirms that the execution and performance of this Agreement shall not be in violation of any agreement or obligation (whether or not written) that the Director may have with or to any person or entity, including without limitation, any prior or current employer. The Director hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement (and any other agreement or obligation referred to herein) shall be an obligation solely of the Company, and the Director shall have no recourse whatsoever against the Company’s equity holders or any of their respective affiliates with regard to this Agreement.

 

10. Effect of Waiver. The waiver by either party of the breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

 

11. Notice. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight carrier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as specified by the parties by like notice):

 

If to the Company:

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.

307 Canalot Studios

222 Kensal Road

London W10 5BN

United Kingdom

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

3

 

 

If to the Director:

 

Andre Keijsers

[***]

 

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with, and the rights of the parties hereto shall be determined by, the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to that state’s conflicts of laws principles.

 

13. Assignment. The rights and benefits of the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable, and all the covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by or against, its successors and assigns. The duties and obligations of the Director under this Agreement are personal and therefore the Director may not assign any right or duty under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

14. Severability; Headings. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid or illegal, for any reason whatsoever, then, notwithstanding such invalidity or illegality, the remaining terms and provisions of the this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in the same manner as if the invalid or illegal provision had not been contained herein. The article headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

15. Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. Except as provided elsewhere herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party to this Agreement with respect to such subject matter. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Independent Director Agreement to be duly executed and signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  Perfect Moment Ltd.
     
  By:  
  Name:  Mark Buckley
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

   
  Name:  Andre Keijsers

 

5

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Indemnification Agreement

 

[See Exhibit 10.21 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

6

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated October 23, 2023 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Berndt Hauptkorn, an individual (the “Director”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company is filing a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to a firm commitment initial public offering of its securities (the “IPO”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to appoint the Director to serve on the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), which may include membership on one or more committees of the Board, and the Director desires to accept such appointment to serve on the Board.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and the Director hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Duties. From and after the Effective Date, the Company requires that the Director be available to perform the duties of an independent director customarily related to this function as may be determined and assigned by the Board and as may be required by the Company’s constituent instruments, including its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated, and its corporate governance and board committee charters, each as amended or modified from time to time, and by applicable law, including the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Director agrees to devote as much time as is necessary to perform completely the duties as a Director of the Company, including duties as a member of one or more committees of the Board, to which the Director may hereafter be appointed. The Director will perform such duties described herein in accordance with the general fiduciary duty of directors.

 

2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date, which shall be the date of the Director’s appointment by the Board, and shall continue until the Director’s removal or resignation. In addition to a termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7, the Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Director at any time without liability prior to the closing of the IPO.

 

3. Compensation. Following the commencement of the term of this Agreement, for all services to be rendered by the Director in any capacity hereunder, the Company agrees to compensate the Director:

 

a) a fee of $50,000 per calendar year in cash (the “Annual Fee”), which Annual Fee shall be paid to the Director in twelve equal monthly installments no later than the 15th of each such calendar month, commencing on the Effective Date, pro-rated for the initial and last payments, if applicable; and

 

b) a grant of 30,000 options to purchase common stock of the Company pursuant to the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) or any successor plan, subject to the terms of the 2021 Plan or successor plan (the “Option Grant”), subject to approval by the Board, which options will vest annually over a three-year period starting from the Agreeement Date, with 10,000 vesting on the first anniversary, 10,000 options vesting on the second anniversary, and 10,000 options vesting on the third anniversary, with such vesting subject to this Agreement not having been terminated at the time of vesting and the other terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan or successor plan as well as the applicable Stock Option Agreement between the Company and the Director (the “Stock Option Agreement”). The options will have an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the 2021 Plan) per share and an exercise period of 5 years from the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan or successor plan as well as the Stock Option Agreement. Subject to approval by the Board, and the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan or successor plan, the Stock Option Agreement will reflect such key terms.

 

 

 

 

The Director shall be responsible for his own individual income tax payment on the Annual Fee and Option Grant (and the vesting and exercise of any options granted pursuant thereto) in jurisdictions where the Director resides.

  

4. Independence. The Director acknowledges that his appointment hereunder is contingent upon the Board’s determination that he is “independent” with respect to the Company, in accordance with the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, and that his appointment may be terminated by the Company in the event that the Director does not maintain such independence standard.

 

5. Expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Director for pre-approved reasonable business related expenses incurred in good faith in connection with the performance of the Director’s duties for the Company. Such reimbursement shall be made by the Company upon submission by the Director of a signed statement itemizing the expenses incurred, which shall be accompanied by sufficient documentation to support the expenditures.

 

6. Other Agreements.

 

(a) Confidential Information and Insider Trading. The Company and the Director each acknowledge that, in order for the intentions and purposes of this Agreement to be accomplished, the Director shall necessarily be obtaining access to certain confidential information concerning the Company and its affairs, including, but not limited to, business methods, information systems, financial data and strategic plans which are unique assets of the Company (as further defined below, the “Confidential Information”) and that the communication of such Confidential Information to third parties could irreparably injure the Company and its business. Accordingly, the Director agrees that, during his association with the Company and thereafter, he will treat and safeguard as confidential and secret all Confidential Information received by him at any time and that, without the prior written consent of the Company, he will not disclose or reveal any of the Confidential Information to any third party whatsoever or use the same in any manner except in connection with the business of the Company and in any event in no way harmful to or competitive with the Company or its business. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” includes any information not generally known to the public or recognized as confidential according to standard industry practice, any trade secrets, know-how, development, manufacturing, marketing and distribution plans and information, inventions, formulas, methods or processes, whether or not patented or patentable, pricing policies and records of the Company (and such other information normally understood to be confidential or otherwise designated as such in writing by the Company), all of which the Director expressly acknowledges and agrees shall be confidential and proprietary information belonging to the Company. Upon termination of his association with the Company, the Director shall return to the Company all documents and papers relating to the Company, including any Confidential Information, together with any copies thereof, or certify that he has destroyed all such documents and papers. Furthermore, the Director recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Director agrees that the Director owes the Company and such third parties, both during the term of the Director’s association with the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to, except as is consistent with the Company’s agreement with the third party, disclose it to any person or entity or use it for the benefit of anyone other than the Company or such third party, unless expressly authorized to act otherwise by an officer of the Company. In addition, the Director acknowledges and agrees that the Director may have access to “material non-public information” for purposes of the federal securities laws (“Insider Information”) and that the Director will abide by all securities laws relating to the handling of and acting upon such Insider Information.

 

(b) Disparaging Statements. At all times during and after the period in which the Director is a member of the Board and at all times thereafter, the Director shall not either verbally, in writing, electronically or otherwise: (i) make any derogatory or disparaging statements about the Company, any of its affiliates, any of their respective officers, directors, stockholders, employees and agents, or any of the Company’s current or past customers or employees, or (ii) make any public statement or perform or do any other act prejudicial or injurious to the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any of its affiliates or otherwise interfere with the business of the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall preclude the Director from complying with all obligations imposed by law or legal compulsion, and provided, further, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed applicable to any testimony given by the Director in any legal or administrative proceedings.

 

2

 

 

(c) Enforcement. The Director acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are reasonable, that valid consideration has been and will be received and that the agreements set forth herein are the result of arms-length negotiations between the parties hereto. The Director recognizes that the provisions of this Section 6 are vitally important to the continuing welfare of the Company and its affiliates and that any violation of this Section 6 could result in irreparable harm to the Company and its affiliates for which money damages would constitute a totally inadequate remedy. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation by the Director, the Company and its affiliates, in addition to any other remedies they may have, shall have the right to institute and maintain a proceeding to compel specific performance thereof or to obtain an injunction or other equitable relief restraining any action by the Director in violation of this Section 6 without posting any bond therefore or demonstrating actual damages, and the Director will not claim as a defense thereto that the Company has an adequate remedy at law or require the posting of a bond. If any of the restrictions or activities contained in this Section 6 shall for any reason be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, such restrictions shall be construed so as thereafter to be limited or reduced to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law; it being understood that by the execution of this Agreement the parties hereto regard such restrictions as reasonable and compatible with their respective rights. The Director acknowledges that injunctive relief may be granted immediately upon the commencement of any such action without notice to the Director and in addition Company may recover monetary damages.

 

(d) Separate Agreement. The parties hereto further agree that the provisions of Section 6 are separate from and independent of the remainder of this Agreement and that Section 6 is specifically enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any claim made by the Director against the Company. The terms of this Section 6 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

7. Termination. With or without cause, the Company and the Director may each terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice, and the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Director the compensation and expenses due up to the date of the termination. Nothing contained herein or omitted herefrom shall prevent the stockholders of the Company from removing the Director with immediate effect at any time for any reason. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company terminates this Agreement prior to the closing of the IPO in accordance with Section 2 hereof, then the Company shall not have any liability whatsoever to the Director.

 

8. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Director, to the fullest extent allowed by the law of the State of Delaware, and as provided by, or granted pursuant to, any charter provision, bylaw provision, agreement (including, without limitation, the Indemnification Agreement executed herewith), vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in the Director’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company and the Director are executing an indemnification agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Indemnification Agreement”).

 

9. Director’s Representation and Acknowledgment. The Director confirms that the execution and performance of this Agreement shall not be in violation of any agreement or obligation (whether or not written) that the Director may have with or to any person or entity, including without limitation, any prior or current employer. The Director hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement (and any other agreement or obligation referred to herein) shall be an obligation solely of the Company, and the Director shall have no recourse whatsoever against the Company’s equity holders or any of their respective affiliates with regard to this Agreement.

 

10. Effect of Waiver. The waiver by either party of the breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

 

11. Notice. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight carrier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as specified by the parties by like notice):

 

If to the Company:

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.

307 Canalot Studios

222 Kensal Road

London W10 5BN

United Kingdom

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

3

 

 

If to the Director:

 

Berndt Hauptkorn

[***]

 

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with, and the rights of the parties hereto shall be determined by, the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to that state’s conflicts of laws principles.

 

13. Assignment. The rights and benefits of the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable, and all the covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by or against, its successors and assigns. The duties and obligations of the Director under this Agreement are personal and therefore the Director may not assign any right or duty under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

14. Severability; Headings. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid or illegal, for any reason whatsoever, then, notwithstanding such invalidity or illegality, the remaining terms and provisions of the this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in the same manner as if the invalid or illegal provision had not been contained herein. The article headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

15. Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. Except as provided elsewhere herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party to this Agreement with respect to such subject matter. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Independent Director Agreement to be duly executed and signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  Perfect Moment Ltd.
     
  By:  
  Name:  Mark Buckley
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

   
  Name:  Berndt Hauptkorn

 

5

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Indemnification Agreement

 

[See Exhibit 10.21 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

6

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated October 23, 2023 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Tracy Barwin, an individual (the “Director”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company is filing a registration statement on Form S-1 relating to a firm commitment initial public offering of its securities (the “IPO”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to appoint the Director to serve on the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”), which may include membership on one or more committees of the Board, and the Director desires to accept such appointment to serve on the Board.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Company and the Director hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Duties. From and after the Effective Date, the Company requires that the Director be available to perform the duties of an independent director customarily related to this function as may be determined and assigned by the Board and as may be required by the Company’s constituent instruments, including its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated, and its corporate governance and board committee charters, each as amended or modified from time to time, and by applicable law, including the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The Director agrees to devote as much time as is necessary to perform completely the duties as a Director of the Company, including duties as a member of one or more committees of the Board, to which the Director may hereafter be appointed. The Director will perform such duties described herein in accordance with the general fiduciary duty of directors.

 

2. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence as of the Effective Date, which shall be the date of the Director’s appointment by the Board, and shall continue until the Director’s removal or resignation. In addition to a termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7, the Company shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the Director at any time without liability prior to the closing of the IPO.

 

3. Compensation. Following the commencement of the term of this Agreement, for all services to be rendered by the Director in any capacity hereunder, the Company agrees to compensate the Director:

 

a) a fee of $50,000 per calendar year in cash (the “Annual Fee”), which Annual Fee shall be paid to the Director in twelve equal monthly installments no later than the 15th of each such calendar month, commencing on the Effective Date, pro-rated for the initial and last payments, if applicable; and

 

b) a grant of 30,000 options to purchase common stock of the Company pursuant to the Company’s 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) or any successor plan, subject to the terms of the 2021 Plan or successor plan (the “Option Grant”), subject to approval by the Board, which options will vest annually over a three-year period starting from the Agreeement Date, with 10,000 vesting on the first anniversary, 10,000 options vesting on the second anniversary, and 10,000 options vesting on the third anniversary, with such vesting subject to this Agreement not having been terminated at the time of vesting and the other terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan or successor plan as well as the applicable Stock Option Agreement between the Company and the Director (the “Stock Option Agreement”). The options will have an exercise price equal to the Fair Market Value (as defined in the 2021 Plan) per share and an exercise period of 5 years from the Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan or successor plan as well as the Stock Option Agreement. Subject to approval by the Board, and the terms and conditions of the 2021 Plan or successor plan, the Stock Option Agreement will reflect such key terms.

 

 

 

 

The Director shall be responsible for her own individual income tax payment on the Annual Fee and Option Grant (and the vesting and exercise of any options granted pursuant thereto) in jurisdictions where the Director resides.

  

4. Independence. The Director acknowledges that her appointment hereunder is contingent upon the Board’s determination that she is “independent” with respect to the Company, in accordance with the listing requirements of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC, and that her appointment may be terminated by the Company in the event that the Director does not maintain such independence standard.

 

5. Expenses. The Company shall reimburse the Director for pre-approved reasonable business related expenses incurred in good faith in connection with the performance of the Director’s duties for the Company. Such reimbursement shall be made by the Company upon submission by the Director of a signed statement itemizing the expenses incurred, which shall be accompanied by sufficient documentation to support the expenditures.

 

6. Other Agreements.

 

(a) Confidential Information and Insider Trading. The Company and the Director each acknowledge that, in order for the intentions and purposes of this Agreement to be accomplished, the Director shall necessarily be obtaining access to certain confidential information concerning the Company and its affairs, including, but not limited to, business methods, information systems, financial data and strategic plans which are unique assets of the Company (as further defined below, the “Confidential Information”) and that the communication of such Confidential Information to third parties could irreparably injure the Company and its business. Accordingly, the Director agrees that, during her association with the Company and thereafter, she will treat and safeguard as confidential and secret all Confidential Information received by her at any time and that, without the prior written consent of the Company, she will not disclose or reveal any of the Confidential Information to any third party whatsoever or use the same in any manner except in connection with the business of the Company and in any event in no way harmful to or competitive with the Company or its business. For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” includes any information not generally known to the public or recognized as confidential according to standard industry practice, any trade secrets, know-how, development, manufacturing, marketing and distribution plans and information, inventions, formulas, methods or processes, whether or not patented or patentable, pricing policies and records of the Company (and such other information normally understood to be confidential or otherwise designated as such in writing by the Company), all of which the Director expressly acknowledges and agrees shall be confidential and proprietary information belonging to the Company. Upon termination of her association with the Company, the Director shall return to the Company all documents and papers relating to the Company, including any Confidential Information, together with any copies thereof, or certify that she has destroyed all such documents and papers. Furthermore, the Director recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive confidential or proprietary information from third parties subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and, in some cases, to use it only for certain limited purposes. The Director agrees that the Director owes the Company and such third parties, both during the term of the Director’s association with the Company and thereafter, a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to, except as is consistent with the Company’s agreement with the third party, disclose it to any person or entity or use it for the benefit of anyone other than the Company or such third party, unless expressly authorized to act otherwise by an officer of the Company. In addition, the Director acknowledges and agrees that the Director may have access to “material non-public information” for purposes of the federal securities laws (“Insider Information”) and that the Director will abide by all securities laws relating to the handling of and acting upon such Insider Information.

 

(b) Disparaging Statements. At all times during and after the period in which the Director is a member of the Board and at all times thereafter, the Director shall not either verbally, in writing, electronically or otherwise: (i) make any derogatory or disparaging statements about the Company, any of its affiliates, any of their respective officers, directors, stockholders, employees and agents, or any of the Company’s current or past customers or employees, or (ii) make any public statement or perform or do any other act prejudicial or injurious to the reputation or goodwill of the Company or any of its affiliates or otherwise interfere with the business of the Company or any of its affiliates; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall preclude the Director from complying with all obligations imposed by law or legal compulsion, and provided, further, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed applicable to any testimony given by the Director in any legal or administrative proceedings.

 

2

 

 

(c) Enforcement. The Director acknowledges and agrees that the covenants contained herein are reasonable, that valid consideration has been and will be received and that the agreements set forth herein are the result of arms-length negotiations between the parties hereto. The Director recognizes that the provisions of this Section 6 are vitally important to the continuing welfare of the Company and its affiliates and that any violation of this Section 6 could result in irreparable harm to the Company and its affiliates for which money damages would constitute a totally inadequate remedy. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation by the Director, the Company and its affiliates, in addition to any other remedies they may have, shall have the right to institute and maintain a proceeding to compel specific performance thereof or to obtain an injunction or other equitable relief restraining any action by the Director in violation of this Section 6 without posting any bond therefore or demonstrating actual damages, and the Director will not claim as a defense thereto that the Company has an adequate remedy at law or require the posting of a bond. If any of the restrictions or activities contained in this Section 6 shall for any reason be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be excessively broad as to duration, geographical scope, activity or subject, such restrictions shall be construed so as thereafter to be limited or reduced to be enforceable to the extent compatible with the applicable law; it being understood that by the execution of this Agreement the parties hereto regard such restrictions as reasonable and compatible with their respective rights. The Director acknowledges that injunctive relief may be granted immediately upon the commencement of any such action without notice to the Director and in addition Company may recover monetary damages.

 

(d) Separate Agreement. The parties hereto further agree that the provisions of Section 6 are separate from and independent of the remainder of this Agreement and that Section 6 is specifically enforceable by the Company notwithstanding any claim made by the Director against the Company. The terms of this Section 6 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

7. Termination. With or without cause, the Company and the Director may each terminate this Agreement at any time upon thirty (30) days written notice, and the Company shall be obligated to pay to the Director the compensation and expenses due up to the date of the termination. Nothing contained herein or omitted herefrom shall prevent the stockholders of the Company from removing the Director with immediate effect at any time for any reason. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Company terminates this Agreement prior to the closing of the IPO in accordance with Section 2 hereof, then the Company shall not have any liability whatsoever to the Director.

 

8. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Director, to the fullest extent allowed by the law of the State of Delaware, and as provided by, or granted pursuant to, any charter provision, bylaw provision, agreement (including, without limitation, the Indemnification Agreement executed herewith), vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in the Director’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company and the Director are executing an indemnification agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Indemnification Agreement”).

 

9. Director’s Representation and Acknowledgment. The Director confirms that the execution and performance of this Agreement shall not be in violation of any agreement or obligation (whether or not written) that the Director may have with or to any person or entity, including without limitation, any prior or current employer. The Director hereby acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement (and any other agreement or obligation referred to herein) shall be an obligation solely of the Company, and the Director shall have no recourse whatsoever against the Company’s equity holders or any of their respective affiliates with regard to this Agreement.

 

10. Effect of Waiver. The waiver by either party of the breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate as or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.

 

11. Notice. Notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or by overnight carrier to the parties at the addresses set forth below (or such other addresses as specified by the parties by like notice):

 

If to the Company:

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.

307 Canalot Studios

222 Kensal Road

London W10 5BN

United Kingdom

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

3

 

 

If to the Director:

 

Tracy Barwin

[***]

 

12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with, and the rights of the parties hereto shall be determined by, the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to that state’s conflicts of laws principles.

 

13. Assignment. The rights and benefits of the Company under this Agreement shall be transferable, and all the covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by or against, its successors and assigns. The duties and obligations of the Director under this Agreement are personal and therefore the Director may not assign any right or duty under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

14. Severability; Headings. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared invalid or illegal, for any reason whatsoever, then, notwithstanding such invalidity or illegality, the remaining terms and provisions of the this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in the same manner as if the invalid or illegal provision had not been contained herein. The article headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

15. Counterparts; Entire Agreement; Amendment. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes. Except as provided elsewhere herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties with respect to its subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations or warranties, whether oral or written, by any officer, employee or representative of any party to this Agreement with respect to such subject matter. No amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless in writing signed by each of the parties hereto.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Independent Director Agreement to be duly executed and signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  Perfect Moment Ltd.
     
  By:  
  Name:  Mark Buckley
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

   
  Name:  Tracy Barwin

 

5

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Indemnification Agreement

 

[See Exhibit 10.21 to this Registration Statement on Form S-1]

 

 

6

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification and Advancement Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of [●], 2023 by and between Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [●], a [member of the Board of Directors and an officer of the Company] (“Indemnitee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes that highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors, officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification and advancement of expenses against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Company’s Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance, to indemnification and to advancement of expenses may increase the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, as well as any rights of Indemnitee under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, and is not a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate additional protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified and advanced expenses.

 

 

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

 

(a) “Agent” means any person who is authorized by the Company or an Enterprise (as defined below) to act for or represent the interests of the Company or an Enterprise, respectively.

 

(b) A “Change in Control” occurs upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

i. Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

ii. Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

 

iii. Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

 

iv. Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

 

v. Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

vi. For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms have the following meanings:

 

  1 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

  2 “Person” has the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person excludes (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company and (iii) any entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

  3 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner excludes any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

 

2

 

 

(c) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was acting as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or Agent of the Company or an Enterprise.

 

(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(e) “Enterprise” means any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity for which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or Agent.

 

(f) “Expenses” includes all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and other costs of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent and (ii) for purposes of Section 14(d) only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. Expenses, however, do not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(g) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements) or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” does not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel.

 

(h) The term “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, regulatory or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting pursuant to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. A Proceeding also includes a situation the Indemnitee believes in good faith may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding.

 

Section 2. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a [director and an officer of the Company]. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law). This Agreement does not create any obligation on the Company to continue Indemnitee in such position and is not an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.

 

3

 

 

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company will indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company will indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses under this Section 4 related to any claim, issue or matter in a Proceeding for which Indemnitee has been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought determines upon application by Indemnitee that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

 

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding to the extent that Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, will be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party but to which Indemnitee is a witness, deponent, interviewee or otherwise asked to participate or provide information.

 

Section 7. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

Section 8. Additional Indemnification. Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4 or 5, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including but not limited to, the DGCL and any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that expand the Company’s ability to indemnify its officers and directors) if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor).

 

Section 9. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company is not obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment to Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding:

 

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except to the extent provided in Section 16(b) and except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

 

4

 

 

(b) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or (iii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act; or

 

(c) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, including a Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

Section 10. Advances of Expenses.

 

(a) The Company will advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee or any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee if (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company or Enterprise, including a proceeding initiated pursuant to Section 14 or (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation. The Company will advance the Expenses within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding.

 

(b) Advances will be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any amounts so advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, thus Indemnitee qualifies for advances upon the execution of this Agreement and delivery to the Company. No other form of undertaking is required other than the execution of this Agreement. The Company will make advances without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 11. Procedure for Notification of Claim for Indemnification or Advancement.

 

(a) Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof. Indemnitee will include in the written notification to the Company a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding and provide such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. Indemnitee’s failure to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any obligation it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company will not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement. The Secretary of the Company will, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification or advancement, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification or advancement.

 

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

Section 12. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

 

(a) Unless a Change of Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made:

 

i. by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

 

5

 

 

ii. by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

 

iii. if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by the Board; or

 

iv. if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

 

(b) If a Change in Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests such selection be made by the Board).

 

(c) The party selecting Independent Counsel pursuant to subsection (a)(iii) or (b) of this Section 12 will provide written notice of the selection to the other party. The notified party may, within ten (10) days after receiving written notice of the selection of Independent Counsel, deliver to the selecting party a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection will set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected will act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, Independent Counsel has not been selected or, if selected, any objection to has not been resolved, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection or Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court designates. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel will be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

(d) Indemnitee will cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Company will advance and pay any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making the indemnification determination irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing of the determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied and providing a copy of any written opinion provided to the Board by Independent Counsel.

 

(e) If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after such determination.

 

Section 13. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

6

 

 

(b) If the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification has not been made pursuant to Section 12 within sixty (60) days after the later of (i) receipt by the Company of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding for which Indemnitee requested Indemnification (the “Determination Period”), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee will be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. The Determination Period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, the Determination Period will not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a)(iv) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel.

 

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee acted based on the records or books of account of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or an Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, financial advisor or other expert selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise. Further, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company,” as referred to in this Agreement if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan. The provisions of this Section 13(d) is not exclusive and do not limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise may not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 14. Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a) Indemnitee may commence litigation against the Company in the Delaware Court to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company does not advance Expenses pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) the determination of entitlement to indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement within the Determination Period, (iv) the Company does not indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the second to last sentence of Section 12(d) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) the Company does not indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 3, 4, 7 or 8 of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder. Alternatively, Indemnitee or the Company, at each such party’s respective option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee must commence such Proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such Proceeding pursuant to this Section 14(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause does not apply in respect of a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company will not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

7

 

 

(b) If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 will be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee may not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 the Company will have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and will not introduce evidence of the determination made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement.

 

(c) If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d) The Company is, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and will stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e) It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance to Indemnitee such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action concerning this Agreement, Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company, or concerning any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, and will indemnify Indemnitee against any and all such Expenses unless the court determines that Indemnitee’s claims in such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous or are prohibited by law.

 

Section 15. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

(a) The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement are not exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement may not be limited or restricted by any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement in any way with respect to any action taken or omitted by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status occurring prior to any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy is cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

8

 

 

(b) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated. The relationship between the Company and such other Persons, other than an Enterprise, with respect to the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses, and insurance is described by this subsection, subject to the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section 15 with respect to a Proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with an Enterprise.

 

i. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees:

 

1) the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of any other Persons, other than an Enterprise, are secondary (i.e., the Company is the indemnitor of first resort) with respect to any request for indemnification or advancement of Expenses made pursuant to this Agreement concerning any Proceeding;

 

2) the Company is primarily liable for all indemnification and indemnification or advancement of Expenses obligations for any Proceeding, whether created by law, the Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise;

 

3) any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated to indemnify Indemnitee and/or advance Expenses to Indemnitee in respect of any proceeding are secondary to the obligations of the Company’s obligations;

 

4) the Company will indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or insurer of any such Person; and

 

ii. the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (A) any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated from any claim of contribution, subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement and (B) any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Indemnitee against any Person, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Person, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right.

 

iii. In the event any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss for Indemnitee, the payor has a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or their insurers affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance of Expenses to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated.

 

iv. Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated is specifically in excess over the Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses or any valid and collectible insurance (including but not limited to any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Company.

 

9

 

 

(c) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Company, the Company will obtain a policy or policies covering Indemnitee to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies, including coverage in the event the Company does not or cannot, for any reason, indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee as required by this Agreement. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to this Agreement, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company will give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company will thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Indemnitee agrees to assist the Company efforts to cause the insurers to pay such amounts and will comply with the terms of such policies, including selection of approved panel counsel, if required.

 

(d) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee for any Proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with an Enterprise will be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. The Company and Indemnitee intend that any such Enterprise (and its insurers) be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with such Enterprise. The Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses to Indemnitee is secondary to the obligations the Enterprise or its insurers owe to Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to take all reasonably necessary and desirable action to obtain from an Enterprise indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with such Enterprise.

 

(e) In the event of any payment made by the Company under this Agreement, the Company will be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee from any Enterprise or its insurance carrier. Indemnitee will execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

Section 16. Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period that Indemnitee is a director or officer of the Company (or is serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, member, trustee or agent of another Enterprise) and shall continue thereafter (i) so long as Indemnitee may be subject to any possible Claim relating to an Indemnifiable Event (including any rights of appeal thereto) and (ii) throughout the pendency of any proceeding (including any rights of appeal thereto) commenced by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret his or her rights under this Agreement, even if, in either case, he or she may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any such Claim or proceeding. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement are binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

 

Section 17. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions will be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Section 18. Interpretation. Any ambiguity in the terms of this Agreement will be resolved in favor of Indemnitee and in a manner to provide the maximum indemnification and advancement of Expenses permitted by law. The Company and Indemnitee intend that this Agreement provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification and advancement in excess of that expressly provided, without limitation, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of the Company stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

 

10

 

 

Section 19. Enforcement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company and applicable law, and is not a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

Section 20. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement is binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed or constitutes a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

Section 21. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company does not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

Section 22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand to the other party, (ii) sent by reputable overnight courier to the other party or (iii) sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, with receipt of oral confirmation that such communication has been received:

 

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee provides to the Company.

 

(b) If to the Company to:

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.
307 Canalot Studios

222 Kensal Road

London W10 5BN

United Kingdom

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Section 23. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, will contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

Section 24. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement is governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action, claim or proceeding between the parties arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought only in the Delaware Court and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action, claim or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action, claim or proceeding in the Delaware Court and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action, claim or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

Section 25. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together constitutes one and the same Agreement.

 

Section 26. Headings. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute part of this Agreement or affect the construction thereof.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY   INDEMNITEE
             
By:     By:  
  Name: Mark Buckley     Name:  
  Office: Chief Executive Officer     Address:  

 

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement ( )]

 

 

 

12

 

 

Exhibit 10.22

 

Consulting Agreement

 

Consulting Agreement (the “Agreement”), made this 11th day of March, 2021, is entered into by and among Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (“Newco”), Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., a Hong Kong company (the “Company”), and Lucius Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Consultant”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and its shareholders (the “Shareholders”) intend to consummate a share exchange with Newco, for purposes of creating a U.S. holding company structure prior to the completion of the IPO (as defined below), pursuant to which Newco will acquire all of the outstanding equity interests of the Company from the Shareholders in exchange for newly issued shares of common stock of Newco (“Newco Common Stock”) resulting in the Company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Newco (the “Share Exchange”), with Newco continuing the ongoing business of the Company (as used herein, the “Company,” following the consummation of the Share Exchange, shall also include Newco); and

 

WHEREAS, immediately after the closing of the Share Exchange Newco will complete a convertible debt bridge financing, secured by a security interest in certain assets of Newco, for gross proceeds of between $2,000,000 and $6,300,000 to provide working capital for its operations until consummation of the IPO, which convertible debt shall be convertible into Newco Common Stock upon the closing of the IPO at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80%) of the public offering price of Newco Common Stock in the IPO (the “Bridge Financing”); and

 

WHEREAS, following the consummation of the Share Exchange and the Bridge Financing, Newco intends to conduct an underwritten initial public offering of its common stock (the “IPO”) for proceeds not less than an amount that will be sufficient to enable Newco to qualify for a simultaneous listing of Newco’s common equity on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or NYSE American; and

 

WHEREAS, the Consultant has been advising and assisting Newco and the Company in connection with the Share Exchange, the Bridge Financing and the IPO (together, the “Transactions”), and will continue to do so; and

 

WHEREAS, Newco, the Company and the Consultant desire to establish the terms and conditions under which the Consultant will provide services to Newco and the Company as provided herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Services.

 

1.1  The Consultant agrees to perform such consulting, advisory and related services to and for Newco and the Company as may be reasonably requested from time to time by Newco and the Company, including, but not limited to, the services specified on Schedule A to this Agreement using the principals, officers, employees and Subcontractors (as defined below) of the Consultant (the “Personnel”). The Consultant shall not engage the services of third party contractors, subcontractors or consultants (each, a “Subcontractor”) in the performance of the services without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion. In the event that the Company permits the Consultant to use the services of one or more Subcontractors, each such Subcontractor shall sign a written agreement agreeing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Consultant and the Personnel. Neither Newco nor the Company shall have any responsibility or obligation to any such Subcontractor.

 

 

 

1.2  It is expressly understood and agreed that Consultant shall be required to perform only such tasks as may be necessary or desirable in connection with the rendering of its services hereunder and therefore may not perform all of the enumerated tasks during the Term. Moreover, it is further understood that the Consultant need not perform each of the enumerated tasks in order to receive the Consultant Shares (as defined herein). It is further understood that the Consultant’s tasks may not be limited to those enumerated in this Agreement, and that the Services to be rendered by the Consultant to Newco and the Company shall under no circumstances include the following: (i) any activities which could be deemed to constitute investment banking or any other activities requiring the Consultant to be registered as a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and/or (ii) any activities which could be deemed to be in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital raising transaction. It is specifically understood and agreed by the parties hereto that all capital raising transactions associated with Newco and the Company will be processed and completed through a FINRA registered broker dealer and the Consultant will have no involvement therewith.

 

1.3  In connection with Consultant’s activities hereunder, Newco and the Company will cooperate with Consultant and furnish Consultant upon request with all information regarding the business, operations, properties, historical and projected financials (in GAAP format), management and prospects of the Company (all such information so furnished being the “Information”) which Consultant deems appropriate and will provide Consultant with access to the Company’s officers, directors, employees, independent accountants and legal counsel. The Company represents and warrants to Consultant that all Information made available to Consultant hereunder will be complete and correct in all material respects and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which such statements are or will be made. The Company further represents and warrants that any projections and other forward- looking information provided by it to Consultant will have been prepared in good faith and will be based upon assumptions which, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, are reasonable. The Company recognizes and confirms that Consultant: (i) will use and rely primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same; (ii) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information; and (iii) will not make an appraisal of any assets of the Company. Any advice rendered by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement may not be disclosed publicly without Consultant’s prior written consent. Consultant hereby acknowledges that certain of the Information received by Consultant may be confidential and/or proprietary, including Information with respect to the Company’s technologies, products, business plans, marketing, and other Information which must be maintained by Consultant as confidential. Consultant agrees that it will not disclose such confidential and/or proprietary Information to any third party without the prior consent of the Company.

 

- 2 -

 

 

1.4  The Company recognizes that in order for Consultant to perform properly its obligations in a professional manner, the Company will keep Consultant informed of and, to the extent practicable, permit Consultant to participate in, meetings and discussions between the Company and any third party relating to the matters covered by the terms of Consultant’s engagement. If at any time during the course of Consultant’s engagement, the Company becomes aware of any material change in any of the information previously furnished to Consultant, it will promptly advise Consultant of the change

 

1.5  Under this Agreement, Consultant will have no authority whatsoever to assume or create any obligation, liability, or undertake and responsibility whatsoever, express or implied on behalf of or in the name of the Company or any affiliate other than those required to perform the services identified under this Agreement.

 

1.6  The Company acknowledges that Consultant does not guarantee that its Services will result in the consummation of a Bridge Financing, Share Exchange and IPO (as defined in Section 4 below).

 

1.7  The Company acknowledges that Consultant has been, and may in the future be, engaged to provide services to other companies in the industry in which the Company is involved. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the Company acknowledges and agrees that nothing contained in this Agreement shall limit or restrict the right of Consultant or of any member, manager, officer, employee, agent or representative of Consultant, to be a member, manager, partner, officer, director, employee, agent or representative of, investor in, or to engage in, any other business, whether or not of a similar nature to the Company’s business, nor to limit or restrict the right of Consultant to render services of any kind to any other corporation, firm, individual or association. Consultant may, but shall not be required to, present opportunities to the Company.

 

2.  Term. This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until the earlier of (a) the closing of the IPO or (b) twelve (12) months from the date of this Agreement (the “Term”). The Term may be extended by the written consent of Newco, the Company and the Consultant at any time prior to the expiration of the Term or sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 7, being referred to as the “Consultation Period.”

 

3.  Consultant Shares. Newco shall on the date hereof issue to, and register in the name of, the Consultant seven hundred thousand (700,000) shares (the “Consultant Shares”) of Newco Common Stock. At the option and upon written direction of the Consultant, the parties agree that Newco shall issue, or subsequently effect the transfer from the Consultant of, some or all of the Consultant Shares to, and register them in the name of, one or more of the Consultant’s members, Personnel or professional advisors (the “Share Assignees”); provided, however that such transfers are completed more than thirty (30) days prior to the filing of the registration statement for the IPO.

 

- 3 -

 

 

4. Bridge Financing, Share Exchange and IPO.

 

4.1  Consummation of the Bridge Financing on customary terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to Newco, the Company and the lenders and consummation of the Share Exchange shall each be a condition precedent to the other. The net proceeds of the Bridge Financing will be used by Newco and the Company for general and administration expenses and marketing expenses.

 

4.2  Newco, the Company and the Shareholders shall enter into a definitive share exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) containing representations and warranties and other terms and conditions customary for a transaction of this type, as mutually agreed between the parties consistent with the provisions in this Agreement and the advice of their respective accounting and tax advisors and legal counsel.

 

4.3  Upon consummation of the Share Exchange, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of Newco will be amended and restated in a form satisfactory to the Company, if desired.

 

4.4  The capitalization and ownership of all outstanding securities of Newco after giving effect to the Share Exchange will be set forth in detail in a schedule to the Exchange Agreement and is summarized in Schedule B to this Agreement. The anticipated capitalization of Newco after giving effect to the Bridge Financing and the IPO (at an assumed public offering price in the IPO (the “IPO Price”) of $5.00) is also summarized in Schedule B to this Agreement.

 

5. Share Adjustment.

 

5.1  In the event that the IPO Price is less than $5.00 per share of Newco Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock split or combination after the date hereof and prior to the IPO), Newco shall upon closing of the IPO, issue additional shares of Newco Common Stock to the Consultant and the Share Assignees, pro rata to the amounts then held by them, so that the total value of the Consultant Shares and such additional shares will be $3,500,000 at the IPO Price. From the date hereof until March 31, 2022, if Newco, prior to the consummation of the IPO, sells its equity or equity convertible securities (other than in connection with the Bridge Financing and the Share Exchange) at a purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00 per share of Newco Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock split or combination after the date hereof and prior to the IPO), then an equivalent adjustment to the Consultant Shares will be made by Newco. .

 

- 4 -

 

 

5.2  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event (i) the IPO, (ii) another going- public transaction (such as a SPAC merger, “APO,” direct listing, etc.) or (iii) an M&A Transaction is not consummated by March 31, 2022 (the “Cancellation Date”), for any reason, Newco shall cancel, and the Consultant and any Share Assignees shall forfeit and surrender forever, pro rata, all right, title and interest in and to 350,000 Consultant Shares (the “Surrendered Shares”). Immediately on the Cancellation Date, and without any action on part of Newco, the Consultant or any Share Assignees, all the Surrendered Shares shall cease to be outstanding and shall be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist. The Consultant hereby renounces any right or interest the Consultant may have in the Surrendered Shares as of the Cancellation Date. For purposes hereof, “M&A Transaction” means a transaction, following the completion of the Bridge Financing and consummation of the Share Exchange, in which (i) Newco, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of Newco with or into another person other than any subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or Newco, (ii) Newco, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by Newco or another person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Newco Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Newco Common Stock, or (iv) Newco, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, merger or scheme of arrangement) with another person or group of persons whereby such other person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Newco Common Stock (not including any shares of Newco Common Stock held by the other person or other persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 5.2 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

6. Expenses.

 

6.1  Except as set forth below or as may be otherwise agreed between Newco, the Company and the Consultant, the Consultant shall be responsible for all business expenses incurred by the Consultant and its Personnel in connection with, or related to, the performance of the services of the Consultant hereunder.

 

6.2  The Company will be responsible for paying any placement agent fees and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of any placement agents (or any sub-agents) in connection with the Bridge Financing, as agreed by the Company and Newco with any such placement agents.

 

7.  Termination. This Agreement may be terminated prior to the end of the Term in the following manner: (a) by the non-breaching party, upon twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice to the breaching party if one party has materially breached this Agreement; or (b) at any time upon the mutual written consent of the parties hereto. In the event of termination, the Consultant shall be entitled to payment for any expenses paid or incurred that the Company has theretofore agreed to reimburse. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Newco and the Company may terminate this Agreement effective immediately by giving written notice to the Consultant if the Consultant breaches or threatens to breach any provision of Section 9. Subject to the cancellation of the Surrendered Shares pursuant to Section 5.2, in no event of termination of this Agreement, whether at the end of the Term or otherwise, however, shall Newco and the Company be entitled to the return of, or to cancel, any of the Consultant Shares.

 

8.  Cooperation. The Consultant shall use its best efforts in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall provide such access to its information and property as may be reasonably required in order to permit the Consultant to perform its obligations hereunder. The Consultant shall cooperate with the Company’s personnel, shall not interfere with the conduct of the Company’s business.

 

- 5 -

 

 

9. Proprietary Information and Inventions.

 

9.1 Proprietary Information.

 

(a) The Consultant acknowledges that its relationship with the Company is one of high trust and confidence and that in the course of its service to the Company it will have access to and contact with Proprietary Information. The Consultant will not disclose any Proprietary Information to any person or entity other than employees of the Company or use the same for any purposes (other than in the performance of the services) without written approval by an officer of the Company, either during or after the Consultation Period, unless and until such Proprietary Information has become public knowledge without fault by the Consultant.

 

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, Proprietary Information shall mean, by way of illustration and not limitation, all information, whether or not in writing, whether or not patentable and whether or not copyrightable, of a private, secret or confidential nature, owned, possessed or used by the Company, concerning the Company’s business, business relationships or financial affairs, including, without limitation, any Invention, formula, vendor information, customer information, apparatus, equipment, trade secret, process, research, report, technical or research data, clinical data, know-how, computer program, software, software documentation, hardware design, technology, product, processes, methods, techniques, formulas, compounds, projects, developments, marketing or business plan, forecast, unpublished financial statement, budget, license, price, cost, customer, supplier or personnel information or employee list that is communicated to, learned of, developed or otherwise acquired by the Consultant in the course of its service as a consultant to the Company.

 

(c) The Consultant’s obligations under this Section 9.1 shall not apply to any information that (i) is or becomes known to the general public under circumstances involving no breach by the Consultant or others of the terms of this Section 9.1, (ii) is generally disclosed to third parties by the Company without restriction on such third parties, or (iii) is approved for release by written authorization of an officer of the Company.

 

(d) The Consultant agrees that all files, documents, letters, memoranda, reports, records, data sketches, drawings, models, laboratory notebooks, program listings, computer equipment or devices, computer programs or other written, photographic, or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by the Consultant or others, which shall come into its custody or possession, shall be and are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by the Consultant only in the performance of its duties for the Company and shall not be copied or removed from the Company’s premises except in the pursuit of the business of the Company. All such materials or copies thereof and all tangible property of the Company in the custody or possession of the Consultant shall be delivered to the Company, upon the earlier of (i) a request by the Company or (ii) the termination of this Agreement. After such delivery, the Consultant shall not retain any such materials or copies thereof or any such tangible property.

 

- 6 -

 

 

(e) The Consultant agrees that its obligation not to disclose or to use information and materials of the types set forth in paragraphs (b) and (d) above, and its obligation to return materials and tangible property set forth in paragraph (d) above extends to such types of information, materials and tangible property of customers of the Company or suppliers to the Company or other third parties who may have disclosed or entrusted the same to the Company or to the Consultant.

 

10. Independent Contractor Status.

 

10.1  The Consultant and its Personnel shall perform all services under this Agreement as “independent contractors” and not as employees or agents of the Company. The Consultant and its Personnel are not authorized to assume or create any obligation or responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of, or in the name of, the Company or to bind the Company in any manner.

 

10.2  The Consultant and its Personnel shall have the right to control and determine the time, place, methods, manner and means of performing the services. In performing the services, the amount of time devoted by the Consultant and its Personnel on any given day will be entirely within the Consultant’s and its Personnel’s control, and the Company will rely on the Consultant and its Personnel to put in the amount of time necessary to fulfill the requirements of this Agreement. The Consultant and its Personnel will provide all equipment and supplies required to perform the services. The Consultant and its Personnel are not required to attend regular meetings at the Company. However, upon reasonable notice, the Consultant and its Personnel shall meet with representatives of the Company at a location to be designated by the parties to this Agreement.

 

10.3  In the performance of the services, the Consultant and its Personnel have the authority to control and direct the performance of the details of the services, the Company being interested only in the results obtained.

 

10.4  The Consultant and its Personnel shall not use the Company’s trade names, trademarks, service names or service marks without the prior approval of the Company.

 

10.5  The Consultant and its Personnel and any Share Assignees shall be solely responsible for all federal, state and foreign income and other taxes relating to any compensation received hereunder.

 

10.6  Subject to the Consultant’s obligations in Section 9 above, the Consultant and its Personnel retain the right to contract with other companies or entities for their consulting and other services without restriction. Subject to the Company’s obligations in any other agreement, the Company retains a right to contract with other companies and/or individuals for consulting services without restriction.

 

11.  Remedies. The Consultant and its Personnel acknowledge that any breach of the provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement shall result in serious and irreparable injury to the Company for which the Company cannot be adequately compensated by monetary damages alone. The Consultant and its Personnel agree, therefore, that, in addition to any other remedy it may have, the Company shall be entitled to enforce the specific performance of this Agreement by the Consultant and its Personnel and to seek both temporary and permanent injunctive relief (to the extent permitted by law) without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting a bond.

 

- 7 -

 

 

12. Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

 

12.1  The Consultant hereby covenants that it shall be liable for the acts and omissions of the Personnel, including without limitation any breach of this Agreement or violation of law.

 

12.2  The Consultant hereby represents, warrants and covenants that it and the Personnel have the skills and experience necessary to perform the services, that it and the Personnel will perform said services in a professional, competent and timely manner, that it has the power to enter into this Agreement and that its and the Personnel’ performance hereunder will not infringe upon or violate the rights of any third party or violate any federal, state or municipal laws.

 

12.3 The Consultant hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(a) The Consultant’s and its Personnel’s performance of the terms of this Agreement and the performance of the services hereunder as a consultant of the Company do not and will not breach any agreement with any third party to which the Consultant and/or its Personnel are a party (including, without limitation, any nondisclosure or non-competition agreement), and that the Consultant and its Personnel will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any current or previous employer or others

 

(b) The Consultant is acquiring the Consultant Shares for investment for its own account and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Consultant understands and acknowledges that the Consultant Shares have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state or foreign securities laws and are restricted securities within the meaning for Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and will be issued to the Consultant pursuant to available exemptions or exclusions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state and foreign securities laws, which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein. The Consultant further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to any third person with respect to any of the Consultant Shares, other than any Share Assignees.

 

(c) The Consultant understands that no public market for Newco Common Stock now exists and that there may never be an active public market for the Consultant Shares acquired under this Agreement.

 

(d) The Consultant is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act. The Consultant shall cause each Share Assignee to execute and deliver to Newco an accredited investor certification in reasonable and customary form, and Newco shall not be obligated to issue any of the Consultant Shares to a Share Assignee prior to receipt of the same.

 

- 8 -

 

 

(e)  The Consultant realizes that because of the inherently speculative nature of business activities of the kind contemplated by the Company, the Company’s financial position and results of operations may be expected to fluctuate from period to period and will, generally, involve a high degree of financial and market risk that can result in substantial or, at times, even total loss of the value of the Consultant Shares.

 

(f) In evaluating the suitability of an investment in the Company, the Consultant has not relied upon any representation or information (oral or written) with respect to the Company or the Consultant Shares, or otherwise, other than as stated herein. No oral or written representations have been made, or oral or written information furnished, to the Consultant or its advisors, if any, in connection with the Company or the Consultant Shares which are in any way inconsistent with the information contained herein.

 

(g) The Consultant, together with its advisors, if any, has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax, and business matters, and, in particular, investments in securities, so as to enable it to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Consultant Shares and the Company and to make an informed investment decision with respect thereto

 

(h) The Consultant has taken no action that would give rise to any claim by any person for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or the like relating to its receipt of the Consultant Shares.

 

(i) The Consultant understands that it may have to hold the Consultant Shares indefinitely because none of the Consultant Shares may be sold, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available. The certificates evidencing the Consultant Shares will bear legends to the following effect:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.”

 

- 9 -

 

 

Appropriate notations will be made in Newco’s stock books to the effect that the securities included in the Consultant Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws. Stop transfer instructions will be placed with the transfer agent of the Consultant Shares, if any.

 

13. Registration Rights.

 

13.1  If the registration statement on Form S-1 (or other applicable form) filed with the Commission to register the IPO (the “IPO S-1”) includes shares of stockholders of Newco being registered for resale, the Company shall cause Newco to include the Consultant Shares and the holders of the Consultant Shares as selling stockholders therein, subject to the holders thereof executing the underwriting agreement with the underwriter or underwriters of the IPO in the form executed by the other selling stockholders, and subject to any cutback rights of the underwriter(s) on a pro rata basis with the other selling stockholders in the IPO S-1. The Consultant shall, and shall cause any holder of the Consultant Shares, regardless of such holder’s participation in the IPO, to, execute a lock-up or market standoff agreement to the same extent as other similarly situated stockholders of Newco and on the terms and for the same period (both pre- and post- effectiveness) as required by the underwriter(s) in the IPO.

 

13.2  If for any reason the IPO S-1 is not filed or is withdrawn by the Company or otherwise does not become effective, or all of the Consultant Shares are not included therein when the IPO S-1 is declared effective:

 

(a) (i) Upon written demand (a “Demand Notice”) of the holder(s) of at least 51% of the Consultant Shares not then covered by an effective resale registration statement at any time during a period of three (3) years beginning on (A) March 31, 2022, if the IPO is not consummated by that date, or (B) six (6) months after the closing of the IPO, the Company agrees to register, on one occasion, all or any portion of the Consultant Shares. On such occasion, the Company will file a registration statement with the Commission covering the Consultant Shares specified in the Demand Notice within ninety (90) days after receipt of a Demand Notice and use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement become effective promptly thereafter, subject to compliance with review by the Commission. The Company covenants and agrees to give written notice of its receipt of any Demand Notice from any holder(s) of Consultant Shares to all other registered holder(s) of the Consultant Shares within ten (10) days after the date of the receipt of any such Demand Notice and to include their Consultant Shares in such registration statement to the extent requested by them in writing.

 

(ii) The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to the registration of the Consultant Shares pursuant to this Section 13.2(a), including reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of a single counsel to the holders selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the holders of at least a majority of the Consultant Shares to be registered to represent them in connection with the registration and sale of the Consultant Shares, but the holders of the Consultant Shares to be registered shall pay any and all underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective promptly and to qualify or register the Consultant Shares in such States as are reasonably requested by the holder(s) thereof; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Consultant Shares in a state in which such registration would cause: (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license to do business in such state or submit to general service of process in such State, or (ii) the principal shareholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital stock of the Company. The Company shall cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the demand right granted under this Section 13.2(a) to remain effective for a period of at least three (3) years.

 

- 10 -

 

 

(b)  (i) If at any time during a period of three (3) years beginning on (A) March 31, 2022, if the IPO is not consummated by that date, or (B) six (6) months after the closing of the IPO the Company proposes to register the offer and sale of any shares of Company Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than a registration (i) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or other registration solely relating to an offering or sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit arrangement), (ii) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (or similar form that relates to a transaction subject to Rule 145 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto), or (iii) in connection with any dividend or distribution reinvestment or similar plan), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more stockholders of the Company and the form of Registration Statement (a “Piggyback Registration Statement”) may be used for any registration of the Consultant Shares, the Company shall give prompt written notice (in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the filing of such Registration Statement) to the holders of the Consultant Shares of its intention to effect such a registration and shall include in such registration all Consultant Shares (not then covered by an effective resale registration statement) with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion from the holders thereof within seven (7) days after the Company’s notice has been given to each such holder. If any Piggyback Registration Statement pursuant to which holders of the Consultant Shares have registered the offer and sale of the Consultant Shares is a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or the then appropriate form for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto (a “Piggyback Shelf Registration Statement”), such holder(s) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to be notified of and to participate in any offering under such Piggyback Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(ii) The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Consultant Shares pursuant to this Section 13.2(b), but the holders shall pay any and all underwriting discounts and commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Consultant Shares. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then holders of registrable Consultant Shares with not less than ten (10) days’ written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the holders shall continue to be given for each registration statement filed by the Company during the period in which the holders are entitled to the piggyback registration rights granted under this Section 13.2(b) until such time as all of the Consultant Shares have been sold by the holders. The holders of the Consultant Shares shall exercise the “piggy- back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice within seven (7) days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, there shall be no limit on the number of times the holders may request registration under this Section 13.2(b) within the period described in Section 13.2(b)(i) above. The Company shall cause any such registration statement covered by this Section 13.2(b) to remain effective for a period of at least three (3) years.

 

- 11 -

 

 

13.3  Any holders of the Consultant Shares other than the Consultant are express third-party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Section 13. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 13 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

14.  Notices. All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications which are required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing will be deemed given to a party (a) upon receipt, when personally delivered; (b) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with next day delivery specified, costs prepaid on the date of delivery, if delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (c) the date of transmission if sent by e-mail with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment, provided confirmation of email is kept on file, whether electronically or otherwise, by the sending party and the sending party does not receive an automatically generated message from the recipients email server that such e-mail could not be delivered to such recipient; (d) the date received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (e) seven (7) days after the placement of the notice into the mails (first class postage prepaid), to the party at the address or e-mail address furnished by the such party at each party’s address or such other address as any party shall have furnished to the other parties in writing in accordance with this Section 14.

 

15.  Pronouns. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

 

16.  Exclusivity. From the date hereof until March 31, 2022 (the “Exclusivity Period”), the Company and Newco each hereby covenants and agrees that it will not during the Exclusivity Period enter into any public or private offering or sale of securities, financing, merger, reverse merger or similar type of going public transaction, combination, divestiture or sale of material assets (other than the Bridge Financing, the Share Exchange and the IPO as set forth in this Agreement), or enter into any discussions or negotiations with respect thereto (except for agreements in the ordinary course of business), or enter into any other transaction that would preclude the consummation of the Bridge Financing, the Share Exchange and the IPO consistent with the terms set forth in this Agreement. In the event the Company terminates and/or breaches this Agreement and/or does not effectuate the Share Exchange and Bridge Financing prior to the end of the Exclusivity Period, other than pursuant to a termination pursuant to Section 7, then the Company agrees to immediately pay the Consultant the lesser of (1) the Consultant’s unpaid legal and other professional fees and reasonable and documented unpaid out-of-pocket expenses related to the Transactions or (2) $50,000 as a break-up fee for its role in the Transactions. The Company shall have no other liability to the Consultant or Newco as a result of such termination or breach.

 

17.  Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

18.  Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Consultant.

 

- 12 -

 

 

19.  Non-Assignability of Contract. Except as expressly provided herein, the Consultant shall not have the right to assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties without the express written consent of the Company. Any non-consented-to assignment or delegation, whether express or implied or by operation of law, shall be void and shall constitute a breach and a default by the Consultant.

 

20.  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

21.  Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, both parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Consultant are personal and shall not be assigned by Consultant.

 

22.  Indemnification. The Company agrees to indemnify Consultant in accordance with the indemnification and other provisions attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (the “Indemnification Provisions”), which provisions are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement. In addition, Consultant and the Company agree that neither Consultant nor any of its affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, controlling persons (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934), employees or agents shall have any liability to the Company, its security holders or creditors, or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in the right of the Company (whether direct, indirect, in contract, tort, for an act of negligence or otherwise) for any losses, fees, damages, liabilities, costs, expenses or equitable relief arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Services rendered hereunder, except for losses, fees, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses that arise out of or are based on any action of or failure of Consultant and that are finally and judicially determined to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Consultant.

 

23. Miscellaneous.

 

23.1  No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

23.2  The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

 

23.3  In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

23.4  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by an e-mail, which contains a copy of an executed signature page such as a portable document format (.pdf) file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such e-mail of an executed signature page such as a .pdf signature page were an original thereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 13 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

  

 NEWCO:
   
 PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
   
By:/s/ Ian Jacobs
 Name: Ian Jacobs
  Title: President, Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

 

COMPANY:

     
 

PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.

     
  By:

/s/ Max Gottschalk

    Name: Max Gottschalk
    Title: Director

 

 

CONSULTANT:

     
 

LUCIUS PARTNERS LLC

     
  By:

/s/ Matthew D Eitner

    Name: Matthew D Eitner
    Title:

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

- 14 -

 

 

Schedule A

 

Description of Services

 

The parties hereto acknowledge and agree that the services to be provided are in the nature of advisory services only, and Consultant shall have no responsibility or obligation for execution of the Company’s business or any aspect thereof nor shall Consultant have any ability to obligate or bind the Company in any respect. Consultant shall have control over the time, method and manner of performing the Services. Consultant shall render such services as are from time to time requested by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In connection with and during the term of this Agreement, Consultant may provide certain or all of the following services in connection with a potential transaction(s) (collectively referred to as the “Services”):

 

(a)Assist the Company in connection with any merger, share exchange, contribution agreement or other transaction, as well as other proposed future acquisition activity.

 

(b)Assist with valuation analysis of the Company.

 

(c)Analyze and provide advice to the combined entities regarding and in connection with a proposed transaction in which the Company becomes listed on any national securities exchange or quoted on any over-the-counter quotation system, including, but not limited to any tier maintained by the OTC Markets Group, Inc. (formerly known as the Pink Sheets) (a “PubCo Transaction”), whether by way of self-registration, Reverse Merger or initial public offering. (For purposes hereof, “Reverse Merger” shall a merger, share exchange, or other transaction (or series of related transactions), in which the Company or the combined entities merge into or otherwise becomes a wholly-owned subsidiary of a company that (A) is subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and (B) does not engage in any active operations).

 

(d)Analyze and advise the Company and/or the combined entities regarding and in connection with a proposed transaction in which the Company consummates the a Sale of the Corporation (For purposes hereof, “Sale of the Corporation” shall mean a transaction (or series of related transactions) with one or more non-affiliates of the Corporation, pursuant to which such party or parties acquire (i) capital stock of the Corporation or the surviving entity possessing the voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of the Company or the surviving entity (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of the Company’s capital stock or otherwise); or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis).

 

(e)Advise regarding the structuring of the Pubco Transaction, including but not limited to:
   
Overall Company due diligence for the Pubco Transaction. Consultant to assist with completing and organizing supporting documentation.

 

Assist with balance sheet restructuring and workout, if required.

 

Review and make recommendations with respect to the Company’s capital structure and complete roll-forward of capitalization table from inception, basic and diluted.

 

Assist with accounting and financial organization, preparation and coordination of the completion of required audit reports and stub period financials;

 

Assist the Company in acquiring a properly structured publicly trading company for a Reverse Merger;

 

Schedule A-1

 

 

Assist with corporate governance and other required legal organization to position company to complete a Pubco Transaction;
   
Make introductions to, assist in discussions and negotiate compensation packages with Board of Director and Board of Advisor Members.
   
Consider other pre-public needs; directors & officers insurance,
   
Introduce to and/or coordinate with legal, auditors and others the preparation of appropriate draft transaction documents, including but not limited to:

 

Identify market makers to quote the Company’s securities on a quotation service;
   
Assist the Company in connection with the Market Makers’ initiation of quotation of the Company’s securities pursuant to Rule 15c-211 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;
   
disclosure schedule preparation; capitalization, legal actions, off balance sheet liabilities, related entities, insurance, employment matters, intellectual property, benefit plans, material contracts and transactions; and
   
exhibit preparation; investor documents and necessary financial documents;
   
Board of Director meetings and discussions.

 

(f)Pubco Transaction Closing, including but not limited to:
   
Coordinate with management, legal, auditors and other professionals the closing of the Pubco Transaction;
   
Coordinate the compilation of all Transaction documents for future reference and due diligence.

 

(g)Advise the Company with respect to its ongoing strategic planning process and business plans, including an analysis of markets, positioning, financial models, organizational structure, potential strategic alliances and capital requirements. Work closely with the Company’s management to develop a set of long and short-term goals with special focus on enhancing corporate and shareholder value.

 

(h)Analyze and advise the Company and/or the combined entities on various topics, including but not limited to:
   
Merger and acquisition activity;
   
Recapitalization or financial restructuring;
   
Analysis of raising capital privately versus publicly;
   
Potential uses of existing cash.

 

(i)Advise the Company with respect to any new projects with a Partner(s) (as defined below), which may include the following:
   
Create a target list, in conjunction with the Company, of potential target partners “Partners”) for which the Company and Consultant believe may have interest in a potential transaction;
   
Assist with formalizing relationships with potential Partner(s);
   
Review all relevant proposals, agreements, and contracts with Partner(s);
   
Advise the Company with respect to its selection of, a Partner(s);
   
Assist the Company in identifying and organizing due diligence material to be made available to the Partner(s); and
   
Assist the Company in its negotiations with the Partner(s) through the consummation of a Transaction.

 

(j)Provide such other financial advisory and consulting services upon which the parties may mutually agree.

 

The Consultant will not provide investment, tax or legal advice.

 

Schedule A-2

 

 

Schedule B

 

Post Share Exchange and Bridge Financing Capitalization1

 

 

   Fully Diluted
  

 

Shares

  

%
Ownership

 
Perfect Moment Stockholders plus EIP2   8,000,000    80.0%
Consultant and Other Advisory Shares   2,000,000    20.0%
Total   10,000,000    100.0%
Bridge Notes  $2,000,000      

 

Post Share Exchange, Bridge Financing and IPO Capitalization1

 

          Fully Diluted 
     

 

   Shares  

%
Ownership

 
Perfect Moment Stockholders plus EIP2           8,000,000    54.9%
Bridge Investors  @  $4.00    1,575,000    10.8%
IPO Investors  @  $5.00    3,000,000    20.6%
Consultant Shares           2,000,000    13.7%
            14,575,000      
Total                100.0%

 

1Assuming $6,300,000 Bridge Financing.

2Including outstanding Perfect Moment preferred stock, convertible notes, warrants and vested and unvested options, if any.

 

Schedule B-1

 

 

Exhibit A

INDEMNIFICATION PROVISIONS

 

Capitalized terms used in this Exhibit shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement to which this Exhibit is attached.

 

The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Consultant and each of the other Indemnified Parties (as hereinafter defined) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, obligations, penalties, judgments, awards, liabilities, costs, expenses and disbursements, and any and all actions, suits, proceedings and investigations in respect thereof and any and all legal and other costs, expenses and disbursements in giving testimony or furnishing documents in response to a subpoena or otherwise (including, without limitation, the costs, expenses and disbursements, as and when incurred, of investigating, preparing, pursing or defending any such action, suit, proceeding or investigation (whether or not in connection with litigation in which any Indemnified Party is a party)) (collectively, “Losses”), directly or indirectly, caused by, relating to, based upon, arising out of, or in connection with, Consultant’s acting for the Company, including, without limitation, any act or omission by Consultant in connection with its acceptance of or the performance or non-performance of its obligations under the Agreement between the Company and Consultant to which these indemnification provisions are attached and form a part, any breach by the Company of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in the Agreement or the subscription or securities purchase agreement with the investors (or in any instrument, document or agreement relating thereto, including any agency agreement), or the enforcement by Consultant of its rights under the Agreement or these indemnification provisions, except to the extent that any such Losses are found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to have resulted primarily and directly from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party seeking indemnification hereunder.

 

The Company also agrees that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to the Company for or in connection with the engagement of Consultant by the Company or for any other reason, except to the extent that any such liability is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) to have resulted primarily and directly from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

These Indemnification Provisions shall extend to the following persons (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”): Consultant, its present and former affiliated entities, managers, members, officers, employees, legal counsel, agents and controlling persons (within the meaning of the federal securities laws), and the officers, directors, partners, stockholders, members, managers, employees, legal counsel, agents and controlling persons of any of them. These indemnification provisions shall be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to any Indemnified Party.

 

If any action, suit, proceeding or investigation is commenced, as to which an Indemnified Party proposes to demand indemnification, it shall notify the Company with reasonable promptness; provided, however, that any failure by an Indemnified Party to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company from its obligations hereunder. An Indemnified Party shall have the right to retain one counsel of its own choice to represent it, and the fees, expenses and disbursements of such counsel shall be borne by the Company. Any such counsel shall, to the extent consistent with its professional responsibilities, cooperate with the Company and any counsel designated by the Company. The Company shall be liable for any settlement of any claim against any Indemnified Party made with the Company’s written consent. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Consultant, settle or compromise any claim, or permit a default or consent to the entry of any judgment in respect thereof, unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes, as an unconditional term thereof, the giving by the claimant to all of the Indemnified Parties of an unconditional release from all liability in respect of such claim, and (ii) does not contain any factual or legal admission by or with respect to an Indemnified Party or an adverse statement with respect to the character, professionalism, expertise or reputation of any Indemnified Party or any action or inaction of any Indemnified Party.

 

Exhibit A-1

 

 

In order to provide for just and equitable contribution, if a claim for indemnification pursuant to these indemnification provisions is made but it is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction (not subject to further appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, even though the express provisions hereof provide for indemnification in such case, then the Company shall contribute to the Losses to which any Indemnified Party may be subject (i) in accordance with the relative benefits received by the Company and its stockholders, subsidiaries and affiliates, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other hand, and (ii) if (and only if) the allocation provided in clause (i) of this sentence is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as to reflect not only the relative benefits, but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other hand, in connection with the statements, acts or omissions which resulted in such Losses as well as any relevant equitable considerations. No person found liable for a fraudulent misrepresentation shall be entitled to contribution from any person who is not also found liable for fraudulent misrepresentation. The relative benefits received (or anticipated to be received) by the Company and its stockholders, subsidiaries and affiliates shall be deemed to be equal to the aggregate consideration payable or receivable by such parties in connection with the transaction or transactions to which the Agreement relates relative to the amount of fees actually received by Consultant in connection with such transaction or transactions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the amount contributed by all Indemnified Parties exceed the amount of fees previously received by Consultant pursuant to the Agreement.

 

Neither termination nor completion of the Agreement shall affect these Indemnification Provisions which shall remain operative and in full force and effect. The Indemnification Provisions shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnified Parties and their respective successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives.

 

 

Exhibit A-2

 

 

Exhibit 10.23

 

AMENDMENT TO

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment to Consulting Agreement (this “Amendment”), made this 28th day of January, 2022, is entered into by Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., a Hong Kong company (“Perfect Moment Asia”), Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (“Perfect Moment DE”), and Lucius Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Consultant”).

 

WHEREAS, Perfect Moment Asia and the Consultant entered into that certain Consulting Agreement dated March 11, 2021 (the “Consulting Agreement”) (capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in Consulting Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, the Share Exchange referred to in the Consulting Agreement closed on March 15, 2021, whereby the shareholders of Perfect Moment Asia exchanged all of their shares of Perfect Moment Asia for shares of Perfect Moment DE, by virtue of which Perfect Moment Asia became a wholly owned subsidiary of Perfect Moment DE; and the Bridge Financing referred to in the Consulting Agreement also closed on March 15, 2021; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to amend the Consulting Agreement, to extend certain dates therein and to make Perfect Moment DE a direct party to the Consulting Agreement, as provided herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments to Consulting Agreement.

 

1.1 Perfect Moment DE is made a party to the Consulting Agreement and shall be directly bound by all of the obligations of the “Company” therein.

 

1.2 Clause (b) of Section 2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “twelve (12) months from the date of this Agreement” with “the date that is the earlier of (a) August 31, 2022, or (b) six (6) months after the submission by Perfect Moment Ltd. with the Commission of the IPO S-1 (the “Extension Date”).”

 

1.3 Section 5.1 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “the Extension Date.”

 

1.4 Section 5.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “the Extension Date.”

 

1.5 Clause (a)(i)(A) of Section 13.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “August 31, 2022.”

 

1.6 Clause (b)(i)(A) of Section 13.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “August 31, 2022.”

 

1.7 Section 16 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “the Extension Date.”

 

The Consulting Agreement, as heretofore and hereby amended, is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

 

2. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

3. Miscellaneous. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by an e-mail, which contains a copy of an executed signature page such as a portable document format (.pdf) file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such e-mail of an executed signature page such as a .pdf signature page were an original thereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Negin Yeganegy
  Name: Negin Yeganegy
  Title: CEO
     
  PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Max Gottschalk
    Name: Max Gottschalk
    Title: Chairman
     
  LUCIUS PARTNERS LLC
     
  By: /s/ Matthew D Eitner
    Name: Matthew D Eitner
    Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.24

 

Second Amendment to

Consulting Agreement

 

This Second Amendment to Consulting Agreement (this “Second Amendment”), made this 21st day of March, 2022, is entered into by Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., a Hong Kong company (“Perfect Moment Asia”), Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (“Perfect Moment DE”), and Lucius Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Consultant”).

 

WHEREAS, Perfect Moment Asia and the Consultant entered into that certain Consulting Agreement dated March 11, 2021, as amended by the Amendment thereto dated January 28, 2022 (as so amended, the “Consulting Agreement”) (capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in Consulting Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, the Share Exchange referred to in the Consulting Agreement closed on March 15, 2021, whereby the shareholders of Perfect Moment Asia exchanged all of their shares of Perfect Moment Asia for shares of Perfect Moment DE, by virtue of which Perfect Moment Asia became a wholly owned subsidiary of Perfect Moment DE; and the Bridge Financing referred to in the Consulting Agreement also closed on March 15, 2021; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend the Consulting Agreement as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments to Consulting Agreement. Effective upon a closing of Perfect Moment DE’s bridge financing, pursuant to which it offered and sold, commencing in March 2022, its 8% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes due December 15, 2022:

 

1.1 Section 5.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

1.2 In the last sentence of Section 7 of the Consulting Agreement, the words “Subject to the cancellation of the Surrendered Shares pursuant to Section 5.2,” are hereby deleted.

 

The Consulting Agreement, as heretofore and hereby amended, is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

 

2. Governing Law. This Second Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

Miscellaneous. This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by an e-mail, which contains a copy of an executed signature page such as a portable document format (.pdf) file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such e-mail of an executed signature page such as a .pdf signature page were an original thereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Negin Yeganegy
  Name:  Negin Yeganegy
  Title: CEO
     
  PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Max Gottschalk
  Name:  Max Gottschalk
  Title: Chairman
     
  LUCIUS PARTNERS LLC
     
  By: /s/ Matthew D Eitner
  Name: Matthew D Eitner
  Title: Managing Director

 

 

[Signature Page to 2nd Amendment to Lucius Partners Consulting Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.25

 

Third Amendment to

Consulting Agreement

 

This Third Amendment to Consulting Agreement (this “Third Amendment”), made this 31st day of August, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into by Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., a Hong Kong company (“Perfect Moment Asia”), Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (“Perfect Moment DE”), and Lucius Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Consultant”).

 

WHEREAS, Perfect Moment Asia and the Consultant entered into that certain Consulting Agreement dated March 11, 2021, as amended by the Amendment thereto dated January 28, 2022, and the Second Amendment thereto dated March 21, 2022 (as so amended, the “Consulting Agreement”) (capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in Consulting Agreement); and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend the Consulting Agreement as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments to Consulting Agreement. Effective as of the Effective Date :

 

1.1 Clause (b) of Section 2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “the date that is the earlier of (a) August 31, 2022, or (b) six (6) months after the submission by Perfect Moment Ltd. with the Commission of the IPO S-1 (the “Extension Date”)” with “March 31, 2024 (the “Extension Date”).”

 

1.2 Clause (a)(i)(A) of Section 13.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “August 31, 2022” with “March 31, 2024.”

 

1.3 Clause (b)(i)(A) of Section 13.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “August 31, 2022” with “March 31, 2024.”

 

The Consulting Agreement, as heretofore and hereby amended, is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

 

2. Governing Law. This Third Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

3. Miscellaneous. This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by an e-mail, which contains a copy of an executed signature page such as a portable document format (.pdf) file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such e-mail of an executed signature page such as a .pdf signature page were an original thereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Mark Buckley
  Name:  Mark Buckley
  Title: CEO
     
  PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Max Gottschalk
  Name: Max Gottschalk
  Title: Chairman
     
  LUCIUS PARTNERS LLC
     
  By: /s/ Matthew D Eitner
  Name:  Matthew D Eitner
  Title: Managing Director

 

 

[Signature Page to 3rd Amendment to Lucius Partners Consulting Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.26

 

Consulting Agreement

 

This Consulting Agreement (the “Agreement”), made this 31st day of December, 2020, is entered into by Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., a Hong Kong company (the “Company”), and Montrose Capital Partners Limited, a corporation formed under the laws of the United Kingdom with its principal place of business at 32-33 St. James’s Place, London SW1A 1NR (the “Consultant”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Consultant entered into that certain Term Sheet, dated November 24, 2020, executed as of November 25, 2020, as amended by that certain amendment, dated December 3, 2020 (as so amended, the “Term Sheet”) (capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Term Sheet), pursuant to which the Consultant is assisting the Company in connection with a share exchange, merger or similar business combination transaction with a U.S. SEC-reporting company, a private placement offering and related transactions described in the Term Sheet (collectively, the “APO”); and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Term Sheet, upon the initial closing of the APO, the stockholders of Pubco prior to the Merger and the Offering would retain certain shares of Pubco Common Stock; and

 

WHEREAS, in the Term Sheet the Company has agreed to certain exclusivity provisions with the Consultant set forth therein that will currently expire on March 24, 2021; and

 

WHEREAS, the Consultant desires to introduce to the Company a U.S. investment bank (the “Proposed Underwriter”) that proposes to act as lead managing underwriter of an underwritten initial public offering of Newco (as defined below) (the “IPO”) for proceeds not less than an amount that will be sufficient to enable Newco to qualify for a simultaneous listing of Newco’s common equity on the Nasdaq Stock Market, the New York Stock Exchange or NYSE American (any of the foregoing that may be selected by the Company, the “Exchange”); and

 

WHEREAS, in anticipation of the IPO, the Company and its shareholders (the “Shareholders”) will consummate a share exchange, or other similar transaction, with a newly formed Delaware corporation (“Newco”), for purposes of creating a U.S. holding company structure prior to the completion of the IPO, pursuant to which Newco will acquire all of the outstanding equity interests of the Company from the Shareholders in exchange for newly issued shares of common stock of Newco (“Newco Common Stock”) resulting in the Company becoming a wholly owned subsidiary of Newco (the “Share Exchange”) with Newco continuing the ongoing business of the Company (as used herein, the “Company,” following the consummation of the Share Exchange, shall also include Newco); and

 

WHEREAS, contemporaneously with the Share Exchange, the Company desires to complete a convertible debt bridge financing (which may, as agreed by the Company and the lenders, be secured by a security interest in some or all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries) for an amount between $1,500,000 and $2,000,000 to provide working capital for its operations until consummation of the IPO, which convertible debt shall be convertible into Newco Common Stock upon the closing of the IPO at a conversion price equal to eighty percent (80%) of the public offering price of Newco Common Stock in the IPO (the “Bridge Financing”); and

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Consultant desire to establish the terms and conditions under which the Consultant will provide services to the Company as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.1 Introduction. The Consultant will introduce the Proposed Underwriter to the Company and use its best efforts to arrange a meeting or conference call between representatives of the Company and of the Proposed Underwriter as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

1.2 Services. The Consultant agrees to perform such consulting, advisory and related services to and for the Company as may be reasonably requested from time to time by the Company, including, but not limited to, the services specified on Schedule A to this Agreement using the principals, officers, employees and Subcontractors (as defined below) of the Consultant set forth on such Schedule A, and any other principal, officer or employee, Subcontractor or agent of the Consultant approved in writing by the Company (the “Personnel”). The Consultant shall not engage the services of third party contractors, subcontractors or consultants (each, a “Subcontractor”) in the performance of the services without the prior written consent of the Company, which may be granted or withheld in its sole discretion. In the event that the Company permits the Consultant to use the services of one or more Subcontractors, each such Subcontractor shall sign a written agreement agreeing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement to the same extent as the Consultant and the Personnel. The Company shall have no responsibility or obligation to any such Subcontractor.

 

2. Term. This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof and shall continue until the earlier of (a) the closing of the IPO or (b) six (6) months from the date of this Agreement (the “Term”). The Term may be extended by the mutual written consent of the Company and the Consultant at any time prior to the expiration of the Term or sooner terminated in accordance with the provisions of Section 7, being referred to as the “Consultation Period.”

 

3. Formation and Initial Capitalization of Newco. The Consultant shall cause Newco to be formed as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, with an authorized capitalization of 100,000,000 shares of common stock and 10,000,000 million shares of “blank check” preferred stock, unless otherwise agreed to by the Company. Newco shall prior to the Share Exchange issue to, and register in the name of, the Consultant one million two hundred thousand (1,200,000) shares (the “Consultant Shares”) of Newco Common Stock. At the option and upon written direction of the Consultant, the parties agree that Newco shall issue, or subsequently effect the transfer from the Consultant of, some or all of the Consultant Shares to, and register them in the name of, one or more of the Consultant’s Personnel or professional advisors (the “Share Assignees”) identified on Schedule B to this Agreement; provided, however that such transfers are completed more than thirty (30) days prior to the filing of the registration statement for the IPO.

 

- 2 -

 

 

4. Bridge Financing, Share Exchange and IPO.

 

4.1 Consummation of the Bridge Financing on customary terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Consultant (and the lenders) shall be a condition precedent to the consummation of the Share Exchange. The net proceeds of the Bridge Financing will be used by Newco and the Company for technology, marketing and general and administration expenses, including existing salaries and new hires to support the Company’s finance department.

 

4.2 Newco, the Company and the Shareholders shall enter into a definitive share exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) containing representations and warranties and other terms and conditions customary for a transaction of this type, as mutually agreed between the parties consistent with the provisions in this Agreement and the advice of their respective accounting and tax advisors and legal counsel. In addition to such customary representations and warranties, Newco shall represent and warrant to the Company and the Shareholders that:

 

(a) Newco was formed as a vehicle to pursue the Share Exchange, Bridge Financing and IPO and has no current or historical operations and only nominal assets; Newco has engaged in no business activities except for its organization and the negotiation of the Share Exchange, Bridge Financing and related transactions (collectively, the “Transactions”);

 

(b) Newco does not, on the closing date of the Share Exchange, have any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, other than notes payable to shareholders for loans made by them to fund Newco’s expenses as well as professional fees and expenses related to the Transactions to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 6 below, the Bridge Financing and any fees and expenses of placement agents with respect thereto; and

 

(c) there are no authorized or outstanding options, warrants, convertible securities (other than the Bridge Financing), rights, agreements or commitments requiring Newco to issue or redeem capital stock.

 

4.3 Upon consummation of the Share Exchange, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of Newco will be amended and restated in a form satisfactory to the Company, if desired.

 

4.4 On the closing date of the Bridge Financing, Newco shall issue 100,000 shares of Newco Common Stock to Darius Fouladi (the “Advisory Shares”).

 

4.5 On or before the closing date of the IPO, the Board of Directors and stockholders of Newco shall have adopted an Equity Incentive Plan (the “EIP”) reserving shares of Newco Common Stock covering outstanding options of the Company, which will be assumed by Newco, and for the future issuance, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, of incentive awards to the Company’s officers, key employees, consultants and directors. The EIP may include a customary evergreen provision with respect to the refresh of the number of shares available for grants under the EIP.

 

4.6 It is anticipated that upon closing of the IPO, Newco will issue to the Proposed Underwriter or any other investment bank engaged by Newco for the IPO (the Proposed Underwriter or any of the such other investment bank, the “Underwriter”) shares of Newco Common Stock with a value of $3,500,000 at the public offering price of the IPO (the “IPO Price”).

 

- 3 -

 

 

4.7 The capitalization and ownership of all outstanding securities of Newco after giving effect to the Share Exchange will be set forth in detail in a schedule to the Exchange Agreement and is summarized in Schedule C to this Agreement. The anticipated capitalization of Newco after giving effect to the Bridge Financing and the IPO (at an assumed IPO Price of $5.00) is also summarized in Schedule C to this Agreement.

 

5. Share Adjustment.

 

5.1 In the event that the IPO Price is less than $5.00 per share of Newco Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock split or combination after the date hereof and prior to the IPO), Newco shall upon closing of the IPO, issue additional shares of Newco Common Stock to the Consultant and the Share Assignees, pro rata to the amounts on Schedule B, so that the total value of the Consultant Shares and such additional shares will be $6,000,000 at the IPO Price. From the date hereof until December 31, 2021, if Newco, prior to the consummation of the IPO, sells its equity or equity convertible securities (other than in connection with the Bridge Financing and the Share Exchange) at a purchase price per share or conversion price per share that is less than $5.00 per share of Newco Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock split or combination after the date hereof and prior to the IPO), then an equivalent adjustment to the Consultant Shares will be made by Newco.

 

5.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event (i) the IPO, (ii) another going-public transaction (such as a SPAC merger, “APO,” direct listing, etc.) or (iii) an M&A Transaction is not consummated by December 31, 2021 (the “Cancellation Date”), for any reason, Newco shall cancel, and the Consultant and any Share Assignees shall forfeit and surrender forever, pro rata, all right, title and interest in and to 1,050,000 Consultant Shares (the “Surrendered Shares”). Immediately on the Cancellation Date, and without any action on part of Newco, the Consultant or any Share Assignees, all the Surrendered Shares shall cease to be outstanding and shall be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist. The Consultant hereby renounces any right or interest the Consultant may have in the Surrendered Shares as of the Cancellation Date. For purposes hereof, “M&A Transaction” means a transaction, following the completion of the Bridge Financing and consummation of the Share Exchange, in which (i) Newco, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of Newco with or into another person other than any subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or Newco, (ii) Newco, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by Newco or another person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Newco Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Newco Common Stock, or (iv) Newco, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off, merger or scheme of arrangement) with another person or group of persons whereby such other person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Newco Common Stock (not including any shares of Newco Common Stock held by the other person or other persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 5.2 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

- 4 -

 

 

6. Expenses.

 

6.1 Except as set forth below or as may be otherwise agreed between the Company and the Consultant, the Consultant shall be responsible for all business expenses incurred by the Consultant and its Personnel in connection with, or related to, the performance of the services of the Consultant hereunder.

 

6.2 The Company will be responsible for paying any placement agent fees and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of any placement agents (or any sub-agents) in connection with the Bridge Financing, as agreed by the Company and Newco with any such placement agents.

 

6.3 The parties understand that Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP (“SRF”) has been engaged by the Consultant as its counsel in respect of the Transactions and will also represent Newco prior to and in connection with the Share Exchange as well as represent the placement agent(s) and Proposed Underwriter for the Bridge Financing and the IPO, respectively. The parties agree that a fixed fee of $15,000 will be paid from the proceeds of the Bridge Financing at the closing thereof for SRF’s legal services provided in connection with the Share Exchange, plus such amount as is agreed between the Company and the placement agent(s) for SRF’s legal services provided in connection with the Bridge Financing, and that Newco shall pay from the proceeds of the IPO at the closing thereof such amount as is agreed between the Company or Newco and the Underwriter for SRF’s legal services provided in connection with the IPO.

 

7. Termination. This Agreement may be terminated prior to the end of the Term in the following manner: (a) by the non-breaching party, upon twenty-four (24) hours prior written notice to the breaching party if one party has materially breached this Agreement; or (b) at any time upon the mutual written consent of the parties hereto. In the event of termination, the Consultant shall be entitled to payment for any expenses paid or incurred that the Company has theretofore agreed to reimburse. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may terminate this Agreement effective immediately by giving written notice to the Consultant if the Consultant breaches or threatens to breach any provision of Section 9. Subject to the cancellation of the Surrendered Shares pursuant to Section 5.2, in no event of termination of this Agreement, whether at the end of the Term or otherwise, however, shall the Company be entitled to the return of, or to cancel, any of the Consultant Shares.

 

8. Cooperation. The Consultant shall use its best efforts in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. The Company shall provide such access to its information and property as may be reasonably required in order to permit the Consultant to perform its obligations hereunder. The Consultant shall cooperate with the Company’s personnel, shall not interfere with the conduct of the Company’s business.

 

- 5 -

 

 

9. Proprietary Information and Inventions.

 

9.1 Proprietary Information.

 

(a) The Consultant acknowledges that its relationship with the Company is one of high trust and confidence and that in the course of its service to the Company it will have access to and contact with Proprietary Information. The Consultant will not disclose any Proprietary Information to any person or entity other than employees of the Company or use the same for any purposes (other than in the performance of the services) without written approval by an officer of the Company, either during or after the Consultation Period, unless and until such Proprietary Information has become public knowledge without fault by the Consultant.

 

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, Proprietary Information shall mean, by way of illustration and not limitation, all information, whether or not in writing, whether or not patentable and whether or not copyrightable, of a private, secret or confidential nature, owned, possessed or used by the Company, concerning the Company’s business, business relationships or financial affairs, including, without limitation, any Invention, formula, vendor information, customer information, apparatus, equipment, trade secret, process, research, report, technical or research data, clinical data, know-how, computer program, software, software documentation, hardware design, technology, product, processes, methods, techniques, formulas, compounds, projects, developments, marketing or business plan, forecast, unpublished financial statement, budget, license, price, cost, customer, supplier or personnel information or employee list that is communicated to, learned of, developed or otherwise acquired by the Consultant in the course of its service as a consultant to the Company.

 

(c) The Consultant’s obligations under this Section 9.1 shall not apply to any information that (i) is or becomes known to the general public under circumstances involving no breach by the Consultant or others of the terms of this Section 9.1, (ii) is generally disclosed to third parties by the Company without restriction on such third parties, or (iii) is approved for release by written authorization of an officer of the Company.

 

(d) The Consultant agrees that all files, documents, letters, memoranda, reports, records, data sketches, drawings, models, laboratory notebooks, program listings, computer equipment or devices, computer programs or other written, photographic, or other tangible material containing Proprietary Information, whether created by the Consultant or others, which shall come into its custody or possession, shall be and are the exclusive property of the Company to be used by the Consultant only in the performance of its duties for the Company and shall not be copied or removed from the Company’s premises except in the pursuit of the business of the Company. All such materials or copies thereof and all tangible property of the Company in the custody or possession of the Consultant shall be delivered to the Company, upon the earlier of (i) a request by the Company or (ii) the termination of this Agreement. After such delivery, the Consultant shall not retain any such materials or copies thereof or any such tangible property.

 

(e) The Consultant agrees that its obligation not to disclose or to use information and materials of the types set forth in paragraphs (b) and (d) above, and its obligation to return materials and tangible property set forth in paragraph (d) above extends to such types of information, materials and tangible property of customers of the Company or suppliers to the Company or other third parties who may have disclosed or entrusted the same to the Company or to the Consultant.

 

- 6 -

 

 

10. Independent Contractor Status.

 

10.1 The Consultant and its Personnel shall perform all services under this Agreement as “independent contractors” and not as employees or agents of the Company. The Consultant and its Personnel are not authorized to assume or create any obligation or responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of, or in the name of, the Company or to bind the Company in any manner.

 

10.2 The Consultant and its Personnel shall have the right to control and determine the time, place, methods, manner and means of performing the services. In performing the services, the amount of time devoted by the Consultant and its Personnel on any given day will be entirely within the Consultant’s and its Personnel’s control, and the Company will rely on the Consultant and its Personnel to put in the amount of time necessary to fulfill the requirements of this Agreement. The Consultant and its Personnel will provide all equipment and supplies required to perform the services. The Consultant and its Personnel are not required to attend regular meetings at the Company. However, upon reasonable notice, the Consultant and its Personnel shall meet with representatives of the Company at a location to be designated by the parties to this Agreement.

 

10.3 In the performance of the services, the Consultant and its Personnel have the authority to control and direct the performance of the details of the services, the Company being interested only in the results obtained.

 

10.4 The Consultant and its Personnel shall not use the Company’s trade names, trademarks, service names or service marks without the prior approval of the Company.

 

10.5 The Consultant and its Personnel and any Share Assignees shall be solely responsible for all federal, state and foreign income and other taxes relating to any compensation received hereunder.

 

10.6 Subject to the Consultant’s obligations in Section 9 above, the Consultant and its Personnel retain the right to contract with other companies or entities for their consulting services without restriction. Subject to the Company’s obligations in the Term Sheet, as amended below, the Company retains a right to contract with other companies and/or individuals for consulting services without restriction.

 

11. Remedies. The Consultant and its Personnel acknowledge that any breach of the provisions of Section 9 of this Agreement shall result in serious and irreparable injury to the Company for which the Company cannot be adequately compensated by monetary damages alone. The Consultant and its Personnel agree, therefore, that, in addition to any other remedy it may have, the Company shall be entitled to enforce the specific performance of this Agreement by the Consultant and its Personnel and to seek both temporary and permanent injunctive relief (to the extent permitted by law) without the necessity of proving actual damages or posting a bond.

 

- 7 -

 

 

12. Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

 

12.1 The Consultant hereby covenants that it shall be liable for the acts and omissions of the Personnel, including without limitation any breach of this Agreement or violation of law.

 

12.2 The Consultant hereby represents, warrants and covenants that it and the Personnel have the skills and experience necessary to perform the services, that it and the Personnel will perform said services in a professional, competent and timely manner, that it has the power to enter into this Agreement and that its and the Personnel’ performance hereunder will not infringe upon or violate the rights of any third party or violate any federal, state or municipal laws.

 

12.3 The Consultant hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(a) The Consultant’s and its Personnel’s performance of the terms of this Agreement and the performance of the services hereunder as a consultant of the Company do not and will not breach any agreement with any third party to which the Consultant and/or its Personnel are a party (including, without limitation, any nondisclosure or non-competition agreement), and that the Consultant and its Personnel will not disclose to the Company or induce the Company to use any confidential or proprietary information or material belonging to any current or previous employer or others

 

(b) The Consultant is acquiring the Consultant Shares for investment for its own account and not with the view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. The Consultant understands and acknowledges that the Consultant Shares have not been registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or any state or foreign securities laws and are restricted securities within the meaning for Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act, and will be issued to the Consultant pursuant to available exemptions or exclusions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state and foreign securities laws, which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent as expressed herein. The Consultant further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person or entity to sell, transfer or grant participation to any third person with respect to any of the Consultant Shares, other than the Share Assignees as disclosed on Schedule B to this Agreement.

 

(c) The Consultant understands that no public market for Newco Common Stock now exists and that there may never be an active public market for the Consultant Shares acquired under this Agreement.

 

(d) The Consultant is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act. The Consultant shall cause each Share Assignee to execute and deliver to Newco an accredited investor certification in reasonable and customary form, and Newco shall not be obligated to issue any of the Consultant Shares to a Share Assignee prior to receipt of the same.

 

- 8 -

 

 

(e) The Consultant realizes that because of the inherently speculative nature of business activities of the kind contemplated by the Company, the Company’s financial position and results of operations may be expected to fluctuate from period to period and will, generally, involve a high degree of financial and market risk that can result in substantial or, at times, even total loss of the value of the Consultant Shares.

 

(f) In evaluating the suitability of an investment in the Company, the Consultant has not relied upon any representation or information (oral or written) with respect to the Company or the Consultant Shares, or otherwise, other than as stated herein. No oral or written representations have been made, or oral or written information furnished, to the Consultant or its advisors, if any, in connection with the Company or the Consultant Shares which are in any way inconsistent with the information contained herein.

 

(g) The Consultant, together with its advisors, if any, has such knowledge and experience in financial, tax, and business matters, and, in particular, investments in securities, so as to enable it to evaluate the merits and risks of an investment in the Consultant Shares and the Company and to make an informed investment decision with respect thereto

 

(h) The Consultant has taken no action that would give rise to any claim by any person for brokerage commissions, finders’ fees or the like relating to its receipt of the Consultant Shares.

 

(i) The Consultant understands that it may have to hold the Consultant Shares indefinitely because none of the Consultant Shares may be sold, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available. The certificates evidencing the Consultant Shares will bear legends to the following effect:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT (A) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. HEDGING TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE CONDUCTED UNLESS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.”

 

Appropriate notations will be made in the Company’s stock books to the effect that the securities included in the Consultant Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws. Stop transfer instructions will be placed with the transfer agent of the Consultant Shares, if any.

 

- 9 -

 

 

13. Registration Rights.

 

13.1 If the registration statement on Form S-1 (or other applicable form) filed with the Commission to register the IPO (the “IPO S-1”) includes shares of stockholders of Newco being registered for resale, the Company shall cause Newco to include the Consultant Shares and the holders of the Consultant Shares as selling stockholders therein, subject to the holders thereof executing the underwriting agreement with the Underwriter in the form executed by the other selling stockholders, and subject to any cutback rights of the Underwriter on a pro rata basis with the other selling stockholders in the IPO S-1. The Consultant shall, and shall cause any holder of the Consultant Shares, regardless of such holder’s participation in the IPO, to, execute a lock-up or market standoff agreement to the same extent as other similarly situated stockholders of Newco and on the terms and for the same period (both pre- and post-effectiveness) as required by the Underwriter in the IPO.

 

13.2 If for any reason the IPO S-1 is not filed or is withdrawn by the Company or otherwise does not become effective, or all of the Consultant Shares are not included therein when the IPO S-1 is declared effective:

 

(a) (i) Upon written demand (a “Demand Notice”) of the holder(s) of at least 51% of the Consultant Shares not then covered by an effective resale registration statement at any time during a period of three (3) years beginning on (A) June 30, 2021, if the IPO is not consummated by that date, or (B) six (6) months after the closing of the IPO, the Company agrees to register, on one occasion, all or any portion of the Consultant Shares. On such occasion, the Company will file a registration statement with the Commission covering the Consultant Shares specified in the Demand Notice within ninety (90) days after receipt of a Demand Notice and use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the registration statement become effective promptly thereafter, subject to compliance with review by the Commission. The Company covenants and agrees to give written notice of its receipt of any Demand Notice from any holder(s) of Consultant Shares to all other registered holder(s) of the Consultant Shares within ten (10) days after the date of the receipt of any such Demand Notice and to include their Consultant Shares in such registration statement to the extent requested by them in writing.

 

(ii) The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to the registration of the Consultant Shares pursuant to this Section 13.2(a), including reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of a single counsel to the holders selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the holders of at least a majority of the Consultant Shares to be registered to represent them in connection with the registration and sale of the Consultant Shares, but the holders of the Consultant Shares to be registered shall pay any and all underwriting discounts and commissions. The Company agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective promptly and to qualify or register the Consultant Shares in such States as are reasonably requested by the holder(s) thereof; provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Consultant Shares in a state in which such registration would cause: (i) the Company to be obligated to register or license to do business in such state or submit to general service of process in such State, or (ii) the principal shareholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital stock of the Company. The Company shall cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the demand right granted under this Section 13.2(a) to remain effective for a period of at least three (3) years.

 

- 10 -

 

 

(b) (i) If at any time during a period of three (3) years beginning on (A) June 30, 2021, if the IPO is not consummated by that date, or (B) six (6) months after the closing of the IPO the Company proposes to register the offer and sale of any shares of Company Common Stock under the Securities Act (other than a registration (i) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-8 (or other registration solely relating to an offering or sale to employees or directors of the Company pursuant to any employee stock plan or other employee benefit arrangement), (ii) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (or similar form that relates to a transaction subject to Rule 145 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto), or (iii) in connection with any dividend or distribution reinvestment or similar plan), whether for its own account or for the account of one or more stockholders of the Company and the form of Registration Statement (a “Piggyback Registration Statement”) may be used for any registration of the Consultant Shares, the Company shall give prompt written notice (in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the filing of such Registration Statement) to the holders of the Consultant Shares of its intention to effect such a registration and shall include in such registration all Consultant Shares (not then covered by an effective resale registration statement) with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion from the holders thereof within seven (7) days after the Company’s notice has been given to each such holder. If any Piggyback Registration Statement pursuant to which holders of the Consultant Shares have registered the offer and sale of the Consultant Shares is a Registration Statement on Form S-3 or the then appropriate form for an offering to be made on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto (a “Piggyback Shelf Registration Statement”), such holder(s) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to be notified of and to participate in any offering under such Piggyback Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(ii) The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Consultant Shares pursuant to this Section 13.2(b), including reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of a single counsel to the holders selected by the holders of at least a majority of the Consultant Shares to be registered to represent them in connection with the registration and sale of the Consultant Shares and reasonably acceptable to the Company, in an amount not to exceed $15,000, but the holders shall pay any and all underwriting discounts and commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Consultant Shares. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then holders of registrable Consultant Shares with not less than ten (10) days’ written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the holders shall continue to be given for each registration statement filed by the Company during the period in which the holders are entitled to the piggyback registration rights granted under this Section 13.2(b) until such time as all of the Consultant Shares have been sold by the holders. The holders of the Consultant Shares shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice within seven (7) days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, there shall be no limit on the number of times the holders may request registration under this Section 13.2(b) within the period described in Section 13.2(b)(i) above. The Company shall cause any such registration statement covered by this Section 13.2(b) to remain effective for a period of at least three (3) years.

 

13.3 Any holders of the Consultant Shares other than the Consultant are express third-party beneficiaries of the provisions of this Section 13. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 13 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

 

- 11 -

 

 

14. Notices. All notices, consents, waivers, and other communications which are required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing will be deemed given to a party (a) upon receipt, when personally delivered; (b) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier service with next day delivery specified, costs prepaid on the date of delivery, if delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (c) the date of transmission if sent by e-mail with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment, provided confirmation of email is kept on file, whether electronically or otherwise, by the sending party and the sending party does not receive an automatically generated message from the recipients email server that such e-mail could not be delivered to such recipient; (d) the date received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (e) seven (7) days after the placement of the notice into the mails (first class postage prepaid), to the party at the address or e-mail address furnished by the such party at each party’s address or such other address as any party shall have furnished to the other parties in writing in accordance with this Section 14.

 

15. Pronouns. Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

 

16. Effect on Term Sheet; Exclusivity.

 

16.1 The Term Sheet shall remain in full force and effect, except as set forth in this Agreement and as further amended in the next sentence, and except that notwithstanding the provisions of Section 15 thereof, the Company may pursue (i) the Bridge Financing, (ii) the Share Exchange and (iii) the IPO with an Underwriter as described herein. The Term Sheet is hereby amended such that in the first paragraph of Section 15 as previously amended, “March 24, 2021” shall be deleted and replaced with “June 30, 2021.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Section 16.2 supersedes and replaces Section 17 of the Term Sheet. In the event that the IPO shall be abandoned or fail to proceed, the parties intend to continue to pursue the Offering and Merger as described in the Term Sheet.

 

16.2 From the date hereof until June 30, 2021 (the “Exclusivity Period”), the Company and Newco each hereby covenants and agrees that it will not during the Exclusivity Period enter into any public or private offering or sale of securities, financing, merger, reverse merger or similar type of going public transaction, combination, divestiture or sale of material assets (other than the Bridge Financing, the Share Exchange and the IPO as set forth in this Agreement), or enter into any discussions or negotiations with respect thereto (except for agreements in the ordinary course of business), or enter into any other transaction that would preclude the consummation of the Bridge Financing, the Share Exchange and the IPO consistent with the terms set forth in this Agreement. In the event the Company terminates and/or breaches this Agreement and/or does not effectuate the Share Exchange and Bridge Financing prior to the end of the Exclusivity Period, other than pursuant to a termination pursuant to Section 7, then the Company agrees to immediately pay the Consultant the lesser of (1) the Consultant’s unpaid legal and other professional fees and reasonable and documented unpaid out-of-pocket expenses related to the Transactions or (2) $50,000 as a break-up fee for its role in the Transactions. The Company shall have no other liability to the Consultant or Newco as a result of such termination or breach.

 

- 12 -

 

 

17. Entire Agreement. Subject to Section 16, this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

18. Amendment. This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Consultant.

 

19. Non-Assignability of Contract. Except as expressly provided herein, the Consultant shall not have the right to assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties without the express written consent of the Company. Any non-consented-to assignment or delegation, whether express or implied or by operation of law, shall be void and shall constitute a breach and a default by the Consultant.

 

20. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

21. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, both parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, including any corporation with which, or into which, the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business, provided, however, that the obligations of the Consultant are personal and shall not be assigned by Consultant.

 

22. Miscellaneous.

 

22.1 No delay or omission by the Company in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right. A waiver or consent given by the Company on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

22.2 The captions of the sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

 

22.3 In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

22.4 This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by an e-mail, which contains a copy of an executed signature page such as a portable document format (.pdf) file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such e-mail of an executed signature page such as a .pdf signature page were an original thereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 13 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Max Gottschalk
    Name: Max Gottschalk
    Title: Chairman
     
  CONSULTANT:
   
  MONTROSE CAPITAL PARTNERS LIMITED
     
  By: /s/ Mark Tompkins
    Name: Mark Tompkins
    Title: CEO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

- 14 -

 

 

Schedule A

 

Description of Services

 

Introductions to the Proposed Underwriter and other investment banks and research analysts

 

Media introductions

 

Advising the Company with regard to the financial structure and terms of the IPO, APO or any other proposed financing or other strategic transaction that might be realized in the current market environment

 

Neither the Consultant nor any of its affiliates or associates is, or is affiliated with, a registered broker, dealer or investment advisor. The Consultant will not provide investment, tax or legal advice.

 

Personnel

 

Mark Tompkins

Ian Jacobs

 

Schedule A-1

 

 

Schedule B

 

Share Assignees

 

Mark Tompkins

 

Ian Jacobs

 

Sichenzia Ross Ference LLP

 

Barrett DiPaolo

 

Schedule B-1

 

 

Schedule C

 

Post Share Exchange and Bridge Financing Capitalization1

 

   Fully Diluted 
   Shares   % Ownership 
Perfect Moment Stockholders plus EIP2   8,000,000    86.0%
Advisory Shares   100,000    1.1%
Consultant Shares   1,200,000    12.9%
Total   9,300,000    100.0%
           
Bridge Notes  $2,000,000      

 

Post Share Exchange, Bridge Financing and IPO Capitalization1

 

          Fully Diluted 
          Shares   % Ownership 
Perfect Moment Stockholders plus EIP2           8,000,000    59.3%
Bridge Investors  @  $4.00    500,000    3.7%
IPO Investors  @  $5.00    3,000,000    22.2%
Underwriter Shares           700,000    5.2%
Advisory Shares           100,000    0.7%
Consultant Shares           1,200,000    8.9%
Total           13,500,000    100.0%

 

1Assuming $2,000,000 Bridge Financing.

 

2Including outstanding Perfect Moment preferred stock, convertible notes, warrants and vested and unvested options, if any.

 

 

Schedule C-1

 

Exhibit 10.27

 

AMENDMENT TO

TERM SHEET AND

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment to Consulting Agreement (this “Amendment”), made this 10th day of March, 2021, is entered into by Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., a Hong Kong company (the “Company”), and Montrose Capital Partners Limited, a corporation formed under the laws of the United Kingdom with its principal place of business at 32-33 St. James’s Place, London SW1A 1NR (the “Consultant”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Consultant entered into (a) that certain Term Sheet, dated November 24, 2020, executed as of November 25, 2020, as amended by that certain amendment, dated December 3, 2020 (as so amended, the “Term Sheet”), and (b) that certain Consulting Agreement dated December 31, 2020 (the “Consulting Agreement”) (capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Term Sheet or the Consulting Agreement, as the case may be); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Consultant desire to (a) further amend the Term Sheet and (b) amend the Consulting Agreement, in each case as provided herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments to Consulting Agreement.

 

1.1 Clause (b) of Section 2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “six (6) months from the date of this Agreement” with “March 31, 2022.”

 

1.2 Section 5.1 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “December 31, 2021” with “March 31, 2022.”

 

1.3 Section 5.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended (a) to replace “December 31, 2021” with “March 31, 2022” and (b) to replace “1,050,000 Consultant Shares” with “600,000 Consultant Shares.”

 

1.4 Section 13.1 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace the last sentence with the following: “The Consultant shall, and shall cause any holder of the Consultant Shares, regardless of such holder’s participation in the IPO, to execute a lock- up or market standoff agreement on the terms required by the Underwriter in the IPO for a period of 90 days after the date of the IPO.”

 

1.5 Clause (a)(i)(A) of Section 13.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “June 30, 2021” with “March 31, 2022.”

 

1.6 Clause (b)(i)(A) of Section 13.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “June 30, 2021” with “March 31, 2022.”

 

 

 

 

1.7 Section 16.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “June 30, 2021” with “March 31, 2022.”

 

The Consulting Agreement, as hereby amended, is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

 

2. Amendments to Term Sheet.

 

2.1 The third paragraph of Section 1, of the Term Sheet is hereby amended to replace “March 9, 2021” (as previously amended) with “March 31, 2022.”

 

2.2 The first paragraph of Section 15 of the Term Sheet is hereby amended to replace “June 30, 2021” (as previously amended) with “March 31, 2022.”

 

The Term Sheet, as heretofore and hereby amended, is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

 

3. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

4. Miscellaneous.

 

4.1 This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by an e-mail, which contains a copy of an executed signature page such as a portable document format (.pdf) file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such e-mail of an executed signature page such as a .pdf signature page were an original thereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 2 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
     
  PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Max Gottschalk
    Name:  Max Gottschalk
    Title: Chairman

  

  CONSULTANT:
     
  MONTROSE CAPITAL PARTNERS LIMITED
     
  By: /s/ Mark Tompkins
    Name:  Mark Tompkins
    Title: CEO

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.28

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO
TERM SHEET AND
CONSULTING AGREEMENT

 

This Second Amendment to Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement (this “Amendment”), made this 28th day of January, 2022, is entered into by Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., a Hong Kong company ( “Perfect Moment Asia”), Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (“Perfect Moment DE”), and Montrose Capital Partners Limited, a corporation formed under the laws of the United Kingdom with its principal place of business at 21 Knightsbridge, 2nd Floor, London SW1X7LY, UK (the “Consultant”).

 

WHEREAS, Perfect Moment Asia and the Consultant entered into (a) that certain Term Sheet, dated November 24, 2020, executed as of November 25, 2020, as amended by that certain amendment, dated December 3, 2020 (the “Term Sheet”), (b) that certain Consulting Agreement, dated December 31, 2020 (the “Consulting Agreement”), and (c) that certain Amendment to Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement, dated March 10, 2021 (the “First Amendment”) (“Term Sheet” and “Consulting Agreement” as used herein refer to the Term Sheet and the Consulting Agreement each as amended by the First Amendment; other capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Term Sheet or the Consulting Agreement, as the case may be);

 

WHEREAS, the Share Exchange referred to in the Consulting Agreement closed on March 15, 2021, whereby the shareholders of Perfect Moment Asia exchanged all of their shares of Perfect Moment Asia for shares of Perfect Moment DE, by virtue of which Perfect Moment Asia became a wholly owned subsidiary of Perfect Moment DE; and the Bridge Financing referred to in the Consulting Agreement also closed on March 15, 2021; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to (a) further amend the Term Sheet and (b) amend the Consulting Agreement, to extend certain dates in the Term Sheet and in the Consulting Agreement and to make Perfect Moment DE a direct party to each of the Term Sheet and the Consulting Agreement, in each case as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments to Consulting Agreement.

 

1.1 Perfect Moment DE is made a party to the Consulting Agreement and shall be directly bound by all of the obligations of the “Company” therein.

 

1.2 Clause (b) of Section 2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “the date that is the earlier of (a) August 31, 2022, or (b) six (6) months after the submission by Perfect Moment Ltd. with the Commission of the IPO S-1 (the “Extension Date”).”

 

 

 

 

1.3 Section 5.1 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “the Extension Date.”

 

1.4 Section 5.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “the Extension Date.”

 

1.5 Clause (a)(i)(A) of Section 13.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “August 31, 2022.”

 

1.6 Clause (b)(i)(A) of Section 13.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “August 31, 2022.”

 

1.7 Section 16.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “the Extension Date.”

 

The Consulting Agreement, as heretofore and hereby amended, is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

 

2. Amendments to Term Sheet.

 

2.1 Perfect Moment DE is made a party to the Term Sheet and shall be directly bound by all of the obligations of “Perfect Moment” therein.

 

2.2 The third paragraph of Section 1, of the Term Sheet is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “May 31, 2022.”

 

2.3 The first paragraph of Section 15 of the Term Sheet is hereby amended to replace “March 31, 2022” with “the date that is the earlier of (a) August 31, 2022, or (b) six (6) months after the submission by Perfect Moment Ltd. with the SEC of the IPO S-1 (as defined in the Consulting Agreement dated December 31, 2020, as amended, among Perfect Moment, Perfect Moment Ltd and Montrose.).”

 

The Term Sheet, as heretofore and hereby amended, is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

 

3. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

4. Miscellaneous. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by an e-mail, which contains a copy of an executed signature page such as a portable document format (.pdf) file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such e-mail of an executed signature page such as a .pdf signature page were an original thereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 2 -

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Negin Yeganegy
    Name:  Negin Yeganegy
    Title: CEO
     
  PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.
     
  By: /s/ Max Gottschalk
    Name: Max Gottschalk
    Title: Chairman
     
  MONTROSE CAPITAL PARTNERS LIMITED
     
  By: /s/ Mark Tompkins
    Name: Mark Tompkins
    Title: CEO

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.29

 

Third Amendment to

Consulting Agreement

 

This Third Amendment to Consulting Agreement (this “Amendment”), made this 21st day of March, 2022, is entered into by Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., a Hong Kong company ( “Perfect Moment Asia”), Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (“Perfect Moment DE”), and Montrose Capital Partners Limited, a corporation formed under the laws of the United Kingdom with its principal place of business at 21 Knightsbridge, 2nd Floor, London SW1X7LY, UK (the “Consultant”).

 

WHEREAS, Perfect Moment Asia and the Consultant entered into (a) that certain Term Sheet, dated November 24, 2020, executed as of November 25, 2020, as amended by that certain amendment, dated December 3, 2020 (the “Term Sheet”), (b) that certain Consulting Agreement, dated December 31, 2020 (the “Consulting Agreement”), (c) that certain Amendment to Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement, dated March 10, 2021 (the “First Amendment”), and (d) that certain Second Amendment to Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement, dated January 28, 2022 (the “Second Amendment”) (“Term Sheet” and “Consulting Agreement” as used herein refer to the Term Sheet and the Consulting Agreement each as amended by the First Amendment and the Second Amendment; other capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Term Sheet or the Consulting Agreement, as the case may be);

 

WHEREAS, the Share Exchange referred to in the Consulting Agreement closed on March 15, 2021, whereby the shareholders of Perfect Moment Asia exchanged all of their shares of Perfect Moment Asia for shares of Perfect Moment DE, by virtue of which Perfect Moment Asia became a wholly owned subsidiary of Perfect Moment DE; and the Bridge Financing referred to in the Consulting Agreement also closed on March 15, 2021; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend the Consulting Agreement as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments to Consulting Agreement. Effective upon a closing of Perfect Moment DE’s bridge financing, pursuant to which it offered and sold, commencing in March 2022, its 8% Secured Convertible Promissory Notes due December 15, 2022:

 

1.1 Section 5.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

1.2 In the last sentence of Section 7 of the Consulting Agreement, the words “Subject to the cancellation of the Surrendered Shares pursuant to Section 5.2,” are hereby deleted.

 

Each of the Consulting Agreement and the Term Sheet, as heretofore and hereby amended, is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

 

2. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

3. Miscellaneous. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by an e-mail, which contains a copy of an executed signature page such as a portable document format (.pdf) file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such e-mail of an executed signature page such as a .pdf signature page were an original thereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
   
  By:   /s/ Negin Yeganegy
    Name: Negin Yeganegy
    Title: CEO
   
  PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.
   
  By: /s/ Max Gottschalk
    Name:  Max Gottschalk
    Title: Chairman
   
   
  MONTROSE CAPITAL PARTNERS LIMITED
   
  By:  /s/ Mark Tompkins
    Name: Mark Tompkins
    Title: CEO

 

[Signature Page to 3rd Amendment to Montrose Consulting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.30

 

Fourth Amendment to

Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement

 

This Fourth Amendment to Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement (this “Amendment”), made this 31st day of August, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into by Perfect Moment Asia Ltd., a Hong Kong company (“Perfect Moment Asia”), Perfect Moment Ltd., a Delaware corporation (“Perfect Moment DE”), and Montrose Capital Partners Limited, a corporation formed under the laws of the United Kingdom with its principal place of business at 21 Knightsbridge, 2nd Floor, London SW1X7LY, UK (the “Consultant”).

 

WHEREAS, Perfect Moment Asia and the Consultant entered into (a) that certain Term Sheet, dated November 24, 2020, executed as of November 25, 2020, as amended by that certain amendment, dated December 3, 2020 (the “Term Sheet”), (b) that certain Consulting Agreement, dated December 31, 2020 (the “Consulting Agreement”), (c) that certain Amendment to Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement, dated March 10, 2021 (the “First Amendment”), (d) that certain Second Amendment to Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement, dated January 28, 2022 (the “Second Amendment”) and (e) that certain Third Amendment to Consulting Agreement, dated March 21, 2022 (the “Third Amendment”) (“Term Sheet” and “Consulting Agreement” as used herein refer to the Term Sheet and the Consulting Agreement each as amended (as the case may be) by the First Amendment, the Second Amendment and the Third Amendment; other capitalized terms used herein, and not otherwise defined, shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Term Sheet or the Consulting Agreement, as the case may be);

 

WHEREAS, the Share Exchange referred to in the Consulting Agreement closed on March 15, 2021, whereby the shareholders of Perfect Moment Asia exchanged all of their shares of Perfect Moment Asia for shares of Perfect Moment DE, by virtue of which Perfect Moment Asia became a wholly owned subsidiary of Perfect Moment DE; and the Bridge Financing referred to in the Consulting Agreement also closed on March 15, 2021; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to further amend the Consulting Agreement as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Amendments to Consulting Agreement. Effective as of the Effective Date:

 

1.1 Clause (b) of Section 2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “the date that is the earlier of (a) August 31, 2022, or (b) six (6) months after the submission by Perfect Moment Ltd. with the Commission of the IPO S-1 (the “Extension Date”)” with “March 31, 2024 (the “Extension Date”).”

 

1.2 Clause (a)(i)(A) of Section 13.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “August 31, 2022” with “March 31, 2024.”

 

 

 

 

1.3 Clause (b)(i)(A) of Section 13.2 of the Consulting Agreement is hereby amended to replace “August 31, 2022” with “March 31, 2024.”

 

The Consulting Agreement as heretofore and hereby amended, is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

 

2. Amendments to Term Sheet. Effective as of the Effective Date:

 

2.1 The third paragraph of Section 1 of the Term Sheet is hereby amended to replace “May 31, 2022” with “March 31, 2024.”

 

2.2 The first paragraph of Section 15 of the Term Sheet is hereby amended to replace “the date that is the earlier of (a) August 31, 2022, or (b) six (6) months after the submission by Perfect Moment Ltd. with the SEC of the IPO S-1 (as defined in the Consulting Agreement dated December 31, 2020, as amended, among Perfect Moment, Perfect Moment Ltd and Montrose.)” with “March 31, 2024.”

 

The Term Sheet, as heretofore and hereby amended, is hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed.

 

3. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

4. Miscellaneous. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be enforceable against the parties actually executing such counterparts, and all of which together shall constitute one instrument. In the event that any signature is delivered by an e-mail, which contains a copy of an executed signature page such as a portable document format (.pdf) file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such e-mail of an executed signature page such as a .pdf signature page were an original thereof.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-2-

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above written.

 

  PERFECT MOMENT LTD.
       
  By: /s/ Mark Buckley
    Name: Mark Buckley
    Title: CEO
       
  PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LTD.
       
  By: /s/ Max Gottschalk
    Name: Max Gottschalk
    Title: Chairman
       
  MONTROSE CAPITAL PARTNERS LIMITED
       
  By: /s/ Mark Tompkins
    Name: Mark Tompkins
    Title: CEO

  

[Signature Page to 4th Amendment to Montrose Term Sheet and Consulting Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.31

 

 

Commercial Banking

(CARM 220420)

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Perfect Moment Asia Limited

Flat B 13/F

Gee Chang Hong Centre

65 Wong Chuk Hang Road

Aberdeen Hong Kong17 June 2022

 

Attn : Gottschalk, Jane Elizabeth

 

Dear Sir/Madam

 

BANKING FACILITIES

 

With reference to our recent discussions, we are pleased to confirm our agreement to renewing the following facilities. The facilities will be made available subject to (a) the specific terms and conditions outlined herein; (b) the Bank’s Terms and Conditions for Facilities; and (c) the general terms and conditions governing your account(s) with the Bank or (as the case may be) the relationship terms of business. In case of any conflict, the terms of the Facility Letter shall prevail. Definitions contained in the Bank’s Terms and Conditions for Facilities apply to the Facility Letter. The Bank shall have an unrestricted discretion to reduce, cancel or suspend, or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relations to, the facilities. The facilities are subject to review at any time, and also subject to the Bank’s overriding right of repayment on demand including the right to call for cash cover on demand for prospective and contingent liabilities.

 

The Facility Letter shall replace and supersede any previous facility letter issued by the Bank in connection with the facilities and from the date of acceptance by the Borrower(s) of the Facility Letter, all existing liabilities in respect of the facilities of the Borrower(s) and the rights and obligations of the Borrower and the Bank shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the provisions of the Facility Letter.

 

Save as stated otherwise, the terms of the Facility Letter shall continue to apply unless we send you a new, revised or supplemental facility letter.

 

BORROWER(S)

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited [Customer No.848-278974]

 

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

HSBC Main Building, 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong

Tel: (852) 2822 1111

Web: www.hsbc.com.hk

 

Incorporated in the Hong Kong SAR with limited liability

Registered at the Hong Kong Companies Registry No. 263876

 

Page 1 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

FACILITIES   Limit
     
(1) Combined Limit for the following facilities within which the following sub-limits apply, provided that the aggregate amount outstanding of such facilities shall at no time exceed the stated combined limit:   USD4,150,000.-
           
  (a) Import Facilities
(Usance period up to 195 days)
  USD4,150,000.-
           
    Within which    
    (I) Loan Against Import (“LAI”)
(Maximum Tenor 120 days)
  (USD4,150,000.-)
           
    (II) Trust Receipts   (USD4,150,000.-)
           
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank’s overriding right to demand repayment at any time shall not be affected.    
           
  (b) Post-Shipment Buyer Loans
(Maximum tenor 90 days)
  USD800,000.-
           
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank’s overriding right to demand repayment at any time shall not be affected.    
           
(2) Corporate Card   USD40,000.-

 

SECURITY AND OTHER DOCUMENTATION

 

The Bank will continue to hold the following security document(s) and other document(s):

 

1.An Irrevocable Standby Documentary Credit dated 11 August 2017 for USD4,000,0 00.- from UBS Switzerland AG, Zurich expiring on 31 March 2023 [previously 30April 2022]. Please arrange with the issuing bank to renew the validity of the Standby Documentary Credit one month before its expiry date.

 

2.A Guarantee (Limited Amount) dated 14 June 2018 limited to USD3,000,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Gottschalk Maximilian Alexander.

 

Page 2 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

3.A Guarantee (Limited Amount) dated 30 November 2020 limited to USD3,150,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Perfect Moment (UK) Limited.

 

4.A Guarantee (Limited Amount) dated 7 July 2021 limited to USDl,000,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Gottschalk Maximilian Alexander.

 

FURTHER NOTES

 

Without prejudicing or affecting the Bank’s right to suspend, withdraw or make demand in respect of the whole or any part of the facilities made available to the Borrower(s) at any time or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relation to the facilities, the Borrower(s) will, as the case may be:-

 

1)give the undertakings set out in the Schedule of Further Notes which will remain in full force until the facilities have been repaid in full; and/or

 

2)make the representations and warranties set out in the Schedule of Further Notes which will be deemed repeated daily until the facilities have been repaid in full; and/or

 

3)agree to the further conditions as set out in the Schedule of Further Notes.

 

Page 3 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

SCHEDULE OF FACILITIES

 

IMPORT FACILITIES WITH LOAN AGAINST IMPORT (LAI)

 

DETAILS

 

1For the issuance of Documentary Credits to the Borrower(s)’s suppliers and Import Loan Facilities in either HK Dollars or Foreign Currency, less any usance I credit periods granted by the Borrower(s)’s suppliers.

 

2Subject to the Bank’s right at any time to demand immediate repayment of all sums owing by the Borrower(s), advances may be made available:

 

(a)in respect of sight documentary credits, for a period up to the maximum tenor as stipulated under the heading “Facilities”; and heading

 

(b)in respect of usance documentary credits, for a period up to the maximum tenor as stipulated under the heading “Facilities” less the usance period (i.e. the supplier’s credit finance period) of the relevant documentary credit, commencing from the date that import documents presented under the usance documentary credit are accepted.

 

3The Bank may, on an exceptional basis, and subject to such conditions as it may impose from time to time, accept applications for the issuance of documentary credits relating to goods already received by the Borrower(s) but not paid for. Such conditions include (without limitation):

 

(a)evidence of delivery being supported by (i) a cargo receipt showing a date on which the goods are actually received or (ii) transport document(s) showing a date of shipment, with such dates referred to in the cargo receipt or transport document (where applicable) not exceeding 90 days before the issue date of the relevant documentary credit; and

 

(b)the maximum tenor of the import loan facilities drawn under the documentary credit shall be up to 120-days, less any usance / credit periods granted by the Borrower(s)’s suppliers.

 

4Specific invoices to be submitted for any drawdown.

 

TRUST RECEIPTS

 

DETAILS

 

Advances may be made under this Trust Receipt to enable the Borrower(s) to pay import documentary credit, with the associated title documents released to the Borrower(s) against Trust Receipt(s) signed by the Borrower(s).

 

COMMISSION / FEES

 

Documentary Credit opening commission for each validity period of six months will continue to be charged as follows:

 

-For the first USD50,000.- or its equivalent 0.25%
-Balance in excess of USD50,000.- or its equivalent 0.125%

 

Page 4 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

PRICING

 

Interest will continue to be charged on loan(s) or advance(s) (collectively, “loans”, and each a “loan”) in the following currency(ies) at the following interest rate(s):-

 

HKD:at HIBOR (as defined under Section 1 (General Section - IBOR referencing facilities) in the attached Appendix (Details of Benchmark Rates)) +3% p.a.

 

USD:at USD Reference Rate (as defined under Section 3 (Risk-free rates referencing for trade facilities) in the attached Appendix (Details of Benchmark Rates)) +3.3% p.a.

 

[ previously Interest charged at London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) + 3% p.a.]

 

For details of benchmark rates set out above, please refer to the attached Appendix (Details of Benchmark Rates).

 

Where the Bank agrees to allow any loan in a currency where the pricing is not set out above, the applicable pricing for such loan shall be determined by the Bank at its sole discretion, and the relevant Borrower(s)’ continued utilisation shall be deemed to constitute the Borrower(s)’ acceptance of such pricing.

 

For this facility, if the interest period does not correspond to the relevant period of the published benchmark rates available for the relevant currency, the Bank may determine the benchmark rate applicable to the loan by reference to the published benchmark rates of available periods in its sole discretion.

 

The above pricing shall apply to all loans under this facility. But if the interest period of an existing loan under this facility has already commenced prior to the date of this Facility Letter, the above pricing shall not change the interest rate already fixed as applicable to that interest period of the existing loan and interest on that loan shall continue to be calculated on the same basis until the end of the relevant interest period.

 

Fees and other charges for services under this facility are payable by the Borrower(s) to the Bank at the rates, in the amounts, and at the times set out in the Bank’s tariff book from time to time (which is available upon request by the Borrower(s) and/or can be accessed online at https://www.business.hsbc.com.hk/en-gb/resource-centre/commercial-tariffs).

 

POST-SHIPMENT BUYER LOANS (II)

 

DETAILS

 

1.A Post-shipment Buyer Loans may be granted to the Borrower(s)’s suppliers for a period up to the maximum tenor as stipulated under the heading “Facilities” (less any usance/credit periods granted by the Borrower(s)’s suppliers), on the conditions that:

 

(i)the Bank receives an undertaking that the purchase of services / intangible goods is a genuine trade transaction and that no other financing has been or will be requested or obtained from the Bank or any other financial institution against the suppliers’ invoices financed by the Bank,

 

(ii)the Bank receives the original or certified true copy of the pro-forma invoice, the accepted purchase order or such other document acceptable to the Bank, and which clearly stipulates the advance payment terms,

 

(iii)the Bank receives written instruction from the Borrower to remit payment directly to the suppliers,

 

(iv)the aggregate outstanding amount outstanding is within the above specific limits.

 

Page 5 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

2.The Bank will settle the invoices direct on the respective due dates and the proceeds will be remitted or credited directly to the suppliers’ accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank’s overriding right to demand repayment at any time shall not be affected.

 

3.Drawdown will be against related receipts / invoices / evidence of payment for financing the operating expenses on the import side, which includes but is not limited to: freight costs, logistic fees, advertising expenses, quality inspection fees, warehouse utility, online platform costs, etc., (with the Borrower(s)’s signing (with company chop) on the invoice to certify the service provided).

 

4.Transport documents are not required due to the nature of service trade.

 

5.Funds to be directly credited to service provider’s account. Should proof of settlement (e.g. payment advice) be provided, proceeds can be credited to self-account for reimbursement.

 

6.For utilities payments: written confirmation from the Borrower(s) that the financing being requested relates to costs attributable to cost of goods sold.

 

COMMISSION / FEES

 

Handling Commission will continue to be charged as follows:

 

-For the first USD50,000.- or its equivalent 0.25%
-Balance in excess of USD50,000.- or its equivalent 0.0625%

 

PRICING

 

Interest will continue to be charged on loan(s) or advance(s) (collectively, “loans, and each a “loan”) in the following currency(ies) at the following interest rate(s):-

 

HKD:at HIBOR (as defined under Section 1 (General Section - IBOR referencing facilities) in the attached Appendix (Details of Benchmark Rates)) +3% p.a.

 

USD:at USD Reference Rate (as defined under Section 3 (Risk-free rates referencing for trade facilities) in the attached Appendix (Details of Benchmark Rates)) +3.3% p.a.

 

[ previously Interest charged at London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) + 3% p.a.]

 

For details of benchmark rates set out above, please refer to the attached Appendix (Details of Benchmark Rates).

 

Where the Bank agrees to allow any loan in a currency where the pricing is not set out above, the applicable pricing for such loan shall be determined by the Bank at its sole discretion, and the relevant Borrower(s)’ continued utilisation shall be deemed to constitute the Borrower(s)’ acceptance of such pricing.

 

Page 6 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

For this facility, if the interest period does not correspond to the relevant period of the published benchmark rates available for the relevant currency, the Bank may determine the benchmark rate applicable to the loan by reference to the published benchmark rates of available periods in its sole discretion.

 

The above pricing shall apply to all loans under this facility. But if the interest period of an existing loan under this facility has already commenced prior to the date of this Facility Letter, the above pricing shall not change the interest rate already fixed as applicable to that interest period of the existing loan and interest on that loan shall continue to be calculated on the same basis until the end of the relevant interest period.

 

Fees and other charges for services under this facility are payable by the Borrower(s) to the Bank at the rates, in the amounts, and at the times set out in the Bank’s tariff book from time to time (which is available upon request by the Borrower(s) and/or can be accessed online at https://www.business.hsbc.com.hk/en-gb/resource-centre/commercial-tariffs).

 

CORPORATE CARD

 

DETAILS

 

1.Corporate Cards shall be approved by the Bank and issued to executives of the Borrower(s).

 

2.The facility is subject to the terms and conditions governing the Corporate Card Facility in the Bank’s Commercial Card Programme – Employer’s Participation Agreement as may be amended from time to time.

 

Term SOFR Benchmark Transition Event

 

For trade facilities, the following section shall apply where interest will be charged on loan(s) or advance(s) at USD Reference Rate (as defined under Section 3 (Risk-free rates referencing for trade facilities) in the attached Appendix (Details of Benchmark Rates)):

 

(a)On or after the occurrence of the Term SOFR Benchmark Transition Event, the Bank may amend this pricing section to replace the Term SOFR Screen Rate with a Term SOFR Benchmark Replacement. Any such amendment will become effective on the Term SOFR Effective Date without any further action or consent of the Borrower(s), provided that the Bank has not received written notice of objection to such amendment from the Borrower by 5:00 p.m. (Hong Kong time) on the tenth Business Day after the Bank has provided such amendment to the Borrower(s).

 

(b)If the Bank receives written notice of objection in accordance with paragraph (a), the Borrower(s) and the Bank shall promptly enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing the amendments to this Agreement to replace the Term SOFR Screen Rate with a Term SOFR Benchmark Replacement as soon as reasonably practicable after the Bank has received written notice of objection and in any event within 30 Business Days from the start of such negotiations. Any such amendments will become effective on such date as agreed between the Bank and the Borrower(s) as the Term SOFR Effective Date.

 

Page 7 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

(c)In connection with the implementation of a Term SOFR Benchmark Replacement, the Bank will have the right to make any consequential changes that the Bank determines are appropriate to reflect the adoption, implementation and administration of such Term SOFR Benchmark Replacement from time to time and any changes to include fallbacks in the event the Term SOFR Benchmark Replacement is not available. Any amendments implementing such changes will become effective after the Bank has provided such amendment to the Borrower(s) without the need for any further action or consent of the Borrower(s).

 

(d)The Bank will notify the Borrower(s) if it proposes to exercise its rights under paragraph (a) above following a Term SOFR Benchmark Transition Event. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Bank pursuant to this section will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in the Banks’s sole discretion.

 

(e)The Borrower(s) shall, at the request of the Bank, take such action as is available to it for the purpose of authorising or giving effect to the amendments effected or to be effected pursuant to this section and, if any security or guarantee has been granted in respect of the Facility Letter, to ensure the perfection, protection or maintenance of any such security or guarantee.

 

(f)This section shall apply notwithstanding any other provision in the Facility Letter, the facilities remain subject always to the Bank’s right to reduce, suspend, withdraw or make demand for repayment of the whole or any part of such facilities made available to the Borrower(s) at any time and determine whether or not to permit drawings in relation to such facilities.

 

Page 8 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

SCHEDULE OF FURTHER NOTES

 

This schedule sets out the further points to note for the Borrower(s).

 

The Borrower(s)’s compliance or otherwise with the following condition(s) precedent, representations, warranties, undertakings or further conditions (as the case may be) will not in any way prejudice or affect the Bank’s right to suspend, withdraw or make demand in respect of the whole or any part of the facilities made available to the Borrower(s) at any time or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relation to the facilities. By signing the Facility Letter, the Borrower(s) expressly acknowledge that the Bank may suspend, withdraw or make demand for repayment of the whole or any part of the facilities at any time or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relation to the facilities, notwithstanding the fact that the following conditions precedent, representations, warranties, undertakings and further conditions (as the case may be) are included in the Facility Letter and whether or not the Borrower(s) has complied with any of them.

 

Representation and Warranties

 

None of the Borrower(s), any of its subsidiaries, any director or officer or any employee, agent, or affiliate of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”) that is, or is owned or controlled by Persons that are, (i) the subject of any sanctions administered or enforced by the US Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the US Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or the Hong Kong Monetary Authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), or (ii) located, organised or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, including, without limitation, the Crimea region, Donetsk and Luhansk regions of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria.

 

Undertakings

 

1.The Borrower(s) will promptly provide to the Bank any financial or other information that the Bank may, from time to time, reasonably request for the purposes of understanding such Borrower’s financial position, business and operations and assessing such Borrower’s ability to meet its obligations and liabilities under the Facility Letter.

 

2.To provide audited accounts and financial statements within 180 days of the financial year-end.

 

3.Sanctions: The Borrower(s) will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the facilities set out in the Facility Letter, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the facilities, whether as lender, underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise).

 

4.Anti-bribery and corruption: None of the Borrower(s), nor to the knowledge of the Borrower(s), any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Borrower(s) or any of its/their subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of any applicable anti-bribery law, including but not limited to, the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 (the “UK Bribery Act”) and the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”). Furthermore, the Borrower(s) and, to the knowledge of the Borrower(s), its/their affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the UK Bribery Act, the FCPA and similar laws, rules or regulations and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith. No part of the proceeds of the facilities set out in the Facility Letter will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments that could constitute a violation of any applicable anti-bribery law.

 

Page 9 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

Further Conditions

 

Compliance activity: The Bank and other members of the HSBC Group are required to act in accordance with the laws and regulations and comply with requests of public and regulatory authorities operating in various jurisdictions which relate to, amongst other things: (i) the prevention of money laundering, terrorist financing, corruption, tax evasion and the provision of financial and other services to any persons or entities which may be subject to economic or trade sanctions; or (ii) the investigation or prosecution of, or the enforcement against, any person for an offence against any laws or regulations.

 

The Bank may take, and may instruct members of the HSBC Group to take, any action which the Bank in its sole and absolute discretion considers appropriate to prevent or investigate crime or the potential breach of sanctions regimes or to act in accordance with relevant laws, regulations, sanctions regimes, international guidance, relevant HSBC Group procedures and/or the direction of any public, regulatory or industry body relevant to any member of the HSBC Group. This includes the interception and investigation of any payment, communication or instruction, and the making of further enquiries as to whether a person or entity is subject to any sanctions regime (“Compliance Activity”).

 

Neither the Bank nor any member of the HSBC Group will be liable to the Borrower(s) in respect of any loss (whether direct, consequential or loss of profit, data or interest) or delay, suffered or incurred by any party, caused in whole or in part by (i) actions taken, or delays or failure in performing any obligations under the Facility Letter by the Bank, or (ii) any steps taken by the Bank or any member of the HSBC Group, pursuant to Compliance Activity.

 

HSBC Group” means HSBC Holdings plc, its subsidiaries, related bodies corporate, associated entities and undertakings and any of their branches and member or office of the HSBC Group shall be construed accordingly.

 

Page 10 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

APPENDIX: DETAILS OF BENCHMARK RATES

 

Section 1

General Section - IBOR referencing facilities

 

Benchmark   Applicable Currency   Definition of Benchmark
Hong Kong Interbank Offered Rate (HIBOR)   HKD  

“HIBOR” means, in relation to any advance, the applicable Screen Rate at or around 11:00 am Hong Kong time on the proposed date of advance (or such other time or day if the market practice differs in the Hong Kong interbank market, as determined by the Bank), if any such rate is below zero, HIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Hong Kong.

 

“Screen Rate” means the Relevant Administrator’s Interest Settlement Rate for Hong Kong dollars and for the relevant period displayed on the appropriate page of the Reuters screen provided that (a) if in the Bank’s sole determination its funding cost is in excess of HIBOR, the Bank may specify the cost of funding any facility or financial arrangement; or (b) if the screen page is replaced, not available or such service ceases to be available, the Bank may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate.

 

“Relevant Administrator” means the Hong Kong Association of Banks or any other person to whom the administrator function of the HIBOR fixing process is transferred from time to time.

 

Section 2

Risk-free rates referencing for loan facilities- Not used

 

Page 11 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

Section 3

Risk-free rates referencing for trade facilities

 

Any references in this Section to “utilisation” shall include any loan, advance or other amount advanced by the Bank pursuant to the Facility Letter.

 

Benchmark   Applicable Currency   Definition of Benchmark
SOFR   USD  

“Banking Day” means a day other than:

 

(a)  a Saturday or Sunday in the State of New York; and

 

(b) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (or any successor organisation) recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for the purposes of trading in US Government securities.

 

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which banks are open for general business in Hong Kong and:

 

(a)  in relation to any date for payment or purchase of USD, New York; and

 

(b)  in relation to the determination of the first day or the last day of an interest period or otherwise in relation to the determination of the length of such an interest period, a Banking Day.

 

“Central Bank Rate” means for any day:

 

(a)  the short-term interest rate target set by the US Federal Open Market Committee as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York from time to time; or

 

(b)  if that target is not a single figure the arithmetic mean of:

 

(i)  the upper bound of the short-term interest rate target range set by the US Federal Open Market Committee and published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York; and

 

(ii) the lower bound of that target range, provided that a reference to a Central Bank Rate shall include any successor rate to, or replacement rate for, that rate.

 

“Central Bank Rate Adjustment” means, in relation to any Banking Day, the mean of the spreads (expressed as a percentage rate per annum) over the five most immediately preceding Banking Days for which the Term SOFR Screen Rate has been published of:

 

(a)  the Term SOFR Screen Rate for that Banking Day; and

 

(b)  the Central Bank Rate prevailing at close of business on that Banking Day,

 

as calculated by the Bank excluding the highest spread (and, if there is more than one highest spread, only one of those highest spreads) and lowest spread (or, if there is more than one lowest spread, only one of those lowest spreads).

 

Page 12 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

       

“Quoted Tenor” means, in relation to the Term SOFR Screen Rate, any period for which that rate is customarily displayed on the relevant page or screen of an information service.

 

Term SOFR Benchmark Replacementmeans the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate (which may be a simple or compounded risk free rate or, as appropriate, a central bank rate, fixed rate, a term rate or such other rate calculated by the Bank) that has been selected by the Bank giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by a relevant Governmental body (or committee convened by such body) or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement to the Term SOFR Screen Rate and (b) the Term SOFR Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Term SOFR Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than zero, the Term SOFR Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be zero for the purposes of the Facility Letter.

 

“Term SOFR Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to the alternate benchmark rate for each applicable interest period, the spread adjustment, or method for determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Bank for the purpose of adjusting the alternate benchmark rate to make it comparable to the Term SOFR Screen Rate giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of the Term SOFR Screen Rate with the alternate benchmark rate by a relevant Governmental body (or committee convened by such body) or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, for the replacement of the Term SOFR Screen Rate with the alternate benchmark rate.

 

“Term SOFR Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the Term SOFR Screen Rate for any Quoted Tenor:

 

(i)   an official public statement which states that the Term SOFR Screen Rate for any Quoted Tenor has ceased or will cease to be published permanently or indefinitely;

 

(ii)  a public statement by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of the Term SOFR Screen Rate announcing that the Term SOFR Screen Rate for any Quoted Tenor is no longer representative or from a certain date in the future will no longer be representative;

 

Page 13 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

       

(iii) the administrator of the Term SOFR Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent or information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of the Term SOFR Screen Rate is insolvent, provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide the Term SOFR Screen Rate for any Quoted Tenor; or

 

(iv) the administrator of the Term SOFR Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announcing that the Term SOFR Screen Rate for any Quoted Tenor may no longer be used.

 

“Term SOFR Effective Date” means (i) the Business Day and time notified by the Bank to the Borrower(s) pursuant to (a) of the “Term SOFR Benchmark Transition Event” section in the Schedule of Facilities as the date and time at which the amendments to be effected pursuant to the “Term SOFR Benchmark Transition Event” section in the Schedule of Facilities become effective and, if there is more than one utilisation, the Bank may specify Term SOFR Effective Dates for each utilisation or (ii) the Business Day and time determined pursuant to paragraph (b) of the “Term SOFR Benchmark Transition Event” section in the Schedule of Facilities, as the date and time at which the amendments to be effected pursuant to the “Term SOFR Benchmark Transition Event” section in the Schedule of Facilities become effective and, if there is more than one utilisation, the date determined for each such utilisation.

 

“Term SOFR Reference Rate” means, in relation to any utilisation:

 

(a)   the applicable Term SOFR Screen Rate published two Banking Days (or such other time or day as determined by the Bank if the market practice differs) before the first day of the relevant interest period; or

 

(b)   if the Term SOFR Screen Rate is not available for that interest period for a period of 5 Banking Days (during which time the most recently available Term SOFR Screen Rate shall be used (to the extent there is one)) and a Term SOFR Benchmark Replacement for the Term SOFR Reference Rate has not been activated in accordance with the “Term SOFR Benchmark Transition Event” section in the Schedule of Facilities, then the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

 

(i)   the Central Bank Rate prevailing before the first day of the interest period as determined by the Bank; and

 

Page 14 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

       

(ii) the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment, (rounded if necessary to four decimal places with 0.00005 being rounded upwards) and if in either case if the rate or aggregate of that rate (as the case may be) is less than zero, the Term SOFR Reference Rate shall be deemed to be zero.

 

“Term SOFR Screen Rate” means the Term SOFR (secured overnight financing rate) reference rate published by the CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited for a period equal in length to the relevant interest period of the utilisation, provided that:

 

(a)   if no reference rate corresponds to the tenor of the relevant interest period, the Bank may determine the rate by reference to any published reference rates at its discretion, and

 

(b)   if CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited ceases to publish such reference rate, the Bank may specify another source which publishes the Term SOFR reference rate.

 

USD Reference Ratemeans, in relation to any utilisation, the Term SOFR Reference Rate.

 

Page 15 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR FACILITIES

 

1.Interpretation

 

These terms and conditions are applicable to banking/credit facilities made available by The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited (the “Bank”, “HSBC” or “we”, which expression shall include its successors and assigns) to the Borrower(s) and shall be read in conjunction with the facility letter, as may be amended from time to time, applicable to the Borrower(s) (together, the “Facility Letter”).

 

2.Accrual of Interest & Other Sums

 

All interest and any other amount accruing under the Facility Letter will accrue daily and in each case is calculated on the basis of the actual numbers of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or 365 days, depending on the market practice for the currency (and as may be adjusted in case of a leap year). Notwithstanding any other provision in the Facility Letter, any interest or other amount accruing under the Facility Letter shall be payable on demand.

 

3.Availability and Utilisation

 

With respect to trade facilities, documents presented to the Bank for drawings must reflect and relate to a genuine transaction. Where documents presented are not in the original form, copies of such documents presented must strictly conform to the original. Please note that drawings without an underlying transaction, or presentation of forged or fraudulent documentation can render companies and/or persons involved liable to prosecution. The Bank may, at its sole and absolute discretion, refuse to allow drawings under a facility if:

 

(a)the drawee is considered to be unacceptable to the Bank, or

 

(b)the drawee is not on the Bank’s approved list, or

 

(c)the transaction in question does not meet the Bank’s operational requirements in respect of the facilities.

 

4.Default Interest

 

Interest will be payable on sums which are overdue, drawings which are in excess of agreed limits and amounts demanded and not paid, at the maximum rate stipulated in the Bank’s tariff book which is accessible at https://www.business.hsbc.com.hk/tariffs. The Bank will provide the Borrower or such relevant guarantor and/or security provider with a hard copy of the tariff book upon request. Interest at the applicable rate will be payable monthly in arrears to the debit of the Borrower(s)’s current account.

 

5.Payment

 

(a)All payments shall be made by the Borrower(s), the guarantor(s) and/or the security provider(s) to the Bank without set-off, counterclaim, withholding or condition of any kind. If the Borrower(s), the guarantor(s) or such security provider (where applicable) is compelled by law to make such withholding , the sum payable shall be increased so that the amount actually received by the Bank is the amount it would have received if there had been no withholding.

 

Page 16 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

(b)You shall indemnify us against, and pay to us an amount equal to, any loss, liability or cost which we determine will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax in connection with the Facility Letter, our services or our transactions with you or in respect of your account, together with any interest, penalty, cost or expense incurred in connection therewith.

 

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

6.Security and Disclosure

 

6.1The Bank shall proceed to register (where applicable) in Hong Kong, security provided to the Bank in connection with facilities made available to the Borrower(s) or at the request of the Borrower(s). The costs and expenses, if any, will be charged to the account of the Borrower(s). Where the security provided to the Bank requires registration or filing outside Hong Kong, the Borrower undertakes that it shall, and where applicable, shall procure that such registration or filing of security is attended to and completed in a timely way so as to preserve the security interest of the Bank. The Bank shall be entitled to demand that evidence of such filing and/or registration be provided to it. All costs in connection with the aforesaid overseas filing and/or registration (as the case may be) shall be for the account of the Borrower(s).

 

6.2By accepting the Facility Letter, the Borrower(s) is deemed to have consented to the Bank providing a copy of the Facility Letter, related security documents, the Borrower’s latest statement of account, related documents evidencing the obligations to be guaranteed or secured by a guarantor or third party security provider, information on the outstanding liabilities (whether actual or contingent) or such other information to (a) a guarantor or third party security provider, such guarantor or third party security provider’s solicitors and other professional advisers; and (b) whom the bank assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or part of its rights and obligations under the Facility Letter.

 

6.3Without prejudicing the rights of the Bank under other agreements with the Borrower(s), the Bank is entitled to provide any information relating to any of the account(s) of the Borrower(s) held with the Bank and any facilities which the Bank may provide to the Borrower(s) from time to time or the conduct of such account and/or facilities and/or other information concerning the Borrower(s) relationship with the Bank to any other company or office which belongs to or is part of the HSBC Group.

 

6.4The Bank shall be entitled to have solicitors of its choice appointed to prepare the necessary documentation relating to the Facility Letter and/or the security to be provided. All their charges and disbursements incurred in this respect will be for the Borrower(s)’s account. Any filing fees and fees incurred in obtaining a legal opinion will also be for Borrower(s)’s account.

 

6.5If the Bank is satisfied that all liabilities owed by the Borrower(s) to the Bank have been irrevocably paid in full and that all facilities which might give rise to such liabilities have terminated, subject to the Bank’s right to retain any guarantee or security provided to it for such period as the Bank considers (in its sole discretion) necessary, the Bank may, at the request and cost of the Borrower(s) or the relevant guarantor and/or security provider, release, reassign or discharge (as appropriate) such guarantee or security.

 

Page 17 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

7.Costs and Expenses

 

7.1The Borrower(s) shall promptly on demand pay the Bank the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees), stamp duties, taxes, other charges and registration costs incurred by the Bank in connection with the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Facility Letter, security document(s) and/or any documentation relating to the facilities.

 

7.2If the Borrower(s) requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrower(s) shall, within three business days of demand, reimburse the Bank for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by the Bank in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or amendment.

 

7.3The Borrower(s) shall, within three business days of demand, pay to the Bank the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees), stamp duties, taxes, other charges and registration costs incurred by the Bank in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under the Facility Letter, security document(s) and/or any documentation relating to the facilities.

 

7.4If the effect of or a change in any law or regulation is to increase the cost to the Bank of advancing, maintaining or funding the facility(ies) or to reduce the effective return to the Bank, the Bank may require payment on demand of such amounts as the Bank consider necessary as compensation therefor.

 

8.Indemnity

 

8.1Any amount received or recovered by the Bank in respect of any sum expressed to be due to the Bank from the Borrower in a currency other than the currency of denomination in which payment is due (the “Intended Currency”) shall only constitute a discharge to it to the extent of the amount in the Intended Currency which the Bank is able, in accordance with its usual practice, to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in such other currency on the date of that receipt.

 

8.2The Borrower(s) shall pay and, within three business days of demand, indemnify the Bank against any cost, loss or liability that the Bank incurs in relation to or as a result of:

 

(a)a failure by the Borrower(s) to pay any amount due under the Facility Letter on its due date; or

 

(b)if the Facility Letter allows prepayment, such loan not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.

 

9.Assignment

 

The Bank may assign its rights and transfer all or any part of its rights and obligations hereunder or under any Facility Letter to any person by delivering to the Borrower(s) a notice in writing. Such transfer shall take effect as from the effective date as specified in the notice and the Bank shall thereafter be released from such obligations. No assignment or transfer of any right, benefit or obligation in the Facility Letter shall be made by the Borrower(s) in any way.

 

10.Pari Passu

 

The Borrower(s), the guarantor(s) and security provider(s) (where applicable) shall ensure that at all times the claims of the Bank under the facilities rank at least pari passu with the claims of all other unsecured creditors, except for claims preferred by mandatory provisions of law.

 

Page 18 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

11.Prima facie

 

Any certification or determination by the Bank of a rate or amount under the Facility Letter is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

12.Banking (Exposure Limits) Rules - exposures to connected parties

 

The Banking (Exposure Limits) Rules (Cap. 155S) and the related regulations in Hong Kong have imposed on the Bank certain limitations on advances to persons related to HSBC Group. In accepting the Facility Letter, the Borrower(s) should, to the best of its (their) knowledge, advise the Bank whether it is in any way related or connected to the HSBC Group. In the absence of such advice, the Bank will assume that the Borrower(s) is not so related or connected. The Bank would also ask, that if the Borrower(s) becomes aware that it (they) becomes so related or connected in future, that the Borrower( s) immediately advises the Bank in writing. You may refer to the reference page for information on whether you may be considered as related or connected to the HSBC Group.

 

13.Governing Law and Third Party Rights

 

13.1The Facility Letter (including the schedule(s), where applicable), and these terms and conditions shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region.

 

13.2The Borrower(s) submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts.

 

13.3No person other than the Bank and the Borrower(s) will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Party) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of the terms and conditions of the Facility Letter.

 

14.Process Agent

 

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Borrower (other than a Borrower incorporated in Hong Kong (if the Borrower is a company) and a Borrower who is domiciled in Hong Kong (if the Borrower is an individual)):

 

(a)irrevocably appoints the company stated after the Borrower’s signature below as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the Hong Kong courts in connection with the Facility Letter, security document(s) and /or documentation relating to the facilities; and

 

(b)agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

Page 19 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

ACCEPTANCE

 

Please arrange for the authorised signatories of the Borrower(s), in accordance with the terms of the mandate given to the Bank, to sign and return the duplicate copy of the Facility Letter with Appendix(ces) to signify the Borrower(s)’s understanding and acceptance of the terms and conditions under which these facilities are granted.

 

We have shared and discussed with you the relevant risk disclosure document(s) about the demise of or possible changes to certain interest rate benchmarks (such as LIBOR). By signing this letter, you acknowledge that you understand the implications and risks of the changes referred to in the relevant risk disclosure document(s ). We enclose a copy of the relevant risk disclosure document(s) again for your easy reference.

 

The facilities will remain open for acceptance until the close of business on 8 July 2022 and if not accepted by that date will be deemed to have lapsed.

 

Yours faithfully

 

For and on behalf of

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

 

/s/ Alson Kam

Alson Kam

Vice President

 

jl/mxz

 

Encl

 

Acceptance and Confirmation

 

We, Perfect Moment Asia Limited, confirm our acceptance of the offer and all terms and conditions contained above (including the Schedules and Terms and Conditions for Facilities attached thereto).

 

For and on behalf of

Perfect Moment Asia Limited

 

Signature  /s/ Max Gottschalk   Signature  /s/ Andre Keijsers
     
Name Max Gottschalk   Name Andre Keijsers
     
Title Director   Title Director
     
Date 30/6/22   Date 30/6/22

 

Page 20 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

Reference Page

 

(This is for your reference only and are not intended to be contractual terms.

You may also access the Banking (Exposure Limits) Rules at

https://www.elegislation.gov.hk/hk/cap155S)

 

The Borrower may be considered as related or connected to the HSBC Group if you/it are/is:

 

a)a director, employee, controller or minority shareholder controller, of a member of the HSBC Group;

 

b)a relative of a director, employee, controller or minority shareholder controller, of a member of the HSBC Group;

 

c)a firm, partnership or non-listed company in which a member of the HSBC Group or any of the following entities is interested as director, partner, manager or agent:

 

(i)a controller, minority shareholder controller or director of a member of the HSBC Group;

 

(ii)a relative of a controller, minority shareholder controller or director of a member of the HSBC Group; or

 

d)a natural person, firm, partnership or non-listed company to whom a member of the HSBC Group has provided a financial facility if any of the following entities is a guarantor of the facility:

 

(i)a controller, minority shareholder controller or director of a member of the HSBC Group;

 

(ii)a relative of a controller, minority shareholder controller or director of a member of the HSBC Group.

 

Relevant definitions

 

1)A person has “control” if such person is:

 

(A)an indirect controller, that is, in relation to a company, any person in accordance with whose directions or instructions the directors of the company or of another company of which it is a subsidiary are accustomed to act, or

 

(B)a majority shareholder controller, that is, in relation to a company, any person who, either alone or with any associate or associates, is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, more than 50% of the voting power at any general meeting of the company or of another company of which it is a subsidiary,

 

and “controller” means either an “indirect controller” or a “majority shareholder controller”.

 

2)employee” includes permanent full time, permanent part-time, fixed-term full time, fixed-term part-time staff and international assignees.

 

3)HSBC Group” means HSBC Holdings plc, its subsidiaries, related bodies corporate, associated entities and undertakings and any of their branches and member or office of the HSBC Group shall be construed accordingly.

 

Page 21 of 22

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 17 June 2022

 

4)minority shareholder controller” in relation to a company, means any person who, either alone or with any associate or associates, is entitled to exercise, or control the exercise of, 10% or more, but not more than 50%, of the voting power at any general meeting of the company or of another company of which it is a subsidiary.

 

5)relative” in relation to a natural person, means the following:

 

(A)a parent, grandparent or great grandparent;

 

(B)a step-parent or adoptive parent;

 

(C)a brother or sister;

 

(D)the spouse;

 

(E)if the person is a party to a union of concubinage—the other party of the union;

 

(F)a cohabitee;

 

(G)a parent, step-parent or adoptive parent of a spouse;

 

(H)a brother or sister of a spouse;

 

(I)a son, step-son, adopted son, daughter, step-daughter or adopted daughter; or

 

(J)a grandson, granddaughter, great grandson or great granddaughter.

 

Below QR code & Unique ID is for Bank use only

 

 

UniqueID: 965839bd-b840-417b-a324-60ca2a7e2b72

 

 

Page 22 of 22

 

Exhibit 10.32

 

 

Commercial Banking

(CARM 230327 & CM 230131 / 230301)

 

CONFIDENTIAL

Perfect Moment Asia Limited

Flat B 13/F

Gee Chang Hong Centre

65 Wong Chuk Hang Road

Aberdeen Hong Kong 11 April 2023

 

Attn : Gottschalk, Jane Elizabeth

 

Dear Sir/Madam

 

BORROWER(S)

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited [Customer No.848-278974]

 

BANKING FACILITIES- facility letter dated 17 June 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Facility Letter”)

 

With reference to our recent discussions, we confirm that the Facility Letter will be amended as set out below. Save as amended by this letter, the terms of the Facility Letter and (if any) all related documents shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect. The Bank shall have an unrestricted discretion to cancel, reduce or suspend, or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relations to, the facilities. The facilities are subject to review at any time, and also subject to the Bank’s overriding right of repayment on demand including the right to call for cash cover on demand for prospective and contingent liabilities.

 

Unless defined differently, a term defined in the Facility Letter has the same meaning in this letter.

 

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

HSBC Main Building. 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong

Tel: (852J 2822 1111

Web: www hsbc.com.hk

 

Incorporated in the Hong Kong SAR with limited liability
Registered at the Hong Kong Companies Registry No. 263876

 

Page 1 of 5

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 11 April 2023

 

AMENDMENT(S) OF FACILITIES

 

The facility(ies) below shall be amended as follows:

 

FACILITIES  New  Previously
       
(1) Combined Limit for the following facilities within which the following sub-limits apply, provided that the aggregate amount outstanding of such facilities shall at no time exceed the stated combined limit:  USD5,000,000.-
[Note]
  USD3,150,000.-
       
  (a) Import Facilities
(Usance period up to 195 days)
  USD5,000,000.-  USD3,150,000.-
           
    Within which      
    (I) Loan Against Import(“LAI”) (Maximum Tenor 120 days)  (USD5,000,000.-)  (USD3,150,000.-)
             
    (II) Trust Receipts  (USD5,000,000.- )  (USD3,150,000.-)
             
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank’s overriding right to demand repayment at any time shall not be affected.      
           
  (b)

Post-Shipment Buyer Loans (Maximum tenor 90 days)

 

  USD800,000.-  USD800,000.-
    Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank’s overriding right to demand repayment at any time shall not be affected.      

 

[Note]:Drawdown is only available upon sufficient USD deposit placed to the Bank’s account covering the Combined Limit.

 

Page 2 of 5

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 11 April 2023

 

AMENDMENT(S) OF SECURITY AND OTHER DOCUMENTATION

 

The Bank will require to hold the following additional security document(s) and/or other document(s) in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

 

1.A Charge over Securities and Deposits (Limited Amount up to USD5,000,000.-) granted by the Borrower(s).

 

The Bank has sole discretion to determine whether and to what extent any charged securities granted in favour of the Bank shall be relied upon when it sets or reviews the limit for the facilities. For the avoidance of doubt, the Bank is not obliged to take into account the value of any charged securities when deciding the limit of the facilities. “Securities” means (i) all stocks, shares, securities, debentures, bonds, notes, options, warrants, funds, unit trusts, certificates of deposit, money market instruments, other equity, debt and financial instruments of any kind, (ii) all dividends, interest, distributions and other moneys derived therefrom and (iii) all accretions, allotments, and other benefits accruing or arising in respect thereof.

 

Certain capital in nature instruments such as bonds issued by HSBC and its subsidiaries are excluded from the scope of charged securities.

 

A charge over the Borrower(s)’s deposit(s) for USD5,000,000.- or its equivalent in other foreign currencies placed with the Bank.

 

In the event of the value of the foreign currency deposit charged to the Bank falling below the required level and upon the Bank’s request, the Borrower(s) should immediately pledge to the Bank additional security acceptable to the Bank to bring the value back to the threshold.

 

We attach our standard “Charge over Securities and Deposits (Limited Amount)”. Please arrange to sign and return to us the document(s), together with the supporting board resolution(s).

 

This “Charge over Securities and Deposits (Limited Amount)” needs to be registered with the Companies Registry. Please sign and return the “Charge over Securities and Deposits (Limited Amount)” within 5 business days of execution. The related registration fee (currently HKD340.-per document) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower(s)’s account.

 

In consideration of the above mentioned security being made available, the Bank is agreeable to releasing the following security document(s) and other document(s):

 

2.An Irrevocable Standby Documentary Credit dated 11 August 2017 for USDl,000,000.- [Previously USD3,000,000.-] from UBS Switzerland AG, Zurich expiring on 30 April 2023.

 

For the avoidance of doubt existing guarantee(s) and security granted in favour of the Bank before the date of this letter shall remain in full force and effect and extend to the Facility Letter as amended by this letter, unless otherwise agreed.

 

Page 3 of 5

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 11 April 2023

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. No one other than the Bank and the Borrower(s) will have any right to enforce the terms of this letter.

 

ACCEPTANCE

 

Please arrange for the authorised signatories of the Borrower(s) and, where applicable, guarantor and/or security provider, in accordance with the terms of the mandate given to the Bank, to sign and return the duplicate copy of this letter by 2 May 2023 to signify the relevant party(ies)’s understanding and acceptance of the terms of this letter.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, existing guarantee(s) and security granted in favour of the Bank before the date of this letter shall remain in full force and effect and extend to the Facility Letter as amended by this letter, unless otherwise agreed.

 

Yours faithfully

 

For and on behalf of

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

 

/s/ Alson Kam

 

Alson Kam

Vice President

fx/syz

 

Encl

 

Page 4 of 5

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 11 April 2023

 

Acceptance and Confirmation

 

We, Perfect Moment Asia Limited, confirm our acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions set out above.

 

For and on behalf of

Perfect Moment Asia Limited

 

Signature /s/ Maximilian Alexander Gottschalk   Signature /s/ Andreas Ruben Keijsers
Name Maximilian Alexander Gottschalk   Name Andreas Ruben Keijsers
Title Director   Title Director
Date     Date  

 

 

 

 

Page 5 of 5

 

Exhibit 10.33


 

Commercial Banking
(CARM 230602)

CONFIDENTIAL
Perfect Moment Asia Limited
Flat B 13/F
Gee Chang Hong Centre
65 Wong Chuk Hang Road
Aberdeen Hong Kong                                                                                                                           10 July 2023

Attn : Gottschalk, Maximum Alexander

Dear Sir/Madam

 

BORROWER(S)

Perfect Moment Asia Limited                                                                                                       [Customer No.848-278974]

 

BANKING FACILITIES- facility letter dated 17 June 2022, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Facility Letter”)

 

With reference to our recent discussions, we confirm that the Facility Letter will be amended as set out below. Save as amended by this letter, the terms of the Facility Letter and (if any) all related documents shall remain unchanged and continue in full force and effect. The Bank shall have an unrestricted discretion to cancel, reduce or suspend, or determine whether or not to permit drawings in relations to, the facilities. The facilities are subject to review at any time, and also subject to the Bank’s overriding right of repayment on demand including the right to call for cash cover on demand for prospective and contingent liabilities.

 

Unless defined differently, a term defined in the Facility Letter has the same meaning in this letter.

 

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
HSBC Main Building. 1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong
Tel: (852J 2822 1111
Web: www hsbc.com hk

 

Incorporated in the Hong Kong SAR with limited liability
Registered at the Hong Kong Companies Registry No. 263876

 

Page 1 of 5

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 10 July 2023

  

AMENDMENT(S) OF SECURITY AND OTHER DOCUMENTATION

 

The Bank will require to hold the following additional security document(s) and/or other document(s) in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank:

 

1.A Standby Documentary Credit for USDl,000,000.- from UBS Switzerland AG. Please arrange with the issuing bank to renew the validity of the Standby Documentary Credit one month before its expiry date.

 

2.A Charge over Securities and Deposits (Limited Amount up to USD4,000,000.-) granted by the Borrower(s).

The Bank has sole discretion to determine whether and to what extent any charged securities granted in favour of the Bank shall be relied upon when it sets or reviews the limit for the facilities. For the avoidance of doubt, the Bank is not obliged to take into account the value of any charged securities when deciding the limit of the facilities. “Securities” means (i) all stocks, shares, securities, debentures, bonds, notes, options, warrants, funds, unit trusts, certificates of deposit, money market instruments, other equity, debt and financial instruments of any kind, (ii) all dividends, interest, distributions and other moneys derived therefrom and (iii) all accretions, allotments, and other benefits accruing or arising in respect thereof.

 

Certain capital in nature instruments such as bonds issued by HSBC and its subsidiaries are excluded from the scope of charged securities.

 

A charge over the Borrower(s)’s deposit(s) for USD4,000,000.- or its equivalent in other foreign currencies placed with the Bank.

 

In the event of the value of the foreign currency deposit charged to the Bank falling below the required level and upon the Bank’s request, the Borrower(s) should immediately pledge to the Bank additional security acceptable to the Bank to bring the value back to the threshold.

 

We attach our standard “Charge over Securities and Deposits (Limited Amount)”. Please arrange to sign and return to us the document(s), together with the supporting board resolution(s).

 

This “Charge over Securities and Deposits (Limited Amount)” needs to be registered with the Companies Registry. Please sign and return the “Charge over Securities and Deposits (Limited Amount)” within 5 business days of execution. The related registration fee (currently HKD340.- per document) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower(s)’s account.

 

3.A Guarantee (Limited Amount) limited to USD2,000,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Perfect Moment Limited together with:

 

(a)a certified copy of a Board Resolution, signed sealed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of Perfect Moment Limited authorising a named person to execute the guarantee.

 

(b)a Certificate of Incumbency signed sealed by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary identifying the individual authorized to issue the guarantee.

 

The authorised signatories of Perfect Moment Limited should be duly verified by their bankers. Please also let the Bank have a certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation, Articles of Association and List of current directors of Perfect Moment Limited for the Bank’s records.

 

Page 2 of 5

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 10 July 2023

 

As Perfect Moment Limited is incorporated in the United States of America, the Bank requires a legal opinion (in form and substance satisfactory to the Bank) from a qualified lawyer in the jurisdiction of Perfect Moment Limited’s country of incorporation, confirming the corporate capacity and authority of Perfect Moment Limited to enter into the facility(ies)/security, and also confirming that all necessary documents have been or will be properly executed. The legal opinion, together with the properly executed security documents, should be forwarded to the Bank directly by the solicitor.

 

In consideration of the above mentioned security being made available, the Bank is agreeable to releasing the following security document(s) and other document(s):

 

4.Charge over Securities and Deposits (Limited Amount up to USD5,000,000.-) dated 28 May 2023 granted by the Borrower(s)

 

A charge over the Borrower(s)’s deposit(s) for USD5,000,000.- or its equivalent in other foreign currencies placed with the Bank.

 

This “Charge over Securities and Deposits (Limited Amount)” needs to be discharged with the Companies Registry. The related discharge fee (currently HKD 190.- per document) will be charged to the debit of the Borrower(s)’s account.

 

5.A Guarantee (Limited Amount) dated 30 November 2020 limited to USD3,150,000.- plus default interest and other costs and expenses as further set out in the guarantee from Perfect Moment (UK) Limited.

This Guarantee will be cancelled after a retention period considered by it (the Bank) to be reasonably appropriate, which is normally six months.

 

For the avoidance of doubt existing guarantee(s) and security granted in favour of the Bank before the date of this letter shall remain in full force and effect and extend to the Facility Letter as amended by this letter, unless otherwise agreed.

 

Page 3 of 5

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 10 July 2023

 

GOVERNING LAW

 

This letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region. No one other than the Bank and the Borrower(s) will have any right to enforce the terms of this letter.

 

ACCEPTANCE

 

Please arrange for the authorised signatories of the Borrower(s) and, where applicable, guarantor and/or security provider, in accordance with the terms of the mandate given to the Bank, to sign and return the duplicate copy of this letter by 31 July 2023 to signify the relevant party(ies)’s understanding and acceptance of the terms of this letter.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, existing guarantee(s) and security granted in favour of the Bank before the date of this letter shall remain in full force and effect and extend to the Facility Letter as amended by this letter, unless otherwise agreed.

 

We have shared and discussed with you the relevant risk disclosure document(s) about the demise of or possible changes to certain interest rate benchmarks (such as LIBOR). By signing this letter, you acknowledge that you understand the implications and risks of the changes referred to in the relevant risk disclosure document(s). We enclose a copy of the relevant risk disclosure document(s) again for your easy reference.

 

Yours faithfully

 

For and on behalf of
The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

 

/s/ Alson Kam

 

Alson Kam
Vice President
fx/syz

 

Encl

 

Page 4 of 5

 

 

Perfect Moment Asia Limited 10 July 2023

 

Acceptance and Confirmation

 

We, Perfect Moment Asia Limited, confirm our acceptance of and agreement to all of the terms and conditions set out above.

 

For and on behalf of

Perfect Moment Asia Limited

 

Signature /s/ Maximilian Alexander Gottschalk   Signature /s/ Andreas Ruben Keijsers
     
Name MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER GOTTSCHALK   Name ANDREAS RUBEN KEIJSERS
     
Title Director   Title Director
     
Date     Date  

 

 

 

Page 5 of 5

 

 

Exhibit 10.34

 

Our reference: 30GA-J79594-6FF9

31. May 2023

 

:MT: SWIFT Message Type    
  760 Issue of a Demand Guarantee/Standby Letter of Credit  
     
:IO: Correspondents BIC / TID HSBCHKHHHKH  
:II: Own BIC / TID UBSWCHZH80A  
:MP: SWIFT Message Priority N  
:15A: Sequence A General Information    
:27: Sequence of Total 1/1  

:22A: Purpose of Message ISSU / ISSU Issuance of undertaking  
:15B: Sequence B Undertaking Details    
:20: Undertaking Number 30GA-J79594-6FF9  
:30: Date of Issue 31.05.2023  
:22D: Form of Undertaking STBY / Standby letter of credit  
:40C: Applicable Rules    
  ISPR / The guarantee is subject to International Standby Practices
   
:23B: Expiry Type FIXD / Specified date of Expiry  
:31E: Date of Expiry 26.11.2023  
:50: Applicant PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LIMITED  
  HONGKONG / HONG KONG  
:52A: Issuer UBSWCHZH80A  
:59A: Beneficiary HSBCHKHHHKH  

:32B: Undertaking Amount USD 1’000’000.00

:41F: Available with … UBSWCHZH80A  
:71D: Charges    
:45C: Document and Presentation Instructions  
 

 
  Documents:  
  Beneficiary’s duly signed written or authenticated SWIFT demand  
  addressed to the Issuing Bank and reading as follows (completed  
  as appropriate):  
  Q u o t e  
  Attn. Guarantees Dept.  
  Your Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit No. 30GA-J79594-6FF9  
  in our favour  
  We, ... (beneficiary)…, hereby draw an amount of USD  
  … (amount)… under your aforementioned Standby Letter of  
  Credit.  
  We certify that the amount so drawn  
  a) is owing to us by the Applicant under a credit facility  
  granted by us to him, and    
  b) remained unpaid when due under the said facility.  
  … (beneficiary)…  
  U n q u o t e  
     
  If a demand is made in writing, i.e. in paper form, it has to be sent to us by registered mail or by courier service in one lot to the respective address stated hereafter:  
     
  Postal address:  
  UBS Switzerland AG  
  Trade Finance Services - F6V5  
  Bahnhofstrasse 45  
  P.O.Box  
  8098 Zurich (Switzerland)  
     
  Courier address:    
  UBS Switzerland AG    
  Trade Finance Services - F6V5    
  Europastrasse 2    

 

Page 1/2

 

 

Our reference: 30GA-J79594-6FF9

31. May 2023

 

  8098 Zurich (Switzerland)  
     
  Period for presentation of documents:  
  Within Standby Letter Credit validity  
     
:77U: Undertaking Terms and Conditions  
  Form of Standby:  
  Irrevocable  
     
  Place of expiration:  
  Zurich  
  .    
  Available by: Payment.  
  We shall effect payment with a deferred value of 3 (three)  
  business and banking days after receipt of documents strictly  
  complying with the terms and conditions of the present Standby  
  Letter of Credit.  
  .    
  Covering:    
  Security for credit facilities    
  .    
  We hereby undertake that payment will be effected if documents  
  tendered comply with the Standby Letter of Credit terms and if  
  all other conditions of this Standby Letter of Credit are  
  fulfilled.    
  .    
  Article 3.14 of the ISP98 is hereby expressly waived.  

 

:49: Confirmation instructions WITHOUT

 

:45L: Underlying Transaction Details  
  Credit facility granted or to be granted by the Beneficiary to  
  PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LIMITED, HONGKONG / HONG KONG  
     
- Trailer  

 

 

Page 2/2

 

 

Exhibit 10.35 

 

Dated

 

 

TO

 

THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION LIMITED

 

 

 

 

CHARGE OVER SECURITIES AND DEPOSITS WITH THE BANK

(Limited Company, Individual or Firm) (Limited Amount)

 

 

 

Member HSBC Group

 

 

 

 

To:The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
 The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

CHARGE OVER SECURITIES AND DEPOSITS WITH THE BANK

(Limited Company, Individual or Firm) (Limited Amount)

 

I.Definitions

 

“Bank” means The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited at its office specified in the Schedule and its successors and assigns;

 

“Banking Facilities” means such facilities and/or financial accommodation as the Bank may make or continue to make available to the Chargor or to any other person at the request of the Chargor;

 

“Chargor” means the person or, as the case may be, each person whose name and address are specified in the Schedule or, if the name and address of a firm are specified in the Schedule, means each of the present and future partners of the firm and, in each case including any executor, personal representative or lawful successors and assigns of such person and, if there are more than one such person, their liability and obligations under this Charge are joint and several and any reference to the Chargor herein shall (except as otherwise specified) be construed as reference to any or more or all of such persons as the context may require;

 

“Deposits” means deposits and all sums of money (in whatever currency) from time to time standing to the credit of the Chargor’s accounts or placed by the Chargor with the Bank at any of its offices or branches (whether in addition to or by way of renewal or replacement for any amount or amounts previously deposited into the Chargor’s accounts with the Bank) and interest thereon;

 

“Depository” means each person, if any, whose name and address are specified in the Schedule;

 

“Exchange Rate” means the rate for converting one currency into another currency which the Bank determines to be prevailing in the relevant foreign exchange market at the relevant time, such determination to be conclusive and binding on the Chargor;

 

“Receivables” means all and any receivables attributable or payable to the Chargor in respect of any Securities;

 

“Secured Moneys” means (i) all moneys in any currency owing by the Chargor to the Bank at any time, actually or contingently, in any capacity (whether as principal or surety or otherwise), alone or jointly with any other person, (ii) interest on such moneys (both before and after any demand or judgment), to the date on which the Bank receives payment in full, at the rates payable by the Chargor or which would have been payable but for any circumstance which restricts payment, (iii) any expense of the Bank in making payment in respect of the Securities or the Deposits on behalf of the Chargor (but without the Bank being under any obligation to do so), as a result of failure by the Chargor to make such payment when due and (iv) all expenses of the Bank in perfecting or enforcing this Charge;

 

“Securities” means (i) all stocks, shares, securities, debentures, bonds, notes, options, warrants, funds, unit trusts, certificates of deposit, money market instruments, other equity, debt and financial instruments of any kind whatsoever owned by the Chargor which, at any time and for any reason, are in the possession or control of the Bank, any nominee of the Bank or a Depository, (ii) all dividends, interest, distributions and other moneys derived therefrom and (iii) all accretions, allotments, and other benefits accruing or arising in respect thereof;

 

“Specified Sum” means the amount so stated in the Schedule;

 

“person” includes an individual, firm, company, corporation and an unincorporated body of persons; and

 

“Process Agent” means the person, if any, whose name and Hong Kong address are specified in the Schedule.

 

2.Charge

 

2.01In consideration of the Banking Facilities, the Chargor, as beneficial owner, hereby charges, pledges and assigns to the Bank all the right, title and interest of the Chargor in and to the Securities, the Receivables and the Deposits as a continuing security for the obligations of the Chargor in respect of the Secured Moneys.

 

2.02Without prejudice to the rights and powers which the Bank may have under this Charge and other agreements (including without limitation right of set off and the power to realise the Securities, the Receivables and the Deposits and to apply the proceeds thereof to discharge or reduce the Secured Moneys or any part of it), the maximum aggregate amount which the Bank can claim under this Charge as secured lender for repayment of the Secured Moneys shall not exceed the Specified Sum PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT nothing in this clause shall in any way exonerate or diminish or otherwise affect the obligations and liabilities of the Chargor under this Charge or any other document and the Bank shall be entitled to exercise all and any right, power or remedy against the Chargor for payment of the Secured Moneys without any limitation.

 

Member HSBC Group

Page 1/6

 

 

2.03A certificate of balance signed by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall be conclusive evidence against the Chargor of the amount of the Secured Moneys owing at any time.

 

2.04The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Charge for such period as the Bank may certify to the Chargor to be appropriate in order to protect the interests of the Bank in respect of the Secured Moneys.

 

2.05If the Chargor creates or purports to create any security ( whether fixed or floating) over the Securities, the Receivables or the Deposits or any part of it or if any person levies or attempts to levy any form of process against the Securities, the Receivables or the Deposits or any part of it, the security created by this Charge, to the extent that it may be a floating charge, shall automatically and without notice crystallise and operate as a fixed charge instantly when such event occurs.

 

3.Continuing and Additional Charge

 

This Charge is a continuing security and is in addition to, shall not be affected by and may be enforced despite the existence of any other security held by the Bank. Any restriction on the right of consolidating securities shall not apply to this Charge.

 

4.Undertakings

 

The Chargor undertakes that:

 

(a)the Securities, the Receivables and the Deposits are and shall be in the sole beneficial ownership of the Chargor, free from encumbrances and claims, except pursuant to this Charge;

 

(b)it will maintain the value of the Securities, the Receivables and the Deposits at such level as the Bank may require, from time to time;

 

(c)it will pay all calls and make all other payments in respect of the Securities, the Receivables and the Deposits when due;

 

(d)the Bank may hold the Deposits or any part of it at any of its offices and transfer the same between such offices;

 

(e)it will deposit with the Bank or to its orders all documents which evidence the Securities, the Receivables and the Deposits and, if applicable, duly completed transfer documents in favour of the Bank;

 

(f)it will not nor attempt to encumber, transfer, sell, dispose of or otherwise deal with any of the Securities, the Receivables and the Deposits except as directed by or with the consent of the Bank in writing; and

 

(g)it will not take any action which might prejudice the value of the Securities, the Receivables and the Deposits and/or the effectiveness of this Charge.

 

5.Authorisations

 

The Chargor authorises the Bank:

 

(a)to appoint any of its subsidiary or associated companies as its nominee to hold and to keep possession and control of the Securities and the Receivables;

 

(b)to exercise or procure the exercise of the voting rights attaching to the Securities, so far as legally permissible, as if the Bank were the sole legal and beneficial owner and, otherwise, the Chargor shall vote only after notifying the Bank of the subject matter of any such proposed vote and, in any event, the Chargor shall not vote in contradiction to any direction made by the Bank;

 

(c)at the sole discretion of the Bank, to determine whether or not to take any action which may be called for in respect of the Securities and/or the Receivables as to offers, redemptions or any other matter;

 

(d)to return to the Chargor securities which may not have the same serial number or identification as those originally deposited with or received by the Bank, any nominee of the Bank or a Depository; and

 

(e)to notify any Depository of the terms of this Charge.

 

CHARGE OVER SECURITIES AND DEPOSITS WITH THE BANK

(Limited Company, Individual or Firm) (Limited Amount) 

Page 2/6

 

 

6.Enforcement of Charge

 

If the Chargor has failed to pay any of the Secured Moneys when due or is in default under any of the terms of this Charge or the Banking Facilities is unable or admits to being unable to pay the debts of the Chargor as they become due or is subject to any proceedings in or analogous to insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or if legal process is levied or enforced against any assets of the Chargor, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Charge and may, without demand, notice, legal process or any other action with respect to the Chargor, realise, sell, apply or otherwise dispose of all or some of the Securities , the Receivables and the Deposits, at any time and in any way which it deems expedient, free from any restrictions and claims and the Bank shall not be liable for any loss arising out of such realisation, sale, application or disposal.

 

7.Power of Attorney and Further Assurance

 

7.01The Chargor hereby irrevocably appoints the Bank to be the attorney for the Chargor and in the name and on behalf and as the act or deed of the Chargor or otherwise, without any reference to or consent from the Chargor, to execute all documents and to do all things as may be required for the full exercise of all or any of the powers hereby conferred on the Bank and its rights hereunder as it may consider expedient in connection with the exercise of such powers and rights.

 

7.02At the request of the Bank, the Chargor shall execute such documents and perform such acts as the Bank may consider expedient in connection with the exercise of its powers and rights under this Charge.

 

8.Limitation on Liability and Indemnity

 

8.01The Bank shall not be liable to the Chargor for any act, delay or failure to act, on the part of the Bank, in respect of the Securities, the Receivables and/or the Deposits unless due to the negligence or wilful default of the Bank, its nominees or any of their respective officers or employees.

 

8.02The Chargor shall indemnify the Bank, its nominees and their respective officers and employees against all liabilities, claims, costs and damages of any kind which may be incurred by any of them and all actions or proceedings which may be brought by or against them in connection with the Securities, the Receivables and/or the Deposits and the exercise of the powers and rights of the Bank under this Charge, unless due to the negligence or wilful default of the Bank, its nominees or any of their respective officers or employees .

 

9.Set-off

 

The Bank may, at any time and without notice to the Chargor, combine or consolidate any account of the Chargor, or apply any credit balance to which the Charger is entitled on any account with the Bank in or towards satisfaction of the Secured Moneys. For this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase, at the Exchange Rate, such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application with the moneys standing to the credit of such account.

 

10.Lien

 

The Bank is authorised to exercise a lien over all property of the Chargor coming into the possession or control of the Bank, for custody or any other reason and whether or not in the ordinary course of banking business, with power for the Bank to sell such property to satisfy the Secured Moneys.

 

11.Chargor’s Accounts

 

The Bank may, at any time, continue any existing account and open any new account in the name of the Chargor and no subsequent transactions, receipts or payments involving such new accounts shall affect the liability of the Chargor hereunder.

 

12.Payments

 

12.01No payment to the Bank, pursuant to the enforcement of this Charge or pursuant to any judgment, court order or otherwise in respect of this Charge, shall discharge the obligation of the Chargor in respect of which it was made unless and until payment in full has been received in the currency in which the relevant liability for the Secured Moneys is payable and, to the extent that the amount of any such payment shall, on actual conversion into such currency, at the Exchange Rate, fall short of the amount of the obligation, expressed in that currency, the Chargor shall be liable for the shortfall.

 

12.02Any moneys paid to the Bank in respect of the Secured Moneys may be applied in or towards satisfaction of the same or placed to the credit of such account as the Bank may determine with a view to preserving its rights to prove for the whole of the Secured Moneys.

 

12.03If any moneys paid to the Bank in respect of the Secured Moneys are required to be repaid by virtue of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Charge as if such moneys had not been paid.

 

CHARGE OVER SECURITIES AND DEPOSITS WITH THE BANK

(Limited Company, Individual or Firm) (Limited Amount)

Page 3/6

 

 

13.No Waiver

 

No act or omission by the Bank pursuant to this Charge shall affect its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or any further or other exercise of such rights, powers or remedies.

 

14.Consent

 

Without prejudicing the rights of the Bank under any other agreement with the Chargor, the Chargor agrees that the Bank may, for such purposes as the Bank may consider reasonably appropriate, disclose and/or obtain information concerning the Chargor (including details of and relating to all or any transactions or dealings between the Chargor and the Bank) to or from:

 

(i)any agent, contractor or third party service provider (whether situated within or outside Hong Kong) which provides administrative, telecommunications, computer, payment, processing or other services to the Bank in connection with the operation of its business;

 

(ii)credit reference agencies;

 

(iii)any person to whom the Bank is under an obligation to make disclosure under the requirements of any applicable laws, regulations or judicial process; and

 

(iv)any actual or proposed participant, sub-participant, assignee or transferee of all or any of the Bank’s rights, obligations and/or benefits under the Banking Facilities or this Charge (or any part thereof).

 

In the event that such information includes the personal or other data of any third party or individual, the Chargor confirms and warrants that it has obtained the consent of such third party or individual to the provision of such data to the Bank for such purposes and for disclosure to such persons as referred to in this Clause. The Chargor will indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all costs, penalties, damages and other losses incurred as the result of any breach of the terms of this Clause.

 

15.Assignment

 

The Chargor may not assign .or transfer any rights or obligations of the Chargor hereunder. The Bank may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in whose favour it has made an assignment of all or any of the Banking Facilities.

 

16.Communications

 

Any notice, demand or other communication under this Charge shall be in writing and sent to, in the case of the Chargor, its registered office address or at the last address registered with the Bank, and in the case of the Bank, its office specified in the Schedule or such other address as the Bank may notify to the Chargor for this purpose and may be delivered personally, by leaving it at such address, by post, facsimile transmission or telex and shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Chargor at the time of personal delivery or on leaving it at such address or on the second day following the day of posting or on the day of despatch , if sent by facsimile transmission or telex, and to the Bank on the day of actual receipt.

 

17.Severability

 

Each of the provisions of this Chargor is severable and distinct from the others and, if one or more of such provisions is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any way.

 

18.Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

18.01This Charge is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”).

 

18.02The Chargor submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts but this Charge may be enforced in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

18.03No person other than the Bank and the Chargor will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of this Charge.

 

19.Governing Version

 

A Chinese translation of this Charge shall be provided to the Chargor upon request. The English version is the governing version and shall prevail whenever there is any discrepancy between the English version and the Chinese version.

 

20.Process Agent

 

If a Process Agent is specified in the Schedule, service of any legal process on the Process Agent shall constitute service on the Chargor.

 

CHARGE OVER SECURITIES AND DEPOSITS WITH THE BANK

(Limited Company, Individual or Firm) (Limited Amount)

Page 4/6

 

 

21.Execution

 

  This Charge has been entered into and delivered by the Chargor as a deed on    

 

Schedule

 

Address of Bank’s Office

 

1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

Details of Chargor

Name: PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LIMITED

Address: FLAT B, 13/F, GEE CHUNG HONG CENTRE, 65 WONG CHUK KANG ROAD, HONG KONG

 

Specified Sum (referred to in Clause 2.02)

USD4,000,000.-

 

Details of Depository

Name:

Address:

 

Details of Process Agent

Name :

Address:

 

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

For Corporate

 

A. Executed under the Seal of the Chargor in the presence of the following Director(s) and/or Secretary:

 

Signature of Director/Secretary  

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

/

Full Name (in Block Letters) Full Name (in Block Letters)
Address

Address

 

,  

Identification Document Type and Number

 

, Identification Document Type and Number

Duly Authorised  by a Board Resolution Dated

 

  Duly Authorised  by a Board  Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 



Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block  Letters)

Full Name (in Bloc k Leners}

 

Office

Office

 

 

Identification  Document Type and Number Identification Document Type and Number

 

CHARGE OVER SECURITIES AND DEPOSITS WITH THE BANK

(Limited Company, Individual or Firm) (Limited Amount)

 

Page 5/6

 

 

B.Executed as a deed and signed by the following Director(s) and, if applicable, Secretary on behalf of the Chargor:

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

/s/ MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER GOTTSCHALK

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

/s/ ANDREAS RUBEN KEIJSERS

Full Name (in Block Letters)

MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER GOTTSCHALK

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

ANDREAS RUBEN KEIJSERS

Address

 

[***]

Address

 

[***]

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

[***]

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

[***]

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

 

/s/ MARK DAVID BUCKLEY

Signature of Witness

 

/s/ RAJESHREE SHIVAJI BHOSLE

Full Name ( in Block Letters)

MARK DAVID BUCKLEY

Full Name {in Block l euers)

RAJESHREE SHIVAJI BHOSLE

Office

Unit 2.15 United House, 9 Pembridge Road, Notting Hill London,

W113JY

Office

Unit 2 . 15 United House, 9 Pembridge Road, Notting Hill London,

W11 3JY

Identification Document Type and Number

 

[***]

 

Identification Document Ty-pe and Number
 

[***]

 

CHARGE OVER SECURITIES AND DEPOSITS WITH THE BANK

(Limited Company, Individual or Firm) (Limited Amount)

 

 

Page 6/6

 

 

Exhibit 10.36

 

To:The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)

 

1. Definitions
   
 

Bank” means The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited or any person who is entitled at any future date to exercise all or any of the Bank’s rights under this Guarantee;

 

Banking Facilities” means such facilities as the Bank may make or continue to make available to the Customer or to any other person at the request of the Customer at any branch or office of the Bank and whether now or in the future;

 

Customer” means all or any one or more persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule;

 

Default Interest” means interest at such rate as the Bank specifies in its Tariff Book from time to time, compounded monthly if not paid on the dates specified by the Bank;

 

Exchange Rate” means the rate for converting one currency into another currency which the Bank determines to be prevailing in the relevant foreign exchange market at the relevant time, such determination to be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor;

 

Guaranteed Monies” means (i) all monies, obligations and liabilities in any currency whenever and however due, owing or incurred, whether with or without the Guarantor’s knowledge or consent and due, owing or incurred by the Customer to the Bank at any branch or office at any time, whether separately or jointly with any other person, actually or contingently whether presently or in future in any capacity including as principal or as surety; (ii) interest (both before and after any demand or judgment), to the date on which the Bank receives payment, at the rates payable by the Customer or which would have been payable but for any circumstance which restricts or prohibits payment; (iii) any amount due under the indemnity in Clauses 9 and 16.03 below; and (iv) all costs, expenses and fees incurred or charged by the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis, save that Guaranteed Monies shall not include any Swap Obligations;

 

Swap Obligations” means if the Guarantor is not an “eligible contract participant” (“ECP”) as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. para. 1 et. seq.) (the·“Act”) of the United States of America (“US”) and the regulations made thereunder. such part of the Guaranteed Monies as may constitute any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a swap (“Swap”) within the meaning of the Act to the extent that, and for the period of time that, a guarantee of such Swap by the Guarantor hereunder would be or become void or voidable or would violate the Act or any rule, regulation or order of the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission. If such Swap arises under a master agreement governing more than one Swap, only the portion of the obligations arising under such master agreement which relates to Swaps for which such guarantee is or becomes void or voidable or violates the Act, rules, regulations or orders shall be excluded from the Guaranteed Monies.

 

Guarantor” means all or any persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule together with their executors, administrators, successors and assigns;

 

Maximum Liability” means (i) the Specified Sum; (ii) Default Interest on that sum; and (iii) expenses of the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis; where a liability for Guaranteed Monies is incurred in a currency different from the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated and the equivalent of that liability in the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated, calculated at the Exchange Rate, has increased since it was incurred, that increase shall be added to the Maximum Liability;

 

person” includes an individual, firm, company, corporation and an unincorporated body of persons;

 

Process Agent” means the person, if any, whose name and Hong Kong address are specified in the Schedule;

 

Specified Sum” means the sum specified as such in the Schedule; and

 

Tariff Book” means the Bank’s tariff book which is available upon request or accessible at https://www.business.hsbc.com.hk/en-gb/resource-centre/commercial-tariffs or such other source as may replace that webpage.

     

 Page 1/20Member HSBC Group

 

2. Interpretation
   
  2.01

Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” the Guaranteed Monies shall include all monies and liabilities due owing or incurred to the Bank by such persons whether solely or jointly with one or more of the others or any other person(s) and the expression “the Customer” will be construed accordingly.

 

  2.02 Where the persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” are carrying on business in partnership under a firm name or are trustees of a trust the Guaranteed Monies (notwithstanding any change in the composition of that partnership) shall include the monies and liabilities which shall at any time be due owing or incurred to the Bank by the person(s) from time to time carrying on the partnership business under that name or under any name in succession thereto and includes those due from all persons from time to time being trustees of that trust and the expression “the Customer” shall be construed accordingly.

 

  2.03 Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Guarantor” the obligations of each such person as Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be joint and several.

 

3. Guarantee
   
  3.01 In consideration of the Banking Facilities, the Guarantor guarantees to pay the Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand.
     
  3.02 The liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed the Maximum Liability.
     
  3.03 The Guarantor shall, subject to Clause 3.02, pay Default Interest (to the extent that it is not paid by the Customer) on the Guaranteed Monies from the date of demand by the Bank on the Guarantor until the Bank receives payment of the whole of the Guaranteed Monies (both before and after any demand or judgment or any circumstances which restrict payment by the Customer).
     
  3.04 A certificate of balance signed by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall be conclusive evidence against the Guarantor of the amount of the Guaranteed Monies owing at any time.
     
  3.05 The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Guarantee and any security it has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies until it is satisfied that any repayment of the Guaranteed Monies will not be avoided whether as a preference or otherwise.
     
4. Continuing and Additional Security
   
  4.01 This Guarantee is a continuing security and shall secure the whole of the Guaranteed Monies until one calendar month after receipt by the Bank of notice in writing by the Guarantor or a liquidator, receiver or personal representative of the Guarantor (in the event of the death of the Guarantor) to terminate it. In the case of the Guarantor’s death, this Guarantee shall remain binding as a continuing guarantee on that Guarantor’s heirs, executors, successors or administrators until the expiry of notice given in accordance with this Clause. Nevertheless and despite the giving of such notice, this Guarantee shall continue to apply to the Guaranteed Monies in respect of which the Customer is or becomes actually or contingently liable up to such termination and the Guarantor guarantees to pay such Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand whether that demand is made before, at the time of or after such termination.
     
  4.02 Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression the “Guarantor”, any notice under Clause 4.01 above may be given by any one of the persons comprising the Guarantor. The Bank will treat any such notice as terminating that Guarantor’s liability to the extent provided in Clause 4.01 without affecting or terminating the obligations or liability of any other person comprising the Guarantor and this Guarantee shall continue to bind those persons as a continuing guarantee.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 2/20

 

 

  4.03 This Guarantee is in addition to, shall not be affected by and may be enforced despite the existence of any other guarantee or security held by the Bank.
     
  4.04 Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression “the Guarantor”, if for any reason this Guarantee is not or ceases to be binding on any Guarantor, it shall subject to Clause 4.01 remain binding as a continuing security on the remaining person(s) comprising the Guarantor.
     
  4.05 The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be affected by any of the following:
     
    (i) any part payment of the Guaranteed Monies by the Customer or any other person;
       
    (ii) any change in the name or constitution of the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;
       
    (iii) any merger, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation affecting the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;
       
    (iv) the death, mental incapacity, bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or administration of the Customer or the Guarantor; and
       
    (v) any other act, omission, event or circumstance which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.
       
5. Customer’s Accounts
   
  The Bank may, at any time and despite the termination of this Guarantee, continue any existing account and open any new account in the name of the Customer and no subsequent transactions, receipts or payments involving such new accounts shall affect the liability of the Guarantor.
   
6. Payments
   
  6.01 Payments by the Guarantor shall be made to the Bank as specified by the Bank without any set-off, counterclaim, withholding or condition of any kind except that, if the Guarantor is compelled by law to make such withholding, the sum payable by the Guarantor shall be increased so that the amount actually received by the Bank is the amount it would have received if there had been no withholding.
     
  6.02 Payment by the Guarantor to the Bank shall be in the currency of the relevant liability or, if the Bank so agrees in writing, in a different currency, in which case the conversion to that different currency shall be made at the Exchange Rate. The Bank shall not be liable to the Guarantor for any loss resulting from any fluctuation in the Exchange Rate.
     
  6.03 No payment to the Bank under this Guarantee pursuant to any judgment, court order or otherwise shall discharge the obligation of the Guarantor in respect of which it was made unless and until payment in full has been received in the currency in which it is payable under this Guarantee and, to the extent that the amount of any such payment shall, on actual conversion into such currency, at the Exchange Rate, fall short of the amount of the obligation, expressed in that currency, the Guarantor shall be liable for the shortfall.
     
  6.04 Any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies may be applied in or towards satisfaction of the same in such manner as determined by the Bank or placed to the credit of such account (including a suspense or impersonal account) and for so long as the Bank may determine pending the application from time to time of such monies in or towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Monies.
     
  6.05 If any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies are required to be repaid by virtue of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee as if such monies had not been paid.
     
7. Set-off
   
  The Bank may, at any time and without notice, apply any credit balance to which the Guarantor is entitled on any account with the Bank in or towards satisfaction of the Guaranteed Monies. For this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase, at the Exchange Rate, such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application with the monies standing to the credit of such account.
   
8. Lien
   
  The Bank is authorised to exercise a lien over all property of the Guarantor coming into the possession or control of the Bank, for custody or any other reason and whether or not in the ordinary course of banking business, with power for the Bank to sell such property to satisfy the Guaranteed Monies.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 3/20

 

 

9. Guarantor as Principal Debtor
   
  As a separate obligation, the Guarantor shall be liable as a principal debtor including, but not limited to, where any liability or obligation of the Customer for any of the  Guaranteed Monies is or becomes unlawful, irrecoverable,  invalid or unenforceable for any reason including by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity or any other act, omission or circumstance which, but for this provision, would discharge the Guarantor to any extent.  Any Guaranteed Monies which may not be recoverable from the Customer for any reason whatsoever shall be recoverable by the Bank from the Guarantor as principal debtor by way of indemnity under this separate obligation, on demand, together with Default Interest thereon in accordance with Clause 3.03 above.
   
10. Variation of Terms and Release of Security
   
  The Bank may at any time and without affecting or discharging this Guarantee or the obligations of the Guarantor:
   
  (i) extend, increase, renew, replace or otherwise vary any of the Banking Facilities;
     
  (ii) vary, exchange, abstain from perfecting or release any other security or guarantee held or to be held by the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies;
     
  (iii) give time for payment or accept any composition from and make any arrangement with the Customer or any other person;
     
  (iv) release any Guarantor from that Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee or otherwise and give any time for payment, accept any composition from or make any arrangement with any Guarantor;
     
  (v) make demand under this Guarantee and enforce all or any of the Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee without having enforced or sought to enforce any rights or remedies which the Bank may have in respect of the Guaranteed Monies against the Customer, any other surety or in relation to any other security; or
     
  (vi) do or omit to do any thing which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.
     
11. Guarantor as Trustee
   
  11.01 The Guarantor shall not, until the whole of the Guaranteed Monies have been received by the Bank (and even though the Maximum Liability of the Guarantor may be limited), exercise any right of subrogation, indemnity, set-off or counterclaim against the Customer or any other Guarantor or person or any right to participate in any security the Bank has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies or, unless required by the Bank to do so, to prove in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Customer or any other Guarantor. The Guarantor shall hold any amount recovered, as a result of the exercise of any of such right, on trust for the Bank and shall pay the same to the Bank immediately on receipt.
     
  11.02 The Guarantor has not taken any security from the Customer or any other Guarantor and agrees not to do so until the Bank has received the whole of the Guaranteed Monies. Any security taken by the Guarantor in breach of this provision shall be held in trust for the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies and all monies at any time received in respect thereof shall be paid to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 4/20

 

 

12. Negligence in Realisations
   
  This Guarantee shall not be affected as security for the Guaranteed Monies by any neglect by the Bank, or by any agent or receiver appointed by the Bank, in connection with the realisation of any other security (whether by way of mortgage guarantee or otherwise) which the Bank may hold now, or at any time in the future, for the Guaranteed Monies.
   
13. No Waiver
   
  No act or omission by the Bank pursuant to this Guarantee shall affect its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or any further or other exercise of such rights, powers or remedies.
   
14. Assignment
   
  The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in whose favour it has made an assignment of all or any of the Banking Facilities.
   
15. Communications
   
  Any notice, demand or other communication under this Guarantee shall be in writing addressed to the Guarantor at its registered office address or at the last address registered with the Bank and if addressed to the Bank at its office specified in the Schedule or such other address as the Bank may notify to the Guarantor for this purpose and may be delivered personally, by leaving it at such address, by post, facsimile transmission or telex and shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Guarantor at the time of personal delivery or on leaving it at such address if sent by post at the time it would, in the ordinary course of post, be delivered, if sent by facsimile transmission or telex on the date of despatch, and to the Bank on the day of actual receipt.
   
16. Debt Collection and Disclosure of Information
   
  16.01 The Bank may employ debt collecting agent(s) to collect any sum due under this Guarantee.
     
  16.02 Without prejudicing the rights of the Bank under any other agreement with the Guarantor, the Guarantor consents to the Bank, for such purposes as the Bank may consider reasonably appropriate, disclosing and/or obtaining information about the Guarantor (including details of all or any transactions or dealings between the Guarantor and the Bank) and this Guarantee, both within and outside the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, to or from (as the case may be):
     
    (i) any agent, contractor or third party service provider which provides services to the Bank in relation to the operation of its business (including without limitation administrative, telecommunications, computer, payment or processing services);
       
    (ii) credit reference agencies;
       
    (iii) any person to whom the Bank proposes to sell, assign or transfer, or has sold, assigned or transferred, all or any of its rights in relation to this Guarantee or the Banking Facilities;
       
    (iv) any company within the HSBC Group, being HSBC Holdings plc and its associated and subsidiary companies from time to time or any of its or their agents; or
       
    (v) any other person, if required or permitted by applicable laws, regulations, regulators’ or other authorities’ guidelines or judicial process to do so.
       
  16.03 If any information disclosed by the Guarantor to the Bank includes information of any third party, the Guarantor confirms and warrants that it has obtained the consent of such third party to the provision of such information to the Bank for such purposes and for disclosure to such persons as referred to in Clause 16.02. The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all costs, penalties, damages and other losses incurred as a result of the Guarantor’s breach of this Clause 16.03.
     
17. Severability
   
  Each of the provisions of this Guarantee is severable and distinct from the others and, if one or more of such provisions is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any way.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 5/20

 

 

18. Governing Law and Jurisdiction
   
  18.01 This Guarantee is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”).
     
  18.02 The Guarantor submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts but this Guarantee may be enforced in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.
     
  18.03 No person other than the Bank and the Guarantor will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of this Guarantee.
     
19. Governing Version
   
  A Chinese translation of this Guarantee shall be provided to the Guarantor upon request. The English version is the governing version and shall prevail whenever there is any discrepancy between the English version and the Chinese version.
   
20. Process Agent
   
  If a Process Agent is specified in the Schedule, service of any legal process on the Process Agent shall constitute service on the Guarantor.
   
21. Headings
   
  In this Guarantee the headings are for guidance only and shall not affect the meaning of any clause.
   
22. Execution 
   
  IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been executed and delivered by the Guarantor as a deed on

 

Schedule

 

Details of Customer

 

1.

Name: PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LIMITED

*Address: FLAT B, 13/F, GEE CHANG HONG CENTRE, 65 WONG CHUK HANG ROAD, ABERDEEN HK

 

2.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

3.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

*P.O. Box is not acceptable.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 6/20

 

 

4.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

5.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

6.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

7.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

8.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

9.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

10.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

*P.O. Box is not acceptable

 

Details of Guarantor

 

1.

Name (in Block Letters): PERFECT MOMENT LIMITED

*Address: 1013 CENTRE ROAD, SUITE 403-b, WILMINGTON, DE 19805, NEW CASTLE

 

Identification Document Type and Number: CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION, 4697482

Name of Process Agent:

* Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

2.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

* Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

3.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

* Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

4.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

* Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

5.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

* Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

*P.O. Box is not acceptable.

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 7/20

 

 

6.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

* Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

7.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

* Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

8.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

* Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

9.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

* Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

10.

Name (in Block Letters):

*Address:

 

Identification Document Type and Number:

Name of Process Agent:

* Address of Process Agent:

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

*P.O. Box is not acceptable.

 

Specified Sum (in relation to the definition of Maximum Liability

 

   Amount:  USD2,000,000.-

 

Address of Banks Office (for the purpose of Clause 15 only)

 

             1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

Execution by Individual

 

Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the Guarantor

 

Witnessed by:

Signature of Guarantor                                                                             1

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office:

 

Name of Guarantor: Identification Document Type and Number

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 8/20

 

 

Signature of Guarantor                                                                             2

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office:

 

Name of Guarantor: Identification Document Type and Number

 

Signature of Guarantor                                                                             3

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office:

 

Name of Guarantor: Identification Document Type and Number

 

Signature of Guarantor                                                                             4

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office:

 

Name of Guarantor: Identification Document Type and Number

 

Signature of Guarantor                                                                             5

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office:

 

Name of Guarantor: Identification Document Type and Number

 

Signature of Guarantor                                                                             6

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office:

 

Name of Guarantor: Identification Document Type and Number

 

Signature of Guarantor                                                                             7

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office:

 

Name of Guarantor: Identification Document Type and Number

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 9/20

 

 

Signature of Guarantor                                                                             8

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office:

 

Name of Guarantor: Identification Document Type and Number

 

Signature of Guarantor                                                                             9

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office:

 

Name of Guarantor: Identification Document Type and Number

 

Signature of Guarantor                                                                           10

 

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office:

 

Name of Guarantor: Identification Document Type and Number

 

Execution by Limited Company

 

A.       Executed under the Seal of the Guarantor in the presence of the following Director(s) and/or Secretary:

 

Name of Guarantor:  PERFECT MOMENT LIMITED  
Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 10/20

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 11/20

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:    
Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 12/20

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 13/20

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 14/20

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

B. Executed as a deed and signed by the following Director(s) and, if applicable, Secretary on behalf of the Guarantor:

 

Name of Guarantor:  PERFECT MOMENT LIMITED

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

/s/ MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER GOTTSCHALK

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

/s/ ANDREAS RUBEN KEUSERS

Full Name (in Block Letters)
MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER GOTTSCHALK
Full Name (in Block Letters)
ANDREAS RUBEN KEUSERS
Address
[***]
Address
[***]
Identification Document Type and Number
[***]
Identification Document Type and Number
[***]

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 15/20

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

/s/ MARK DAVID BUCKLEY

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

/s/ RAJESHREE SHIVAJI BHOSLE

Full Name (in Block Letters)
MARK DAVID BUCKLEY
Full Name (in Block Letters)
RAJESHREE SHIVAJI BHOSLE
Office
Unit 2.15 United House, 9 Pembridge Road, Notting Hill London
W11 3JY
Office
Unit 2.15 United House, 9 Pembridge Road, Notting Hill London
W11 3JY
Identification Document Type and Number
[***]
Identification Document Type and Number
[***]

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Address

 

Address

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Signature of Witness

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Office

 

Office

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 16/20

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 17/20

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 
Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 
Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 18/20

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:    
Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 19/20

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Office

Office

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

Name of Guarantor:  

 

 

Signature of Director/Secretary

Signature of Director/Secretary

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Address

Address

 

Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

Duly Authorised by a Board Resolution Dated

 

 

Witnessed by:

 

Signature of Witness

Signature of Witness

 

 

 

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Office

 

Office
Identification Document Type and Number

Identification Document Type and Number

 

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 20/20

 

Exhibit 10.37

 

 

 

TERM SHEET

 

GUARANTEE AGREEMENT

 

Issued: May 31, 2023 

Expiry Date: November 26, 2023

PARTIES:

Guarantor: J. Gottschalk & Associates

Borrower: Perfect Moment (Asia) limited

 

GUARANTEE DETAILS:

 

1. Guarantee Amount:

 

The Guarantor agrees to provide a guarantee in the form of a Standby Letter of Credit in favour of the Borrower’s Bank for a maximum amount of $1,000,000 (One Million US Dollars).

 

2. Annual Percentage Rate (APR):

 

The Guarantee shall carry an 8% Annual Percentage Rate (APR)

 

3. Guarantee Term :

 

The Guarantee shall be in effect from the issuance date, May 31, 2023, until the date of expiry as detailed above.

 

Should the Borrower no longer require the guarantee prior to the Expiry Date, the Borrower may notify the Guarantor that the Guarantee can be released early and the Guarantee Term will end with immediate effect of such notification.

 

By mutual agreement, the Expiry date of the guarantee may be extended4. Guarantee Purpose:

 

The Borrower may use the guarantee as security for the production of inventory via the HSBC facility

 

 

 

 

 

5. Repayment:

 

The Guarantor shall release the guarantee by November 26, 2023 and the Borrower will pay the Interest amounts due.

 

7. Default:

 

In the event of default, the Guarantor reserves the right to demand immediate repayment of the defaulted guarantee amount, including all accrued interest. Default may occur if the Borrower fails to meet the repayment terms or breaches any other material term of this agreement.

 

8. Governing Law:

 

This Guarantee Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the United Kingdom, and any legal disputes shall be settled in the courts of the United Kingdom.

 

9. Entire Agreement:

 

This term sheet constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes any prior agreements or understandings, whether written or oral.

 

10. Signatures:

 

Both parties acknowledge and accept the terms of this guarantee by signing below.

 

/s/ Timothy Roniger

Guarantor: On Behalf of J. Gottschalk & Associates

Name: Timothy Roniger

Title: Director

Date: Oct. 26, 2023

 

/s/ Rajeshree Bhosle

Borrower: On Behalf of Perfect Moment Asia Limited

Name: Rajeshree Bhosle

Title: Finance Director

Date: October 26, 2023

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.38

 

To:The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)

 

1.Definitions

 

Bank” means The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited or any person who is entitled at any future date to exercise all or any of the Bank’s rights under this Guarantee;

 

Banking Facilities” means such facilities as the Bank may make or continue to make available to the Customer or to any other person at the request of the Customer at any branch or office of the Bank and whether now or in the future;

 

Customer” means all or any one or more persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule;

 

Default Interest” means interest at such rate as the Bank specifies in its Tariff Book from time to time, compounded monthly if not paid on the dates specified by the Bank;

 

Exchange Rate” means the rate for converting one currency into another currency which the Bank determines to be prevailing in the relevant foreign exchange market at the relevant time, such determination to be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor;

 

Guaranteed Monies” means (i) all monies, obligations and liabilities in any currency whenever and however due, owing or incurred, whether with or without the Guarantor’s knowledge or consent and due, owing or incurred by the Customer to the Bank at any branch or office at any time, whether separately or jointly with any other person, actually or contingently whether presently or in future in any capacity including as principal or as surety; (ii) interest (both before and after any demand or judgment), to the date on which the Bank receives payment, at the rates payable by the Customer or which would have been payable but for any circumstance which restricts or prohibits payment; (iii) any amount due under the indemnity in Clauses 9 and 16.03 below; and (iv) all costs, expenses and fees incurred or charged by the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis;

 

Guarantor” means all or any persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule together with their executors, administrators, successors and assigns;

 

Maximum Liability” means (i) the Specified Sum; (ii) Default Interest on that sum; and (iii) expenses of the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis; where a liability for Guaranteed Monies is incurred in a currency different from the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated and the equivalent of that liability in the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated, calculated at the Exchange Rate, has increased since it was incurred, that increase shall be added to the Maximum Liability;

 

person” includes an individual, firm, company, corporation and an unincorporated body of persons;

 

Process Agent” means the person, if any, whose name and Hong Kong address are specified in the Schedule;

 

Specified Sum” means the sum specified as such in the Schedule; and

 

Tariff Book” means the Bank’s tariff book which is available upon request or accessible at https://www.business.hsbc.com.hk/en-gb/resource-centre/commercial-tariffs or such other source as may replace that webpage.

 

2.Interpretation

 

2.01Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” the Guaranteed Monies shall include all monies and liabilities due owing or incurred to the Bank by such persons whether solely or jointly with one or more of the others or any other person(s) and the expression “the Customer” will be construed accordingly.

 

2.02Where the persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” are carrying on business in partnership under a firm name or are trustees of a trust the Guaranteed Monies (notwithstanding any change in the composition of that partnership) shall include the monies and liabilities which shall at any time be due owing or incurred to the Bank by the person(s) from time to time carrying on the partnership business under that name or under any name in succession thereto and includes those due from all persons from time to time being trustees of that trust and the expression “the Customer” shall be construed accordingly.

 

2.03Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Guarantor” the obligations of each such person as Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be joint and several.

 Page 1/6Member HSBC Group

 

 

3.Guarantee

 

3.01In consideration of the Banking Facilities, the Guarantor guarantees to pay the Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand.

 

3.02The liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed the Maximum Liability.

 

3.03The Guarantor shall, subject to Clause 3.02, pay Default Interest (to the extent that it is not paid by the Customer) on the Guaranteed Monies from the date of demand by the Bank on the Guarantor until the Bank receives payment of the whole of the Guaranteed Monies (both before and after
any demand or judgment or any circumstances which restrict payment by the Customer).

 

3.04A certificate of balance signed by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall be conclusive evidence against the Guarantor of the amount of the Guaranteed Monies owing at any time.

 

3.05The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Guarantee and any security it has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies until it is satisfied that any repayment of the Guaranteed Monies will not be avoided whether as a preference or otherwise.

 

4.Continuing and Additional Security

 

4.01This Guarantee is a continuing security and shall secure the whole of the Guaranteed Monies until one calendar month after receipt by the Bank of notice in writing by the Guarantor or a liquidator, receiver or personal representative of the Guarantor (in the event of the death of the Guarantor) to terminate it. In the case of the Guarantor’s death, this Guarantee shall remain binding as a continuing guarantee on that Guarantor’s heirs, executors, successors or administrators until the expiry of notice given in accordance with this Clause. Nevertheless and despite the giving of such notice, this Guarantee shall continue to apply to the Guaranteed Monies in respect of which the Customer is or becomes actually or contingently liable up to such termination and the Guarantor guarantees to pay such Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand whether that demand is made before, at the time of or after such termination.

 

4.02Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression the “Guarantor”, any notice under Clause 4.01 above may be given by any one of the persons comprising the Guarantor. The Bank will treat any such notice as terminating that Guarantor’s liability to the extent provided in Clause 4.01 without affecting or terminating the obligations or liability of any other person comprising the Guarantor and this Guarantee shall continue to bind those persons as a continuing guarantee.

 

4.03This Guarantee is in addition to, shall not be affected by and may be enforced despite the existence of any other guarantee or security held by the Bank.

 

4.04Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression “the Guarantor”, if for any reason this Guarantee is not or ceases to be binding on any Guarantor, it shall subject to Clause 4.01 remain binding as a continuing security on the remaining person(s) comprising the Guarantor.

 

4.05The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be affected by any of the following:

 

(i)any part payment of the Guaranteed Monies by the Customer or any other person;

 

(ii)any change in the name or constitution of the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

(iii)any merger, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation affecting the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

(iv)the death, mental incapacity, bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or administration of the Customer or the Guarantor; and

 

(v)any other act, omission, event or circumstance which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

5.Customer’s Accounts

 

The Bank may, at any time and despite the termination of this Guarantee, continue any existing account and open any new account in the name of the Customer and no subsequent transactions, receipts or payments involving such new accounts shall affect the liability of the Guarantor.

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 2/6

 

 

6.Payments

 

6.01Payments by the Guarantor shall be made to the Bank as specified by the Bank without any set-off, counterclaim, withholding or condition of any kind except that, if the Guarantor is compelled by law to make such withholding, the sum payable by the Guarantor shall be increased so that the amount actually received by the Bank is the amount it would have received if there had been no withholding.

 

6.02Payment by the Guarantor to the Bank shall be in the currency of the relevant liability or, if the Bank so agrees in writing, in a different currency, in which case the conversion to that different currency shall be made at the Exchange Rate. The Bank shall not be liable to the Guarantor for any loss resulting from any fluctuation in the Exchange Rate.

 

6.03No payment to the Bank under this Guarantee pursuant to any judgment, court order or otherwise shall discharge the obligation of the Guarantor in respect of which it was made unless and until payment in full has been received in the currency in which it is payable under this Guarantee and, to the extent that the amount of any such payment shall, on actual conversion into such currency, at the Exchange Rate, fall short of the amount of the obligation, expressed in that currency, the Guarantor shall be liable for the shortfall.

 

6.04Any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies may be applied in or towards satisfaction of the same in such manner as determined by the Bank or placed to the credit of such account (including a suspense or impersonal account) and for so long as the Bank may determine pending the application from time to time of such monies in or towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Monies.

 

6.05If any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies are required to be repaid by virtue of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee as if such monies had not been paid.

 

7.Set-off

 

The Bank may, at any time and without notice, apply any credit balance to which the Guarantor is entitled on any account with the Bank in or towards satisfaction of the Guaranteed Monies. For this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase, at the Exchange Rate, such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application with the monies standing to the credit of such account.

 

8.Lien

 

The Bank is authorised to exercise a lien over all property of the Guarantor coming into the possession or control of the Bank, for custody or any other reason and whether or not in the ordinary course of banking business, with power for the Bank to sell such property to satisfy the Guaranteed Monies.

 

9.Guarantor as Principal Debtor

 

As a separate obligation, the Guarantor shall be liable as a principal debtor including, but not limited to, where any liability or obligation of the Customer for any of the Guaranteed Monies is or becomes unlawful, irrecoverable, invalid or unenforceable for any reason including by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity or any other act, omission or circumstance which, but for this provision, would discharge the Guarantor to any extent. Any Guaranteed Monies which may not be recoverable from the Customer for any reason whatsoever shall be recoverable by the Bank from the Guarantor as principal debtor by way of indemnity under this separate obligation, on demand, together with Default Interest thereon in accordance with Clause 3.03 above.

 

10.Variation of Terms and Release of Security

 

The Bank may at any time and without affecting or discharging this Guarantee or the obligations of the Guarantor:

 

(i)extend, increase, renew, replace or otherwise vary any of the Banking Facilities;

 

(ii)vary, exchange, abstain from perfecting or release any other security or guarantee held or to be held by the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies;

 

(iii)give time for payment or accept any composition from and make any arrangement with the Customer or any other person;

 

(iv)release any Guarantor from that Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee or otherwise and give any time for payment, accept any composition from or make any arrangement with any Guarantor;

 

(v)make demand under this Guarantee and enforce all or any of the Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee without having enforced or sought to enforce any rights or remedies which the Bank may have in respect of the Guaranteed Monies against the Customer, any other surety or in relation to any other security; or

 

(vi)do or omit to do any thing which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 3/6

 

 

11.Guarantor as Trustee

 

11.01The Guarantor shall not, until the whole of the Guaranteed Monies have been received by the Bank (and even though the Maximum Liability of the Guarantor may be limited), exercise any right of subrogation, indemnity, set-off or counterclaim against the Customer or any other Guarantor or person or any right to participate in any security the Bank has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies or, unless required by the Bank to do so, to prove in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Customer or any other Guarantor. The Guarantor shall hold any amount recovered, as a result of the exercise of any of such right, on trust for the Bank and shall pay the same to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

11.02The Guarantor has not taken any security from the Customer or any other Guarantor and agrees not to do so until the Bank has received the whole of the Guaranteed Monies. Any security taken by the Guarantor in breach of this provision shall be held in trust for the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies and all monies at any time received in respect thereof shall be paid to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

12.Negligence in Realisations

 

This Guarantee shall not be affected as security for the Guaranteed Monies by any neglect by the Bank, or by any agent or receiver appointed by the Bank, in connection with the realisation of any other security (whether by way of mortgage guarantee or otherwise) which the Bank may hold now, or at any time in the future, for the Guaranteed Monies.

 

13.No Waiver

 

No act or omission by the Bank pursuant to this Guarantee shall affect its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or any further or other exercise of such rights, powers or remedies.

 

14.Assignment

 

The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in whose favour it has made an assignment of all or any of the Banking Facilities.

 

15.Communications

 

Any notice, demand or other communication under this Guarantee shall be in writing addressed to the Guarantor at its registered office address or at the last address registered with the Bank and if addressed to the Bank at its office specified in the Schedule or such other address as the Bank may notify to the Guarantor for this purpose and may be delivered personally, by leaving it at such address, by post, facsimile transmission or telex and shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Guarantor at the time of personal delivery or on leaving it at such address if sent by post at the time it would, in the ordinary course of post, be delivered, if sent by facsimile transmission or telex on the date of despatch, and to the Bank on the day of actual receipt.

 

16.Debt Collection and Disclosure of Information

 

16.01The Bank may employ debt collecting agent(s) to collect any sum due under this Guarantee.

 

16.02Without prejudicing the rights of the Bank under any other agreement with the Guarantor, the Guarantor consents to the Bank, for such purposes as the Bank may consider reasonably appropriate, disclosing and/or obtaining information about the Guarantor (including details of all or any transactions or dealings between the Guarantor and the Bank) and this Guarantee, both within and outside the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, to or from (as the case may be):

 

(i)any agent, contractor or third party service provider which provides services to the Bank in relation to the operation of its business (including without limitation administrative, telecommunications, computer, payment or processing services);

 

(ii)credit reference agencies;

 

(iii)any person to whom the Bank proposes to sell, assign or transfer, or has sold, assigned or transferred, all or any of its rights in relation to this Guarantee or the Banking Facilities;

 

(iv)any company within the HSBC Group, being HSBC Holdings plc and its associated and subsidiary companies from time to time or any of its or their agents; or

 

(v)any other person, if required or permitted by applicable laws, regulations, regulators’ or other authorities’ guidelines or judicial process to do so.

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 4/6

 

 

16.03If any information disclosed by the Guarantor to the Bank includes information of any third party, the Guarantor confirms and warrants that it has obtained the consent of such third party to the provision of such information to the Bank for such purposes and for disclosure to such persons as referred to in Clause 16.02. The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all costs, penalties, damages and other losses incurred as a result of the Guarantor’s breach of this Clause 16.03.

 

17.Severability

 

Each of the provisions of this Guarantee is severable and distinct from the others and, if one or more of such provisions is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any way.

 

18.Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

18.01This Guarantee is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”).

 

18.02The Guarantor submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts but this Guarantee may be enforced in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

18.03No person other than the Bank and the Guarantor will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of this Guarantee.

 

19.Governing Version

 

A Chinese translation of this Guarantee shall be provided to the Guarantor upon request. The English version is the governing version and shall prevail whenever there is any discrepancy between the English version and the Chinese version.

 

20.Process Agent

 

If a Process Agent is specified in the Schedule, service of any legal process on the Process Agent shall constitute service on the Guarantor.

 

21.Headings

 

In this Guarantee the headings are for guidance only and shall not affect the meaning of any clause.

 

22.Execution

 

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been executed and delivered by the Guarantor as a deed on  
GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 5/6

 

 

Schedule

 

Details of Customer
 
 

Name: PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LIMITED

 

*Address: FLAT B, 13/F, GEE CHANG HONG CENTRE, 65 WONG CHUK HANG ROAD, ABERDEEN HK

   
*P O Box is not acceptable
Details of Guarantor
 
 

Name: GOTTSCHALK MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER

 

*Address: [***]

 

Identification Document Type and Number: [***]
Name of Process Agent:
*Address of Process Agent:

 

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

   
*P O Box is not acceptable
Specified Sum (in relation to the definition of Maximum Liability)
 
  Amount: USD1,000,000.-
   
Address of Bank’s Office (for the purpose of Clause 15 only)
 
  1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

Execution by Individual

 

Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the Guarantor Witnessed by:

 

 

Signature of Guarantor

 

/s/ GOTTSCHALK MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER

 

Signature of Witness

 

Full Name (in Block Letters)

Office:

 

  Name of Guarantor: GOTTSCHALK MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER Identification Document Type and Number

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 6/6

 

Exhibit 10.39

 

To:The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited
The Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)

 

1.Definitions

 

Bank” means The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited or any person who is entitled at any future date to exercise all or any of the Bank’s rights under this Guarantee;

 

Banking Facilities” means such facilities as the Bank may make or continue to make available to the Customer or to any other person at the request of the Customer at any branch or office of the Bank and whether now or in the future;

 

Customer” means all or any one or more persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule;

 

Default Interest” means interest at such rate as the Bank specifies in its Tariff Book from time to time, compounded monthly if not paid on the dates specified by the Bank;

 

Exchange Rate” means the rate for converting one currency into another currency which the Bank determines to be prevailing in the relevant foreign exchange market at the relevant time, such determination to be conclusive and binding on the Guarantor;

 

Guaranteed Monies” means (i) all monies, obligations and liabilities in any currency whenever and however due, owing or incurred, whether with or without the Guarantor’s knowledge or consent and due, owing or incurred by the Customer to the Bank at any branch or office at any time, whether separately or jointly with any other person, actually or contingently whether presently or in future in any capacity including as principal or as surety; (ii) interest (both before and after any demand or judgment), to the date on which the Bank receives payment, at the rates payable by the Customer or which would have been payable but for any circumstance which restricts or prohibits payment; (iii) any amount due under the indemnity in Clauses 9 and 16.03 below; and (iv) all costs, expenses and fees incurred or charged by the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis;

 

Guarantor” means all or any persons whose names and addresses are specified in the Schedule together with their executors, administrators, successors and assigns;

 

Maximum Liability” means (i) the Specified Sum; (ii) Default Interest on that sum; and (iii) expenses of the Bank in enforcing this Guarantee on a full indemnity basis; where a liability for Guaranteed Monies is incurred in a currency different from the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated and the equivalent of that liability in the currency in which the Maximum Liability is stated, calculated at the Exchange Rate, has increased since it was incurred, that increase shall be added to the Maximum Liability;

 

person” includes an individual, firm, company, corporation and an unincorporated body of persons;

 

Process Agent” means the person, if any, whose name and Hong Kong address are specified in the Schedule;

 

Specified Sum” means the sum specified as such in the Schedule; and

 

Tariff Book” means the Bank’s tariff book which is available upon request or accessible at http://www.commercial.hsbc.com.hk/1/2/commercial/customer_service/tarrifs or such other source as may replace that webpage.

 

2.Interpretation

 

2.01Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” the Guaranteed Monies shall include all monies and liabilities due owing or incurred to the Bank by such persons whether solely or jointly with one or more of the others or any other person(s) and the expression “the Customer” will be construed accordingly.

 

2.02Where the persons comprised in the expression “the Customer” are carrying on business in partnership under a firm name or are trustees of a trust the Guaranteed Monies (notwithstanding any change in the composition of that partnership) shall include the monies and liabilities which shall at any time be due owing or incurred to the Bank by the person(s) from time to time carrying on the partnership business under that name or under any name in succession thereto and includes those due from all persons from time to time being trustees of that trust and the expression “the Customer” shall be construed accordingly.

 

2.03Where there are two or more persons comprised in the expression “the Guarantor” the obligations of each such person as Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be joint and several.

 Page 1/6Member HSBC Group

 

 

3.Guarantee

 

3.01In consideration of the Banking Facilities, the Guarantor guarantees to pay the Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand.

 

3.02The liability of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not exceed the Maximum Liability.

 

3.03The Guarantor shall, subject to Clause 3.02, pay Default Interest (to the extent that it is not paid by the Customer) on the Guaranteed Monies from the date of demand by the Bank on the Guarantor until the Bank receives payment of the whole of the Guaranteed Monies (both before and after
any demand or judgment or any circumstances which restrict payment by the Customer).

 

3.04A certificate of balance signed by any duly authorised officer of the Bank shall be conclusive evidence against the Guarantor of the amount of the Guaranteed Monies owing at any time.

 

3.05The Bank shall be entitled to retain this Guarantee and any security it has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies until it is satisfied that any repayment of the Guaranteed Monies will not be avoided whether as a preference or otherwise.

 

4.Continuing and Additional Security

 

4.01This Guarantee is a continuing security and shall secure the whole of the Guaranteed Monies until one calendar month after receipt by the Bank of notice in writing by the Guarantor or a liquidator, receiver or personal representative of the Guarantor (in the event of the death of the Guarantor) to terminate it. In the case of the Guarantor’s death, this Guarantee shall remain binding as a continuing guarantee on that Guarantor’s heirs, executors, successors or administrators until the expiry of notice given in accordance with this Clause. Nevertheless and despite the giving of such notice, this Guarantee shall continue to apply to the Guaranteed Monies in respect of which the Customer is or becomes actually or contingently liable up to such termination and the Guarantor guarantees to pay such Guaranteed Monies to the Bank on demand whether that demand is made before, at the time of or after such termination.

 

4.02Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression the “Guarantor”, any notice under Clause 4.01 above may be given by any one of the persons comprising the Guarantor. The Bank will treat any such notice as terminating that Guarantor’s liability to the extent provided in Clause 4.01 without affecting or terminating the obligations or liability of any other person comprising the Guarantor and this Guarantee shall continue to bind those persons as a continuing guarantee.

 

4.03This Guarantee is in addition to, shall not be affected by and may be enforced despite the existence of any other guarantee or security held by the Bank.

 

4.04Where there is more than one person comprised in the expression “the Guarantor”, if for any reason this Guarantee is not or ceases to be binding on any Guarantor, it shall subject to Clause 4.01 remain binding as a continuing security on the remaining person(s) comprising the Guarantor.

 

4.05The obligations of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall not be affected by any of the following:

 

(i)any part payment of the Guaranteed Monies by the Customer or any other person;

 

(ii)any change in the name or constitution of the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

(iii)any merger, amalgamation, reconstruction or reorganisation affecting the Customer, the Guarantor or the Bank;

 

(iv)the death, mental incapacity, bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or administration of the Customer or the Guarantor; and

 

(v)any other act, omission, event or circumstance which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

 

5.Customer’s Accounts

 

The Bank may, at any time and despite the termination of this Guarantee, continue any existing account and open any new account in the name of the Customer and no subsequent transactions, receipts or payments involving such new accounts shall affect the liability of the Guarantor.

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 2/6

 

 

6.Payments

 

6.01Payments by the Guarantor shall be made to the Bank as specified by the Bank without any set-off, counterclaim, withholding or condition of any kind except that, if the Guarantor is compelled by law to make such withholding, the sum payable by the Guarantor shall be increased so that the amount actually received by the Bank is the amount it would have received if there had been no withholding.

 

6.02Payment by the Guarantor to the Bank shall be in the currency of the relevant liability or, if the Bank so agrees in writing, in a different currency, in which case the conversion to that different currency shall be made at the Exchange Rate. The Bank shall not be liable to the Guarantor for any loss resulting from any fluctuation in the Exchange Rate.

 

6.03No payment to the Bank under this Guarantee pursuant to any judgment, court order or otherwise shall discharge the obligation of the Guarantor in respect of which it was made unless and until payment in full has been received in the currency in which it is payable under this Guarantee and, to the extent that the amount of any such payment shall, on actual conversion into such currency, at the Exchange Rate, fall short of the amount of the obligation, expressed in that currency, the Guarantor shall be liable for the shortfall.

 

6.04Any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies may be applied in or towards satisfaction of the same in such manner as determined by the Bank or placed to the credit of such account (including a suspense or impersonal account) and for so long as the Bank may determine pending the application from time to time of such monies in or towards the discharge of the Guaranteed Monies.

 

6.05If any monies paid to the Bank in respect of the Guaranteed Monies are required to be repaid by virtue of any law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation or for any other reason, the Bank shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee as if such monies had not been paid.

 

7.Set-off

 

The Bank may, at any time and without notice, apply any credit balance to which the Guarantor is entitled on any account with the Bank in or towards satisfaction of the Guaranteed Monies. For this purpose, the Bank is authorised to purchase, at the Exchange Rate, such other currencies as may be necessary to effect such application with the monies standing to the credit of such account.

 

8.Lien

 

The Bank is authorised to exercise a lien over all property of the Guarantor coming into the possession or control of the Bank, for custody or any other reason and whether or not in the ordinary course of banking business, with power for the Bank to sell such property to satisfy the Guaranteed Monies.

 

9.Guarantor as Principal Debtor

 

As a separate obligation, the Guarantor shall be liable as a principal debtor including, but not limited to, where any liability or obligation of the Customer for any of the Guaranteed Monies is or becomes unlawful, irrecoverable, invalid or unenforceable for any reason including by reason of any legal limitation, disability or incapacity or any other act, omission or circumstance which, but for this provision, would discharge the Guarantor to any extent. Any Guaranteed Monies which may not be recoverable from the Customer for any reason whatsoever shall be recoverable by the Bank from the Guarantor as principal debtor by way of indemnity under this separate obligation, on demand, together with Default Interest thereon in accordance with Clause 3.03 above.

 

10.Variation of Terms and Release of Security

 

The Bank may at any time and without affecting or discharging this Guarantee or the obligations of the Guarantor:

 

(i)extend, increase, renew, replace or otherwise vary any of the Banking Facilities;

 

(ii)vary, exchange, abstain from perfecting or release any other security or guarantee held or to be held by the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies;

 

(iii)give time for payment or accept any composition from and make any arrangement with the Customer or any other person;

 

(iv)release any Guarantor from that Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee or otherwise and give any time for payment, accept any composition from or make any arrangement with any Guarantor;

 

(v)make demand under this Guarantee and enforce all or any of the Guarantor’s obligation under this Guarantee without having enforced or sought to enforce any rights or remedies which the Bank may have in respect of the Guaranteed Monies against the Customer, any other surety or in relation to any other security; or

 

(vi)do or omit to do any thing which but for this provision would discharge any Guarantor from liability under this Guarantee.

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 3/6

 

 

11.Guarantor as Trustee

 

11.01The Guarantor shall not, until the whole of the Guaranteed Monies have been received by the Bank (and even though the Maximum Liability of the Guarantor may be limited), exercise any right of subrogation, indemnity, set-off or counterclaim against the Customer or any other Guarantor or person or any right to participate in any security the Bank has in respect of the Guaranteed Monies or, unless required by the Bank to do so, to prove in the bankruptcy or liquidation of the Customer or any other Guarantor. The Guarantor shall hold any amount recovered, as a result of the exercise of any of such right, on trust for the Bank and shall pay the same to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

11.02The Guarantor has not taken any security from the Customer or any other Guarantor and agrees not to do so until the Bank has received the whole of the Guaranteed Monies. Any security taken by the Guarantor in breach of this provision shall be held in trust for the Bank as security for the Guaranteed Monies and all monies at any time received in respect thereof shall be paid to the Bank immediately on receipt.

 

12.Negligence in Realisations

 

This Guarantee shall not be affected as security for the Guaranteed Monies by any neglect by the Bank, or by any agent or receiver appointed by the Bank, in connection with the realisation of any other security (whether by way of mortgage guarantee or otherwise) which the Bank may hold now, or at any time in the future, for the Guaranteed Monies.

 

13.No Waiver

 

No act or omission by the Bank pursuant to this Guarantee shall affect its rights, powers and remedies hereunder or any further or other exercise of such rights, powers or remedies.

 

14.Assignment

 

The Guarantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder. The Bank may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in whose favour it has made an assignment of all or any of the Banking Facilities.

 

15.Communications

 

Any notice, demand or other communication under this Guarantee shall be in writing addressed to the Guarantor at its registered office address or at the last address registered with the Bank and if addressed to the Bank at its office specified in the Schedule or such other address as the Bank may notify to the Guarantor for this purpose and may be delivered personally, by leaving it at such address, by post, facsimile transmission or telex and shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Guarantor at the time of personal delivery or on leaving it at such address if sent by post at the time it would, in the ordinary course of post, be delivered, if sent by facsimile transmission or telex on the date of despatch, and to the Bank on the day of actual receipt.

 

16.Debt Collection and Disclosure of Information

 

16.01The Bank may employ debt collecting agent(s) to collect any sum due under this Guarantee.

 

16.02Without prejudicing the rights of the Bank under any other agreement with the Guarantor, the Guarantor consents to the Bank, for such purposes as the Bank may consider reasonably appropriate, disclosing and/or obtaining information about the Guarantor (including details of all or any transactions or dealings between the Guarantor and the Bank) and this Guarantee, both within and outside the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, to or from (as the case may be):

 

(i)any agent, contractor or third party service provider which provides services to the Bank in relation to the operation of its business (including without limitation administrative, telecommunications, computer, payment or processing services);

 

(ii)credit reference agencies;

 

(iii)any person to whom the Bank proposes to sell, assign or transfer, or has sold, assigned or transferred, all or any of its rights in relation to this Guarantee or the Banking Facilities;

 

(iv)any company within the HSBC Group, being HSBC Holdings plc and its associated and subsidiary companies from time to time or any of its or their agents; or

 

(v)any other person, if required or permitted by applicable laws, regulations, regulators’ or other authorities’ guidelines or judicial process to do so.

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 4/6

 

 

16.03If any information disclosed by the Guarantor to the Bank includes information of any third party, the Guarantor confirms and warrants that it has obtained the consent of such third party to the provision of such information to the Bank for such purposes and for disclosure to such persons as referred to in Clause 16.02. The Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from all costs, penalties, damages and other losses incurred as a result of the Guarantor’s breach of this Clause 16.03.

 

17.Severability

 

Each of the provisions of this Guarantee is severable and distinct from the others and, if one or more of such provisions is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall not be affected in any way.

 

18.Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

18.01This Guarantee is governed by and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region (“Hong Kong”).

 

18.02The Guarantor submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Hong Kong courts but this Guarantee may be enforced in the courts of any competent jurisdiction.

 

18.03No person other than the Bank and the Guarantor will have any right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Ordinance to enforce or enjoy the benefit of any of the provisions of this Guarantee.

 

19.Governing Version

 

A Chinese translation of this Guarantee shall be provided to the Guarantor upon request. The English version is the governing version and shall prevail whenever there is any discrepancy between the English version and the Chinese version.

 

20.Process Agent

 

If a Process Agent is specified in the Schedule, service of any legal process on the Process Agent shall constitute service on the Guarantor.

 

21.Headings

 

In this Guarantee the headings are for guidance only and shall not affect the meaning of any clause.

 

22.Execution

 

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been executed and delivered by the Guarantor as a deed on 14 June 2018
GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 5/6

 

 

Schedule

 

Details of Customer
 
 

Name: PERFECT MOMENT ASIA LIMITED

 

*Address: Flat B, 13/F Gee Chang Hong Centre, 65 Wong Chuk Hang Road, Aberdeen Hong Kong

   
*P O Box is not acceptable
Details of Guarantor
 
 

Name: GOTTSCHALK MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER

 

*Address: [***]

 

Identification Document Type and Number: [***]
Name of Process Agent:
*Address of Process Agent:

 

, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

   
*P O Box is not acceptable
Specified Sum (in relation to the definition of Maximum Liability)
 
  Amount: USD3,000,000.-
   
Address of Bank’s Office (for the purpose of Clause 15 only)
 
  1 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region

 

Execution by Individual

 

Signed, Sealed and Delivered by the Guarantor Witnessed by:

 

 

Signature of Guarantor

 

/s/ GOTTSCHALK MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER

Signature of Witness

 

/s/ EDWARD CAIN

 

   

Full Name (in Block Letters)

EDWARD CAIN

 

    Office: CHARLES MIA SOLICITORS
  Name of Guarantor: GOTTSCHALK MAXIMILIAN ALEXANDER

Identification Document Type and Number: [***]

 

GUARANTEE (Limited Amount)Page 6/6

 

Exhibit 16.1

 

 

November 6, 2023

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have read the statements made by Perfect Moment Ltd. under the section titled Change in Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm in its Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (No. 333-274913) dated November 6, 2023 (the “Form S-1/A”). We are in agreement with the statements contained therein about CohnReznick LLP.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ CohnReznick LLP

 

CohnReznick LLP

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation in the foregoing Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1/A (File No. 333-274913) of Perfect Moment Ltd. of our report dated August 4, 2023, relating to their consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2023 and 2022 and for the years then ended (which report includes an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about Perfect Moment Ltd.’s ability to continue as a going concern). We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ Weinberg & Company

 

Los Angeles, California

November 6, 2023

 

1925 Century Park East, Suite 1120

Los Angeles, California 90067

Telephone: 310.601.2200

Fax: 310.601.2201

www.weinbergla.com

 

Exhibit 107

 

Calculation of Filing Fee Table

 

FORM S-1

(Form Type)

 

Perfect Moment Ltd.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

Table 1: Newly Registered and Carry Forward Securities

 

    Security
Type
  Security Class
Title
  Fee
Calculation
Rule
   Amount
Registered
   Proposed
Maximum
Offering
Price Per
Unit
   Maximum
Aggregate
Offering
Price(1)(2)
   Fee
Rate
   Amount of
Registration
Fee
 
Newly Registered Securities
Fees to be paid   Equity  Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share(3)   457(a)    2,875,000   $7.00   $  20,125,000.00    0.00014760   $2,970.45 
Fees to be paid   Equity 

Underwritter’s warrants(4)

   457(g)                       
Fees to be paid   Equity  Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters’ warrants (5)   457(g)           $  1,257,812.50    0.00014760    $$185.65 
Total Offering Amounts        $  21,382,812.50        $3,156.10 
Total Fees Previously Paid                    $2,214.00(6)
Total Fee Offsets                      
Net Fee Due                    $942.10 

 

(1) Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), there are also being registered such indeterminate number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends and similar transactions.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.
(3) Includes 375,000 shares of common stock which may be issued or issuable upon exercise of a 45-day option granted to the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(4) No separate registration fee required pursuant to Rule 457(g) of the Securities Act.
(5) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. The Registrant has agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase the number of shares of common stock in the aggregate equal to five percent (5%) of the shares of common stock to be issued and sold in this offering (including shares issuable upon exercise of the over-allotment option described herein). The warrants are exercisable for a price per share equal to 125% of the public offering price. As estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(g), the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the warrants is $1,257,812.50, which is equal to 125% of $1,006,250.00 (5% of $20,125,000.00).
(6) The Registrant previously paid registration fees of $2,214.00 in connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement on Form S-1 on October 10, 2023.